libXt-1.1.5/Makefile.am 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000002651 12520610324 0015114 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 #
# Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt
#
# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
# documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
# advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
# specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
# representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
# is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
#
# KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
# EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
# DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
# TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
SUBDIRS = util src include man specs test
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
pkgconfig_DATA = xt.pc
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL
.PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL
INSTALL:
$(INSTALL_CMD)
ChangeLog:
$(CHANGELOG_CMD)
dist-hook: ChangeLog INSTALL
libXt-1.1.5/config.guess 0000755 0143106 0000012 00000123672 12520610350 0015406 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 #! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
# Copyright 1992-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
timestamp='2014-11-04'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, see .
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
#
# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston.
#
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
#
# Please send patches to .
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]
Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
Operation modes:
-h, --help print this help, then exit
-t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
-v, --version print version number, then exit
Report bugs and patches to ."
version="\
GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
Originally written by Per Bothner.
Copyright 1992-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
help="
Try \`$me --help' for more information."
# Parse command line
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case $1 in
--time-stamp | --time* | -t )
echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
--version | -v )
echo "$version" ; exit ;;
--help | --h* | -h )
echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-- ) # Stop option processing
shift; break ;;
- ) # Use stdin as input.
break ;;
-* )
echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
exit 1 ;;
* )
break ;;
esac
done
if test $# != 0; then
echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
exit 1
fi
trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
set_cc_for_build='
trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
{ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
{ test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
{ tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
{ echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
fi ;
done ;
if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
fi
;;
,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
fi
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
case "${UNAME_SYSTEM}" in
Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
# If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
# We could probably try harder.
LIBC=gnu
eval $set_cc_for_build
cat <<-EOF > $dummy.c
#include
#if defined(__UCLIBC__)
LIBC=uclibc
#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
LIBC=dietlibc
#else
LIBC=gnu
#endif
EOF
eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'`
;;
esac
# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
*:NetBSD:*:*)
# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
# more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
# object file format. This provides both forward
# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
# object file format.
#
# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
# portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
/usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
*) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
esac
# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ELF__
then
# Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
# Return netbsd for either. FIX?
os=netbsd
else
os=netbsdelf
fi
;;
*)
os=netbsd
;;
esac
# The OS release
# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
Debian*)
release='-gnu'
;;
*)
release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
;;
esac
# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
exit ;;
*:Bitrig:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-bitrig${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:OpenBSD:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:ekkoBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:SolidBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:MirBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
alpha:OSF1:*:*)
case $UNAME_RELEASE in
*4.0)
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
;;
*5.*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
;;
esac
# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
# covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
"EV4 (21064)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
"EV4.5 (21064)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
"LCA4 (21066/21068)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
"EV5 (21164)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
"EV5.6 (21164A)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
"EV5.6 (21164PC)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
"EV5.7 (21164PC)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
"EV6 (21264)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
"EV6.7 (21264A)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
"EV6.8CB (21264C)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
"EV6.8AL (21264B)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
"EV6.8CX (21264D)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
"EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
"EV7 (21364)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
"EV7.9 (21364A)")
UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
esac
# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
# A Vn.n version is a released version.
# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
exitcode=$?
trap '' 0
exit $exitcode ;;
Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
# of the specific Alpha model?
echo alpha-pc-interix
exit ;;
21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
exit ;;
Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
exit ;;
*:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
exit ;;
*:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
exit ;;
*:OS/390:*:*)
echo i370-ibm-openedition
exit ;;
*:z/VM:*:*)
echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
exit ;;
*:OS400:*:*)
echo powerpc-ibm-os400
exit ;;
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
echo arm-unknown-riscos
exit ;;
SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
exit ;;
Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
else
echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
fi
exit ;;
NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
exit ;;
DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
echo sparc-icl-nx6
exit ;;
DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
esac ;;
s390x:SunOS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
SUN_ARCH="i386"
# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
# This test works for both compilers.
if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
fi
fi
echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
# SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
Series*|S4*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
;;
esac
# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
exit ;;
sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
case "`/bin/arch`" in
sun3)
echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
;;
sun4)
echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
;;
esac
exit ;;
aushp:SunOS:*:*)
echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
# The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
# can be virtually everything (everything which is not
# "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
# > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
# to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
# the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
# MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
# be no problem.
atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
m68k:machten:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
powerpc:machten:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
RISC*:Mach:*:*)
echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
exit ;;
RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include /* for printf() prototype */
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
#else
int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
#endif
#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
#endif
#endif
exit (-1);
}
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
exit ;;
Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
echo powerpc-harris-powermax
exit ;;
Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
echo powerpc-harris-powermax
exit ;;
Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
exit ;;
m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
echo m88k-harris-cxux7
exit ;;
m88k:*:4*:R4*)
echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
exit ;;
m88k:*:3*:R3*)
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit ;;
AViiON:dgux:*:*)
# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
then
if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
[ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
then
echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
else
echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit ;;
M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
exit ;;
M88*:*:R3*:*)
# Delta 88k system running SVR3
echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
exit ;;
XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
exit ;;
Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
exit ;;
*:IRIX*:*:*)
echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
exit ;;
????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
i*86:AIX:*:*)
echo i386-ibm-aix
exit ;;
ia64:AIX:*:*)
if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
else
IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
exit ;;
*:AIX:2:3)
if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#include
main()
{
if (!__power_pc())
exit(1);
puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
exit(0);
}
EOF
if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
then
echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
else
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
fi
elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
else
echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
fi
exit ;;
*:AIX:*:[4567])
IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
IBM_ARCH=rs6000
else
IBM_ARCH=powerpc
fi
if [ -x /usr/bin/lslpp ] ; then
IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc |
awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/`
else
IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
exit ;;
*:AIX:*:*)
echo rs6000-ibm-aix
exit ;;
ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
exit ;;
ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
*:BOSX:*:*)
echo rs6000-bull-bosx
exit ;;
DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
echo m68k-bull-sysv3
exit ;;
9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd
exit ;;
hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
exit ;;
9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
'') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
esac ;;
esac
fi
if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#define _HPUX_SOURCE
#include
#include
int main ()
{
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
#endif
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
switch (bits)
{
case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
} break;
#else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
#endif
default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
}
exit (0);
}
EOF
(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
fi ;;
esac
if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
then
eval $set_cc_for_build
# hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
# 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
# generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
#
# $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
# => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
# $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
# => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
grep -q __LP64__
then
HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
else
HP_ARCH="hppa64"
fi
fi
echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
exit ;;
ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
exit ;;
3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#include
int
main ()
{
long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
/* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
results, however. */
if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
{
switch (cpu)
{
case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
}
}
else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
exit (0);
}
EOF
$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
exit ;;
9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
exit ;;
9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
exit ;;
*9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
exit ;;
hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
exit ;;
hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
exit ;;
i*86:OSF1:*:*)
if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
fi
exit ;;
parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
exit ;;
C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
echo c1-convex-bsd
exit ;;
C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
then echo c32-convex-bsd
else echo c2-convex-bsd
fi
exit ;;
C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
echo c34-convex-bsd
exit ;;
C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
echo c38-convex-bsd
exit ;;
C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
echo c4-convex-bsd
exit ;;
CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
-e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
-e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
*:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:BSD/OS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:FreeBSD:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in
amd64)
echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
*)
echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
esac
exit ;;
i*:CYGWIN*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
exit ;;
*:MINGW64*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw64
exit ;;
*:MINGW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
exit ;;
*:MSYS*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys
exit ;;
i*:windows32*:*)
# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
exit ;;
i*:PW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
exit ;;
*:Interix*:*)
case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
x86)
echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
IA64)
echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
esac ;;
[345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
exit ;;
8664:Windows_NT:*)
echo x86_64-pc-mks
exit ;;
i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
echo i586-pc-interix
exit ;;
i*:UWIN*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
exit ;;
amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
exit ;;
p*:CYGWIN*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
exit ;;
prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
exit ;;
*:GNU:*:*)
# the GNU system
echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-${LIBC}`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
exit ;;
*:GNU/*:*:*)
# other systems with GNU libc and userland
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC}
exit ;;
i*86:Minix:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
exit ;;
aarch64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
alpha:Linux:*:*)
case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="gnulibc1" ; fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
arm*:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_EABI__
then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
else
if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf
fi
fi
exit ;;
avr32*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
cris:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
crisv32:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
frv:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
hexagon:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
i*86:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
ia64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
m32r*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
m68*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
#undef CPU
#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
#else
#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
#else
CPU=
#endif
#endif
EOF
eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}"; exit; }
;;
openrisc*:Linux:*:*)
echo or1k-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
padre:Linux:*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
echo hppa64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
# Look for CPU level
case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
*) echo hppa-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
esac
exit ;;
ppc64:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
ppc:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
ppc64le:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpc64le-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
ppcle:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
sh64*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
sh*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
tile*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
vax:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
x86_64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
# sysname and nodename.
echo i386-sequent-sysv4
exit ;;
i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
# number series starting with 2...
# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
# I just have to hope. -- rms.
# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
exit ;;
i*86:OS/2:*:*)
# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
# is probably installed.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
exit ;;
i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
exit ;;
i*86:atheos:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
exit ;;
i*86:syllable:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
exit ;;
i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
i*86:*DOS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit ;;
i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
fi
exit ;;
i*86:*:5:[678]*)
# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
*486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
*Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
*Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
esac
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
exit ;;
i*86:*:3.2:*)
if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
else
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
fi
exit ;;
pc:*:*:*)
# Left here for compatibility:
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
# this is a cross-build.
echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit ;;
Intel:Mach:3*:*)
echo i386-pc-mach3
exit ;;
paragon:*:*:*)
echo i860-intel-osf1
exit ;;
i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
fi
exit ;;
mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
# "miniframe"
echo m68010-convergent-sysv
exit ;;
mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
echo m68k-convergent-sysv
exit ;;
M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
echo m68k-diab-dnix
exit ;;
M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
OS_REL=''
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
OS_REL='.3'
test -r /etc/.relid \
&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
&& { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
&& { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
echo m68k-atari-sysv4
exit ;;
TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
echo mips-sni-sysv4
exit ;;
RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
echo mips-sni-sysv4
exit ;;
*:SINIX-*:*:*)
if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
else
echo ns32k-sni-sysv
fi
exit ;;
PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
# says
echo i586-unisys-sysv4
exit ;;
*:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
# From Gerald Hewes .
# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
exit ;;
*:*:*:FTX*)
# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
echo i860-stratus-sysv4
exit ;;
i*86:VOS:*:*)
# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
exit ;;
*:VOS:*:*)
# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
exit ;;
mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
echo mips-sony-newsos6
exit ;;
R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
else
echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
fi
exit ;;
BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
echo powerpc-be-beos
exit ;;
BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
echo powerpc-apple-beos
exit ;;
BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-beos
exit ;;
BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-haiku
exit ;;
x86_64:Haiku:*:*)
echo x86_64-unknown-haiku
exit ;;
SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:Rhapsody:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:Darwin:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
eval $set_cc_for_build
if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = unknown ; then
UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
fi
if test `echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\..*//'` -le 10 ; then
if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;;
esac
fi
fi
elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then
# Avoid executing cc on OS X 10.9, as it ships with a stub
# that puts up a graphical alert prompting to install
# developer tools. Any system running Mac OS X 10.7 or
# later (Darwin 11 and later) is required to have a 64-bit
# processor. This is not true of the ARM version of Darwin
# that Apple uses in portable devices.
UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64
fi
echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
UNAME_MACHINE=pc
fi
echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:QNX:*:4*)
echo i386-pc-qnx
exit ;;
NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:NonStop-UX:*:*)
echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
exit ;;
BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
exit ;;
DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:Plan9:*:*)
# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
# operating systems.
if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
UNAME_MACHINE=i386
else
UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
exit ;;
*:TOPS-10:*:*)
echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
exit ;;
*:TENEX:*:*)
echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
exit ;;
KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
echo pdp10-dec-tops20
exit ;;
XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
exit ;;
*:TOPS-20:*:*)
echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
exit ;;
*:ITS:*:*)
echo pdp10-unknown-its
exit ;;
SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:DragonFly:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
exit ;;
*:*VMS:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
esac ;;
*:XENIX:*:SysV)
echo i386-pc-xenix
exit ;;
i*86:skyos:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
exit ;;
i*86:rdos:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
exit ;;
i*86:AROS:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
exit ;;
x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx
exit ;;
esac
cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed
information to handle your system.
config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
EOF
exit 1
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
# time-stamp-end: "'"
# End:
me -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep RlibXt-1.1.5/missing 0000755 0143106 0000012 00000015330 12520610350 0014454 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 #! /bin/sh
# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
scriptversion=2013-10-28.13; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
case $1 in
--is-lightweight)
# Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
# script is modern enough.
exit 0
;;
--run)
# Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
shift
;;
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
bison yacc flex lex help2man
Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
'g' are ignored when checking the name.
Send bug reports to ."
exit $?
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
exit $?
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
esac
# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
"$@"; st=$?
# If it succeeded, we are done.
test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
# program is present and works.
case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user
# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
# minimum version.
if test $st -eq 63; then
msg="probably too old"
elif test $st -eq 127; then
# Program was missing.
msg="missing on your system"
else
# Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up.
exit $st
fi
perl_URL=http://www.perl.org/
flex_URL=http://flex.sourceforge.net/
gnu_software_URL=http://www.gnu.org/software
program_details ()
{
case $1 in
aclocal|automake)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
esac
}
give_advice ()
{
# Normalize program name to check for.
normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
s/^gnu-//; t
s/^gnu//; t
s/^g//; t'`
printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
case $normalized_program in
autoconf*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
echo "or m4 files included by it."
program_details 'autoconf'
;;
autoheader*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'autoheader'
;;
automake*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'automake'
;;
aclocal*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'aclocal'
;;
autom4te*)
echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
program_details 'autom4te'
;;
bison*|yacc*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
;;
lex*|flex*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
echo "<$flex_URL>"
;;
help2man*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
"of a man page."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
;;
makeinfo*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
echo "want to install GNU make:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
;;
*)
echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it"
echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
;;
esac
}
give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
-e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2
# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
exit $st
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
rmation and exit
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
bison yacc flex lex help2man
Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
'g' are ignored when checking the name.
Send bug reports to .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva .
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to .
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
set_dir_from ()
{
case $1 in
*/*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
*) dir=;;
esac
}
# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
# global variable '$base'.
set_base_from ()
{
base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
}
# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
make_dummy_depfile ()
{
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
}
# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
aix_post_process_depfile ()
{
# If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
# post-process it.
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# $object: dependency.h
# and one to simply output
# dependency.h:
# which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
{ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
} > "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
}
# A tabulation character.
tab=' '
# A newline character.
nl='
'
# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
# These definitions help.
upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
digits=0123456789
alpha=${upper}${lower}
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Avoid interferences from the environment.
gccflag= dashmflag=
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
# This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvc7
fi
if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
# IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
depmode=gcc
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
esac
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
done
"$@"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
# letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
| tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
xlc)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
tcc)
# tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
# FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
# Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
# versions.
# It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
# trailing '\', as in:
#
# foo.o : \
# foo.c \
# foo.h \
#
# It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
# spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
# "Emit spaces for -MD").
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
# We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
# dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
pgcc)
# Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
# Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
# source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
# The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
# pgcc 10.2 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using '\' :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
set_dir_from "$object"
# Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
# that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
set_base_from "$source"
tmpdepfile=$base.d
# For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
# files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
# problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
# the same $tmpdepfile.
lockdir=$base.d-lock
trap "
echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
rmdir '$lockdir'
exit 1
" 1 2 13 15
numtries=100
i=$numtries
while test $i -gt 0; do
# mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
# This process acquired the lock.
"$@" -MD
stat=$?
# Release the lock.
rmdir "$lockdir"
break
else
# If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
# until the winning process is done or we timeout.
while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
sleep 1
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
fi
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
trap - 1 2 13 15
if test $i -le 0; then
echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp2)
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
# two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
# Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
msvc7)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
else
showIncludes=-showIncludes
fi
"$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
# backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file
# name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
# hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only
# works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ {
s//\1/
s/\\/\\\\/g
p
}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
s/ /\\ /g
s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
H
$ {
s/.*/'"$tab"'/
G
p
}' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvc7msys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
# makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
# No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
| tr ' ' "$nl" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E \
| sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
| sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
eld by a different process, wait
# until the winning process is done or we timeout.
while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
sleep 1
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
fi
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
trap - 1 2 13 15
if test $i -le 0; then
echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# EachlibXt-1.1.5/docbook.am 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006231 12520610324 0015015 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 #
# Generate output formats for a single DocBook/XML with/without chapters
#
# Variables set by the calling Makefile:
# shelfdir: the location where the docs/specs are installed. Typically $(docdir)
# docbook: the main DocBook/XML file, no chapters, appendix or image files
# chapters: all files pulled in by an XInclude statement and images.
#
#
# This makefile is intended for Users Documentation and Functional Specifications.
# Do not use for Developer Documentation which is not installed and does not require olink.
# Refer to http://www.x.org/releases/X11R7.6/doc/xorg-docs/ReleaseNotes.html#id2584393
# for an explanation on documents classification.
#
# DocBook/XML generated output formats to be installed
shelf_DATA =
# DocBook/XML file with chapters, appendix and images it includes
dist_shelf_DATA = $(docbook) $(chapters)
if HAVE_XMLTO
if HAVE_STYLESHEETS
XMLTO_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS = \
--searchpath "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11" \
--searchpath "$(abs_top_builddir)"
XMLTO_HTML_OLINK_FLAGS = \
--stringparam target.database.document=$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11/dbs/masterdb.html.xml \
--stringparam current.docid="$(<:.xml=)"
XMLTO_HTML_STYLESHEET_FLAGS = -x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-xhtml.xsl
XMLTO_HTML_FLAGS = \
$(XMLTO_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
$(XMLTO_HTML_STYLESHEET_FLAGS) \
$(XMLTO_HTML_OLINK_FLAGS)
shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.html)
%.html: %.xml $(chapters)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_HTML_FLAGS) xhtml-nochunks $<
if HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT
shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.txt)
%.txt: %.xml $(chapters)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_HTML_FLAGS) txt $<
endif HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT
if HAVE_FOP
XMLTO_FO_IMAGEPATH_FLAGS = --stringparam img.src.path=$(abs_builddir)/
XMLTO_PDF_OLINK_FLAGS = \
--stringparam target.database.document=$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11/dbs/masterdb.pdf.xml \
--stringparam current.docid="$(<:.xml=)"
XMLTO_FO_STYLESHEET_FLAGS = -x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-fo.xsl
XMLTO_FO_FLAGS = \
$(XMLTO_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
$(XMLTO_FO_STYLESHEET_FLAGS) \
$(XMLTO_FO_IMAGEPATH_FLAGS) \
$(XMLTO_PDF_OLINK_FLAGS)
shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.pdf)
%.pdf: %.xml $(chapters)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop pdf $<
shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.ps)
%.ps: %.xml $(chapters)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop ps $<
endif HAVE_FOP
# Generate documents cross-reference target databases
if HAVE_XSLTPROC
XSLT_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS = \
--path "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11" \
--path "$(abs_top_builddir)"
XSLT_OLINK_FLAGS = \
--stringparam targets.filename "$@" \
--stringparam collect.xref.targets "only" \
--stringparam olink.base.uri "$(@:.db=)"
XSLT_HTML_FLAGS = \
$(XSLT_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
$(XSLT_OLINK_FLAGS) \
--nonet --xinclude \
$(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-xhtml.xsl
XSLT_PDF_FLAGS = \
$(XSLT_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
$(XSLT_OLINK_FLAGS) \
--nonet --xinclude \
$(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-fo.xsl
shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.html.db)
%.html.db: %.xml $(chapters)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLT_HTML_FLAGS) $<
shelf_DATA += $(docbook:.xml=.pdf.db)
%.pdf.db: %.xml $(chapters)
$(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLT_PDF_FLAGS) $<
endif HAVE_XSLTPROC
endif HAVE_STYLESHEETS
endif HAVE_XMLTO
CLEANFILES = $(shelf_DATA)
libXt-1.1.5/test-driver 0000755 0143106 0000012 00000011040 12520610351 0015246 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 #! /bin/sh
# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script.
scriptversion=2013-07-13.22; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2011-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to or send patches to
# .
# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This
# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
set -u
usage_error ()
{
echo "$0: $*" >&2
print_usage >&2
exit 2
}
print_usage ()
{
cat <$log_file 2>&1
estatus=$?
if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then
tweaked_estatus=1
else
tweaked_estatus=$estatus
fi
case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in
0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;;
77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
*:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
*:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
esac
# Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can
# know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log'
# file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs'
# file (automake bug#11814).
echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>$log_file
# Report outcome to console.
echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name"
# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata.
echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file
echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file
echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file
echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
libXt-1.1.5/install-sh 0000755 0143106 0000012 00000034523 12520610350 0015066 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 #!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2013-12-25.23; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
tab=' '
nl='
'
IFS=" $tab$nl"
# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
is_target_a_directory=possibly
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-t)
is_target_a_directory=always
dst_arg=$2
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
shift;;
-T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $src in
-* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
# if double slashes aren't ignored.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
dstdir_status=0
else
dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
umask=`umask`
case $stripcmd.$umask in
# Optimize common cases.
*[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
.*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
- $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
- $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
`;;
*) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
esac
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
case $umask in
*[123567][0-7][0-7])
# POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
# is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
;;
*)
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test X"$d" = X && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask=$mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
# take the precelibXt-1.1.5/COPYING 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000013051 12520610324 0014107 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Copyright © 2001,2003 Keith Packard
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1993, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
X Consortium.
libXt-1.1.5/ltmain.sh 0000444 0143106 0000012 00001051522 12520610340 0014676 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.2
# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996
# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
# 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
#
# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy
# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html,
# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...
#
# Provide generalized library-building support services.
#
# --config show all configuration variables
# --debug enable verbose shell tracing
# -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files
# --features display basic configuration information and exit
# --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE
# --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
# --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages
# --no-quiet, --no-silent
# print informational messages (default)
# --no-warn don't display warning messages
# --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG
# -v, --verbose print more informational messages than default
# --no-verbose don't print the extra informational messages
# --version print version information
# -h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message
#
# MODE must be one of the following:
#
# clean remove files from the build directory
# compile compile a source file into a libtool object
# execute automatically set library path, then run a program
# finish complete the installation of libtool libraries
# install install libraries or executables
# link create a library or an executable
# uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory
#
# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option,
# `--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as `MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that.
# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
#
# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
# include the following information:
#
# host-triplet: $host
# shell: $SHELL
# compiler: $LTCC
# compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS
# linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.4.2
# automake: $automake_version
# autoconf: $autoconf_version
#
# Report bugs to .
# GNU libtool home page: .
# General help using GNU software: .
PROGRAM=libtool
PACKAGE=libtool
VERSION=2.4.2
TIMESTAMP=""
package_revision=1.3337
# Be Bourne compatible
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
fi
BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
func_fallback_echo ()
{
eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
$1
_LTECHO_EOF'
}
# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode.
lt_user_locale=
lt_safe_locale=
for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
do
eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var
$lt_var=C
export $lt_var
lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\"
lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\"
fi"
done
LC_ALL=C
LANGUAGE=C
export LANGUAGE LC_ALL
$lt_unset CDPATH
# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
# function.
progpath="$0"
: ${CP="cp -f"}
test "${ECHO+set}" = set || ECHO=${as_echo-'printf %s\n'}
: ${MAKE="make"}
: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
: ${MV="mv -f"}
: ${RM="rm -f"}
: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"}
# Global variables:
EXIT_SUCCESS=0
EXIT_FAILURE=1
EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
lt_nl='
'
IFS=" $lt_nl"
dirname="s,/[^/]*$,,"
basename="s,^.*/,,"
# func_dirname file append nondir_replacement
# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
func_dirname ()
{
func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$dirname"`
if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
func_dirname_result="${3}"
else
func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
fi
} # func_dirname may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_basename file
func_basename ()
{
func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$basename"`
} # func_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
# call:
# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty,
# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
# value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
# basename: Compute filename of FILE.
# value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
func_dirname_and_basename ()
{
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$dirname"`
if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
func_dirname_result="${3}"
else
func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
fi
func_basename_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED -e "$basename"`
} # func_dirname_and_basename may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_stripname prefix suffix name
# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
# func_strip_suffix prefix name
func_stripname ()
{
case ${2} in
.*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;;
*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%${2}\$%%"`;;
esac
} # func_stripname may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash.
pathcar='s,^/\([^/]*\).*$,\1,'
pathcdr='s,^/[^/]*,,'
removedotparts=':dotsl
s@/\./@/@g
t dotsl
s,/\.$,/,'
collapseslashes='s@/\{1,\}@/@g'
finalslash='s,/*$,/,'
# func_normal_abspath PATH
# Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components,
# and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making
# it an absolute path.
# value returned in "$func_normal_abspath_result"
func_normal_abspath ()
{
# Start from root dir and reassemble the path.
func_normal_abspath_result=
func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1
func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=
case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in
"")
# Empty path, that just means $cwd.
func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`"
func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result
return
;;
# The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely
# two leading slashes without using negated character classes;
# we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour.
///*)
# Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing.
;;
//*)
# Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//'
# and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares
# over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found.
func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/
;;
/*)
# Absolute path, do nothing.
;;
*)
# Relative path, prepend $cwd.
func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath
;;
esac
# Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want
# the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure
# there is one (and only one) here.
func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
-e "$removedotparts" -e "$collapseslashes" -e "$finalslash"`
while :; do
# Processed it all yet?
if test "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" = / ; then
# If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now.
if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result" ; then
func_normal_abspath_result=/
fi
break
fi
func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
-e "$pathcar"`
func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
-e "$pathcdr"`
# Figure out what to do with it
case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in
"")
# Trailing empty path component, ignore it.
;;
..)
# Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result.
func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result"
func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result
;;
*)
# Actual path component, append it.
func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_result/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent
;;
esac
done
# Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry.
func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result
}
# func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR
# generates a relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR, with a trailing
# slash if non-empty, suitable for immediately appending a filename
# without needing to append a separator.
# value returned in "$func_relative_path_result"
func_relative_path ()
{
func_relative_path_result=
func_normal_abspath "$1"
func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result
func_normal_abspath "$2"
func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result
# Ascend the tree starting from libdir
while :; do
# check if we have found a prefix of bindir
case $func_relative_path_tbindir in
$func_relative_path_tlibdir)
# found an exact match
func_relative_path_tcancelled=
break
;;
$func_relative_path_tlibdir*)
# found a matching prefix
func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir"
func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result
if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then
func_relative_path_result=.
fi
break
;;
*)
func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir
func_relative_path_tlibdir=${func_dirname_result}
if test "x$func_relative_path_tlibdir" = x ; then
# Have to descend all the way to the root!
func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir
break
fi
func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
;;
esac
done
# Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes.
func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result"
func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled"
if test "x$func_stripname_result" != x ; then
func_relative_path_result=${func_relative_path_result}/${func_stripname_result}
fi
# Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return empty string,
# else relative path ending with a slash; either way, target
# file name can be directly appended.
if test ! -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then
func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result/"
func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
fi
}
# The name of this program:
func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath"
progname=$func_basename_result
# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution:
case $progpath in
[\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
*[\\/]*)
progdir=$func_dirname_result
progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
progpath="$progdir/$progname"
;;
*)
save_IFS="$IFS"
IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
for progdir in $PATH; do
IFS="$save_IFS"
test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
done
IFS="$save_IFS"
test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
progpath="$progdir/$progname"
;;
esac
# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//'
sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
# Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the
# string literally.
sed_make_literal_regex='s,[].[^$\\*\/],\\&,g'
# Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path
# which contains forward slashes, into one that contains
# (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation.
lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were
# `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$'
# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion.
# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of
# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'.
bs='\\'
bs2='\\\\'
bs4='\\\\\\\\'
dollar='\$'
sed_double_backslash="\
s/$bs4/&\\
/g
s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/
s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g
s/\n//g"
# Standard options:
opt_dry_run=false
opt_help=false
opt_quiet=false
opt_verbose=false
opt_warning=:
# func_echo arg...
# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode
# name if it has been set yet.
func_echo ()
{
$ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }$*"
}
# func_verbose arg...
# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
func_verbose ()
{
$opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"}
# A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
# fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
# work around that:
:
}
# func_echo_all arg...
# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated.
func_echo_all ()
{
$ECHO "$*"
}
# func_error arg...
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
func_error ()
{
$ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }"${1+"$@"} 1>&2
}
# func_warning arg...
# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
func_warning ()
{
$opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname: ${opt_mode+$opt_mode: }warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
# bash bug again:
:
}
# func_fatal_error arg...
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
func_fatal_error ()
{
func_error ${1+"$@"}
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
}
# func_fatal_help arg...
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
# a help hint, and exit.
func_fatal_help ()
{
func_error ${1+"$@"}
func_fatal_error "$help"
}
help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default
# func_grep expression filename
# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
func_grep ()
{
$GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
}
# func_mkdir_p directory-path
# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
func_mkdir_p ()
{
my_directory_path="$1"
my_dir_list=
if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then
# Protect directory names starting with `-'
case $my_directory_path in
-*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;;
esac
# While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do
# ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited
# list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list"
# If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
# ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
my_directory_path=`$ECHO "$my_directory_path" | $SED -e "$dirname"`
done
my_dir_list=`$ECHO "$my_dir_list" | $SED 's,:*$,,'`
save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':'
for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do
IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
# mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes
# try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't
# stop in that case!
$MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
done
IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
# Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
test -d "$my_directory_path" || \
func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'"
fi
}
# func_mktempdir [string]
# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If
# given, STRING is the basename for that directory.
func_mktempdir ()
{
my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}"
if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then
# Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$"
else
# If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then
# Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$"
save_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
umask 0077
$MKDIR "$my_tmpdir"
umask $save_mktempdir_umask
fi
# If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \
func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'"
fi
$ECHO "$my_tmpdir"
}
# func_quote_for_eval arg
# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later.
# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT
# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas
# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters
# which are still active within double quotes backslashified.
func_quote_for_eval ()
{
case $1 in
*[\\\`\"\$]*)
func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;;
*)
func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;;
esac
case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in
# Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
# word splitting, command substitution and and variable
# expansion for a subsequent eval.
# Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
# in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
*[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\""
;;
*)
func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"
esac
}
# func_quote_for_expand arg
# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above,
# but do not quote variable references.
func_quote_for_expand ()
{
case $1 in
*[\\\`\"]*)
my_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \
-e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;;
*)
my_arg="$1" ;;
esac
case $my_arg in
# Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
# word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval.
# Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
# in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
*[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
my_arg="\"$my_arg\""
;;
esac
func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg"
}
# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp]
# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
# is given, then evaluate it.
func_show_eval ()
{
my_cmd="$1"
my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
${opt_silent-false} || {
func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
}
if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
eval "$my_cmd"
my_status=$?
if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
fi
fi
}
# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp]
# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation.
func_show_eval_locale ()
{
my_cmd="$1"
my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
${opt_silent-false} || {
func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
}
if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
eval "$lt_user_locale
$my_cmd"
my_status=$?
eval "$lt_safe_locale"
if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
fi
fi
}
# func_tr_sh
# Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name.
# Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters
# not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further,
# if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well.
func_tr_sh ()
{
case $1 in
[0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*)
func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
;;
* )
func_tr_sh_result=$1
;;
esac
}
# func_version
# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
func_version ()
{
$opt_debug
$SED -n '/(C)/!b go
:more
/\./!{
N
s/\n# / /
b more
}
:go
/^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / {
s/^# //
s/^# *$//
s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/
p
}' < "$progpath"
exit $?
}
# func_usage
# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
func_usage ()
{
$opt_debug
$SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/^# *.*--help/ {
s/^# //
s/^# *$//
s/\$progname/'$progname'/
p
}' < "$progpath"
echo
$ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage"
exit $?
}
# func_help [NOEXIT]
# Echo long help message to standard output and exit,
# unless 'noexit' is passed as argument.
func_help ()
{
$opt_debug
$SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ {
:print
s/^# //
s/^# *$//
s*\$progname*'$progname'*
s*\$host*'"$host"'*
s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'*
s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'*
s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'*
s*\$LD*'"$LD"'*
s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/
s/\$automake_version/'"`(${AUTOMAKE-automake} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(${AUTOCONF-autoconf} --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
p
d
}
/^# .* home page:/b print
/^# General help using/b print
' < "$progpath"
ret=$?
if test -z "$1"; then
exit $ret
fi
}
# func_missing_arg argname
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
# exit_cmd.
func_missing_arg ()
{
$opt_debug
func_error "missing argument for $1."
exit_cmd=exit
}
# func_split_short_opt shortopt
# Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell
# variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character.
func_split_short_opt ()
{
my_sed_short_opt='1s/^\(..\).*$/\1/;q'
my_sed_short_rest='1s/^..\(.*\)$/\1/;q'
func_split_short_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_opt"`
func_split_short_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_short_rest"`
} # func_split_short_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_split_long_opt longopt
# Set func_split_long_opt_name and func_split_long_opt_arg shell
# variables after splitting LONGOPT at the `=' sign.
func_split_long_opt ()
{
my_sed_long_opt='1s/^\(--[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q'
my_sed_long_arg='1s/^--[^=]*=//'
func_split_long_opt_name=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_opt"`
func_split_long_opt_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$my_sed_long_arg"`
} # func_split_long_opt may be replaced by extended shell implementation
exit_cmd=:
magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%"
magic_exe="%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%"
# Global variables.
nonopt=
preserve_args=
lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/"
o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/"
extracted_archives=
extracted_serial=0
# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being
# left over by shells.
exec_cmd=
# func_append var value
# Append VALUE to the end of shell variable VAR.
func_append ()
{
eval "${1}=\$${1}\${2}"
} # func_append may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_append_quoted var value
# Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated
# by a space.
func_append_quoted ()
{
func_quote_for_eval "${2}"
eval "${1}=\$${1}\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result"
} # func_append_quoted may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_arith arithmetic-term...
func_arith ()
{
func_arith_result=`expr "${@}"`
} # func_arith may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_len string
# STRING may not start with a hyphen.
func_len ()
{
func_len_result=`expr "${1}" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
} # func_len may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_lo2o object
func_lo2o ()
{
func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED "$lo2o"`
} # func_lo2o may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_xform libobj-or-source
func_xform ()
{
func_xform_result=`$ECHO "${1}" | $SED 's/\.[^.]*$/.lo/'`
} # func_xform may be replaced by extended shell implementation
# func_fatal_configuration arg...
# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
# a configuration failure hint, and exit.
func_fatal_configuration ()
{
func_error ${1+"$@"}
func_error "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information."
func_fatal_error "Fatal configuration error."
}
# func_config
# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script.
func_config ()
{
re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL'
re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL'
# Default configuration.
$SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath"
# Now print the configurations for the tags.
for tagname in $taglist; do
$SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath"
done
exit $?
}
# func_features
# Display the features supported by this script.
func_features ()
{
echo "host: $host"
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
echo "enable shared libraries"
else
echo "disable shared libraries"
fi
if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
echo "enable static libraries"
else
echo "disable static libraries"
fi
exit $?
}
# func_enable_tag tagname
# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or
# enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist
# variable here.
func_enable_tag ()
{
# Global variable:
tagname="$1"
re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
sed_extractcf="/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p"
# Validate tagname.
case $tagname in
*[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname"
;;
esac
# Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's
# there but not specially marked.
case $tagname in
CC) ;;
*)
if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
taglist="$taglist $tagname"
# Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path
# and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
# also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
# quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
eval "$extractedcf"
else
func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
fi
;;
esac
}
# func_check_version_match
# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
# release of libtool.
func_check_version_match ()
{
if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
if test -z "$macro_version"; then
cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
$progname: and run autoconf again.
_LT_EOF
else
cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
$progname: and run autoconf again.
_LT_EOF
fi
else
cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
_LT_EOF
fi
exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
fi
}
# Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
case $1 in
clean|clea|cle|cl)
shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
link|lin|li|l)
shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
esac
# Option defaults:
opt_debug=:
opt_dry_run=false
opt_config=false
opt_preserve_dup_deps=false
opt_features=false
opt_finish=false
opt_help=false
opt_help_all=false
opt_silent=:
opt_warning=:
opt_verbose=:
opt_silent=false
opt_verbose=false
# Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in the
# script to make things like `--version' happen as quickly as we can.
{
# this just eases exit handling
while test $# -gt 0; do
opt="$1"
shift
case $opt in
--debug|-x) opt_debug='set -x'
func_echo "enabling shell trace mode"
$opt_debug
;;
--dry-run|--dryrun|-n)
opt_dry_run=:
;;
--config)
opt_config=:
func_config
;;
--dlopen|-dlopen)
optarg="$1"
opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen
}$optarg"
shift
;;
--preserve-dup-deps)
opt_preserve_dup_deps=:
;;
--features)
opt_features=:
func_features
;;
--finish)
opt_finish=:
set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
;;
--help)
opt_help=:
;;
--help-all)
opt_help_all=:
opt_help=': help-all'
;;
--mode)
test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break
optarg="$1"
opt_mode="$optarg"
case $optarg in
# Valid mode arguments:
clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;;
# Catch anything else as an error
*) func_error "invalid argument for $opt"
exit_cmd=exit
break
;;
esac
shift
;;
--no-silent|--no-quiet)
opt_silent=false
func_append preserve_args " $opt"
;;
--no-warning|--no-warn)
opt_warning=false
func_append preserve_args " $opt"
;;
--no-verbose)
opt_verbose=false
func_append preserve_args " $opt"
;;
--silent|--quiet)
opt_silent=:
func_append preserve_args " $opt"
opt_verbose=false
;;
--verbose|-v)
opt_verbose=:
func_append preserve_args " $opt"
opt_silent=false
;;
--tag)
test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $opt && break
optarg="$1"
opt_tag="$optarg"
func_append preserve_args " $opt $optarg"
func_enable_tag "$optarg"
shift
;;
-\?|-h) func_usage ;;
--help) func_help ;;
--version) func_version ;;
# Separate optargs to long options:
--*=*)
func_split_long_opt "$opt"
set dummy "$func_split_long_opt_name" "$func_split_long_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
shift
;;
# Separate non-argument short options:
-\?*|-h*|-n*|-v*)
func_split_short_opt "$opt"
set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
shift
;;
--) break ;;
-*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;;
*) set dummy "$opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;;
esac
done
# Validate options:
# save first non-option argument
if test "$#" -gt 0; then
nonopt="$opt"
shift
fi
# preserve --debug
test "$opt_debug" = : || func_append preserve_args " --debug"
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*)
# don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps
opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
;;
*)
opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps
;;
esac
$opt_help || {
# Sanity checks first:
func_check_version_match
if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then
func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
fi
# Darwin sucks
eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
# Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test "$opt_mode" != execute; then
func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'"
$ECHO "$help" 1>&2
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
# Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
generic_help="$help"
help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information."
}
# Bail if the options were screwed
$exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
}
## ----------- ##
## Main. ##
## ----------- ##
# func_lalib_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
# determined imposters.
func_lalib_p ()
{
test -f "$1" &&
$SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \
| $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
}
# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and
# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
# fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist.
func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
{
lalib_p=no
if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
do
read lalib_p_line
case "$lalib_p_line" in
\#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
esac
done
exec 0<&5 5<&-
fi
test "$lalib_p" = yes
}
# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
# determined imposters.
func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
{
func_lalib_p "$1"
}
# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
# determined imposters.
func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
{
func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
case $1 in
*.exe) ;;
*) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
esac
$GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
}
# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
# temporary ltwrapper_script.
func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
{
func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper"
}
# func_ltwrapper_p file
# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
# determined imposters.
func_ltwrapper_p ()
{
func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
}
# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
func_execute_cmds ()
{
$opt_debug
save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
for cmd in $1; do
IFS=$save_ifs
eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
done
IFS=$save_ifs
}
# func_source file
# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing
# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
func_source ()
{
$opt_debug
case $1 in
*/* | *\\*) . "$1" ;;
*) . "./$1" ;;
esac
}
# func_resolve_sysroot PATH
# Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into
# func_resolve_sysroot_result
func_resolve_sysroot ()
{
func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1
case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in
=*)
func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result"
func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
;;
esac
}
# func_replace_sysroot PATH
# If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and
# store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result.
func_replace_sysroot ()
{
case "$lt_sysroot:$1" in
?*:"$lt_sysroot"*)
func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1"
func_replace_sysroot_result="=$func_stripname_result"
;;
*)
# Including no sysroot.
func_replace_sysroot_result=$1
;;
esac
}
# func_infer_tag arg
# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
# command doesn't match the default compiler.
# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
func_infer_tag ()
{
$opt_debug
if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
CC_quoted=
for arg in $CC; do
func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
done
CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
case $@ in
# Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
# but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
" $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
" $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;;
# Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
# if we don't check for them as well.
*)
for z in $available_tags; do
if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
# Evaluate the configuration.
eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
CC_quoted=
for arg in $CC; do
# Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
done
CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
case "$@ " in
" $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
" $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*)
# The compiler in the base compile command matches
# the one in the tagged configuration.
# Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
tagname=$z
break
;;
esac
fi
done
# If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
# was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
# line option must be used.
if test -z "$tagname"; then
func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'"
# else
# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
fi
;;
esac
fi
}
# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
func_write_libtool_object ()
{
write_libobj=${1}
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
write_lobj=\'${2}\'
else
write_lobj=none
fi
if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
write_oldobj=\'${3}\'
else
write_oldobj=none
fi
$opt_dry_run || {
cat >${write_libobj}T </dev/null`
if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp}"; then
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" |
$SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
else
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=
fi
fi
}
# end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32
# func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG
# Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and
# $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly
# configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's
# $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters.
#
# ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32.
# Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result.
# Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names
# are convertible, then the result may be empty.
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ()
{
$opt_debug
# unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=""
if test -n "$1"; then
oldIFS=$IFS
IFS=:
for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do
IFS=$oldIFS
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f"
if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" ; then
if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
else
func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
fi
fi
done
IFS=$oldIFS
fi
}
# end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32
# func_cygpath ARGS...
# Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when
# when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2)
# $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or
# (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input
# file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted
# from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name
# or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in
# Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error.
#
# ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to
# be converted.
#
# Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH
# environment variable; do not put it in $PATH.
func_cygpath ()
{
$opt_debug
if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then
func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null`
if test "$?" -ne 0; then
# on failure, ensure result is empty
func_cygpath_result=
fi
else
func_cygpath_result=
func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: \`$LT_CYGPATH'"
fi
}
#end: func_cygpath
# func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG
# Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return
# result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result.
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ()
{
$opt_debug
# awkward: cmd appends spaces to result
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null |
$SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
}
#end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32
# func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2
# Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host
# format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting
# func_to_host_file_result to ARG1).
func_convert_file_check ()
{
$opt_debug
if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1" ; then
func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to"
func_error " \`$1'"
func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
# Fallback:
func_to_host_file_result="$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_file_check
# func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH
# Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host
# format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting
# func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below).
func_convert_path_check ()
{
$opt_debug
if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then
func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to"
func_error " \`$3'"
func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
# Fallback. This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and
# should not be "improved". See libtool.info.
if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then
lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g"
func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" |
$SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"`
else
func_to_host_path_result="$3"
fi
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_check
# func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG
# Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT
# and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT.
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ()
{
$opt_debug
case $4 in
$1 ) func_to_host_path_result="$3$func_to_host_path_result"
;;
esac
case $4 in
$2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3"
;;
esac
}
# end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep
##################################################
# $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
##################################################
# invoked via `$to_host_file_cmd ARG'
#
# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
# Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result.
# func_to_host_file ARG
# Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
# in func_to_host_file_result.
func_to_host_file ()
{
$opt_debug
$to_host_file_cmd "$1"
}
# end func_to_host_file
# func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY
# converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return
# result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed
# in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place.
func_to_tool_file ()
{
$opt_debug
case ,$2, in
*,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*)
func_to_tool_file_result=$1
;;
*)
$to_tool_file_cmd "$1"
func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result
;;
esac
}
# end func_to_tool_file
# func_convert_file_noop ARG
# Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_noop ()
{
func_to_host_file_result="$1"
}
# end func_convert_file_noop
# func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG
# Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in
# func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_file_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
# func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
# Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in
# func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_file_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
# because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use
# LT_CYGPATH in this case.
func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"`
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32
# func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG
# Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment
# and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_file_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
func_to_host_file_result="$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32
# func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG
# Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_file_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result"
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin
# func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG
# Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed
# in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result
# in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_file_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
# convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin.
func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
func_to_host_file_result="$func_cygpath_result"
fi
func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
}
# end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin
#############################################
# $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
#############################################
# invoked via `$to_host_path_cmd ARG'
#
# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
# The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result.
#
# Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If
# ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but
# converted to $host format) on output.
#
# All path conversion functions are named using the following convention:
# file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y ()
# path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y ()
# where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the
# same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations,
# the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd
# will break.
# func_init_to_host_path_cmd
# Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the
# appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd.
to_host_path_cmd=
func_init_to_host_path_cmd ()
{
$opt_debug
if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then
func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd"
to_host_path_cmd="func_convert_path_${func_stripname_result}"
fi
}
# func_to_host_path ARG
# Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
# in func_to_host_path_result.
func_to_host_path ()
{
$opt_debug
func_init_to_host_path_cmd
$to_host_path_cmd "$1"
}
# end func_to_host_path
# func_convert_path_noop ARG
# Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result.
func_convert_path_noop ()
{
func_to_host_path_result="$1"
}
# end func_convert_path_noop
# func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG
# Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in
# func_to_host_path_result.
func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_path_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
# Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS
# behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.';
# and winepath ignores them completely.
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
func_convert_path_check : ";" \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32
# func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
# Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in
# func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_path_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
# See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"`
func_convert_path_check : ";" \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32
# func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG
# Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and
# a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_path_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
# See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
func_to_host_path_result="$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"
func_convert_path_check : ";" \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32
# func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG
# Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_path_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
# See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result"
func_convert_path_check : : \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin
# func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG
# Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a
# a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in
# func_to_host_file_result.
func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_host_path_result="$1"
if test -n "$1"; then
# Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from
# ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them
# into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely.
func_stripname : : "$1"
func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"
func_to_host_path_result="$func_cygpath_result"
func_convert_path_check : : \
"$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
fi
}
# end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin
# func_mode_compile arg...
func_mode_compile ()
{
$opt_debug
# Get the compilation command and the source file.
base_compile=
srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile"
suppress_opt=yes
suppress_output=
arg_mode=normal
libobj=
later=
pie_flag=
for arg
do
case $arg_mode in
arg )
# do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile
lastarg="$arg"
arg_mode=normal
;;
target )
libobj="$arg"
arg_mode=normal
continue
;;
normal )
# Accept any command-line options.
case $arg in
-o)
test -n "$libobj" && \
func_fatal_error "you cannot specify \`-o' more than once"
arg_mode=target
continue
;;
-pie | -fpie | -fPIE)
func_append pie_flag " $arg"
continue
;;
-shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic)
func_append later " $arg"
continue
;;
-no-suppress)
suppress_opt=no
continue
;;
-Xcompiler)
arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list
continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or
;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug.
-Wc,*)
func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
args=$func_stripname_result
lastarg=
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for arg in $args; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg"
lastarg=$func_stripname_result
# Add the arguments to base_compile.
func_append base_compile " $lastarg"
continue
;;
*)
# Accept the current argument as the source file.
# The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument.
#
lastarg="$srcfile"
srcfile="$arg"
;;
esac # case $arg
;;
esac # case $arg_mode
# Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg"
done # for arg
case $arg_mode in
arg)
func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile"
;;
target)
func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with \`-o'"
;;
*)
# Get the name of the library object.
test -z "$libobj" && {
func_basename "$srcfile"
libobj="$func_basename_result"
}
;;
esac
# Recognize several different file suffixes.
# If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
case $libobj in
*.[cCFSifmso] | \
*.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \
*.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \
*.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup)
func_xform "$libobj"
libobj=$func_xform_result
;;
esac
case $libobj in
*.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;;
*)
func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'"
;;
esac
func_infer_tag $base_compile
for arg in $later; do
case $arg in
-shared)
test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
build_old_libs=no
continue
;;
-static)
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
continue
;;
-prefer-pic)
pic_mode=yes
continue
;;
-prefer-non-pic)
pic_mode=no
continue
;;
esac
done
func_quote_for_eval "$libobj"
test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \
&& $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \
&& func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
objname="$func_basename_result"
xdir="$func_dirname_result"
lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname
test -z "$base_compile" && \
func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
# Delete any leftover library objects.
if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
else
removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
fi
# On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
pic_mode=default
;;
esac
if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
# non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
pic_mode=default
fi
# Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
# not support -o with -c
if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then
output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext}
lockfile="$output_obj.lock"
else
output_obj=
need_locks=no
lockfile=
fi
# Lock this critical section if it is needed
# We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
if test "$need_locks" = yes; then
until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
sleep 2
done
elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then
if test -f "$lockfile"; then
$ECHO "\
*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you
repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
compiler."
$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
func_append removelist " $output_obj"
$ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
fi
$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
func_append removelist " $lockfile"
trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result
func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile"
qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result
# Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
# Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
if test "$pic_mode" != no; then
command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
else
# Don't build PIC code
command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
fi
func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
if test -z "$output_obj"; then
# Place PIC objects in $objdir
func_append command " -o $lobj"
fi
func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
$ECHO "\
*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
but it should contain:
$srcfile
This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you
repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
compiler."
$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
# Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
fi
# Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then
suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
fi
fi
# Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then
# Don't build PIC code
command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
else
command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
fi
if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then
func_append command " -o $obj"
fi
# Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
func_append command "$suppress_output"
func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
'$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
$ECHO "\
*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
but it should contain:
$srcfile
This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you
repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
compiler."
$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
# Just move the object if needed
if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
fi
fi
$opt_dry_run || {
func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
# Unlock the critical section if it was locked
if test "$need_locks" != no; then
removelist=$lockfile
$RM "$lockfile"
fi
}
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
}
$opt_help || {
test "$opt_mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
}
func_mode_help ()
{
# We need to display help for each of the modes.
case $opt_mode in
"")
# Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
# at the start of this file.
func_help
;;
clean)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
Remove files from the build directory.
RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
to RM.
If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
;;
compile)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
This mode accepts the following additional options:
-o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
-no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
-prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only
-prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only
-shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
-static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
-Wc,FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler
COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file
from the given SOURCEFILE.
The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the
library object suffix, \`.lo'."
;;
execute)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
Automatically set library path, then run a program.
This mode accepts the following additional options:
-dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path
This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen'
flags.
If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
directories are added to the library path.
Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
;;
finish)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use
the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
;;
install)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
Install executables or libraries.
INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be
either the \`install' or \`cp' program.
The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
-inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
;;
link)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
create an executable program.
LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
a program from several object files.
The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
-all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all
-avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible
-bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where
libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime)
-dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
-dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
-export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
-export-symbols SYMFILE
try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
-export-symbols-regex REGEX
try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
-LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
-lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
-module build a library that can dlopened
-no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode
-no-install link a not-installable executable
-no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
-o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
-objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
-precious-files-regex REGEX
don't remove output files matching REGEX
-release RELEASE specify package release information
-rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
-R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
-shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
-shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension
-static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
-static-libtool-libs
do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
-version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
-weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
-Wc,FLAG
-Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler
-Wl,FLAG
-Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker
-XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC)
All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored.
Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are
treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
object files.
If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created,
only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is
required, except when creating a convenience library.
If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created
using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'.
If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file
is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
;;
uninstall)
$ECHO \
"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
Remove libraries from an installation directory.
RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
to RM.
If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
;;
*)
func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'"
;;
esac
echo
$ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
}
# Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
if $opt_help; then
if test "$opt_help" = :; then
func_mode_help
else
{
func_help noexit
for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
func_mode_help
done
} | sed -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p'
{
func_help noexit
for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
echo
func_mode_help
done
} |
sed '1d
/^When reporting/,/^Report/{
H
d
}
$x
/information about other modes/d
/more detailed .*MODE/d
s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/'
fi
exit $?
fi
# func_mode_execute arg...
func_mode_execute ()
{
$opt_debug
# The first argument is the command name.
cmd="$nonopt"
test -z "$cmd" && \
func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
# Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
for file in $opt_dlopen; do
test -f "$file" \
|| func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file"
dir=
case $file in
*.la)
func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
|| func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
# Read the libtool library.
dlname=
library_names=
func_source "$file"
# Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
if test -z "$dlname"; then
# Warn if it was a shared library.
test -n "$library_names" && \
func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'"
continue
fi
func_dirname "$file" "" "."
dir="$func_dirname_result"
if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
func_append dir "/$objdir"
else
if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'"
fi
fi
;;
*.lo)
# Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
func_dirname "$file" "" "."
dir="$func_dirname_result"
;;
*)
func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
continue
;;
esac
# Get the absolute pathname.
absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir"
# Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
else
eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
fi
done
# This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
# rather than running their programs.
libtool_execute_magic="$magic"
# Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
args=
for file
do
case $file in
-* | *.la | *.lo ) ;;
*)
# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
func_source "$file"
# Transform arg to wrapped name.
file="$progdir/$program"
elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
# Transform arg to wrapped name.
file="$progdir/$program"
fi
;;
esac
# Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
func_append_quoted args "$file"
done
if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then
if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
# Export the shlibpath_var.
eval "export $shlibpath_var"
fi
# Restore saved environment variables
for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
do
eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
$lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
else
$lt_unset $lt_var
fi"
done
# Now prepare to actually exec the command.
exec_cmd="\$cmd$args"
else
# Display what would be done.
if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
echo "export $shlibpath_var"
fi
$ECHO "$cmd$args"
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
}
test "$opt_mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
# func_mode_finish arg...
func_mode_finish ()
{
$opt_debug
libs=
libdirs=
admincmds=
for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"}
do
if test -d "$opt"; then
func_append libdirs " $opt"
elif test -f "$opt"; then
if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then
func_append libs " $opt"
else
func_warning "\`$opt' is not a valid libtool archive"
fi
else
func_fatal_error "invalid argument \`$opt'"
fi
done
if test -n "$libs"; then
if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then
sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;"
else
sysroot_cmd=
fi
# Remove sysroot references
if $opt_dry_run; then
for lib in $libs; do
echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and \`=' prefixes from $lib"
done
else
tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
for lib in $libs; do
sed -e "${sysroot_cmd} s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \
> $tmpdir/tmp-la
mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib
done
${RM}r "$tmpdir"
fi
fi
if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
for libdir in $libdirs; do
if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
# Do each command in the finish commands.
func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
'"$cmd"'"'
fi
if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
# Do the single finish_eval.
eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
$opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds "
$cmds"
fi
done
fi
# Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
$opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
echo "Libraries have been installed in:"
for libdir in $libdirs; do
$ECHO " $libdir"
done
echo
echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'"
echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
echo " during execution"
fi
if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable"
echo " during linking"
fi
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
libdir=LIBDIR
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
$ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag"
fi
if test -n "$admincmds"; then
$ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
fi
if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'"
fi
echo
echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
case $host in
solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
echo "pages."
;;
*)
echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
;;
esac
echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
}
test "$opt_mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
# func_mode_install arg...
func_mode_install ()
{
$opt_debug
# There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
# install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh ||
# Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac; then
# Aesthetically quote it.
func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt"
install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result "
arg=$1
shift
else
install_prog=
arg=$nonopt
fi
# The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
# Aesthetically quote it.
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
func_append install_prog "$func_quote_for_eval_result"
install_shared_prog=$install_prog
case " $install_prog " in
*[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;;
*) install_cp=false ;;
esac
# We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
dest=
files=
opts=
prev=
install_type=
isdir=no
stripme=
no_mode=:
for arg
do
arg2=
if test -n "$dest"; then
func_append files " $dest"
dest=$arg
continue
fi
case $arg in
-d) isdir=yes ;;
-f)
if $install_cp; then :; else
prev=$arg
fi
;;
-g | -m | -o)
prev=$arg
;;
-s)
stripme=" -s"
continue
;;
-*)
;;
*)
# If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
if test -n "$prev"; then
if test "x$prev" = x-m && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then
arg2=$install_override_mode
no_mode=false
fi
prev=
else
dest=$arg
continue
fi
;;
esac
# Aesthetically quote the argument.
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
func_append install_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
if test -n "$arg2"; then
func_quote_for_eval "$arg2"
fi
func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
done
test -z "$install_prog" && \
func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
test -n "$prev" && \
func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument"
if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then
if $install_cp; then :; else
func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode"
func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_for_eval_result"
fi
fi
if test -z "$files"; then
if test -z "$dest"; then
func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
else
func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
fi
fi
# Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
dest=$func_stripname_result
# Check to see that the destination is a directory.
test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes
if test "$isdir" = yes; then
destdir="$dest"
destname=
else
func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
destdir="$func_dirname_result"
destname="$func_basename_result"
# Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
set dummy $files; shift
test "$#" -gt 1 && \
func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory"
fi
case $destdir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
*)
for file in $files; do
case $file in
*.lo) ;;
*)
func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
;;
esac
done
;;
esac
# This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
# than running their programs.
libtool_install_magic="$magic"
staticlibs=
future_libdirs=
current_libdirs=
for file in $files; do
# Do each installation.
case $file in
*.$libext)
# Do the static libraries later.
func_append staticlibs " $file"
;;
*.la)
func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
|| func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
library_names=
old_library=
relink_command=
func_source "$file"
# Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
case "$current_libdirs " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
esac
else
# Note the libdir as a future libdir.
case "$future_libdirs " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
dir="$func_dirname_result"
func_append dir "$objdir"
if test -n "$relink_command"; then
# Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
# Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
# location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
# are installed to the same prefix.
# At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
# are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
# but it's something to keep an eye on.
test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
# Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
else
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
fi
func_warning "relinking \`$file'"
func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
fi
# See the names of the shared library.
set dummy $library_names; shift
if test -n "$1"; then
realname="$1"
shift
srcname="$realname"
test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T
# Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
'exit $?'
tstripme="$stripme"
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
case $realname in
*.dll.a)
tstripme=""
;;
esac
;;
esac
if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
fi
if test "$#" -gt 0; then
# Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
# Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on
# the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
# so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
for linkname
do
test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
&& func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
done
fi
# Do each command in the postinstall commands.
lib="$destdir/$realname"
func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
func_basename "$file"
name="$func_basename_result"
instname="$dir/$name"i
func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
# Maybe install the static library, too.
test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library"
;;
*.lo)
# Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
if test -n "$destname"; then
destfile="$destdir/$destname"
else
func_basename "$file"
destfile="$func_basename_result"
destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
fi
# Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
case $destfile in
*.lo)
func_lo2o "$destfile"
staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
;;
*.$objext)
staticdest="$destfile"
destfile=
;;
*)
func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'"
;;
esac
# Install the libtool object if requested.
test -n "$destfile" && \
func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
# Install the old object if enabled.
if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
# Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
func_lo2o "$file"
staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
;;
*)
# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
if test -n "$destname"; then
destfile="$destdir/$destname"
else
func_basename "$file"
destfile="$func_basename_result"
destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
fi
# If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
# because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
# install
stripped_ext=""
case $file in
*.exe)
if test ! -f "$file"; then
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
file=$func_stripname_result
stripped_ext=".exe"
fi
;;
esac
# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw*)
if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
else
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
wrapper=$func_stripname_result
fi
;;
*)
wrapper=$file
;;
esac
if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
notinst_deplibs=
relink_command=
func_source "$wrapper"
# Check the variables that should have been set.
test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'"
finalize=yes
for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
# Check to see that each library is installed.
libdir=
if test -f "$lib"; then
func_source "$lib"
fi
libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'"
finalize=no
fi
done
relink_command=
func_source "$wrapper"
outputname=
if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then
$opt_dry_run || {
if test "$finalize" = yes; then
tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
file="$func_basename_result"
outputname="$tmpdir/$file"
# Replace the output file specification.
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
$opt_silent || {
func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command"
eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
}
if eval "$relink_command"; then :
else
func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it"
$opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
continue
fi
file="$outputname"
else
func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'"
fi
}
else
# Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
fi
fi
# remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
# one anyway
case $install_prog,$host in
*/usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
case $file:$destfile in
*.exe:*.exe)
# this is ok
;;
*.exe:*)
destfile=$destfile.exe
;;
*:*.exe)
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
destfile=$func_stripname_result
;;
esac
;;
esac
func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
$opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
${RM}r "$tmpdir"
fi
;;
esac
done
for file in $staticlibs; do
func_basename "$file"
name="$func_basename_result"
# Set up the ranlib parameters.
oldlib="$destdir/$name"
func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?'
fi
# Do each command in the postinstall commands.
func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
done
test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
# Maybe just do a dry run.
$opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
else
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
}
test "$opt_mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
# a dlpreopen symbol table.
func_generate_dlsyms ()
{
$opt_debug
my_outputname="$1"
my_originator="$2"
my_pic_p="${3-no}"
my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
my_dlsyms=
if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c"
else
func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
fi
fi
if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
case $my_dlsyms in
"") ;;
*.c)
# Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm"
func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
# Parse the name list into a source file.
func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
$opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern \"C\" {
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4))
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\"
#endif
/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE)
/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime
relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */
# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
#elif defined(__osf__)
/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */
# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
#else
# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const
#endif
/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
"
if test "$dlself" = yes; then
func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'"
$opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
# Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
for progfile in $progfiles; do
func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$func_to_tool_file_result'"
$opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
done
if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
$opt_dry_run || {
eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
}
fi
if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
$opt_dry_run || {
eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
}
fi
# Prepare the list of exported symbols
if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"
$opt_dry_run || {
$RM $export_symbols
eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
;;
esac
}
else
$opt_dry_run || {
eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
;;
esac
}
fi
fi
for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'"
func_basename "$dlprefile"
name="$func_basename_result"
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
# if an import library, we need to obtain dlname
if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then
func_tr_sh "$dlprefile"
eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result"
dlprefile_dlbasename=""
if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then
# Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values
dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"`
if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname" ; then
func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname"
dlprefile_dlbasename="$func_basename_result"
else
# no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen .
$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile"
dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result
fi
fi
$opt_dry_run || {
if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename" ; then
eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"'
else
func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name"
eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
fi
func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe |
$SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'"
}
else # not an import lib
$opt_dry_run || {
eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
}
fi
;;
*)
$opt_dry_run || {
eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
}
;;
esac
done
$opt_dry_run || {
# Make sure we have at least an empty file.
test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
fi
# Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then
sort -k 3
else
sort +2
fi |
uniq > "$nlist"S; then
:
else
$GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
fi
if test -f "$nlist"S; then
eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
else
echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
fi
echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
typedef struct {
const char *name;
void *address;
} lt_dlsymlist;
extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];
LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
{\
{ \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 },"
case $need_lib_prefix in
no)
eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
;;
*)
eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
;;
esac
echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
{0, (void *) 0}
};
/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
}
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif\
"
} # !$opt_dry_run
pic_flag_for_symtable=
case "$compile_command " in
*" -static "*) ;;
*)
case $host in
# compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
# a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
# linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use
# pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in
# FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
*-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
*-*-hpux*)
pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;;
*)
if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then
pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
fi
;;
esac
;;
esac
symtab_cflags=
for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
case $arg in
-pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
*) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;;
esac
done
# Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
# Clean up the generated files.
func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"'
# Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext"
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
else
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
fi
;;
*)
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
;;
esac
;;
*)
func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'"
;;
esac
else
# We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
# lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
# really was required.
# Nullify the symbol file.
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
fi
}
# func_win32_libid arg
# return the library type of file 'arg'
#
# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
# Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries.
func_win32_libid ()
{
$opt_debug
win32_libid_type="unknown"
win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
case $win32_fileres in
*ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
;;
*ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
# Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD.
if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
$EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then
func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" |
$SED -n -e '
1,100{
/ I /{
s,.*,import,
p
q
}
}'`
case $win32_nmres in
import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
esac
fi
;;
*DLL*)
win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
;;
*executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
case $win32_fileres in
*MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
;;
esac
;;
esac
$ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
}
# func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG
#
# Platform-specific function to extract the
# name of the DLL associated with the specified
# import library ARG.
# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
# Result is available in the variable
# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
func_cygming_dll_for_implib ()
{
$opt_debug
sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"`
}
# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs
#
# The is the core of a fallback implementation of a
# platform-specific function to extract the name of the
# DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME.
#
# SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending
# on the platform and compiler that created the implib.
#
# Echos the name of the DLL associated with the
# specified import library.
func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core ()
{
$opt_debug
match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
$OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null |
$SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{
# Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section
s/.*/====MARK====/
p
d
}
# These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but
# are always uninteresting
/:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d
/^In archive [^:]*:/d
# Ensure marker is printed
/^====MARK====/p
# Remove all lines with less than 43 characters
/^.\{43\}/!d
# From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters
s/^.\{43\}//' |
$SED -n '
# Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line
/^====MARK====/ b para
H
$ b para
b
:para
x
s/\n//g
# Remove the marker
s/^====MARK====//
# Remove trailing dots and whitespace
s/[\. \t]*$//
# Print
/./p' |
# we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified
# contents of the appropriate section of all members of the
# archive which possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate
# all those which have a first or second character that is
# a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable
# character.) This should work for all archives with less than
# 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually
# begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by
# a '.'.
#
# Of those that remain, print the first one.
$SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q'
}
# func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG
# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
# ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns
# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'`
test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp"
}
# func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG
# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
# ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns
# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
func_cygming_ms_implib_p ()
{
$opt_debug
func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'`
test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp"
}
# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG
# Platform-specific function to extract the
# name of the DLL associated with the specified
# import library ARG.
#
# This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL
# does not support the --identify-strict option.
# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
# Result is available in the variable
# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ()
{
$opt_debug
if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1" ; then
# binutils import library
sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"`
elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ; then
# ms-generated import library
sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"`
else
# unknown
sharedlib_from_linklib_result=""
fi
}
# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
func_extract_an_archive ()
{
$opt_debug
f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift
f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1"
if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then
lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock
until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
sleep 2
done
fi
func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \
'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat'
if test "$lock_old_archive_extraction" = yes; then
$opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile"
fi
if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
:
else
func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
fi
}
# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
func_extract_archives ()
{
$opt_debug
my_gentop="$1"; shift
my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
my_oldobjs=""
my_xlib=""
my_xabs=""
my_xdir=""
for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
# Extract the objects.
case $my_xlib in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;;
*) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
esac
func_basename "$my_xlib"
my_xlib="$func_basename_result"
my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
while :; do
case " $extracted_archives " in
*" $my_xlib_u "*)
func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
*) break ;;
esac
done
extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u"
func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
case $host in
*-darwin*)
func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
# Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
$opt_dry_run || {
darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
cd $my_xdir || exit $?
darwin_archive=$my_xabs
darwin_curdir=`pwd`
darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"`
darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
darwin_arch=
func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do
func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
$LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}"
cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}"
cd "$darwin_curdir"
$RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}"
done # $darwin_arches
## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u`
darwin_file=
darwin_files=
for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP`
$LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
done # $darwin_filelist
$RM -rf unfat-$$
cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
else
cd $darwin_orig_dir
func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
fi # $darwin_arches
} # !$opt_dry_run
;;
*)
func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
;;
esac
my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP`
done
func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs"
}
# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no]
#
# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
# Don't directly open a file because we may want to
# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw
# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within
# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables
# set therein.
#
# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script
# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is
# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific
# behavior.
func_emit_wrapper ()
{
func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no}
$ECHO "\
#! $SHELL
# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
#
# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
# libraries that it depends on are installed.
#
# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
# Be Bourne compatible
if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
else
case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
fi
BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
# if CDPATH is set.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
# install mode needs the following variables:
generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
else
# When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
file=\"\$0\""
qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
$ECHO "\
# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
func_fallback_echo ()
{
eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
\$1
_LTECHO_EOF'
}
ECHO=\"$qECHO\"
fi
# Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to
# the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper
# /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ which is used only on
# windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-"
# (application programs are unlikely to have options which match
# this pattern).
#
# There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and
# --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help.
#
# The first argument to this parsing function should be the
# script's $0 value, followed by "$@".
lt_option_debug=
func_parse_lt_options ()
{
lt_script_arg0=\$0
shift
for lt_opt
do
case \"\$lt_opt\" in
--lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;;
--lt-dump-script)
lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=.
lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\"
exit 0
;;
--lt-*)
\$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
done
# Print the debug banner immediately:
if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
echo \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION\" 1>&2
fi
}
# Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout
# (redirection is the responsibility of the caller)
func_lt_dump_args ()
{
lt_dump_args_N=1;
for lt_arg
do
\$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\"
lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\`
done
}
# Core function for launching the target application
func_exec_program_core ()
{
"
case $host in
# Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
*-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
$ECHO "\
if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
\$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2
func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
fi
exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
"
;;
*)
$ECHO "\
if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
\$ECHO \"${outputname}:${output}:\${LINENO}: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2
func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
fi
exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
"
;;
esac
$ECHO "\
\$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
exit 1
}
# A function to encapsulate launching the target application
# Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and
# launches target application with the remaining arguments.
func_exec_program ()
{
case \" \$* \" in
*\\ --lt-*)
for lt_wr_arg
do
case \$lt_wr_arg in
--lt-*) ;;
*) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;;
esac
shift
done ;;
esac
func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"}
}
# Parse options
func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
# Find the directory that this script lives in.
thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
# Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
while test -n \"\$file\"; do
destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
# If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
case \"\$destdir\" in
[\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
*) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
esac
fi
file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\`
file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
done
# Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into
# the cwrapper.
WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1
if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
# special case for '.'
if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
thisdir=\`pwd\`
fi
# remove .libs from thisdir
case \"\$thisdir\" in
*[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
$objdir ) thisdir=. ;;
esac
fi
# Try to get the absolute directory name.
absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
"
if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
$ECHO "\
program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
{ file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\
test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
$MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
else
$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
fi"
$ECHO "\
# relink executable if necessary
if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
else
$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
exit 1
fi
fi
$MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
$MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
fi"
else
$ECHO "\
program='$outputname'
progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
"
fi
$ECHO "\
if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
# fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
#
# Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending
# to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled
# libraries must come first.
if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
$ECHO "\
# Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
"
fi
# Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
$ECHO "\
# Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
$shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
# Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
# The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
$shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\`
export $shlibpath_var
"
fi
$ECHO "\
if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
# Run the actual program with our arguments.
func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"}
fi
else
# The program doesn't exist.
\$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
\$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
\$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
fi\
"
}
# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
{
cat <
#include
#ifdef _MSC_VER
# include
# include
# include
#else
# include
# include
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
# include
# endif
#endif
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
/* declarations of non-ANSI functions */
#if defined(__MINGW32__)
# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
int _putenv (const char *);
# endif
#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
char *realpath (const char *, char *);
int putenv (char *);
int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
# endif
/* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */
#endif
/* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
# define setmode _setmode
# define stat _stat
# define chmod _chmod
# define getcwd _getcwd
# define putenv _putenv
# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED
# define _INTPTR_T_DEFINED
# define intptr_t int
# endif
#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
# define setmode _setmode
# define stat _stat
# define chmod _chmod
# define getcwd _getcwd
# define putenv _putenv
#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
# define HAVE_SETENV
# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
/* #elif defined (other platforms) ... */
#endif
#if defined(PATH_MAX)
# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN)
# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
#else
# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
#endif
#ifndef S_IXOTH
# define S_IXOTH 0
#endif
#ifndef S_IXGRP
# define S_IXGRP 0
#endif
/* path handling portability macros */
#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
#endif
#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \
defined (__OS2__)
# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
# endif
# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
# endif
#endif
#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
(((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
#ifndef FOPEN_WB
# define FOPEN_WB "w"
#endif
#ifndef _O_BINARY
# define _O_BINARY 0
#endif
#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
#define XFREE(stale) do { \
if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \
} while (0)
#if defined(LT_DEBUGWRAPPER)
static int lt_debug = 1;
#else
static int lt_debug = 0;
#endif
const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */
void *xmalloc (size_t num);
char *xstrdup (const char *string);
const char *base_name (const char *name);
char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
int make_executable (const char *path);
int check_executable (const char *path);
char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...);
void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...);
static const char *nonnull (const char *s);
static const char *nonempty (const char *s);
void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value);
char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end);
void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value);
void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value);
char **prepare_spawn (char **argv);
void lt_dump_script (FILE *f);
EOF
cat <= 0)
&& (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
return 1;
else
return 0;
}
int
make_executable (const char *path)
{
int rval = 0;
struct stat st;
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n",
nonempty (path));
if ((!path) || (!*path))
return 0;
if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
{
rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
}
return rval;
}
/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns
newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
*/
char *
find_executable (const char *wrapper)
{
int has_slash = 0;
const char *p;
const char *p_next;
/* static buffer for getcwd */
char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
int tmp_len;
char *concat_name;
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n",
nonempty (wrapper));
if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
return NULL;
/* Absolute path? */
#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
{
concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
if (check_executable (concat_name))
return concat_name;
XFREE (concat_name);
}
else
{
#endif
if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
{
concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
if (check_executable (concat_name))
return concat_name;
XFREE (concat_name);
}
#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
}
#endif
for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
if (*p == '/')
{
has_slash = 1;
break;
}
if (!has_slash)
{
/* no slashes; search PATH */
const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
if (path != NULL)
{
for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
{
const char *q;
size_t p_len;
for (q = p; *q; q++)
if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
break;
p_len = q - p;
p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
if (p_len == 0)
{
/* empty path: current directory */
if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
nonnull (strerror (errno)));
tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
concat_name =
XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
}
else
{
concat_name =
XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
concat_name[p_len] = '/';
strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
}
if (check_executable (concat_name))
return concat_name;
XFREE (concat_name);
}
}
/* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
}
/* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
nonnull (strerror (errno)));
tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
if (check_executable (concat_name))
return concat_name;
XFREE (concat_name);
return NULL;
}
char *
chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
{
#ifndef S_ISLNK
return xstrdup (pathspec);
#else
char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
struct stat s;
char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
char *p;
int has_symlinks = 0;
while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
{
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
tmp_pathspec);
if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
{
if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
{
has_symlinks = 1;
break;
}
/* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
p--;
if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
{
/* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
break;
}
*p = '\0';
}
else
{
lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"error accessing file \"%s\": %s",
tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
}
}
XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
if (!has_symlinks)
{
return xstrdup (pathspec);
}
tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
{
lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
}
return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
#endif
}
char *
strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
{
size_t len, patlen;
assert (str != NULL);
assert (pat != NULL);
len = strlen (str);
patlen = strlen (pat);
if (patlen <= len)
{
str += len - patlen;
if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0)
*str = '\0';
}
return str;
}
void
lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
if (lt_debug)
{
(void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line);
va_start (args, fmt);
(void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
va_end (args);
}
}
static void
lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file,
int line, const char *mode,
const char *message, va_list ap)
{
fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode);
vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
if (exit_status >= 0)
exit (exit_status);
}
void
lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list ap;
va_start (ap, message);
lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap);
va_end (ap);
}
static const char *
nonnull (const char *s)
{
return s ? s : "(null)";
}
static const char *
nonempty (const char *s)
{
return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s);
}
void
lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value)
{
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n",
nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
{
#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
/* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */
char *str = xstrdup (value);
setenv (name, str, 1);
#else
int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1;
char *str = XMALLOC (char, len);
sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value);
if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS)
{
XFREE (str);
}
#endif
}
}
char *
lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end)
{
char *new_value;
if (orig_value && *orig_value)
{
int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value);
int add_len = strlen (add);
new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1);
if (to_end)
{
strcpy (new_value, orig_value);
strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add);
}
else
{
strcpy (new_value, add);
strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value);
}
}
else
{
new_value = xstrdup (add);
}
return new_value;
}
void
lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value)
{
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
if (name && *name && value && *value)
{
char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
/* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */
int len = strlen (new_value);
while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1]))
{
new_value[len-1] = '\0';
}
lt_setenv (name, new_value);
XFREE (new_value);
}
}
void
lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value)
{
lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
"(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
if (name && *name && value && *value)
{
char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
lt_setenv (name, new_value);
XFREE (new_value);
}
}
EOF
case $host_os in
mingw*)
cat <<"EOF"
/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn().
Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter
(getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") :
({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO);
GetVersionEx(&v);
v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT;
}) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com").
Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls
CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess()
interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a
special way:
- Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as
delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...".
- Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is
that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal
characters.
- Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special.
- But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become
n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0):
\" -> "
\\\" -> \"
\\\\\" -> \\"
*/
#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
char **
prepare_spawn (char **argv)
{
size_t argc;
char **new_argv;
size_t i;
/* Count number of arguments. */
for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++)
;
/* Allocate new argument vector. */
new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1);
/* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */
for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
{
const char *string = argv[i];
if (string[0] == '\0')
new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\"");
else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL)
{
int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL);
size_t length;
unsigned int backslashes;
const char *s;
char *quoted_string;
char *p;
length = 0;
backslashes = 0;
if (quote_around)
length++;
for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
{
char c = *s;
if (c == '"')
length += backslashes + 1;
length++;
if (c == '\\')
backslashes++;
else
backslashes = 0;
}
if (quote_around)
length += backslashes + 1;
quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1);
p = quoted_string;
backslashes = 0;
if (quote_around)
*p++ = '"';
for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
{
char c = *s;
if (c == '"')
{
unsigned int j;
for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--)
*p++ = '\\';
}
*p++ = c;
if (c == '\\')
backslashes++;
else
backslashes = 0;
}
if (quote_around)
{
unsigned int j;
for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--)
*p++ = '\\';
*p++ = '"';
}
*p = '\0';
new_argv[i] = quoted_string;
}
else
new_argv[i] = (char *) string;
}
new_argv[argc] = NULL;
return new_argv;
}
EOF
;;
esac
cat <<"EOF"
void lt_dump_script (FILE* f)
{
EOF
func_emit_wrapper yes |
$SED -n -e '
s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\
\2/
h
s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g
s/$/\\n/
s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p
g
D'
cat <<"EOF"
}
EOF
}
# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
# func_win32_import_lib_p ARG
# True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd
func_win32_import_lib_p ()
{
$opt_debug
case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in
*import*) : ;;
*) false ;;
esac
}
# func_mode_link arg...
func_mode_link ()
{
$opt_debug
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
# It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
# we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
# which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
# flag for every libtool invocation.
# allow_undefined=no
# FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
# to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not
# even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify
# -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
# that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
allow_undefined=yes
;;
*)
allow_undefined=yes
;;
esac
libtool_args=$nonopt
base_compile="$nonopt $@"
compile_command=$nonopt
finalize_command=$nonopt
compile_rpath=
finalize_rpath=
compile_shlibpath=
finalize_shlibpath=
convenience=
old_convenience=
deplibs=
old_deplibs=
compiler_flags=
linker_flags=
dllsearchpath=
lib_search_path=`pwd`
inst_prefix_dir=
new_inherited_linker_flags=
avoid_version=no
bindir=
dlfiles=
dlprefiles=
dlself=no
export_dynamic=no
export_symbols=
export_symbols_regex=
generated=
libobjs=
ltlibs=
module=no
no_install=no
objs=
non_pic_objects=
precious_files_regex=
prefer_static_libs=no
preload=no
prev=
prevarg=
release=
rpath=
xrpath=
perm_rpath=
temp_rpath=
thread_safe=no
vinfo=
vinfo_number=no
weak_libs=
single_module="${wl}-single_module"
func_infer_tag $base_compile
# We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-shared)
test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
build_old_libs=no
break
;;
-all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
case $arg in
-all-static)
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
fi
if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
fi
prefer_static_libs=yes
;;
-static)
if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
fi
prefer_static_libs=built
;;
-static-libtool-libs)
if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
fi
prefer_static_libs=yes
;;
esac
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
break
;;
esac
done
# See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
# Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
while test "$#" -gt 0; do
arg="$1"
shift
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
# If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
if test -n "$prev"; then
case $prev in
output)
func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
;;
esac
case $prev in
bindir)
bindir="$arg"
prev=
continue
;;
dlfiles|dlprefiles)
if test "$preload" = no; then
# Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
preload=yes
fi
case $arg in
*.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below.
force)
if test "$dlself" = no; then
dlself=needless
export_dynamic=yes
fi
prev=
continue
;;
self)
if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
dlself=yes
elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then
dlself=yes
else
dlself=needless
export_dynamic=yes
fi
prev=
continue
;;
*)
if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
func_append dlfiles " $arg"
else
func_append dlprefiles " $arg"
fi
prev=
continue
;;
esac
;;
expsyms)
export_symbols="$arg"
test -f "$arg" \
|| func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist"
prev=
continue
;;
expsyms_regex)
export_symbols_regex="$arg"
prev=
continue
;;
framework)
case $host in
*-*-darwin*)
case "$deplibs " in
*" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
*) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
;;
esac
;;
esac
prev=
continue
;;
inst_prefix)
inst_prefix_dir="$arg"
prev=
continue
;;
objectlist)
if test -f "$arg"; then
save_arg=$arg
moreargs=
for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
do
# func_append moreargs " $fil"
arg=$fil
# A libtool-controlled object.
# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
pic_object=
non_pic_object=
# Read the .lo file
func_source "$arg"
if test -z "$pic_object" ||
test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
test "$pic_object" = none &&
test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
fi
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
xdir="$func_dirname_result"
if test "$pic_object" != none; then
# Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
prev=
continue
else
# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
prev=dlprefiles
fi
fi
# CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
# Preload the old-style object.
func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
prev=
fi
# A PIC object.
func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
arg="$pic_object"
fi
# Non-PIC object.
if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
# Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
# A standard non-PIC object
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
arg="$non_pic_object"
fi
else
# If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
# $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
non_pic_object="$pic_object"
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
fi
else
# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
if $opt_dry_run; then
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
xdir="$func_dirname_result"
func_lo2o "$arg"
pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
else
func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
fi
fi
done
else
func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist"
fi
arg=$save_arg
prev=
continue
;;
precious_regex)
precious_files_regex="$arg"
prev=
continue
;;
release)
release="-$arg"
prev=
continue
;;
rpath | xrpath)
# We need an absolute path.
case $arg in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
*)
func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
;;
esac
if test "$prev" = rpath; then
case "$rpath " in
*" $arg "*) ;;
*) func_append rpath " $arg" ;;
esac
else
case "$xrpath " in
*" $arg "*) ;;
*) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;;
esac
fi
prev=
continue
;;
shrext)
shrext_cmds="$arg"
prev=
continue
;;
weak)
func_append weak_libs " $arg"
prev=
continue
;;
xcclinker)
func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
prev=
func_append compile_command " $qarg"
func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
continue
;;
xcompiler)
func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
prev=
func_append compile_command " $qarg"
func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
continue
;;
xlinker)
func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg"
prev=
func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
continue
;;
*)
eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
prev=
continue
;;
esac
fi # test -n "$prev"
prevarg="$arg"
case $arg in
-all-static)
if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
# See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
fi
continue
;;
-allow-undefined)
# FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
;;
-avoid-version)
avoid_version=yes
continue
;;
-bindir)
prev=bindir
continue
;;
-dlopen)
prev=dlfiles
continue
;;
-dlpreopen)
prev=dlprefiles
continue
;;
-export-dynamic)
export_dynamic=yes
continue
;;
-export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
fi
if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then
prev=expsyms
else
prev=expsyms_regex
fi
continue
;;
-framework)
prev=framework
continue
;;
-inst-prefix-dir)
prev=inst_prefix
continue
;;
# The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
# so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
-L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
case $with_gcc/$host in
no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
;;
esac
continue
;;
-L*)
func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg"
if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then
if test "$#" -gt 0; then
func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'"
else
func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option"
fi
fi
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# We need an absolute path.
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
*)
absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
test -z "$absdir" && \
func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
dir="$absdir"
;;
esac
case "$deplibs " in
*" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*)
# Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments
;;
*)
# Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;;
*) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;;
esac
func_append lib_search_path " $dir"
;;
esac
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$dir:"*) ;;
::) dllsearchpath=$dir;;
*) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";;
esac
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$testbindir:"*) ;;
::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
*) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
esac
;;
esac
continue
;;
-l*)
if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
# These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
continue
;;
*-*-os2*)
# These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
;;
*-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
# Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
;;
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
continue
;;
*-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
# Causes problems with __ctype
test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
;;
*-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
# Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
;;
esac
elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then
case $host in
*-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
# Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
continue
;;
esac
fi
func_append deplibs " $arg"
continue
;;
-module)
module=yes
continue
;;
# Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
# classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
# Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
-model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot)
func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
prev=xcompiler
continue
;;
-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
|-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
*" $arg "*) ;;
* ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;;
esac
continue
;;
-multi_module)
single_module="${wl}-multi_module"
continue
;;
-no-fast-install)
fast_install=no
continue
;;
-no-install)
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*)
# The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
# and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host"
func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead"
fast_install=no
;;
*) no_install=yes ;;
esac
continue
;;
-no-undefined)
allow_undefined=no
continue
;;
-objectlist)
prev=objectlist
continue
;;
-o) prev=output ;;
-precious-files-regex)
prev=precious_regex
continue
;;
-release)
prev=release
continue
;;
-rpath)
prev=rpath
continue
;;
-R)
prev=xrpath
continue
;;
-R*)
func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
dir=$func_stripname_result
# We need an absolute path.
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
=*)
func_stripname '=' '' "$dir"
dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
;;
*)
func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
;;
esac
case "$xrpath " in
*" $dir "*) ;;
*) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
esac
continue
;;
-shared)
# The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
continue
;;
-shrext)
prev=shrext
continue
;;
-static | -static-libtool-libs)
# The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
# We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
# didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
# would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least
# Digital Unix and AIX.
continue
;;
-thread-safe)
thread_safe=yes
continue
;;
-version-info)
prev=vinfo
continue
;;
-version-number)
prev=vinfo
vinfo_number=yes
continue
;;
-weak)
prev=weak
continue
;;
-Wc,*)
func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
args=$func_stripname_result
arg=
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $args; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
func_append arg " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
arg=$func_stripname_result
;;
-Wl,*)
func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
args=$func_stripname_result
arg=
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $args; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
arg=$func_stripname_result
;;
-Xcompiler)
prev=xcompiler
continue
;;
-Xlinker)
prev=xlinker
continue
;;
-XCClinker)
prev=xcclinker
continue
;;
# -msg_* for osf cc
-msg_*)
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
;;
# Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale:
# -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler
# -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler
# -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler
# +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler
# -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler
# -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC
# -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
# -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC
# @file GCC response files
# -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection
# --sysroot=* for sysroot support
# -O*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization
-64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
-t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \
-O*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin)
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
continue
;;
# Some other compiler flag.
-* | +*)
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
;;
*.$objext)
# A standard object.
func_append objs " $arg"
;;
*.lo)
# A libtool-controlled object.
# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
pic_object=
non_pic_object=
# Read the .lo file
func_source "$arg"
if test -z "$pic_object" ||
test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
test "$pic_object" = none &&
test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
fi
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
xdir="$func_dirname_result"
if test "$pic_object" != none; then
# Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
prev=
continue
else
# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
prev=dlprefiles
fi
fi
# CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
# Preload the old-style object.
func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
prev=
fi
# A PIC object.
func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
arg="$pic_object"
fi
# Non-PIC object.
if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
# Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
# A standard non-PIC object
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
arg="$non_pic_object"
fi
else
# If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
# $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
non_pic_object="$pic_object"
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
fi
else
# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
if $opt_dry_run; then
# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
xdir="$func_dirname_result"
func_lo2o "$arg"
pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
else
func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
fi
fi
;;
*.$libext)
# An archive.
func_append deplibs " $arg"
func_append old_deplibs " $arg"
continue
;;
*.la)
# A libtool-controlled library.
func_resolve_sysroot "$arg"
if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
# This library was specified with -dlopen.
func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
prev=
elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
# The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
prev=
else
func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
fi
continue
;;
# Some other compiler argument.
*)
# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
;;
esac # arg
# Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
if test -n "$arg"; then
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
fi
done # argument parsing loop
test -n "$prev" && \
func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument"
if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
func_append compile_command " $arg"
func_append finalize_command " $arg"
fi
oldlibs=
# calculate the name of the file, without its directory
func_basename "$output"
outputname="$func_basename_result"
libobjs_save="$libobjs"
if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
# get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\`
else
shlib_search_path=
fi
eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir"
func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/"
tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result
# Create the object directory.
func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
# Determine the type of output
case $output in
"")
func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
;;
*.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
*.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
*.la) linkmode=lib ;;
*) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
esac
specialdeplibs=
libs=
# Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
# that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
for deplib in $deplibs; do
if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then
case "$libs " in
*" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
func_append libs " $deplib"
done
if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
# Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
# $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
# not to be eliminated).
pre_post_deps=
if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
case "$pre_post_deps " in
*" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;;
esac
func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep"
done
fi
pre_post_deps=
fi
deplibs=
newdependency_libs=
newlib_search_path=
need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
case $linkmode in
lib)
passes="conv dlpreopen link"
for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
case $file in
*.la) ;;
*)
func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
;;
esac
done
;;
prog)
compile_deplibs=
finalize_deplibs=
alldeplibs=no
newdlfiles=
newdlprefiles=
passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
;;
*) passes="conv"
;;
esac
for pass in $passes; do
# The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
# so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then
## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
## order, and fix it there properly
tmp_deplibs=
for deplib in $deplibs; do
tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
done
deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
fi
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then
libs="$deplibs"
deplibs=
fi
if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
case $pass in
dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;;
dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;;
link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
esac
fi
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then
# Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
for lib in $dlprefiles; do
# Ignore non-libtool-libs
dependency_libs=
func_resolve_sysroot "$lib"
case $lib in
*.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
esac
# Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
# has declared as weak libs
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
func_basename "$deplib"
deplib_base=$func_basename_result
case " $weak_libs " in
*" $deplib_base "*) ;;
*) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
done
libs="$dlprefiles"
fi
if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
# Collect dlpreopened libraries
save_deplibs="$deplibs"
deplibs=
fi
for deplib in $libs; do
lib=
found=no
case $deplib in
-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
|-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
func_append compiler_flags " $deplib"
if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
* ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
fi
continue
;;
-l*)
if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then
func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
continue
fi
func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
name=$func_stripname_result
if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
else
searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
fi
for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
# Search the libtool library
lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}"
if test -f "$lib"; then
if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then
found=yes
else
found=no
fi
break 2
fi
done
done
if test "$found" != yes; then
# deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
fi
continue
else # deplib is a libtool library
# If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
# We need to do some special things here, and not later.
if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
case " $predeps $postdeps " in
*" $deplib "*)
if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
library_names=
old_library=
func_source "$lib"
for l in $old_library $library_names; do
ll="$l"
done
if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available
found=no
func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
ladir="$func_dirname_result"
lib=$ladir/$old_library
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
fi
continue
fi
fi
;;
*) ;;
esac
fi
fi
;; # -l
*.ltframework)
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
* ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
fi
continue
;;
-L*)
case $linkmode in
lib)
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
test "$pass" = conv && continue
newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
;;
prog)
if test "$pass" = conv; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
continue
fi
if test "$pass" = scan; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
else
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
fi
func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
;;
*)
func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
;;
esac # linkmode
continue
;; # -L
-R*)
if test "$pass" = link; then
func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
# Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
case "$xrpath " in
*" $dir "*) ;;
*) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
esac
fi
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
continue
;;
*.la)
func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
;;
*.$libext)
if test "$pass" = conv; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
continue
fi
case $linkmode in
lib)
# Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
# but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*)
valid_a_lib=no
case $deplibs_check_method in
match_pattern*)
set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \
| $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
valid_a_lib=yes
fi
;;
pass_all)
valid_a_lib=yes
;;
esac
if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
else
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
$ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
fi
;;
esac
continue
;;
prog)
if test "$pass" != link; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
else
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
fi
continue
;;
esac # linkmode
;; # *.$libext
*.lo | *.$objext)
if test "$pass" = conv; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
# If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
# we need to preload.
func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib"
compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
else
func_append newdlfiles " $deplib"
fi
fi
continue
;;
%DEPLIBS%)
alldeplibs=yes
continue
;;
esac # case $deplib
if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then :
else
func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'"
fi
# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
|| func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
ladir="$func_dirname_result"
dlname=
dlopen=
dlpreopen=
libdir=
library_names=
old_library=
inherited_linker_flags=
# If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
# it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
installed=yes
shouldnotlink=no
avoidtemprpath=
# Read the .la file
func_source "$lib"
# Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
*" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
*) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
esac
done
fi
dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" ||
{ test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then
test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen"
test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen"
fi
if test "$pass" = conv; then
# Only check for convenience libraries
deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
if test -z "$libdir"; then
if test -z "$old_library"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
fi
# It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then
func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library"
fi
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then
case "$tmp_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
done
continue
fi # $pass = conv
# Get the name of the library we link against.
linklib=
if test -n "$old_library" &&
{ test "$prefer_static_libs" = yes ||
test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,no"; }; then
linklib=$old_library
else
for l in $old_library $library_names; do
linklib="$l"
done
fi
if test -z "$linklib"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
fi
# This library was specified with -dlopen.
if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
if test -z "$libdir"; then
func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
fi
if test -z "$dlname" ||
test "$dlopen_support" != yes ||
test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
# If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
# statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any
# dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
# bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs"
else
func_append newdlfiles " $lib"
fi
continue
fi # $pass = dlopen
# We need an absolute path.
case $ladir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;;
*)
abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'"
func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
abs_ladir="$ladir"
fi
;;
esac
func_basename "$lib"
laname="$func_basename_result"
# Find the relevant object directory and library name.
if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then
if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved."
dir="$ladir"
absdir="$abs_ladir"
libdir="$abs_ladir"
else
dir="$lt_sysroot$libdir"
absdir="$lt_sysroot$libdir"
fi
test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes
else
if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
dir="$ladir"
absdir="$abs_ladir"
# Remove this search path later
func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
else
dir="$ladir/$objdir"
absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir"
# Remove this search path later
func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
fi
fi # $installed = yes
func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
name=$func_stripname_result
# This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then
func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
fi
case "$host" in
# special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs.
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
# Linker will automatically link against shared library if both
# static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract
# symbols from the import library if a shared library is present
# (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do
# this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles.
# We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file
# name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the
# dlname from the la file.
if test -n "$dlname"; then
func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib"
eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname"
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
else
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
# Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
# that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
fi
;;
* )
# Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
# are required to link).
if test -n "$old_library"; then
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
# Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
# that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
# Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
elif test -n "$dlname"; then
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname"
else
func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
fi
;;
esac
fi # $pass = dlpreopen
if test -z "$libdir"; then
# Link the convenience library
if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
else
deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
fi
continue
fi
if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then
func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir"
deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
linkalldeplibs=no
if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" ||
test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
linkalldeplibs=yes
fi
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
case $deplib in
-L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
;;
esac
# Need to link against all dependency_libs?
if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
else
# Need to hardcode shared library paths
# or/and link against static libraries
newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
fi
if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then
case "$tmp_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
esac
fi
func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
done # for deplib
continue
fi # $linkmode = prog...
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
if test -n "$library_names" &&
{ { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no ||
test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } ||
test -z "$old_library"; }; then
# We need to hardcode the library path
if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then
# Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
case "$temp_rpath:" in
*"$absdir:"*) ;;
*) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;;
esac
fi
# Hardcode the library path.
# Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
# search path.
case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
*" $absdir "*) ;;
*)
case "$compile_rpath " in
*" $absdir "*) ;;
*) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*)
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
{ test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all ||
{ test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes &&
test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
# We only need to search for static libraries
continue
fi
fi
link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then
use_static_libs=no
fi
if test -n "$library_names" &&
{ test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*)
# No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
need_relink=no
;;
*)
if test "$installed" = no; then
func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
need_relink=yes
fi
;;
esac
# This is a shared library
# Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
# systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
dlopenmodule=""
for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest"
break
fi
done
if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then
echo
if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
else
$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
fi
$ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
fi
if test "$linkmode" = lib &&
test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
# Hardcode the library path.
# Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
# search path.
case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
*" $absdir "*) ;;
*)
case "$compile_rpath " in
*" $absdir "*) ;;
*) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*)
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
fi
if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
# figure out the soname
set dummy $library_names
shift
realname="$1"
shift
libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
# use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
if test -n "$dlname"; then
soname="$dlname"
elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
# bleh windows
case $host in
*cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*)
func_arith $current - $age
major=$func_arith_result
versuffix="-$major"
;;
esac
eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
else
soname="$realname"
fi
# Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
soroot="$soname"
func_basename "$soroot"
soname="$func_basename_result"
func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
# If the library has no export list, then create one now
if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
else
func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'"
func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# Create $newlib
if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'"
func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
dir=$output_objdir
linklib=$newlib
fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" != relink; then
add_shlibpath=
add_dir=
add=
lib_linked=yes
case $hardcode_action in
immediate | unsupported)
if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then
add="$dir/$linklib"
case $host in
*-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
*-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
*-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
*-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
*-*-darwin* )
# if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not
# link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
$GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then
if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
$ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
if test -z "$old_library" ; then
echo
echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
else
add="$dir/$old_library"
fi
elif test -n "$old_library"; then
add="$dir/$old_library"
fi
fi
esac
elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
case $host in
*-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;;
esac
add_dir="-L$dir"
add="-l$name"
elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then
add_shlibpath="$dir"
add="-l$name"
else
lib_linked=no
fi
;;
relink)
if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
add="$dir/$linklib"
elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
add_dir="-L$absdir"
# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
case $libdir in
[\\/]*)
func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
add="-l$name"
elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
add_shlibpath="$dir"
add="-l$name"
else
lib_linked=no
fi
;;
*) lib_linked=no ;;
esac
if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then
func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
fi
if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
case :$compile_shlibpath: in
*":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
*) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;;
esac
fi
if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
else
test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes &&
test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes &&
test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
*":$libdir:"*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
esac
fi
fi
fi
if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
add_shlibpath=
add_dir=
add=
# Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
add="$libdir/$linklib"
elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
add_dir="-L$libdir"
add="-l$name"
elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
*":$libdir:"*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
esac
add="-l$name"
elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then
if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then
add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"
else
add="$libdir/$linklib"
fi
else
# We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
add_dir="-L$libdir"
# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
case $libdir in
[\\/]*)
func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
add="-l$name"
fi
if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
else
test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
fi
fi
elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
# Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
# is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and
# shared platforms.
if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then
test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library"
compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
else
compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
fi
elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
# Not a shared library
if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
# We're trying link a shared library against a static one
# but the system doesn't support it.
# Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
# that the program can be linked against the static library.
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
if test "$module" = yes; then
echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
echo
echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
fi
if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
build_libtool_libs=module
build_old_libs=yes
else
build_libtool_libs=no
fi
fi
else
deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
link_static=yes
fi
fi # link shared/static library?
if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
{ test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes ||
test "$build_old_libs" = yes ||
test "$link_static" = yes; }; then
# Extract -R from dependency_libs
temp_deplibs=
for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
case $libdir in
-R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
case " $xrpath " in
*" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
*) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";;
esac;;
*) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";;
esac
done
dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs"
fi
func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir"
# Link against this library
test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
# ... and its dependency_libs
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
case $deplib in
-L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";;
*) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;;
esac
if $opt_preserve_dup_deps ; then
case "$tmp_libs " in
*" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*)
func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
esac
fi
func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
done
if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then
# Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
path=
case $deplib in
-L*) path="$deplib" ;;
*.la)
func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
dir=$func_dirname_result
# We need an absolute path.
case $dir in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;;
*)
absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
if test -z "$absdir"; then
func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
absdir="$dir"
fi
;;
esac
if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
case $host in
*-*-darwin*)
depdepl=
eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then
for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do
depdepl=$tmp
done
if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then
depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"
darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
fi
func_append compiler_flags " ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
path=
fi
fi
;;
*)
path="-L$absdir/$objdir"
;;
esac
else
eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved"
path="-L$absdir"
fi
;;
esac
case " $deplibs " in
*" $path "*) ;;
*) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;;
esac
done
fi # link_all_deplibs != no
fi # linkmode = lib
done # for deplib in $libs
if test "$pass" = link; then
if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then
compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
else
compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
fi
fi
dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
# Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
done
fi
if test "$pass" != dlopen; then
if test "$pass" != conv; then
# Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
lib_search_path=
for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
case "$lib_search_path " in
*" $dir "*) ;;
*) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;;
esac
done
newlib_search_path=
fi
if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then
vars="deplibs"
else
vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
fi
for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
# Add libraries to $var in reverse order
eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
new_libs=
for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
# FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
# that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
# broken:
#new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
# Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
# practice:
case $deplib in
-L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
-R*) ;;
*)
# And here is the reason: when a library appears more
# than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
# is implicitly linked in more than once by the
# compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
# occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this
# with having the same library being listed as a
# dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
# we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
# need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
# last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare
# enough that we require users that really mean to play
# such unportable linking tricks to link the library
# using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
# for duplicate removal.
case " $specialdeplibs " in
*" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
*)
case " $new_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
esac
done
tmp_libs=
for deplib in $new_libs; do
case $deplib in
-L*)
case " $tmp_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
;;
*) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
done # for var
fi
# Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
# (they stay in deplibs)
tmp_libs=
for i in $dependency_libs ; do
case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
*" $i "*)
i=""
;;
esac
if test -n "$i" ; then
func_append tmp_libs " $i"
fi
done
dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
done # for pass
if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
fi
if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then
dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
fi
case $linkmode in
oldlib)
if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
fi
case " $deplibs" in
*\ -l* | *\ -L*)
func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
esac
test -n "$rpath" && \
func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives"
test -n "$xrpath" && \
func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives"
test -n "$vinfo" && \
func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
test -n "$release" && \
func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives"
test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
# Now set the variables for building old libraries.
build_libtool_libs=no
oldlibs="$output"
func_append objs "$old_deplibs"
;;
lib)
# Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'.
case $outputname in
lib*)
func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
name=$func_stripname_result
eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
;;
*)
test "$module" = no && \
func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'"
if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then
# Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
name=$func_stripname_result
eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
else
func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
libname=$func_stripname_result
fi
;;
esac
if test -n "$objs"; then
if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
else
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
$ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
func_append libobjs " $objs"
fi
fi
test "$dlself" != no && \
func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
set dummy $rpath
shift
test "$#" -gt 1 && \
func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library"
install_libdir="$1"
oldlibs=
if test -z "$rpath"; then
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
# Building a libtool convenience library.
# Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so
# convenience libraries should have the same extension an
# archive normally would.
oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
build_libtool_libs=convenience
build_old_libs=yes
fi
test -n "$vinfo" && \
func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
test -n "$release" && \
func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
else
# Parse the version information argument.
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':'
set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
shift
IFS="$save_ifs"
test -n "$7" && \
func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'"
# convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
# this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
# to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
case $vinfo_number in
yes)
number_major="$1"
number_minor="$2"
number_revision="$3"
#
# There are really only two kinds -- those that
# use the current revision as the major version
# and those that subtract age and use age as
# a minor version. But, then there is irix
# which has an extra 1 added just for fun
#
case $version_type in
# correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
darwin|linux|osf|windows|none)
func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
current=$func_arith_result
age="$number_minor"
revision="$number_revision"
;;
freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|qnx|sunos)
current="$number_major"
revision="$number_minor"
age="0"
;;
irix|nonstopux)
func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
current=$func_arith_result
age="$number_minor"
revision="$number_minor"
lt_irix_increment=no
;;
esac
;;
no)
current="$1"
revision="$2"
age="$3"
;;
esac
# Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
case $current in
0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
*)
func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
;;
esac
case $revision in
0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
*)
func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
;;
esac
case $age in
0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
*)
func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
;;
esac
if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'"
func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
fi
# Calculate the version variables.
major=
versuffix=
verstring=
case $version_type in
none) ;;
darwin)
# Like Linux, but with the current version available in
# verstring for coding it into the library header
func_arith $current - $age
major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
# Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
func_arith $current + 1
minor_current=$func_arith_result
xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision"
verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
;;
freebsd-aout)
major=".$current"
versuffix=".$current.$revision";
;;
freebsd-elf)
major=".$current"
versuffix=".$current"
;;
irix | nonstopux)
if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then
func_arith $current - $age
else
func_arith $current - $age + 1
fi
major=$func_arith_result
case $version_type in
nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
*) verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
esac
verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision"
# Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
loop=$revision
while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
func_arith $revision - $loop
iface=$func_arith_result
func_arith $loop - 1
loop=$func_arith_result
verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring"
done
# Before this point, $major must not contain `.'.
major=.$major
versuffix="$major.$revision"
;;
linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
func_arith $current - $age
major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
;;
osf)
func_arith $current - $age
major=.$func_arith_result
versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision"
verstring="$current.$age.$revision"
# Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
loop=$age
while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
func_arith $current - $loop
iface=$func_arith_result
func_arith $loop - 1
loop=$func_arith_result
verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0"
done
# Make executables depend on our current version.
func_append verstring ":${current}.0"
;;
qnx)
major=".$current"
versuffix=".$current"
;;
sunos)
major=".$current"
versuffix=".$current.$revision"
;;
windows)
# Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
# extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems.
func_arith $current - $age
major=$func_arith_result
versuffix="-$major"
;;
*)
func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'"
;;
esac
# Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
major=
case $version_type in
darwin)
# we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
# problems, so we reset it completely
verstring=
;;
*)
verstring="0.0"
;;
esac
if test "$need_version" = no; then
versuffix=
else
versuffix=".0.0"
fi
fi
# Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then
major=
versuffix=
verstring=""
fi
# Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then
if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then
func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries"
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
fi
else
# Don't allow undefined symbols.
allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag"
fi
fi
func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes"
func_append libobjs " $symfileobj"
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
if test "$opt_mode" != relink; then
# Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
# may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
removelist=
tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
for p in $tempremovelist; do
case $p in
*.$objext | *.gcno)
;;
$output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*)
if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then
if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
continue
fi
fi
func_append removelist " $p"
;;
*) ;;
esac
done
test -n "$removelist" && \
func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
fi
# Now set the variables for building old libraries.
if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then
func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
# Transform .lo files to .o files.
oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`
fi
# Eliminate all temporary directories.
#for path in $notinst_path; do
# lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"`
# deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
# dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
#done
if test -n "$xrpath"; then
# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
temp_xrpath=
for libdir in $xrpath; do
func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
done
if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
fi
fi
# Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
old_dlfiles="$dlfiles"
dlfiles=
for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
*" $lib "*) ;;
*) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;;
esac
done
# Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles"
dlprefiles=
for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
case "$dlprefiles " in
*" $lib "*) ;;
*) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;;
esac
done
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
if test -n "$rpath"; then
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
# these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
;;
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
;;
*-*-netbsd*)
# Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
;;
*-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
# Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
;;
*-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
# Causes problems with __ctype
;;
*-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
# Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
;;
*)
# Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then
func_append deplibs " -lc"
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
name_save=$name
libname_save=$libname
release_save=$release
versuffix_save=$versuffix
major_save=$major
# I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think
# release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
# add it in twice. Is that correct?
release=""
versuffix=""
major=""
newdeplibs=
droppeddeps=no
case $deplibs_check_method in
pass_all)
# Don't check for shared/static. Everything works.
# This might be a little naive. We might want to check
# whether the library exists or not. But this is on
# osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
# implementing what was already the behavior.
newdeplibs=$deplibs
;;
test_compile)
# This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
# limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it
# against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check
# whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
$opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
cat > conftest.c </dev/null`
$nocaseglob
else
potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
fi
for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
# Follow soft links.
if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
$GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
continue
fi
# The statement above tries to avoid entering an
# endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
# We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
# loop can be closed while we follow links,
# but so what?
potlib="$potent_lib"
while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'`
case $potliblink in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";;
*) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";;
esac
done
if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
$SED -e 10q |
$EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
a_deplib=""
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
droppeddeps=yes
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
if test -z "$potlib" ; then
$ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
else
$ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
$ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
fi
fi
;;
*)
# Add a -L argument.
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
;;
esac
done # Gone through all deplibs.
;;
match_pattern*)
set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
case $a_deplib in
-l*)
func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
name=$func_stripname_result
if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
case " $predeps $postdeps " in
*" $a_deplib "*)
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
a_deplib=""
;;
esac
fi
if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \
$EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
a_deplib=""
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
droppeddeps=yes
echo
$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
if test -z "$potlib" ; then
$ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
else
$ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
$ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
fi
fi
;;
*)
# Add a -L argument.
func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
;;
esac
done # Gone through all deplibs.
;;
none | unknown | *)
newdeplibs=""
tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do
# can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s,$i,,"`
done
fi
case $tmp_deplibs in
*[!\ \ ]*)
echo
if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then
echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
else
echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
fi
echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
droppeddeps=yes
;;
esac
;;
esac
versuffix=$versuffix_save
major=$major_save
release=$release_save
libname=$libname_save
name=$name_save
case $host in
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
;;
esac
if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then
if test "$module" = yes; then
echo
echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
$ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create"
echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
echo
echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
echo "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
echo "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
fi
if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
build_libtool_libs=module
build_old_libs=yes
else
build_libtool_libs=no
fi
else
echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then
echo
echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
build_libtool_libs=module
build_old_libs=yes
else
build_libtool_libs=no
fi
fi
fi
fi
# Done checking deplibs!
deplibs=$newdeplibs
fi
# Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
case $host in
*-*-darwin*)
newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
;;
esac
# move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
# installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
new_libs=
for path in $notinst_path; do
case " $new_libs " in
*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
*)
case " $deplibs " in
*" -L$path/$objdir "*)
func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
done
for deplib in $deplibs; do
case $deplib in
-L*)
case " $new_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
;;
*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
deplibs="$new_libs"
# All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
library_names=
old_library=
dlname=
# Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
# Remove ${wl} instances when linking with ld.
# FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable.
case $archive_cmds in
*\$LD\ *) wl= ;;
esac
if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
# Hardcode the library paths
hardcode_libdirs=
dep_rpath=
rpath="$finalize_rpath"
test "$opt_mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath"
for libdir in $rpath; do
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result
if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
else
# Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
*"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
;;
*)
func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
else
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
func_append dep_rpath " $flag"
fi
elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
case "$perm_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
done
# Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
fi
if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
# We should set the runpath_var.
rpath=
for dir in $perm_rpath; do
func_append rpath "$dir:"
done
eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
fi
test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
fi
shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath"
test "$opt_mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath"
if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
fi
# Get the real and link names of the library.
eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
set dummy $library_names
shift
realname="$1"
shift
if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
else
soname="$realname"
fi
if test -z "$dlname"; then
dlname=$soname
fi
lib="$output_objdir/$realname"
linknames=
for link
do
func_append linknames " $link"
done
# Use standard objects if they are pic
test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
delfiles=
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
$opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
func_append delfiles " $export_symbols"
fi
orig_export_symbols=
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
# exporting using user supplied symfile
if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then
# and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
# which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
# them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
# export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
# the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
# include_expsyms logic still works.
orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
export_symbols=
always_export_symbols=yes
fi
fi
;;
esac
# Prepare the list of exported symbols
if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
$opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
for cmd1 in $cmds; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
# Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch
# doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed.
case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in
*~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*)
try_normal_branch=yes
eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
func_len " $cmd"
len=$func_len_result
;;
*)
try_normal_branch=no
;;
esac
if test "$try_normal_branch" = yes \
&& { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \
|| test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; }
then
func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
skipped_export=false
elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then
func_basename "$output"
output_la=$func_basename_result
save_libobjs=$libobjs
save_output=$output
output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.nm
func_to_tool_file "$output"
libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result
func_append delfiles " $output"
func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output"
for obj in $save_libobjs; do
func_to_tool_file "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
done > "$output"
eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
output=$save_output
libobjs=$save_libobjs
skipped_export=false
else
# The command line is too long to execute in one step.
func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
skipped_export=:
# Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
# set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
break
fi
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then
func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
$opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
fi
if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
# The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
# FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
# 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
# though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
# global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
# isn't a blessed tool.
$opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
$opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
fi
tmp_deplibs=
for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
case " $convenience " in
*" $test_deplib "*) ;;
*)
func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib"
;;
esac
done
deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
if test -n "$convenience"; then
if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes &&
test -z "$libobjs"; then
# extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
# TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
whole_archive_flag_spec=
fi
if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
save_libobjs=$libobjs
eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
else
gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
fi
fi
if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
func_append linker_flags " $flag"
fi
# Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
$opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
fi
# Do each of the archive commands.
if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
else
eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
cmds=$module_cmds
fi
else
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
else
eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
cmds=$archive_cmds
fi
fi
if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" &&
func_len " $test_cmds" &&
len=$func_len_result &&
test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
:
else
# The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
# or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
# script.
# Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
# use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
# want to use save_libobjs as it was before
# whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
# assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
# This may have to be revisited, in case too many
# convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
# the spec.
if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
save_libobjs=$libobjs
fi
save_output=$output
func_basename "$output"
output_la=$func_basename_result
# Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
# initialize k to one.
test_cmds=
concat_cmds=
objlist=
last_robj=
k=1
if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript
func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
echo 'INPUT (' > $output
for obj in $save_libobjs
do
func_to_tool_file "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
done
echo ')' >> $output
func_append delfiles " $output"
func_to_tool_file "$output"
output=$func_to_tool_file_result
elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then
output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk
func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
: > $output
set x $save_libobjs
shift
firstobj=
if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then
firstobj="$1 "
shift
fi
for obj
do
func_to_tool_file "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
done
func_append delfiles " $output"
func_to_tool_file "$output"
output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\"
else
if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
func_len " $test_cmds"
len0=$func_len_result
len=$len0
# Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
for obj in $save_libobjs
do
func_len " $obj"
func_arith $len + $func_len_result
len=$func_arith_result
if test "X$objlist" = X ||
test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
func_append objlist " $obj"
else
# The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
# command to the queue.
if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then
# The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
reload_objs=$objlist
eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
else
# All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
# the last one created.
reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
fi
last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
func_arith $k + 1
k=$func_arith_result
output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
objlist=" $obj"
func_len " $last_robj"
func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
len=$func_arith_result
fi
done
# Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
# reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object
# files will link in the last one created.
test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds\"
if test -n "$last_robj"; then
eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\"
fi
func_append delfiles " $output"
else
output=
fi
if ${skipped_export-false}; then
func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
$opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
libobjs=$output
# Append the command to create the export file.
test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
if test -n "$last_robj"; then
eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
fi
fi
test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
# Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
$opt_silent || {
func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
}
$opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
lt_exit=$?
# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
( cd "$output_objdir" && \
$RM "${realname}T" && \
$MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
fi
exit $lt_exit
}
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
fi
fi
if ${skipped_export-false}; then
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
$opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
fi
if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
# The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
# FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
# 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
# though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
# global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
# isn't a blessed tool.
$opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
$opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
fi
fi
libobjs=$output
# Restore the value of output.
output=$save_output
if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
fi
# Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
# value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
# Do each of the archive commands.
if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
else
cmds=$module_cmds
fi
else
if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
else
cmds=$archive_cmds
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$delfiles"; then
# Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
fi
# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
fi
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
for cmd in $cmds; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
$opt_silent || {
func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
}
$opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
lt_exit=$?
# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
( cd "$output_objdir" && \
$RM "${realname}T" && \
$MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
fi
exit $lt_exit
}
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
if test "$opt_mode" = relink; then
$opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
if test -n "$convenience"; then
if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
# Create links to the real library.
for linkname in $linknames; do
if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
fi
done
# If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then
# On all known operating systems, these are identical.
dlname="$soname"
fi
fi
;;
obj)
if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
fi
case " $deplibs" in
*\ -l* | *\ -L*)
func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
esac
test -n "$rpath" && \
func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects"
test -n "$xrpath" && \
func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects"
test -n "$vinfo" && \
func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects"
test -n "$release" && \
func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects"
case $output in
*.lo)
test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects"
libobj=$output
func_lo2o "$libobj"
obj=$func_lo2o_result
;;
*)
libobj=
obj="$output"
;;
esac
# Delete the old objects.
$opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
# Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes
# single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create
# different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
# the extraction.
reload_conv_objs=
gentop=
# reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of
# -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with
# turning comma into space..
wl=
if test -n "$convenience"; then
if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'`
else
gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x"
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
fi
fi
# If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs
test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && libobjs="$non_pic_objects"
# Create the old-style object.
reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.${libext}$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
output="$obj"
func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
# Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
if test -z "$libobj"; then
if test -n "$gentop"; then
func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
if test -n "$gentop"; then
func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
# Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
# accidentally link it into a program.
# $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
# $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then
# Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
output="$libobj"
func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
if test -n "$gentop"; then
func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
;;
prog)
case $host in
*cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
esac
test -n "$vinfo" && \
func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs"
test -n "$release" && \
func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs"
test "$preload" = yes \
&& test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \
&& test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \
&& test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \
func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
case $host in
*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
# On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
;;
esac
case $host in
*-*-darwin*)
# Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
# But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then
case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
10.[0123])
func_append compile_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load"
func_append finalize_command " ${wl}-bind_at_load"
;;
esac
fi
# Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
;;
esac
# move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
# installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
new_libs=
for path in $notinst_path; do
case " $new_libs " in
*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
*)
case " $compile_deplibs " in
*" -L$path/$objdir "*)
func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
esac
;;
esac
done
for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
case $deplib in
-L*)
case " $new_libs " in
*" $deplib "*) ;;
*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
;;
*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
compile_deplibs="$new_libs"
func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs"
func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs"
if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
# This is the magic to use -rpath.
case "$finalize_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
done
fi
# Now hardcode the library paths
rpath=
hardcode_libdirs=
for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
else
# Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
*"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
;;
*)
func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
else
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
func_append rpath " $flag"
fi
elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
case "$perm_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$libdir:"*) ;;
::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;;
*) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";;
esac
case :$dllsearchpath: in
*":$testbindir:"*) ;;
::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
*) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
esac
;;
esac
done
# Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
fi
compile_rpath="$rpath"
rpath=
hardcode_libdirs=
for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
else
# Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
*"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
;;
*)
func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
;;
esac
fi
else
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
func_append rpath " $flag"
fi
elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
*" $libdir "*) ;;
*) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
esac
fi
done
# Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
fi
finalize_rpath="$rpath"
if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
# Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
fi
func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no"
# template prelinking step
if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
wrappers_required=yes
case $host in
*cegcc* | *mingw32ce*)
# Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway.
wrappers_required=no
;;
*cygwin* | *mingw* )
if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
wrappers_required=no
fi
;;
*)
if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
wrappers_required=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then
# Replace the output file specification.
compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath"
# We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
exit_status=0
func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
func_to_tool_file "$output"
postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# Delete the generated files.
if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then
func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"'
fi
exit $exit_status
fi
if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
fi
if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
fi
compile_var=
finalize_var=
if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
# We should set the runpath_var.
rpath=
for dir in $perm_rpath; do
func_append rpath "$dir:"
done
compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
fi
if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
# We should set the runpath_var.
rpath=
for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
func_append rpath "$dir:"
done
finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
fi
fi
if test "$no_install" = yes; then
# We don't need to create a wrapper script.
link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
# Replace the output file specification.
link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
# Delete the old output file.
$opt_dry_run || $RM $output
# Link the executable and exit
func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
func_to_tool_file "$output"
postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
fi
if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then
# Fast installation is not supported
link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation"
else
if test "$fast_install" != no; then
link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath"
if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
else
# fast_install is set to needless
relink_command=
fi
else
link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
fi
fi
# Replace the output file specification.
link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
# Delete the old output files.
$opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname"
postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
fi
# Now create the wrapper script.
func_verbose "creating $output"
# Quote the relink command for shipping.
if test -n "$relink_command"; then
# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
else
func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
fi
done
relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
fi
# Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
$opt_dry_run || {
# win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
# a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
case $output in
*.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
output=$func_stripname_result ;;
esac
# test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
case $host in
*cygwin*)
exeext=.exe
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
*) exeext= ;;
esac
case $host in
*cygwin* | *mingw* )
func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
output_name=$func_basename_result
output_path=$func_dirname_result
cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c"
cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe"
$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
# The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler,
# because it contains $host paths and files. If cross-
# compiling, it, like the target executable, must be
# executed on the $host or under an emulation environment.
$opt_dry_run || {
$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
$STRIP $cwrapper
}
# Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
$opt_dry_run || {
# note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then
$cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
else
func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
fi
}
;;
* )
$RM $output
trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
func_emit_wrapper no > $output
chmod +x $output
;;
esac
}
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
;;
esac
# See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then
oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
addlibs="$convenience"
build_libtool_libs=no
else
if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then
oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
build_libtool_libs=no
else
oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then
func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj"
fi
fi
addlibs="$old_convenience"
fi
if test -n "$addlibs"; then
gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
fi
# Do each command in the archive commands.
if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
else
# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
fi
# POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have
# to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
# might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
# static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
# the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
# not supported by libtool).
if (for obj in $oldobjs
do
func_basename "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_basename_result"
done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
:
else
echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
func_append generated " $gentop"
func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
oldobjs=
counter=1
for obj in $save_oldobjs
do
func_basename "$obj"
objbase="$func_basename_result"
case " $oldobjs " in
" ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
*[\ /]"$objbase "*)
while :; do
# Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
# overlaps.
newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
func_arith $counter + 1
counter=$func_arith_result
case " $oldobjs " in
*[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
*) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
esac
done
func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj"
;;
*) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;;
esac
done
fi
func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
func_len " $cmds"
len=$func_len_result
if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
cmds=$old_archive_cmds
elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then
func_verbose "using command file archive linking..."
for obj in $oldobjs
do
func_to_tool_file "$obj"
$ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd
func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd"
oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result"
cmds=$old_archive_cmds
else
# the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
RANLIB=:
objlist=
concat_cmds=
save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
oldobjs=
# Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
for obj in $save_oldobjs
do
last_oldobj=$obj
done
eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
func_len " $test_cmds"
len0=$func_len_result
len=$len0
for obj in $save_oldobjs
do
func_len " $obj"
func_arith $len + $func_len_result
len=$func_arith_result
func_append objlist " $obj"
if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
:
else
# the above command should be used before it gets too long
oldobjs=$objlist
if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then
RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
fi
test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\"
objlist=
len=$len0
fi
done
RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
oldobjs=$objlist
if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then
eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
else
eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
fi
fi
fi
func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
done
test -n "$generated" && \
func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
# Now create the libtool archive.
case $output in
*.la)
old_library=
test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext"
func_verbose "creating $output"
# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
else
func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
fi
done
# Quote the link command for shipping.
relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then
relink_command=
fi
# Only create the output if not a dry run.
$opt_dry_run || {
for installed in no yes; do
if test "$installed" = yes; then
if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
break
fi
output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i
# Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
newdependency_libs=
for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
case $deplib in
*.la)
func_basename "$deplib"
name="$func_basename_result"
func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result`
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
;;
-L*)
func_stripname -L '' "$deplib"
func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result"
;;
-R*)
func_stripname -R '' "$deplib"
func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
;;
*) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
newdlfiles=
for lib in $dlfiles; do
case $lib in
*.la)
func_basename "$lib"
name="$func_basename_result"
eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
;;
*) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;;
esac
done
dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
newdlprefiles=
for lib in $dlprefiles; do
case $lib in
*.la)
# Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
# eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
# didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
# the library:
func_basename "$lib"
name="$func_basename_result"
eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
test -z "$libdir" && \
func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
;;
esac
done
dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
else
newdlfiles=
for lib in $dlfiles; do
case $lib in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
esac
func_append newdlfiles " $abs"
done
dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
newdlprefiles=
for lib in $dlprefiles; do
case $lib in
[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
esac
func_append newdlprefiles " $abs"
done
dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
fi
$RM $output
# place dlname in correct position for cygwin
# In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target
# systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables
# and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH,
# but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting
# libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it
# applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE
# object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of
# tests/bindir.at for full details.
tdlname=$dlname
case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
*cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll)
# If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there.
if test "x$bindir" != x ;
then
func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir"
tdlname=$func_relative_path_result$dlname
else
# Otherwise fall back on heuristic.
tdlname=../bin/$dlname
fi
;;
esac
$ECHO > $output "\
# $outputname - a libtool library file
# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
#
# Please DO NOT delete this file!
# It is necessary for linking the library.
# The name that we can dlopen(3).
dlname='$tdlname'
# Names of this library.
library_names='$library_names'
# The name of the static archive.
old_library='$old_library'
# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs.
inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
# Libraries that this one depends upon.
dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
# Version information for $libname.
current=$current
age=$age
revision=$revision
# Is this an already installed library?
installed=$installed
# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
shouldnotlink=$module
# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
dlopen='$dlfiles'
dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
libdir='$install_libdir'"
if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then
$ECHO >> $output "\
relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
fi
done
}
# Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
# LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
;;
esac
exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
}
{ test "$opt_mode" = link || test "$opt_mode" = relink; } &&
func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
# func_mode_uninstall arg...
func_mode_uninstall ()
{
$opt_debug
RM="$nonopt"
files=
rmforce=
exit_status=0
# This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
# than running their programs.
libtool_install_magic="$magic"
for arg
do
case $arg in
-f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=yes ;;
-*) func_append RM " $arg" ;;
*) func_append files " $arg" ;;
esac
done
test -z "$RM" && \
func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
rmdirs=
for file in $files; do
func_dirname "$file" "" "."
dir="$func_dirname_result"
if test "X$dir" = X.; then
odir="$objdir"
else
odir="$dir/$objdir"
fi
func_basename "$file"
name="$func_basename_result"
test "$opt_mode" = uninstall && odir="$dir"
# Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
if test "$opt_mode" = clean; then
case " $rmdirs " in
*" $odir "*) ;;
*) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;;
esac
fi
# Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
{ test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
test -f "$file"; then
:
elif test -d "$file"; then
exit_status=1
continue
elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then
continue
fi
rmfiles="$file"
case $name in
*.la)
# Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
func_source $dir/$name
# Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
for n in $library_names; do
func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n"
done
test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library"
case "$opt_mode" in
clean)
case " $library_names " in
*" $dlname "*) ;;
*) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;;
esac
test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i"
;;
uninstall)
if test -n "$library_names"; then
# Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
fi
if test -n "$old_library"; then
# Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
fi
# FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
;;
esac
fi
;;
*.lo)
# Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
# Read the .lo file
func_source $dir/$name
# Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
if test -n "$pic_object" &&
test "$pic_object" != none; then
func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object"
fi
# Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
if test -n "$non_pic_object" &&
test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object"
fi
fi
;;
*)
if test "$opt_mode" = clean ; then
noexename=$name
case $file in
*.exe)
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
file=$func_stripname_result
func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
noexename=$func_stripname_result
# $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
# add $file without .exe
func_append rmfiles " $file"
;;
esac
# Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
relink_command=
func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
else
relink_command=
func_source $dir/$noexename
fi
# note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
# as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.${objext}"
if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then
func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name"
fi
if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then
func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-${noexename}.c"
fi
fi
fi
;;
esac
func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
done
# Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files
for dir in $rmdirs; do
if test -d "$dir"; then
func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
fi
done
exit $exit_status
}
{ test "$opt_mode" = uninstall || test "$opt_mode" = clean; } &&
func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
test -z "$opt_mode" && {
help="$generic_help"
func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
}
test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$opt_mode'"
if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
eval exec "$exec_cmd"
exit $EXIT_FAILURE
fi
exit $exit_status
# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
# in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting
# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
build_libtool_libs=no
build_old_libs=yes
# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
# Local Variables:
# mode:shell-script
# sh-indentation:2
# End:
# vi:sw=2
lt"
func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
;;
*) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;;
esac
done
dependency_libs=libXt-1.1.5/include/Makefile.in 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000046071 12520610350 0016553 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = include
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_define_dir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(xtinclude_HEADERS) \
$(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" \
"$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)"
HEADERS = $(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS) $(xtinclude_HEADERS)
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
# *not* preserved.
am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
{ items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
'
# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
# for different programs/libraries.
am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
AR = @AR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BASE_CFLAGS = @BASE_CFLAGS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ERRORDBDIR = @ERRORDBDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
FOP = @FOP@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GREP = @GREP@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PERL = @PERL@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
STRIP = @STRIP@
STYLESHEET_SRCDIR = @STYLESHEET_SRCDIR@
TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS = @TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XMLTO = @XMLTO@
XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
XORG_SGML_PATH = @XORG_SGML_PATH@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
XSL_STYLESHEET = @XSL_STYLESHEET@
XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
xtincludedir = ${includedir}/X11
xtinclude_HEADERS = \
X11/Composite.h \
X11/CompositeP.h \
X11/ConstrainP.h \
X11/Constraint.h \
X11/Core.h \
X11/CoreP.h \
X11/Intrinsic.h \
X11/IntrinsicP.h \
X11/Object.h \
X11/ObjectP.h \
X11/RectObj.h \
X11/RectObjP.h \
X11/ResConfigP.h \
X11/ShellP.h \
X11/Vendor.h \
X11/VendorP.h \
\
X11/CallbackI.h \
X11/ConvertI.h \
X11/CreateI.h \
X11/EventI.h \
X11/HookObjI.h \
X11/InitialI.h \
X11/IntrinsicI.h \
X11/PassivGraI.h \
X11/ResourceI.h \
X11/SelectionI.h \
X11/ShellI.h \
X11/ThreadsI.h \
X11/TranslateI.h \
X11/VarargsI.h \
X11/Xtos.h
nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS = \
X11/StringDefs.h \
X11/Shell.h
DISTCLEANFILES = \
X11/StringDefs.h \
X11/Shell.h
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign include/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign include/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
install-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS: $(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
install-xtincludeHEADERS: $(xtinclude_HEADERS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_HEADER) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-xtincludeHEADERS:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(xtinclude_HEADERS)'; test -n "$(xtincludedir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
ID: $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
tags: tags-am
TAGS: tags
tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
if test $$# -gt 0; then \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
"$$@" $$unique; \
else \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
ctags: ctags-am
CTAGS: ctags
ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
cscopelist: cscopelist-am
cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
case "$(srcdir)" in \
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
*) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
esac; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then \
echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
else \
echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
fi; \
done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(xtincludedir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
-test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
html-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \
install-xtincludeHEADERS
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-am
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am:
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-am
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS \
uninstall-xtincludeHEADERS
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
clean-libtool cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean \
distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS install-pdf install-pdf-am \
install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
install-xtincludeHEADERS installcheck installcheck-am \
installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \
ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am \
uninstall-nodist_xtincludeHEADERS uninstall-xtincludeHEADERS
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
ir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdilibXt-1.1.5/include/Makefile.am 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000001333 12520610324 0016533 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 xtincludedir = ${includedir}/X11
xtinclude_HEADERS = \
X11/Composite.h \
X11/CompositeP.h \
X11/ConstrainP.h \
X11/Constraint.h \
X11/Core.h \
X11/CoreP.h \
X11/Intrinsic.h \
X11/IntrinsicP.h \
X11/Object.h \
X11/ObjectP.h \
X11/RectObj.h \
X11/RectObjP.h \
X11/ResConfigP.h \
X11/ShellP.h \
X11/Vendor.h \
X11/VendorP.h \
\
X11/CallbackI.h \
X11/ConvertI.h \
X11/CreateI.h \
X11/EventI.h \
X11/HookObjI.h \
X11/InitialI.h \
X11/IntrinsicI.h \
X11/PassivGraI.h \
X11/ResourceI.h \
X11/SelectionI.h \
X11/ShellI.h \
X11/ThreadsI.h \
X11/TranslateI.h \
X11/VarargsI.h \
X11/Xtos.h
nodist_xtinclude_HEADERS = \
X11/StringDefs.h \
X11/Shell.h
DISTCLEANFILES = \
X11/StringDefs.h \
X11/Shell.h
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/EventI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010153 12520610324 0016413 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
* Event.h - exported types and functions for toolkit event handler
*
* Author: Charles Haynes
* Digital Equipment Corporation
* Western Software Laboratory
* Date: Sun Dec 6 1987
*/
#ifndef _Event_h_
#define _Event_h_
typedef struct _XtGrabRec *XtGrabList;
#include "PassivGraI.h"
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern void _XtEventInitialize(
void
);
typedef struct _XtEventRec {
XtEventTable next;
EventMask mask; /* also select_data count for RecExt */
XtEventHandler proc;
XtPointer closure;
unsigned int select:1;
unsigned int has_type_specifier:1;
unsigned int async:1; /* not used, here for Digital extension? */
} XtEventRec;
typedef struct _XtGrabRec {
XtGrabList next;
Widget widget;
unsigned int exclusive:1;
unsigned int spring_loaded:1;
}XtGrabRec;
typedef struct _BlockHookRec {
struct _BlockHookRec* next;
XtAppContext app;
XtBlockHookProc proc;
XtPointer closure;
} BlockHookRec, *BlockHook;
extern void _XtFreeEventTable(
XtEventTable* /* event_table */
);
extern Boolean _XtOnGrabList(
Widget /* widget */,
XtGrabRec* /* grabList */
);
extern void _XtRemoveAllInputs(
XtAppContext /* app */
);
extern void _XtRefreshMapping(
XEvent* /* event */,
_XtBoolean /* dispatch */
);
extern void _XtSendFocusEvent(
Widget /* child */,
int /* type */);
extern EventMask _XtConvertTypeToMask(
int /* eventType */
);
/* EventUtil.c */
extern Widget _XtFindRemapWidget(XEvent *event, Widget widget,
EventMask mask, XtPerDisplayInput pdi);
extern void _XtUngrabBadGrabs(XEvent *event, Widget widget,
EventMask mask, XtPerDisplayInput pdi);
extern void _XtFillAncestorList(Widget **listPtr, int *maxElemsPtr,
int *numElemsPtr, Widget start,
Widget breakWidget);
/* NextEvent.c */
extern Boolean XtAppPeekEvent_SkipTimer;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _Event_h_ */
CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name olibXt-1.1.5/include/X11/IntrinsicI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000014610 12520610324 0017276 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtintrinsicI_h
#define _XtintrinsicI_h
#include "Xtos.h"
#include "IntrinsicP.h"
#ifdef WIN32
#define _WILLWINSOCK_
#endif
#include
#include "Object.h"
#include "RectObj.h"
#include "ObjectP.h"
#include "RectObjP.h"
#include "ConvertI.h"
#include "TranslateI.h"
#define RectObjClassFlag 0x02
#define WidgetClassFlag 0x04
#define CompositeClassFlag 0x08
#define ConstraintClassFlag 0x10
#define ShellClassFlag 0x20
#define WMShellClassFlag 0x40
#define TopLevelClassFlag 0x80
/*
* The following macros, though very handy, are not suitable for
* IntrinsicP.h as they violate the rule that arguments are to
* be evaluated exactly once.
*/
#define XtDisplayOfObject(object) \
(XtIsWidget(object) ? (object)->core.screen->display : \
_XtIsHookObject(object) ? ((HookObject)(object))->hooks.screen->display : \
_XtWindowedAncestor(object)->core.screen->display)
#define XtScreenOfObject(object) \
(XtIsWidget(object) ? (object)->core.screen : \
_XtIsHookObject(object) ? ((HookObject)(object))->hooks.screen : \
_XtWindowedAncestor(object)->core.screen)
#define XtWindowOfObject(object) \
((XtIsWidget(object) ? (object) : _XtWindowedAncestor(object)) \
->core.window)
#define XtIsManaged(object) \
(XtIsRectObj(object) ? (object)->core.managed : False)
#define XtIsSensitive(object) \
(XtIsRectObj(object) ? ((object)->core.sensitive && \
(object)->core.ancestor_sensitive) : False)
/****************************************************************
*
* Byte utilities
*
****************************************************************/
#define _XBCOPYFUNC _XtBcopy
#include
#define XtMemmove(dst, src, size) \
if ((char *)(dst) != (char *)(src)) { \
(void) memcpy((char *) (dst), (char *) (src), (int) (size)); \
}
#define XtBZero(dst, size) \
bzero((char *) (dst), (int) (size))
#define XtMemcmp(b1, b2, size) \
memcmp((char *) (b1), (char *) (b2), (int) (size))
/****************************************************************
*
* Stack cache allocation/free
*
****************************************************************/
#define XtStackAlloc(size, stack_cache_array) \
((size) <= sizeof(stack_cache_array) \
? (XtPointer)(stack_cache_array) \
: XtMalloc((unsigned)(size)))
#define XtStackFree(pointer, stack_cache_array) \
{ if ((pointer) != ((XtPointer)(stack_cache_array))) XtFree(pointer); }
/***************************************************************
*
* Filename defines
*
**************************************************************/
/* used by XtResolvePathname */
#ifndef XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT
#define XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT "/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%S"
#endif
/* the following two were both "X Toolkit " prior to R4 */
#ifndef XTERROR_PREFIX
#define XTERROR_PREFIX ""
#endif
#ifndef XTWARNING_PREFIX
#define XTWARNING_PREFIX ""
#endif
#ifndef ERRORDB
#define ERRORDB "/usr/lib/X11/XtErrorDB"
#endif
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern String XtCXtToolkitError;
extern void _XtAllocError(
String /* alloc_type */
);
extern void _XtCompileResourceList(
XtResourceList /* resources */,
Cardinal /* num_resources */
);
extern XtGeometryResult _XtMakeGeometryRequest(
Widget /* widget */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* request */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* reply_return */,
Boolean* /* clear_rect_obj */
);
extern Boolean _XtIsHookObject(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void _XtAddShellToHookObj(
Widget /* widget */
);
/* GCManager.c */
extern void _XtGClistFree(Display *dpy, XtPerDisplay pd);
/** GeoTattler stuff */
#ifdef XT_GEO_TATTLER
extern void _XtGeoTab (int);
extern void _XtGeoTrace (
Widget widget,
...
) _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,3);
#define CALLGEOTAT(f) f
#else /* XT_GEO_TATTLER */
#define CALLGEOTAT(f)
#endif /* XT_GEO_TATTLER */
#ifndef XTTRACEMEMORY
extern char* __XtMalloc (
unsigned /* size */
);
extern char* __XtCalloc (
unsigned /* num */,
unsigned /* size */
);
#else
#define __XtMalloc XtMalloc
#define __XtCalloc XtCalloc
#endif
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtintrinsicI_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/Xtos.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005553 12520610324 0016166 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _Xtos_h
#define _Xtos_h
#define ALLOCATE_LOCAL_FALLBACK(_size) XtMalloc((unsigned long)(_size))
#define DEALLOCATE_LOCAL_FALLBACK(_ptr) XtFree((XtPointer)(_ptr))
#include
#if defined (_LP64) || \
defined(__alpha) || defined(__alpha__) || \
defined(__ia64__) || defined(ia64) || \
defined(__sparc64__) || \
defined(__s390x__) || \
(defined(__hppa__) && defined(__LP64__)) || \
defined(__amd64__) || defined(amd64) || \
defined(__powerpc64__) || \
(defined(sgi) && (_MIPS_SZLONG == 64))
#define LONG64
#endif
#endif /* _Xtos_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
is software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies anlibXt-1.1.5/include/X11/Intrinsic.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000173550 12520610324 0017176 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifndef _XtIntrinsic_h
#define _XtIntrinsic_h
#include
#include
#include
#include
#ifdef XT_BC
#include /* for R4 compatibility */
#else
#include
#include /* for XtNewString */
#endif /* XT_BC else */
#define XtSpecificationRelease 6
typedef char *String;
/* We do this in order to get "const" declarations to work right. We
* use _XtString instead of String so that C++ applications can
* #define String to something else if they choose, to avoid conflicts
* with other C++ libraries.
*/
#define _XtString char*
/* _Xt names are private to Xt implementation, do not use in client code */
#if NeedWidePrototypes
#define _XtBoolean int
#define _XtDimension unsigned int
#define _XtKeyCode unsigned int
#define _XtPosition int
#define _XtXtEnum unsigned int
#else
#define _XtBoolean Boolean
#define _XtDimension Dimension
#define _XtKeyCode KeyCode
#define _XtPosition Position
#define _XtXtEnum XtEnum
#endif /* NeedWidePrototypes */
#include
#ifdef VMS
#define externalref globalref
#define externaldef(psect) globaldef {"psect"} noshare
#else
#define externalref extern
#define externaldef(psect)
#endif /* VMS */
#ifndef FALSE
#define FALSE 0
#define TRUE 1
#endif
#define XtNumber(arr) ((Cardinal) (sizeof(arr) / sizeof(arr[0])))
typedef struct _WidgetRec *Widget;
typedef Widget *WidgetList;
typedef struct _WidgetClassRec *WidgetClass;
typedef struct _CompositeRec *CompositeWidget;
typedef struct _XtActionsRec *XtActionList;
typedef struct _XtEventRec *XtEventTable;
typedef struct _XtAppStruct *XtAppContext;
typedef unsigned long XtValueMask;
typedef unsigned long XtIntervalId;
typedef unsigned long XtInputId;
typedef unsigned long XtWorkProcId;
typedef unsigned long XtSignalId;
typedef unsigned int XtGeometryMask;
typedef unsigned long XtGCMask; /* Mask of values that are used by widget*/
typedef unsigned long Pixel; /* Index into colormap */
typedef int XtCacheType;
#define XtCacheNone 0x001
#define XtCacheAll 0x002
#define XtCacheByDisplay 0x003
#define XtCacheRefCount 0x100
/****************************************************************
*
* System Dependent Definitions; see spec for specific range
* requirements. Do not assume every implementation uses the
* same base types!
*
*
* XtArgVal ought to be a union of XtPointer, char *, long, int *, and proc *
* but casting to union types is not really supported.
*
* So the typedef for XtArgVal should be chosen such that
*
* sizeof (XtArgVal) >= sizeof(XtPointer)
* sizeof(char *)
* sizeof(long)
* sizeof(int *)
* sizeof(proc *)
*
* ArgLists rely heavily on the above typedef.
*
****************************************************************/
typedef char Boolean;
typedef long XtArgVal;
typedef unsigned char XtEnum;
typedef unsigned int Cardinal;
typedef unsigned short Dimension; /* Size in pixels */
typedef short Position; /* Offset from 0 coordinate */
typedef void* XtPointer;
/* The type Opaque is NOT part of the Xt standard, do NOT use it. */
/* (It remains here only for backward compatibility.) */
typedef XtPointer Opaque;
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
typedef struct _TranslationData *XtTranslations;
typedef struct _TranslationData *XtAccelerators;
typedef unsigned int Modifiers;
typedef void (*XtActionProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
XEvent* /* event */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
typedef XtActionProc* XtBoundActions;
typedef struct _XtActionsRec{
String string;
XtActionProc proc;
} XtActionsRec;
typedef enum {
/* address mode parameter representation */
/* ------------ ------------------------ */
XtAddress, /* address */
XtBaseOffset, /* offset */
XtImmediate, /* constant */
XtResourceString, /* resource name string */
XtResourceQuark, /* resource name quark */
XtWidgetBaseOffset, /* offset from ancestor */
XtProcedureArg /* procedure to invoke */
} XtAddressMode;
typedef struct {
XtAddressMode address_mode;
XtPointer address_id;
Cardinal size;
} XtConvertArgRec, *XtConvertArgList;
typedef void (*XtConvertArgProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
Cardinal* /* size */,
XrmValue* /* value */
);
typedef struct {
XtGeometryMask request_mode;
Position x, y;
Dimension width, height, border_width;
Widget sibling;
int stack_mode; /* Above, Below, TopIf, BottomIf, Opposite, DontChange */
} XtWidgetGeometry;
/* Additions to Xlib geometry requests: ask what would happen, don't do it */
#define XtCWQueryOnly (1 << 7)
/* Additions to Xlib stack modes: don't change stack order */
#define XtSMDontChange 5
typedef void (*XtConverter)( /* obsolete */
XrmValue* /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValue* /* from */,
XrmValue* /* to */
);
typedef Boolean (*XtTypeConverter)(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValue* /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValue* /* from */,
XrmValue* /* to */,
XtPointer* /* converter_data */
);
typedef void (*XtDestructor)(
XtAppContext /* app */,
XrmValue* /* to */,
XtPointer /* converter_data */,
XrmValue* /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */
);
typedef Opaque XtCacheRef;
typedef Opaque XtActionHookId;
typedef void (*XtActionHookProc)(
Widget /* w */,
XtPointer /* client_data */,
String /* action_name */,
XEvent* /* event */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
typedef unsigned long XtBlockHookId;
typedef void (*XtBlockHookProc)(
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
typedef void (*XtKeyProc)(
Display* /* dpy */,
_XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
Modifiers /* modifiers */,
Modifiers* /* modifiers_return */,
KeySym* /* keysym_return */
);
typedef void (*XtCaseProc)(
Display* /* display */,
KeySym /* keysym */,
KeySym* /* lower_return */,
KeySym* /* upper_return */
);
typedef void (*XtEventHandler)(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
XEvent* /* event */,
Boolean* /* continue_to_dispatch */
);
typedef unsigned long EventMask;
typedef enum {XtListHead, XtListTail } XtListPosition;
typedef unsigned long XtInputMask;
#define XtInputNoneMask 0L
#define XtInputReadMask (1L<<0)
#define XtInputWriteMask (1L<<1)
#define XtInputExceptMask (1L<<2)
typedef void (*XtTimerCallbackProc)(
XtPointer /* closure */,
XtIntervalId* /* id */
);
typedef void (*XtInputCallbackProc)(
XtPointer /* closure */,
int* /* source */,
XtInputId* /* id */
);
typedef void (*XtSignalCallbackProc)(
XtPointer /* closure */,
XtSignalId* /* id */
);
typedef struct {
String name;
XtArgVal value;
} Arg, *ArgList;
typedef XtPointer XtVarArgsList;
typedef void (*XtCallbackProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* closure */, /* data the application registered */
XtPointer /* call_data */ /* callback specific data */
);
typedef struct _XtCallbackRec {
XtCallbackProc callback;
XtPointer closure;
} XtCallbackRec, *XtCallbackList;
typedef enum {
XtCallbackNoList,
XtCallbackHasNone,
XtCallbackHasSome
} XtCallbackStatus;
typedef enum {
XtGeometryYes, /* Request accepted. */
XtGeometryNo, /* Request denied. */
XtGeometryAlmost, /* Request denied, but willing to take replyBox. */
XtGeometryDone /* Request accepted and done. */
} XtGeometryResult;
typedef enum {XtGrabNone, XtGrabNonexclusive, XtGrabExclusive} XtGrabKind;
typedef struct {
Widget shell_widget;
Widget enable_widget;
} XtPopdownIDRec, *XtPopdownID;
typedef struct _XtResource {
String resource_name; /* Resource name */
String resource_class; /* Resource class */
String resource_type; /* Representation type desired */
Cardinal resource_size; /* Size in bytes of representation */
Cardinal resource_offset;/* Offset from base to put resource value */
String default_type; /* representation type of specified default */
XtPointer default_addr; /* Address of default resource */
} XtResource, *XtResourceList;
typedef void (*XtResourceDefaultProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
int /* offset */,
XrmValue* /* value */
);
typedef String (*XtLanguageProc)(
Display* /* dpy */,
String /* xnl */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
typedef void (*XtErrorMsgHandler)(
String /* name */,
String /* type */,
String /* class */,
String /* default */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
typedef void (*XtErrorHandler)(
String /* msg */
);
typedef void (*XtCreatePopupChildProc)(
Widget /* shell */
);
typedef Boolean (*XtWorkProc)(
XtPointer /* closure */ /* data the application registered */
);
typedef struct {
char match;
String substitution;
} SubstitutionRec, *Substitution;
typedef Boolean (*XtFilePredicate)(
String /* filename */
);
typedef XtPointer XtRequestId;
typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom* /* selection */,
Atom* /* target */,
Atom* /* type_return */,
XtPointer* /* value_return */,
unsigned long* /* length_return */,
int* /* format_return */
);
typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom* /* selection */
);
typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom* /* selection */,
Atom* /* target */
);
typedef void (*XtSelectionCallbackProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
Atom* /* selection */,
Atom* /* type */,
XtPointer /* value */,
unsigned long* /* length */,
int* /* format */
);
typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionIncrProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom* /* selection */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom* /* selection */,
Atom* /* target */,
XtRequestId* /* receiver_id */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom* /* selection */,
Atom* /* target */,
Atom* /* type */,
XtPointer* /* value */,
unsigned long* /* length */,
int* /* format */,
unsigned long* /* max_length */,
XtPointer /* client_data */,
XtRequestId* /* receiver_id */
);
typedef void (*XtCancelConvertSelectionProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom* /* selection */,
Atom* /* target */,
XtRequestId* /* receiver_id */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
typedef Boolean (*XtEventDispatchProc)(
XEvent* /* event */
);
typedef void (*XtExtensionSelectProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
int* /* event_types */,
XtPointer* /* select_data */,
int /* count */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
/***************************************************************
*
* Exported Interfaces
*
****************************************************************/
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern Boolean XtConvertAndStore(
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
XrmValue* /* from */,
_Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
XrmValue* /* to_in_out */
);
extern Boolean XtCallConverter(
Display* /* dpy */,
XtTypeConverter /* converter */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* from */,
XrmValue* /* to_in_out */,
XtCacheRef* /* cache_ref_return */
);
extern Boolean XtDispatchEvent(
XEvent* /* event */
);
extern Boolean XtCallAcceptFocus(
Widget /* widget */,
Time* /* time */
);
extern Boolean XtPeekEvent( /* obsolete */
XEvent* /* event_return */
);
extern Boolean XtAppPeekEvent(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XEvent* /* event_return */
);
extern Boolean XtIsSubclass(
Widget /* widget */,
WidgetClass /* widgetClass */
);
extern Boolean XtIsObject(
Widget /* object */
);
extern Boolean _XtCheckSubclassFlag( /* implementation-private */
Widget /* object */,
_XtXtEnum /* type_flag */
);
extern Boolean _XtIsSubclassOf( /* implementation-private */
Widget /* object */,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
WidgetClass /* flag_class */,
_XtXtEnum /* type_flag */
);
extern Boolean XtIsManaged(
Widget /* rectobj */
);
extern Boolean XtIsRealized(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern Boolean XtIsSensitive(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern Boolean XtOwnSelection(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom /* selection */,
Time /* time */,
XtConvertSelectionProc /* convert */,
XtLoseSelectionProc /* lose */,
XtSelectionDoneProc /* done */
);
extern Boolean XtOwnSelectionIncremental(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom /* selection */,
Time /* time */,
XtConvertSelectionIncrProc /* convert_callback */,
XtLoseSelectionIncrProc /* lose_callback */,
XtSelectionDoneIncrProc /* done_callback */,
XtCancelConvertSelectionProc /* cancel_callback */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
extern XtGeometryResult XtMakeResizeRequest(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtDimension /* width */,
_XtDimension /* height */,
Dimension* /* width_return */,
Dimension* /* height_return */
);
extern void XtTranslateCoords(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtPosition /* x */,
_XtPosition /* y */,
Position* /* rootx_return */,
Position* /* rooty_return */
);
extern KeySym* XtGetKeysymTable(
Display* /* dpy */,
KeyCode* /* min_keycode_return */,
int* /* keysyms_per_keycode_return */
);
extern void XtKeysymToKeycodeList(
Display* /* dpy */,
KeySym /* keysym */,
KeyCode** /* keycodes_return */,
Cardinal* /* keycount_return */
);
extern void XtStringConversionWarning( /* obsolete */
_Xconst _XtString /* from_value */,
_Xconst _XtString /* to_type */
);
extern void XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(
Display* /* dpy */,
_Xconst _XtString /* from_value */,
_Xconst _XtString /* to_type */
);
externalref XtConvertArgRec const colorConvertArgs[];
externalref XtConvertArgRec const screenConvertArg[];
extern void XtAppAddConverter( /* obsolete */
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
_Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
XtConverter /* converter */,
XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern void XtAddConverter( /* obsolete */
_Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
XtConverter /* converter */,
XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern void XtSetTypeConverter(
_Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
XtTypeConverter /* converter */,
XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */,
XtCacheType /* cache_type */,
XtDestructor /* destructor */
);
extern void XtAppSetTypeConverter(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
_Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
XtTypeConverter /* converter */,
XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */,
XtCacheType /* cache_type */,
XtDestructor /* destructor */
);
extern void XtConvert( /* obsolete */
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* from_type */,
XrmValue* /* from */,
_Xconst _XtString /* to_type */,
XrmValue* /* to_return */
);
extern void XtDirectConvert( /* obsolete */
XtConverter /* converter */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* from */,
XrmValue* /* to_return */
);
/****************************************************************
*
* Translation Management
*
****************************************************************/
extern XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable(
_Xconst _XtString /* table */
);
extern XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable(
_Xconst _XtString /* source */
);
extern void XtOverrideTranslations(
Widget /* widget */,
XtTranslations /* translations */
);
extern void XtAugmentTranslations(
Widget /* widget */,
XtTranslations /* translations */
);
extern void XtInstallAccelerators(
Widget /* destination */,
Widget /* source */
);
extern void XtInstallAllAccelerators(
Widget /* destination */,
Widget /* source */
);
extern void XtUninstallTranslations(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void XtAppAddActions(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtActionList /* actions */,
Cardinal /* num_actions */
);
extern void XtAddActions( /* obsolete */
XtActionList /* actions */,
Cardinal /* num_actions */
);
extern XtActionHookId XtAppAddActionHook(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtActionHookProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
extern void XtRemoveActionHook(
XtActionHookId /* id */
);
extern void XtGetActionList(
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
XtActionList* /* actions_return */,
Cardinal* /* num_actions_return */
);
extern void XtCallActionProc(
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* action */,
XEvent* /* event */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal /* num_params */
);
extern void XtRegisterGrabAction(
XtActionProc /* action_proc */,
_XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
unsigned int /* event_mask */,
int /* pointer_mode */,
int /* keyboard_mode */
);
extern void XtSetMultiClickTime(
Display* /* dpy */,
int /* milliseconds */
);
extern int XtGetMultiClickTime(
Display* /* dpy */
);
extern KeySym XtGetActionKeysym(
XEvent* /* event */,
Modifiers* /* modifiers_return */
);
/***************************************************************
*
* Keycode and Keysym procedures for translation management
*
****************************************************************/
extern void XtTranslateKeycode(
Display* /* dpy */,
_XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
Modifiers /* modifiers */,
Modifiers* /* modifiers_return */,
KeySym* /* keysym_return */
);
extern void XtTranslateKey(
Display* /* dpy */,
_XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
Modifiers /* modifiers */,
Modifiers* /* modifiers_return */,
KeySym* /* keysym_return */
);
extern void XtSetKeyTranslator(
Display* /* dpy */,
XtKeyProc /* proc */
);
extern void XtRegisterCaseConverter(
Display* /* dpy */,
XtCaseProc /* proc */,
KeySym /* start */,
KeySym /* stop */
);
extern void XtConvertCase(
Display* /* dpy */,
KeySym /* keysym */,
KeySym* /* lower_return */,
KeySym* /* upper_return */
);
/****************************************************************
*
* Event Management
*
****************************************************************/
/* XtAllEvents is valid only for XtRemoveEventHandler and
* XtRemoveRawEventHandler; don't use it to select events!
*/
#define XtAllEvents ((EventMask) -1L)
extern void XtAddEventHandler(
Widget /* widget */,
EventMask /* event_mask */,
_XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
XtEventHandler /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtRemoveEventHandler(
Widget /* widget */,
EventMask /* event_mask */,
_XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
XtEventHandler /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtAddRawEventHandler(
Widget /* widget */,
EventMask /* event_mask */,
_XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
XtEventHandler /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtRemoveRawEventHandler(
Widget /* widget */,
EventMask /* event_mask */,
_XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
XtEventHandler /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtInsertEventHandler(
Widget /* widget */,
EventMask /* event_mask */,
_XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
XtEventHandler /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
XtListPosition /* position */
);
extern void XtInsertRawEventHandler(
Widget /* widget */,
EventMask /* event_mask */,
_XtBoolean /* nonmaskable */,
XtEventHandler /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
XtListPosition /* position */
);
extern XtEventDispatchProc XtSetEventDispatcher(
Display* /* dpy */,
int /* event_type */,
XtEventDispatchProc /* proc */
);
extern Boolean XtDispatchEventToWidget(
Widget /* widget */,
XEvent* /* event */
);
extern void XtInsertEventTypeHandler(
Widget /* widget */,
int /* type */,
XtPointer /* select_data */,
XtEventHandler /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
XtListPosition /* position */
);
extern void XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(
Widget /* widget */,
int /* type */,
XtPointer /* select_data */,
XtEventHandler /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern EventMask XtBuildEventMask(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void XtRegisterExtensionSelector(
Display* /* dpy */,
int /* min_event_type */,
int /* max_event_type */,
XtExtensionSelectProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
extern void XtAddGrab(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtBoolean /* exclusive */,
_XtBoolean /* spring_loaded */
);
extern void XtRemoveGrab(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void XtProcessEvent( /* obsolete */
XtInputMask /* mask */
);
extern void XtAppProcessEvent(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtInputMask /* mask */
);
extern void XtMainLoop( /* obsolete */
void
);
extern void XtAppMainLoop(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
extern void XtAddExposureToRegion(
XEvent* /* event */,
Region /* region */
);
extern void XtSetKeyboardFocus(
Widget /* subtree */,
Widget /* descendent */
);
extern Widget XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern XEvent* XtLastEventProcessed(
Display* /* dpy */
);
extern Time XtLastTimestampProcessed(
Display* /* dpy */
);
/****************************************************************
*
* Event Gathering Routines
*
****************************************************************/
extern XtIntervalId XtAddTimeOut( /* obsolete */
unsigned long /* interval */,
XtTimerCallbackProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
unsigned long /* interval */,
XtTimerCallbackProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtRemoveTimeOut(
XtIntervalId /* timer */
);
extern XtInputId XtAddInput( /* obsolete */
int /* source */,
XtPointer /* condition */,
XtInputCallbackProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern XtInputId XtAppAddInput(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
int /* source */,
XtPointer /* condition */,
XtInputCallbackProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtRemoveInput(
XtInputId /* id */
);
extern XtSignalId XtAddSignal(
XtSignalCallbackProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */);
extern XtSignalId XtAppAddSignal(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtSignalCallbackProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtRemoveSignal(
XtSignalId /* id */
);
extern void XtNoticeSignal(
XtSignalId /* id */
);
extern void XtNextEvent( /* obsolete */
XEvent* /* event */
);
extern void XtAppNextEvent(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XEvent* /* event_return */
);
#define XtIMXEvent 1
#define XtIMTimer 2
#define XtIMAlternateInput 4
#define XtIMSignal 8
#define XtIMAll (XtIMXEvent | XtIMTimer | XtIMAlternateInput | XtIMSignal)
extern Boolean XtPending( /* obsolete */
void
);
extern XtInputMask XtAppPending(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
extern XtBlockHookId XtAppAddBlockHook(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtBlockHookProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
extern void XtRemoveBlockHook(
XtBlockHookId /* id */
);
/****************************************************************
*
* Random utility routines
*
****************************************************************/
#define XtIsRectObj(object) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, (XtEnum)0x02))
#define XtIsWidget(object) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, (XtEnum)0x04))
#define XtIsComposite(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x08))
#define XtIsConstraint(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x10))
#define XtIsShell(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x20))
#undef XtIsOverrideShell
extern Boolean XtIsOverrideShell(Widget /* object */);
#define XtIsOverrideShell(widget) \
(_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)overrideShellWidgetClass, \
(WidgetClass)shellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x20))
#define XtIsWMShell(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x40))
#undef XtIsVendorShell
extern Boolean XtIsVendorShell(Widget /* object */);
#define XtIsVendorShell(widget) \
(_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)vendorShellWidgetClass, \
(WidgetClass)wmShellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x40))
#undef XtIsTransientShell
extern Boolean XtIsTransientShell(Widget /* object */);
#define XtIsTransientShell(widget) \
(_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)transientShellWidgetClass, \
(WidgetClass)wmShellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x40))
#define XtIsTopLevelShell(widget) (_XtCheckSubclassFlag(widget, (XtEnum)0x80))
#undef XtIsApplicationShell
extern Boolean XtIsApplicationShell(Widget /* object */);
#define XtIsApplicationShell(widget) \
(_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)applicationShellWidgetClass, \
(WidgetClass)topLevelShellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x80))
#undef XtIsSessionShell
extern Boolean XtIsSessionShell(Widget /* object */);
#define XtIsSessionShell(widget) \
(_XtIsSubclassOf(widget, (WidgetClass)sessionShellWidgetClass, \
(WidgetClass)topLevelShellWidgetClass, (XtEnum)0x80))
extern void XtRealizeWidget(
Widget /* widget */
);
void XtUnrealizeWidget(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void XtDestroyWidget(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void XtSetSensitive(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtBoolean /* sensitive */
);
extern void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtBoolean /* mapped_when_managed */
);
extern Widget XtNameToWidget(
Widget /* reference */,
_Xconst _XtString /* names */
);
extern Widget XtWindowToWidget(
Display* /* display */,
Window /* window */
);
extern XtPointer XtGetClassExtension(
WidgetClass /* object_class */,
Cardinal /* byte_offset */,
XrmQuark /* type */,
long /* version */,
Cardinal /* record_size */
);
/***************************************************************
*
* Arg lists
*
****************************************************************/
#define XtSetArg(arg, n, d) \
((void)( (arg).name = (n), (arg).value = (XtArgVal)(d) ))
extern ArgList XtMergeArgLists(
ArgList /* args1 */,
Cardinal /* num_args1 */,
ArgList /* args2 */,
Cardinal /* num_args2 */
);
/***************************************************************
*
* Vararg lists
*
****************************************************************/
#define XtVaNestedList "XtVaNestedList"
#define XtVaTypedArg "XtVaTypedArg"
extern XtVarArgsList XtVaCreateArgsList(
XtPointer /*unused*/, ...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
/*************************************************************
*
* Information routines
*
************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtIntrinsicP_h
/* We're not included from the private file, so define these */
extern Display *XtDisplay(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern Display *XtDisplayOfObject(
Widget /* object */
);
extern Screen *XtScreen(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern Screen *XtScreenOfObject(
Widget /* object */
);
extern Window XtWindow(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern Window XtWindowOfObject(
Widget /* object */
);
extern String XtName(
Widget /* object */
);
extern WidgetClass XtSuperclass(
Widget /* object */
);
extern WidgetClass XtClass(
Widget /* object */
);
extern Widget XtParent(
Widget /* widget */
);
#endif /*_XtIntrinsicP_h*/
#undef XtMapWidget
extern void XtMapWidget(Widget /* w */);
#define XtMapWidget(widget) XMapWindow(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget))
#undef XtUnmapWidget
extern void XtUnmapWidget(Widget /* w */);
#define XtUnmapWidget(widget) \
XUnmapWindow(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget))
extern void XtAddCallback(
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtRemoveCallback(
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtAddCallbacks(
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
XtCallbackList /* callbacks */
);
extern void XtRemoveCallbacks(
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
XtCallbackList /* callbacks */
);
extern void XtRemoveAllCallbacks(
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */
);
extern void XtCallCallbacks(
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */,
XtPointer /* call_data */
);
extern void XtCallCallbackList(
Widget /* widget */,
XtCallbackList /* callbacks */,
XtPointer /* call_data */
);
extern XtCallbackStatus XtHasCallbacks(
Widget /* widget */,
_Xconst _XtString /* callback_name */
);
/****************************************************************
*
* Geometry Management
*
****************************************************************/
extern XtGeometryResult XtMakeGeometryRequest(
Widget /* widget */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* request */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* reply_return */
);
extern XtGeometryResult XtQueryGeometry(
Widget /* widget */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* intended */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* preferred_return */
);
extern Widget XtCreatePopupShell(
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
WidgetClass /* widgetClass */,
Widget /* parent */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern Widget XtVaCreatePopupShell(
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
WidgetClass /* widgetClass */,
Widget /* parent */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern void XtPopup(
Widget /* popup_shell */,
XtGrabKind /* grab_kind */
);
extern void XtPopupSpringLoaded(
Widget /* popup_shell */
);
extern void XtCallbackNone(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
XtPointer /* call_data */
);
extern void XtCallbackNonexclusive(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
XtPointer /* call_data */
);
extern void XtCallbackExclusive(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
XtPointer /* call_data */
);
extern void XtPopdown(
Widget /* popup_shell */
);
extern void XtCallbackPopdown(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
XtPointer /* call_data */
);
extern void XtMenuPopupAction(
Widget /* widget */,
XEvent* /* event */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
extern Widget XtCreateWidget(
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
Widget /* parent */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern Widget XtCreateManagedWidget(
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
Widget /* parent */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern Widget XtVaCreateWidget(
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
WidgetClass /* widget */,
Widget /* parent */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern Widget XtVaCreateManagedWidget(
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
Widget /* parent */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern Widget XtCreateApplicationShell( /* obsolete */
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern Widget XtAppCreateShell(
_Xconst _XtString /* application_name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
Display* /* display */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern Widget XtVaAppCreateShell(
_Xconst _XtString /* application_name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
Display* /* display */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
/****************************************************************
*
* Toolkit initialization
*
****************************************************************/
extern void XtToolkitInitialize(
void
);
extern XtLanguageProc XtSetLanguageProc(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtLanguageProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
extern void XtDisplayInitialize(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
Display* /* dpy */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
XrmOptionDescRec* /* options */,
Cardinal /* num_options */,
int* /* argc */,
char** /* argv */
);
extern Widget XtOpenApplication(
XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
XrmOptionDescList /* options */,
Cardinal /* num_options */,
int* /* argc_in_out */,
String* /* argv_in_out */,
String* /* fallback_resources */,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern Widget XtVaOpenApplication(
XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
XrmOptionDescList /* options */,
Cardinal /* num_options */,
int* /* argc_in_out */,
String* /* argv_in_out */,
String* /* fallback_resources */,
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern Widget XtAppInitialize( /* obsolete */
XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
XrmOptionDescList /* options */,
Cardinal /* num_options */,
int* /* argc_in_out */,
String* /* argv_in_out */,
String* /* fallback_resources */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern Widget XtVaAppInitialize( /* obsolete */
XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
XrmOptionDescList /* options */,
Cardinal /* num_options */,
int* /* argc_in_out */,
String* /* argv_in_out */,
String* /* fallback_resources */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern Widget XtInitialize( /* obsolete */
_Xconst _XtString /* shell_name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
XrmOptionDescRec* /* options */,
Cardinal /* num_options */,
int* /* argc */,
char** /* argv */
);
extern Display *XtOpenDisplay(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
_Xconst _XtString /* display_string */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* application_class */,
XrmOptionDescRec* /* options */,
Cardinal /* num_options */,
int* /* argc */,
char** /* argv */
);
extern XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext(
void
);
extern void XtAppSetFallbackResources(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
String* /* specification_list */
);
extern void XtDestroyApplicationContext(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
extern void XtInitializeWidgetClass(
WidgetClass /* widget_class */
);
extern XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern XtAppContext XtDisplayToApplicationContext(
Display* /* dpy */
);
extern XrmDatabase XtDatabase(
Display* /* dpy */
);
extern XrmDatabase XtScreenDatabase(
Screen* /* screen */
);
extern void XtCloseDisplay(
Display* /* dpy */
);
extern void XtGetApplicationResources(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* base */,
XtResourceList /* resources */,
Cardinal /* num_resources */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern void XtVaGetApplicationResources(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* base */,
XtResourceList /* resources */,
Cardinal /* num_resources */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern void XtGetSubresources(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* base */,
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* class */,
XtResourceList /* resources */,
Cardinal /* num_resources */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern void XtVaGetSubresources(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* base */,
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* class */,
XtResourceList /* resources */,
Cardinal /* num_resources */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern void XtSetValues(
Widget /* widget */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern void XtVaSetValues(
Widget /* widget */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern void XtGetValues(
Widget /* widget */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern void XtVaGetValues(
Widget /* widget */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern void XtSetSubvalues(
XtPointer /* base */,
XtResourceList /* resources */,
Cardinal /* num_resources */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern void XtVaSetSubvalues(
XtPointer /* base */,
XtResourceList /* resources */,
Cardinal /* num_resources */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern void XtGetSubvalues(
XtPointer /* base */,
XtResourceList /* resources */,
Cardinal /* num_resources */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */
);
extern void XtVaGetSubvalues(
XtPointer /* base */,
XtResourceList /* resources */,
Cardinal /* num_resources */,
...
) _X_SENTINEL(0);
extern void XtGetResourceList(
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
XtResourceList* /* resources_return */,
Cardinal* /* num_resources_return */
);
extern void XtGetConstraintResourceList(
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
XtResourceList* /* resources_return */,
Cardinal* /* num_resources_return */
);
#define XtUnspecifiedPixmap ((Pixmap)2)
#define XtUnspecifiedShellInt (-1)
#define XtUnspecifiedWindow ((Window)2)
#define XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup ((Window)3)
#define XtCurrentDirectory "XtCurrentDirectory"
#define XtDefaultForeground "XtDefaultForeground"
#define XtDefaultBackground "XtDefaultBackground"
#define XtDefaultFont "XtDefaultFont"
#define XtDefaultFontSet "XtDefaultFontSet"
#define XtOffset(p_type,field) \
((Cardinal) (((char *) (&(((p_type)NULL)->field))) - ((char *) NULL)))
#ifdef offsetof
#define XtOffsetOf(s_type,field) offsetof(s_type,field)
#else
#define XtOffsetOf(s_type,field) XtOffset(s_type*,field)
#endif
/*************************************************************
*
* Session Management
*
************************************************************/
typedef struct _XtCheckpointTokenRec {
int save_type;
int interact_style;
Boolean shutdown;
Boolean fast;
Boolean cancel_shutdown;
int phase;
int interact_dialog_type; /* return */
Boolean request_cancel; /* return */
Boolean request_next_phase; /* return */
Boolean save_success; /* return */
int type; /* implementation private */
Widget widget; /* implementation private */
} XtCheckpointTokenRec, *XtCheckpointToken;
XtCheckpointToken XtSessionGetToken(
Widget /* widget */
);
void XtSessionReturnToken(
XtCheckpointToken /* token */
);
/*************************************************************
*
* Error Handling
*
************************************************************/
extern XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtErrorMsgHandler /* handler */
);
extern void XtSetErrorMsgHandler( /* obsolete */
XtErrorMsgHandler /* handler */
);
extern XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtErrorMsgHandler /* handler */
);
extern void XtSetWarningMsgHandler( /* obsolete */
XtErrorMsgHandler /* handler */
);
extern void XtAppErrorMsg(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* class */,
_Xconst _XtString /* default */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
extern void XtErrorMsg( /* obsolete */
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* class */,
_Xconst _XtString /* default */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
extern void XtAppWarningMsg(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* class */,
_Xconst _XtString /* default */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
extern void XtWarningMsg( /* obsolete */
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* class */,
_Xconst _XtString /* default */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
extern XtErrorHandler XtAppSetErrorHandler(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtErrorHandler /* handler */
);
extern void XtSetErrorHandler( /* obsolete */
XtErrorHandler /* handler */
);
extern XtErrorHandler XtAppSetWarningHandler(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtErrorHandler /* handler */
);
extern void XtSetWarningHandler( /* obsolete */
XtErrorHandler /* handler */
);
extern void XtAppError(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
_Xconst _XtString /* message */
);
extern void XtError( /* obsolete */
_Xconst _XtString /* message */
);
extern void XtAppWarning(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
_Xconst _XtString /* message */
);
extern void XtWarning( /* obsolete */
_Xconst _XtString /* message */
);
extern XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
extern XrmDatabase *XtGetErrorDatabase( /* obsolete */
void
);
extern void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* class */,
_Xconst _XtString /* default */,
String /* buffer_return */,
int /* nbytes */,
XrmDatabase /* database */
);
extern void XtGetErrorDatabaseText( /* obsolete */
_Xconst _XtString /* name */,
_Xconst _XtString /* type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* class */,
_Xconst _XtString /* default */,
String /* buffer_return */,
int /* nbytes */
);
/****************************************************************
*
* Memory Management
*
****************************************************************/
extern char *XtMalloc(
Cardinal /* size */
);
extern char *XtCalloc(
Cardinal /* num */,
Cardinal /* size */
);
extern char *XtRealloc(
char* /* ptr */,
Cardinal /* num */
);
extern void XtFree(
char* /* ptr */
);
#ifndef _X_RESTRICT_KYWD
# define _X_RESTRICT_KYWD
#endif
extern Cardinal XtAsprintf(
String *new_string,
_Xconst char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format,
...
) _X_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,3);
#ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY
extern char *_XtMalloc( /* implementation-private */
Cardinal /* size */,
char * /* file */,
int /* line */
);
extern char *_XtRealloc( /* implementation-private */
char * /* ptr */,
Cardinal /* size */,
char * /* file */,
int /* line */
);
extern char *_XtCalloc( /* implementation-private */
Cardinal /* num */,
Cardinal /* size */,
char * /* file */,
int /* line */
);
extern void _XtFree( /* implementation-private */
char * /* ptr */
);
#define XtMalloc(size) _XtMalloc(size, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#define XtRealloc(ptr,size) _XtRealloc(ptr, size, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#define XtCalloc(num,size) _XtCalloc(num, size, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#define XtFree(ptr) _XtFree(ptr)
#endif /* ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY */
#define XtNew(type) ((type *) XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(type)))
#undef XtNewString
extern String XtNewString(String /* str */);
#define XtNewString(str) \
((str) != NULL ? (strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned)strlen(str) + 1), str)) : NULL)
/*************************************************************
*
* Work procs
*
**************************************************************/
extern XtWorkProcId XtAddWorkProc( /* obsolete */
XtWorkProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtWorkProc /* proc */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void XtRemoveWorkProc(
XtWorkProcId /* id */
);
/****************************************************************
*
* Graphic Context Management
*****************************************************************/
extern GC XtGetGC(
Widget /* widget */,
XtGCMask /* valueMask */,
XGCValues* /* values */
);
extern GC XtAllocateGC(
Widget /* widget */,
Cardinal /* depth */,
XtGCMask /* valueMask */,
XGCValues* /* values */,
XtGCMask /* dynamicMask */,
XtGCMask /* unusedMask */
);
/* This implementation of XtDestroyGC differs from the formal specification
* for historic backwards compatibility reasons. As other implementations
* may conform to the spec, use of XtReleaseGC is strongly encouraged.
*/
extern void XtDestroyGC( /* obsolete */
GC /* gc */
);
extern void XtReleaseGC(
Widget /* object */,
GC /* gc */
);
extern void XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
XtCacheRef* /* cache_ref */
);
extern void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* closure */, /* XtCacheRef */
XtPointer /* call_data */
);
extern void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* closure */, /* XtCacheRef* */
XtPointer /* call_data */
);
extern void XtSetWMColormapWindows(
Widget /* widget */,
Widget* /* list */,
Cardinal /* count */
);
extern String XtFindFile(
_Xconst _XtString /* path */,
Substitution /* substitutions */,
Cardinal /* num_substitutions */,
XtFilePredicate /* predicate */
);
extern String XtResolvePathname(
Display* /* dpy */,
_Xconst _XtString /* type */,
_Xconst _XtString /* filename */,
_Xconst _XtString /* suffix */,
_Xconst _XtString /* path */,
Substitution /* substitutions */,
Cardinal /* num_substitutions */,
XtFilePredicate /* predicate */
);
/****************************************************************
*
* Selections
*
*****************************************************************/
#define XT_CONVERT_FAIL (Atom)0x80000001
extern void XtDisownSelection(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom /* selection */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtGetSelectionValue(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom /* selection */,
Atom /* target */,
XtSelectionCallbackProc /* callback */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtGetSelectionValues(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom /* selection */,
Atom* /* targets */,
int /* count */,
XtSelectionCallbackProc /* callback */,
XtPointer* /* closures */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
unsigned long /* timeout */
);
extern void XtSetSelectionTimeout( /* obsolete */
unsigned long /* timeout */
);
extern unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
extern unsigned long XtGetSelectionTimeout( /* obsolete */
void
);
extern XSelectionRequestEvent *XtGetSelectionRequest(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom /* selection */,
XtRequestId /* request_id */
);
extern void XtGetSelectionValueIncremental(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom /* selection */,
Atom /* target */,
XtSelectionCallbackProc /* selection_callback */,
XtPointer /* client_data */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom /* selection */,
Atom* /* targets */,
int /* count */,
XtSelectionCallbackProc /* callback */,
XtPointer* /* client_data */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtSetSelectionParameters(
Widget /* requestor */,
Atom /* selection */,
Atom /* type */,
XtPointer /* value */,
unsigned long /* length */,
int /* format */
);
extern void XtGetSelectionParameters(
Widget /* owner */,
Atom /* selection */,
XtRequestId /* request_id */,
Atom* /* type_return */,
XtPointer* /* value_return */,
unsigned long* /* length_return */,
int* /* format_return */
);
extern void XtCreateSelectionRequest(
Widget /* requestor */,
Atom /* selection */
);
extern void XtSendSelectionRequest(
Widget /* requestor */,
Atom /* selection */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtCancelSelectionRequest(
Widget /* requestor */,
Atom /* selection */
);
extern Atom XtReservePropertyAtom(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void XtReleasePropertyAtom(
Widget /* widget */,
Atom /* selection */
);
extern void XtGrabKey(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
Modifiers /* modifiers */,
_XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
int /* pointer_mode */,
int /* keyboard_mode */
);
extern void XtUngrabKey(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtKeyCode /* keycode */,
Modifiers /* modifiers */
);
extern int XtGrabKeyboard(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
int /* pointer_mode */,
int /* keyboard_mode */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtUngrabKeyboard(
Widget /* widget */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtGrabButton(
Widget /* widget */,
int /* button */,
Modifiers /* modifiers */,
_XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
unsigned int /* event_mask */,
int /* pointer_mode */,
int /* keyboard_mode */,
Window /* confine_to */,
Cursor /* cursor */
);
extern void XtUngrabButton(
Widget /* widget */,
unsigned int /* button */,
Modifiers /* modifiers */
);
extern int XtGrabPointer(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtBoolean /* owner_events */,
unsigned int /* event_mask */,
int /* pointer_mode */,
int /* keyboard_mode */,
Window /* confine_to */,
Cursor /* cursor */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtUngrabPointer(
Widget /* widget */,
Time /* time */
);
extern void XtGetApplicationNameAndClass(
Display* /* dpy */,
String* /* name_return */,
String* /* class_return */
);
extern void XtRegisterDrawable(
Display* /* dpy */,
Drawable /* drawable */,
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void XtUnregisterDrawable(
Display* /* dpy */,
Drawable /* drawable */
);
extern Widget XtHooksOfDisplay(
Display* /* dpy */
);
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
ArgList args;
Cardinal num_args;
} XtCreateHookDataRec, *XtCreateHookData;
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
XtPointer event_data;
Cardinal num_event_data;
} XtChangeHookDataRec, *XtChangeHookData;
typedef struct {
Widget old, req;
ArgList args;
Cardinal num_args;
} XtChangeHookSetValuesDataRec, *XtChangeHookSetValuesData;
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
XtGeometryMask changeMask;
XWindowChanges changes;
} XtConfigureHookDataRec, *XtConfigureHookData;
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
XtWidgetGeometry* request;
XtWidgetGeometry* reply;
XtGeometryResult result;
} XtGeometryHookDataRec, *XtGeometryHookData;
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
} XtDestroyHookDataRec, *XtDestroyHookData;
extern void XtGetDisplays(
XtAppContext /* app_context */,
Display*** /* dpy_return */,
Cardinal* /* num_dpy_return */
);
extern Boolean XtToolkitThreadInitialize(
void
);
extern void XtAppSetExitFlag(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
extern Boolean XtAppGetExitFlag(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
extern void XtAppLock(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
extern void XtAppUnlock(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
/*
* Predefined Resource Converters
*/
/* String converters */
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToAtom(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToBool(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToBoolean(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToCursor(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToDimension(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToDirectoryString(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToDisplay(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFile(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFloat(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFont(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFontSet(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display, locale */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToFontStruct(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Display */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToGravity(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToInitialState(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToInt(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToPixel(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Screen, Colormap */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
#define XtCvtStringToPosition XtCvtStringToShort
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToRestartStyle(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToShort(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToTranslationTable(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtStringToVisual(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Screen, depth */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
/* int converters */
extern Boolean XtCvtIntToBool(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtIntToBoolean(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtIntToColor(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* Screen, Colormap */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
#define XtCvtIntToDimension XtCvtIntToShort
extern Boolean XtCvtIntToFloat(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtIntToFont(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtIntToPixel(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtIntToPixmap(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
#define XtCvtIntToPosition XtCvtIntToShort
extern Boolean XtCvtIntToShort(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
extern Boolean XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
/* Color converter */
extern Boolean XtCvtColorToPixel(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */, /* none */
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* fromVal */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
/* Pixel converter */
#define XtCvtPixelToColor XtCvtIntToColor
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /*_XtIntrinsic_h*/
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
*/,
Cursor /* cursor */
);
extern void XtUngrabButton(
Widget /* widget */,
unsigned int /* button */,
Modifiers /* modifiers */libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/ShellI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000324 12520610324 0016400 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 #ifndef _XtShellInternal_h
#define _XtShellInternal_h
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern void _XtShellGetCoordinates(Widget widget, Position *x, Position *y);
#endif /* _XtShellInternal_h */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/VarargsI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000004531 12520610324 0016742 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifndef _VarargsI_h_
#define _VarargsI_h_
#include
/* private routines */
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern void _XtCountVaList(
va_list /*var*/, int* /*total_count*/, int* /*typed_count*/
);
extern void _XtVaToArgList(
Widget /*widget*/, va_list /*var*/, int /*max_count*/, ArgList* /*args_return*/, Cardinal* /*num_args_return*/
);
extern void _XtVaToTypedArgList(
va_list /*var*/, int /*count*/, XtTypedArgList* /*args_return*/, Cardinal* /*num_args_return*/
);
extern XtTypedArgList _XtVaCreateTypedArgList(
va_list /*var*/, int /*count*/
);
extern void _XtFreeArgList(
ArgList /*args*/, int /*total_count*/, int /*typed_count*/
);
extern void _XtGetApplicationResources(
Widget /*w*/, XtPointer /*base*/, XtResourceList /*resources*/, Cardinal /*num_resources*/, ArgList /*args*/, Cardinal /*num_args*/, XtTypedArgList /*typed_args*/, Cardinal /*num_typed_args*/
);
extern void _XtGetSubresources(
Widget /*w*/, XtPointer /*base*/, const char* /*name*/, const char* /*class*/, XtResourceList /*resources*/, Cardinal /*num_resources*/, ArgList /*args*/, Cardinal /*num_args*/, XtTypedArgList /*typed_args*/, Cardinal /*num_typed_args*/
);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _VarargsI_h_ */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/HookObjI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000004213 12520610324 0016665 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifndef _XtHookObjI_h
#define _XtHookObjI_h
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/* This object is implementation-dependent and private to the library. */
typedef struct _HookObjRec *HookObject;
typedef struct _HookObjClassRec *HookObjectClass;
externalref WidgetClass hookObjectClass;
typedef struct _HookObjPart {
/* resources */
XtCallbackList createhook_callbacks;
XtCallbackList changehook_callbacks;
XtCallbackList confighook_callbacks;
XtCallbackList geometryhook_callbacks;
XtCallbackList destroyhook_callbacks;
WidgetList shells;
Cardinal num_shells;
/* private data */
Cardinal max_shells;
Screen* screen;
}HookObjPart;
typedef struct _HookObjRec {
ObjectPart object;
HookObjPart hooks;
} HookObjRec;
typedef struct _HookObjClassPart {
int unused;
} HookObjClassPart;
typedef struct _HookObjClassRec {
ObjectClassPart object_class;
HookObjClassPart hook_class;
} HookObjClassRec;
externalref HookObjClassRec hookObjClassRec;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* ifndef _Xt_HookObjI_h */
ND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise tlibXt-1.1.5/include/X11/SelectionI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012116 12520610324 0017260 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtselectionI_h
#define _XtselectionI_h
#include "Intrinsic.h"
typedef struct _RequestRec *Request;
typedef struct _SelectRec *Select;
typedef struct _RequestRec {
Select ctx; /* logical owner */
Widget widget; /* widget actually receiving Selection events */
Window requestor;
Atom property;
Atom target;
Atom type;
int format;
XtPointer value;
unsigned long bytelength;
unsigned long offset;
XtIntervalId timeout;
XSelectionRequestEvent event; /* for XtGetSelectionRequest */
Boolean allSent;
} RequestRec;
typedef struct {
Atom prop;
Boolean avail;
} SelectionPropRec, *SelectionProp;
typedef struct {
Display *dpy;
Atom incr_atom, indirect_atom, timestamp_atom;
int propCount;
SelectionProp list;
} PropListRec, *PropList;
typedef struct _SelectRec {
Atom selection; /* constant */
Display *dpy; /* constant */
Widget widget;
Time time;
unsigned long serial;
XtConvertSelectionProc convert;
XtLoseSelectionProc loses;
XtSelectionDoneProc notify;
XtCancelConvertSelectionProc owner_cancel;
XtPointer owner_closure;
PropList prop_list;
Request req; /* state for local non-incr xfer */
int ref_count; /* of active transfers */
unsigned int incremental:1;
unsigned int free_when_done:1;
unsigned int was_disowned:1;
} SelectRec;
typedef struct _ParamRec {
Atom selection;
Atom param;
} ParamRec, *Param;
typedef struct _ParamInfoRec {
unsigned int count;
Param paramlist;
} ParamInfoRec, *ParamInfo;
typedef struct _QueuedRequestRec {
Atom selection;
Atom target;
Atom param;
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback;
XtPointer closure;
Time time;
Boolean incremental;
} QueuedRequestRec, *QueuedRequest;
typedef struct _QueuedRequestInfoRec {
int count;
Atom *selections;
QueuedRequest *requests;
} QueuedRequestInfoRec, *QueuedRequestInfo;
typedef struct {
XtSelectionCallbackProc *callbacks;
XtPointer *req_closure;
Atom property;
Atom *target;
Atom type;
int format;
char *value;
int bytelength;
int offset;
XtIntervalId timeout;
XtEventHandler proc;
Widget widget;
Time time;
Select ctx;
Boolean *incremental;
int current;
} CallBackInfoRec, *CallBackInfo;
typedef struct {
Atom target;
Atom property;
} IndirectPair;
#define IndirectPairWordSize 2
typedef struct {
int active_transfer_count;
} RequestWindowRec;
#define MAX_SELECTION_INCR(dpy) (((65536 < XMaxRequestSize(dpy)) ? \
(65536 << 2) : (XMaxRequestSize(dpy) << 2))-100)
#define MATCH_SELECT(event, info) ((event->time == info->time) && \
(event->requestor == XtWindow(info->widget)) && \
(event->selection == info->ctx->selection) && \
(event->target == *info->target))
#endif /* _XtselectionI_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/Constraint.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005010 12520610324 0017341 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtConstraint_h
#define _XtConstraint_h
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec *ConstraintWidgetClass;
#ifndef VMS
externalref WidgetClass constraintWidgetClass;
#endif
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtConstraint_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
****************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portiolibXt-1.1.5/include/X11/CreateI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000002501 12520610324 0016533 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 #ifndef _XtcreateI_h
#define _XtcreateI_h
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern Widget _XtCreateWidget(String name, WidgetClass widget_class,
Widget parent, ArgList args, Cardinal num_args,
XtTypedArgList typed_args,
Cardinal num_typed_args);
extern Widget _XtCreatePopupShell(String name, WidgetClass widget_class,
Widget parent, ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args, XtTypedArgList typed_args,
Cardinal num_typed_args);
extern Widget _XtAppCreateShell(String name, String class,
WidgetClass widget_class, Display *display,
ArgList args, Cardinal num_args,
XtTypedArgList typed_args,
Cardinal num_typed_args);
extern Widget _XtCreateHookObj(Screen *screen);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/* VarCreate.c */
extern Widget _XtVaOpenApplication(XtAppContext *app_context_return,
_Xconst char* application_class,
XrmOptionDescList options, Cardinal num_options,
int *argc_in_out, String *argv_in_out,
String *fallback_resources, WidgetClass widget_class,
va_list var_args);
extern Widget _XtVaAppInitialize(XtAppContext *app_context_return,
_Xconst char* application_class,
XrmOptionDescList options, Cardinal num_options,
int *argc_in_out, String *argv_in_out,
String *fallback_resources, va_list var_args);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtcreateI_h */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/CoreP.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000020613 12520610324 0016233 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef XtCoreP_h
#define XtCoreP_h
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
externalref int _XtInheritTranslations;
#define XtInheritTranslations ((String) &_XtInheritTranslations)
#define XtInheritRealize ((XtRealizeProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritResize ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritExpose ((XtExposeProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritSetValuesAlmost ((XtAlmostProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritAcceptFocus ((XtAcceptFocusProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritQueryGeometry ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritDisplayAccelerator ((XtStringProc) _XtInherit)
/***************************************************************
* Widget Core Data Structures
*
*
**************************************************************/
typedef struct _CorePart {
Widget self; /* pointer to widget itself */
WidgetClass widget_class; /* pointer to Widget's ClassRec */
Widget parent; /* parent widget */
XrmName xrm_name; /* widget resource name quarkified */
Boolean being_destroyed; /* marked for destroy */
XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks; /* who to call when widget destroyed */
XtPointer constraints; /* constraint record */
Position x, y; /* window position */
Dimension width, height; /* window dimensions */
Dimension border_width; /* window border width */
Boolean managed; /* is widget geometry managed? */
Boolean sensitive; /* is widget sensitive to user events*/
Boolean ancestor_sensitive; /* are all ancestors sensitive? */
XtEventTable event_table; /* private to event dispatcher */
XtTMRec tm; /* translation management */
XtTranslations accelerators; /* accelerator translations */
Pixel border_pixel; /* window border pixel */
Pixmap border_pixmap; /* window border pixmap or NULL */
WidgetList popup_list; /* list of popups */
Cardinal num_popups; /* how many popups */
String name; /* widget resource name */
Screen *screen; /* window's screen */
Colormap colormap; /* colormap */
Window window; /* window ID */
Cardinal depth; /* number of planes in window */
Pixel background_pixel; /* window background pixel */
Pixmap background_pixmap; /* window background pixmap or NULL */
Boolean visible; /* is window mapped and not occluded?*/
Boolean mapped_when_managed;/* map window if it's managed? */
} CorePart;
typedef struct _WidgetRec {
CorePart core;
} WidgetRec, CoreRec;
/******************************************************************
*
* Core Class Structure. Widgets, regardless of their class, will have
* these fields. All widgets of a given class will have the same values
* for these fields. Widgets of a given class may also have additional
* common fields. These additional fields are included in incremental
* class structures, such as CommandClass.
*
* The fields that are specific to this subclass, as opposed to fields that
* are part of the superclass, are called "subclass fields" below. Many
* procedures are responsible only for the subclass fields, and not for
* any superclass fields.
*
********************************************************************/
typedef struct _CoreClassPart {
WidgetClass superclass; /* pointer to superclass ClassRec */
String class_name; /* widget resource class name */
Cardinal widget_size; /* size in bytes of widget record */
XtProc class_initialize; /* class initialization proc */
XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; /* dynamic initialization */
XtEnum class_inited; /* has class been initialized? */
XtInitProc initialize; /* initialize subclass fields */
XtArgsProc initialize_hook; /* notify that initialize called */
XtRealizeProc realize; /* XCreateWindow for widget */
XtActionList actions; /* widget semantics name to proc map */
Cardinal num_actions; /* number of entries in actions */
XtResourceList resources; /* resources for subclass fields */
Cardinal num_resources; /* number of entries in resources */
XrmClass xrm_class; /* resource class quarkified */
Boolean compress_motion; /* compress MotionNotify for widget */
XtEnum compress_exposure; /* compress Expose events for widget*/
Boolean compress_enterleave;/* compress enter and leave events */
Boolean visible_interest; /* select for VisibilityNotify */
XtWidgetProc destroy; /* free data for subclass pointers */
XtWidgetProc resize; /* geom manager changed widget size */
XtExposeProc expose; /* rediplay window */
XtSetValuesFunc set_values; /* set subclass resource values */
XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; /* notify that set_values called */
XtAlmostProc set_values_almost; /* set_values got "Almost" geo reply */
XtArgsProc get_values_hook; /* notify that get_values called */
XtAcceptFocusProc accept_focus; /* assign input focus to widget */
XtVersionType version; /* version of intrinsics used */
XtPointer callback_private; /* list of callback offsets */
String tm_table; /* state machine */
XtGeometryHandler query_geometry; /* return preferred geometry */
XtStringProc display_accelerator;/* display your accelerator */
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} CoreClassPart;
typedef struct _WidgetClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
} WidgetClassRec, CoreClassRec;
externalref WidgetClassRec widgetClassRec;
#define coreClassRec widgetClassRec
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtCoreP_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and thatlibXt-1.1.5/include/X11/VendorP.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006742 12520610324 0016607 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
* VendorP.h - Private definitions for VendorShell widget
*
* Author: Paul Asente
* Digital Equipment Corporation
* Western Software Laboratory
* Date: Thu Dec 3, 1987
*/
/***********************************************************************
*
* VendorShell Widget Private Data
*
***********************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtVendorPrivate_h
#define _XtVendorPrivate_h
#include
/* New fields for the VendorShell widget class record */
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} VendorShellClassPart;
typedef struct _VendorShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
} VendorShellClassRec;
externalref VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec;
/* New fields for the vendor shell widget. */
typedef struct {
int vendor_specific;
} VendorShellPart;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
} VendorShellRec, *VendorShellWidget;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtVendorPrivate_h */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/RectObj.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005006 12520610324 0016552 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtRect_h
#define _XtRect_h
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
typedef struct _RectObjRec *RectObj;
typedef struct _RectObjClassRec *RectObjClass;
#ifndef VMS
externalref WidgetClass rectObjClass;
#endif
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtRect_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/ResConfigP.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005622 12520610324 0017225 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
/*****************************************************************
(C) COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp. 1992,1997
All Rights Reserved
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE IBM CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the IBM Corporation shall
not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the IBM
Corporation.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _RESCONFIGP_H
#define _RESCONFIGP_H
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/*
* Atom names for resource configuration management customization tool.
*/
#define RCM_DATA "Custom Data"
#define RCM_INIT "Custom Init"
extern void _XtResourceConfigurationEH(
Widget /* w */,
XtPointer /* client_data */,
XEvent * /* event */
);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/ThreadsI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010265 12520610324 0016730 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /************************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
********************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
/* $XFree86: xc/lib/Xt/ThreadsI.h,v 3.5 2001/12/14 19:56:31 dawes Exp $ */
#ifndef _XtThreadsI_h
#define _XtThreadsI_h
#include
#ifdef XTHREADS
typedef struct _LockRec *LockPtr;
typedef void (*ThreadAppProc)(
XtAppContext /* app */
);
typedef void (*ThreadAppYieldLockProc)(
XtAppContext, /* app */
Boolean*, /* push_thread */
Boolean*, /* pushed_thread */
int* /* level */
);
typedef void (*ThreadAppRestoreLockProc)(
XtAppContext /* app */,
int, /* level */
Boolean* /* pushed_thread */
);
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern void (*_XtProcessLock)(
void
);
extern void (*_XtProcessUnlock)(
void
);
extern void (*_XtInitAppLock)(
XtAppContext /* app */
);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#define INIT_APP_LOCK(app) if(_XtInitAppLock) (*_XtInitAppLock)(app)
#define FREE_APP_LOCK(app) if(app && app->free_lock)(*app->free_lock)(app)
#define LOCK_PROCESS if(_XtProcessLock)(*_XtProcessLock)()
#define UNLOCK_PROCESS if(_XtProcessUnlock)(*_XtProcessUnlock)()
#define LOCK_APP(app) if(app && app->lock)(*app->lock)(app)
#define UNLOCK_APP(app) if(app && app->unlock)(*app->unlock)(app)
#define YIELD_APP_LOCK(app,push,pushed,level)\
if(app && app->yield_lock) (*app->yield_lock)(app,push,pushed,level)
#define RESTORE_APP_LOCK(app,level,pushed)\
if(app && app->restore_lock) (*app->restore_lock)(app,level,pushed)
#define WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w) \
XtAppContext app = (w && _XtProcessLock ? \
XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w) : NULL)
#define DPY_TO_APPCON(d) \
XtAppContext app = (_XtProcessLock ? XtDisplayToApplicationContext(d): NULL)
#else /* defined(XTHREADS) */
#define LOCK_PROCESS
#define UNLOCK_PROCESS
#define LOCK_APP(app)
#define UNLOCK_APP(app)
#define INIT_APP_LOCK(app)
#define FREE_APP_LOCK(app)
#define WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w)
#define DPY_TO_APPCON(d)
#endif /* !defined(XTHREADS) */
#endif /* _XtThreadsI_h */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/PassivGraI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012571 12520610324 0017237 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /********************************************************
Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of
Hewlett-Packard or Digital not be used in advertising or
publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
********************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifndef _PDI_h_
#define _PDI_h_
#define KEYBOARD TRUE
#define POINTER FALSE
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
typedef enum {
XtNoServerGrab,
XtPassiveServerGrab,
XtActiveServerGrab,
XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab,
XtPseudoActiveServerGrab
}XtServerGrabType;
typedef struct _XtServerGrabRec {
struct _XtServerGrabRec *next;
Widget widget;
unsigned int ownerEvents:1;
unsigned int pointerMode:1;
unsigned int keyboardMode:1;
unsigned int hasExt:1;
unsigned int confineToIsWidgetWin:1;
KeyCode keybut;
unsigned short modifiers;
unsigned short eventMask;
} XtServerGrabRec, *XtServerGrabPtr;
typedef struct _XtGrabExtRec {
Mask *pKeyButMask;
Mask *pModifiersMask;
Window confineTo;
Cursor cursor;
} XtServerGrabExtRec, *XtServerGrabExtPtr;
#define GRABEXT(p) ((XtServerGrabExtPtr)((p)+1))
typedef struct _XtDeviceRec{
XtServerGrabRec grab; /* need copy in order to protect
during grab */
XtServerGrabType grabType;
}XtDeviceRec, *XtDevice;
#define XtMyAncestor 0
#define XtMyDescendant 1
#define XtMyCousin 2
#define XtMySelf 3
#define XtUnrelated 4
typedef char XtGeneology; /* do not use an enum makes PerWidgetInput larger */
typedef struct {
Widget focusKid;
XtServerGrabPtr keyList, ptrList;
Widget queryEventDescendant;
unsigned int map_handler_added:1;
unsigned int realize_handler_added:1;
unsigned int active_handler_added:1;
unsigned int haveFocus:1;
XtGeneology focalPoint;
}XtPerWidgetInputRec, *XtPerWidgetInput;
typedef struct XtPerDisplayInputRec{
XtGrabList grabList;
XtDeviceRec keyboard, pointer;
KeyCode activatingKey;
Widget *trace;
int traceDepth, traceMax;
Widget focusWidget;
}XtPerDisplayInputRec, *XtPerDisplayInput;
#define IsServerGrab(g) ((g == XtPassiveServerGrab) ||\
(g == XtActiveServerGrab))
#define IsAnyGrab(g) ((g == XtPassiveServerGrab) ||\
(g == XtActiveServerGrab) ||\
(g == XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab))
#define IsEitherPassiveGrab(g) ((g == XtPassiveServerGrab) ||\
(g == XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab))
#define IsPseudoGrab(g) ((g == XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab))
extern void _XtDestroyServerGrabs(
Widget /* w */,
XtPointer /* pwi */, /*XtPerWidgetInput*/
XtPointer /* call_data */
);
extern XtPerWidgetInput _XtGetPerWidgetInput(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtBoolean /* create */
);
extern XtServerGrabPtr _XtCheckServerGrabsOnWidget(
XEvent* /* event */,
Widget /* widget */,
_XtBoolean /* isKeyboard */
);
/*
extern XtGrabList* _XtGetGrabList( XtPerDisplayInput );
*/
#define _XtGetGrabList(pdi) (&(pdi)->grabList)
extern void _XtFreePerWidgetInput(
Widget /* w */,
XtPerWidgetInput /* pwi */
);
extern Widget _XtProcessKeyboardEvent(
XKeyEvent* /* event */,
Widget /* widget */,
XtPerDisplayInput /* pdi */
);
extern Widget _XtProcessPointerEvent(
XButtonEvent* /* event */,
Widget /* widget */,
XtPerDisplayInput /* pdi */
);
extern void _XtRegisterPassiveGrabs(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void _XtClearAncestorCache(
Widget /* widget */
);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _PDI_h_ */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/Core.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005063 12520610324 0016115 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtCore_h
#define _XtCore_h
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
typedef struct _WidgetClassRec *CoreWidgetClass;
typedef struct _WidgetRec *CoreWidget;
externalref WidgetClass coreWidgetClass;
#ifndef VMS
externalref WidgetClass widgetClass;
#endif
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtCore_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/InitialI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000030474 12520610324 0016733 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtinitialI_h
#define _XtinitialI_h
/****************************************************************
*
* Displays
*
****************************************************************/
#ifndef X_NOT_POSIX
#ifdef _POSIX_SOURCE
#include
#else
#define _POSIX_SOURCE
#include
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
#endif
#endif
#ifndef PATH_MAX
#ifdef WIN32
#define PATH_MAX 512
#else
#include
#endif
#ifndef PATH_MAX
#ifdef MAXPATHLEN
#define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
#else
#define PATH_MAX 1024
#endif
#endif
#endif
#include
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
typedef struct _TimerEventRec {
struct timeval te_timer_value;
struct _TimerEventRec *te_next;
XtTimerCallbackProc te_proc;
XtAppContext app;
XtPointer te_closure;
} TimerEventRec;
typedef struct _InputEvent {
XtInputCallbackProc ie_proc;
XtPointer ie_closure;
struct _InputEvent *ie_next;
struct _InputEvent *ie_oq;
XtAppContext app;
int ie_source;
XtInputMask ie_condition;
} InputEvent;
typedef struct _SignalEventRec {
XtSignalCallbackProc se_proc;
XtPointer se_closure;
struct _SignalEventRec *se_next;
XtAppContext app;
Boolean se_notice;
} SignalEventRec;
typedef struct _WorkProcRec {
XtWorkProc proc;
XtPointer closure;
struct _WorkProcRec *next;
XtAppContext app;
} WorkProcRec;
typedef struct
{
#ifndef USE_POLL
fd_set rmask;
fd_set wmask;
fd_set emask;
#endif
int nfds;
} FdStruct;
typedef struct _LangProcRec {
XtLanguageProc proc;
XtPointer closure;
} LangProcRec;
typedef struct _ProcessContextRec {
XtAppContext defaultAppContext;
XtAppContext appContextList;
ConverterTable globalConverterTable;
LangProcRec globalLangProcRec;
} ProcessContextRec, *ProcessContext;
typedef struct {
char* start;
char* current;
int bytes_remaining;
} Heap;
typedef struct _DestroyRec DestroyRec;
typedef struct _XtAppStruct {
XtAppContext next; /* link to next app in process context */
ProcessContext process; /* back pointer to our process context */
InternalCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
Display **list;
TimerEventRec *timerQueue;
WorkProcRec *workQueue;
InputEvent **input_list;
InputEvent *outstandingQueue;
SignalEventRec *signalQueue;
XrmDatabase errorDB;
XtErrorMsgHandler errorMsgHandler, warningMsgHandler;
XtErrorHandler errorHandler, warningHandler;
struct _ActionListRec *action_table;
ConverterTable converterTable;
unsigned long selectionTimeout;
FdStruct fds;
short count; /* num of assigned entries in list */
short max; /* allocate size of list */
short last;
short input_count;
short input_max; /* elts input_list init'd with */
Boolean sync, being_destroyed, error_inited;
#ifndef NO_IDENTIFY_WINDOWS
Boolean identify_windows; /* debugging hack */
#endif
Heap heap;
String * fallback_resources; /* Set by XtAppSetFallbackResources. */
struct _ActionHookRec* action_hook_list;
struct _BlockHookRec* block_hook_list;
int destroy_list_size; /* state data for 2-phase destroy */
int destroy_count;
int dispatch_level;
DestroyRec* destroy_list;
Widget in_phase2_destroy;
LangProcRec langProcRec;
struct _TMBindCacheRec * free_bindings;
String display_name_tried;
Display **dpy_destroy_list;
int dpy_destroy_count;
Boolean exit_flag;
Boolean rebuild_fdlist;
#ifdef XTHREADS
LockPtr lock_info;
ThreadAppProc lock;
ThreadAppProc unlock;
ThreadAppYieldLockProc yield_lock;
ThreadAppRestoreLockProc restore_lock;
ThreadAppProc free_lock;
#endif
} XtAppStruct;
extern void _XtHeapInit(Heap* heap);
extern void _XtHeapFree(Heap* heap);
#ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY
extern char *_XtHeapMalloc(
Heap* /* heap */,
Cardinal /* size */,
char * /* file */,
int /* line */
);
#define _XtHeapAlloc(heap,bytes) _XtHeapMalloc(heap, bytes, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#else /* XTTRACEMEMORY */
extern char* _XtHeapAlloc(
Heap* /* heap */,
Cardinal /* size */
);
#endif /* XTTRACEMEMORY */
extern void _XtSetDefaultErrorHandlers(
XtErrorMsgHandler* /* errMsg */,
XtErrorMsgHandler* /* warnMsg */,
XtErrorHandler* /* err */,
XtErrorHandler* /* warn */
);
extern void _XtSetDefaultSelectionTimeout(
unsigned long* /* timeout */
);
extern XtAppContext _XtDefaultAppContext(
void
);
extern ProcessContext _XtGetProcessContext(
void
);
Display *
_XtAppInit(
XtAppContext* /* app_context_return */,
String /* application_class */,
XrmOptionDescRec* /* options */,
Cardinal /* num_options */,
int* /* argc_in_out */,
String** /* argv_in_out */,
String* /* fallback_resources */
);
extern void _XtDestroyAppContexts(
void
);
extern void _XtCloseDisplays(
XtAppContext /* app */
);
extern int _XtAppDestroyCount;
extern int _XtWaitForSomething(
XtAppContext /* app */,
_XtBoolean /* ignoreEvents */,
_XtBoolean /* ignoreTimers */,
_XtBoolean /* ignoreInputs */,
_XtBoolean /* ignoreSignals */,
_XtBoolean /* block */,
#ifdef XTHREADS
_XtBoolean /* drop_lock */,
#endif
unsigned long* /* howlong */
);
typedef struct _CaseConverterRec *CaseConverterPtr;
typedef struct _CaseConverterRec {
KeySym start; /* first KeySym valid in converter */
KeySym stop; /* last KeySym valid in converter */
XtCaseProc proc; /* case converter function */
CaseConverterPtr next; /* next converter record */
} CaseConverterRec;
typedef struct _ExtensionSelectorRec {
XtExtensionSelectProc proc;
int min, max;
XtPointer client_data;
} ExtSelectRec;
typedef struct _XtPerDisplayStruct {
InternalCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
Region region;
CaseConverterPtr case_cvt; /* user-registered case converters */
XtKeyProc defaultKeycodeTranslator;
XtAppContext appContext;
unsigned long keysyms_serial; /* for tracking MappingNotify events */
KeySym *keysyms; /* keycode to keysym table */
int keysyms_per_keycode; /* number of keysyms for each keycode*/
int min_keycode, max_keycode; /* range of keycodes */
KeySym *modKeysyms; /* keysym values for modToKeysysm */
ModToKeysymTable *modsToKeysyms; /* modifiers to Keysysms index table*/
unsigned char isModifier[32]; /* key-is-modifier-p bit table */
KeySym lock_meaning; /* Lock modifier meaning */
Modifiers mode_switch; /* keyboard group modifiers */
Modifiers num_lock; /* keyboard numlock modifiers */
Boolean being_destroyed;
Boolean rv; /* reverse_video resource */
XrmName name; /* resolved app name */
XrmClass class; /* application class */
Heap heap;
struct _GCrec *GClist; /* support for XtGetGC */
Drawable **pixmap_tab; /* ditto for XtGetGC */
String language; /* XPG language string */
XEvent last_event; /* last event dispatched */
Time last_timestamp; /* from last event dispatched */
int multi_click_time; /* for XtSetMultiClickTime */
struct _TMKeyContextRec* tm_context; /* for XtGetActionKeysym */
InternalCallbackList mapping_callbacks; /* special case for TM */
XtPerDisplayInputRec pdi; /* state for modal grabs & kbd focus */
struct _WWTable *WWtable; /* window to widget table */
XrmDatabase *per_screen_db; /* per screen resource databases */
XrmDatabase cmd_db; /* db from command line, if needed */
XrmDatabase server_db; /* resource property else .Xdefaults */
XtEventDispatchProc* dispatcher_list;
ExtSelectRec* ext_select_list;
int ext_select_count;
Widget hook_object;
#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
Atom rcm_init; /* ResConfig - initialize */
Atom rcm_data; /* ResConfig - data atom */
#endif
} XtPerDisplayStruct, *XtPerDisplay;
typedef struct _PerDisplayTable {
Display *dpy;
XtPerDisplayStruct perDpy;
struct _PerDisplayTable *next;
} PerDisplayTable, *PerDisplayTablePtr;
extern PerDisplayTablePtr _XtperDisplayList;
extern XtPerDisplay _XtSortPerDisplayList(
Display* /* dpy */
);
extern XtPerDisplay _XtGetPerDisplay(
Display* /* dpy */
);
extern XtPerDisplayInputRec* _XtGetPerDisplayInput(
Display* /* dpy */
);
#if 0
#ifdef DEBUG
#define _XtGetPerDisplay(display) \
((_XtperDisplayList != NULL && (_XtperDisplayList->dpy == (display))) \
? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy \
: _XtSortPerDisplayList(display))
#define _XtGetPerDisplayInput(display) \
((_XtperDisplayList != NULL && (_XtperDisplayList->dpy == (display))) \
? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy.pdi \
: &_XtSortPerDisplayList(display)->pdi)
#else
#define _XtGetPerDisplay(display) \
((_XtperDisplayList->dpy == (display)) \
? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy \
: _XtSortPerDisplayList(display))
#define _XtGetPerDisplayInput(display) \
((_XtperDisplayList->dpy == (display)) \
? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy.pdi \
: &_XtSortPerDisplayList(display)->pdi)
#endif /*DEBUG*/
#endif
extern void _XtDisplayInitialize(
Display* /* dpy */,
XtPerDisplay /* pd */,
_Xconst char* /* name */,
XrmOptionDescRec* /* urlist */,
Cardinal /* num_urs */,
int* /* argc */,
char** /* argv */
);
extern void _XtCacheFlushTag(
XtAppContext /* app */,
XtPointer /* tag */
);
extern void _XtFreeActions(
struct _ActionListRec* /* action_table */
);
extern void _XtDoPhase2Destroy(
XtAppContext /* app */,
int /* dispatch_level */
);
extern void _XtDoFreeBindings(
XtAppContext /* app */
);
extern void _XtExtensionSelect(
Widget /* widget */
);
#define _XtSafeToDestroy(app) ((app)->dispatch_level == 0)
extern void _XtAllocWWTable(
XtPerDisplay pd
);
extern void _XtFreeWWTable(
XtPerDisplay pd
);
extern String _XtGetUserName(String dest, int len);
extern XrmDatabase _XtPreparseCommandLine(XrmOptionDescRec *urlist,
Cardinal num_urs, int argc, String *argv,
String *applName, String *displayName,
String *language);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtinitialI_h */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/Composite.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006640 12520610324 0017171 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtComposite_h
#define _XtComposite_h
typedef struct _CompositeClassRec *CompositeWidgetClass;
typedef Cardinal (*XtOrderProc)(
Widget /* child */
);
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern void XtManageChildren(
WidgetList /* children */,
Cardinal /* num_children */
);
extern void XtManageChild(
Widget /* child */
);
extern void XtUnmanageChildren(
WidgetList /* children */,
Cardinal /* num_children */
);
extern void XtUnmanageChild(
Widget /* child */
);
typedef void (*XtDoChangeProc)(
Widget /* composite_parent */,
WidgetList /* unmanage_children */,
Cardinal * /* num_unmanage_children */,
WidgetList /* manage_children */,
Cardinal * /* num_manage_children */,
XtPointer /* client_data */
);
extern void XtChangeManagedSet(
WidgetList /* unmanage_children */,
Cardinal /* num_unmanage_children */,
XtDoChangeProc /* do_change_proc */,
XtPointer /* client_data */,
WidgetList /* manage_children */,
Cardinal /* num_manage_children */
);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#ifndef VMS
externalref WidgetClass compositeWidgetClass;
#endif
#endif /* _XtComposite_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/IntrinsicP.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000022676 12520610324 0017320 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtintrinsicP_h
#define _XtintrinsicP_h
#include
/*
* Field sizes and offsets of XrmResource must match those of XtResource.
* Type long is used instead of XrmQuark here because XrmQuark and String
* are not the same size on all systems.
*/
typedef struct {
long xrm_name; /* Resource name quark */
long xrm_class; /* Resource class quark */
long xrm_type; /* Resource representation type quark */
Cardinal xrm_size; /* Size in bytes of representation */
int xrm_offset; /* -offset-1 */
long xrm_default_type; /* Default representation type quark */
XtPointer xrm_default_addr; /* Default resource address */
} XrmResource, *XrmResourceList;
typedef unsigned long XtVersionType;
#define XT_VERSION 11
#ifndef XT_REVISION
#define XT_REVISION 6
#endif
#define XtVersion (XT_VERSION * 1000 + XT_REVISION)
#define XtVersionDontCheck 0
typedef void (*XtProc)(
void
);
typedef void (*XtWidgetClassProc)(
WidgetClass /* class */
);
typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)(
Widget /* widget */
);
typedef Boolean (*XtAcceptFocusProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
Time* /* time */
);
typedef void (*XtArgsProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */
);
typedef void (*XtInitProc)(
Widget /* request */,
Widget /* new */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */
);
typedef Boolean (*XtSetValuesFunc)(
Widget /* old */,
Widget /* request */,
Widget /* new */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */
);
typedef Boolean (*XtArgsFunc)(
Widget /* widget */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */
);
typedef void (*XtAlmostProc)(
Widget /* old */,
Widget /* new */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* request */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* reply */
);
typedef void (*XtExposeProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
XEvent* /* event */,
Region /* region */
);
/* compress_exposure options*/
#define XtExposeNoCompress ((XtEnum)False)
#define XtExposeCompressSeries ((XtEnum)True)
#define XtExposeCompressMultiple 2
#define XtExposeCompressMaximal 3
/* modifiers */
#define XtExposeGraphicsExpose 0x10
#define XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged 0x20
#define XtExposeNoExpose 0x40
#define XtExposeNoRegion 0x80
typedef void (*XtRealizeProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
XtValueMask* /* mask */,
XSetWindowAttributes* /* attributes */
);
typedef XtGeometryResult (*XtGeometryHandler)(
Widget /* widget */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* request */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* reply */
);
typedef void (*XtStringProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
String /* str */
);
typedef struct {
String name; /* resource name */
String type; /* representation type name */
XtArgVal value; /* representation */
int size; /* size of representation */
} XtTypedArg, *XtTypedArgList;
typedef void (*XtAllocateProc)(
WidgetClass /* widget_class */,
Cardinal * /* constraint_size */,
Cardinal * /* more_bytes */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal * /* num_args */,
XtTypedArgList /* typed_args */,
Cardinal * /* num_typed_args */,
Widget * /* widget_return */,
XtPointer * /* more_bytes_return */
);
typedef void (*XtDeallocateProc)(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* more_bytes */
);
struct _XtStateRec; /* Forward declare before use for C++ */
typedef struct _XtTMRec {
XtTranslations translations; /* private to Translation Manager */
XtBoundActions proc_table; /* procedure bindings for actions */
struct _XtStateRec *current_state; /* Translation Manager state ptr */
unsigned long lastEventTime;
} XtTMRec, *XtTM;
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#define XtDisplay(widget) DisplayOfScreen((widget)->core.screen)
#define XtScreen(widget) ((widget)->core.screen)
#define XtWindow(widget) ((widget)->core.window)
#define XtClass(widget) ((widget)->core.widget_class)
#define XtSuperclass(widget) (XtClass(widget)->core_class.superclass)
#define XtIsRealized(object) (XtWindowOfObject(object) != None)
#define XtParent(widget) ((widget)->core.parent)
#undef XtIsRectObj
extern Boolean XtIsRectObj(Widget);
#define XtIsRectObj(obj) \
(((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x02)
#undef XtIsWidget
extern Boolean XtIsWidget(Widget);
#define XtIsWidget(obj) \
(((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x04)
#undef XtIsComposite
extern Boolean XtIsComposite(Widget);
#define XtIsComposite(obj) \
(((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x08)
#undef XtIsConstraint
extern Boolean XtIsConstraint(Widget);
#define XtIsConstraint(obj) \
(((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x10)
#undef XtIsShell
extern Boolean XtIsShell(Widget);
#define XtIsShell(obj) \
(((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x20)
#undef XtIsWMShell
extern Boolean XtIsWMShell(Widget);
#define XtIsWMShell(obj) \
(((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x40)
#undef XtIsTopLevelShell
extern Boolean XtIsTopLevelShell(Widget);
#define XtIsTopLevelShell(obj) \
(((Object)(obj))->object.widget_class->core_class.class_inited & 0x80)
#ifdef DEBUG
#define XtCheckSubclass(w, widget_class_ptr, message) \
if (!XtIsSubclass(((Widget)(w)), (widget_class_ptr))) { \
String params[3]; \
Cardinal num_params = 3; \
params[0] = ((Widget)(w))->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name;\
params[1] = (widget_class_ptr)->core_class.class_name; \
params[2] = (message); \
XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)(w)), \
"subclassMismatch", "xtCheckSubclass", "XtToolkitError", \
"Widget class %s found when subclass of %s expected: %s",\
params, &num_params); \
}
#else
#define XtCheckSubclass(w, widget_class, message) /* nothing */
#endif
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern Widget _XtWindowedAncestor( /* internal; implementation-dependent */
Widget /* object */
);
#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) && !defined(LIBXT_COMPILATION)
__declspec(dllimport)
#else
extern
#endif
void _XtInherit(
void
);
extern void _XtHandleFocus(
Widget /* widget */,
XtPointer /* client_data */,
XEvent * /* event */,
Boolean * /* cont */);
extern void XtCreateWindow(
Widget /* widget */,
unsigned int /* window_class */,
Visual* /* visual */,
XtValueMask /* value_mask */,
XSetWindowAttributes* /* attributes */
);
extern void XtResizeWidget(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtDimension /* width */,
_XtDimension /* height */,
_XtDimension /* border_width */
);
extern void XtMoveWidget(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtPosition /* x */,
_XtPosition /* y */
);
extern void XtConfigureWidget(
Widget /* widget */,
_XtPosition /* x */,
_XtPosition /* y */,
_XtDimension /* width */,
_XtDimension /* height */,
_XtDimension /* border_width */
);
extern void XtResizeWindow(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void XtProcessLock(
void
);
extern void XtProcessUnlock(
void
);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtIntrinsicP_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
,
Widget /* new */,
XtWidgetGeometry* /* request */,
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/ObjectP.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000015445 12520610324 0016560 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _Xt_ObjectP_h_
#define _Xt_ObjectP_h_
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/**********************************************************
* Object Instance Data Structures
*
**********************************************************/
/* these fields match CorePart and can not be changed */
typedef struct _ObjectPart {
Widget self; /* pointer to widget itself */
WidgetClass widget_class; /* pointer to Widget's ClassRec */
Widget parent; /* parent widget */
XrmName xrm_name; /* widget resource name quarkified */
Boolean being_destroyed; /* marked for destroy */
XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks; /* who to call when widget destroyed */
XtPointer constraints; /* constraint record */
} ObjectPart;
typedef struct _ObjectRec {
ObjectPart object;
} ObjectRec;
/********************************************************
* Object Class Data Structures
*
********************************************************/
/* these fields match CoreClassPart and can not be changed */
/* ideally these structures would only contain the fields required;
but because the CoreClassPart cannot be changed at this late date
extraneous fields are necessary to make the field offsets match */
typedef struct _ObjectClassPart {
WidgetClass superclass; /* pointer to superclass ClassRec */
String class_name; /* widget resource class name */
Cardinal widget_size; /* size in bytes of widget record */
XtProc class_initialize; /* class initialization proc */
XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; /* dynamic initialization */
XtEnum class_inited; /* has class been initialized? */
XtInitProc initialize; /* initialize subclass fields */
XtArgsProc initialize_hook; /* notify that initialize called */
XtProc obj1; /* NULL */
XtPointer obj2; /* NULL */
Cardinal obj3; /* NULL */
XtResourceList resources; /* resources for subclass fields */
Cardinal num_resources; /* number of entries in resources */
XrmClass xrm_class; /* resource class quarkified */
Boolean obj4; /* NULL */
XtEnum obj5; /* NULL */
Boolean obj6; /* NULL */
Boolean obj7; /* NULL */
XtWidgetProc destroy; /* free data for subclass pointers */
XtProc obj8; /* NULL */
XtProc obj9; /* NULL */
XtSetValuesFunc set_values; /* set subclass resource values */
XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; /* notify that set_values called */
XtProc obj10; /* NULL */
XtArgsProc get_values_hook; /* notify that get_values called */
XtProc obj11; /* NULL */
XtVersionType version; /* version of intrinsics used */
XtPointer callback_private; /* list of callback offsets */
String obj12; /* NULL */
XtProc obj13; /* NULL */
XtProc obj14; /* NULL */
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
}ObjectClassPart;
typedef struct {
XtPointer next_extension; /* 1st 4 required for all extension records */
XrmQuark record_type; /* NULLQUARK; when on ObjectClassPart */
long version; /* must be XtObjectExtensionVersion */
Cardinal record_size; /* sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec) */
XtAllocateProc allocate;
XtDeallocateProc deallocate;
} ObjectClassExtensionRec, *ObjectClassExtension;
typedef struct _ObjectClassRec {
ObjectClassPart object_class;
} ObjectClassRec;
externalref ObjectClassRec objectClassRec;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#define XtObjectExtensionVersion 1L
#define XtInheritAllocate ((XtAllocateProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritDeallocate ((XtDeallocateProc) _XtInherit)
#endif /*_Xt_ObjectP_h_*/
ll Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies anlibXt-1.1.5/include/X11/Vendor.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005326 12520610324 0016464 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtVendor_h
#define _XtVendor_h
#include
/***********************************************************************
*
* VendorShell Widget
*
***********************************************************************/
/* Class record constants */
typedef struct _VendorShellClassRec *VendorShellWidgetClass;
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
externalref WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtVendor_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/ShellP.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000030662 12520610324 0016417 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
* ShellP.h - Private definitions for Shell widget
*
* Author: Paul Asente
* Digital Equipment Corporation
* Western Software Laboratory
* Date: Thu Dec 3, 1987
*/
#ifndef _XtShellPrivate_h
#define _XtShellPrivate_h
#include
/* *****
* ***** VendorP.h is included later on; it needs fields defined in the first
* ***** part of this header file
* *****
*/
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/***********************************************************************
*
* Shell Widget Private Data
*
***********************************************************************/
/* New fields for the Shell widget class record */
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} ShellClassPart;
typedef struct {
XtPointer next_extension; /* 1st 4 mandated for all extension records */
XrmQuark record_type; /* NULLQUARK; on ShellClassPart */
long version; /* must be XtShellExtensionVersion */
Cardinal record_size; /* sizeof(ShellClassExtensionRec) */
XtGeometryHandler root_geometry_manager;
} ShellClassExtensionRec, *ShellClassExtension;
#define XtShellExtensionVersion 1L
#define XtInheritRootGeometryManager ((XtGeometryHandler)_XtInherit)
typedef struct _ShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
} ShellClassRec;
externalref ShellClassRec shellClassRec;
/* New fields for the shell widget */
typedef struct {
char *geometry;
XtCreatePopupChildProc create_popup_child_proc;
XtGrabKind grab_kind;
Boolean spring_loaded;
Boolean popped_up;
Boolean allow_shell_resize;
Boolean client_specified; /* re-using old name */
#define _XtShellPositionValid ((Boolean)(1<<0))
#define _XtShellNotReparented ((Boolean)(1<<1))
#define _XtShellPPositionOK ((Boolean)(1<<2))
#define _XtShellGeometryParsed ((Boolean)(1<<3))
Boolean save_under;
Boolean override_redirect;
XtCallbackList popup_callback;
XtCallbackList popdown_callback;
Visual* visual;
} ShellPart;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
} ShellRec, *ShellWidget;
/***********************************************************************
*
* OverrideShell Widget Private Data
*
***********************************************************************/
/* New fields for the OverrideShell widget class record */
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} OverrideShellClassPart;
typedef struct _OverrideShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
OverrideShellClassPart override_shell_class;
} OverrideShellClassRec;
externalref OverrideShellClassRec overrideShellClassRec;
/* No new fields for the override shell widget */
typedef struct {int frabjous;} OverrideShellPart;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
OverrideShellPart override;
} OverrideShellRec, *OverrideShellWidget;
/***********************************************************************
*
* WMShell Widget Private Data
*
***********************************************************************/
/* New fields for the WMShell widget class record */
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} WMShellClassPart;
typedef struct _WMShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
} WMShellClassRec;
externalref WMShellClassRec wmShellClassRec;
/* New fields for the WM shell widget */
typedef struct {
char *title;
int wm_timeout;
Boolean wait_for_wm;
Boolean transient;
Boolean urgency;
Widget client_leader;
String window_role;
struct _OldXSizeHints { /* pre-R4 Xlib structure */
long flags;
int x, y;
int width, height;
int min_width, min_height;
int max_width, max_height;
int width_inc, height_inc;
struct {
int x;
int y;
} min_aspect, max_aspect;
} size_hints;
XWMHints wm_hints;
int base_width, base_height;
int win_gravity;
Atom title_encoding;
} WMShellPart;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
} WMShellRec, *WMShellWidget;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/***********************************************************************
*
* TransientShell Widget Private Data
*
***********************************************************************/
/* New fields for the TransientShell widget class record */
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} TransientShellClassPart;
typedef struct _TransientShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
TransientShellClassPart transient_shell_class;
} TransientShellClassRec;
externalref TransientShellClassRec transientShellClassRec;
/* New fields for the transient shell widget */
typedef struct {
Widget transient_for;
} TransientShellPart;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
TransientShellPart transient;
} TransientShellRec, *TransientShellWidget;
/***********************************************************************
*
* TopLevelShell Widget Private Data
*
***********************************************************************/
/* New fields for the TopLevelShell widget class record */
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} TopLevelShellClassPart;
typedef struct _TopLevelShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
} TopLevelShellClassRec;
externalref TopLevelShellClassRec topLevelShellClassRec;
/* New fields for the top level shell widget */
typedef struct {
char *icon_name;
Boolean iconic;
Atom icon_name_encoding;
} TopLevelShellPart;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
} TopLevelShellRec, *TopLevelShellWidget;
/***********************************************************************
*
* ApplicationShell Widget Private Data
*
***********************************************************************/
/* New fields for the ApplicationShell widget class record */
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} ApplicationShellClassPart;
typedef struct _ApplicationShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class;
} ApplicationShellClassRec;
externalref ApplicationShellClassRec applicationShellClassRec;
/* New fields for the application shell widget */
typedef struct {
#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
char *c_class;
#else
char *class;
#endif
XrmClass xrm_class;
int argc;
char **argv;
} ApplicationShellPart;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
ApplicationShellPart application;
} ApplicationShellRec, *ApplicationShellWidget;
/***********************************************************************
*
* SessionShell Widget Private Data
*
***********************************************************************/
/* New fields for the SessionShell widget class record */
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} SessionShellClassPart;
typedef struct _SessionShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class;
SessionShellClassPart session_shell_class;
} SessionShellClassRec;
externalref SessionShellClassRec sessionShellClassRec;
typedef struct _XtSaveYourselfRec *XtSaveYourself; /* implementation-private */
/* New fields for the session shell widget */
typedef struct {
SmcConn connection;
String session_id;
String* restart_command;
String* clone_command;
String* discard_command;
String* resign_command;
String* shutdown_command;
String* environment;
String current_dir;
String program_path;
unsigned char restart_style;
unsigned char checkpoint_state;
Boolean join_session;
XtCallbackList save_callbacks;
XtCallbackList interact_callbacks;
XtCallbackList cancel_callbacks;
XtCallbackList save_complete_callbacks;
XtCallbackList die_callbacks;
XtCallbackList error_callbacks;
XtSaveYourself save;
XtInputId input_id;
XtPointer ses20;
XtPointer ses19;
XtPointer ses18;
XtPointer ses17;
XtPointer ses16;
XtPointer ses15;
XtPointer ses14;
XtPointer ses13;
XtPointer ses12;
XtPointer ses11;
XtPointer ses10;
XtPointer ses9;
XtPointer ses8;
XtPointer ses7;
XtPointer ses6;
XtPointer ses5;
XtPointer ses4;
XtPointer ses3;
XtPointer ses2;
XtPointer ses1;
} SessionShellPart;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
ApplicationShellPart application;
SessionShellPart session;
} SessionShellRec, *SessionShellWidget;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtShellPrivate_h */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/RectObjP.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000014414 12520610324 0016675 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _Xt_RectObjP_h_
#define _Xt_RectObjP_h_
#include
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/**********************************************************
* Rectangle Object Instance Data Structures
*
**********************************************************/
/* these fields match CorePart and can not be changed */
typedef struct _RectObjPart {
Position x, y; /* rectangle position */
Dimension width, height; /* rectangle dimensions */
Dimension border_width; /* rectangle border width */
Boolean managed; /* is widget geometry managed? */
Boolean sensitive; /* is widget sensitive to user events*/
Boolean ancestor_sensitive; /* are all ancestors sensitive? */
}RectObjPart;
typedef struct _RectObjRec {
ObjectPart object;
RectObjPart rectangle;
} RectObjRec;
/********************************************************
* Rectangle Object Class Data Structures
*
********************************************************/
/* these fields match CoreClassPart and can not be changed */
/* ideally these structures would only contain the fields required;
but because the CoreClassPart cannot be changed at this late date
extraneous fields are necessary to make the field offsets match */
typedef struct _RectObjClassPart {
WidgetClass superclass; /* pointer to superclass ClassRec */
String class_name; /* widget resource class name */
Cardinal widget_size; /* size in bytes of widget record */
XtProc class_initialize; /* class initialization proc */
XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; /* dynamic initialization */
XtEnum class_inited; /* has class been initialized? */
XtInitProc initialize; /* initialize subclass fields */
XtArgsProc initialize_hook; /* notify that initialize called */
XtProc rect1; /* NULL */
XtPointer rect2; /* NULL */
Cardinal rect3; /* NULL */
XtResourceList resources; /* resources for subclass fields */
Cardinal num_resources; /* number of entries in resources */
XrmClass xrm_class; /* resource class quarkified */
Boolean rect4; /* NULL */
XtEnum rect5; /* NULL */
Boolean rect6; /* NULL */
Boolean rect7; /* NULL */
XtWidgetProc destroy; /* free data for subclass pointers */
XtWidgetProc resize; /* geom manager changed widget size */
XtExposeProc expose; /* rediplay rectangle */
XtSetValuesFunc set_values; /* set subclass resource values */
XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; /* notify that set_values called */
XtAlmostProc set_values_almost; /* set values almost for geometry */
XtArgsProc get_values_hook; /* notify that get_values called */
XtProc rect9; /* NULL */
XtVersionType version; /* version of intrinsics used */
XtPointer callback_private; /* list of callback offsets */
String rect10; /* NULL */
XtGeometryHandler query_geometry; /* return preferred geometry */
XtProc rect11; /* NULL */
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} RectObjClassPart;
typedef struct _RectObjClassRec {
RectObjClassPart rect_class;
} RectObjClassRec;
externalref RectObjClassRec rectObjClassRec;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /*_Xt_RectObjP_h_*/
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/ConvertI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006511 12520610324 0016755 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/* Representation types */
extern XrmQuark _XtQString;
/*
* Resource conversions
*/
typedef struct _ConverterRec **ConverterTable;
extern void _XtAddDefaultConverters(
ConverterTable /* table */
);
extern void _XtSetDefaultConverterTable(
ConverterTable* /* table */
);
extern void _XtFreeConverterTable(
ConverterTable /* table */
);
extern void _XtTableAddConverter(
ConverterTable /* table */,
XrmRepresentation /* from_type */,
XrmRepresentation /* to_type */,
XtTypeConverter /* converter */,
XtConvertArgList /* convert_args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */,
_XtBoolean /* new_style */,
XtCacheType /* cache_type */,
XtDestructor /* destructor */,
_XtBoolean /* global */
);
extern Boolean _XtConvert(
Widget /* widget */,
XrmRepresentation /* from_type */,
XrmValuePtr /* from */,
XrmRepresentation /* to_type */,
XrmValuePtr /* to */,
XtCacheRef* /* cache_ref_return */
);
void _XtConvertInitialize(void);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/CallbackI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007712 12520610324 0017035 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/****************************************************************
*
* Callbacks
*
****************************************************************/
typedef XrmResource **CallbackTable;
#define _XtCBCalling 1
#define _XtCBFreeAfterCalling 2
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
typedef struct internalCallbackRec {
unsigned short count;
char is_padded; /* contains NULL padding for external form */
char call_state; /* combination of _XtCB{FreeAfter}Calling */
#ifdef LONG64
unsigned int align_pad; /* padding to align callback list */
#endif
/* XtCallbackList */
} InternalCallbackRec, *InternalCallbackList;
typedef Boolean (*_XtConditionProc)(
XtPointer /* data */
);
extern void _XtAddCallback(
InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */,
XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void _XtAddCallbackOnce(
InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */,
XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern InternalCallbackList _XtCompileCallbackList(
XtCallbackList /* xtcallbacks */
);
extern XtCallbackList _XtGetCallbackList(
InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */
);
extern void _XtRemoveAllCallbacks(
InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */
);
extern void _XtRemoveCallback(
InternalCallbackList* /* callbacks */,
XtCallbackProc /* callback */,
XtPointer /* closure */
);
extern void _XtPeekCallback(
Widget /* widget */,
XtCallbackList /* callbacks */,
XtCallbackProc * /* callback */,
XtPointer * /* closure */
);
extern void _XtCallConditionalCallbackList(
Widget /* widget */,
XtCallbackList /* callbacks */,
XtPointer /* call_data */,
_XtConditionProc /* cond_proc */
);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/TranslateI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000041406 12520610324 0017274 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
* TranslateI.h - Header file private to translation management
*
* Author: Gabe Beged-Dov, HP
*
* Former Author: Charles Haynes
* Digital Equipment Corporation
* Western Research Laboratory
* Date: Sat Aug 29 1987
*/
/*#define REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS*/
#define CACHE_TRANSLATIONS
#define TM_NO_MATCH (-2)
#define _XtRStateTablePair "_XtStateTablePair"
typedef unsigned char TMByteCard;
typedef unsigned short TMShortCard;
typedef unsigned long TMLongCard;
typedef short TMShortInt;
typedef struct _TMTypeMatchRec *TMTypeMatch;
typedef struct _TMModifierMatchRec *TMModifierMatch;
typedef struct _TMEventRec *TMEventPtr;
typedef Boolean (*MatchProc)(TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
TMModifierMatch modMatch,
TMEventPtr eventSeq);
typedef struct _ModToKeysymTable {
Modifiers mask;
int count;
int idx;
} ModToKeysymTable;
typedef struct _LateBindings {
unsigned int knot:1;
unsigned int pair:1;
unsigned short ref_count; /* garbage collection */
KeySym keysym;
} LateBindings, *LateBindingsPtr;
typedef short ModifierMask;
typedef struct _ActionsRec *ActionPtr;
typedef struct _ActionsRec {
int idx; /* index into quarkTable to find proc */
String *params; /* pointer to array of params */
Cardinal num_params; /* number of params */
ActionPtr next; /* next action to perform */
} ActionRec;
typedef struct _XtStateRec *StatePtr;
typedef struct _XtStateRec {
unsigned int isCycleStart:1;
unsigned int isCycleEnd:1;
TMShortCard typeIndex;
TMShortCard modIndex;
ActionPtr actions; /* rhs list of actions to perform */
StatePtr nextLevel;
}StateRec;
#define XtTableReplace 0
#define XtTableAugment 1
#define XtTableOverride 2
#define XtTableUnmerge 3
typedef unsigned int _XtTranslateOp;
/*
* New Definitions
*/
typedef struct _TMModifierMatchRec{
TMLongCard modifiers;
TMLongCard modifierMask;
LateBindingsPtr lateModifiers;
Boolean standard;
}TMModifierMatchRec;
typedef struct _TMTypeMatchRec{
TMLongCard eventType;
TMLongCard eventCode;
TMLongCard eventCodeMask;
MatchProc matchEvent;
}TMTypeMatchRec;
typedef struct _TMBranchHeadRec {
unsigned int isSimple:1;
unsigned int hasActions:1;
unsigned int hasCycles:1;
unsigned int more:13;
TMShortCard typeIndex;
TMShortCard modIndex;
}TMBranchHeadRec, *TMBranchHead;
/* NOTE: elements of this structure must match those of
* TMComplexStateTreeRec and TMParseStateTreeRec.
*/
typedef struct _TMSimpleStateTreeRec{
unsigned int isSimple:1;
unsigned int isAccelerator:1;
unsigned int mappingNotifyInterest:1;
unsigned int refCount:13;
TMShortCard numBranchHeads;
TMShortCard numQuarks; /* # of entries in quarkTbl */
TMShortCard unused; /* to ensure same alignment */
TMBranchHeadRec *branchHeadTbl;
XrmQuark *quarkTbl; /* table of quarkified rhs*/
}TMSimpleStateTreeRec, *TMSimpleStateTree;
/* NOTE: elements of this structure must match those of
* TMSimpleStateTreeRec and TMParseStateTreeRec.
*/
typedef struct _TMComplexStateTreeRec{
unsigned int isSimple:1;
unsigned int isAccelerator:1;
unsigned int mappingNotifyInterest:1;
unsigned int refCount:13;
TMShortCard numBranchHeads;
TMShortCard numQuarks; /* # of entries in quarkTbl */
TMShortCard numComplexBranchHeads;
TMBranchHeadRec *branchHeadTbl;
XrmQuark *quarkTbl; /* table of quarkified rhs*/
StatePtr *complexBranchHeadTbl;
}TMComplexStateTreeRec, *TMComplexStateTree;
/* NOTE: elements of this structure must match those of
* TMSimpleStateTreeRec and TMComplexStateTreeRec.
*/
typedef struct _TMParseStateTreeRec{
unsigned int isSimple:1;
unsigned int isAccelerator:1;
unsigned int mappingNotifyInterest:1;
unsigned int isStackQuarks:1;
unsigned int isStackBranchHeads:1;
unsigned int isStackComplexBranchHeads:1;
unsigned int unused:10; /* to ensure correct alignment */
TMShortCard numBranchHeads;
TMShortCard numQuarks; /* # of entries in quarkTbl */
TMShortCard numComplexBranchHeads;
TMBranchHeadRec *branchHeadTbl;
XrmQuark *quarkTbl; /* table of quarkified rhs*/
StatePtr *complexBranchHeadTbl;
TMShortCard branchHeadTblSize;
TMShortCard quarkTblSize; /*total size of quarkTbl */
TMShortCard complexBranchHeadTblSize;
StatePtr head;
}TMParseStateTreeRec, *TMParseStateTree;
typedef union _TMStateTreeRec{
TMSimpleStateTreeRec simple;
TMParseStateTreeRec parse;
TMComplexStateTreeRec complex;
}*TMStateTree, **TMStateTreePtr, **TMStateTreeList;
typedef struct _TMSimpleBindProcsRec {
XtActionProc *procs;
}TMSimpleBindProcsRec, *TMSimpleBindProcs;
typedef struct _TMComplexBindProcsRec {
Widget widget; /*widgetID to pass to action Proc*/
XtTranslations aXlations;
XtActionProc *procs;
}TMComplexBindProcsRec, *TMComplexBindProcs;
typedef struct _TMSimpleBindDataRec {
unsigned int isComplex:1; /* must be first */
TMSimpleBindProcsRec bindTbl[1]; /* variable length */
}TMSimpleBindDataRec, *TMSimpleBindData;
typedef struct _TMComplexBindDataRec {
unsigned int isComplex:1; /* must be first */
struct _ATranslationData *accel_context; /* for GetValues */
TMComplexBindProcsRec bindTbl[1]; /* variable length */
}TMComplexBindDataRec, *TMComplexBindData;
typedef union _TMBindDataRec{
TMSimpleBindDataRec simple;
TMComplexBindDataRec complex;
}*TMBindData;
typedef struct _TranslationData{
unsigned char hasBindings; /* must be first */
unsigned char operation; /*replace,augment,override*/
TMShortCard numStateTrees;
struct _TranslationData *composers[2];
EventMask eventMask;
TMStateTree stateTreeTbl[1]; /* variable length */
}TranslationData;
/*
* ATranslations is returned by GetValues for translations that contain
* accelerators. The TM can differentiate between this and TranslationData
* (that don't have a bindTbl) by looking at the first field (hasBindings)
* of either structure. All ATranslationData structures associated with a
* widget are chained off the BindData record of the widget.
*/
typedef struct _ATranslationData{
unsigned char hasBindings; /* must be first */
unsigned char operation;
struct _TranslationData *xlations; /* actual translations */
struct _ATranslationData *next; /* chain the contexts together */
TMComplexBindProcsRec bindTbl[1]; /* accelerator bindings */
}ATranslationData, *ATranslations;
typedef struct _TMConvertRec {
XtTranslations old; /* table to merge into */
XtTranslations new; /* table to merge from */
} TMConvertRec;
#define _XtEventTimerEventType ((TMLongCard)~0L)
#define KeysymModMask (1L<<27) /* private to TM */
#define AnyButtonMask (1L<<28) /* private to TM */
typedef struct _EventRec {
TMLongCard modifiers;
TMLongCard modifierMask;
LateBindingsPtr lateModifiers;
TMLongCard eventType;
TMLongCard eventCode;
TMLongCard eventCodeMask;
MatchProc matchEvent;
Boolean standard;
} Event;
typedef struct _EventSeqRec *EventSeqPtr;
typedef struct _EventSeqRec {
Event event; /* X event description */
StatePtr state; /* private to state table builder */
EventSeqPtr next; /* next event on line */
ActionPtr actions; /* r.h.s. list of actions to perform */
} EventSeqRec;
typedef EventSeqRec EventRec;
typedef EventSeqPtr EventPtr;
typedef struct _TMEventRec {
XEvent *xev;
Event event;
}TMEventRec;
typedef struct _ActionHookRec {
struct _ActionHookRec* next; /* must remain first */
XtAppContext app;
XtActionHookProc proc;
XtPointer closure;
} ActionHookRec, *ActionHook;
/* choose a number between 2 and 8 */
#define TMKEYCACHELOG2 6
#define TMKEYCACHESIZE (1<> 4)])[(idx) & 15]))
#define TMGetModifierMatch(idx) \
((TMModifierMatch) \
&((_XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl[(idx) >> 4])[(idx) & 15]))
/* Useful Access Macros */
#define TMNewMatchSemantics() (_XtGlobalTM.newMatchSemantics)
#define TMBranchMore(branch) (branch->more)
#define TMComplexBranchHead(tree, br) \
(((TMComplexStateTree)tree)->complexBranchHeadTbl[TMBranchMore(br)])
#define TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, idx) \
((TMComplexBindProcs)&(((TMComplexBindData)bindData)->bindTbl[idx]))
#define TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, idx) \
((TMSimpleBindProcs)&(((TMSimpleBindData)bindData)->bindTbl[idx]))
#define _InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd) \
if (pd->keysyms == NULL) \
_XtBuildKeysymTables(dpy, pd)
/*
* Internal Functions
*/
extern void _XtPopup(
Widget /* widget */,
XtGrabKind /* grab_kind */,
_XtBoolean /* spring_loaded */
);
extern String _XtPrintXlations(
Widget /* w */,
XtTranslations /* xlations */,
Widget /* accelWidget */,
_XtBoolean /* includeRHS */
);
extern void _XtRegisterGrabs(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern XtPointer _XtInitializeActionData(
struct _XtActionsRec * /* actions */,
Cardinal /* count */,
_XtBoolean /* inPlace */
);
extern void _XtAddEventSeqToStateTree(
EventSeqPtr /* eventSeq */,
TMParseStateTree /* stateTree */
);
extern Boolean _XtMatchUsingStandardMods(
TMTypeMatch /* typeMatch */,
TMModifierMatch /* modMatch */,
TMEventPtr /* eventSeq */
);
extern Boolean _XtMatchUsingDontCareMods(
TMTypeMatch /* typeMatch */,
TMModifierMatch /* modMatch */,
TMEventPtr /* eventSeq */
);
extern Boolean _XtRegularMatch(
TMTypeMatch /* typeMatch */,
TMModifierMatch /* modMatch */,
TMEventPtr /* eventSeq */
);
extern Boolean _XtMatchAtom(
TMTypeMatch /* typeMatch */,
TMModifierMatch /* modMatch */,
TMEventPtr /* eventSeq */
);
extern void _XtTranslateEvent(
Widget /* widget */,
XEvent* /* event */
);
#include "CallbackI.h"
#include "EventI.h"
#include "HookObjI.h"
#include "PassivGraI.h"
#include "ThreadsI.h"
#include "InitialI.h"
#include "ResourceI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
extern void _XtBuildKeysymTables(Display *dpy, XtPerDisplay pd);
#ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS
extern void _XtDisplayTranslations(
Widget /* widget */,
XEvent* /* event */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
extern void _XtDisplayAccelerators(
Widget /* widget */,
XEvent* /* event */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
extern void _XtDisplayInstalledAccelerators(
Widget /* widget */,
XEvent* /* event */,
String* /* params */,
Cardinal* /* num_params */
);
#endif /* ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS */
extern void _XtPopupInitialize(
XtAppContext /* app_context */
);
extern void _XtBindActions(
Widget /* widget */,
XtTM /* tm_rec */
);
extern Boolean _XtComputeLateBindings(
Display* /* dpy */,
LateBindingsPtr /* lateModifiers */,
Modifiers* /* computed */,
Modifiers* /* computedMask */
);
extern XtTranslations _XtCreateXlations(
TMStateTree * /* stateTrees */,
TMShortCard /* numStateTrees */,
XtTranslations /* first */,
XtTranslations /* second */
);
extern Boolean _XtCvtMergeTranslations(
Display* /* dpy */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */,
XrmValuePtr /* from */,
XrmValuePtr /* to */,
XtPointer* /* closure_ret */
);
void _XtRemoveStateTreeByIndex(
XtTranslations /* xlations */,
TMShortCard /* i */);
void _XtFreeTranslations(
XtAppContext /* app */,
XrmValuePtr /* toVal */,
XtPointer /* closure */,
XrmValuePtr /* args */,
Cardinal* /* num_args */
);
extern TMShortCard _XtGetModifierIndex(
Event* /* event */
);
extern TMShortCard _XtGetQuarkIndex(
TMParseStateTree /* stateTreePtr */,
XrmQuark /* quark */
);
extern XtTranslations _XtGetTranslationValue(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern TMShortCard _XtGetTypeIndex(
Event* /* event */
);
extern void _XtGrabInitialize(
XtAppContext /* app */
);
extern void _XtInstallTranslations(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void _XtRemoveTranslations(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void _XtDestroyTMData(
Widget /* widget */
);
extern void _XtMergeTranslations(
Widget /* widget */,
XtTranslations /* newXlations */,
_XtTranslateOp /* operation */
);
extern void _XtActionInitialize(
XtAppContext /* app */
);
extern TMStateTree _XtParseTreeToStateTree(
TMParseStateTree /* parseTree */
);
extern String _XtPrintActions(
ActionRec* /* actions */,
XrmQuark* /* quarkTbl */
);
extern String _XtPrintState(
TMStateTree /* stateTree */,
TMBranchHead /* branchHead */);
extern String _XtPrintEventSeq(
EventSeqPtr /* eventSeq */,
Display* /* dpy */
);
typedef Boolean (*_XtTraversalProc)(
StatePtr /* state */,
XtPointer /* data */
);
extern void _XtTraverseStateTree(
TMStateTree /* tree */,
_XtTraversalProc /* func */,
XtPointer /* data */
);
extern void _XtTranslateInitialize(
void
);
extern void _XtAddTMConverters(
ConverterTable /* table */
);
extern void _XtUnbindActions(
Widget /* widget */,
XtTranslations /* xlations */,
TMBindData /* bindData */
);
extern void _XtUnmergeTranslations(
Widget /* widget */,
XtTranslations /* xlations */
);
/* TMKey.c */
extern void _XtAllocTMContext(XtPerDisplay pd);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
reeList;
typedef struct _TMSimpleBindProcsRec {
XtActionProc *procs;
}TMSimpleBindProcsRec, *TMSimpleBindProcs;
typedef struct _TMComplexBindProcsRec {
Widget widget; /*widgetID to pass to action Proc*/
XtTranslations aXlations;
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/Object.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005007 12520610324 0016431 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtObject_h
#define _XtObject_h
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
typedef struct _ObjectRec *Object;
typedef struct _ObjectClassRec *ObjectClass;
#ifndef VMS
externalref WidgetClass objectClass;
#endif
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtObject_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/ConstrainP.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007644 12520610324 0017314 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtConstraintP_h
#define _XtConstraintP_h
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
typedef struct _ConstraintPart {
XtPointer mumble; /* No new fields, keep C compiler happy */
} ConstraintPart;
typedef struct _ConstraintRec {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ConstraintPart constraint;
} ConstraintRec, *ConstraintWidget;
typedef struct _ConstraintClassPart {
XtResourceList resources; /* constraint resource list */
Cardinal num_resources; /* number of constraints in list */
Cardinal constraint_size; /* size of constraint record */
XtInitProc initialize; /* constraint initialization */
XtWidgetProc destroy; /* constraint destroy proc */
XtSetValuesFunc set_values; /* constraint set_values proc */
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} ConstraintClassPart;
typedef struct {
XtPointer next_extension; /* 1st 4 mandated for all extension records */
XrmQuark record_type; /* NULLQUARK; on ConstraintClassPart */
long version; /* must be XtConstraintExtensionVersion */
Cardinal record_size; /* sizeof(ConstraintClassExtensionRec) */
XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
} ConstraintClassExtensionRec, *ConstraintClassExtension;
typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ConstraintClassPart constraint_class;
} ConstraintClassRec;
externalref ConstraintClassRec constraintClassRec;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#define XtConstraintExtensionVersion 1L
#endif /* _XtConstraintP_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/CompositeP.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000011151 12520610324 0017302 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtCompositeP_h
#define _XtCompositeP_h
#include
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/************************************************************************
*
* Additional instance fields for widgets of (sub)class 'Composite'
*
************************************************************************/
typedef struct _CompositePart {
WidgetList children; /* array of ALL widget children */
Cardinal num_children; /* total number of widget children */
Cardinal num_slots; /* number of slots in children array */
XtOrderProc insert_position; /* compute position of new child */
} CompositePart,*CompositePtr;
typedef struct _CompositeRec {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
} CompositeRec;
/*********************************************************************
*
* Additional class fields for widgets of (sub)class 'Composite'
*
********************************************************************/
typedef struct _CompositeClassPart {
XtGeometryHandler geometry_manager; /* geometry manager for children */
XtWidgetProc change_managed; /* change managed state of child */
XtWidgetProc insert_child; /* physically add child to parent */
XtWidgetProc delete_child; /* physically remove child */
XtPointer extension; /* pointer to extension record */
} CompositeClassPart,*CompositePartPtr;
typedef struct {
XtPointer next_extension; /* 1st 4 mandated for all extension records */
XrmQuark record_type; /* NULLQUARK; on CompositeClassPart */
long version; /* must be XtCompositeExtensionVersion */
Cardinal record_size; /* sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec) */
Boolean accepts_objects;
Boolean allows_change_managed_set;
} CompositeClassExtensionRec, *CompositeClassExtension;
typedef struct _CompositeClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
} CompositeClassRec;
externalref CompositeClassRec compositeClassRec;
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#define XtCompositeExtensionVersion 2L
#define XtInheritGeometryManager ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritChangeManaged ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritInsertChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritDeleteChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
#endif /* _XtCompositeP_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
libXt-1.1.5/include/X11/ResourceI.h 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007203 12520610324 0017123 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/****************************************************************
*
* Resources
*
****************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtresourceI_h
#define _XtresourceI_h
#define StringToQuark(string) XrmStringToQuark(string)
#define StringToName(string) XrmStringToName(string)
#define StringToClass(string) XrmStringToClass(string)
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
extern void _XtDependencies(
XtResourceList * /* class_resp */,
Cardinal * /* class_num_resp */,
XrmResourceList * /* super_res */,
Cardinal /* super_num_res */,
Cardinal /* super_widget_size */);
extern void _XtResourceDependencies(
WidgetClass /* wc */
);
extern void _XtConstraintResDependencies(
ConstraintWidgetClass /* wc */
);
extern XtCacheRef* _XtGetResources(
Widget /* w */,
ArgList /* args */,
Cardinal /* num_args */,
XtTypedArgList /* typed_args */,
Cardinal* /* num_typed_args */
);
extern void _XtCopyFromParent(
Widget /* widget */,
int /* offset */,
XrmValue* /* value */
);
extern void _XtCopyToArg(char *src, XtArgVal *dst, unsigned int size);
extern void _XtCopyFromArg(XtArgVal src, char *dst, unsigned int size);
extern XrmResourceList* _XtCreateIndirectionTable(XtResourceList resources,
Cardinal num_resources);
extern void _XtResourceListInitialize(void);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XtresourceI_h */
libXt-1.1.5/Makefile.in 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000073650 12520610350 0015133 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
#
# Copyright © 2003 Keith Packard, Noah Levitt
#
# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
# documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
# advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
# specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
# representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
# is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
#
# KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
# INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
# EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
# DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
# TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
# PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = .
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_define_dir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure \
$(am__configure_deps) $(am__DIST_COMMON)
am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
configure.lineno config.status.lineno
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = xt.pc
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)"
DATA = $(pkgconfig_DATA)
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
am__recursive_targets = \
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
$(am__extra_recursive_targets)
AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
cscope distdir dist dist-all distcheck
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) \
$(LISP)config.h.in
# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
# *not* preserved.
am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
{ items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
'
# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
# for different programs/libraries.
am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
CSCOPE = cscope
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.h.in \
$(srcdir)/xt.pc.in COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL README compile \
config.guess config.sub install-sh ltmain.sh missing
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
top_distdir = $(distdir)
am__remove_distdir = \
if test -d "$(distdir)"; then \
find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
&& rm -rf "$(distdir)" \
|| { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \
else :; fi
am__post_remove_distdir = $(am__remove_distdir)
am__relativize = \
dir0=`pwd`; \
sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \
sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \
sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
if test "$$first" != "."; then \
if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
else \
first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
else \
dir2="../$$dir2"; \
fi; \
dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
fi; \
fi; \
dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
done; \
reldir="$$dir2"
DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir).tar.bz2
GZIP_ENV = --best
DIST_TARGETS = dist-bzip2 dist-gzip
distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \
| sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$'
distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
AR = @AR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BASE_CFLAGS = @BASE_CFLAGS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ERRORDBDIR = @ERRORDBDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
FOP = @FOP@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GREP = @GREP@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PERL = @PERL@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
STRIP = @STRIP@
STYLESHEET_SRCDIR = @STYLESHEET_SRCDIR@
TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS = @TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XMLTO = @XMLTO@
XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
XORG_SGML_PATH = @XORG_SGML_PATH@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
XSL_STYLESHEET = @XSL_STYLESHEET@
XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
SUBDIRS = util src include man specs test
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
pkgconfig_DATA = xt.pc
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = ChangeLog INSTALL
all: config.h
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
am--refresh: Makefile
@:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign'; \
$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
$(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
$(am__cd) $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
config.h: stamp-h1
@test -f $@ || rm -f stamp-h1
@test -f $@ || $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-h1
stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@rm -f stamp-h1
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
$(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(am__configure_deps)
($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER))
rm -f stamp-h1
touch $@
distclean-hdr:
-rm -f config.h stamp-h1
xt.pc: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(srcdir)/xt.pc.in
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
distclean-libtool:
-rm -f libtool config.lt
install-pkgconfigDATA: $(pkgconfig_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-pkgconfigDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
$(am__recursive_targets):
@fail=; \
if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
failcom='fail=yes'; \
else \
failcom='exit 1'; \
fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| eval $$failcom; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
ID: $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
tags: tags-recursive
TAGS: tags
tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
include_option=--etags-include; \
empty_fix=.; \
else \
include_option=--include; \
empty_fix=; \
fi; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
if test $$# -gt 0; then \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
"$$@" $$unique; \
else \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
ctags: ctags-recursive
CTAGS: ctags
ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
cscope: cscope.files
test ! -s cscope.files \
|| $(CSCOPE) -b -q $(AM_CSCOPEFLAGS) $(CSCOPEFLAGS) -i cscope.files $(CSCOPE_ARGS)
clean-cscope:
-rm -f cscope.files
cscope.files: clean-cscope cscopelist
cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
case "$(srcdir)" in \
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
*) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
esac; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then \
echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
else \
echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
fi; \
done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
-rm -f cscope.out cscope.in.out cscope.po.out cscope.files
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
$(am__remove_distdir)
test -d "$(distdir)" || mkdir "$(distdir)"
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
$(am__make_dryrun) \
|| test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \
echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
distdir="$$new_distdir" \
am__remove_distdir=: \
am__skip_length_check=: \
am__skip_mode_fix=: \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
dist-hook
-test -n "$(am__skip_mode_fix)" \
|| find "$(distdir)" -type d ! -perm -755 \
-exec chmod u+rwx,go+rx {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
|| chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)"
dist-gzip: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-bzip2: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-lzip: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-xz: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-tarZ: distdir
@echo WARNING: "Support for distribution archives compressed with" \
"legacy program 'compress' is deprecated." >&2
@echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-shar: distdir
@echo WARNING: "Support for shar distribution archives is" \
"deprecated." >&2
@echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2
shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-zip: distdir
-rm -f $(distdir).zip
zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist dist-all:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(DIST_TARGETS) am__post_remove_distdir='@:'
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
# tarfile.
distcheck: dist
case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
*.tar.gz*) \
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.bz2*) \
bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.lz*) \
lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.xz*) \
xz -dc $(distdir).tar.xz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.Z*) \
uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.shar.gz*) \
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
*.zip*) \
unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
esac
chmod -R a-w $(distdir)
chmod u+w $(distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)/_build $(distdir)/_build/sub $(distdir)/_inst
chmod a-w $(distdir)
test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \
dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
&& dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
&& am__cwd=`pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build/sub \
&& ../../configure \
$(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
$(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
--srcdir=../.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
distuninstallcheck \
&& chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
&& ({ \
(cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
} || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
&& rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
&& rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \
&& cd "$$am__cwd" \
|| exit 1
$(am__post_remove_distdir)
@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
distuninstallcheck:
@test -n '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \
echo 'ERROR: trying to run $@ with an empty' \
'$$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \
exit 1; \
}; \
$(am__cd) '$(distuninstallcheck_dir)' || { \
echo 'ERROR: cannot chdir into $(distuninstallcheck_dir)' >&2; \
exit 1; \
}; \
test `$(am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \
fi ; \
$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
distcleancheck: distclean
@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
exit 1 ; \
fi
@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
$(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile $(DATA) config.h
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr \
distclean-libtool distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
html: html-recursive
html-am:
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am: install-pkgconfigDATA
install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-recursive
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-info-am:
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-recursive
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-recursive
pdf-am:
ps: ps-recursive
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) all install-am install-strip
.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am \
am--refresh check check-am clean clean-cscope clean-generic \
clean-libtool cscope cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am dist \
dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip dist-hook dist-lzip dist-shar \
dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip distcheck distclean \
distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-libtool \
distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi \
dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
install-pdf-am install-pkgconfigDATA install-ps install-ps-am \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \
ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am \
uninstall-pkgconfigDATA
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
.PHONY: ChangeLog INSTALL
INSTALL:
$(INSTALL_CMD)
ChangeLog:
$(CHANGELOG_CMD)
dist-hook: ChangeLog INSTALL
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$libXt-1.1.5/aclocal.m4 0000644 0143106 0000012 00001500534 12520610336 0014727 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 # generated automatically by aclocal 1.15 -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])])
m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
[m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.69],,
[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.69.
You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.])])
# Copyright (C) 2002-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
# ----------------------------
# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
[am__api_version='1.15'
dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro.
m4_if([$1], [1.15], [],
[AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
])
# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
# -----------------------------
# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies
# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [])
# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
# -------------------------------
# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.15])dnl
m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
[m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
# $ac_aux_dir to '$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to
# '$srcdir', '$srcdir/..', or '$srcdir/../..'.
#
# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and
# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since
# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
#
# $ac_aux_dir/missing
# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
# a relative $ac_aux_dir
#
# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually
# harmless because $srcdir is '.', but things will broke when you
# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
#
# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be:
# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
# and then we would define $MISSING as
# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
#
# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl
# Expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path.
am_aux_dir=`cd "$ac_aux_dir" && pwd`
])
# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1997-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
# -------------------------------------
# Define a conditional.
AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
[AC_PREREQ([2.52])dnl
m4_if([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
[$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl
m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl
if $2; then
$1_TRUE=
$1_FALSE='#'
else
$1_TRUE='#'
$1_FALSE=
fi
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
fi])])
# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting 'AC_PROG_CC' be
# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
# ----------------------
# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "OBJC", "OBJCXX", "UPC", or "GJC".
# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
#
# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
m4_if([$1], [CC], [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=],
[$1], [CXX], [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=],
[$1], [OBJC], [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
[$1], [OBJCXX], [depcc="$OBJCXX" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
[$1], [UPC], [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=],
[$1], [GCJ], [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
[depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
[am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
# We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
# making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
# instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
# making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output
# in D".
rm -rf conftest.dir
mkdir conftest.dir
# Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
# using a relative directory.
cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
cd conftest.dir
# We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
# it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance
# both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
# side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
# the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
# directory.
mkdir sub
am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
fi
am__universal=false
m4_case([$1], [CC],
[case " $depcc " in #(
*\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
esac],
[CXX],
[case " $depcc " in #(
*\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
esac])
for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
# Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
# like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
# we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
#
# We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
# overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
# This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
: > sub/conftest.c
for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
# Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with
# Solaris 10 /bin/sh.
echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h
done
echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
# We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
# mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
# handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
# versions had trouble with output in subdirs.
am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
case $depmode in
gcc)
# This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
test "$am__universal" = false || continue
;;
nosideeffect)
# After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
# only be used when explicitly requested.
if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
continue
else
break
fi
;;
msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
# This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
# not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
# so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
am__minus_obj=
;;
none) break ;;
esac
if depmode=$depmode \
source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
$SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
>/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
# or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message
# that says an option was ignored or not supported.
# When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
# icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
# The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
# icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
break
fi
fi
done
cd ..
rm -rf conftest.dir
else
am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
fi
])
AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
&& test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
])
# AM_SET_DEPDIR
# -------------
# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
])
# AM_DEP_TRACK
# ------------
AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
[AC_ARG_ENABLE([dependency-tracking], [dnl
AS_HELP_STRING(
[--enable-dependency-tracking],
[do not reject slow dependency extractors])
AS_HELP_STRING(
[--disable-dependency-tracking],
[speeds up one-time build])])
if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
am__nodep='_no'
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl
])
# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
# ------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
[{
# Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
# are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval
# if we detect the quoting.
case $CONFIG_FILES in
*\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
*) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
esac
shift
for mf
do
# Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
# Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
# We used to match only the files named 'Makefile.in', but
# some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
# Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
# each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
# Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
# limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
else
continue
fi
# Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
# from the Makefile without running 'make'.
DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
test -z "$am__include" && continue
am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
# Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
# $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the
# simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
# expansion.
for file in `sed -n "
s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g'`; do
# Make sure the directory exists.
test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
# echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
done
done
}
])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
# -----------------------------
# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
#
# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each '.P' file that we will
# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
[test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
[AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
])
# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if
# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal.
dnl Redefine AC_PROG_CC to automatically invoke _AM_PROG_CC_C_O.
m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])
[_AM_PROG_CC_C_O
])
# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
# -----------------------------------------------
# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE
# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
# We support both call styles for the transition. After
# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
# release and drop the old call support.
AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
[AC_PREREQ([2.65])dnl
dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow
dnl the ones we care about.
m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
# Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
# is not polluted with repeated "-I."
AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
# test to see if srcdir already configured
if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
fi
fi
# test whether we have cygpath
if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
else
CYGPATH_W=echo
fi
fi
AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
# Define the identity of the package.
dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
m4_ifval([$2],
[AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
[$0: two- and three-arguments forms are deprecated.])
m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
m4_if(
m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [ok]):m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ok]),
[ok:ok],,
[m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE], ["$PACKAGE"], [Name of package])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([VERSION], ["$VERSION"], [Version number of package])])dnl
# Some tools Automake needs.
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
AM_MISSING_PROG([ACLOCAL], [aclocal-${am__api_version}])
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOCONF], [autoconf])
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOMAKE], [automake-${am__api_version}])
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOHEADER], [autoheader])
AM_MISSING_PROG([MAKEINFO], [makeinfo])
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
# For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x
# dies out for good. For more background, see:
#
#
AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ['$(MKDIR_P)'])
# We need awk for the "check" target (and possibly the TAP driver). The
# system "awk" is bad on some platforms.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
[_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
[_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])])])dnl
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])])])dnl
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])])])dnl
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJCXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])])])dnl
])
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])dnl
dnl The testsuite driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
dnl 'am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This
dnl macro is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
[AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
# POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument
# is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile
# recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is
# actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree.
# See automake bug#10828.
# To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted
# by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the
# user can still override this though.
if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else
cat >&2 <<'END'
Oops!
Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified
on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary
to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with
the upcoming POSIX standard:
Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value
of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This
can help us improve future automake versions.
END
if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then
echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2
echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2
echo >&2
else
cat >&2 <<'END'
Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue.
You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation
that behaves properly: .
If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic
'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM
to "yes", and re-run configure.
END
AC_MSG_ERROR([Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry.])
fi
fi
dnl The trailing newline in this macro's definition is deliberate, for
dnl backward compatibility and to allow trailing 'dnl'-style comments
dnl after the AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE invocation. See automake bug#16841.
])
dnl Hook into '_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not
dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
# our stamp files there.
AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
_am_arg=$1
_am_stamp_count=1
for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
case $_am_header in
$_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
break ;;
* )
_am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
esac
done
echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
# ------------------
# Define $install_sh.
AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
if test x"${install_sh+set}" != xset; then
case $am_aux_dir in
*\ * | *\ *)
install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
*)
install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
esac
fi
AC_SUBST([install_sh])])
# Copyright (C) 2003-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
if test -d .tst; then
am__leading_dot=.
else
am__leading_dot=_
fi
rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
# -----------------
# Check to see how make treats includes.
AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
[am_make=${MAKE-make}
cat > confinc << 'END'
am__doit:
@echo this is the am__doit target
.PHONY: am__doit
END
# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
am__include="#"
am__quote=
_am_result=none
# First try GNU make style include.
echo "include confinc" > confmf
# Ignore all kinds of additional output from 'make'.
case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
*the\ am__doit\ target*)
am__include=include
am__quote=
_am_result=GNU
;;
esac
# Now try BSD make style include.
if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
*the\ am__doit\ target*)
am__include=.include
am__quote="\""
_am_result=BSD
;;
esac
fi
AC_SUBST([am__include])
AC_SUBST([am__quote])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
rm -f confinc confmf
])
# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1997-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
# ------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
AC_SUBST($1)])
# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
# ------------------
# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it is modern enough.
# If it is, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
case $am_aux_dir in
*\ * | *\ *)
MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
*)
MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
esac
fi
# Use eval to expand $SHELL
if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then
am_missing_run="$MISSING "
else
am_missing_run=
AC_MSG_WARN(['missing' script is too old or missing])
fi
])
# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
# -----------------------
AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
# --------------------
# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [1])])
# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
# ------------------------
# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
# -------------------------------------------
# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_PROG_CC_C_O
# ---------------
# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake. We rewrite AC_PROG_CC
# to automatically call this.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_CC_C_O],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl
AC_LANG_PUSH([C])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK(
[whether $CC understands -c and -o together],
[am_cv_prog_cc_c_o],
[AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])])
# Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
# Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some
# compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o,
# though they will create one.
am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes
for am_i in 1 2; do
if AM_RUN_LOG([$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext]) \
&& test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then
: OK
else
am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no
break
fi
done
rm -f core conftest*
unset am_i])
if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then
# Losing compiler, so override with the script.
# FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
# But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
# A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
# and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
fi
AC_LANG_POP([C])])
# For backward compatibility.
AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])])
# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_RUN_LOG(COMMAND)
# -------------------
# Run COMMAND, save the exit status in ac_status, and log it.
# (This has been adapted from Autoconf's _AC_RUN_LOG macro.)
AC_DEFUN([AM_RUN_LOG],
[{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $1" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
($1) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
(exit $ac_status); }])
# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_SANITY_CHECK
# ---------------
AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter.
am_lf='
'
case `pwd` in
*[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*)
AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
esac
case $srcdir in
*[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*)
AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir']);;
esac
# Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
# directory).
if (
am_has_slept=no
for am_try in 1 2; do
echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file
set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
# -L didn't work.
set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
fi
if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
&& test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
# If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
# if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
# broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
# happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
alias in your environment])
fi
if test "$[2]" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then
break
fi
# Just in case.
sleep 1
am_has_slept=yes
done
test "$[2]" = conftest.file
)
then
# Ok.
:
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
Check your system clock])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
# If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and
# generated files are strictly newer.
am_sleep_pid=
if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
( sleep 1 ) &
am_sleep_pid=$!
fi
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([that generated files are newer than configure])
if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then
# Hide warnings about reused PIDs.
wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([done])])
rm -f conftest.file
])
# Copyright (C) 2009-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT])
# --------------------------
# Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT
# ("yes" being less verbose, "no" or empty being verbose).
AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES],
[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules], [dnl
AS_HELP_STRING(
[--enable-silent-rules],
[less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")])
AS_HELP_STRING(
[--disable-silent-rules],
[verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")])dnl
])
case $enable_silent_rules in @%:@ (((
yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
*) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);;
esac
dnl
dnl A few 'make' implementations (e.g., NonStop OS and NextStep)
dnl do not support nested variable expansions.
dnl See automake bug#9928 and bug#10237.
am_make=${MAKE-make}
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $am_make supports nested variables],
[am_cv_make_support_nested_variables],
[if AS_ECHO([['TRUE=$(BAR$(V))
BAR0=false
BAR1=true
V=1
am__doit:
@$(TRUE)
.PHONY: am__doit']]) | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then
am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes
else
am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no
fi])
if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then
dnl Using '$V' instead of '$(V)' breaks IRIX make.
AM_V='$(V)'
AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)'
else
AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
fi
AC_SUBST([AM_V])dnl
AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_V])dnl
AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl
AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl
AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl
AM_BACKSLASH='\'
AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
])
# Copyright (C) 2001-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
# ---------------------
# One issue with vendor 'install' (even GNU) is that you can't
# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially
# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
# always use install-sh in "make install-strip", and initialize
# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
# Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user
# run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right
# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
# will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be 'maybe'.
if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
fi
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
# Copyright (C) 2006-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
# ---------------------------
# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
# This macro is traced by Automake.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
# --------------------------
# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*-
# Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
# --------------------
# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
# FORMAT should be one of 'v7', 'ustar', or 'pax'.
#
# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
# $tardir.
# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
#
# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
# a tarball read from stdin.
# $(am__untar) < result.tar
#
AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used
# in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ...
AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}'])
# We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
m4_if([$1], [v7],
[am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'],
[m4_case([$1],
[ustar],
[# The POSIX 1988 'ustar' format is defined with fixed-size fields.
# There is notably a 21 bits limit for the UID and the GID. In fact,
# the 'pax' utility can hang on bigger UID/GID (see automake bug#8343
# and bug#13588).
am_max_uid=2097151 # 2^21 - 1
am_max_gid=$am_max_uid
# The $UID and $GID variables are not portable, so we need to resort
# to the POSIX-mandated id(1) utility. Errors in the 'id' calls
# below are definitely unexpected, so allow the users to see them
# (that is, avoid stderr redirection).
am_uid=`id -u || echo unknown`
am_gid=`id -g || echo unknown`
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format])
if test $am_uid -le $am_max_uid; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
_am_tools=none
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format])
if test $am_gid -le $am_max_gid; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
_am_tools=none
fi],
[pax],
[],
[m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
# Go ahead even if we have the value already cached. We do so because we
# need to set the values for the 'am__tar' and 'am__untar' variables.
_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
for _am_tool in $_am_tools; do
case $_am_tool in
gnutar)
for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do
AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
done
am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
;;
plaintar)
# Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
# ustar tarball either.
(tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
am__untar='tar xf -'
;;
pax)
am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
am__untar='pax -r'
;;
cpio)
am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
;;
none)
am__tar=false
am__tar_=false
am__untar=false
;;
esac
# If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
# and am__untar set.
test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
# tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works.
rm -rf conftest.dir
mkdir conftest.dir
echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
rm -rf conftest.dir
if test -s conftest.tar; then
AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break
fi
done
rm -rf conftest.dir
AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
AC_SUBST([am__tar])
AC_SUBST([am__untar])
]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
m4_include([m4/ax_define_dir.m4])
# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*-
#
# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
# 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
m4_define([_LT_COPYING], [dnl
# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
# 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
#
# This file is part of GNU Libtool.
#
# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
#
# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy
# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, or
# obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
])
# serial 57 LT_INIT
# LT_PREREQ(VERSION)
# ------------------
# Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION.
m4_defun([LT_PREREQ],
[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [$1]), -1,
[m4_default([$3],
[m4_fatal([Libtool version $1 or higher is required],
63)])],
[$2])])
# _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR
# ------------------
# Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters
m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR],
[case `pwd` in
*\ * | *\ *)
AC_MSG_WARN([Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`]) ;;
esac
])
# LT_INIT([OPTIONS])
# ------------------
AC_DEFUN([LT_INIT],
[AC_PREREQ([2.58])dnl We use AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl
AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_LANG])dnl
AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl
m4_require([_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR])dnl
dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default:
m4_pattern_forbid([^_?LT_[A-Z_]+$])dnl
m4_pattern_allow([^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$])dnl
dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4
dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro:
AC_REQUIRE([LTOPTIONS_VERSION])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([LTSUGAR_VERSION])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([LTVERSION_VERSION])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION])dnl
m4_require([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])dnl
_LT_SHELL_INIT([SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}])
dnl Parse OPTIONS
_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1])
# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ltmain"
# Always use our own libtool.
LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
_LT_SETUP
# Only expand once:
m4_define([LT_INIT])
])# LT_INIT
# Old names:
AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [LT_INIT])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_LIBTOOL], [])
# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC)
# -------------------
# Calculate cc_basename. Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix.
m4_defun([_LT_CC_BASENAME],
[for cc_temp in $1""; do
case $cc_temp in
compile | *[[\\/]]compile | ccache | *[[\\/]]ccache ) ;;
distcc | *[[\\/]]distcc | purify | *[[\\/]]purify ) ;;
\-*) ;;
*) break;;
esac
done
cc_basename=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"`
])
# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
# ----------------------
# It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set
# sensibly after `m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])'.
m4_defun([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS],
[: ${CP="cp -f"}
: ${MV="mv -f"}
: ${RM="rm -f"}
])# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
# _LT_SETUP
# ---------
m4_defun([_LT_SETUP],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl
_LT_DECL([], [PATH_SEPARATOR], [1], [The PATH separator for the build system])dnl
dnl
_LT_DECL([], [host_alias], [0], [The host system])dnl
_LT_DECL([], [host], [0])dnl
_LT_DECL([], [host_os], [0])dnl
dnl
_LT_DECL([], [build_alias], [0], [The build system])dnl
_LT_DECL([], [build], [0])dnl
_LT_DECL([], [build_os], [0])dnl
dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
_LT_DECL([], [LN_S], [1], [Whether we need soft or hard links])dnl
dnl
AC_REQUIRE([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])dnl
_LT_DECL([objext], [ac_objext], [0], [Object file suffix (normally "o")])dnl
_LT_DECL([], [exeext], [0], [Executable file suffix (normally "")])dnl
dnl
m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl
m4_require([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_CMD_RELOAD])dnl
m4_require([_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD])dnl
m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB])dnl
m4_require([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE])dnl
m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT])dnl
_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([
# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
fi
])
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
fi
_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
case $host_os in
aix3*)
# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some
# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
# vanish in a puff of smoke.
if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
COLLECT_NAMES=
export COLLECT_NAMES
fi
;;
esac
# Global variables:
ofile=libtool
can_build_shared=yes
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
with_gnu_ld="$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld"
old_CC="$CC"
old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
# Set sane defaults for various variables
test -z "$CC" && CC=cc
test -z "$LTCC" && LTCC=$CC
test -z "$LTCFLAGS" && LTCFLAGS=$CFLAGS
test -z "$LD" && LD=ld
test -z "$ac_objext" && ac_objext=o
_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
# Only perform the check for file, if the check method requires it
test -z "$MAGIC_CMD" && MAGIC_CMD=file
case $deplibs_check_method in
file_magic*)
if test "$file_magic_cmd" = '$MAGIC_CMD'; then
_LT_PATH_MAGIC
fi
;;
esac
# Use C for the default configuration in the libtool script
LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([CC])
_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
])# _LT_SETUP
# _LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS
# --------------------------
# Define a few sed substitution that help us do robust quoting.
m4_defun([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS],
[# Backslashify metacharacters that are still active within
# double-quoted strings.
sed_quote_subst='s/\([["`$\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
double_quote_subst='s/\([["`\\]]\)/\\\1/g'
# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped shell variable in a
# double_quote_subst'ed string.
delay_variable_subst='s/\\\\\\\\\\\$/\\\\\\$/g'
# Sed substitution to delay expansion of an escaped single quote.
delay_single_quote_subst='s/'\''/'\'\\\\\\\'\''/g'
# Sed substitution to avoid accidental globbing in evaled expressions
no_glob_subst='s/\*/\\\*/g'
])
# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
# ---------------
# Note that this code is called both from `configure', and `config.status'
# now that we use AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS to generate libtool. Notably,
# `config.status' has no value for ac_aux_dir unless we are using Automake,
# so we pass a copy along to make sure it has a sensible value anyway.
m4_defun([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],
[m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([ltmain.sh])])dnl
_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([ac_aux_dir='$ac_aux_dir'])
ltmain="$ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
])# _LT_PROG_LTMAIN
# So that we can recreate a full libtool script including additional
# tags, we accumulate the chunks of code to send to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS
# in macros and then make a single call at the end using the `libtool'
# label.
# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([INIT-COMMANDS])
# ----------------------------------------
# Register INIT-COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT],
[m4_ifval([$1],
[m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT],
[$1
])])])
# Initialize.
m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT])
# _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([COMMANDS])
# ------------------------------
# Register COMMANDS to be passed to AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS later.
m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL],
[m4_ifval([$1],
[m4_append([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS],
[$1
])])])
# Initialize.
m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS])
# _LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([COMMANDS], [INIT_COMMANDS])
# -----------------------------------------------------
m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS],
[_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL([$1])
_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([$2])
])
# _LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([COMMENT])
# -----------------------------
# Add leading comment marks to the start of each line, and a trailing
# full-stop to the whole comment if one is not present already.
m4_define([_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT],
[m4_ifval([$1], [
m4_bpatsubst([m4_bpatsubst([$1], [^ *], [# ])],
[['`$\]], [\\\&])]m4_bmatch([$1], [[!?.]$], [], [.])
)])
# _LT_DECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION], [IS-TAGGED?])
# -------------------------------------------------------------------
# CONFIGNAME is the name given to the value in the libtool script.
# VARNAME is the (base) name used in the configure script.
# VALUE may be 0, 1 or 2 for a computed quote escaped value based on
# VARNAME. Any other value will be used directly.
m4_define([_LT_DECL],
[lt_if_append_uniq([lt_decl_varnames], [$2], [, ],
[lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [libtool_name],
[m4_ifval([$1], [$1], [$2])])
lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [value], [$3])
m4_ifval([$4],
[lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2], [description], [$4])])
lt_dict_add_subkey([lt_decl_dict], [$2],
[tagged?], [m4_ifval([$5], [yes], [no])])])
])
# _LT_TAGDECL([CONFIGNAME], VARNAME, VALUE, [DESCRIPTION])
# --------------------------------------------------------
m4_define([_LT_TAGDECL], [_LT_DECL([$1], [$2], [$3], [$4], [yes])])
# lt_decl_tag_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
# ------------------------------------------------
m4_define([lt_decl_tag_varnames],
[_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [yes], $@)])
# _lt_decl_filter(SUBKEY, VALUE, [SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1..])
# ---------------------------------------------------------
m4_define([_lt_decl_filter],
[m4_case([$#],
[0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])],
[1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])],
[2], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [], lt_decl_varnames)],
[3], [lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [$2], [$3], lt_decl_varnames)],
[lt_dict_filter([lt_decl_dict], $@)])[]dnl
])
# lt_decl_quote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
# --------------------------------------------------
m4_define([lt_decl_quote_varnames],
[_lt_decl_filter([value], [1], $@)])
# lt_decl_dquote_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
# ---------------------------------------------------
m4_define([lt_decl_dquote_varnames],
[_lt_decl_filter([value], [2], $@)])
# lt_decl_varnames_tagged([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
# ---------------------------------------------------
m4_define([lt_decl_varnames_tagged],
[m4_assert([$# <= 2])dnl
_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
m4_ifval([$2], [[$2]], [m4_dquote(lt_decl_tag_varnames)]),
m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_quote(_LT_TAGS)), [ ]))])
m4_define([_lt_decl_varnames_tagged],
[m4_ifval([$3], [lt_combine([$1], [$2], [_], $3)])])
# lt_decl_all_varnames([SEPARATOR], [VARNAME1...])
# ------------------------------------------------
m4_define([lt_decl_all_varnames],
[_$0(m4_quote(m4_default([$1], [[, ]])),
m4_if([$2], [],
m4_quote(lt_decl_varnames),
m4_quote(m4_shift($@))))[]dnl
])
m4_define([_lt_decl_all_varnames],
[lt_join($@, lt_decl_varnames_tagged([$1],
lt_decl_tag_varnames([[, ]], m4_shift($@))))dnl
])
# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE([VARNAME])
# ------------------------------------
# Quote a variable value, and forward it to `config.status' so that its
# declaration there will have the same value as in `configure'. VARNAME
# must have a single quote delimited value for this to work.
m4_define([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE],
[$1='`$ECHO "$][$1" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'])
# _LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
# ------------------------------
# We delimit libtool config variables with single quotes, so when
# we write them to config.status, we have to be sure to quote all
# embedded single quotes properly. In configure, this macro expands
# each variable declared with _LT_DECL (and _LT_TAGDECL) into:
#
# ='`$ECHO "$" | $SED "$delay_single_quote_subst"`'
m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS],
[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_all_varnames),
[m4_n([_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
# ----------------
# Output comment and list of tags supported by the script
m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS],
[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT([The names of the tagged configurations supported by this script])dnl
available_tags="_LT_TAGS"dnl
])
# _LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(VARNAME, [TAG])
# -----------------------------------
# Extract the dictionary values for VARNAME (optionally with TAG) and
# expand to a commented shell variable setting:
#
# # Some comment about what VAR is for.
# visible_name=$lt_internal_name
m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE],
[_LT_FORMAT_COMMENT(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1],
[description])))[]dnl
m4_pushdef([_libtool_name],
m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [libtool_name])))[]dnl
m4_case(m4_quote(lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])),
[0], [_libtool_name=[$]$1],
[1], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
[2], [_libtool_name=$lt_[]$1],
[_libtool_name=lt_dict_fetch([lt_decl_dict], [$1], [value])])[]dnl
m4_ifval([$2], [_$2])[]m4_popdef([_libtool_name])[]dnl
])
# _LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
# -----------------------
# Produce commented declarations of non-tagged libtool config variables
# suitable for insertion in the LIBTOOL CONFIG section of the `libtool'
# script. Tagged libtool config variables (even for the LIBTOOL CONFIG
# section) are produced by _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS.
m4_defun([_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS],
[m4_foreach([_lt_var],
m4_quote(_lt_decl_filter([tagged?], [no], [], lt_decl_varnames)),
[m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var)])])])
# _LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(TAG)
# -------------------------
m4_define([_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS],
[m4_foreach([_lt_var], m4_quote(lt_decl_tag_varnames),
[m4_n([_LT_LIBTOOL_DECLARE(_lt_var, [$1])])])])
# _LT_TAGVAR(VARNAME, [TAGNAME])
# ------------------------------
m4_define([_LT_TAGVAR], [m4_ifval([$2], [$1_$2], [$1])])
# _LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
# -------------------
# Send accumulated output to $CONFIG_STATUS. Thanks to the lists of
# variables for single and double quote escaping we saved from calls
# to _LT_DECL, we can put quote escaped variables declarations
# into `config.status', and then the shell code to quote escape them in
# for loops in `config.status'. Finally, any additional code accumulated
# from calls to _LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT is expanded.
m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS],
[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_OUTPUT],
dnl If the libtool generation code has been placed in $CONFIG_LT,
dnl instead of duplicating it all over again into config.status,
dnl then we will have config.status run $CONFIG_LT later, so it
dnl needs to know what name is stored there:
[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
[$SHELL $CONFIG_LT || AS_EXIT(1)], [CONFIG_LT='$CONFIG_LT'])],
dnl If the libtool generation code is destined for config.status,
dnl expand the accumulated commands and init code now:
[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([libtool],
[_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS], [_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT])])
])#_LT_CONFIG_COMMANDS
# Initialize.
m4_define([_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT],
[
# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
# if CDPATH is set.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
double_quote_subst='$double_quote_subst'
delay_variable_subst='$delay_variable_subst'
_LT_CONFIG_STATUS_DECLARATIONS
LTCC='$LTCC'
LTCFLAGS='$LTCFLAGS'
compiler='$compiler_DEFAULT'
# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
func_fallback_echo ()
{
eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
\$[]1
_LTECHO_EOF'
}
# Quote evaled strings.
for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
]], lt_decl_quote_varnames); do
case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in
*[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
;;
*)
eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
;;
esac
done
# Double-quote double-evaled strings.
for var in lt_decl_all_varnames([[ \
]], lt_decl_dquote_varnames); do
case \`eval \\\\\$ECHO \\\\""\\\\\$\$var"\\\\"\` in
*[[\\\\\\\`\\"\\\$]]*)
eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\`\\\$ECHO \\"\\\$\$var\\" | \\\$SED -e \\"\\\$double_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$sed_quote_subst\\" -e \\"\\\$delay_variable_subst\\"\\\`\\\\\\""
;;
*)
eval "lt_\$var=\\\\\\"\\\$\$var\\\\\\""
;;
esac
done
_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_INIT
])
# _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(FILE, [COMMENT])
# ------------------------------------
# Generate a child script FILE with all initialization necessary to
# reuse the environment learned by the parent script, and make the
# file executable. If COMMENT is supplied, it is inserted after the
# `#!' sequence but before initialization text begins. After this
# macro, additional text can be appended to FILE to form the body of
# the child script. The macro ends with non-zero status if the
# file could not be fully written (such as if the disk is full).
m4_ifdef([AS_INIT_GENERATED],
[m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT],[AS_INIT_GENERATED($@)])],
[m4_defun([_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT],
[m4_require([AS_PREPARE])]dnl
[m4_pushdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])]dnl
[lt_write_fail=0
cat >$1 <<_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1
#! $SHELL
# Generated by $as_me.
$2
SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
export SHELL
_ASEOF
cat >>$1 <<\_ASEOF || lt_write_fail=1
AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
_AS_PREPARE
exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>&1
_ASEOF
test $lt_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $1[]dnl
m4_popdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])])])# _LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT
# LT_OUTPUT
# ---------
# This macro allows early generation of the libtool script (before
# AC_OUTPUT is called), incase it is used in configure for compilation
# tests.
AC_DEFUN([LT_OUTPUT],
[: ${CONFIG_LT=./config.lt}
AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $CONFIG_LT])
_LT_GENERATED_FILE_INIT(["$CONFIG_LT"],
[# Run this file to recreate a libtool stub with the current configuration.])
cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
lt_cl_silent=false
exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
{
echo
AS_BOX([Running $as_me.])
} >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
lt_cl_help="\
\`$as_me' creates a local libtool stub from the current configuration,
for use in further configure time tests before the real libtool is
generated.
Usage: $[0] [[OPTIONS]]
-h, --help print this help, then exit
-V, --version print version number, then exit
-q, --quiet do not print progress messages
-d, --debug don't remove temporary files
Report bugs to ."
lt_cl_version="\
m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [AC_PACKAGE_NAME ])config.lt[]dnl
m4_ifset([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ AC_PACKAGE_VERSION])
configured by $[0], generated by m4_PACKAGE_STRING.
Copyright (C) 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.lt script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permision to copy, distribute and modify it."
while test $[#] != 0
do
case $[1] in
--version | --v* | -V )
echo "$lt_cl_version"; exit 0 ;;
--help | --h* | -h )
echo "$lt_cl_help"; exit 0 ;;
--debug | --d* | -d )
debug=: ;;
--quiet | --q* | --silent | --s* | -q )
lt_cl_silent=: ;;
-*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized option: $[1]
Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
*) AC_MSG_ERROR([unrecognized argument: $[1]
Try \`$[0] --help' for more information.]) ;;
esac
shift
done
if $lt_cl_silent; then
exec AS_MESSAGE_FD>/dev/null
fi
_LTEOF
cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<_LTEOF
_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS_INIT
_LTEOF
cat >>"$CONFIG_LT" <<\_LTEOF
AC_MSG_NOTICE([creating $ofile])
_LT_OUTPUT_LIBTOOL_COMMANDS
AS_EXIT(0)
_LTEOF
chmod +x "$CONFIG_LT"
# configure is writing to config.log, but config.lt does its own redirection,
# appending to config.log, which fails on DOS, as config.log is still kept
# open by configure. Here we exec the FD to /dev/null, effectively closing
# config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and appended to by config.lt.
lt_cl_success=:
test "$silent" = yes &&
lt_config_lt_args="$lt_config_lt_args --quiet"
exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>/dev/null
$SHELL "$CONFIG_LT" $lt_config_lt_args || lt_cl_success=false
exec AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD>>config.log
$lt_cl_success || AS_EXIT(1)
])# LT_OUTPUT
# _LT_CONFIG(TAG)
# ---------------
# If TAG is the built-in tag, create an initial libtool script with a
# default configuration from the untagged config vars. Otherwise add code
# to config.status for appending the configuration named by TAG from the
# matching tagged config vars.
m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG],
[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS([
m4_define([_LT_TAG], m4_if([$1], [], [C], [$1]))dnl
m4_if(_LT_TAG, [C], [
# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options which allow our
# commands through without removal of \ escapes.
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" ; then
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
fi
cfgfile="${ofile}T"
trap "$RM \"$cfgfile\"; exit 1" 1 2 15
$RM "$cfgfile"
cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
#! $SHELL
# `$ECHO "$ofile" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` - Provide generalized library-building support services.
# Generated automatically by $as_me ($PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
# Libtool was configured on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
# NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltmain.sh.
#
_LT_COPYING
_LT_LIBTOOL_TAGS
# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL CONFIG
_LT_LIBTOOL_CONFIG_VARS
_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS
# ### END LIBTOOL CONFIG
_LT_EOF
case $host_os in
aix3*)
cat <<\_LT_EOF >> "$cfgfile"
# AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some
# reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems
# vanish in a puff of smoke.
if test "X${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != Xset; then
COLLECT_NAMES=
export COLLECT_NAMES
fi
_LT_EOF
;;
esac
_LT_PROG_LTMAIN
# We use sed instead of cat because bash on DJGPP gets confused if
# if finds mixed CR/LF and LF-only lines. Since sed operates in
# text mode, it properly converts lines to CR/LF. This bash problem
# is reportedly fixed, but why not run on old versions too?
sed '$q' "$ltmain" >> "$cfgfile" \
|| (rm -f "$cfgfile"; exit 1)
_LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS
mv -f "$cfgfile" "$ofile" ||
(rm -f "$ofile" && cp "$cfgfile" "$ofile" && rm -f "$cfgfile")
chmod +x "$ofile"
],
[cat <<_LT_EOF >> "$ofile"
dnl Unfortunately we have to use $1 here, since _LT_TAG is not expanded
dnl in a comment (ie after a #).
# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
_LT_LIBTOOL_TAG_VARS(_LT_TAG)
# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $1
_LT_EOF
])dnl /m4_if
],
[m4_if([$1], [], [
PACKAGE='$PACKAGE'
VERSION='$VERSION'
TIMESTAMP='$TIMESTAMP'
RM='$RM'
ofile='$ofile'], [])
])dnl /_LT_CONFIG_SAVE_COMMANDS
])# _LT_CONFIG
# LT_SUPPORTED_TAG(TAG)
# ---------------------
# Trace this macro to discover what tags are supported by the libtool
# --tag option, using:
# autoconf --trace 'LT_SUPPORTED_TAG:$1'
AC_DEFUN([LT_SUPPORTED_TAG], [])
# C support is built-in for now
m4_define([_LT_LANG_C_enabled], [])
m4_define([_LT_TAGS], [])
# LT_LANG(LANG)
# -------------
# Enable libtool support for the given language if not already enabled.
AC_DEFUN([LT_LANG],
[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LT_OUTPUT])dnl
m4_case([$1],
[C], [_LT_LANG(C)],
[C++], [_LT_LANG(CXX)],
[Go], [_LT_LANG(GO)],
[Java], [_LT_LANG(GCJ)],
[Fortran 77], [_LT_LANG(F77)],
[Fortran], [_LT_LANG(FC)],
[Windows Resource], [_LT_LANG(RC)],
[m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_CONFIG],
[_LT_LANG($1)],
[m4_fatal([$0: unsupported language: "$1"])])])dnl
])# LT_LANG
# _LT_LANG(LANGNAME)
# ------------------
m4_defun([_LT_LANG],
[m4_ifdef([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [],
[LT_SUPPORTED_TAG([$1])dnl
m4_append([_LT_TAGS], [$1 ])dnl
m4_define([_LT_LANG_]$1[_enabled], [])dnl
_LT_LANG_$1_CONFIG($1)])dnl
])# _LT_LANG
m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_GO], [
# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into #
# GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_GO. When it is available in #
# a released version of Autoconf we should remove this #
# macro and use it instead. #
m4_defun([AC_PROG_GO],
[AC_LANG_PUSH(Go)dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([GOC], [Go compiler command])dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([GOFLAGS], [Go compiler flags])dnl
_AC_ARG_VAR_LDFLAGS()dnl
AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo)
if test -z "$GOC"; then
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo], [${ac_tool_prefix}gccgo])
fi
fi
if test -z "$GOC"; then
AC_CHECK_PROG(GOC, gccgo, gccgo, false)
fi
])#m4_defun
])#m4_ifndef
# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
# -----------------------
m4_defun([_LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG],
[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
[LT_LANG(CXX)],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX], defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[LT_LANG(CXX)])])
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_F77],
[LT_LANG(F77)],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_F77], defn([AC_PROG_F77])[LT_LANG(F77)])])
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_FC],
[LT_LANG(FC)],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_FC], defn([AC_PROG_FC])[LT_LANG(FC)])])
dnl The call to [A][M_PROG_GCJ] is quoted like that to stop aclocal
dnl pulling things in needlessly.
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GCJ],
[LT_LANG(GCJ)],
[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
[LT_LANG(GCJ)],
[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_GCJ],
[LT_LANG(GCJ)],
[m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_GCJ], defn([AC_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ],
[m4_define([A][M_PROG_GCJ], defn([A][M_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])
m4_ifdef([LT_PROG_GCJ],
[m4_define([LT_PROG_GCJ], defn([LT_PROG_GCJ])[LT_LANG(GCJ)])])])])])
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_GO],
[LT_LANG(GO)],
[m4_define([AC_PROG_GO], defn([AC_PROG_GO])[LT_LANG(GO)])])
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_PROG_RC],
[LT_LANG(RC)],
[m4_define([LT_PROG_RC], defn([LT_PROG_RC])[LT_LANG(RC)])])
])# _LT_LANG_DEFAULT_CONFIG
# Obsolete macros:
AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [LT_LANG(C++)])
AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [LT_LANG(Fortran 77)])
AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [LT_LANG(Fortran)])
AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [LT_LANG(Java)])
AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [LT_LANG(Windows Resource)])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CXX], [])
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_F77], [])
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_FC], [])
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_GCJ], [])
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_RC], [])
# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
# ----------------
m4_defun([_LT_TAG_COMPILER],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
_LT_DECL([LTCC], [CC], [1], [A C compiler])dnl
_LT_DECL([LTCFLAGS], [CFLAGS], [1], [LTCC compiler flags])dnl
_LT_TAGDECL([CC], [compiler], [1], [A language specific compiler])dnl
_LT_TAGDECL([with_gcc], [GCC], [0], [Is the compiler the GNU compiler?])dnl
# If no C compiler was specified, use CC.
LTCC=${LTCC-"$CC"}
# If no C compiler flags were specified, use CFLAGS.
LTCFLAGS=${LTCFLAGS-"$CFLAGS"}
# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
compiler=$CC
])# _LT_TAG_COMPILER
# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
# ------------------------
# Check for compiler boilerplate output or warnings with
# the simple compiler test code.
m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],
[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
eval "$ac_compile" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
_lt_compiler_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
$RM conftest*
])# _LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
# ----------------------
# Check for linker boilerplate output or warnings with
# the simple link test code.
m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],
[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext
echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" >conftest.$ac_ext
eval "$ac_link" 2>&1 >/dev/null | $SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' >conftest.err
_lt_linker_boilerplate=`cat conftest.err`
$RM -r conftest*
])# _LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
# _LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS
# -------------------------
m4_defun_once([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],[
case $host_os in
rhapsody* | darwin*)
AC_CHECK_TOOL([DSYMUTIL], [dsymutil], [:])
AC_CHECK_TOOL([NMEDIT], [nmedit], [:])
AC_CHECK_TOOL([LIPO], [lipo], [:])
AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL], [otool], [:])
AC_CHECK_TOOL([OTOOL64], [otool64], [:])
_LT_DECL([], [DSYMUTIL], [1],
[Tool to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files on Mac OS X])
_LT_DECL([], [NMEDIT], [1],
[Tool to change global to local symbols on Mac OS X])
_LT_DECL([], [LIPO], [1],
[Tool to manipulate fat objects and archives on Mac OS X])
_LT_DECL([], [OTOOL], [1],
[ldd/readelf like tool for Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X])
_LT_DECL([], [OTOOL64], [1],
[ldd/readelf like tool for 64 bit Mach-O binaries on Mac OS X 10.4])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -single_module linker flag],[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod],
[lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=no
if test -z "${LT_MULTI_MODULE}"; then
# By default we will add the -single_module flag. You can override
# by either setting the environment variable LT_MULTI_MODULE
# non-empty at configure time, or by adding -multi_module to the
# link flags.
rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
echo "int foo(void){return 1;}" > conftest.c
echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o libconftest.dylib \
-dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module conftest.c 2>conftest.err
_lt_result=$?
# If there is a non-empty error log, and "single_module"
# appears in it, assume the flag caused a linker warning
if test -s conftest.err && $GREP single_module conftest.err; then
cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
# Otherwise, if the output was created with a 0 exit code from
# the compiler, it worked.
elif test -f libconftest.dylib && test $_lt_result -eq 0; then
lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod=yes
else
cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
fi
rm -rf libconftest.dylib*
rm -f conftest.*
fi])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -exported_symbols_list linker flag],
[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list],
[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no
save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
echo "_main" > conftest.sym
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-exported_symbols_list,conftest.sym"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=yes],
[lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list=no])
LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -force_load linker flag],[lt_cv_ld_force_load],
[lt_cv_ld_force_load=no
cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF
int forced_loaded() { return 2;}
_LT_EOF
echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
$LTCC $LTCFLAGS -c -o conftest.o conftest.c 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
echo "$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
$AR cru libconftest.a conftest.o 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
echo "$RANLIB libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
$RANLIB libconftest.a 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
cat > conftest.c << _LT_EOF
int main() { return 0;}
_LT_EOF
echo "$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
$LTCC $LTCFLAGS $LDFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c -Wl,-force_load,./libconftest.a 2>conftest.err
_lt_result=$?
if test -s conftest.err && $GREP force_load conftest.err; then
cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
elif test -f conftest && test $_lt_result -eq 0 && $GREP forced_load conftest >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
lt_cv_ld_force_load=yes
else
cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
fi
rm -f conftest.err libconftest.a conftest conftest.c
rm -rf conftest.dSYM
])
case $host_os in
rhapsody* | darwin1.[[012]])
_lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
darwin1.*)
_lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
darwin*) # darwin 5.x on
# if running on 10.5 or later, the deployment target defaults
# to the OS version, if on x86, and 10.4, the deployment
# target defaults to 10.4. Don't you love it?
case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0},$host in
10.0,*86*-darwin8*|10.0,*-darwin[[91]]*)
_lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
10.[[012]]*)
_lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-flat_namespace ${wl}-undefined ${wl}suppress' ;;
10.*)
_lt_dar_allow_undefined='${wl}-undefined ${wl}dynamic_lookup' ;;
esac
;;
esac
if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" = "yes"; then
_lt_dar_single_mod='$single_module'
fi
if test "$lt_cv_ld_exported_symbols_list" = "yes"; then
_lt_dar_export_syms=' ${wl}-exported_symbols_list,$output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym'
else
_lt_dar_export_syms='~$NMEDIT -s $output_objdir/${libname}-symbols.expsym ${lib}'
fi
if test "$DSYMUTIL" != ":" && test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "no"; then
_lt_dsymutil='~$DSYMUTIL $lib || :'
else
_lt_dsymutil=
fi
;;
esac
])
# _LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES([TAG])
# ---------------------------------
# Checks for linker and compiler features on darwin
m4_defun([_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES],
[
m4_require([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
if test "$lt_cv_ld_force_load" = "yes"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience ${wl}-force_load,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"`'
m4_case([$1], [F77], [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes],
[FC], [_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes])
else
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=''
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="$_lt_dar_allow_undefined"
case $cc_basename in
ifort*) _lt_dar_can_shared=yes ;;
*) _lt_dar_can_shared=$GCC ;;
esac
if test "$_lt_dar_can_shared" = "yes"; then
output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring $_lt_dar_single_mod${_lt_dsymutil}"
_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)="\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dsymutil}"
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring ${_lt_dar_single_mod}${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed -e 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib -bundle \$libobjs \$deplibs \$compiler_flags${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
m4_if([$1], [CXX],
[ if test "$lt_cv_apple_cc_single_mod" != "yes"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)="\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dsymutil}"
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="sed 's,^,_,' < \$export_symbols > \$output_objdir/\${libname}-symbols.expsym~\$CC -r -keep_private_externs -nostdlib -o \${lib}-master.o \$libobjs~\$CC -dynamiclib \$allow_undefined_flag -o \$lib \${lib}-master.o \$deplibs \$compiler_flags -install_name \$rpath/\$soname \$verstring${_lt_dar_export_syms}${_lt_dsymutil}"
fi
],[])
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
])
# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([TAGNAME])
# ----------------------------------
# Links a minimal program and checks the executable
# for the system default hardcoded library path. In most cases,
# this is /usr/lib:/lib, but when the MPI compilers are used
# the location of the communication and MPI libs are included too.
# If we don't find anything, use the default library path according
# to the aix ld manual.
# Store the results from the different compilers for each TAGNAME.
# Allow to override them for all tags through lt_cv_aix_libpath.
m4_defun([_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX],
[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
if test "${lt_cv_aix_libpath+set}" = set; then
aix_libpath=$lt_cv_aix_libpath
else
AC_CACHE_VAL([_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])],
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM],[
lt_aix_libpath_sed='[
/Import File Strings/,/^$/ {
/^0/ {
s/^0 *\([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
p
}
}]'
_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -H conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
# Check for a 64-bit object if we didn't find anything.
if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then
_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])=`dump -HX64 conftest$ac_exeext 2>/dev/null | $SED -n -e "$lt_aix_libpath_sed"`
fi],[])
if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])"; then
_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
])
aix_libpath=$_LT_TAGVAR([lt_cv_aix_libpath_], [$1])
fi
])# _LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX
# _LT_SHELL_INIT(ARG)
# -------------------
m4_define([_LT_SHELL_INIT],
[m4_divert_text([M4SH-INIT], [$1
])])# _LT_SHELL_INIT
# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
# -----------------------
# Find how we can fake an echo command that does not interpret backslash.
# In particular, with Autoconf 2.60 or later we add some code to the start
# of the generated configure script which will find a shell with a builtin
# printf (which we can use as an echo command).
m4_defun([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],
[ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to print strings])
# Test print first, because it will be a builtin if present.
if test "X`( print -r -- -n ) 2>/dev/null`" = X-n && \
test "X`print -r -- $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then
ECHO='print -r --'
elif test "X`printf %s $ECHO 2>/dev/null`" = "X$ECHO"; then
ECHO='printf %s\n'
else
# Use this function as a fallback that always works.
func_fallback_echo ()
{
eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
$[]1
_LTECHO_EOF'
}
ECHO='func_fallback_echo'
fi
# func_echo_all arg...
# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated.
func_echo_all ()
{
$ECHO "$*"
}
case "$ECHO" in
printf*) AC_MSG_RESULT([printf]) ;;
print*) AC_MSG_RESULT([print -r]) ;;
*) AC_MSG_RESULT([cat]) ;;
esac
m4_ifdef([_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED],
[_AS_DETECT_SUGGESTED([
test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}${BASH_VERSION+set}" || (
ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
ECHO=$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO$ECHO
PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH
test "X`printf %s $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" \
|| test "X`print -r -- $ECHO`" = "X$ECHO" )])])
_LT_DECL([], [SHELL], [1], [Shell to use when invoking shell scripts])
_LT_DECL([], [ECHO], [1], [An echo program that protects backslashes])
])# _LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH
# _LT_WITH_SYSROOT
# ----------------
AC_DEFUN([_LT_WITH_SYSROOT],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sysroot])
AC_ARG_WITH([sysroot],
[ --with-sysroot[=DIR] Search for dependent libraries within DIR
(or the compiler's sysroot if not specified).],
[], [with_sysroot=no])
dnl lt_sysroot will always be passed unquoted. We quote it here
dnl in case the user passed a directory name.
lt_sysroot=
case ${with_sysroot} in #(
yes)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
lt_sysroot=`$CC --print-sysroot 2>/dev/null`
fi
;; #(
/*)
lt_sysroot=`echo "$with_sysroot" | sed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
;; #(
no|'')
;; #(
*)
AC_MSG_RESULT([${with_sysroot}])
AC_MSG_ERROR([The sysroot must be an absolute path.])
;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([${lt_sysroot:-no}])
_LT_DECL([], [lt_sysroot], [0], [The root where to search for ]dnl
[dependent libraries, and in which our libraries should be installed.])])
# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
# ---------------
m4_defun([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK],
[AC_ARG_ENABLE([libtool-lock],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libtool-lock],
[avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])])
test "x$enable_libtool_lock" != xno && enable_libtool_lock=yes
# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
# libtool support.
case $host in
ia64-*-hpux*)
# Find out which ABI we are using.
echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
*ELF-32*)
HPUX_IA64_MODE="32"
;;
*ELF-64*)
HPUX_IA64_MODE="64"
;;
esac
fi
rm -rf conftest*
;;
*-*-irix6*)
# Find out which ABI we are using.
echo '[#]line '$LINENO' "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
*32-bit*)
LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bsmip"
;;
*N32*)
LD="${LD-ld} -melf32bmipn32"
;;
*64-bit*)
LD="${LD-ld} -melf64bmip"
;;
esac
else
case `/usr/bin/file conftest.$ac_objext` in
*32-bit*)
LD="${LD-ld} -32"
;;
*N32*)
LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
;;
*64-bit*)
LD="${LD-ld} -64"
;;
esac
fi
fi
rm -rf conftest*
;;
x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
# Find out which ABI we are using.
echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
*32-bit*)
case $host in
x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
;;
x86_64-*linux*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
;;
ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
;;
s390x-*linux*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_s390"
;;
sparc64-*linux*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_sparc"
;;
esac
;;
*64-bit*)
case $host in
x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64_fbsd"
;;
x86_64-*linux*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
;;
ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
;;
s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_s390"
;;
sparc*-*linux*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
;;
esac
;;
esac
fi
rm -rf conftest*
;;
*-*-sco3.2v5*)
# On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf,
[AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]],[[]])],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])
AC_LANG_POP])
if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
# this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
fi
;;
*-*solaris*)
# Find out which ABI we are using.
echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
*64-bit*)
case $lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld in
yes*)
case $host in
i?86-*-solaris*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
;;
sparc*-*-solaris*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64_sparc"
;;
esac
# GNU ld 2.21 introduced _sol2 emulations. Use them if available.
if ${LD-ld} -V | grep _sol2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
LD="${LD-ld}_sol2"
fi
;;
*)
if ${LD-ld} -64 -r -o conftest2.o conftest.o >/dev/null 2>&1; then
LD="${LD-ld} -64"
fi
;;
esac
;;
esac
fi
rm -rf conftest*
;;
esac
need_locks="$enable_libtool_lock"
])# _LT_ENABLE_LOCK
# _LT_PROG_AR
# -----------
m4_defun([_LT_PROG_AR],
[AC_CHECK_TOOLS(AR, [ar], false)
: ${AR=ar}
: ${AR_FLAGS=cru}
_LT_DECL([], [AR], [1], [The archiver])
_LT_DECL([], [AR_FLAGS], [1], [Flags to create an archive])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for archiver @FILE support], [lt_cv_ar_at_file],
[lt_cv_ar_at_file=no
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM],
[echo conftest.$ac_objext > conftest.lst
lt_ar_try='$AR $AR_FLAGS libconftest.a @conftest.lst >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD'
AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try])
if test "$ac_status" -eq 0; then
# Ensure the archiver fails upon bogus file names.
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext libconftest.a
AC_TRY_EVAL([lt_ar_try])
if test "$ac_status" -ne 0; then
lt_cv_ar_at_file=@
fi
fi
rm -f conftest.* libconftest.a
])
])
if test "x$lt_cv_ar_at_file" = xno; then
archiver_list_spec=
else
archiver_list_spec=$lt_cv_ar_at_file
fi
_LT_DECL([], [archiver_list_spec], [1],
[How to feed a file listing to the archiver])
])# _LT_PROG_AR
# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
# -------------------
m4_defun([_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE],
[_LT_PROG_AR
AC_CHECK_TOOL(STRIP, strip, :)
test -z "$STRIP" && STRIP=:
_LT_DECL([], [STRIP], [1], [A symbol stripping program])
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib, :)
test -z "$RANLIB" && RANLIB=:
_LT_DECL([], [RANLIB], [1],
[Commands used to install an old-style archive])
# Determine commands to create old-style static archives.
old_archive_cmds='$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs'
old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib'
old_postuninstall_cmds=
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
case $host_os in
openbsd*)
old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB -t \$tool_oldlib"
;;
*)
old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib"
;;
esac
old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$tool_oldlib"
fi
case $host_os in
darwin*)
lock_old_archive_extraction=yes ;;
*)
lock_old_archive_extraction=no ;;
esac
_LT_DECL([], [old_postinstall_cmds], [2])
_LT_DECL([], [old_postuninstall_cmds], [2])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_cmds], [2],
[Commands used to build an old-style archive])
_LT_DECL([], [lock_old_archive_extraction], [0],
[Whether to use a lock for old archive extraction])
])# _LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE
# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
# [OUTPUT-FILE], [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
# ----------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether the given compiler option works
AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_OPTION],
[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
[$2=no
m4_if([$4], , [ac_outfile=conftest.$ac_objext], [ac_outfile=$4])
echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
lt_compiler_flag="$3"
# Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
# (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
# Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
# with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
# The option is referenced via a variable to avoid confusing sed.
lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
(eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
(eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err)
ac_status=$?
cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then
# The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
# So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output.
$ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' >conftest.exp
$SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
if test ! -s conftest.er2 || diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
$2=yes
fi
fi
$RM conftest*
])
if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
else
m4_if([$6], , :, [$6])
fi
])# _LT_COMPILER_OPTION
# Old name:
AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [_LT_COMPILER_OPTION])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_COMPILER_OPTION], [])
# _LT_LINKER_OPTION(MESSAGE, VARIABLE-NAME, FLAGS,
# [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE])
# ----------------------------------------------------
# Check whether the given linker option works
AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_OPTION],
[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([$1], [$2],
[$2=no
save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $3"
echo "$lt_simple_link_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
if (eval $ac_link 2>conftest.err) && test -s conftest$ac_exeext; then
# The linker can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
# So say no if there are warnings
if test -s conftest.err; then
# Append any errors to the config.log.
cat conftest.err 1>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
$ECHO "$_lt_linker_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > conftest.exp
$SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' conftest.err >conftest.er2
if diff conftest.exp conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
$2=yes
fi
else
$2=yes
fi
fi
$RM -r conftest*
LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
])
if test x"[$]$2" = xyes; then
m4_if([$4], , :, [$4])
else
m4_if([$5], , :, [$5])
fi
])# _LT_LINKER_OPTION
# Old name:
AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [_LT_LINKER_OPTION])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [])
# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
#---------------
AC_DEFUN([LT_CMD_MAX_LEN],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
# find the maximum length of command line arguments
AC_MSG_CHECKING([the maximum length of command line arguments])
AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len], [dnl
i=0
teststring="ABCD"
case $build_os in
msdosdjgpp*)
# On DJGPP, this test can blow up pretty badly due to problems in libc
# (any single argument exceeding 2000 bytes causes a buffer overrun
# during glob expansion). Even if it were fixed, the result of this
# check would be larger than it should be.
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=12288; # 12K is about right
;;
gnu*)
# Under GNU Hurd, this test is not required because there is
# no limit to the length of command line arguments.
# Libtool will interpret -1 as no limit whatsoever
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1;
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
# On Win9x/ME, this test blows up -- it succeeds, but takes
# about 5 minutes as the teststring grows exponentially.
# Worse, since 9x/ME are not pre-emptively multitasking,
# you end up with a "frozen" computer, even though with patience
# the test eventually succeeds (with a max line length of 256k).
# Instead, let's just punt: use the minimum linelength reported by
# all of the supported platforms: 8192 (on NT/2K/XP).
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
;;
mint*)
# On MiNT this can take a long time and run out of memory.
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
;;
amigaos*)
# On AmigaOS with pdksh, this test takes hours, literally.
# So we just punt and use a minimum line length of 8192.
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192;
;;
netbsd* | freebsd* | openbsd* | darwin* | dragonfly*)
# This has been around since 386BSD, at least. Likely further.
if test -x /sbin/sysctl; then
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
elif test -x /usr/sbin/sysctl; then
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`/usr/sbin/sysctl -n kern.argmax`
else
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=65536 # usable default for all BSDs
fi
# And add a safety zone
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
;;
interix*)
# We know the value 262144 and hardcode it with a safety zone (like BSD)
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=196608
;;
os2*)
# The test takes a long time on OS/2.
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=8192
;;
osf*)
# Dr. Hans Ekkehard Plesser reports seeing a kernel panic running configure
# due to this test when exec_disable_arg_limit is 1 on Tru64. It is not
# nice to cause kernel panics so lets avoid the loop below.
# First set a reasonable default.
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=16384
#
if test -x /sbin/sysconfig; then
case `/sbin/sysconfig -q proc exec_disable_arg_limit` in
*1*) lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=-1 ;;
esac
fi
;;
sco3.2v5*)
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=102400
;;
sysv5* | sco5v6* | sysv4.2uw2*)
kargmax=`grep ARG_MAX /etc/conf/cf.d/stune 2>/dev/null`
if test -n "$kargmax"; then
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`echo $kargmax | sed 's/.*[[ ]]//'`
else
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=32768
fi
;;
*)
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
else
# Make teststring a little bigger before we do anything with it.
# a 1K string should be a reasonable start.
for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ; do
teststring=$teststring$teststring
done
SHELL=${SHELL-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}}
# If test is not a shell built-in, we'll probably end up computing a
# maximum length that is only half of the actual maximum length, but
# we can't tell.
while { test "X"`env echo "$teststring$teststring" 2>/dev/null` \
= "X$teststring$teststring"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
test $i != 17 # 1/2 MB should be enough
do
i=`expr $i + 1`
teststring=$teststring$teststring
done
# Only check the string length outside the loop.
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr "X$teststring" : ".*" 2>&1`
teststring=
# Add a significant safety factor because C++ compilers can tack on
# massive amounts of additional arguments before passing them to the
# linker. It appears as though 1/2 is a usable value.
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 2`
fi
;;
esac
])
if test -n $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT($lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(none)
fi
max_cmd_len=$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len
_LT_DECL([], [max_cmd_len], [0],
[What is the maximum length of a command?])
])# LT_CMD_MAX_LEN
# Old name:
AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [LT_CMD_MAX_LEN])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_MAX_CMD_LEN], [])
# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
# ----------------
m4_defun([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN],
[AC_CHECK_HEADERS([dlfcn.h], [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])dnl
])# _LT_HEADER_DLFCN
# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF (ACTION-IF-TRUE, ACTION-IF-TRUE-W-USCORE,
# ACTION-IF-FALSE, ACTION-IF-CROSS-COMPILING)
# ----------------------------------------------------------------
m4_defun([_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],
[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
[$4]
else
lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2
lt_status=$lt_dlunknown
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
[#line $LINENO "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
#include
#endif
#include
#ifdef RTLD_GLOBAL
# define LT_DLGLOBAL RTLD_GLOBAL
#else
# ifdef DL_GLOBAL
# define LT_DLGLOBAL DL_GLOBAL
# else
# define LT_DLGLOBAL 0
# endif
#endif
/* We may have to define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW in the command line if we
find out it does not work in some platform. */
#ifndef LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW
# ifdef RTLD_LAZY
# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_LAZY
# else
# ifdef DL_LAZY
# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_LAZY
# else
# ifdef RTLD_NOW
# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW RTLD_NOW
# else
# ifdef DL_NOW
# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW DL_NOW
# else
# define LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW 0
# endif
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* When -fvisbility=hidden is used, assume the code has been annotated
correspondingly for the symbols needed. */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) || (__GNUC__ > 3))
int fnord () __attribute__((visibility("default")));
#endif
int fnord () { return 42; }
int main ()
{
void *self = dlopen (0, LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW);
int status = $lt_dlunknown;
if (self)
{
if (dlsym (self,"fnord")) status = $lt_dlno_uscore;
else
{
if (dlsym( self,"_fnord")) status = $lt_dlneed_uscore;
else puts (dlerror ());
}
/* dlclose (self); */
}
else
puts (dlerror ());
return status;
}]
_LT_EOF
if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} 2>/dev/null; then
(./conftest; exit; ) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>/dev/null
lt_status=$?
case x$lt_status in
x$lt_dlno_uscore) $1 ;;
x$lt_dlneed_uscore) $2 ;;
x$lt_dlunknown|x*) $3 ;;
esac
else :
# compilation failed
$3
fi
fi
rm -fr conftest*
])# _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF
# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
# ------------------
AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF],
[m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
if test "x$enable_dlopen" != xyes; then
enable_dlopen=unknown
enable_dlopen_self=unknown
enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown
else
lt_cv_dlopen=no
lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
case $host_os in
beos*)
lt_cv_dlopen="load_add_on"
lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
;;
mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
lt_cv_dlopen="LoadLibrary"
lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
;;
cygwin*)
lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"
lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
;;
darwin*)
# if libdl is installed we need to link against it
AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],[
lt_cv_dlopen="dyld"
lt_cv_dlopen_libs=
lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes
])
;;
*)
AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load],
[lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load"],
[AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load],
[lt_cv_dlopen="shl_load" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"],
[AC_CHECK_FUNC([dlopen],
[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen"],
[AC_CHECK_LIB([dl], [dlopen],
[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldl"],
[AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen],
[lt_cv_dlopen="dlopen" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-lsvld"],
[AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link],
[lt_cv_dlopen="dld_link" lt_cv_dlopen_libs="-ldld"])
])
])
])
])
])
;;
esac
if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen" != xno; then
enable_dlopen=yes
else
enable_dlopen=no
fi
case $lt_cv_dlopen in
dlopen)
save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes && CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DHAVE_DLFCN_H"
save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$lt_cv_dlopen_libs $LIBS"
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a program can dlopen itself],
lt_cv_dlopen_self, [dnl
_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self=yes,
lt_cv_dlopen_self=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self=cross)
])
if test "x$lt_cv_dlopen_self" = xyes; then
wl=$lt_prog_compiler_wl eval LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $lt_prog_compiler_static\"
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a statically linked program can dlopen itself],
lt_cv_dlopen_self_static, [dnl
_LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=yes,
lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=no, lt_cv_dlopen_self_static=cross)
])
fi
CPPFLAGS="$save_CPPFLAGS"
LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
LIBS="$save_LIBS"
;;
esac
case $lt_cv_dlopen_self in
yes|no) enable_dlopen_self=$lt_cv_dlopen_self ;;
*) enable_dlopen_self=unknown ;;
esac
case $lt_cv_dlopen_self_static in
yes|no) enable_dlopen_self_static=$lt_cv_dlopen_self_static ;;
*) enable_dlopen_self_static=unknown ;;
esac
fi
_LT_DECL([dlopen_support], [enable_dlopen], [0],
[Whether dlopen is supported])
_LT_DECL([dlopen_self], [enable_dlopen_self], [0],
[Whether dlopen of programs is supported])
_LT_DECL([dlopen_self_static], [enable_dlopen_self_static], [0],
[Whether dlopen of statically linked programs is supported])
])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
# Old name:
AU_ALIAS([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN_SELF], [])
# _LT_COMPILER_C_O([TAGNAME])
# ---------------------------
# Check to see if options -c and -o are simultaneously supported by compiler.
# This macro does not hard code the compiler like AC_PROG_CC_C_O.
m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_C_O],
[m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $compiler supports -c -o file.$ac_objext],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=no
$RM -r conftest 2>/dev/null
mkdir conftest
cd conftest
mkdir out
echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
lt_compiler_flag="-o out/conftest2.$ac_objext"
# Insert the option either (1) after the last *FLAGS variable, or
# (2) before a word containing "conftest.", or (3) at the end.
# Note that $ac_compile itself does not contain backslashes and begins
# with a dollar sign (not a hyphen), so the echo should work correctly.
lt_compile=`echo "$ac_compile" | $SED \
-e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \
-e 's: [[^ ]]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \
-e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'`
(eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $lt_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
(eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err)
ac_status=$?
cat out/conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext
then
# The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized
# So say no if there are warnings
$ECHO "$_lt_compiler_boilerplate" | $SED '/^$/d' > out/conftest.exp
$SED '/^$/d; /^ *+/d' out/conftest.err >out/conftest.er2
if test ! -s out/conftest.er2 || diff out/conftest.exp out/conftest.er2 >/dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
fi
fi
chmod u+w . 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
$RM conftest*
# SGI C++ compiler will create directory out/ii_files/ for
# template instantiation
test -d out/ii_files && $RM out/ii_files/* && rmdir out/ii_files
$RM out/* && rmdir out
cd ..
$RM -r conftest
$RM conftest*
])
_LT_TAGDECL([compiler_c_o], [lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o], [1],
[Does compiler simultaneously support -c and -o options?])
])# _LT_COMPILER_C_O
# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS([TAGNAME])
# ----------------------------------
# Check to see if we can do hard links to lock some files if needed
m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS],
[m4_require([_LT_ENABLE_LOCK])dnl
m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
_LT_COMPILER_C_O([$1])
hard_links="nottested"
if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)" = no && test "$need_locks" != no; then
# do not overwrite the value of need_locks provided by the user
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we can lock with hard links])
hard_links=yes
$RM conftest*
ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
touch conftest.a
ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>&5 || hard_links=no
ln conftest.a conftest.b 2>/dev/null && hard_links=no
AC_MSG_RESULT([$hard_links])
if test "$hard_links" = no; then
AC_MSG_WARN([`$CC' does not support `-c -o', so `make -j' may be unsafe])
need_locks=warn
fi
else
need_locks=no
fi
_LT_DECL([], [need_locks], [1], [Must we lock files when doing compilation?])
])# _LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS
# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
# ----------------
m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for objdir], [lt_cv_objdir],
[rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null
mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null
if test -d .libs; then
lt_cv_objdir=.libs
else
# MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot.
lt_cv_objdir=_libs
fi
rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null])
objdir=$lt_cv_objdir
_LT_DECL([], [objdir], [0],
[The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files])dnl
m4_pattern_allow([LT_OBJDIR])dnl
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LT_OBJDIR, "$lt_cv_objdir/",
[Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.])
])# _LT_CHECK_OBJDIR
# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH([TAGNAME])
# --------------------------------------
# Check hardcoding attributes.
m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to hardcode library paths into programs])
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=
if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)" ||
test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(runpath_var, $1)" ||
test "X$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)" = "Xyes" ; then
# We can hardcode non-existent directories.
if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)" != no &&
# If the only mechanism to avoid hardcoding is shlibpath_var, we
# have to relink, otherwise we might link with an installed library
# when we should be linking with a yet-to-be-installed one
## test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)" != no &&
test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)" != no; then
# Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=relink
else
# We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=immediate
fi
else
# We cannot hardcode anything, or else we can only hardcode existing
# directories.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)=unsupported
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)])
if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_action, $1)" = relink ||
test "$_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)" = yes; then
# Fast installation is not supported
enable_fast_install=no
elif test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes ||
test "$enable_shared" = no; then
# Fast installation is not necessary
enable_fast_install=needless
fi
_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_action], [0],
[How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable])
])# _LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH
# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
# ----------------
m4_defun([_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB],
[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])
striplib=
old_striplib=
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether stripping libraries is possible])
if test -n "$STRIP" && $STRIP -V 2>&1 | $GREP "GNU strip" >/dev/null; then
test -z "$old_striplib" && old_striplib="$STRIP --strip-debug"
test -z "$striplib" && striplib="$STRIP --strip-unneeded"
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
# FIXME - insert some real tests, host_os isn't really good enough
case $host_os in
darwin*)
if test -n "$STRIP" ; then
striplib="$STRIP -x"
old_striplib="$STRIP -S"
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
fi
;;
*)
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
;;
esac
fi
_LT_DECL([], [old_striplib], [1], [Commands to strip libraries])
_LT_DECL([], [striplib], [1])
])# _LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER([TAG])
# -----------------------------
# PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics
m4_defun([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
m4_require([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES])dnl
AC_MSG_CHECKING([dynamic linker characteristics])
m4_if([$1],
[], [
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in
darwin*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/,/LR/" ;;
*) lt_awk_arg="/^libraries:/" ;;
esac
case $host_os in
mingw* | cegcc*) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=\([[A-Za-z]]:\),\1,g" ;;
*) lt_sed_strip_eq="s,=/,/,g" ;;
esac
lt_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | awk $lt_awk_arg | $SED -e "s/^libraries://" -e $lt_sed_strip_eq`
case $lt_search_path_spec in
*\;*)
# if the path contains ";" then we assume it to be the separator
# otherwise default to the standard path separator (i.e. ":") - it is
# assumed that no part of a normal pathname contains ";" but that should
# okay in the real world where ";" in dirpaths is itself problematic.
lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED 's/;/ /g'`
;;
*)
lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $SED "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
;;
esac
# Ok, now we have the path, separated by spaces, we can step through it
# and add multilib dir if necessary.
lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec=
lt_multi_os_dir=`$CC $CPPFLAGS $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS -print-multi-os-directory 2>/dev/null`
for lt_sys_path in $lt_search_path_spec; do
if test -d "$lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"; then
lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path/$lt_multi_os_dir"
else
test -d "$lt_sys_path" && \
lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec="$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec $lt_sys_path"
fi
done
lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_tmp_lt_search_path_spec" | awk '
BEGIN {RS=" "; FS="/|\n";} {
lt_foo="";
lt_count=0;
for (lt_i = NF; lt_i > 0; lt_i--) {
if ($lt_i != "" && $lt_i != ".") {
if ($lt_i == "..") {
lt_count++;
} else {
if (lt_count == 0) {
lt_foo="/" $lt_i lt_foo;
} else {
lt_count--;
}
}
}
}
if (lt_foo != "") { lt_freq[[lt_foo]]++; }
if (lt_freq[[lt_foo]] == 1) { print lt_foo; }
}'`
# AWK program above erroneously prepends '/' to C:/dos/paths
# for these hosts.
case $host_os in
mingw* | cegcc*) lt_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" |\
$SED 's,/\([[A-Za-z]]:\),\1,g'` ;;
esac
sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$lt_search_path_spec" | $lt_NL2SP`
else
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
fi])
library_names_spec=
libname_spec='lib$name'
soname_spec=
shrext_cmds=".so"
postinstall_cmds=
postuninstall_cmds=
finish_cmds=
finish_eval=
shlibpath_var=
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=unknown
version_type=none
dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
need_lib_prefix=unknown
hardcode_into_libs=no
# when you set need_version to no, make sure it does not cause -set_version
# flags to be left without arguments
need_version=unknown
case $host_os in
aix3*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname.a'
shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
# AIX 3 has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name.
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
;;
aix[[4-9]]*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
hardcode_into_libs=yes
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# AIX 5 supports IA64
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
else
# With GCC up to 2.95.x, collect2 would create an import file
# for dependence libraries. The import file would start with
# the line `#! .'. This would cause the generated library to
# depend on `.', always an invalid library. This was fixed in
# development snapshots of GCC prior to 3.0.
case $host_os in
aix4 | aix4.[[01]] | aix4.[[01]].*)
if { echo '#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 97)'
echo ' yes '
echo '#endif'; } | ${CC} -E - | $GREP yes > /dev/null; then
:
else
can_build_shared=no
fi
;;
esac
# AIX (on Power*) has no versioning support, so currently we can not hardcode correct
# soname into executable. Probably we can add versioning support to
# collect2, so additional links can be useful in future.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
# If using run time linking (on AIX 4.2 or later) use lib.so
# instead of lib.a to let people know that these are not
# typical AIX shared libraries.
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
else
# We preserve .a as extension for shared libraries through AIX4.2
# and later when we are not doing run time linking.
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.a $libname.a'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
fi
shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case $host_cpu in
powerpc)
# Since July 2007 AmigaOS4 officially supports .so libraries.
# When compiling the executable, add -use-dynld -Lsobjs: to the compileline.
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
;;
m68k)
library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a'
# Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs.
finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`func_echo_all "$lib" | $SED '\''s%^.*/\([[^/]]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $RM /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a"; cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a || exit 1; done'
;;
esac
;;
beos*)
library_names_spec='${libname}${shared_ext}'
dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so"
shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
;;
bsdi[[45]]*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig $libdir'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
# the default ld.so.conf also contains /usr/contrib/lib and
# /usr/X11R6/lib (/usr/X11 is a link to /usr/X11R6), but let us allow
# libtool to hard-code these into programs
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
version_type=windows
shrext_cmds=".dll"
need_version=no
need_lib_prefix=no
case $GCC,$cc_basename in
yes,*)
# gcc
library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a'
# DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
$install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname~
chmod a+x \$dldir/$dlname~
if test -n '\''$stripme'\'' && test -n '\''$striplib'\''; then
eval '\''$striplib \$dldir/$dlname'\'' || exit \$?;
fi'
postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
$RM \$dlpath'
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
case $host_os in
cygwin*)
# Cygwin DLLs use 'cyg' prefix rather than 'lib'
soname_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/cyg/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
m4_if([$1], [],[
sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/lib/w32api"])
;;
mingw* | cegcc*)
# MinGW DLLs use traditional 'lib' prefix
soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
;;
pw32*)
# pw32 DLLs use 'pw' prefix rather than 'lib'
library_names_spec='`echo ${libname} | sed -e 's/^lib/pw/'``echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
;;
esac
dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
;;
*,cl*)
# Native MSVC
libname_spec='$name'
soname_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext}'
library_names_spec='${libname}.dll.lib'
case $build_os in
mingw*)
sys_lib_search_path_spec=
lt_save_ifs=$IFS
IFS=';'
for lt_path in $LIB
do
IFS=$lt_save_ifs
# Let DOS variable expansion print the short 8.3 style file name.
lt_path=`cd "$lt_path" 2>/dev/null && cmd //C "for %i in (".") do @echo %~si"`
sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec $lt_path"
done
IFS=$lt_save_ifs
# Convert to MSYS style.
sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's|\\\\|/|g' -e 's| \\([[a-zA-Z]]\\):| /\\1|g' -e 's|^ ||'`
;;
cygwin*)
# Convert to unix form, then to dos form, then back to unix form
# but this time dos style (no spaces!) so that the unix form looks
# like /cygdrive/c/PROGRA~1:/cygdr...
sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$LIB"`
sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --dos "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" 2>/dev/null`
sys_lib_search_path_spec=`cygpath --path --unix "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
;;
*)
sys_lib_search_path_spec="$LIB"
if $ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | [$GREP ';[c-zC-Z]:/' >/dev/null]; then
# It is most probably a Windows format PATH.
sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e 's/;/ /g'`
else
sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$ECHO "$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | $SED -e "s/$PATH_SEPARATOR/ /g"`
fi
# FIXME: find the short name or the path components, as spaces are
# common. (e.g. "Program Files" -> "PROGRA~1")
;;
esac
# DLL is installed to $(libdir)/../bin by postinstall_cmds
postinstall_cmds='base_file=`basename \${file}`~
dlpath=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $dir/'\''\${base_file}'\''i; echo \$dlname'\''`~
dldir=$destdir/`dirname \$dlpath`~
test -d \$dldir || mkdir -p \$dldir~
$install_prog $dir/$dlname \$dldir/$dlname'
postuninstall_cmds='dldll=`$SHELL 2>&1 -c '\''. $file; echo \$dlname'\''`~
dlpath=$dir/\$dldll~
$RM \$dlpath'
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
dynamic_linker='Win32 link.exe'
;;
*)
# Assume MSVC wrapper
library_names_spec='${libname}`echo ${release} | $SED -e 's/[[.]]/-/g'`${versuffix}${shared_ext} $libname.lib'
dynamic_linker='Win32 ld.exe'
;;
esac
# FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
shlibpath_var=PATH
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
dynamic_linker="$host_os dyld"
version_type=darwin
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext ${libname}$shared_ext'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${major}$shared_ext'
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
shrext_cmds='`test .$module = .yes && echo .so || echo .dylib`'
m4_if([$1], [],[
sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /usr/local/lib"])
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /lib /usr/lib'
;;
dgux*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname$shared_ext'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
# DragonFly does not have aout. When/if they implement a new
# versioning mechanism, adjust this.
if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
objformat=`/usr/bin/objformat`
else
case $host_os in
freebsd[[23]].*) objformat=aout ;;
*) objformat=elf ;;
esac
fi
version_type=freebsd-$objformat
case $version_type in
freebsd-elf*)
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
need_version=no
need_lib_prefix=no
;;
freebsd-*)
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}$versuffix'
need_version=yes
;;
esac
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
case $host_os in
freebsd2.*)
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
;;
freebsd3.[[01]]* | freebsdelf3.[[01]]*)
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
hardcode_into_libs=yes
;;
freebsd3.[[2-9]]* | freebsdelf3.[[2-9]]* | \
freebsd4.[[0-5]] | freebsdelf4.[[0-5]] | freebsd4.1.1 | freebsdelf4.1.1)
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
hardcode_into_libs=yes
;;
*) # from 4.6 on, and DragonFly
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
hardcode_into_libs=yes
;;
esac
;;
gnu*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
hardcode_into_libs=yes
;;
haiku*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
dynamic_linker="$host_os runtime_loader"
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/boot/home/config/lib /boot/common/lib /boot/system/lib'
hardcode_into_libs=yes
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
# Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to
# link against other versions.
version_type=sunos
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext_cmds='.so'
hardcode_into_libs=yes
dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.so"
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
if test "X$HPUX_IA64_MODE" = X32; then
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib/hpux32 /usr/local/lib"
else
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/hpux64 /usr/local/lib/hpux64"
fi
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext_cmds='.sl'
hardcode_into_libs=yes
dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH # How should we handle SHLIB_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes # Unless +noenvvar is specified.
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib/pa20_64 /usr/ccs/lib/pa20_64"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=$sys_lib_search_path_spec
;;
*)
shrext_cmds='.sl'
dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl"
shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no # +s is required to enable SHLIB_PATH
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
;;
esac
# HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555, ...
postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib'
# or fails outright, so override atomically:
install_override_mode=555
;;
interix[[3-9]]*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
dynamic_linker='Interix 3.x ld.so.1 (PE, like ELF)'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
hardcode_into_libs=yes
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
case $host_os in
nonstopux*) version_type=nonstopux ;;
*)
if test "$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes; then
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
else
version_type=irix
fi ;;
esac
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
case $host_os in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ")
libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=32-bit;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ")
libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 libmagic=N32;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ")
libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 libmagic=64-bit;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= libmagic=never-match;;
esac
;;
esac
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
hardcode_into_libs=yes
;;
# No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff.
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
dynamic_linker=no
;;
# This must be glibc/ELF.
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
# Some binutils ld are patched to set DT_RUNPATH
AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath],
[lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
save_LDFLAGS=$LDFLAGS
save_libdir=$libdir
eval "libdir=/foo; wl=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)\"; \
LDFLAGS=\"\$LDFLAGS $_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)\""
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[])],
[AS_IF([ ($OBJDUMP -p conftest$ac_exeext) 2>/dev/null | grep "RUNPATH.*$libdir" >/dev/null],
[lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes])])
LDFLAGS=$save_LDFLAGS
libdir=$save_libdir
])
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=$lt_cv_shlibpath_overrides_runpath
# This implies no fast_install, which is unacceptable.
# Some rework will be needed to allow for fast_install
# before this can be enabled.
hardcode_into_libs=yes
# Append ld.so.conf contents to the search path
if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
lt_ld_extra=`awk '/^include / { system(sprintf("cd /etc; cat %s 2>/dev/null", \[$]2)); skip = 1; } { if (!skip) print \[$]0; skip = 0; }' < /etc/ld.so.conf | $SED -e 's/#.*//;/^[ ]*hwcap[ ]/d;s/[:, ]/ /g;s/=[^=]*$//;s/=[^= ]* / /g;s/"//g;/^$/d' | tr '\n' ' '`
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib $lt_ld_extra"
fi
# We used to test for /lib/ld.so.1 and disable shared libraries on
# powerpc, because MkLinux only supported shared libraries with the
# GNU dynamic linker. Since this was broken with cross compilers,
# most powerpc-linux boxes support dynamic linking these days and
# people can always --disable-shared, the test was removed, and we
# assume the GNU/Linux dynamic linker is in use.
dynamic_linker='GNU/Linux ld.so'
;;
netbsd*)
version_type=sunos
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
dynamic_linker='NetBSD (a.out) ld.so'
else
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major ${libname}${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
dynamic_linker='NetBSD ld.elf_so'
fi
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
hardcode_into_libs=yes
;;
newsos6)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
version_type=qnx
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
hardcode_into_libs=yes
dynamic_linker='ldqnx.so'
;;
openbsd*)
version_type=sunos
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib"
need_lib_prefix=no
# Some older versions of OpenBSD (3.3 at least) *do* need versioned libs.
case $host_os in
openbsd3.3 | openbsd3.3.*) need_version=yes ;;
*) need_version=no ;;
esac
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
case $host_os in
openbsd2.[[89]] | openbsd2.[[89]].*)
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
;;
*)
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
;;
esac
else
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
fi
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext_cmds=".dll"
need_lib_prefix=no
library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext} $libname.a'
dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe'
shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
version_type=osf
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
;;
rdos*)
dynamic_linker=no
;;
solaris*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
hardcode_into_libs=yes
# ldd complains unless libraries are executable
postinstall_cmds='chmod +x $lib'
;;
sunos4*)
version_type=sunos
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${shared_ext}$versuffix'
finish_cmds='PATH="\$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
need_lib_prefix=no
fi
need_version=yes
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
case $host_vendor in
sni)
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
need_lib_prefix=no
runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
;;
siemens)
need_lib_prefix=no
;;
motorola)
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
;;
esac
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec ;then
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
library_names_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$versuffix $libname${shared_ext}.$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='$libname${shared_ext}.$major'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
version_type=freebsd-elf
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext} $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=yes
hardcode_into_libs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/local/lib /usr/gnu/lib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib /lib'
else
sys_lib_search_path_spec='/usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib'
case $host_os in
sco3.2v5*)
sys_lib_search_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec /lib"
;;
esac
fi
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec='/usr/lib'
;;
tpf*)
# TPF is a cross-target only. Preferred cross-host = GNU/Linux.
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
hardcode_into_libs=yes
;;
uts4*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major $libname${shared_ext}'
soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
*)
dynamic_linker=no
;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([$dynamic_linker])
test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no
variables_saved_for_relink="PATH $shlibpath_var $runpath_var"
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
variables_saved_for_relink="$variables_saved_for_relink GCC_EXEC_PREFIX COMPILER_PATH LIBRARY_PATH"
fi
if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec+set}" = set; then
sys_lib_search_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
fi
if test "${lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec+set}" = set; then
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$lt_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
fi
_LT_DECL([], [variables_saved_for_relink], [1],
[Variables whose values should be saved in libtool wrapper scripts and
restored at link time])
_LT_DECL([], [need_lib_prefix], [0],
[Do we need the "lib" prefix for modules?])
_LT_DECL([], [need_version], [0], [Do we need a version for libraries?])
_LT_DECL([], [version_type], [0], [Library versioning type])
_LT_DECL([], [runpath_var], [0], [Shared library runtime path variable])
_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_var], [0],[Shared library path variable])
_LT_DECL([], [shlibpath_overrides_runpath], [0],
[Is shlibpath searched before the hard-coded library search path?])
_LT_DECL([], [libname_spec], [1], [Format of library name prefix])
_LT_DECL([], [library_names_spec], [1],
[[List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links.
The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME]])
_LT_DECL([], [soname_spec], [1],
[[The coded name of the library, if different from the real name]])
_LT_DECL([], [install_override_mode], [1],
[Permission mode override for installation of shared libraries])
_LT_DECL([], [postinstall_cmds], [2],
[Command to use after installation of a shared archive])
_LT_DECL([], [postuninstall_cmds], [2],
[Command to use after uninstallation of a shared archive])
_LT_DECL([], [finish_cmds], [2],
[Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory])
_LT_DECL([], [finish_eval], [1],
[[As "finish_cmds", except a single script fragment to be evaled but
not shown]])
_LT_DECL([], [hardcode_into_libs], [0],
[Whether we should hardcode library paths into libraries])
_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_search_path_spec], [2],
[Compile-time system search path for libraries])
_LT_DECL([], [sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec], [2],
[Run-time system search path for libraries])
])# _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER
# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(TOOL)
# --------------------------
# find a file program which can recognize shared library
AC_DEFUN([_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX],
[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD,
[case $MAGIC_CMD in
[[\\/*] | ?:[\\/]*])
lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
;;
*)
lt_save_MAGIC_CMD="$MAGIC_CMD"
lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
dnl $ac_dummy forces splitting on constant user-supplied paths.
dnl POSIX.2 word splitting is done only on the output of word expansions,
dnl not every word. This closes a longstanding sh security hole.
ac_dummy="m4_if([$2], , $PATH, [$2])"
for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f $ac_dir/$1; then
lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD="$ac_dir/$1"
if test -n "$file_magic_test_file"; then
case $deplibs_check_method in
"file_magic "*)
file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "file_magic \(.*\)"`
MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
if eval $file_magic_cmd \$file_magic_test_file 2> /dev/null |
$EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
:
else
cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
*** Warning: the command libtool uses to detect shared libraries,
*** $file_magic_cmd, produces output that libtool cannot recognize.
*** The result is that libtool may fail to recognize shared libraries
*** as such. This will affect the creation of libtool libraries that
*** depend on shared libraries, but programs linked with such libtool
*** libraries will work regardless of this problem. Nevertheless, you
*** may want to report the problem to your system manager and/or to
*** bug-libtool@gnu.org
_LT_EOF
fi ;;
esac
fi
break
fi
done
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
MAGIC_CMD="$lt_save_MAGIC_CMD"
;;
esac])
MAGIC_CMD="$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"
if test -n "$MAGIC_CMD"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT($MAGIC_CMD)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
_LT_DECL([], [MAGIC_CMD], [0],
[Used to examine libraries when file_magic_cmd begins with "file"])dnl
])# _LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX
# Old name:
AU_ALIAS([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX], [])
# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
# --------------
# find a file program which can recognize a shared library
m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MAGIC],
[_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(${ac_tool_prefix}file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
if test -z "$lt_cv_path_MAGIC_CMD"; then
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
_LT_PATH_TOOL_PREFIX(file, /usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH)
else
MAGIC_CMD=:
fi
fi
])# _LT_PATH_MAGIC
# LT_PATH_LD
# ----------
# find the pathname to the GNU or non-GNU linker
AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_LD],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
m4_require([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])dnl
AC_ARG_WITH([gnu-ld],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gnu-ld],
[assume the C compiler uses GNU ld @<:@default=no@:>@])],
[test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes],
[with_gnu_ld=no])dnl
ac_prog=ld
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC])
case $host in
*-*-mingw*)
# gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
*)
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
esac
case $ac_prog in
# Accept absolute paths.
[[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./'
# Canonicalize the pathname of ld
ac_prog=`$ECHO "$ac_prog"| $SED 's%\\\\%/%g'`
while $ECHO "$ac_prog" | $GREP "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
ac_prog=`$ECHO $ac_prog| $SED "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
done
test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
;;
"")
# If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
ac_prog=ld
;;
*)
# If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
with_gnu_ld=unknown
;;
esac
elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
fi
AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_LD,
[if test -z "$LD"; then
lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for ac_dir in $PATH; do
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
lt_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
# Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
# but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v.
# Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
case `"$lt_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 &1 /dev/null 2>&1; then
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ^x86 archive import|^x86 DLL'
lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='func_win32_libid'
else
# Keep this pattern in sync with the one in func_win32_libid.
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)'
lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
fi
;;
cegcc*)
# use the weaker test based on 'objdump'. See mingw*.
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic file format pe-arm-.*little(.*architecture: arm)?'
lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='$OBJDUMP -f'
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
case $host_cpu in
i*86 )
# Not sure whether the presence of OpenBSD here was a mistake.
# Let's accept both of them until this is cleared up.
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (FreeBSD|OpenBSD|DragonFly)/i[[3-9]]86 (compact )?demand paged shared library'
lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so.*`
;;
esac
else
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
fi
;;
gnu*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
haiku*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
hpux10.20* | hpux11*)
lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|ELF-[[0-9]][[0-9]]) shared object file - IA64'
lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/hpux32/libc.so
;;
hppa*64*)
[lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[0-9][0-9][0-9]|ELF[ -][0-9][0-9])(-bit)?( [LM]SB)? shared object( file)?[, -]* PA-RISC [0-9]\.[0-9]']
lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/pa20_64/libc.sl
;;
*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic (s[[0-9]][[0-9]][[0-9]]|PA-RISC[[0-9]]\.[[0-9]]) shared library'
lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libc.sl
;;
esac
;;
interix[[3-9]]*)
# PIC code is broken on Interix 3.x, that's why |\.a not |_pic\.a here
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|\.a)$'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 ") libmagic=32-bit;;
*-n32|*"-n32 ") libmagic=N32;;
*-64|*"-64 ") libmagic=64-bit;;
*) libmagic=never-match;;
esac
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
# This must be glibc/ELF.
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
netbsd*)
if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ > /dev/null; then
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
else
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so|_pic\.a)$'
fi
;;
newos6*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (executable|dynamic lib)'
lt_cv_file_magic_cmd=/usr/bin/file
lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/usr/lib/libnls.so
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
openbsd*)
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|\.so|_pic\.a)$'
else
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='match_pattern /lib[[^/]]+(\.so\.[[0-9]]+\.[[0-9]]+|_pic\.a)$'
fi
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
rdos*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
solaris*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
case $host_vendor in
motorola)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[ML]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib) M[[0-9]][[0-9]]* Version [[0-9]]'
lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=`echo /usr/lib/libc.so*`
;;
ncr)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
sequent)
lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method='file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB (shared object|dynamic lib )'
;;
sni)
lt_cv_file_magic_cmd='/bin/file'
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method="file_magic ELF [[0-9]][[0-9]]*-bit [[LM]]SB dynamic lib"
lt_cv_file_magic_test_file=/lib/libc.so
;;
siemens)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
pc)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
esac
;;
tpf*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
esac
])
file_magic_glob=
want_nocaseglob=no
if test "$build" = "$host"; then
case $host_os in
mingw* | pw32*)
if ( shopt | grep nocaseglob ) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
want_nocaseglob=yes
else
file_magic_glob=`echo aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ | $SED -e "s/\(..\)/s\/[[\1]]\/[[\1]]\/g;/g"`
fi
;;
esac
fi
file_magic_cmd=$lt_cv_file_magic_cmd
deplibs_check_method=$lt_cv_deplibs_check_method
test -z "$deplibs_check_method" && deplibs_check_method=unknown
_LT_DECL([], [deplibs_check_method], [1],
[Method to check whether dependent libraries are shared objects])
_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_cmd], [1],
[Command to use when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"])
_LT_DECL([], [file_magic_glob], [1],
[How to find potential files when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"])
_LT_DECL([], [want_nocaseglob], [1],
[Find potential files using nocaseglob when deplibs_check_method = "file_magic"])
])# _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD
# LT_PATH_NM
# ----------
# find the pathname to a BSD- or MS-compatible name lister
AC_DEFUN([LT_PATH_NM],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for BSD- or MS-compatible name lister (nm)], lt_cv_path_NM,
[if test -n "$NM"; then
# Let the user override the test.
lt_cv_path_NM="$NM"
else
lt_nm_to_check="${ac_tool_prefix}nm"
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix" && test "$build" = "$host"; then
lt_nm_to_check="$lt_nm_to_check nm"
fi
for lt_tmp_nm in $lt_nm_to_check; do
lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin/elf /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
tmp_nm="$ac_dir/$lt_tmp_nm"
if test -f "$tmp_nm" || test -f "$tmp_nm$ac_exeext" ; then
# Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
# Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
# nm: unknown option "B" ignored
# Tru64's nm complains that /dev/null is an invalid object file
case `"$tmp_nm" -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
*/dev/null* | *'Invalid file or object type'*)
lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -B"
break
;;
*)
case `"$tmp_nm" -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
*/dev/null*)
lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm -p"
break
;;
*)
lt_cv_path_NM=${lt_cv_path_NM="$tmp_nm"} # keep the first match, but
continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
;;
esac
;;
esac
fi
done
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
done
: ${lt_cv_path_NM=no}
fi])
if test "$lt_cv_path_NM" != "no"; then
NM="$lt_cv_path_NM"
else
# Didn't find any BSD compatible name lister, look for dumpbin.
if test -n "$DUMPBIN"; then :
# Let the user override the test.
else
AC_CHECK_TOOLS(DUMPBIN, [dumpbin "link -dump"], :)
case `$DUMPBIN -symbols /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'` in
*COFF*)
DUMPBIN="$DUMPBIN -symbols"
;;
*)
DUMPBIN=:
;;
esac
fi
AC_SUBST([DUMPBIN])
if test "$DUMPBIN" != ":"; then
NM="$DUMPBIN"
fi
fi
test -z "$NM" && NM=nm
AC_SUBST([NM])
_LT_DECL([], [NM], [1], [A BSD- or MS-compatible name lister])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([the name lister ($NM) interface], [lt_cv_nm_interface],
[lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm"
echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext
(eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_compile\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
(eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err)
cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
(eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
(eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out)
cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
(eval echo "\"\$as_me:$LINENO: output\"" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD)
cat conftest.out >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin"
fi
rm -f conftest*])
])# LT_PATH_NM
# Old names:
AU_ALIAS([AM_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
AU_ALIAS([AC_PROG_NM], [LT_PATH_NM])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_NM], [])
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_NM], [])
# _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB
# --------------------------------
# how to determine the name of the shared library
# associated with a specific link library.
# -- PORTME fill in with the dynamic library characteristics
m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB],
[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])
m4_require([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP])
m4_require([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to associate runtime and link libraries],
lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd,
[lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd='unknown'
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# two different shell functions defined in ltmain.sh
# decide which to use based on capabilities of $DLLTOOL
case `$DLLTOOL --help 2>&1` in
*--identify-strict*)
lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib
;;
*)
lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback
;;
esac
;;
*)
# fallback: assume linklib IS sharedlib
lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd="$ECHO"
;;
esac
])
sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$lt_cv_sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
test -z "$sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd" && sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd=$ECHO
_LT_DECL([], [sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd], [1],
[Command to associate shared and link libraries])
])# _LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB
# _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL
# ----------------------
# locate the manifest tool
m4_defun([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL],
[AC_CHECK_TOOL(MANIFEST_TOOL, mt, :)
test -z "$MANIFEST_TOOL" && MANIFEST_TOOL=mt
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if $MANIFEST_TOOL is a manifest tool], [lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool],
[lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=no
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $MANIFEST_TOOL '-?'" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
$MANIFEST_TOOL '-?' 2>conftest.err > conftest.out
cat conftest.err >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
if $GREP 'Manifest Tool' conftest.out > /dev/null; then
lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool=yes
fi
rm -f conftest*])
if test "x$lt_cv_path_mainfest_tool" != xyes; then
MANIFEST_TOOL=:
fi
_LT_DECL([], [MANIFEST_TOOL], [1], [Manifest tool])dnl
])# _LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL
# LT_LIB_M
# --------
# check for math library
AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_M],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
LIBM=
case $host in
*-*-beos* | *-*-cegcc* | *-*-cygwin* | *-*-haiku* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-darwin*)
# These system don't have libm, or don't need it
;;
*-ncr-sysv4.3*)
AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw")
AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="$LIBM -lm")
;;
*)
AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos, LIBM="-lm")
;;
esac
AC_SUBST([LIBM])
])# LT_LIB_M
# Old name:
AU_ALIAS([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [LT_LIB_M])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_LIBM], [])
# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI([TAGNAME])
# -------------------------------
m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI],
[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $cc_basename in
nvcc*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -Xcompiler -fno-builtin' ;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin' ;;
esac
_LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler supports -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions],
lt_cv_prog_compiler_rtti_exceptions,
[-fno-rtti -fno-exceptions], [],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1) -fno-rtti -fno-exceptions"])
fi
_LT_TAGDECL([no_builtin_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag], [1],
[Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions])
])# _LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI
# _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
# ----------------------
m4_defun([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
# Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([command to parse $NM output from $compiler object])
AC_CACHE_VAL([lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe],
[
# These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems.
# [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)]
# Character class describing NM global symbol codes.
symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
# Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C.
sympat='\([[_A-Za-z]][[_A-Za-z0-9]]*\)'
# Define system-specific variables.
case $host_os in
aix*)
symcode='[[BCDT]]'
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
symcode='[[ABCDGISTW]]'
;;
hpux*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
symcode='[[ABCDEGRST]]'
fi
;;
irix* | nonstopux*)
symcode='[[BCDEGRST]]'
;;
osf*)
symcode='[[BCDEGQRST]]'
;;
solaris*)
symcode='[[BDRT]]'
;;
sco3.2v5*)
symcode='[[DT]]'
;;
sysv4.2uw2*)
symcode='[[DT]]'
;;
sysv5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
symcode='[[ABDT]]'
;;
sysv4)
symcode='[[DFNSTU]]'
;;
esac
# If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes.
case `$NM -V 2>&1` in
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
symcode='[[ABCDGIRSTW]]' ;;
esac
# Transform an extracted symbol line into a proper C declaration.
# Some systems (esp. on ia64) link data and code symbols differently,
# so use this general approach.
lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl="sed -n -e 's/^T .* \(.*\)$/extern int \1();/p' -e 's/^$symcode* .* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/p'"
# Transform an extracted symbol line into symbol name and symbol address
lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix="sed -n -e 's/^: \([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]]*$/ {\\\"\1\\\", (void *) 0},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \(lib[[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p' -e 's/^$symcode* \([[^ ]]*\) \([[^ ]]*\)$/ {\"lib\2\", (void *) \&\2},/p'"
# Handle CRLF in mingw tool chain
opt_cr=
case $build_os in
mingw*)
opt_cr=`$ECHO 'x\{0,1\}' | tr x '\015'` # option cr in regexp
;;
esac
# Try without a prefix underscore, then with it.
for ac_symprfx in "" "_"; do
# Transform symcode, sympat, and symprfx into a raw symbol and a C symbol.
symxfrm="\\1 $ac_symprfx\\2 \\2"
# Write the raw and C identifiers.
if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
# Fake it for dumpbin and say T for any non-static function
# and D for any global variable.
# Also find C++ and __fastcall symbols from MSVC++,
# which start with @ or ?.
lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$AWK ['"\
" {last_section=section; section=\$ 3};"\
" /^COFF SYMBOL TABLE/{for(i in hide) delete hide[i]};"\
" /Section length .*#relocs.*(pick any)/{hide[last_section]=1};"\
" \$ 0!~/External *\|/{next};"\
" / 0+ UNDEF /{next}; / UNDEF \([^|]\)*()/{next};"\
" {if(hide[section]) next};"\
" {f=0}; \$ 0~/\(\).*\|/{f=1}; {printf f ? \"T \" : \"D \"};"\
" {split(\$ 0, a, /\||\r/); split(a[2], s)};"\
" s[1]~/^[@?]/{print s[1], s[1]; next};"\
" s[1]~prfx {split(s[1],t,\"@\"); print t[1], substr(t[1],length(prfx))}"\
" ' prfx=^$ac_symprfx]"
else
lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.*[[ ]]\($symcode$symcode*\)[[ ]][[ ]]*$ac_symprfx$sympat$opt_cr$/$symxfrm/p'"
fi
lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe="$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe | sed '/ __gnu_lto/d'"
# Check to see that the pipe works correctly.
pipe_works=no
rm -f conftest*
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
char nm_test_var;
void nm_test_func(void);
void nm_test_func(void){}
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
int main(){nm_test_var='a';nm_test_func();return(0);}
_LT_EOF
if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
# Now try to grab the symbols.
nlist=conftest.nm
if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" \> $nlist) && test -s "$nlist"; then
# Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then
mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist"
else
rm -f "$nlist"T
fi
# Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need.
if $GREP ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
if $GREP ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then
cat <<_LT_EOF > conftest.$ac_ext
/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_WIN32_WCE)
/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because runtime
relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */
# define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST
#elif defined(__osf__)
/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */
# define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST
#else
# define LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST const
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
_LT_EOF
# Now generate the symbol file.
eval "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext'
cat <<_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
LT@&t@_DLSYM_CONST struct {
const char *name;
void *address;
}
lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols[[]] =
{
{ "@PROGRAM@", (void *) 0 },
_LT_EOF
$SED "s/^$symcode$symcode* \(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {\"\2\", (void *) \&\2},/" < "$nlist" | $GREP -v main >> conftest.$ac_ext
cat <<\_LT_EOF >> conftest.$ac_ext
{0, (void *) 0}
};
/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
return lt__PROGRAM__LTX_preloaded_symbols;
}
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
_LT_EOF
# Now try linking the two files.
mv conftest.$ac_objext conftstm.$ac_objext
lt_globsym_save_LIBS=$LIBS
lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
LIBS="conftstm.$ac_objext"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)"
if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_link) && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
pipe_works=yes
fi
LIBS=$lt_globsym_save_LIBS
CFLAGS=$lt_globsym_save_CFLAGS
else
echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
fi
else
echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
fi
else
echo "cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
fi
else
echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -rf conftest* conftst*
# Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works.
if test "$pipe_works" = yes; then
break
else
lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe=
fi
done
])
if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl=
fi
if test -z "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(failed)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(ok)
fi
# Response file support.
if test "$lt_cv_nm_interface" = "MS dumpbin"; then
nm_file_list_spec='@'
elif $NM --help 2>/dev/null | grep '[[@]]FILE' >/dev/null; then
nm_file_list_spec='@'
fi
_LT_DECL([global_symbol_pipe], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe], [1],
[Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names])
_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_cdecl], [lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_cdecl], [1],
[Transform the output of nm in a proper C declaration])
_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address],
[lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address], [1],
[Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair])
_LT_DECL([global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix],
[lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix], [1],
[Transform the output of nm in a C name address pair when lib prefix is needed])
_LT_DECL([], [nm_file_list_spec], [1],
[Specify filename containing input files for $NM])
]) # _LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
# _LT_COMPILER_PIC([TAGNAME])
# ---------------------------
m4_defun([_LT_COMPILER_PIC],
[m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
# C++ specific cases for pic, static, wl, etc.
if test "$GXX" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
case $host_os in
aix*)
# All AIX code is PIC.
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case $host_cpu in
powerpc)
# see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
;;
m68k)
# FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
# adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
# like `-m68040'.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
;;
esac
;;
beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
# PIC is the default for these OSes.
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
# built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
# Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
# (--disable-auto-import) libraries
m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
# PIC is the default on this platform
# Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
;;
*djgpp*)
# DJGPP does not support shared libraries at all
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
;;
haiku*)
# PIC is the default for Haiku.
# The "-static" flag exists, but is broken.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
;;
interix[[3-9]]*)
# Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
# Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
fi
;;
hpux*)
# PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
# PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
# sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*)
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
;;
esac
;;
*qnx* | *nto*)
# QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
# it will coredump.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
;;
esac
else
case $host_os in
aix[[4-9]]*)
# All AIX code is PIC.
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
fi
;;
chorus*)
case $cc_basename in
cxch68*)
# Green Hills C++ Compiler
# _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)="--no_auto_instantiation -u __main -u __premain -u _abort -r $COOL_DIR/lib/libOrb.a $MVME_DIR/lib/CC/libC.a $MVME_DIR/lib/classix/libcx.s.a"
;;
esac
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | os2* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
# built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
;;
dgux*)
case $cc_basename in
ec++*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
;;
ghcx*)
# Green Hills C++ Compiler
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
;;
*)
;;
esac
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
# FreeBSD uses GNU C++
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
fi
;;
aCC*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
# +Z the default
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
;;
esac
;;
*)
;;
esac
;;
interix*)
# This is c89, which is MS Visual C++ (no shared libs)
# Anyone wants to do a port?
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
# CC pic flag -KPIC is the default.
;;
*)
;;
esac
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
case $cc_basename in
KCC*)
# KAI C++ Compiler
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
;;
ecpc* )
# old Intel C++ for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
;;
icpc* )
# Intel C++, used to be incompatible with GCC.
# ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
;;
pgCC* | pgcpp*)
# Portland Group C++ compiler
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
cxx*)
# Compaq C++
# Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha
# Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
;;
xlc* | xlC* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*)
# IBM XL 8.0, 9.0 on PPC and BlueGene
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ C*)
# Sun C++ 5.9
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
lynxos*)
;;
m88k*)
;;
mvs*)
case $cc_basename in
cxx*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-W c,exportall'
;;
*)
;;
esac
;;
netbsd*)
;;
*qnx* | *nto*)
# QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
# it will coredump.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
case $cc_basename in
KCC*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='--backend -Wl,'
;;
RCC*)
# Rational C++ 2.4.1
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
;;
cxx*)
# Digital/Compaq C++
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
# Make sure the PIC flag is empty. It appears that all Alpha
# Linux and Compaq Tru64 Unix objects are PIC.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
;;
*)
;;
esac
;;
psos*)
;;
solaris*)
case $cc_basename in
CC* | sunCC*)
# Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
;;
gcx*)
# Green Hills C++ Compiler
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
;;
*)
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
# Sun C++ 4.x
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
lcc*)
# Lucid
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
;;
*)
;;
esac
;;
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
esac
;;
tandem*)
case $cc_basename in
NCC*)
# NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
;;
*)
;;
esac
;;
vxworks*)
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
;;
esac
fi
],
[
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
case $host_os in
aix*)
# All AIX code is PIC.
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case $host_cpu in
powerpc)
# see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
;;
m68k)
# FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but
# adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better,
# like `-m68040'.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4'
;;
esac
;;
beos* | irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux* | osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
# PIC is the default for these OSes.
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
# This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
# built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
# Although the cygwin gcc ignores -fPIC, still need this for old-style
# (--disable-auto-import) libraries
m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
# PIC is the default on this platform
# Common symbols not allowed in MH_DYLIB files
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fno-common'
;;
haiku*)
# PIC is the default for Haiku.
# The "-static" flag exists, but is broken.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=
;;
hpux*)
# PIC is the default for 64-bit PA HP-UX, but not for 32-bit
# PA HP-UX. On IA64 HP-UX, PIC is the default but the pic flag
# sets the default TLS model and affects inlining.
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*)
# +Z the default
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
;;
esac
;;
interix[[3-9]]*)
# Interix 3.x gcc -fpic/-fPIC options generate broken code.
# Instead, we relocate shared libraries at runtime.
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# Just because we use GCC doesn't mean we suddenly get shared libraries
# on systems that don't support them.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
enable_shared=no
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
# QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
# it will coredump.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=-Kconform_pic
fi
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
;;
esac
case $cc_basename in
nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Xlinker '
if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="-Xcompiler $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"
fi
;;
esac
else
# PORTME Check for flag to pass linker flags through the system compiler.
case $host_os in
aix*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# AIX 5 now supports IA64 processor
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp'
fi
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
# This hack is so that the source file can tell whether it is being
# built for inclusion in a dll (and should export symbols for example).
m4_if([$1], [GCJ], [],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-DDLL_EXPORT'])
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
# PIC is the default for IA64 HP-UX and 64-bit HP-UX, but
# not for PA HP-UX.
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
# +Z the default
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='+Z'
;;
esac
# Is there a better lt_prog_compiler_static that works with the bundled CC?
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='${wl}-a ${wl}archive'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
# PIC (with -KPIC) is the default.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
case $cc_basename in
# old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
ecc*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
;;
# icc used to be incompatible with GCC.
# ICC 10 doesn't accept -KPIC any more.
icc* | ifort*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
;;
# Lahey Fortran 8.1.
lf95*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='--shared'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='--static'
;;
nagfor*)
# NAG Fortran compiler
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,-Wl,,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
# Portland Group compilers (*not* the Pentium gcc compiler,
# which looks to be a dead project)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
ccc*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
# All Alpha code is PIC.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
;;
xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
# IBM XL C 8.0/Fortran 10.1, 11.1 on PPC and BlueGene
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-qpic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-qstaticlink'
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ Ceres\ Fortran* | *Sun*Fortran*\ [[1-7]].* | *Sun*Fortran*\ 8.[[0-3]]*)
# Sun Fortran 8.3 passes all unrecognized flags to the linker
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)=''
;;
*Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
;;
*Sun\ C*)
# Sun C 5.9
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
;;
*Intel*\ [[CF]]*Compiler*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-static'
;;
*Portland\ Group*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fpic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
newsos6)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
# QNX uses GNU C++, but need to define -shared option too, otherwise
# it will coredump.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-fPIC -shared'
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
# All OSF/1 code is PIC.
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
;;
rdos*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
;;
solaris*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
case $cc_basename in
f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld ';;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,';;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Qoption ld '
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-PIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec ;then
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-Kconform_pic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
fi
;;
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-KPIC'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
unicos*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)='-Wl,'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
;;
uts4*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)='-pic'
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-Bstatic'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no
;;
esac
fi
])
case $host_os in
# For platforms which do not support PIC, -DPIC is meaningless:
*djgpp*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])"
;;
esac
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for $compiler option to produce PIC],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)])
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic, $1)
#
# Check to make sure the PIC flag actually works.
#
if test -n "$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)"; then
_LT_COMPILER_OPTION([if $compiler PIC flag $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) works],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_pic_works, $1)],
[$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)@&t@m4_if([$1],[],[ -DPIC],[m4_if([$1],[CXX],[ -DPIC],[])])], [],
[case $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1) in
"" | " "*) ;;
*) _LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=" $_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)" ;;
esac],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_can_build_shared, $1)=no])
fi
_LT_TAGDECL([pic_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_pic], [1],
[Additional compiler flags for building library objects])
_LT_TAGDECL([wl], [lt_prog_compiler_wl], [1],
[How to pass a linker flag through the compiler])
#
# Check to make sure the static flag actually works.
#
wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1) eval lt_tmp_static_flag=\"$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)\"
_LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $compiler static flag $lt_tmp_static_flag works],
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_static_works, $1),
$lt_tmp_static_flag,
[],
[_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)=])
_LT_TAGDECL([link_static_flag], [lt_prog_compiler_static], [1],
[Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking])
])# _LT_COMPILER_PIC
# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS([TAGNAME])
# ----------------------------
# See if the linker supports building shared libraries.
m4_defun([_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS],
[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_LD])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([LT_PATH_NM])dnl
m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl
m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_TAG_COMPILER])dnl
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
m4_if([$1], [CXX], [
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
_LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
case $host_os in
aix[[4-9]]*)
# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
# Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global defined
# symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W".
if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
fi
;;
pw32*)
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)="$ltdll_cmds"
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
case $cc_basename in
cl*)
_LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
_LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname']
;;
esac
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
;;
esac
], [
runpath_var=
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED '\''s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(thread_safe_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
# include_expsyms should be a list of space-separated symbols to be *always*
# included in the symbol list
_LT_TAGVAR(include_expsyms, $1)=
# exclude_expsyms can be an extended regexp of symbols to exclude
# it will be wrapped by ` (' and `)$', so one must not match beginning or
# end of line. Example: `a|bc|.*d.*' will exclude the symbols `a' and `bc',
# as well as any symbol that contains `d'.
_LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|_GLOBAL__F[ID]_.*']
# Although _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a valid symbol C name, most a.out
# platforms (ab)use it in PIC code, but their linkers get confused if
# the symbol is explicitly referenced. Since portable code cannot
# rely on this symbol name, it's probably fine to never include it in
# preloaded symbol tables.
# Exclude shared library initialization/finalization symbols.
dnl Note also adjust exclude_expsyms for C++ above.
extract_expsyms_cmds=
case $host_os in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
interix*)
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
with_gnu_ld=yes
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
# On some targets, GNU ld is compatible enough with the native linker
# that we're better off using the native interface for both.
lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=no
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
case $host_os in
aix*)
# The AIX port of GNU ld has always aspired to compatibility
# with the native linker. However, as the warning in the GNU ld
# block says, versions before 2.19.5* couldn't really create working
# shared libraries, regardless of the interface used.
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.19.5*) ;;
*\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ 2.[[2-9]]*) ;;
*\ \(GNU\ Binutils\)\ [[3-9]]*) ;;
*)
lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes
;;
esac
;;
*)
lt_use_gnu_ld_interface=yes
;;
esac
fi
if test "$lt_use_gnu_ld_interface" = yes; then
# If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
wlarc='${wl}'
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
# ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
fi
supports_anon_versioning=no
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*GNU\ gold*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
*\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.10.*) ;; # catch versions < 2.11
*\ 2.11.93.0.2\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # RH7.3 ...
*\ 2.11.92.0.12\ *) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;; # Mandrake 8.2 ...
*\ 2.11.*) ;; # other 2.11 versions
*) supports_anon_versioning=yes ;;
esac
# See if GNU ld supports shared libraries.
case $host_os in
aix[[3-9]]*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
*** Warning: the GNU linker, at least up to release 2.19, is reported
*** to be unable to reliably create shared libraries on AIX.
*** Therefore, libtool is disabling shared libraries support. If you
*** really care for shared libraries, you may want to install binutils
*** 2.20 or above, or modify your PATH so that a non-GNU linker is found.
*** You will then need to restart the configuration process.
_LT_EOF
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case $host_cpu in
powerpc)
# see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
;;
m68k)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
;;
esac
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
# Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc
# support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
# as there is no search path for DLLs.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-all-symbols'
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1 DATA/;s/^.*[[ ]]__nm__\([[^ ]]*\)[[ ]][[^ ]]*/\1 DATA/;/^I[[ ]]/d;/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.* //'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
_LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)=['[_]+GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_|[_]+GLOBAL__[FID]_.*|[_]+head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_dll_iname']
if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
else
echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
fi~
$CC -shared $output_objdir/$soname.def $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
haiku*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
;;
interix[[3-9]]*)
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
# Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
# Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
# default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
# consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random,
# 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
# time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
;;
gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
tmp_diet=no
if test "$host_os" = linux-dietlibc; then
case $cc_basename in
diet\ *) tmp_diet=yes;; # linux-dietlibc with static linking (!diet-dyn)
esac
fi
if $LD --help 2>&1 | $EGREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null \
&& test "$tmp_diet" = no
then
tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
tmp_sharedflag='-shared'
case $cc_basename,$host_cpu in
pgcc*) # Portland Group C compiler
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag'
;;
pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
# Portland Group f77 and f90 compilers
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
tmp_addflag=' $pic_flag -Mnomain' ;;
ecc*,ia64* | icc*,ia64*) # Intel C compiler on ia64
tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic' ;;
efc*,ia64* | ifort*,ia64*) # Intel Fortran compiler on ia64
tmp_addflag=' -i_dynamic -nofor_main' ;;
ifc* | ifort*) # Intel Fortran compiler
tmp_addflag=' -nofor_main' ;;
lf95*) # Lahey Fortran 8.1
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
tmp_sharedflag='--shared' ;;
xl[[cC]]* | bgxl[[cC]]* | mpixl[[cC]]*) # IBM XL C 8.0 on PPC (deal with xlf below)
tmp_sharedflag='-qmkshrobj'
tmp_addflag= ;;
nvcc*) # Cuda Compiler Driver 2.2
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
;;
esac
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ C*) # Sun C 5.9
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
*Sun\ F*) # Sun Fortran 8.3
tmp_sharedflag='-G' ;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
$CC '"$tmp_sharedflag""$tmp_addflag"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
fi
case $cc_basename in
xlf* | bgf* | bgxlf* | mpixlf*)
# IBM XL Fortran 10.1 on PPC cannot create shared libs itself
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='--whole-archive$convenience --no-whole-archive'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -o $lib'
if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
$LD -shared $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -soname $soname -version-script $output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
fi
;;
esac
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -o $lib'
wlarc=
else
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
fi
;;
solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | $GREP 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
*** Warning: The releases 2.8.* of the GNU linker cannot reliably
*** create shared libraries on Solaris systems. Therefore, libtool
*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU
*** binutils to release 2.9.1 or newer. Another option is to modify
*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
*** used, and then restart.
_LT_EOF
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ [[01]].* | *\ 2.[[0-9]].* | *\ 2.1[[0-5]].*)
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
cat <<_LT_EOF 1>&2
*** Warning: Releases of the GNU linker prior to 2.16.91.0.3 can not
*** reliably create shared libraries on SCO systems. Therefore, libtool
*** is disabling shared libraries support. We urge you to upgrade GNU
*** binutils to release 2.16.91.0.3 or newer. Another option is to modify
*** your PATH or compiler configuration so that the native linker is
*** used, and then restart.
_LT_EOF
;;
*)
# For security reasons, it is highly recommended that you always
# use absolute paths for naming shared libraries, and exclude the
# DT_RUNPATH tag from executables and libraries. But doing so
# requires that you compile everything twice, which is a pain.
if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
wlarc=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no; then
runpath_var=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
fi
else
# PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld)
case $host_os in
aix3*)
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$LD -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags -bE:$export_symbols -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $output_objdir/$soname'
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes && test -z "$lt_prog_compiler_static"; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
fi
;;
aix[[4-9]]*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
no_entry_flag=""
else
# If we're using GNU nm, then we don't want the "-C" option.
# -C means demangle to AIX nm, but means don't demangle with GNU nm
# Also, AIX nm treats weak defined symbols like other global
# defined symbols, whereas GNU nm marks them as "W".
if $NM -V 2>&1 | $GREP 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -Bpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B") || (\$ 2 == "W")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM -BCpg $libobjs $convenience | awk '\''{ if (((\$ 2 == "T") || (\$ 2 == "D") || (\$ 2 == "B")) && ([substr](\$ 3,1,1) != ".")) { print \$ 3 } }'\'' | sort -u > $export_symbols'
fi
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
;;
esac
exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
fi
# When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
# have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library
# or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
# CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not
# enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" &&
strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
:
else
# We have old collect2
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
# It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
# path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L
# to unsupported forces relinking
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
fi
;;
esac
shared_flag='-shared'
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
fi
else
# not using gcc
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
shared_flag='-G'
else
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
shared_flag='${wl}-G'
else
shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
fi
fi
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall'
# It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
# underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to export.
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
# Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
# empty executable.
_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1])
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
else
# Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
# empty executable.
_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1])
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
# Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive.
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
else
# Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
# This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared libraries.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case $host_cpu in
powerpc)
# see comment about AmigaOS4 .so support
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=''
;;
m68k)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define NAME $libname" > $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define VERSION $major" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$ECHO "#define REVISION $revision" >> $output_objdir/a2ixlibrary.data~$AR $AR_FLAGS $lib $libobjs~$RANLIB $lib~(cd $output_objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
;;
esac
;;
bsdi[[45]]*)
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=-rdynamic
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
case $cc_basename in
cl*)
# Native MSVC
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@'
# Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
libext=lib
# Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
shrext_cmds=".dll"
# FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames='
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
sed -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp;
else
sed -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp;
fi~
$CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~
linknames='
# The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL.
# _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true'
_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(exclude_expsyms, $1)='_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR|_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR_.*'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_symbols_cmds, $1)='$NM $libobjs $convenience | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '\''/^[[BCDGRS]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]\([[^ ]]*\)/\1,DATA/'\'' | $SED -e '\''/^[[AITW]][[ ]]/s/.*[[ ]]//'\'' | sort | uniq > $export_symbols'
# Don't use ranlib
_LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib'
_LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~
lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~
case $lt_outputfile in
*.exe|*.EXE) ;;
*)
lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe"
lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe"
;;
esac~
if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then
$MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1;
$RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest";
fi'
;;
*)
# Assume MSVC wrapper
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
# Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
libext=lib
# Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
shrext_cmds=".dll"
# FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $lib $libobjs $compiler_flags `func_echo_all "$deplibs" | $SED '\''s/ -lc$//'\''` -link -dll~linknames='
# The linker will automatically build a .lib file if we build a DLL.
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true'
# FIXME: Should let the user specify the lib program.
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='lib -OUT:$oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs'
_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
;;
esac
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
;;
dgux*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
# FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor
# support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o
# does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little
# extra space).
freebsd2.2*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags /usr/lib/c++rt0.o'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
# Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature.
freebsd2.*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
# FreeBSD 3 and greater uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries.
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
hpux9*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$LD -b +b $install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
;;
hpux10*)
if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
fi
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
fi
;;
hpux11*)
if test "$GCC" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
;;
ia64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
;;
esac
else
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
;;
ia64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
;;
*)
m4_if($1, [], [
# Older versions of the 11.00 compiler do not understand -b yet
# (HP92453-01 A.11.01.20 doesn't, HP92453-01 B.11.X.35175-35176.GP does)
_LT_LINKER_OPTION([if $CC understands -b],
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler__b, $1), [-b],
[_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'],
[_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -b +h $soname +b $install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'])],
[_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'])
;;
esac
fi
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
# Try to use the -exported_symbol ld option, if it does not
# work, assume that -exports_file does not work either and
# implicitly export all symbols.
# This should be the same for all languages, so no per-tag cache variable.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the $host_os linker accepts -exported_symbol],
[lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol],
[save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -shared ${wl}-exported_symbol ${wl}foo ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}/dev/null"
AC_LINK_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_SOURCE(
[AC_LANG_CASE([C], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]],
[C++], [[int foo (void) { return 0; }]],
[Fortran 77], [[
subroutine foo
end]],
[Fortran], [[
subroutine foo
end]])])],
[lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=yes],
[lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol=no])
LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"])
if test "$lt_cv_irix_exported_symbol" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations ${wl}-exports_file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
fi
else
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -exports_file $export_symbols -o $lib'
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
;;
netbsd*)
if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # a.out
else
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -shared -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags' # ELF
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
newsos6)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
openbsd*)
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
else
case $host_os in
openbsd[[01]].* | openbsd2.[[0-7]] | openbsd2.[[0-7]].*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
os2*)
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$ECHO "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $output_objdir/$libname.def~$ECHO "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo DATA >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~echo EXPORTS >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~emxexp $libobjs >> $output_objdir/$libname.def~$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags $output_objdir/$libname.def'
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='emximp -o $output_objdir/$libname.a $output_objdir/$libname.def'
;;
osf3*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*) # as osf3* with the addition of -msym flag
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done; printf "%s\\n" "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp $compiler_flags $libobjs $deplibs -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~$RM $lib.exp'
# Both c and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)='no'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
;;
solaris*)
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -z defs'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wlarc='${wl}'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
$CC -shared $pic_flag ${wl}-z ${wl}text ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp ${wl}-h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
else
case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
*"Compilers 5.0"*)
wlarc=''
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
;;
*)
wlarc='${wl}'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -M $lib.exp -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
;;
esac
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
case $host_os in
solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
*)
# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
# but understands `-z linker_flag'. GCC discards it without `$wl',
# but is careful enough not to reorder.
# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
fi
;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
;;
sunos4*)
if test "x$host_vendor" = xsequent; then
# Use $CC to link under sequent, because it throws in some extra .o
# files that make .init and .fini sections work.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
## LD is ld it makes a PLAMLIB
## CC just makes a GrossModule.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -r -o $output$reload_objs'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
;;
motorola)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
sysv4.3*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='-Bexport'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
hardcode_runpath_var=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
fi
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
# Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
# link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
# always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
# ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
# though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
# as -z defs.
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport'
runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
fi
;;
uts4*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $linker_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
esac
if test x$host_vendor = xsni; then
case $host in
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Blargedynsym'
;;
esac
fi
fi
])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
_LT_TAGVAR(with_gnu_ld, $1)=$with_gnu_ld
_LT_DECL([], [libext], [0], [Old archive suffix (normally "a")])dnl
_LT_DECL([], [shrext_cmds], [1], [Shared library suffix (normally ".so")])dnl
_LT_DECL([], [extract_expsyms_cmds], [2],
[The commands to extract the exported symbol list from a shared archive])
#
# Do we need to explicitly link libc?
#
case "x$_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)" in
x|xyes)
# Assume -lc should be added
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
if test "$enable_shared" = yes && test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) in
*'~'*)
# FIXME: we may have to deal with multi-command sequences.
;;
'$CC '*)
# Test whether the compiler implicitly links with -lc since on some
# systems, -lgcc has to come before -lc. If gcc already passes -lc
# to ld, don't add -lc before -lgcc.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether -lc should be explicitly linked in],
[lt_cv_]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1),
[$RM conftest*
echo "$lt_simple_compile_test_code" > conftest.$ac_ext
if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; then
soname=conftest
lib=conftest
libobjs=conftest.$ac_objext
deplibs=
wl=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_wl, $1)
pic_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_pic, $1)
compiler_flags=-v
linker_flags=-v
verstring=
output_objdir=.
libname=conftest
lt_save_allow_undefined_flag=$_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
if AC_TRY_EVAL(_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1) 2\>\&1 \| $GREP \" -lc \" \>/dev/null 2\>\&1)
then
lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
else
lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=$lt_save_allow_undefined_flag
else
cat conftest.err 1>&5
fi
$RM conftest*
])
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=$lt_cv_[]_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)
;;
esac
fi
;;
esac
_LT_TAGDECL([build_libtool_need_lc], [archive_cmds_need_lc], [0],
[Whether or not to add -lc for building shared libraries])
_LT_TAGDECL([allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes],
[enable_shared_with_static_runtimes], [0],
[Whether or not to disallow shared libs when runtime libs are static])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_dynamic_flag_spec], [1],
[Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [whole_archive_flag_spec], [1],
[Compiler flag to generate shared objects directly from archives])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_needs_object], [1],
[Whether the compiler copes with passing no objects directly])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_new_cmds], [2],
[Create an old-style archive from a shared archive])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds], [2],
[Create a temporary old-style archive to link instead of a shared archive])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_cmds], [2], [Commands used to build a shared archive])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [archive_expsym_cmds], [2])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_cmds], [2],
[Commands used to build a loadable module if different from building
a shared archive.])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [module_expsym_cmds], [2])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [with_gnu_ld], [1],
[Whether we are building with GNU ld or not])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [allow_undefined_flag], [1],
[Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [no_undefined_flag], [1],
[Flag that enforces no undefined symbols])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_flag_spec], [1],
[Flag to hardcode $libdir into a binary during linking.
This must work even if $libdir does not exist])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_libdir_separator], [1],
[Whether we need a single "-rpath" flag with a separated argument])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct], [0],
[Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
DIR into the resulting binary])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_direct_absolute], [0],
[Set to "yes" if using DIR/libNAME${shared_ext} during linking hardcodes
DIR into the resulting binary and the resulting library dependency is
"absolute", i.e impossible to change by setting ${shlibpath_var} if the
library is relocated])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_minus_L], [0],
[Set to "yes" if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR
into the resulting binary])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_shlibpath_var], [0],
[Set to "yes" if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR
into the resulting binary])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [hardcode_automatic], [0],
[Set to "yes" if building a shared library automatically hardcodes DIR
into the library and all subsequent libraries and executables linked
against it])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [inherit_rpath], [0],
[Set to yes if linker adds runtime paths of dependent libraries
to runtime path list])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [link_all_deplibs], [0],
[Whether libtool must link a program against all its dependency libraries])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [always_export_symbols], [0],
[Set to "yes" if exported symbols are required])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [export_symbols_cmds], [2],
[The commands to list exported symbols])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [exclude_expsyms], [1],
[Symbols that should not be listed in the preloaded symbols])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [include_expsyms], [1],
[Symbols that must always be exported])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [prelink_cmds], [2],
[Commands necessary for linking programs (against libraries) with templates])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [postlink_cmds], [2],
[Commands necessary for finishing linking programs])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [file_list_spec], [1],
[Specify filename containing input files])
dnl FIXME: Not yet implemented
dnl _LT_TAGDECL([], [thread_safe_flag_spec], [1],
dnl [Compiler flag to generate thread safe objects])
])# _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS
# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG([TAG])
# ------------------------
# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C compiler are suitably
# defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
# the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
m4_defun([_LT_LANG_C_CONFIG],
[m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
lt_save_CC="$CC"
AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
# Source file extension for C test sources.
ac_ext=c
# Object file extension for compiled C test sources.
objext=o
_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
# Code to be used in simple compile tests
lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
# Code to be used in simple link tests
lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(){return(0);}'
_LT_TAG_COMPILER
# Save the default compiler, since it gets overwritten when the other
# tags are being tested, and _LT_TAGVAR(compiler, []) is a NOP.
compiler_DEFAULT=$CC
# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
if test -n "$compiler"; then
_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
_LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
_LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
LT_SYS_DLOPEN_SELF
_LT_CMD_STRIPLIB
# Report which library types will actually be built
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
# are all built from PIC.
case $host_os in
aix3*)
test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
fi
;;
aix[[4-9]]*)
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
fi
;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
_LT_CONFIG($1)
fi
AC_LANG_POP
CC="$lt_save_CC"
])# _LT_LANG_C_CONFIG
# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG([TAG])
# --------------------------
# Ensure that the configuration variables for a C++ compiler are suitably
# defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG to write
# the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
m4_defun([_LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],
[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
m4_require([_LT_DECL_EGREP])dnl
m4_require([_LT_PATH_MANIFEST_TOOL])dnl
if test -n "$CXX" && ( test "X$CXX" != "Xno" &&
( (test "X$CXX" = "Xg++" && `g++ -v >/dev/null 2>&1` ) ||
(test "X$CXX" != "Xg++"))) ; then
AC_PROG_CXXCPP
else
_lt_caught_CXX_error=yes
fi
AC_LANG_PUSH(C++)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=unsupported
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
# Source file extension for C++ test sources.
ac_ext=cpp
# Object file extension for compiled C++ test sources.
objext=o
_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
# the CXX compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared)
# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
if test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes; then
# Code to be used in simple compile tests
lt_simple_compile_test_code="int some_variable = 0;"
# Code to be used in simple link tests
lt_simple_link_test_code='int main(int, char *[[]]) { return(0); }'
# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
_LT_TAG_COMPILER
# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
lt_save_CC=$CC
lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
lt_save_LD=$LD
lt_save_GCC=$GCC
GCC=$GXX
lt_save_with_gnu_ld=$with_gnu_ld
lt_save_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LD
if test -n "${lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx+set}"; then
lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx
else
$as_unset lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
fi
if test -n "${lt_cv_path_LDCXX+set}"; then
lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_cv_path_LDCXX
else
$as_unset lt_cv_path_LD
fi
test -z "${LDCXX+set}" || LD=$LDCXX
CC=${CXX-"c++"}
CFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS
compiler=$CC
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
if test -n "$compiler"; then
# We don't want -fno-exception when compiling C++ code, so set the
# no_builtin_flag separately
if test "$GXX" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=' -fno-builtin'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_no_builtin_flag, $1)=
fi
if test "$GXX" = yes; then
# Set up default GNU C++ configuration
LT_PATH_LD
# Check if GNU C++ uses GNU ld as the underlying linker, since the
# archiving commands below assume that GNU ld is being used.
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC $pic_flag -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
# If archive_cmds runs LD, not CC, wlarc should be empty
# XXX I think wlarc can be eliminated in ltcf-cxx, but I need to
# investigate it a little bit more. (MM)
wlarc='${wl}'
# ancient GNU ld didn't support --whole-archive et. al.
if eval "`$CC -print-prog-name=ld` --help 2>&1" |
$GREP 'no-whole-archive' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
fi
else
with_gnu_ld=no
wlarc=
# A generic and very simple default shared library creation
# command for GNU C++ for the case where it uses the native
# linker, instead of GNU ld. If possible, this setting should
# overridden to take advantage of the native linker features on
# the platform it is being used on.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
fi
# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
# linking a shared library.
output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"'
else
GXX=no
with_gnu_ld=no
wlarc=
fi
# PORTME: fill in a description of your system's C++ link characteristics
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the $compiler linker ($LD) supports shared libraries])
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
case $host_os in
aix3*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
aix[[4-9]]*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
exp_sym_flag='-Bexport'
no_entry_flag=""
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[[23]]|aix4.[[23]].*|aix[[5-9]]*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
case $ld_flag in
*-brtl*)
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
;;
esac
done
;;
esac
exp_sym_flag='-bexport'
no_entry_flag='-bnoentry'
fi
# When large executables or shared objects are built, AIX ld can
# have problems creating the table of contents. If linking a library
# or program results in "error TOC overflow" add -mminimal-toc to
# CXXFLAGS/CFLAGS for g++/gcc. In the cases where that is not
# enough to fix the problem, add -Wl,-bbigtoc to LDFLAGS.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)=''
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='${wl}-f,'
if test "$GXX" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[[012]]|aix4.[[012]].*)
# We only want to do this on AIX 4.2 and lower, the check
# below for broken collect2 doesn't work under 4.3+
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" &&
strings "$collect2name" | $GREP resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
:
else
# We have old collect2
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=unsupported
# It fails to find uninstalled libraries when the uninstalled
# path is not listed in the libpath. Setting hardcode_minus_L
# to unsupported forces relinking
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
fi
esac
shared_flag='-shared'
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
shared_flag="$shared_flag "'${wl}-G'
fi
else
# not using gcc
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# VisualAge C++, Version 5.5 for AIX 5L for IA-64, Beta 3 Release
# chokes on -Wl,-G. The following line is correct:
shared_flag='-G'
else
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
shared_flag='${wl}-G'
else
shared_flag='${wl}-bM:SRE'
fi
fi
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-bexpall'
# It seems that -bexpall does not export symbols beginning with
# underscore (_), so it is better to generate a list of symbols to
# export.
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
# Warning - without using the other runtime loading flags (-brtl),
# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='-berok'
# Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an empty
# executable.
_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1])
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags `if test "x${allow_undefined_flag}" != "x"; then func_echo_all "${wl}${allow_undefined_flag}"; else :; fi` '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols $shared_flag"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)="-z nodefs"
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs '"\${wl}$no_entry_flag"' $compiler_flags ${wl}${allow_undefined_flag} '"\${wl}$exp_sym_flag:\$export_symbols"
else
# Determine the default libpath from the value encoded in an
# empty executable.
_LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH_AIX([$1])
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
# Warning - without using the other run time loading flags,
# -berok will link without error, but may produce a broken library.
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-bernotok'
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-berok'
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# We only use this code for GNU lds that support --whole-archive.
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
else
# Exported symbols can be pulled into shared objects from archives
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='$convenience'
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=yes
# This is similar to how AIX traditionally builds its shared
# libraries.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)="\$CC $shared_flag"' -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $deplibs ${wl}-bnoentry $compiler_flags ${wl}-bE:$export_symbols${allow_undefined_flag}~$AR $AR_FLAGS $output_objdir/$libname$release.a $output_objdir/$soname'
fi
fi
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
# Joseph Beckenbach says some releases of gcc
# support --undefined. This deserves some investigation. FIXME
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -nostart $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
chorus*)
case $cc_basename in
*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
esac
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
case $GXX,$cc_basename in
,cl* | no,cl*)
# Native MSVC
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=' '
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(file_list_spec, $1)='@'
# Tell ltmain to make .lib files, not .a files.
libext=lib
# Tell ltmain to make .dll files, not .so files.
shrext_cmds=".dll"
# FIXME: Setting linknames here is a bad hack.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $output_objdir/$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs -Wl,-dll~linknames='
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
$SED -n -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' -e '1\\\!p' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp;
else
$SED -e 's/\\\\\\\(.*\\\\\\\)/-link\\\ -EXPORT:\\\\\\\1/' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$soname.exp;
fi~
$CC -o $tool_output_objdir$soname $libobjs $compiler_flags $deplibs "@$tool_output_objdir$soname.exp" -Wl,-DLL,-IMPLIB:"$tool_output_objdir$libname.dll.lib"~
linknames='
# The linker will not automatically build a static lib if we build a DLL.
# _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_from_new_cmds, $1)='true'
_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
# Don't use ranlib
_LT_TAGVAR(old_postinstall_cmds, $1)='chmod 644 $oldlib'
_LT_TAGVAR(postlink_cmds, $1)='lt_outputfile="@OUTPUT@"~
lt_tool_outputfile="@TOOL_OUTPUT@"~
case $lt_outputfile in
*.exe|*.EXE) ;;
*)
lt_outputfile="$lt_outputfile.exe"
lt_tool_outputfile="$lt_tool_outputfile.exe"
;;
esac~
func_to_tool_file "$lt_outputfile"~
if test "$MANIFEST_TOOL" != ":" && test -f "$lt_outputfile.manifest"; then
$MANIFEST_TOOL -manifest "$lt_tool_outputfile.manifest" -outputresource:"$lt_tool_outputfile" || exit 1;
$RM "$lt_outputfile.manifest";
fi'
;;
*)
# g++
# _LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1) is actually meaningless,
# as there is no search path for DLLs.
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-L$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-all-symbols'
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=unsupported
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=yes
if $LD --help 2>&1 | $GREP 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
# If the export-symbols file already is a .def file (1st line
# is EXPORTS), use it as is; otherwise, prepend...
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" = xEXPORTS; then
cp $export_symbols $output_objdir/$soname.def;
else
echo EXPORTS > $output_objdir/$soname.def;
cat $export_symbols >> $output_objdir/$soname.def;
fi~
$CC -shared -nostdlib $output_objdir/$soname.def $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $output_objdir/$soname ${wl}--enable-auto-image-base -Xlinker --out-implib -Xlinker $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
_LT_DARWIN_LINKER_FEATURES($1)
;;
dgux*)
case $cc_basename in
ec++*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
ghcx*)
# Green Hills C++ Compiler
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
esac
;;
freebsd2.*)
# C++ shared libraries reported to be fairly broken before
# switch to ELF
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
freebsd-elf*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
# FreeBSD 3 and later use GNU C++ and GNU ld with standard ELF
# conventions
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
;;
gnu*)
;;
haiku*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
;;
hpux9*)
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
# but as the default
# location of the library.
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
aCC*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -b ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
# linking a shared library.
#
# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
# dependencies.
output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $EGREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"'
;;
*)
if test "$GXX" = yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$RM $output_objdir/$soname~$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $output_objdir/$soname $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~test $output_objdir/$soname = $lib || mv $output_objdir/$soname $lib'
else
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
hpux10*|hpux11*)
if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
;;
esac
fi
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=yes # Not in the search PATH,
# but as the default
# location of the library.
;;
esac
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
aCC*)
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
;;
ia64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -b ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
;;
esac
# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
# linking a shared library.
#
# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
# dependencies.
output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`($CC -b $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1) | $GREP "\-L"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"'
;;
*)
if test "$GXX" = yes; then
if test $with_gnu_ld = no; then
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib -fPIC ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
;;
ia64*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+nodefaultrpath -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib $pic_flag ${wl}+h ${wl}$soname ${wl}+b ${wl}$install_libdir -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
;;
esac
fi
else
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
interix[[3-9]]*)
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
# Hack: On Interix 3.x, we cannot compile PIC because of a broken gcc.
# Instead, shared libraries are loaded at an image base (0x10000000 by
# default) and relocated if they conflict, which is a slow very memory
# consuming and fragmenting process. To avoid this, we pick a random,
# 256 KiB-aligned image base between 0x50000000 and 0x6FFC0000 at link
# time. Moving up from 0x10000000 also allows more sbrk(2) space.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='sed "s,^,_," $export_symbols >$output_objdir/$soname.expsym~$CC -shared $pic_flag $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-h,$soname ${wl}--retain-symbols-file,$output_objdir/$soname.expsym ${wl}--image-base,`expr ${RANDOM-$$} % 4096 / 2 \* 262144 + 1342177280` -o $lib'
;;
irix5* | irix6*)
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
# SGI C++
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -all -multigot $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
# "CC -ar", where "CC" is the IRIX C++ compiler. This is
# necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
# in the archive.
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -ar -WR,-u -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
;;
*)
if test "$GXX" = yes; then
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
else
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` -o $lib'
fi
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
case $cc_basename in
KCC*)
# Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
# KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
# ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
# to its proper name (with version) after linking.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo $lib | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols; mv \$templib $lib'
# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
# linking a shared library.
#
# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
# dependencies.
output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; rm -f libconftest$shared_ext; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
# "CC -Bstatic", where "CC" is the KAI C++ compiler.
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
;;
icpc* | ecpc* )
# Intel C++
with_gnu_ld=yes
# version 8.0 and above of icpc choke on multiply defined symbols
# if we add $predep_objects and $postdep_objects, however 7.1 and
# earlier do not add the objects themselves.
case `$CC -V 2>&1` in
*"Version 7."*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
;;
*) # Version 8.0 or newer
tmp_idyn=
case $host_cpu in
ia64*) tmp_idyn=' -i_dynamic';;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared'"$tmp_idyn"' $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols -o $lib'
;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive$convenience ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
;;
pgCC* | pgcpp*)
# Portland Group C++ compiler
case `$CC -V` in
*pgCC\ [[1-5]].* | *pgcpp\ [[1-5]].*)
_LT_TAGVAR(prelink_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
rm -rf $tpldir~
$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $objs $libobjs $compile_deplibs~
compile_command="$compile_command `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`"'
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
rm -rf $tpldir~
$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $oldobjs$old_deplibs~
$AR $AR_FLAGS $oldlib$oldobjs$old_deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP`~
$RANLIB $oldlib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
rm -rf $tpldir~
$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='tpldir=Template.dir~
rm -rf $tpldir~
$CC --prelink_objects --instantiation_dir $tpldir $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $convenience $postdep_objects~
$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs `find $tpldir -name \*.o | sort | $NL2SP` $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
;;
*) # Version 6 and above use weak symbols
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols -o $lib'
;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -n \"$conv\" && new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
;;
cxx*)
# Compaq C++
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib ${wl}-retain-symbols-file $wl$export_symbols'
runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
# linking a shared library.
#
# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
# dependencies.
output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld"`; templist=`func_echo_all "$templist" | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld .*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "X$list" | $Xsed'
;;
xl* | mpixl* | bgxl*)
# IBM XL 8.0 on PPC, with GNU ld
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--export-dynamic'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
if test "x$supports_anon_versioning" = xyes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
cat $export_symbols | sed -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
echo "local: *; };" >> $output_objdir/$libname.ver~
$CC -qmkshrobj $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname ${wl}-version-script ${wl}$output_objdir/$libname.ver -o $lib'
fi
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ C*)
# Sun C++ 5.9
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file ${wl}$export_symbols'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}--whole-archive`new_convenience=; for conv in $convenience\"\"; do test -z \"$conv\" || new_convenience=\"$new_convenience,$conv\"; done; func_echo_all \"$new_convenience\"` ${wl}--no-whole-archive'
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_needs_object, $1)=yes
# Not sure whether something based on
# $CC $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext -o libconftest$shared_ext 2>&1
# would be better.
output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all'
# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
# "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is
# necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
# in the archive.
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
lynxos*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
m88k*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
mvs*)
case $cc_basename in
cxx*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
esac
;;
netbsd*)
if echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | $GREP __ELF__ >/dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $linker_flags'
wlarc=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
fi
# Workaround some broken pre-1.5 toolchains
output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP conftest.$objext | $SED -e "s:-lgcc -lc -lgcc::"'
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
;;
openbsd2*)
# C++ shared libraries are fairly broken
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
openbsd*)
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-retain-symbols-file,$export_symbols -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-E'
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)="$wlarc"'--whole-archive$convenience '"$wlarc"'--no-whole-archive'
fi
output_verbose_link_cmd=func_echo_all
else
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
case $cc_basename in
KCC*)
# Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
# KCC will only create a shared library if the output file
# ends with ".so" (or ".sl" for HP-UX), so rename the library
# to its proper name (with version) after linking.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='tempext=`echo $shared_ext | $SED -e '\''s/\([[^()0-9A-Za-z{}]]\)/\\\\\1/g'\''`; templib=`echo "$lib" | $SED -e "s/\${tempext}\..*/.so/"`; $CC $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags --soname $soname -o \$templib; mv \$templib $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
# the KAI C++ compiler.
case $host in
osf3*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Bstatic -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
*) _LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -o $oldlib $oldobjs' ;;
esac
;;
RCC*)
# Rational C++ 2.4.1
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
cxx*)
case $host in
osf3*)
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' -expect_unresolved \*'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='for i in `cat $export_symbols`; do printf "%s %s\\n" -exported_symbol "\$i" >> $lib.exp; done~
echo "-hidden">> $lib.exp~
$CC -shared$allow_undefined_flag $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags -msym -soname $soname ${wl}-input ${wl}$lib.exp `test -n "$verstring" && $ECHO "-set_version $verstring"` -update_registry ${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib~
$RM $lib.exp'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-rpath $libdir'
;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
# linking a shared library.
#
# There doesn't appear to be a way to prevent this compiler from
# explicitly linking system object files so we need to strip them
# from the output so that they don't get included in the library
# dependencies.
output_verbose_link_cmd='templist=`$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP "ld" | $GREP -v "ld:"`; templist=`func_echo_all "$templist" | $SED "s/\(^.*ld.*\)\( .*ld.*$\)/\1/"`; list=""; for z in $templist; do case $z in conftest.$objext) list="$list $z";; *.$objext);; *) list="$list $z";;esac; done; func_echo_all "$list"'
;;
*)
if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-expect_unresolved ${wl}\*'
case $host in
osf3*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib ${allow_undefined_flag} $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-msym ${wl}-soname ${wl}$soname `test -n "$verstring" && func_echo_all "${wl}-set_version ${wl}$verstring"` ${wl}-update_registry ${wl}${output_objdir}/so_locations -o $lib'
;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=:
# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
# linking a shared library.
output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"'
else
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
psos*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
sunos4*)
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
# Sun C++ 4.x
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
lcc*)
# Lucid
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
esac
;;
solaris*)
case $cc_basename in
CC* | sunCC*)
# Sun C++ 4.2, 5.x and Centerline C++
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc,$1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' -zdefs'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
$CC -G${allow_undefined_flag} ${wl}-M ${wl}$lib.exp -h$soname -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='-R$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
case $host_os in
solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
*)
# The compiler driver will combine and reorder linker options,
# but understands `-z linker_flag'.
# Supported since Solaris 2.6 (maybe 2.5.1?)
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='-z allextract$convenience -z defaultextract'
;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
output_verbose_link_cmd='func_echo_all'
# Archives containing C++ object files must be created using
# "CC -xar", where "CC" is the Sun C++ compiler. This is
# necessary to make sure instantiated templates are included
# in the archive.
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -xar -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
;;
gcx*)
# Green Hills C++ Compiler
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
# The C++ compiler must be used to create the archive.
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC $LDFLAGS -archive -o $oldlib $oldobjs'
;;
*)
# GNU C++ compiler with Solaris linker
if test "$GXX" = yes && test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=' ${wl}-z ${wl}defs'
if $CC --version | $GREP -v '^2\.7' > /dev/null; then
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
$CC -shared $pic_flag -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
# linking a shared library.
output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -shared $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"'
else
# g++ 2.7 appears to require `-G' NOT `-shared' on this
# platform.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G -nostdlib $LDFLAGS $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags ${wl}-h $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='echo "{ global:" > $lib.exp~cat $export_symbols | $SED -e "s/\(.*\)/\1;/" >> $lib.exp~echo "local: *; };" >> $lib.exp~
$CC -G -nostdlib ${wl}-M $wl$lib.exp -o $lib $predep_objects $libobjs $deplibs $postdep_objects $compiler_flags~$RM $lib.exp'
# Commands to make compiler produce verbose output that lists
# what "hidden" libraries, object files and flags are used when
# linking a shared library.
output_verbose_link_cmd='$CC -G $CFLAGS -v conftest.$objext 2>&1 | $GREP -v "^Configured with:" | $GREP "\-L"'
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R $wl$libdir'
case $host_os in
solaris2.[[0-5]] | solaris2.[[0-5]].*) ;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-z ${wl}allextract$convenience ${wl}-z ${wl}defaultextract'
;;
esac
fi
;;
esac
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[[01]].[[10]]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[[024]]*)
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
;;
esac
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
# Note: We can NOT use -z defs as we might desire, because we do not
# link with -lc, and that would cause any symbols used from libc to
# always be unresolved, which means just about no library would
# ever link correctly. If we're not using GNU ld we use -z text
# though, which does catch some bad symbols but isn't as heavy-handed
# as -z defs.
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,text'
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)='${wl}-z,nodefs'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_shlibpath_var, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-R,$libdir'
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=':'
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)='${wl}-Bexport'
runpath_var='LD_RUN_PATH'
case $cc_basename in
CC*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -G ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $oldobjs~
'"$_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)"
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)='$CC -Tprelink_objects $reload_objs~
'"$_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)"
;;
*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared ${wl}-Bexport:$export_symbols ${wl}-h,$soname -o $lib $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags'
;;
esac
;;
tandem*)
case $cc_basename in
NCC*)
# NonStop-UX NCC 3.20
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
esac
;;
vxworks*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
*)
# FIXME: insert proper C++ library support
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=no
;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)])
test "$_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)" = no && can_build_shared=no
_LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$GXX"
_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
## what you are doing...
_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
_LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
_LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
_LT_CONFIG($1)
fi # test -n "$compiler"
CC=$lt_save_CC
CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
LDCXX=$LD
LD=$lt_save_LD
GCC=$lt_save_GCC
with_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
lt_cv_path_LDCXX=$lt_cv_path_LD
lt_cv_path_LD=$lt_save_path_LD
lt_cv_prog_gnu_ldcxx=$lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld
lt_cv_prog_gnu_ld=$lt_save_with_gnu_ld
fi # test "$_lt_caught_CXX_error" != yes
AC_LANG_POP
])# _LT_LANG_CXX_CONFIG
# _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF
# ----------------------
# func_stripname_cnf prefix suffix name
# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX off of NAME.
# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
#
# This function is identical to the (non-XSI) version of func_stripname,
# except this one can be used by m4 code that may be executed by configure,
# rather than the libtool script.
m4_defun([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF],[dnl
AC_REQUIRE([_LT_DECL_SED])
AC_REQUIRE([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])
func_stripname_cnf ()
{
case ${2} in
.*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%\\\\${2}\$%%"`;;
*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "${3}" | $SED "s%^${1}%%; s%${2}\$%%"`;;
esac
} # func_stripname_cnf
])# _LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF
# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS([TAGNAME])
# ---------------------------------
# Figure out "hidden" library dependencies from verbose
# compiler output when linking a shared library.
# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
# objects, libraries and library flags.
m4_defun([_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS],
[m4_require([_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([_LT_FUNC_STRIPNAME_CNF])dnl
# Dependencies to place before and after the object being linked:
_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(predeps, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)=
dnl we can't use the lt_simple_compile_test_code here,
dnl because it contains code intended for an executable,
dnl not a library. It's possible we should let each
dnl tag define a new lt_????_link_test_code variable,
dnl but it's only used here...
m4_if([$1], [], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
int a;
void foo (void) { a = 0; }
_LT_EOF
], [$1], [CXX], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
class Foo
{
public:
Foo (void) { a = 0; }
private:
int a;
};
_LT_EOF
], [$1], [F77], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
subroutine foo
implicit none
integer*4 a
a=0
return
end
_LT_EOF
], [$1], [FC], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
subroutine foo
implicit none
integer a
a=0
return
end
_LT_EOF
], [$1], [GCJ], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
public class foo {
private int a;
public void bar (void) {
a = 0;
}
};
_LT_EOF
], [$1], [GO], [cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
package foo
func foo() {
}
_LT_EOF
])
_lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
case "$CC $CFLAGS " in #(
*\ -flto*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-lto" ;;
*\ -fwhopr*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-whopr" ;;
*\ -fuse-linker-plugin*\ *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-use-linker-plugin" ;;
esac
dnl Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
dnl objects, libraries and library flags.
if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
# Parse the compiler output and extract the necessary
# objects, libraries and library flags.
# Sentinel used to keep track of whether or not we are before
# the conftest object file.
pre_test_object_deps_done=no
for p in `eval "$output_verbose_link_cmd"`; do
case ${prev}${p} in
-L* | -R* | -l*)
# Some compilers place space between "-{L,R}" and the path.
# Remove the space.
if test $p = "-L" ||
test $p = "-R"; then
prev=$p
continue
fi
# Expand the sysroot to ease extracting the directories later.
if test -z "$prev"; then
case $p in
-L*) func_stripname_cnf '-L' '' "$p"; prev=-L; p=$func_stripname_result ;;
-R*) func_stripname_cnf '-R' '' "$p"; prev=-R; p=$func_stripname_result ;;
-l*) func_stripname_cnf '-l' '' "$p"; prev=-l; p=$func_stripname_result ;;
esac
fi
case $p in
=*) func_stripname_cnf '=' '' "$p"; p=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;;
esac
if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
case ${prev} in
-L | -R)
# Internal compiler library paths should come after those
# provided the user. The postdeps already come after the
# user supplied libs so there is no need to process them.
if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${prev}${p}"
else
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
fi
;;
# The "-l" case would never come before the object being
# linked, so don't bother handling this case.
esac
else
if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${prev}${p}"
else
_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)="${_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1)} ${prev}${p}"
fi
fi
prev=
;;
*.lto.$objext) ;; # Ignore GCC LTO objects
*.$objext)
# This assumes that the test object file only shows up
# once in the compiler output.
if test "$p" = "conftest.$objext"; then
pre_test_object_deps_done=yes
continue
fi
if test "$pre_test_object_deps_done" = no; then
if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$p"
else
_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects, $1) $p"
fi
else
if test -z "$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$p"
else
_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1)="$_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects, $1) $p"
fi
fi
;;
*) ;; # Ignore the rest.
esac
done
# Clean up.
rm -f a.out a.exe
else
echo "libtool.m4: error: problem compiling $1 test program"
fi
$RM -f confest.$objext
CFLAGS=$_lt_libdeps_save_CFLAGS
# PORTME: override above test on systems where it is broken
m4_if([$1], [CXX],
[case $host_os in
interix[[3-9]]*)
# Interix 3.5 installs completely hosed .la files for C++, so rather than
# hack all around it, let's just trust "g++" to DTRT.
_LT_TAGVAR(predep_objects,$1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(postdep_objects,$1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)=
;;
linux*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ C*)
# Sun C++ 5.9
# The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is
# incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying
# it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as
# -library=stlport4 depends on it.
case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in
*" -library=stlport4 "*)
solaris_use_stlport4=yes
;;
esac
if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun'
fi
;;
esac
;;
solaris*)
case $cc_basename in
CC* | sunCC*)
# The more standards-conforming stlport4 library is
# incompatible with the Cstd library. Avoid specifying
# it if it's in CXXFLAGS. Ignore libCrun as
# -library=stlport4 depends on it.
case " $CXX $CXXFLAGS " in
*" -library=stlport4 "*)
solaris_use_stlport4=yes
;;
esac
# Adding this requires a known-good setup of shared libraries for
# Sun compiler versions before 5.6, else PIC objects from an old
# archive will be linked into the output, leading to subtle bugs.
if test "$solaris_use_stlport4" != yes; then
_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps,$1)='-library=Cstd -library=Crun'
fi
;;
esac
;;
esac
])
case " $_LT_TAGVAR(postdeps, $1) " in
*" -lc "*) _LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no ;;
esac
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=
if test -n "${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}"; then
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_dirs, $1)=`echo " ${_LT_TAGVAR(compiler_lib_search_path, $1)}" | ${SED} -e 's! -L! !g' -e 's!^ !!'`
fi
_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_dirs], [1],
[The directories searched by this compiler when creating a shared library])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [predep_objects], [1],
[Dependencies to place before and after the objects being linked to
create a shared library])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdep_objects], [1])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [predeps], [1])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [postdeps], [1])
_LT_TAGDECL([], [compiler_lib_search_path], [1],
[The library search path used internally by the compiler when linking
a shared library])
])# _LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS
# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG([TAG])
# --------------------------
# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran 77 compiler are
# suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
m4_defun([_LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG],
[AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran 77)
if test -z "$F77" || test "X$F77" = "Xno"; then
_lt_disable_F77=yes
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
# Source file extension for f77 test sources.
ac_ext=f
# Object file extension for compiled f77 test sources.
objext=o
_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
# the F77 compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared)
# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
if test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes; then
# Code to be used in simple compile tests
lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
subroutine t
return
end
"
# Code to be used in simple link tests
lt_simple_link_test_code="\
program t
end
"
# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
_LT_TAG_COMPILER
# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
lt_save_CC="$CC"
lt_save_GCC=$GCC
lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
CC=${F77-"f77"}
CFLAGS=$FFLAGS
compiler=$CC
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
GCC=$G77
if test -n "$compiler"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
# are all built from PIC.
case $host_os in
aix3*)
test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
fi
;;
aix[[4-9]]*)
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
fi
;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
_LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$G77"
_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
## what you are doing...
_LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
_LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
_LT_CONFIG($1)
fi # test -n "$compiler"
GCC=$lt_save_GCC
CC="$lt_save_CC"
CFLAGS="$lt_save_CFLAGS"
fi # test "$_lt_disable_F77" != yes
AC_LANG_POP
])# _LT_LANG_F77_CONFIG
# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG([TAG])
# -------------------------
# Ensure that the configuration variables for a Fortran compiler are
# suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
m4_defun([_LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG],
[AC_LANG_PUSH(Fortran)
if test -z "$FC" || test "X$FC" = "Xno"; then
_lt_disable_FC=yes
fi
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(allow_undefined_flag, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(always_export_symbols, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_expsym_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(export_dynamic_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_direct_absolute, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_libdir_separator, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_minus_L, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(hardcode_automatic, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(module_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(module_expsym_cmds, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=unknown
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
_LT_TAGVAR(no_undefined_flag, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(whole_archive_flag_spec, $1)=
_LT_TAGVAR(enable_shared_with_static_runtimes, $1)=no
# Source file extension for fc test sources.
ac_ext=${ac_fc_srcext-f}
# Object file extension for compiled fc test sources.
objext=o
_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
# No sense in running all these tests if we already determined that
# the FC compiler isn't working. Some variables (like enable_shared)
# are currently assumed to apply to all compilers on this platform,
# and will be corrupted by setting them based on a non-working compiler.
if test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes; then
# Code to be used in simple compile tests
lt_simple_compile_test_code="\
subroutine t
return
end
"
# Code to be used in simple link tests
lt_simple_link_test_code="\
program t
end
"
# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
_LT_TAG_COMPILER
# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
lt_save_CC="$CC"
lt_save_GCC=$GCC
lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
CC=${FC-"f95"}
CFLAGS=$FCFLAGS
compiler=$CC
GCC=$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
if test -n "$compiler"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if libtool supports shared libraries])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$can_build_shared])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build shared libraries])
test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no
# On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and
# are all built from PIC.
case $host_os in
aix3*)
test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
archive_cmds="$archive_cmds~\$RANLIB \$lib"
postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib'
fi
;;
aix[[4-9]]*)
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64 && test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = no ; then
test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no
fi
;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_shared])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build static libraries])
# Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes.
test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_static])
_LT_TAGVAR(GCC, $1)="$ac_cv_fc_compiler_gnu"
_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
## CAVEAT EMPTOR:
## There is no encapsulation within the following macros, do not change
## the running order or otherwise move them around unless you know exactly
## what you are doing...
_LT_SYS_HIDDEN_LIBDEPS($1)
_LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
_LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER($1)
_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
_LT_CONFIG($1)
fi # test -n "$compiler"
GCC=$lt_save_GCC
CC=$lt_save_CC
CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
fi # test "$_lt_disable_FC" != yes
AC_LANG_POP
])# _LT_LANG_FC_CONFIG
# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG([TAG])
# --------------------------
# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Java Compiler compiler
# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],
[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GCJ])dnl
AC_LANG_SAVE
# Source file extension for Java test sources.
ac_ext=java
# Object file extension for compiled Java test sources.
objext=o
_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
# Code to be used in simple compile tests
lt_simple_compile_test_code="class foo {}"
# Code to be used in simple link tests
lt_simple_link_test_code='public class conftest { public static void main(String[[]] argv) {}; }'
# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
_LT_TAG_COMPILER
# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
lt_save_CC=$CC
lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
lt_save_GCC=$GCC
GCC=yes
CC=${GCJ-"gcj"}
CFLAGS=$GCJFLAGS
compiler=$CC
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
# GCJ did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
if test -n "$compiler"; then
_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
_LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
_LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
_LT_CONFIG($1)
fi
AC_LANG_RESTORE
GCC=$lt_save_GCC
CC=$lt_save_CC
CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
])# _LT_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG
# _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG([TAG])
# --------------------------
# Ensure that the configuration variables for the GNU Go compiler
# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
m4_defun([_LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG],
[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_GO])dnl
AC_LANG_SAVE
# Source file extension for Go test sources.
ac_ext=go
# Object file extension for compiled Go test sources.
objext=o
_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
# Code to be used in simple compile tests
lt_simple_compile_test_code="package main; func main() { }"
# Code to be used in simple link tests
lt_simple_link_test_code='package main; func main() { }'
# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
_LT_TAG_COMPILER
# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
lt_save_CC=$CC
lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
lt_save_GCC=$GCC
GCC=yes
CC=${GOC-"gccgo"}
CFLAGS=$GOFLAGS
compiler=$CC
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
_LT_TAGVAR(LD, $1)="$LD"
_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
# Go did not exist at the time GCC didn't implicitly link libc in.
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds_need_lc, $1)=no
_LT_TAGVAR(old_archive_cmds, $1)=$old_archive_cmds
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_flag, $1)=$reload_flag
_LT_TAGVAR(reload_cmds, $1)=$reload_cmds
if test -n "$compiler"; then
_LT_COMPILER_NO_RTTI($1)
_LT_COMPILER_PIC($1)
_LT_COMPILER_C_O($1)
_LT_COMPILER_FILE_LOCKS($1)
_LT_LINKER_SHLIBS($1)
_LT_LINKER_HARDCODE_LIBPATH($1)
_LT_CONFIG($1)
fi
AC_LANG_RESTORE
GCC=$lt_save_GCC
CC=$lt_save_CC
CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
])# _LT_LANG_GO_CONFIG
# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG([TAG])
# -------------------------
# Ensure that the configuration variables for the Windows resource compiler
# are suitably defined. These variables are subsequently used by _LT_CONFIG
# to write the compiler configuration to `libtool'.
m4_defun([_LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG],
[AC_REQUIRE([LT_PROG_RC])dnl
AC_LANG_SAVE
# Source file extension for RC test sources.
ac_ext=rc
# Object file extension for compiled RC test sources.
objext=o
_LT_TAGVAR(objext, $1)=$objext
# Code to be used in simple compile tests
lt_simple_compile_test_code='sample MENU { MENUITEM "&Soup", 100, CHECKED }'
# Code to be used in simple link tests
lt_simple_link_test_code="$lt_simple_compile_test_code"
# ltmain only uses $CC for tagged configurations so make sure $CC is set.
_LT_TAG_COMPILER
# save warnings/boilerplate of simple test code
_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE
_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE
# Allow CC to be a program name with arguments.
lt_save_CC="$CC"
lt_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
lt_save_GCC=$GCC
GCC=
CC=${RC-"windres"}
CFLAGS=
compiler=$CC
_LT_TAGVAR(compiler, $1)=$CC
_LT_CC_BASENAME([$compiler])
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_cv_prog_compiler_c_o, $1)=yes
if test -n "$compiler"; then
:
_LT_CONFIG($1)
fi
GCC=$lt_save_GCC
AC_LANG_RESTORE
CC=$lt_save_CC
CFLAGS=$lt_save_CFLAGS
])# _LT_LANG_RC_CONFIG
# LT_PROG_GCJ
# -----------
AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GCJ],
[m4_ifdef([AC_PROG_GCJ], [AC_PROG_GCJ],
[m4_ifdef([A][M_PROG_GCJ], [A][M_PROG_GCJ],
[AC_CHECK_TOOL(GCJ, gcj,)
test "x${GCJFLAGS+set}" = xset || GCJFLAGS="-g -O2"
AC_SUBST(GCJFLAGS)])])[]dnl
])
# Old name:
AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [LT_PROG_GCJ])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_GCJ], [])
# LT_PROG_GO
# ----------
AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_GO],
[AC_CHECK_TOOL(GOC, gccgo,)
])
# LT_PROG_RC
# ----------
AC_DEFUN([LT_PROG_RC],
[AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres,)
])
# Old name:
AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [LT_PROG_RC])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_RC], [])
# _LT_DECL_EGREP
# --------------
# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best grep
# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH.
m4_defun([_LT_DECL_EGREP],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_EGREP])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_FGREP])dnl
test -z "$GREP" && GREP=grep
_LT_DECL([], [GREP], [1], [A grep program that handles long lines])
_LT_DECL([], [EGREP], [1], [An ERE matcher])
_LT_DECL([], [FGREP], [1], [A literal string matcher])
dnl Non-bleeding-edge autoconf doesn't subst GREP, so do it here too
AC_SUBST([GREP])
])
# _LT_DECL_OBJDUMP
# --------------
# If we don't have a new enough Autoconf to choose the best objdump
# available, choose the one first in the user's PATH.
m4_defun([_LT_DECL_OBJDUMP],
[AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [An object symbol dumper])
AC_SUBST([OBJDUMP])
])
# _LT_DECL_DLLTOOL
# ----------------
# Ensure DLLTOOL variable is set.
m4_defun([_LT_DECL_DLLTOOL],
[AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program])
AC_SUBST([DLLTOOL])
])
# _LT_DECL_SED
# ------------
# Check for a fully-functional sed program, that truncates
# as few characters as possible. Prefer GNU sed if found.
m4_defun([_LT_DECL_SED],
[AC_PROG_SED
test -z "$SED" && SED=sed
Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"
_LT_DECL([], [SED], [1], [A sed program that does not truncate output])
_LT_DECL([], [Xsed], ["\$SED -e 1s/^X//"],
[Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n])
])# _LT_DECL_SED
m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_SED], [
# NOTE: This macro has been submitted for inclusion into #
# GNU Autoconf as AC_PROG_SED. When it is available in #
# a released version of Autoconf we should remove this #
# macro and use it instead. #
m4_defun([AC_PROG_SED],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for a sed that does not truncate output])
AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_path_SED,
[# Loop through the user's path and test for sed and gsed.
# Then use that list of sed's as ones to test for truncation.
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for lt_ac_prog in sed gsed; do
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
lt_ac_sed_list="$lt_ac_sed_list $as_dir/$lt_ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
fi
done
done
done
IFS=$as_save_IFS
lt_ac_max=0
lt_ac_count=0
# Add /usr/xpg4/bin/sed as it is typically found on Solaris
# along with /bin/sed that truncates output.
for lt_ac_sed in $lt_ac_sed_list /usr/xpg4/bin/sed; do
test ! -f $lt_ac_sed && continue
cat /dev/null > conftest.in
lt_ac_count=0
echo $ECHO_N "0123456789$ECHO_C" >conftest.in
# Check for GNU sed and select it if it is found.
if "$lt_ac_sed" --version 2>&1 < /dev/null | grep 'GNU' > /dev/null; then
lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
break
fi
while true; do
cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
cp conftest.in conftest.nl
echo >>conftest.nl
$lt_ac_sed -e 's/a$//' < conftest.nl >conftest.out || break
cmp -s conftest.out conftest.nl || break
# 10000 chars as input seems more than enough
test $lt_ac_count -gt 10 && break
lt_ac_count=`expr $lt_ac_count + 1`
if test $lt_ac_count -gt $lt_ac_max; then
lt_ac_max=$lt_ac_count
lt_cv_path_SED=$lt_ac_sed
fi
done
done
])
SED=$lt_cv_path_SED
AC_SUBST([SED])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$SED])
])#AC_PROG_SED
])#m4_ifndef
# Old name:
AU_ALIAS([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_PROG_SED])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [])
# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
# ------------------------
# Find out whether the shell is Bourne or XSI compatible,
# or has some other useful features.
m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands some XSI constructs])
# Try some XSI features
xsi_shell=no
( _lt_dummy="a/b/c"
test "${_lt_dummy##*/},${_lt_dummy%/*},${_lt_dummy#??}"${_lt_dummy%"$_lt_dummy"}, \
= c,a/b,b/c, \
&& eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) -eq 2 \
&& test "${#_lt_dummy}" -eq 5' ) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
&& xsi_shell=yes
AC_MSG_RESULT([$xsi_shell])
_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([xsi_shell='$xsi_shell'])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the shell understands "+="])
lt_shell_append=no
( foo=bar; set foo baz; eval "$[1]+=\$[2]" && test "$foo" = barbaz ) \
>/dev/null 2>&1 \
&& lt_shell_append=yes
AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_shell_append])
_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT([lt_shell_append='$lt_shell_append'])
if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
lt_unset=unset
else
lt_unset=false
fi
_LT_DECL([], [lt_unset], [0], [whether the shell understands "unset"])dnl
# test EBCDIC or ASCII
case `echo X|tr X '\101'` in
A) # ASCII based system
# \n is not interpreted correctly by Solaris 8 /usr/ucb/tr
lt_SP2NL='tr \040 \012'
lt_NL2SP='tr \015\012 \040\040'
;;
*) # EBCDIC based system
lt_SP2NL='tr \100 \n'
lt_NL2SP='tr \r\n \100\100'
;;
esac
_LT_DECL([SP2NL], [lt_SP2NL], [1], [turn spaces into newlines])dnl
_LT_DECL([NL2SP], [lt_NL2SP], [1], [turn newlines into spaces])dnl
])# _LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES
# _LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE (FUNCNAME, REPLACEMENT-BODY)
# ------------------------------------------------------
# In `$cfgfile', look for function FUNCNAME delimited by `^FUNCNAME ()$' and
# '^} FUNCNAME ', and replace its body with REPLACEMENT-BODY.
m4_defun([_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE],
[dnl {
sed -e '/^$1 ()$/,/^} # $1 /c\
$1 ()\
{\
m4_bpatsubsts([$2], [$], [\\], [^\([ ]\)], [\\\1])
} # Extended-shell $1 implementation' "$cfgfile" > $cfgfile.tmp \
&& mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \
|| (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp")
test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=:
])
# _LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS
# -------------------------
# Replace existing portable implementations of several shell functions with
# equivalent extended shell implementations where those features are available..
m4_defun([_LT_PROG_REPLACE_SHELLFNS],
[if test x"$xsi_shell" = xyes; then
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_dirname], [dnl
case ${1} in
*/*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
* ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
esac])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_basename], [dnl
func_basename_result="${1##*/}"])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_dirname_and_basename], [dnl
case ${1} in
*/*) func_dirname_result="${1%/*}${2}" ;;
* ) func_dirname_result="${3}" ;;
esac
func_basename_result="${1##*/}"])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_stripname], [dnl
# pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
# positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary parameter first.
func_stripname_result=${3}
func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"${1}"}
func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"${2}"}])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_split_long_opt], [dnl
func_split_long_opt_name=${1%%=*}
func_split_long_opt_arg=${1#*=}])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_split_short_opt], [dnl
func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??}
func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_lo2o], [dnl
case ${1} in
*.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.${objext} ;;
*) func_lo2o_result=${1} ;;
esac])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_xform], [ func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_arith], [ func_arith_result=$(( $[*] ))])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_len], [ func_len_result=${#1}])
fi
if test x"$lt_shell_append" = xyes; then
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_append], [ eval "${1}+=\\${2}"])
_LT_PROG_FUNCTION_REPLACE([func_append_quoted], [dnl
func_quote_for_eval "${2}"
dnl m4 expansion turns \\\\ into \\, and then the shell eval turns that into \
eval "${1}+=\\\\ \\$func_quote_for_eval_result"])
# Save a `func_append' function call where possible by direct use of '+='
sed -e 's%func_append \([[a-zA-Z_]]\{1,\}\) "%\1+="%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \
&& mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \
|| (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp")
test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=:
else
# Save a `func_append' function call even when '+=' is not available
sed -e 's%func_append \([[a-zA-Z_]]\{1,\}\) "%\1="$\1%g' $cfgfile > $cfgfile.tmp \
&& mv -f "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" \
|| (rm -f "$cfgfile" && cp "$cfgfile.tmp" "$cfgfile" && rm -f "$cfgfile.tmp")
test 0 -eq $? || _lt_function_replace_fail=:
fi
if test x"$_lt_function_replace_fail" = x":"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Unable to substitute extended shell functions in $ofile])
fi
])
# _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS
# -----------------------------
# Determine which file name conversion functions should be used by
# func_to_host_file (and, implicitly, by func_to_host_path). These are needed
# for certain cross-compile configurations and native mingw.
m4_defun([_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to $host format])
AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd,
[case $host in
*-*-mingw* )
case $build in
*-*-mingw* ) # actually msys
lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
;;
*-*-cygwin* )
lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32
;;
* ) # otherwise, assume *nix
lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_w32
;;
esac
;;
*-*-cygwin* )
case $build in
*-*-mingw* ) # actually msys
lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin
;;
*-*-cygwin* )
lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop
;;
* ) # otherwise, assume *nix
lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin
;;
esac
;;
* ) # unhandled hosts (and "normal" native builds)
lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop
;;
esac
])
to_host_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd
AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd])
_LT_DECL([to_host_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_host_file_cmd],
[0], [convert $build file names to $host format])dnl
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to convert $build file names to toolchain format])
AC_CACHE_VAL(lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd,
[#assume ordinary cross tools, or native build.
lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_noop
case $host in
*-*-mingw* )
case $build in
*-*-mingw* ) # actually msys
lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd=func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
;;
esac
;;
esac
])
to_tool_file_cmd=$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd
AC_MSG_RESULT([$lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd])
_LT_DECL([to_tool_file_cmd], [lt_cv_to_tool_file_cmd],
[0], [convert $build files to toolchain format])dnl
])# _LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS
# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
#
# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation,
# Inc.
# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# serial 7 ltoptions.m4
# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
# ------------------------------------------
m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION],
[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
# ---------------------------------------
# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a
# matching handler defined, dispatch to it. Other OPTION-NAMEs are
# saved as a flag.
m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION],
[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl
m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
[m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl
])
# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
# ------------------------------------------------------------
# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION],
[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])])
# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET)
# -------------------------------------------------------
# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME
# are set.
m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS],
[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option),
[m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl
m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3
])[]dnl
])
# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST)
# ----------------------------------------
# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated
# with MACRO-NAME. If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with
# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about
# the unknown option and exit.
m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS],
[# Set options
m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
[_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)])
m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[
dnl
dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not
dnl specified:
_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no
])
_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no
])
dnl
dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then
dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair. For example, if neither
dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared
dnl archives by default:
_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED])
_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC])
_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC])
_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install],
[_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])
])
])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS
# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
# -----------------------------------------
m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN],
[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])])
# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE)
# -----------------------------------------------
m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE],
[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl
])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE
# dlopen
# ------
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes
])
AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen])
AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [])
# win32-dll
# ---------
# Declare package support for building win32 dll's.
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll],
[enable_win32_dll=yes
case $host in
*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-cegcc*)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
;;
esac
test -z "$AS" && AS=as
_LT_DECL([], [AS], [1], [Assembler program])dnl
test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program])dnl
test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [Object dumper program])dnl
])# win32-dll
AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll])
AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [])
# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT])
# ----------------------------
# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and
# `disable-shared' LT_INIT options.
# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED],
[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
[build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
[p=${PACKAGE-default}
case $enableval in
yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
no) enable_shared=no ;;
*)
enable_shared=no
# Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators.
lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
for pkg in $enableval; do
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
enable_shared=yes
fi
done
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
;;
esac],
[enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)
_LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0],
[Whether or not to build shared libraries])
])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])])
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])])
# Old names:
AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED],
[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared])
])
AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED],
[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared])
])
AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)])
AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [])
dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [])
# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT])
# ----------------------------
# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and
# `disable-static' LT_INIT options.
# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC],
[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE([static],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
[build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
[p=${PACKAGE-default}
case $enableval in
yes) enable_static=yes ;;
no) enable_static=no ;;
*)
enable_static=no
# Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators.
lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
for pkg in $enableval; do
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
enable_static=yes
fi
done
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
;;
esac],
[enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)
_LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0],
[Whether or not to build static libraries])
])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])])
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])])
# Old names:
AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC],
[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static])
])
AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC],
[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static])
])
AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)])
AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [])
dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [])
# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT])
# ----------------------------------
# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install'
# and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options.
# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
[optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
[p=${PACKAGE-default}
case $enableval in
yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
*)
enable_fast_install=no
# Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators.
lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
for pkg in $enableval; do
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
enable_fast_install=yes
fi
done
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
;;
esac],
[enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)
_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0],
[Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl
])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])])
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])])
# Old names:
AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install])
AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
])
AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install])
AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE])
# --------------------
# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic'
# LT_INIT options.
# MODE is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to `both'.
m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC],
[AC_ARG_WITH([pic],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
[try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])],
[lt_p=${PACKAGE-default}
case $withval in
yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;;
*)
pic_mode=default
# Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators.
lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
for lt_pkg in $withval; do
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then
pic_mode=yes
fi
done
IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
;;
esac],
[pic_mode=default])
test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default])
_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl
])# _LT_WITH_PIC
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])])
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])])
# Old name:
AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE],
[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only])
AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
])
dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [])
m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [])
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive],
[m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])])
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive],
[m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])])
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject],
[m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])])
m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [])
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable],
[m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])])
LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience],
[m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])])
# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer. -*-Autoconf-*-
#
# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# serial 6 ltsugar.m4
# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])])
# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...])
# -----------------------------
# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their
# associated separator.
# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier
# versions in m4sugar had bugs.
m4_define([lt_join],
[m4_if([$#], [1], [],
[$#], [2], [[$2]],
[m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
m4_define([_lt_join],
[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [],
[m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
# lt_car(LIST)
# lt_cdr(LIST)
# ------------
# Manipulate m4 lists.
# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support
# Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently.
m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]])
m4_define([lt_cdr],
[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])],
[$#], 1, [],
[m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])])
m4_define([lt_unquote], $1)
# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR])
# ------------------------------------------
# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'.
# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended
# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked).
# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different
# than defined and empty).
#
# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier
# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING.
m4_define([lt_append],
[m4_define([$1],
m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])])
# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...])
# ----------------------------------------------------------
# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of
# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn. Each element of the list
# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn.
# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62.
m4_define([lt_combine],
[m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1],
[m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl
[[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2],
[m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix],
]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[,
[_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])])
# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ])
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited
# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ.
m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq],
[m4_ifdef([$1],
[m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1],
[lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4],
[$5])],
[lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])])
# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE)
# -----------------------------
m4_define([lt_dict_add],
[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])])
# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE)
# --------------------------------------------
m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey],
[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])])
# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY])
# ----------------------------------
m4_define([lt_dict_fetch],
[m4_ifval([$3],
m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]),
m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))])
# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE])
# -----------------------------------------------------------------
m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch],
[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4],
[$5],
[$6])])
# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...])
# --------------------------------------------------------------
m4_define([lt_dict_filter],
[m4_if([$5], [], [],
[lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])),
lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]),
[lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl
])
# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers -*- Autoconf -*-
#
# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# @configure_input@
# serial 3337 ltversion.m4
# This file is part of GNU Libtool
m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.4.2])
m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3337])
AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION],
[macro_version='2.4.2'
macro_revision='1.3337'
_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?])
_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0)
])
# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions. -*-Autoconf-*-
#
# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# serial 5 lt~obsolete.m4
# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool.
#
# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN)
# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the
# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong.
#
# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick. It'll see the old AC_DEFUN
# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us
# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll
# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define
# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.)
#
# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always
# included after everything else. This provides aclocal with the
# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything
# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later.
# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6.
#
# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here.
# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until
# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point
# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to.
# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])])
m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])])
m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])])
m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])])
m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])])
m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])])
m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])])
m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED], [AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])])
m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL], [AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_F77], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_FC], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC])])
m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_CXX], [AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX])])
# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*-
#
# Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant .
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION])
# ----------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG],
[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$])
m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_PATH)?$])
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])dnl
if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config])
fi
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
_pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version])
if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
PKG_CONFIG=""
fi
fi[]dnl
])# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
#
# Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar
# to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors.
#
#
# Similar to PKG_CHECK_MODULES, make sure that the first instance of
# this or PKG_CHECK_MODULES is called, or make sure to call
# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually
# --------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then
m4_ifval([$2], [$2], [:])
m4_ifvaln([$3], [else
$3])dnl
fi])
# _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES])
# ---------------------------------------------
m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG],
[if test -n "$$1"; then
pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1"
elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3],
[pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`],
[pkg_failed=yes])
else
pkg_failed=untried
fi[]dnl
])# _PKG_CONFIG
# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
# -----------------------------
AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
_pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
else
_pkg_short_errors_supported=no
fi[]dnl
])# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
# PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
# [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
#
#
# Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
# PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an
# explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac
#
#
# --------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES],
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
pkg_failed=no
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2])
_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2])
m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS
and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
See the pkg-config man page for more details.])
if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
$1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
else
$1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
fi
# Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
ifelse([$4], , [AC_MSG_ERROR(dnl
[Package requirements ($2) were not met:
$$1_PKG_ERRORS
Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
installed software in a non-standard prefix.
_PKG_TEXT
])],
[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
$4])
elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
ifelse([$4], , [AC_MSG_FAILURE(dnl
[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it
is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
path to pkg-config.
_PKG_TEXT
To get pkg-config, see .])],
[$4])
else
$1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS
$1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
fi[]dnl
])# PKG_CHECK_MODULES
dnl xorg-macros.m4. Generated from xorg-macros.m4.in xorgversion.m4 by configure.
dnl
dnl Copyright (c) 2005, 2006, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
dnl
dnl Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
dnl copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
dnl to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
dnl the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
dnl and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
dnl Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
dnl
dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
dnl paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
dnl Software.
dnl
dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
dnl IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
dnl FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
dnl THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
dnl LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
dnl FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
dnl DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(required-version)
# -------------------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.1.0
#
# If you're using a macro added in Version 1.1 or newer, include this in
# your configure.ac with the minimum required version, such as:
# XORG_MACROS_VERSION(1.1)
#
# To ensure that this macro is defined, also add:
# m4_ifndef([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],
# [m4_fatal([must install xorg-macros 1.1 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
#
#
# See the "minimum version" comment for each macro you use to see what
# version you require.
m4_defun([XORG_MACROS_VERSION],[
m4_define([vers_have], [1.19.0])
m4_define([maj_have], m4_substr(vers_have, 0, m4_index(vers_have, [.])))
m4_define([maj_needed], m4_substr([$1], 0, m4_index([$1], [.])))
m4_if(m4_cmp(maj_have, maj_needed), 0,,
[m4_fatal([xorg-macros major version ]maj_needed[ is required but ]vers_have[ found])])
m4_if(m4_version_compare(vers_have, [$1]), -1,
[m4_fatal([xorg-macros version $1 or higher is required but ]vers_have[ found])])
m4_undefine([vers_have])
m4_undefine([maj_have])
m4_undefine([maj_needed])
]) # XORG_MACROS_VERSION
# XORG_PROG_RAWCPP()
# ------------------
# Minimum version: 1.0.0
#
# Find cpp program and necessary flags for use in pre-processing text files
# such as man pages and config files
AC_DEFUN([XORG_PROG_RAWCPP],[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CPP])
AC_PATH_PROGS(RAWCPP, [cpp], [${CPP}],
[$PATH:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/lib:/usr/libexec:/usr/ccs/lib:/usr/ccs/lbin:/lib])
# Check for flag to avoid builtin definitions - assumes unix is predefined,
# which is not the best choice for supporting other OS'es, but covers most
# of the ones we need for now.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -undef])
AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[Does cpp redefine unix ?]])])
if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
else
if test `${RAWCPP} -undef < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
RAWCPPFLAGS=-undef
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
# under Cygwin unix is still defined even with -undef
elif test `${RAWCPP} -undef -ansi < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'unix'` -eq 1 ; then
RAWCPPFLAGS="-undef -ansi"
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, with -ansi])
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} defines unix with or without -undef. I don't know what to do.])
fi
fi
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $RAWCPP requires -traditional])
AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[Does cpp preserve "whitespace"?]])])
if test `${RAWCPP} < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve \"'` -eq 1 ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
else
if test `${RAWCPP} -traditional < conftest.$ac_ext | grep -c 'preserve \"'` -eq 1 ; then
TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS="-traditional"
RAWCPPFLAGS="${RAWCPPFLAGS} -traditional"
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([${RAWCPP} does not preserve whitespace with or without -traditional. I don't know what to do.])
fi
fi
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
AC_SUBST(RAWCPPFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS)
]) # XORG_PROG_RAWCPP
# XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS()
# -----------------------
# Minimum version: 1.0.0
#
# Determine which sections man pages go in for the different man page types
# on this OS - replaces *ManSuffix settings in old Imake *.cf per-os files.
# Not sure if there's any better way than just hardcoding by OS name.
# Override default settings by setting environment variables
# Added MAN_SUBSTS in version 1.8
# Added AC_PROG_SED in version 1.8
AC_DEFUN([XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS],[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_SED])
if test x$APP_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
APP_MAN_SUFFIX=1
fi
if test x$APP_MAN_DIR = x ; then
APP_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)'
fi
if test x$LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
LIB_MAN_SUFFIX=3
fi
if test x$LIB_MAN_DIR = x ; then
LIB_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)'
fi
if test x$FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
case $host_os in
solaris*) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;;
*) FILE_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;;
esac
fi
if test x$FILE_MAN_DIR = x ; then
FILE_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)'
fi
if test x$MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
case $host_os in
solaris*) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=5 ;;
*) MISC_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;;
esac
fi
if test x$MISC_MAN_DIR = x ; then
MISC_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)'
fi
if test x$DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
case $host_os in
solaris*) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=7 ;;
*) DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX=4 ;;
esac
fi
if test x$DRIVER_MAN_DIR = x ; then
DRIVER_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)'
fi
if test x$ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = x ; then
case $host_os in
solaris*) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=1m ;;
*) ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX=8 ;;
esac
fi
if test x$ADMIN_MAN_DIR = x ; then
ADMIN_MAN_DIR='$(mandir)/man$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)'
fi
AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_SUFFIX])
AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_SUFFIX])
AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_SUFFIX])
AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_SUFFIX])
AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX])
AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX])
AC_SUBST([APP_MAN_DIR])
AC_SUBST([LIB_MAN_DIR])
AC_SUBST([FILE_MAN_DIR])
AC_SUBST([MISC_MAN_DIR])
AC_SUBST([DRIVER_MAN_DIR])
AC_SUBST([ADMIN_MAN_DIR])
XORG_MAN_PAGE="X Version 11"
AC_SUBST([XORG_MAN_PAGE])
MAN_SUBSTS="\
-e 's|__vendorversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
-e 's|__xorgversion__|\"\$(PACKAGE_STRING)\" \"\$(XORG_MAN_PAGE)\"|' \
-e 's|__xservername__|Xorg|g' \
-e 's|__xconfigfile__|xorg.conf|g' \
-e 's|__projectroot__|\$(prefix)|g' \
-e 's|__apploaddir__|\$(appdefaultdir)|g' \
-e 's|__appmansuffix__|\$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
-e 's|__drivermansuffix__|\$(DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
-e 's|__adminmansuffix__|\$(ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
-e 's|__libmansuffix__|\$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
-e 's|__miscmansuffix__|\$(MISC_MAN_SUFFIX)|g' \
-e 's|__filemansuffix__|\$(FILE_MAN_SUFFIX)|g'"
AC_SUBST([MAN_SUBSTS])
]) # XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
# XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS([MIN-VERSION])
# ------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.7.0
#
# Defines the variable XORG_SGML_PATH containing the location of X11/defs.ent
# provided by xorg-sgml-doctools, if installed.
AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS],[
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X.Org SGML entities m4_ifval([$1],[>= $1])])
XORG_SGML_PATH=
PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([xorg-sgml-doctools m4_ifval([$1],[>= $1])],
[XORG_SGML_PATH=`$PKG_CONFIG --variable=sgmlrootdir xorg-sgml-doctools`],
[m4_ifval([$1],[:],
[if test x"$cross_compiling" != x"yes" ; then
AC_CHECK_FILE([$prefix/share/sgml/X11/defs.ent],
[XORG_SGML_PATH=$prefix/share/sgml])
fi])
])
# Define variables STYLESHEET_SRCDIR and XSL_STYLESHEET containing
# the path and the name of the doc stylesheet
if test "x$XORG_SGML_PATH" != "x" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$XORG_SGML_PATH])
STYLESHEET_SRCDIR=$XORG_SGML_PATH/X11
XSL_STYLESHEET=$STYLESHEET_SRCDIR/xorg.xsl
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
fi
AC_SUBST(XORG_SGML_PATH)
AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)
AC_SUBST(XSL_STYLESHEET)
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_STYLESHEETS], [test "x$XSL_STYLESHEET" != "x"])
]) # XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS
# XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC
# -------------------
# Minimum version: 1.0.0
#
# Defines the variable MAKE_TEXT if the necessary tools and
# files are found. $(MAKE_TEXT) blah.sgml will then produce blah.txt.
# Whether or not the necessary tools and files are found can be checked
# with the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_LINUXDOC"
AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC],[
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS])
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_WITH_PS2PDF])
AC_PATH_PROG(LINUXDOC, linuxdoc)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build documentation])
if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$LINUXDOC != x ; then
BUILDDOC=yes
else
BUILDDOC=no
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_LINUXDOC, [test x$BUILDDOC = xyes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDDOC])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build pdf documentation])
if test x$have_ps2pdf != xno && test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then
BUILDPDFDOC=yes
else
BUILDPDFDOC=no
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC])
MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH GROFF_NO_SGR=y $LINUXDOC -B txt -f"
MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC -B latex --papersize=letter --output=ps"
MAKE_PDF="$PS2PDF"
MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $LINUXDOC -B html --split=0"
AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML)
]) # XORG_CHECK_LINUXDOC
# XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK
# -------------------
# Minimum version: 1.0.0
#
# Checks for the ability to build output formats from SGML DocBook source.
# For XXX in {TXT, PDF, PS, HTML}, the AM_CONDITIONAL "BUILD_XXXDOC"
# indicates whether the necessary tools and files are found and, if set,
# $(MAKE_XXX) blah.sgml will produce blah.xxx.
AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK],[
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CHECK_SGML_DOCTOOLS])
BUILDTXTDOC=no
BUILDPDFDOC=no
BUILDPSDOC=no
BUILDHTMLDOC=no
AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPS, docbook2ps)
AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKPDF, docbook2pdf)
AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKHTML, docbook2html)
AC_PATH_PROG(DOCBOOKTXT, docbook2txt)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build text documentation])
if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKTXT != x &&
test x$BUILD_TXTDOC != xno; then
BUILDTXTDOC=yes
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_TXTDOC, [test x$BUILDTXTDOC = xyes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDTXTDOC])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build PDF documentation])
if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKPDF != x &&
test x$BUILD_PDFDOC != xno; then
BUILDPDFDOC=yes
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PDFDOC, [test x$BUILDPDFDOC = xyes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPDFDOC])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build PostScript documentation])
if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKPS != x &&
test x$BUILD_PSDOC != xno; then
BUILDPSDOC=yes
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_PSDOC, [test x$BUILDPSDOC = xyes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDPSDOC])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build HTML documentation])
if test x$XORG_SGML_PATH != x && test x$DOCBOOKHTML != x &&
test x$BUILD_HTMLDOC != xno; then
BUILDHTMLDOC=yes
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_HTMLDOC, [test x$BUILDHTMLDOC = xyes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$BUILDHTMLDOC])
MAKE_TEXT="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKTXT"
MAKE_PS="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPS"
MAKE_PDF="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKPDF"
MAKE_HTML="SGML_SEARCH_PATH=$XORG_SGML_PATH $DOCBOOKHTML"
AC_SUBST(MAKE_TEXT)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_PS)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_PDF)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_HTML)
]) # XORG_CHECK_DOCBOOK
# XORG_WITH_XMLTO([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.5.0
# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
#
# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
# the --with-xmlto option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
# as whether or not to use the xmlto package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
# --with-xmlto assumes 'auto'.
#
# Interface to module:
# HAVE_XMLTO: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
# XMLTO: returns the path of the xmlto program found
# returns the path set by the user in the environment
# --with-xmlto: 'yes' user instructs the module to use xmlto
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use xmlto
#
# Added in version 1.10.0
# HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT: used in makefiles to conditionally generate text documentation
# xmlto for text output requires either lynx, links, or w3m browsers
#
# If the user sets the value of XMLTO, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_XMLTO],[
AC_ARG_VAR([XMLTO], [Path to xmlto command])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
AC_ARG_WITH(xmlto,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xmlto],
[Use xmlto to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[use_xmlto=$withval], [use_xmlto=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
if test "x$use_xmlto" = x"auto"; then
AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto])
if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
have_xmlto=no
else
have_xmlto=yes
fi
elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"yes" ; then
AC_PATH_PROG([XMLTO], [xmlto])
if test "x$XMLTO" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto=yes specified but xmlto not found in PATH])
fi
have_xmlto=yes
elif test "x$use_xmlto" = x"no" ; then
if test "x$XMLTO" != "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring XMLTO environment variable since --with-xmlto=no was specified])
fi
have_xmlto=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xmlto expects 'yes' or 'no'])
fi
# Test for a minimum version of xmlto, if provided.
m4_ifval([$1],
[if test "$have_xmlto" = yes; then
# scrape the xmlto version
AC_MSG_CHECKING([the xmlto version])
xmlto_version=`$XMLTO --version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f3`
AC_MSG_RESULT([$xmlto_version])
AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$xmlto_version], [$1],
[if test "x$use_xmlto" = xauto; then
AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto version $xmlto_version found, but $1 needed])
have_xmlto=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([xmlto version $xmlto_version found, but $1 needed])
fi])
fi])
# Test for the ability of xmlto to generate a text target
have_xmlto_text=no
cat > conftest.xml << "EOF"
EOF
AS_IF([test "$have_xmlto" = yes],
[AS_IF([$XMLTO --skip-validation txt conftest.xml >/dev/null 2>&1],
[have_xmlto_text=yes],
[AC_MSG_WARN([xmlto cannot generate text format, this format skipped])])])
rm -f conftest.xml
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT], [test $have_xmlto_text = yes])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XMLTO], [test "$have_xmlto" = yes])
]) # XORG_WITH_XMLTO
# XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
# --------------------------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.12.0
# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.12.0
#
# XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations) is a declarative,
# XML-based language used for the transformation of XML documents.
# The xsltproc command line tool is for applying XSLT stylesheets to XML documents.
# It is used under the cover by xmlto to generate html files from DocBook/XML.
# The XSLT processor is often used as a standalone tool for transformations.
# It should not be assumed that this tool is used only to work with documnetation.
# When DEFAULT is not specified, --with-xsltproc assumes 'auto'.
#
# Interface to module:
# HAVE_XSLTPROC: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
# XSLTPROC: returns the path of the xsltproc program found
# returns the path set by the user in the environment
# --with-xsltproc: 'yes' user instructs the module to use xsltproc
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use xsltproc
# have_xsltproc: returns yes if xsltproc found in PATH or no
#
# If the user sets the value of XSLTPROC, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC],[
AC_ARG_VAR([XSLTPROC], [Path to xsltproc command])
# Preserves the interface, should it be implemented later
m4_ifval([$1], [m4_warn([syntax], [Checking for xsltproc MIN-VERSION is not implemented])])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
AC_ARG_WITH(xsltproc,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-xsltproc],
[Use xsltproc for the transformation of XML documents (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[use_xsltproc=$withval], [use_xsltproc=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
if test "x$use_xsltproc" = x"auto"; then
AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
if test "x$XSLTPROC" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([xsltproc not found - cannot transform XML documents])
have_xsltproc=no
else
have_xsltproc=yes
fi
elif test "x$use_xsltproc" = x"yes" ; then
AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
if test "x$XSLTPROC" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xsltproc=yes specified but xsltproc not found in PATH])
fi
have_xsltproc=yes
elif test "x$use_xsltproc" = x"no" ; then
if test "x$XSLTPROC" != "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring XSLTPROC environment variable since --with-xsltproc=no was specified])
fi
have_xsltproc=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-xsltproc expects 'yes' or 'no'])
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_XSLTPROC], [test "$have_xsltproc" = yes])
]) # XORG_WITH_XSLTPROC
# XORG_WITH_PERL([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
# ----------------------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.15.0
#
# PERL (Practical Extraction and Report Language) is a language optimized for
# scanning arbitrary text files, extracting information from those text files,
# and printing reports based on that information.
#
# When DEFAULT is not specified, --with-perl assumes 'auto'.
#
# Interface to module:
# HAVE_PERL: used in makefiles to conditionally scan text files
# PERL: returns the path of the perl program found
# returns the path set by the user in the environment
# --with-perl: 'yes' user instructs the module to use perl
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use perl
# have_perl: returns yes if perl found in PATH or no
#
# If the user sets the value of PERL, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_PERL],[
AC_ARG_VAR([PERL], [Path to perl command])
# Preserves the interface, should it be implemented later
m4_ifval([$1], [m4_warn([syntax], [Checking for perl MIN-VERSION is not implemented])])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
AC_ARG_WITH(perl,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-perl],
[Use perl for extracting information from files (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[use_perl=$withval], [use_perl=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
if test "x$use_perl" = x"auto"; then
AC_PATH_PROG([PERL], [perl])
if test "x$PERL" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([perl not found - cannot extract information and report])
have_perl=no
else
have_perl=yes
fi
elif test "x$use_perl" = x"yes" ; then
AC_PATH_PROG([PERL], [perl])
if test "x$PERL" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-perl=yes specified but perl not found in PATH])
fi
have_perl=yes
elif test "x$use_perl" = x"no" ; then
if test "x$PERL" != "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring PERL environment variable since --with-perl=no was specified])
fi
have_perl=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-perl expects 'yes' or 'no'])
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PERL], [test "$have_perl" = yes])
]) # XORG_WITH_PERL
# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.5.0
# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
#
# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
# the --with-asciidoc option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
# as whether or not to use the asciidoc package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
# --with-asciidoc assumes 'auto'.
#
# Interface to module:
# HAVE_ASCIIDOC: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
# ASCIIDOC: returns the path of the asciidoc program found
# returns the path set by the user in the environment
# --with-asciidoc: 'yes' user instructs the module to use asciidoc
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use asciidoc
#
# If the user sets the value of ASCIIDOC, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC],[
AC_ARG_VAR([ASCIIDOC], [Path to asciidoc command])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
AC_ARG_WITH(asciidoc,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-asciidoc],
[Use asciidoc to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[use_asciidoc=$withval], [use_asciidoc=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
if test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"auto"; then
AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([asciidoc not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
have_asciidoc=no
else
have_asciidoc=yes
fi
elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"yes" ; then
AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
if test "x$ASCIIDOC" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc=yes specified but asciidoc not found in PATH])
fi
have_asciidoc=yes
elif test "x$use_asciidoc" = x"no" ; then
if test "x$ASCIIDOC" != "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring ASCIIDOC environment variable since --with-asciidoc=no was specified])
fi
have_asciidoc=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-asciidoc expects 'yes' or 'no'])
fi
m4_ifval([$1],
[if test "$have_asciidoc" = yes; then
# scrape the asciidoc version
AC_MSG_CHECKING([the asciidoc version])
asciidoc_version=`$ASCIIDOC --version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2`
AC_MSG_RESULT([$asciidoc_version])
AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$asciidoc_version], [$1],
[if test "x$use_asciidoc" = xauto; then
AC_MSG_WARN([asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but $1 needed])
have_asciidoc=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([asciidoc version $asciidoc_version found, but $1 needed])
fi])
fi])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_ASCIIDOC], [test "$have_asciidoc" = yes])
]) # XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC
# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
# -------------------------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.5.0
# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
# Minimum version for optional DOT checking: 1.18.0
#
# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
# the --with-doxygen option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
# as whether or not to use the doxygen package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
# --with-doxygen assumes 'auto'.
#
# Interface to module:
# HAVE_DOXYGEN: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
# DOXYGEN: returns the path of the doxygen program found
# returns the path set by the user in the environment
# --with-doxygen: 'yes' user instructs the module to use doxygen
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use doxygen
#
# If the user sets the value of DOXYGEN, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN],[
AC_ARG_VAR([DOXYGEN], [Path to doxygen command])
AC_ARG_VAR([DOT], [Path to the dot graphics utility])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
AC_ARG_WITH(doxygen,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-doxygen],
[Use doxygen to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[use_doxygen=$withval], [use_doxygen=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
if test "x$use_doxygen" = x"auto"; then
AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([doxygen not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
have_doxygen=no
else
have_doxygen=yes
fi
elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"yes" ; then
AC_PATH_PROG([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
if test "x$DOXYGEN" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen=yes specified but doxygen not found in PATH])
fi
have_doxygen=yes
elif test "x$use_doxygen" = x"no" ; then
if test "x$DOXYGEN" != "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring DOXYGEN environment variable since --with-doxygen=no was specified])
fi
have_doxygen=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-doxygen expects 'yes' or 'no'])
fi
m4_ifval([$1],
[if test "$have_doxygen" = yes; then
# scrape the doxygen version
AC_MSG_CHECKING([the doxygen version])
doxygen_version=`$DOXYGEN --version 2>/dev/null`
AC_MSG_RESULT([$doxygen_version])
AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$doxygen_version], [$1],
[if test "x$use_doxygen" = xauto; then
AC_MSG_WARN([doxygen version $doxygen_version found, but $1 needed])
have_doxygen=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([doxygen version $doxygen_version found, but $1 needed])
fi])
fi])
dnl Check for DOT if we have doxygen. The caller decides if it is mandatory
dnl HAVE_DOT is a variable that can be used in your doxygen.in config file:
dnl HAVE_DOT = @HAVE_DOT@
HAVE_DOT=no
if test "x$have_doxygen" = "xyes"; then
AC_PATH_PROG([DOT], [dot])
if test "x$DOT" != "x"; then
HAVE_DOT=yes
fi
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_DOT])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_DOT], [test "$HAVE_DOT" = "yes"])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_DOXYGEN], [test "$have_doxygen" = yes])
]) # XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN
# XORG_WITH_GROFF([DEFAULT])
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.6.0
# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
#
# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
# the --with-groff option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
# as whether or not to use the groff package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
# --with-groff assumes 'auto'.
#
# Interface to module:
# HAVE_GROFF: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
# HAVE_GROFF_MM: the memorandum macros (-mm) package
# HAVE_GROFF_MS: the -ms macros package
# GROFF: returns the path of the groff program found
# returns the path set by the user in the environment
# --with-groff: 'yes' user instructs the module to use groff
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use groff
#
# Added in version 1.9.0:
# HAVE_GROFF_HTML: groff has dependencies to output HTML format:
# pnmcut pnmcrop pnmtopng pnmtops from the netpbm package.
# psselect from the psutils package.
# the ghostcript package. Refer to the grohtml man pages
#
# If the user sets the value of GROFF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
#
# OS and distros often splits groff in a basic and full package, the former
# having the groff program and the later having devices, fonts and macros
# Checking for the groff executable is not enough.
#
# If macros are missing, we cannot assume that groff is useless, so we don't
# unset HAVE_GROFF or GROFF env variables.
# HAVE_GROFF_?? can never be true while HAVE_GROFF is false.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_GROFF],[
AC_ARG_VAR([GROFF], [Path to groff command])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
AC_ARG_WITH(groff,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-groff],
[Use groff to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[use_groff=$withval], [use_groff=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
if test "x$use_groff" = x"auto"; then
AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff])
if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([groff not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
have_groff=no
else
have_groff=yes
fi
elif test "x$use_groff" = x"yes" ; then
AC_PATH_PROG([GROFF], [groff])
if test "x$GROFF" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff=yes specified but groff not found in PATH])
fi
have_groff=yes
elif test "x$use_groff" = x"no" ; then
if test "x$GROFF" != "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring GROFF environment variable since --with-groff=no was specified])
fi
have_groff=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-groff expects 'yes' or 'no'])
fi
# We have groff, test for the presence of the macro packages
if test "x$have_groff" = x"yes"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -ms macros])
if ${GROFF} -ms -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
groff_ms_works=yes
else
groff_ms_works=no
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_ms_works])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ${GROFF} -mm macros])
if ${GROFF} -mm -I. /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
groff_mm_works=yes
else
groff_mm_works=no
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$groff_mm_works])
fi
# We have groff, test for HTML dependencies, one command per package
if test "x$have_groff" = x"yes"; then
AC_PATH_PROGS(GS_PATH, [gs gswin32c])
AC_PATH_PROG(PNMTOPNG_PATH, [pnmtopng])
AC_PATH_PROG(PSSELECT_PATH, [psselect])
if test "x$GS_PATH" != "x" -a "x$PNMTOPNG_PATH" != "x" -a "x$PSSELECT_PATH" != "x"; then
have_groff_html=yes
else
have_groff_html=no
AC_MSG_WARN([grohtml dependencies not found - HTML Documentation skipped. Refer to grohtml man pages])
fi
fi
# Set Automake conditionals for Makefiles
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF], [test "$have_groff" = yes])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MS], [test "$groff_ms_works" = yes])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_MM], [test "$groff_mm_works" = yes])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GROFF_HTML], [test "$have_groff_html" = yes])
]) # XORG_WITH_GROFF
# XORG_WITH_FOP([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
# ---------------------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.6.0
# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
# Minimum version for optional MIN-VERSION argument: 1.15.0
#
# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
# the --with-fop option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
# as whether or not to use the fop package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
# --with-fop assumes 'auto'.
#
# Interface to module:
# HAVE_FOP: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
# FOP: returns the path of the fop program found
# returns the path set by the user in the environment
# --with-fop: 'yes' user instructs the module to use fop
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use fop
#
# If the user sets the value of FOP, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_FOP],[
AC_ARG_VAR([FOP], [Path to fop command])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
AC_ARG_WITH(fop,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fop],
[Use fop to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[use_fop=$withval], [use_fop=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
if test "x$use_fop" = x"auto"; then
AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop])
if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([fop not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
have_fop=no
else
have_fop=yes
fi
elif test "x$use_fop" = x"yes" ; then
AC_PATH_PROG([FOP], [fop])
if test "x$FOP" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop=yes specified but fop not found in PATH])
fi
have_fop=yes
elif test "x$use_fop" = x"no" ; then
if test "x$FOP" != "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring FOP environment variable since --with-fop=no was specified])
fi
have_fop=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-fop expects 'yes' or 'no'])
fi
# Test for a minimum version of fop, if provided.
m4_ifval([$1],
[if test "$have_fop" = yes; then
# scrape the fop version
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for fop minimum version])
fop_version=`$FOP -version 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f3`
AC_MSG_RESULT([$fop_version])
AS_VERSION_COMPARE([$fop_version], [$1],
[if test "x$use_fop" = xauto; then
AC_MSG_WARN([fop version $fop_version found, but $1 needed])
have_fop=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([fop version $fop_version found, but $1 needed])
fi])
fi])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_FOP], [test "$have_fop" = yes])
]) # XORG_WITH_FOP
# XORG_WITH_M4([MIN-VERSION])
# ---------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.19.0
#
# This macro attempts to locate an m4 macro processor which supports
# -I option and is only useful for modules relying on M4 in order to
# expand macros in source code files.
#
# Interface to module:
# M4: returns the path of the m4 program found
# returns the path set by the user in the environment
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_M4], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for m4 that supports -I option], [ac_cv_path_M4],
[AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK([M4], [m4 gm4],
[[$ac_path_M4 -I. /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 && \
ac_cv_path_M4=$ac_path_M4 ac_path_M4_found=:]],
[AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find m4 that supports -I option])],
[$PATH:/usr/gnu/bin])])
AC_SUBST([M4], [$ac_cv_path_M4])
]) # XORG_WITH_M4
# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF([DEFAULT])
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.6.0
# Minimum version for optional DEFAULT argument: 1.11.0
#
# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a module to test for the
# presence of the tool and obtain it's path in separate variables. Coupled with
# the --with-ps2pdf option, it allows maximum flexibilty in making decisions
# as whether or not to use the ps2pdf package. When DEFAULT is not specified,
# --with-ps2pdf assumes 'auto'.
#
# Interface to module:
# HAVE_PS2PDF: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
# PS2PDF: returns the path of the ps2pdf program found
# returns the path set by the user in the environment
# --with-ps2pdf: 'yes' user instructs the module to use ps2pdf
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use ps2pdf
#
# If the user sets the value of PS2PDF, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_PS2PDF],[
AC_ARG_VAR([PS2PDF], [Path to ps2pdf command])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
AC_ARG_WITH(ps2pdf,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ps2pdf],
[Use ps2pdf to regenerate documentation (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[use_ps2pdf=$withval], [use_ps2pdf=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
if test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"auto"; then
AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf])
if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ps2pdf not found - documentation targets will be skipped])
have_ps2pdf=no
else
have_ps2pdf=yes
fi
elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"yes" ; then
AC_PATH_PROG([PS2PDF], [ps2pdf])
if test "x$PS2PDF" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf=yes specified but ps2pdf not found in PATH])
fi
have_ps2pdf=yes
elif test "x$use_ps2pdf" = x"no" ; then
if test "x$PS2PDF" != "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring PS2PDF environment variable since --with-ps2pdf=no was specified])
fi
have_ps2pdf=no
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-ps2pdf expects 'yes' or 'no'])
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_PS2PDF], [test "$have_ps2pdf" = yes])
]) # XORG_WITH_PS2PDF
# XORG_ENABLE_DOCS (enable_docs=yes)
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.6.0
#
# Documentation tools are not always available on all platforms and sometimes
# not at the appropriate level. This macro enables a builder to skip all
# documentation targets except traditional man pages.
# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
# Refer to:
# XORG_WITH_XMLTO --with-xmlto
# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC --with-asciidoc
# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN --with-doxygen
# XORG_WITH_FOP --with-fop
# XORG_WITH_GROFF --with-groff
# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF --with-ps2pdf
#
# Interface to module:
# ENABLE_DOCS: used in makefiles to conditionally generate documentation
# --enable-docs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate docs
# 'no' user instructs the module not to generate docs
# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DOCS],[
m4_define([docs_default], m4_default([$1], [yes]))
AC_ARG_ENABLE(docs,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-docs],
[Enable building the documentation (default: ]docs_default[)]),
[build_docs=$enableval], [build_docs=]docs_default)
m4_undefine([docs_default])
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DOCS, [test x$build_docs = xyes])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build documentation])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_docs])
]) # XORG_ENABLE_DOCS
# XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS (enable_devel_docs=yes)
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.6.0
#
# This macro enables a builder to skip all developer documentation.
# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
# Refer to:
# XORG_WITH_XMLTO --with-xmlto
# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC --with-asciidoc
# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN --with-doxygen
# XORG_WITH_FOP --with-fop
# XORG_WITH_GROFF --with-groff
# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF --with-ps2pdf
#
# Interface to module:
# ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS: used in makefiles to conditionally generate developer docs
# --enable-devel-docs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate developer docs
# 'no' user instructs the module not to generate developer docs
# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS],[
m4_define([devel_default], m4_default([$1], [yes]))
AC_ARG_ENABLE(devel-docs,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-devel-docs],
[Enable building the developer documentation (default: ]devel_default[)]),
[build_devel_docs=$enableval], [build_devel_docs=]devel_default)
m4_undefine([devel_default])
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS, [test x$build_devel_docs = xyes])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build developer documentation])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_devel_docs])
]) # XORG_ENABLE_DEVEL_DOCS
# XORG_ENABLE_SPECS (enable_specs=yes)
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.6.0
#
# This macro enables a builder to skip all functional specification targets.
# Combined with the specific tool checking macros XORG_WITH_*, it provides
# maximum flexibilty in controlling documentation building.
# Refer to:
# XORG_WITH_XMLTO --with-xmlto
# XORG_WITH_ASCIIDOC --with-asciidoc
# XORG_WITH_DOXYGEN --with-doxygen
# XORG_WITH_FOP --with-fop
# XORG_WITH_GROFF --with-groff
# XORG_WITH_PS2PDF --with-ps2pdf
#
# Interface to module:
# ENABLE_SPECS: used in makefiles to conditionally generate specs
# --enable-specs: 'yes' user instructs the module to generate specs
# 'no' user instructs the module not to generate specs
# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_SPECS],[
m4_define([spec_default], m4_default([$1], [yes]))
AC_ARG_ENABLE(specs,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-specs],
[Enable building the specs (default: ]spec_default[)]),
[build_specs=$enableval], [build_specs=]spec_default)
m4_undefine([spec_default])
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_SPECS, [test x$build_specs = xyes])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build functional specifications])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$build_specs])
]) # XORG_ENABLE_SPECS
# XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS (enable_unit_tests=auto)
# ----------------------------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.13.0
#
# This macro enables a builder to enable/disable unit testing
# It makes no assumption about the test cases implementation
# Test cases may or may not use Automake "Support for test suites"
# They may or may not use the software utility library GLib
#
# When used in conjunction with XORG_WITH_GLIB, use both AM_CONDITIONAL
# ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS and HAVE_GLIB. Not all unit tests may use glib.
# The variable enable_unit_tests is used by other macros in this file.
#
# Interface to module:
# ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS: used in makefiles to conditionally build tests
# enable_unit_tests: used in configure.ac for additional configuration
# --enable-unit-tests: 'yes' user instructs the module to build tests
# 'no' user instructs the module not to build tests
# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS],[
AC_BEFORE([$0], [XORG_WITH_GLIB])
AC_BEFORE([$0], [XORG_LD_WRAP])
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_MEMORY_CHECK_FLAGS])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
AC_ARG_ENABLE(unit-tests, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-unit-tests],
[Enable building unit test cases (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[enable_unit_tests=$enableval], [enable_unit_tests=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS, [test "x$enable_unit_tests" != xno])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build unit test cases])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_unit_tests])
]) # XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS
# XORG_ENABLE_INTEGRATION_TESTS (enable_unit_tests=auto)
# ------------------------------------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.17.0
#
# This macro enables a builder to enable/disable integration testing
# It makes no assumption about the test cases' implementation
# Test cases may or may not use Automake "Support for test suites"
#
# Please see XORG_ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS for unit test support. Unit test support
# usually requires less dependencies and may be built and run under less
# stringent environments than integration tests.
#
# Interface to module:
# ENABLE_INTEGRATION_TESTS: used in makefiles to conditionally build tests
# enable_integration_tests: used in configure.ac for additional configuration
# --enable-integration-tests: 'yes' user instructs the module to build tests
# 'no' user instructs the module not to build tests
# parm1: specify the default value, yes or no.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_ENABLE_INTEGRATION_TESTS],[
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_MEMORY_CHECK_FLAGS])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$1], [auto]))
AC_ARG_ENABLE(integration-tests, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-integration-tests],
[Enable building integration test cases (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[enable_integration_tests=$enableval],
[enable_integration_tests=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_INTEGRATION_TESTS],
[test "x$enable_integration_tests" != xno])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to build unit test cases])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_integration_tests])
]) # XORG_ENABLE_INTEGRATION_TESTS
# XORG_WITH_GLIB([MIN-VERSION], [DEFAULT])
# ----------------------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.13.0
#
# GLib is a library which provides advanced data structures and functions.
# This macro enables a module to test for the presence of Glib.
#
# When used with ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS, it is assumed GLib is used for unit testing.
# Otherwise the value of $enable_unit_tests is blank.
#
# Please see XORG_ENABLE_INTEGRATION_TESTS for integration test support. Unit
# test support usually requires less dependencies and may be built and run under
# less stringent environments than integration tests.
#
# Interface to module:
# HAVE_GLIB: used in makefiles to conditionally build targets
# with_glib: used in configure.ac to know if GLib has been found
# --with-glib: 'yes' user instructs the module to use glib
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use glib
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_GLIB],[
AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
m4_define([_defopt], m4_default([$2], [auto]))
AC_ARG_WITH(glib, AS_HELP_STRING([--with-glib],
[Use GLib library for unit testing (default: ]_defopt[)]),
[with_glib=$withval], [with_glib=]_defopt)
m4_undefine([_defopt])
have_glib=no
# Do not probe GLib if user explicitly disabled unit testing
if test "x$enable_unit_tests" != x"no"; then
# Do not probe GLib if user explicitly disabled it
if test "x$with_glib" != x"no"; then
m4_ifval(
[$1],
[PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GLIB], [glib-2.0 >= $1], [have_glib=yes], [have_glib=no])],
[PKG_CHECK_MODULES([GLIB], [glib-2.0], [have_glib=yes], [have_glib=no])]
)
fi
fi
# Not having GLib when unit testing has been explicitly requested is an error
if test "x$enable_unit_tests" = x"yes"; then
if test "x$have_glib" = x"no"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-unit-tests=yes specified but glib-2.0 not found])
fi
fi
# Having unit testing disabled when GLib has been explicitly requested is an error
if test "x$enable_unit_tests" = x"no"; then
if test "x$with_glib" = x"yes"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-unit-tests=yes specified but glib-2.0 not found])
fi
fi
# Not having GLib when it has been explicitly requested is an error
if test "x$with_glib" = x"yes"; then
if test "x$have_glib" = x"no"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-glib=yes specified but glib-2.0 not found])
fi
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_GLIB], [test "$have_glib" = yes])
]) # XORG_WITH_GLIB
# XORG_LD_WRAP([required|optional])
# ---------------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.13.0
#
# Check if linker supports -wrap, passed via compiler flags
#
# When used with ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS, it is assumed -wrap is used for unit testing.
# Otherwise the value of $enable_unit_tests is blank.
#
# Argument added in 1.16.0 - default is "required", to match existing behavior
# of returning an error if enable_unit_tests is yes, and ld -wrap is not
# available, an argument of "optional" allows use when some unit tests require
# ld -wrap and others do not.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_LD_WRAP],[
XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS([-Wl,-wrap,exit],[have_ld_wrap=yes],[have_ld_wrap=no],
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include
void __wrap_exit(int status) { return; }],
[exit(0);])])
# Not having ld wrap when unit testing has been explicitly requested is an error
if test "x$enable_unit_tests" = x"yes" -a "x$1" != "xoptional"; then
if test "x$have_ld_wrap" = x"no"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-unit-tests=yes specified but ld -wrap support is not available])
fi
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LD_WRAP], [test "$have_ld_wrap" = yes])
#
]) # XORG_LD_WRAP
# XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS
# -----------------------
# SYNOPSIS
#
# XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS(FLAGS, [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE], [PROGRAM-SOURCE])
#
# DESCRIPTION
#
# Check whether the given linker FLAGS work with the current language's
# linker, or whether they give an error.
#
# ACTION-SUCCESS/ACTION-FAILURE are shell commands to execute on
# success/failure.
#
# PROGRAM-SOURCE is the program source to link with, if needed
#
# NOTE: Based on AX_CHECK_COMPILER_FLAGS.
#
# LICENSE
#
# Copyright (c) 2009 Mike Frysinger
# Copyright (c) 2009 Steven G. Johnson
# Copyright (c) 2009 Matteo Frigo
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
# Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
# option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
# Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with this program. If not, see .
#
# As a special exception, the respective Autoconf Macro's copyright owner
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify the configure
# scripts that are the output of Autoconf when processing the Macro. You
# need not follow the terms of the GNU General Public License when using
# or distributing such scripts, even though portions of the text of the
# Macro appear in them. The GNU General Public License (GPL) does govern
# all other use of the material that constitutes the Autoconf Macro.
#
# This special exception to the GPL applies to versions of the Autoconf
# Macro released by the Autoconf Archive. When you make and distribute a
# modified version of the Autoconf Macro, you may extend this special
# exception to the GPL to apply to your modified version as well.#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether the linker accepts $1])
dnl Some hackery here since AC_CACHE_VAL can't handle a non-literal varname:
AS_LITERAL_IF([$1],
[AC_CACHE_VAL(AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1]), [
ax_save_FLAGS=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$1"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([m4_default([$4],[AC_LANG_PROGRAM()])],
AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=yes,
AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=no)
LDFLAGS=$ax_save_FLAGS])],
[ax_save_FLAGS=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$1"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM()],
eval AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=yes,
eval AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])=no)
LDFLAGS=$ax_save_FLAGS])
eval xorg_check_linker_flags=$AS_TR_SH(xorg_cv_linker_flags_[$1])
AC_MSG_RESULT($xorg_check_linker_flags)
if test "x$xorg_check_linker_flags" = xyes; then
m4_default([$2], :)
else
m4_default([$3], :)
fi
]) # XORG_CHECK_LINKER_FLAGS
# XORG_MEMORY_CHECK_FLAGS
# -----------------------
# Minimum version: 1.16.0
#
# This macro attempts to find appropriate memory checking functionality
# for various platforms which unit testing code may use to catch various
# forms of memory allocation and access errors in testing.
#
# Interface to module:
# XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV - environment variables to set to enable debugging
# Usually added to TESTS_ENVIRONMENT in Makefile.am
#
# If the user sets the value of XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV, it is used verbatim.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_MEMORY_CHECK_FLAGS],[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_ARG_VAR([XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV],
[Environment variables to enable memory checking in tests])
# Check for different types of support on different platforms
case $host_os in
solaris*)
AC_CHECK_LIB([umem], [umem_alloc],
[malloc_debug_env='LD_PRELOAD=libumem.so UMEM_DEBUG=default'])
;;
*-gnu*) # GNU libc - Value is used as a single byte bit pattern,
# both directly and inverted, so should not be 0 or 255.
malloc_debug_env='MALLOC_PERTURB_=15'
;;
darwin*)
malloc_debug_env='MallocPreScribble=1 MallocScribble=1 DYLD_INSERT_LIBRARIES=/usr/lib/libgmalloc.dylib'
;;
*bsd*)
malloc_debug_env='MallocPreScribble=1 MallocScribble=1'
;;
esac
# User supplied flags override default flags
if test "x$XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV" != "x"; then
malloc_debug_env="$XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV"
fi
AC_SUBST([XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV],[$malloc_debug_env])
]) # XORG_WITH_LINT
# XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
# ----------------------
# Minimum version: 1.0.0
#
# Defines {MALLOC,XMALLOC,XTMALLOC}_ZERO_CFLAGS appropriately if
# malloc(0) returns NULL. Packages should add one of these cflags to
# their AM_CFLAGS (or other appropriate *_CFLAGS) to use them.
AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO],[
AC_ARG_ENABLE(malloc0returnsnull,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-malloc0returnsnull],
[malloc(0) returns NULL (default: auto)]),
[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=$enableval],
[MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=auto])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether malloc(0) returns NULL])
if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xauto; then
AC_CACHE_VAL([xorg_cv_malloc0_returns_null],
[AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([
#include
],[
char *m0, *r0, *c0, *p;
m0 = malloc(0);
p = malloc(10);
r0 = realloc(p,0);
c0 = calloc(0,10);
exit((m0 == 0 || r0 == 0 || c0 == 0) ? 0 : 1);
])],
[xorg_cv_malloc0_returns_null=yes],
[xorg_cv_malloc0_returns_null=no])])
MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL=$xorg_cv_malloc0_returns_null
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL])
if test "x$MALLOC_ZERO_RETURNS_NULL" = xyes; then
MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="-DMALLOC_0_RETURNS_NULL"
XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS
XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS="$MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS -DXTMALLOC_BC"
else
MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS=""
fi
AC_SUBST([MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
AC_SUBST([XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
AC_SUBST([XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS])
]) # XORG_CHECK_MALLOC_ZERO
# XORG_WITH_LINT()
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.1.0
#
# This macro enables the use of a tool that flags some suspicious and
# non-portable constructs (likely to be bugs) in C language source code.
# It will attempt to locate the tool and use appropriate options.
# There are various lint type tools on different platforms.
#
# Interface to module:
# LINT: returns the path to the tool found on the platform
# or the value set to LINT on the configure cmd line
# also an Automake conditional
# LINT_FLAGS: an Automake variable with appropriate flags
#
# --with-lint: 'yes' user instructs the module to use lint
# 'no' user instructs the module not to use lint (default)
#
# If the user sets the value of LINT, AC_PATH_PROG skips testing the path.
# If the user sets the value of LINT_FLAGS, they are used verbatim.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_WITH_LINT],[
AC_ARG_VAR([LINT], [Path to a lint-style command])
AC_ARG_VAR([LINT_FLAGS], [Flags for the lint-style command])
AC_ARG_WITH(lint, [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-lint],
[Use a lint-style source code checker (default: disabled)])],
[use_lint=$withval], [use_lint=no])
# Obtain platform specific info like program name and options
# The lint program on FreeBSD and NetBSD is different from the one on Solaris
case $host_os in
*linux* | *openbsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | darwin* | cygwin*)
lint_name=splint
lint_options="-badflag"
;;
*freebsd* | *netbsd*)
lint_name=lint
lint_options="-u -b"
;;
*solaris*)
lint_name=lint
lint_options="-u -b -h -erroff=E_INDISTING_FROM_TRUNC2"
;;
esac
# Test for the presence of the program (either guessed by the code or spelled out by the user)
if test "x$use_lint" = x"yes" ; then
AC_PATH_PROG([LINT], [$lint_name])
if test "x$LINT" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-lint=yes specified but lint-style tool not found in PATH])
fi
elif test "x$use_lint" = x"no" ; then
if test "x$LINT" != "x"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([ignoring LINT environment variable since --with-lint=no was specified])
fi
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-lint expects 'yes' or 'no'. Use LINT variable to specify path.])
fi
# User supplied flags override default flags
if test "x$LINT_FLAGS" != "x"; then
lint_options=$LINT_FLAGS
fi
AC_SUBST([LINT_FLAGS],[$lint_options])
AM_CONDITIONAL(LINT, [test "x$LINT" != x])
]) # XORG_WITH_LINT
# XORG_LINT_LIBRARY(LIBNAME)
# --------------------------
# Minimum version: 1.1.0
#
# Sets up flags for building lint libraries for checking programs that call
# functions in the library.
#
# Interface to module:
# LINTLIB - Automake variable with the name of lint library file to make
# MAKE_LINT_LIB - Automake conditional
#
# --enable-lint-library: - 'yes' user instructs the module to created a lint library
# - 'no' user instructs the module not to create a lint library (default)
AC_DEFUN([XORG_LINT_LIBRARY],[
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_WITH_LINT])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(lint-library, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-lint-library],
[Create lint library (default: disabled)])],
[make_lint_lib=$enableval], [make_lint_lib=no])
if test "x$make_lint_lib" = x"yes" ; then
LINTLIB=llib-l$1.ln
if test "x$LINT" = "x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot make lint library without --with-lint])
fi
elif test "x$make_lint_lib" != x"no" ; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-lint-library expects 'yes' or 'no'.])
fi
AC_SUBST(LINTLIB)
AM_CONDITIONAL(MAKE_LINT_LIB, [test x$make_lint_lib != xno])
]) # XORG_LINT_LIBRARY
# XORG_COMPILER_BRAND
# -------------------
# Minimum version: 1.14.0
#
# Checks for various brands of compilers and sets flags as appropriate:
# GNU gcc - relies on AC_PROG_CC (via AC_PROG_CC_C99) to set GCC to "yes"
# GNU g++ - relies on AC_PROG_CXX to set GXX to "yes"
# clang compiler - sets CLANGCC to "yes"
# Intel compiler - sets INTELCC to "yes"
# Sun/Oracle Solaris Studio cc - sets SUNCC to "yes"
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_COMPILER_BRAND], [
AC_LANG_CASE(
[C], [
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])
],
[C++], [
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX])
]
)
AC_CHECK_DECL([__clang__], [CLANGCC="yes"], [CLANGCC="no"])
AC_CHECK_DECL([__INTEL_COMPILER], [INTELCC="yes"], [INTELCC="no"])
AC_CHECK_DECL([__SUNPRO_C], [SUNCC="yes"], [SUNCC="no"])
]) # XORG_COMPILER_BRAND
# XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG(, , [, ...])
# ---------------
# Minimum version: 1.16.0
#
# Test if the compiler works when passed the given flag as a command line argument.
# If it succeeds, the flag is appeneded to the given variable. If not, it tries the
# next flag in the list until there are no more options.
#
# Note that this does not guarantee that the compiler supports the flag as some
# compilers will simply ignore arguments that they do not understand, but we do
# attempt to weed out false positives by using -Werror=unknown-warning-option and
# -Werror=unused-command-line-argument
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG], [
m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG was given with an unsupported number of arguments])])
m4_if([$#], 1, [m4_fatal([XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG was given with an unsupported number of arguments])])
AC_LANG_COMPILER_REQUIRE
AC_LANG_CASE(
[C], [
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C99])
define([PREFIX], [C])
define([CACHE_PREFIX], [cc])
define([COMPILER], [$CC])
],
[C++], [
define([PREFIX], [CXX])
define([CACHE_PREFIX], [cxx])
define([COMPILER], [$CXX])
]
)
[xorg_testset_save_]PREFIX[FLAGS]="$PREFIX[FLAGS]"
if test "x$[xorg_testset_]CACHE_PREFIX[_unknown_warning_option]" = "x" ; then
PREFIX[FLAGS]="$PREFIX[FLAGS] -Werror=unknown-warning-option"
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ]COMPILER[ supports -Werror=unknown-warning-option],
[xorg_cv_]CACHE_PREFIX[_flag_unknown_warning_option],
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([int i;])],
[xorg_cv_]CACHE_PREFIX[_flag_unknown_warning_option=yes],
[xorg_cv_]CACHE_PREFIX[_flag_unknown_warning_option=no]))
[xorg_testset_]CACHE_PREFIX[_unknown_warning_option]=$[xorg_cv_]CACHE_PREFIX[_flag_unknown_warning_option]
PREFIX[FLAGS]="$[xorg_testset_save_]PREFIX[FLAGS]"
fi
if test "x$[xorg_testset_]CACHE_PREFIX[_unused_command_line_argument]" = "x" ; then
if test "x$[xorg_testset_]CACHE_PREFIX[_unknown_warning_option]" = "xyes" ; then
PREFIX[FLAGS]="$PREFIX[FLAGS] -Werror=unknown-warning-option"
fi
PREFIX[FLAGS]="$PREFIX[FLAGS] -Werror=unused-command-line-argument"
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ]COMPILER[ supports -Werror=unused-command-line-argument],
[xorg_cv_]CACHE_PREFIX[_flag_unused_command_line_argument],
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([int i;])],
[xorg_cv_]CACHE_PREFIX[_flag_unused_command_line_argument=yes],
[xorg_cv_]CACHE_PREFIX[_flag_unused_command_line_argument=no]))
[xorg_testset_]CACHE_PREFIX[_unused_command_line_argument]=$[xorg_cv_]CACHE_PREFIX[_flag_unused_command_line_argument]
PREFIX[FLAGS]="$[xorg_testset_save_]PREFIX[FLAGS]"
fi
found="no"
m4_foreach([flag], m4_cdr($@), [
if test $found = "no" ; then
if test "x$xorg_testset_]CACHE_PREFIX[_unknown_warning_option" = "xyes" ; then
PREFIX[FLAGS]="$PREFIX[FLAGS] -Werror=unknown-warning-option"
fi
if test "x$xorg_testset_]CACHE_PREFIX[_unused_command_line_argument" = "xyes" ; then
PREFIX[FLAGS]="$PREFIX[FLAGS] -Werror=unused-command-line-argument"
fi
PREFIX[FLAGS]="$PREFIX[FLAGS] ]flag["
dnl Some hackery here since AC_CACHE_VAL can't handle a non-literal varname
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if ]COMPILER[ supports ]flag[])
cacheid=AS_TR_SH([xorg_cv_]CACHE_PREFIX[_flag_]flag[])
AC_CACHE_VAL($cacheid,
[AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([int i;])],
[eval $cacheid=yes],
[eval $cacheid=no])])
PREFIX[FLAGS]="$[xorg_testset_save_]PREFIX[FLAGS]"
eval supported=\$$cacheid
AC_MSG_RESULT([$supported])
if test "$supported" = "yes" ; then
$1="$$1 ]flag["
found="yes"
fi
fi
])
]) # XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG
# XORG_COMPILER_FLAGS
# ---------------
# Minimum version: 1.16.0
#
# Defines BASE_CFLAGS or BASE_CXXFLAGS to contain a set of command line
# arguments supported by the selected compiler which do NOT alter the generated
# code. These arguments will cause the compiler to print various warnings
# during compilation AND turn a conservative set of warnings into errors.
#
# The set of flags supported by BASE_CFLAGS and BASE_CXXFLAGS will grow in
# future versions of util-macros as options are added to new compilers.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_COMPILER_FLAGS], [
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_COMPILER_BRAND])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(selective-werror,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-selective-werror],
[Turn off selective compiler errors. (default: enabled)]),
[SELECTIVE_WERROR=$enableval],
[SELECTIVE_WERROR=yes])
AC_LANG_CASE(
[C], [
define([PREFIX], [C])
],
[C++], [
define([PREFIX], [CXX])
]
)
# -v is too short to test reliably with XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG
if test "x$SUNCC" = "xyes"; then
[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]="-v"
else
[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]=""
fi
# This chunk of warnings were those that existed in the legacy CWARNFLAGS
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wall])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wpointer-arith])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wmissing-declarations])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wformat=2], [-Wformat])
AC_LANG_CASE(
[C], [
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wstrict-prototypes])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wmissing-prototypes])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wnested-externs])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wbad-function-cast])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wold-style-definition], [-fd])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wdeclaration-after-statement])
]
)
# This chunk adds additional warnings that could catch undesired effects.
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wunused])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wuninitialized])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wshadow])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wmissing-noreturn])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wmissing-format-attribute])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wredundant-decls])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wlogical-op])
# These are currently disabled because they are noisy. They will be enabled
# in the future once the codebase is sufficiently modernized to silence
# them. For now, I don't want them to drown out the other warnings.
# XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wparentheses])
# XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wcast-align])
# XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wcast-qual])
# Turn some warnings into errors, so we don't accidently get successful builds
# when there are problems that should be fixed.
if test "x$SELECTIVE_WERROR" = "xyes" ; then
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=implicit], [-errwarn=E_NO_EXPLICIT_TYPE_GIVEN -errwarn=E_NO_IMPLICIT_DECL_ALLOWED])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=nonnull])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=init-self])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=main])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=missing-braces])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=sequence-point])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=return-type], [-errwarn=E_FUNC_HAS_NO_RETURN_STMT])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=trigraphs])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=array-bounds])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=write-strings])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=address])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=int-to-pointer-cast], [-errwarn=E_BAD_PTR_INT_COMBINATION])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=pointer-to-int-cast]) # Also -errwarn=E_BAD_PTR_INT_COMBINATION
else
AC_MSG_WARN([You have chosen not to turn some select compiler warnings into errors. This should not be necessary. Please report why you needed to do so in a bug report at $PACKAGE_BUGREPORT])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wimplicit])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wnonnull])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Winit-self])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wmain])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wmissing-braces])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wsequence-point])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wreturn-type])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wtrigraphs])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Warray-bounds])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wwrite-strings])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Waddress])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wint-to-pointer-cast])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Wpointer-to-int-cast])
fi
AC_SUBST([BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS])
]) # XORG_COMPILER_FLAGS
# XORG_CWARNFLAGS
# ---------------
# Minimum version: 1.2.0
# Deprecated since: 1.16.0 (Use XORG_COMPILER_FLAGS instead)
#
# Defines CWARNFLAGS to enable C compiler warnings.
#
# This function is deprecated because it defines -fno-strict-aliasing
# which alters the code generated by the compiler. If -fno-strict-aliasing
# is needed, then it should be added explicitly in the module when
# it is updated to use BASE_CFLAGS.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_CWARNFLAGS], [
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_COMPILER_FLAGS])
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_COMPILER_BRAND])
AC_LANG_CASE(
[C], [
CWARNFLAGS="$BASE_CFLAGS"
if test "x$GCC" = xyes ; then
CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS -fno-strict-aliasing"
fi
AC_SUBST(CWARNFLAGS)
]
)
]) # XORG_CWARNFLAGS
# XORG_STRICT_OPTION
# -----------------------
# Minimum version: 1.3.0
#
# Add configure option to enable strict compilation flags, such as treating
# warnings as fatal errors.
# If --enable-strict-compilation is passed to configure, adds strict flags to
# $BASE_CFLAGS or $BASE_CXXFLAGS and the deprecated $CWARNFLAGS.
#
# Starting in 1.14.0 also exports $STRICT_CFLAGS for use in other tests or
# when strict compilation is unconditionally desired.
AC_DEFUN([XORG_STRICT_OPTION], [
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_CWARNFLAGS])
AC_REQUIRE([XORG_COMPILER_FLAGS])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(strict-compilation,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-strict-compilation],
[Enable all warnings from compiler and make them errors (default: disabled)]),
[STRICT_COMPILE=$enableval], [STRICT_COMPILE=no])
AC_LANG_CASE(
[C], [
define([PREFIX], [C])
],
[C++], [
define([PREFIX], [CXX])
]
)
[STRICT_]PREFIX[FLAGS]=""
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[STRICT_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-pedantic])
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[STRICT_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror], [-errwarn])
# Earlier versions of gcc (eg: 4.2) support -Werror=attributes, but do not
# activate it with -Werror, so we add it here explicitly.
XORG_TESTSET_CFLAG([[STRICT_]PREFIX[FLAGS]], [-Werror=attributes])
if test "x$STRICT_COMPILE" = "xyes"; then
[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS]="$[BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS] $[STRICT_]PREFIX[FLAGS]"
AC_LANG_CASE([C], [CWARNFLAGS="$CWARNFLAGS $STRICT_CFLAGS"])
fi
AC_SUBST([STRICT_]PREFIX[FLAGS])
AC_SUBST([BASE_]PREFIX[FLAGS])
AC_LANG_CASE([C], AC_SUBST([CWARNFLAGS]))
]) # XORG_STRICT_OPTION
# XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
# --------------------
# Minimum version: 1.3.0
#
# Defines default options for X.Org modules.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS], [
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
XORG_COMPILER_FLAGS
XORG_CWARNFLAGS
XORG_STRICT_OPTION
XORG_RELEASE_VERSION
XORG_CHANGELOG
XORG_INSTALL
XORG_MANPAGE_SECTIONS
m4_ifdef([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])],
[AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY], [1])])
]) # XORG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS
# XORG_INSTALL()
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.4.0
#
# Defines the variable INSTALL_CMD as the command to copy
# INSTALL from $prefix/share/util-macros.
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_INSTALL], [
AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
macros_datadir=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --variable=pkgdatadir xorg-macros`
INSTALL_CMD="(cp -f "$macros_datadir/INSTALL" \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp && \
mv \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL) \
|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.INSTALL.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/INSTALL; \
echo 'util-macros \"pkgdatadir\" from xorg-macros.pc not found: installing possibly empty INSTALL.' >&2)"
AC_SUBST([INSTALL_CMD])
]) # XORG_INSTALL
dnl Copyright 2005 Red Hat, Inc
dnl
dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
dnl documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
dnl the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
dnl documentation.
dnl
dnl The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
dnl in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
dnl
dnl THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
dnl OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
dnl MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
dnl IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
dnl OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
dnl ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
dnl OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
dnl
dnl Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holders shall
dnl not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
dnl other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
dnl from the copyright holders.
dnl
# XORG_RELEASE_VERSION
# --------------------
# Defines PACKAGE_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,PATCHLEVEL} for modules to use.
AC_DEFUN([XORG_RELEASE_VERSION],[
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR],
[`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 1`],
[Major version of this package])
PVM=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 2 | cut -d - -f 1`
if test "x$PVM" = "x"; then
PVM="0"
fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR],
[$PVM],
[Minor version of this package])
PVP=`echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -d . -f 3 | cut -d - -f 1`
if test "x$PVP" = "x"; then
PVP="0"
fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL],
[$PVP],
[Patch version of this package])
])
# XORG_CHANGELOG()
# ----------------
# Minimum version: 1.2.0
#
# Defines the variable CHANGELOG_CMD as the command to generate
# ChangeLog from git.
#
#
AC_DEFUN([XORG_CHANGELOG], [
CHANGELOG_CMD="(GIT_DIR=\$(top_srcdir)/.git git log > \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp && \
mv \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog) \
|| (rm -f \$(top_srcdir)/.changelog.tmp; touch \$(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog; \
echo 'git directory not found: installing possibly empty changelog.' >&2)"
AC_SUBST([CHANGELOG_CMD])
]) # XORG_CHANGELOG
selective compiler errors. (default: enabled)]),
[SELECTIVE_WERROR=$enableval],
[SELECTIVE_WERROR=yes])
AC_LANG_CASE(
[C], [
libXt-1.1.5/m4/ax_define_dir.m4 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000003252 12520610324 0016420 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 # ===========================================================================
# http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_define_dir.html
# ===========================================================================
#
# SYNOPSIS
#
# AX_DEFINE_DIR(VARNAME, DIR [, DESCRIPTION])
#
# DESCRIPTION
#
# This macro sets VARNAME to the expansion of the DIR variable, taking
# care of fixing up ${prefix} and such.
#
# VARNAME is then offered as both an output variable and a C preprocessor
# symbol.
#
# Example:
#
# AX_DEFINE_DIR([DATADIR], [datadir], [Where data are placed to.])
#
# LICENSE
#
# Copyright (c) 2008 Stepan Kasal
# Copyright (c) 2008 Andreas Schwab
# Copyright (c) 2008 Guido U. Draheim
# Copyright (c) 2008 Alexandre Oliva
#
# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are
# permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice
# and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without any
# warranty.
#serial 6
AU_ALIAS([AC_DEFINE_DIR], [AX_DEFINE_DIR])
AC_DEFUN([AX_DEFINE_DIR], [
prefix_NONE=
exec_prefix_NONE=
test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix_NONE=yes && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix_NONE=yes && exec_prefix=$prefix
dnl In Autoconf 2.60, ${datadir} refers to ${datarootdir}, which in turn
dnl refers to ${prefix}. Thus we have to use `eval' twice.
eval ax_define_dir="\"[$]$2\""
eval ax_define_dir="\"$ax_define_dir\""
AC_SUBST($1, "$ax_define_dir")
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($1, "$ax_define_dir", [$3])
test "$prefix_NONE" && prefix=NONE
test "$exec_prefix_NONE" && exec_prefix=NONE
])
libXt-1.1.5/compile 0000755 0143106 0000012 00000016245 12520610350 0014441 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 #! /bin/sh
# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
scriptversion=2012-10-14.11; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Tom Tromey .
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see .
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to or send patches to
# .
nl='
'
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
IFS=" "" $nl"
file_conv=
# func_file_conv build_file lazy
# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
# take place.
func_file_conv ()
{
file=$1
case $file in
/ | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
if test -z "$file_conv"; then
# lazily determine how to convert abs files
case `uname -s` in
MINGW*)
file_conv=mingw
;;
CYGWIN*)
file_conv=cygwin
;;
*)
file_conv=wine
;;
esac
fi
case $file_conv/,$2, in
*,$file_conv,*)
;;
mingw/*)
file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
;;
cygwin/*)
file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
wine/*)
file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
# func_cl_dashL linkdir
# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
func_cl_dashL ()
{
func_file_conv "$1"
if test -z "$lib_path"; then
lib_path=$file
else
lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
fi
linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
}
# func_cl_dashl library
# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
func_cl_dashl ()
{
lib=$1
found=no
save_IFS=$IFS
IFS=';'
for dir in $lib_path $LIB
do
IFS=$save_IFS
if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
break
fi
done
IFS=$save_IFS
if test "$found" != yes; then
lib=$lib.lib
fi
}
# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
# Adjust compile command to suit cl
func_cl_wrapper ()
{
# Assume a capable shell
lib_path=
shared=:
linker_opts=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
shift
;;
*)
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
shift
;;
esac
;;
-I)
eat=1
func_file_conv "$2" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-I*)
func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-l)
eat=1
func_cl_dashl "$2"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-l*)
func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-L)
eat=1
func_cl_dashL "$2"
;;
-L*)
func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
;;
-static)
shared=false
;;
-Wl,*)
arg=${1#-Wl,}
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $arg; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
;;
-Xlinker)
eat=1
linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
;;
-*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
func_file_conv "$1"
set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
shift
;;
*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
func_file_conv "$1" mingw
set x "$@" "$file"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
fi
exec "$@" $linker_opts
exit 1
}
eat=
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
arguments, and rename the output as expected.
If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
Report bugs to .
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "compile $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe )
func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return...
;;
esac
ofile=
cfile=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.obj)
ofile=$2
;;
*)
set x "$@" -o "$2"
shift
;;
esac
;;
*.c)
cfile=$1
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
# If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
# pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
# normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
# '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
# ok.
exec "$@"
fi
# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
# Create the lock directory.
# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
while true; do
if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
break
fi
sleep 1
done
# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
# Run the compile.
"$@"
ret=$?
if test -f "$cofile"; then
test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
fi
rmdir "$lockdir"
exit $ret
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
libXt-1.1.5/test/Converters.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005136 12520610324 0016336 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
* Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
* paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
* Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
/* Test for Solaris bug 4163152 XtCvtIntToPixmap() gets a SIGBUS in 64-bit
Fixed by libXt commit 16d9941f3aa38dde115cbff639e131761c1b36d0
*/
static void test_XtCvtIntToPixmap(void)
{
Display *display = NULL; /* not actually used */
Boolean status;
XrmValue args[2];
Cardinal num_args;
XrmValue fromVal;
XrmValue toVal;
Pixmap res;
XtPointer *closure_ret = NULL;
int num[2];
XtToolkitInitialize();
num[0] = 7;
num[1] = -1;
num_args = 0;
fromVal.addr = (XtPointer) num;
fromVal.size = sizeof(int);
toVal.addr = (XtPointer) &res;
toVal.size = sizeof(Pixmap);
status = XtCvtIntToPixmap(display, &args[0], &num_args,
&fromVal, &toVal, closure_ret);
g_assert(res == num[0]);
num[0] = -1;
num[1] = 7;
num_args = 0;
fromVal.addr = (XtPointer) (&num[1]);
fromVal.size = sizeof(int);
toVal.addr = (XtPointer) &res;
toVal.size = sizeof(Pixmap);
status = XtCvtIntToPixmap(display, &args[0], &num_args,
&fromVal, &toVal, closure_ret);
g_assert(res == num[1]);
}
int main(int argc, char** argv)
{
g_test_init(&argc, &argv, NULL);
g_test_bug_base("https://bugzilla.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=");
g_test_add_func("/Converters/XtCvtIntToPixmap", test_XtCvtIntToPixmap);
return g_test_run();
}
is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the follibXt-1.1.5/test/Event.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005342 12520610324 0015264 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
* Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
* paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
* Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
/* Test XtAppMainLoop without a display doesn't wait for an XEvent.
Based on https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34715 */
static void _Tick(XtPointer baton, XtIntervalId* id)
{
static int count = 0;
XtAppContext app = (XtAppContext)baton;
count ++;
#ifdef DEBUG
printf("%d beep!\n", count);
#endif
if (3 == count)
XtAppSetExitFlag(app);
else
XtAppAddTimeOut(app, 1000, _Tick, app);
}
static sigjmp_buf jump_env;
static void sigalrm (int sig)
{
siglongjmp(jump_env, 1);
}
static void test_XtAppMainLoop_34715(void)
{
XtAppContext app;
struct sigaction sa;
XtToolkitInitialize();
app = XtCreateApplicationContext();
XtAppAddTimeOut(app, 1000, _Tick, app);
/* AppTimeouts should finish and exit in 3 seconds.
Give them 10 seconds just in case system is busy, then fail. */
sa.sa_handler = sigalrm;
sa.sa_flags = SA_RESTART;
sigemptyset (&sa.sa_mask);
if (sigsetjmp(jump_env, 1) == 0) {
sigaction(SIGALRM, &sa, NULL);
alarm(10);
XtAppMainLoop(app);
} else {
g_assert(XtAppGetExitFlag(app) == TRUE);
g_assert(0 /* timed out */);
}
g_assert(XtAppGetExitFlag(app) == TRUE);
XtDestroyApplicationContext(app);
}
int main(int argc, char** argv)
{
g_test_init(&argc, &argv, NULL);
g_test_bug_base("https://bugzilla.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=");
g_test_add_func("/Event/XtAppMainLoop/34715", test_XtAppMainLoop_34715);
return g_test_run();
}
libXt-1.1.5/test/Alloc.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000011642 12520610324 0015235 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
* Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
* paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
* Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
* THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
* LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
* FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
* DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
static const char *program_name;
/* Just a long string of characters to pull from */
const char test_chars[] =
"|000 nul|001 soh|002 stx|003 etx|004 eot|005 enq|006 ack|007 bel|"
"|010 bs |011 ht |012 nl |013 vt |014 np |015 cr |016 so |017 si |"
"|020 dle|021 dc1|022 dc2|023 dc3|024 dc4|025 nak|026 syn|027 etb|"
"|030 can|031 em |032 sub|033 esc|034 fs |035 gs |036 rs |037 us |"
"|040 sp |041 ! |042 \" |043 # |044 $ |045 % |046 & |047 ' |"
"|050 ( |051 ) |052 * |053 + |054 , |055 - |056 . |057 / |"
"|060 0 |061 1 |062 2 |063 3 |064 4 |065 5 |066 6 |067 7 |"
"|070 8 |071 9 |072 : |073 ; |074 < |075 = |076 > |077 ? |"
"|100 @ |101 A |102 B |103 C |104 D |105 E |106 F |107 G |"
"|110 H |111 I |112 J |113 K |114 L |115 M |116 N |117 O |"
"|120 P |121 Q |122 R |123 S |124 T |125 U |126 V |127 W |"
"|130 X |131 Y |132 Z |133 [ |134 \\ |135 ] |136 ^ |137 _ |"
"|140 ` |141 a |142 b |143 c |144 d |145 e |146 f |147 g |"
"|150 h |151 i |152 j |153 k |154 l |155 m |156 n |157 o |"
"|160 p |161 q |162 r |163 s |164 t |165 u |166 v |167 w |"
"|170 x |171 y |172 z |173 { |174 | |175 } |176 ~ |177 del|"
"| 00 nul| 01 soh| 02 stx| 03 etx| 04 eot| 05 enq| 06 ack| 07 bel|"
"| 08 bs | 09 ht | 0a nl | 0b vt | 0c np | 0d cr | 0e so | 0f si |"
"| 10 dle| 11 dc1| 12 dc2| 13 dc3| 14 dc4| 15 nak| 16 syn| 17 etb|"
"| 18 can| 19 em | 1a sub| 1b esc| 1c fs | 1d gs | 1e rs | 1f us |"
"| 20 sp | 21 ! | 22 \" | 23 # | 24 $ | 25 % | 26 & | 27 ' |"
"| 28 ( | 29 ) | 2a * | 2b + | 2c , | 2d - | 2e . | 2f / |"
"| 30 0 | 31 1 | 32 2 | 33 3 | 34 4 | 35 5 | 36 6 | 37 7 |"
"| 38 8 | 39 9 | 3a : | 3b ; | 3c < | 3d = | 3e > | 3f ? |"
"| 40 @ | 41 A | 42 B | 43 C | 44 D | 45 E | 46 F | 47 G |"
"| 48 H | 49 I | 4a J | 4b K | 4c L | 4d M | 4e N | 4f O |"
"| 50 P | 51 Q | 52 R | 53 S | 54 T | 55 U | 56 V | 57 W |"
"| 58 X | 59 Y | 5a Z | 5b [ | 5c \\ | 5d ] | 5e ^ | 5f _ |"
"| 60 ` | 61 a | 62 b | 63 c | 64 d | 65 e | 66 f | 67 g |"
"| 68 h | 69 i | 6a j | 6b k | 6c l | 6d m | 6e n | 6f o |"
"| 70 p | 71 q | 72 r | 73 s | 74 t | 75 u | 76 v | 77 w |"
"| 78 x | 79 y | 7a z | 7b { | 7c | | 7d } | 7e ~ | 7f del|";
/* Test a simple short string & int */
static void test_XtAsprintf_short(void)
{
char snbuf[1024];
char *asbuf;
gint32 r = g_test_rand_int();
int snlen, aslen;
snlen = snprintf(snbuf, sizeof(snbuf), "%s: %d\n", program_name, r);
aslen = XtAsprintf(&asbuf, "%s: %d\n", program_name, r);
g_assert(asbuf != NULL);
g_assert(snlen == aslen);
g_assert(strcmp(snbuf, asbuf) == 0);
g_assert(asbuf[aslen] == '\0');
}
/* Test a string long enough to be past the 256 character limit that
makes XtAsprintf re-run snprintf after allocating memory */
static void test_XtAsprintf_long(void)
{
char *asbuf;
int aslen;
gint r1 = g_test_rand_int_range(0, 256);
gint r2 = g_test_rand_int_range(1024, sizeof(test_chars) - r1);
aslen = XtAsprintf(&asbuf, "%.*s", r2, test_chars + r1);
g_assert(asbuf != NULL);
g_assert(aslen == r2);
g_assert(strncmp(asbuf, test_chars + r1, r2) == 0);
g_assert(asbuf[aslen] == '\0');
}
int main(int argc, char** argv)
{
program_name = argv[0];
g_test_init(&argc, &argv, NULL);
g_test_bug_base("https://bugzilla.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=");
g_test_add_func("/Alloc/XtAsprintf/short", test_XtAsprintf_short);
g_test_add_func("/Alloc/XtAsprintf/long", test_XtAsprintf_long);
return g_test_run();
}
libXt-1.1.5/test/Makefile.am 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000535 12520610324 0016072 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 if ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS
if HAVE_GLIB
check_PROGRAMS = Alloc Converters Event
TESTS=$(check_PROGRAMS)
AM_CFLAGS = $(CWARNFLAGS) $(XT_CFLAGS) $(GLIB_CFLAGS)
AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/include -I$(top_builddir)/include
LDADD= $(top_builddir)/src/libXt.la $(GLIB_LIBS)
TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = $(MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV)
endif HAVE_GLIB
endif ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS
libXt-1.1.5/test/Makefile.in 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000103713 12520610351 0016105 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@check_PROGRAMS = \
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@ Alloc$(EXEEXT) \
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@ Converters$(EXEEXT) \
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@ Event$(EXEEXT)
subdir = test
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_define_dir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
Alloc_SOURCES = Alloc.c
Alloc_OBJECTS = Alloc.$(OBJEXT)
Alloc_LDADD = $(LDADD)
am__DEPENDENCIES_1 =
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@Alloc_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/libXt.la \
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_lt_0 = --silent
am__v_lt_1 =
Converters_SOURCES = Converters.c
Converters_OBJECTS = Converters.$(OBJEXT)
Converters_LDADD = $(LDADD)
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@Converters_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/libXt.la \
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
Event_SOURCES = Event.c
Event_OBJECTS = Event.$(OBJEXT)
Event_LDADD = $(LDADD)
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@Event_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/libXt.la \
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@ $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
am__mv = mv -f
COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \
$(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
am__v_CC_1 =
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
am__v_CCLD_1 =
SOURCES = Alloc.c Converters.c Event.c
DIST_SOURCES = Alloc.c Converters.c Event.c
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
# *not* preserved.
am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
{ items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
'
# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
# for different programs/libraries.
am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
am__tty_colors_dummy = \
mgn= red= grn= lgn= blu= brg= std=; \
am__color_tests=no
am__tty_colors = { \
$(am__tty_colors_dummy); \
if test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xno; then \
am__color_tests=no; \
elif test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xalways; then \
am__color_tests=yes; \
elif test "X$$TERM" != Xdumb && { test -t 1; } 2>/dev/null; then \
am__color_tests=yes; \
fi; \
if test $$am__color_tests = yes; then \
red='[0;31m'; \
grn='[0;32m'; \
lgn='[1;32m'; \
blu='[1;34m'; \
mgn='[0;35m'; \
brg='[1m'; \
std='[m'; \
fi; \
}
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
am__recheck_rx = ^[ ]*:recheck:[ ]*
am__global_test_result_rx = ^[ ]*:global-test-result:[ ]*
am__copy_in_global_log_rx = ^[ ]*:copy-in-global-log:[ ]*
# A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the
# standard input, print the name of the tests that are to be re-run
# upon "make recheck".
am__list_recheck_tests = $(AWK) '{ \
recheck = 1; \
while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \
{ \
if (rc < 0) \
{ \
if ((getline line2 < ($$0 ".log")) < 0) \
recheck = 0; \
break; \
} \
else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[nN][Oo]/) \
{ \
recheck = 0; \
break; \
} \
else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[yY][eE][sS]/) \
{ \
break; \
} \
}; \
if (recheck) \
print $$0; \
close ($$0 ".trs"); \
close ($$0 ".log"); \
}'
# A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the
# standard input, create the global log from their .trs and .log files.
am__create_global_log = $(AWK) ' \
function fatal(msg) \
{ \
print "fatal: making $@: " msg | "cat >&2"; \
exit 1; \
} \
function rst_section(header) \
{ \
print header; \
len = length(header); \
for (i = 1; i <= len; i = i + 1) \
printf "="; \
printf "\n\n"; \
} \
{ \
copy_in_global_log = 1; \
global_test_result = "RUN"; \
while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \
{ \
if (rc < 0) \
fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".trs"); \
if (line ~ /$(am__global_test_result_rx)/) \
{ \
sub("$(am__global_test_result_rx)", "", line); \
sub("[ ]*$$", "", line); \
global_test_result = line; \
} \
else if (line ~ /$(am__copy_in_global_log_rx)[nN][oO]/) \
copy_in_global_log = 0; \
}; \
if (copy_in_global_log) \
{ \
rst_section(global_test_result ": " $$0); \
while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".log"))) != 0) \
{ \
if (rc < 0) \
fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".log"); \
print line; \
}; \
printf "\n"; \
}; \
close ($$0 ".trs"); \
close ($$0 ".log"); \
}'
# Restructured Text title.
am__rst_title = { sed 's/.*/ & /;h;s/./=/g;p;x;s/ *$$//;p;g' && echo; }
# Solaris 10 'make', and several other traditional 'make' implementations,
# pass "-e" to $(SHELL), and POSIX 2008 even requires this. Work around it
# by disabling -e (using the XSI extension "set +e") if it's set.
am__sh_e_setup = case $$- in *e*) set +e;; esac
# Default flags passed to test drivers.
am__common_driver_flags = \
--color-tests "$$am__color_tests" \
--enable-hard-errors "$$am__enable_hard_errors" \
--expect-failure "$$am__expect_failure"
# To be inserted before the command running the test. Creates the
# directory for the log if needed. Stores in $dir the directory
# containing $f, in $tst the test, in $log the log. Executes the
# developer- defined test setup AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT (if any), and
# passes TESTS_ENVIRONMENT. Set up options for the wrapper that
# will run the test scripts (or their associated LOG_COMPILER, if
# thy have one).
am__check_pre = \
$(am__sh_e_setup); \
$(am__vpath_adj_setup) $(am__vpath_adj) \
$(am__tty_colors); \
srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \
case "$@" in \
*/*) am__odir=`echo "./$@" | sed 's|/[^/]*$$||'`;; \
*) am__odir=.;; \
esac; \
test "x$$am__odir" = x"." || test -d "$$am__odir" \
|| $(MKDIR_P) "$$am__odir" || exit $$?; \
if test -f "./$$f"; then dir=./; \
elif test -f "$$f"; then dir=; \
else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
tst=$$dir$$f; log='$@'; \
if test -n '$(DISABLE_HARD_ERRORS)'; then \
am__enable_hard_errors=no; \
else \
am__enable_hard_errors=yes; \
fi; \
case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \
*[\ \ ]$$f[\ \ ]* | *[\ \ ]$$dir$$f[\ \ ]*) \
am__expect_failure=yes;; \
*) \
am__expect_failure=no;; \
esac; \
$(AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT)
# A shell command to get the names of the tests scripts with any registered
# extension removed (i.e., equivalently, the names of the test logs, with
# the '.log' extension removed). The result is saved in the shell variable
# '$bases'. This honors runtime overriding of TESTS and TEST_LOGS. Sadly,
# we cannot use something simpler, involving e.g., "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=)",
# since that might cause problem with VPATH rewrites for suffix-less tests.
# See also 'test-harness-vpath-rewrite.sh' and 'test-trs-basic.sh'.
am__set_TESTS_bases = \
bases='$(TEST_LOGS)'; \
bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \
bases=`echo $$bases`
RECHECK_LOGS = $(TEST_LOGS)
AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = check recheck
TEST_SUITE_LOG = test-suite.log
TEST_EXTENSIONS = @EXEEXT@ .test
LOG_DRIVER = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/test-driver
LOG_COMPILE = $(LOG_COMPILER) $(AM_LOG_FLAGS) $(LOG_FLAGS)
am__set_b = \
case '$@' in \
*/*) \
case '$*' in \
*/*) b='$*';; \
*) b=`echo '$@' | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \
esac;; \
*) \
b='$*';; \
esac
am__test_logs1 = $(TESTS:=.log)
am__test_logs2 = $(am__test_logs1:@EXEEXT@.log=.log)
TEST_LOGS = $(am__test_logs2:.test.log=.log)
TEST_LOG_DRIVER = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/test-driver
TEST_LOG_COMPILE = $(TEST_LOG_COMPILER) $(AM_TEST_LOG_FLAGS) \
$(TEST_LOG_FLAGS)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/depcomp \
$(top_srcdir)/test-driver
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
AR = @AR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BASE_CFLAGS = @BASE_CFLAGS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ERRORDBDIR = @ERRORDBDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
FOP = @FOP@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GREP = @GREP@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PERL = @PERL@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
STRIP = @STRIP@
STYLESHEET_SRCDIR = @STYLESHEET_SRCDIR@
TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS = @TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XMLTO = @XMLTO@
XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
XORG_SGML_PATH = @XORG_SGML_PATH@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
XSL_STYLESHEET = @XSL_STYLESHEET@
XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@TESTS = $(check_PROGRAMS)
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@AM_CFLAGS = $(CWARNFLAGS) $(XT_CFLAGS) $(GLIB_CFLAGS)
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/include -I$(top_builddir)/include
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@LDADD = $(top_builddir)/src/libXt.la $(GLIB_LIBS)
@ENABLE_UNIT_TESTS_TRUE@@HAVE_GLIB_TRUE@TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = $(MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV)
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .lo .log .o .obj .test .test$(EXEEXT) .trs
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign test/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign test/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
clean-checkPROGRAMS:
@list='$(check_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \
echo " rm -f" $$list; \
rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \
test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \
list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \
echo " rm -f" $$list; \
rm -f $$list
Alloc$(EXEEXT): $(Alloc_OBJECTS) $(Alloc_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_Alloc_DEPENDENCIES)
@rm -f Alloc$(EXEEXT)
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(Alloc_OBJECTS) $(Alloc_LDADD) $(LIBS)
Converters$(EXEEXT): $(Converters_OBJECTS) $(Converters_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_Converters_DEPENDENCIES)
@rm -f Converters$(EXEEXT)
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(Converters_OBJECTS) $(Converters_LDADD) $(LIBS)
Event$(EXEEXT): $(Event_OBJECTS) $(Event_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_Event_DEPENDENCIES)
@rm -f Event$(EXEEXT)
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(Event_OBJECTS) $(Event_LDADD) $(LIBS)
mostlyclean-compile:
-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
distclean-compile:
-rm -f *.tab.c
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Alloc.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Converters.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/Event.Po@am__quote@
.c.o:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
.c.obj:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
.c.lo:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
ID: $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
tags: tags-am
TAGS: tags
tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
if test $$# -gt 0; then \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
"$$@" $$unique; \
else \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
ctags: ctags-am
CTAGS: ctags
ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
cscopelist: cscopelist-am
cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
case "$(srcdir)" in \
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
*) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
esac; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then \
echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
else \
echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
fi; \
done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
# Recover from deleted '.trs' file; this should ensure that
# "rm -f foo.log; make foo.trs" re-run 'foo.test', and re-create
# both 'foo.log' and 'foo.trs'. Break the recipe in two subshells
# to avoid problems with "make -n".
.log.trs:
rm -f $< $@
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $<
# Leading 'am--fnord' is there to ensure the list of targets does not
# expand to empty, as could happen e.g. with make check TESTS=''.
am--fnord $(TEST_LOGS) $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs): $(am__force_recheck)
am--force-recheck:
@:
$(TEST_SUITE_LOG): $(TEST_LOGS)
@$(am__set_TESTS_bases); \
am__f_ok () { test -f "$$1" && test -r "$$1"; }; \
redo_bases=`for i in $$bases; do \
am__f_ok $$i.trs && am__f_ok $$i.log || echo $$i; \
done`; \
if test -n "$$redo_bases"; then \
redo_logs=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \
redo_results=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \
if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \
rm -f $$redo_logs && rm -f $$redo_results || exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
if test -n "$$am__remaking_logs"; then \
echo "fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): possible infinite" \
"recursion detected" >&2; \
elif test -n "$$redo_logs"; then \
am__remaking_logs=yes $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$redo_logs; \
fi; \
if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \
st=0; \
errmsg="fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): failed to create"; \
for i in $$redo_bases; do \
test -f $$i.trs && test -r $$i.trs \
|| { echo "$$errmsg $$i.trs" >&2; st=1; }; \
test -f $$i.log && test -r $$i.log \
|| { echo "$$errmsg $$i.log" >&2; st=1; }; \
done; \
test $$st -eq 0 || exit 1; \
fi
@$(am__sh_e_setup); $(am__tty_colors); $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \
ws='[ ]'; \
results=`for b in $$bases; do echo $$b.trs; done`; \
test -n "$$results" || results=/dev/null; \
all=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:" $$results | wc -l`; \
pass=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*PASS" $$results | wc -l`; \
fail=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*FAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \
skip=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*SKIP" $$results | wc -l`; \
xfail=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XFAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \
xpass=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XPASS" $$results | wc -l`; \
error=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*ERROR" $$results | wc -l`; \
if test `expr $$fail + $$xpass + $$error` -eq 0; then \
success=true; \
else \
success=false; \
fi; \
br='==================='; br=$$br$$br$$br$$br; \
result_count () \
{ \
if test x"$$1" = x"--maybe-color"; then \
maybe_colorize=yes; \
elif test x"$$1" = x"--no-color"; then \
maybe_colorize=no; \
else \
echo "$@: invalid 'result_count' usage" >&2; exit 4; \
fi; \
shift; \
desc=$$1 count=$$2; \
if test $$maybe_colorize = yes && test $$count -gt 0; then \
color_start=$$3 color_end=$$std; \
else \
color_start= color_end=; \
fi; \
echo "$${color_start}# $$desc $$count$${color_end}"; \
}; \
create_testsuite_report () \
{ \
result_count $$1 "TOTAL:" $$all "$$brg"; \
result_count $$1 "PASS: " $$pass "$$grn"; \
result_count $$1 "SKIP: " $$skip "$$blu"; \
result_count $$1 "XFAIL:" $$xfail "$$lgn"; \
result_count $$1 "FAIL: " $$fail "$$red"; \
result_count $$1 "XPASS:" $$xpass "$$red"; \
result_count $$1 "ERROR:" $$error "$$mgn"; \
}; \
{ \
echo "$(PACKAGE_STRING): $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" | \
$(am__rst_title); \
create_testsuite_report --no-color; \
echo; \
echo ".. contents:: :depth: 2"; \
echo; \
for b in $$bases; do echo $$b; done \
| $(am__create_global_log); \
} >$(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp || exit 1; \
mv $(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \
if $$success; then \
col="$$grn"; \
else \
col="$$red"; \
test x"$$VERBOSE" = x || cat $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \
fi; \
echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \
echo "$${col}Testsuite summary for $(PACKAGE_STRING)$${std}"; \
echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \
create_testsuite_report --maybe-color; \
echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \
if $$success; then :; else \
echo "$${col}See $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)$${std}"; \
if test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \
echo "$${col}Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)$${std}"; \
fi; \
echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \
fi; \
$$success || exit 1
check-TESTS:
@list='$(RECHECK_LOGS)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list
@list='$(RECHECK_LOGS:.log=.trs)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list
@test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG)
@set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \
log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \
trs_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \
log_list=`echo $$log_list`; trs_list=`echo $$trs_list`; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \
exit $$?;
recheck: all $(check_PROGRAMS)
@test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG)
@set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \
bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done \
| $(am__list_recheck_tests)` || exit 1; \
log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \
log_list=`echo $$log_list`; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) \
am__force_recheck=am--force-recheck \
TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \
exit $$?
Alloc.log: Alloc$(EXEEXT)
@p='Alloc$(EXEEXT)'; \
b='Alloc'; \
$(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
--log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
$(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
"$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
Converters.log: Converters$(EXEEXT)
@p='Converters$(EXEEXT)'; \
b='Converters'; \
$(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
--log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
$(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
"$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
Event.log: Event$(EXEEXT)
@p='Event$(EXEEXT)'; \
b='Event'; \
$(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
--log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
$(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
"$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
.test.log:
@p='$<'; \
$(am__set_b); \
$(am__check_pre) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
--log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
$(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(TEST_LOG_COMPILE) \
"$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@.test$(EXEEXT).log:
@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ @p='$<'; \
@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__set_b); \
@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__check_pre) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(TEST_LOG_COMPILE) \
@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(check_PROGRAMS)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-TESTS
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
-test -z "$(TEST_LOGS)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS)
-test -z "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs)
-test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG)
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-checkPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-libtool \
mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
html-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-am
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am:
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-am
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am:
.MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip
.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-TESTS check-am clean \
clean-checkPROGRAMS clean-generic clean-libtool cscopelist-am \
ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \
distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
recheck tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
LOG): possible infinite" \
"recursion detectelibXt-1.1.5/man/XtSendSelectionRequest.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000102 12520610324 0020741 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateSelectionRequest.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppAddWorkProc.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005765 12520610324 0017475 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-AddWork-Proc, XtRemove-Work-Proc wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppAddWorkProc __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppAddWorkProc, XtRemoveWorkProc \- Add and remove background processing procedures
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtWorkProc
\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveWorkProc(XtWorkProcId \fIid\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Co that identifies the application
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context \*(Co.
.ds Cd it is called
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
when \*(Cd.
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
.IP \fIid\fP 1i
Specifies which work procedure to remove.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppAddWorkProc
function adds the specified work procedure for the application identified
by app_context.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRemoveWorkProc
function explicitly removes the specified background work procedure.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppNextEvent(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaAppInitialize.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000071 12520610324 0017667 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppInitialize.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaCreateManagedWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0020750 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtMakeResizeRequest.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000077 12520610324 0020254 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtMakeGeometryRequest.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetErrorDatabase.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006237 12520610324 0020026 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Error-Database XtGet-Error-Database-Text wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetErrorDatabase __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetErrorDatabase, XtGetErrorDatabaseText \- obtain error database
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XrmDatabase *XtGetErrorDatabase(void);
.HP
void XtGetErrorDatabaseText(char *\fIname\fP, char *\fItype\fP, char
*\fIclass\fP, char *\fIdefault\fP, char *\fIbuffer_return\fP, int
\fInbytes\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i
Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
.ds Cl \ of the error message
.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
Specifies the resource class\*(Cl.
.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm.
.IP \fIname\fP 1i
.br
.ns
.IP \fItype\fP 1i
Specifies the name and type that are concatenated to form the resource name
of the error message.
.IP \fInbytes\fP 1i
Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtGetErrorDatabase
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabase .
.LP
The
.ZN XtGetErrorDatabaseText
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabase (__libmansuffix__)
.BR XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText (__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtUngrabButton.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017251 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtParseAcceleratorTable.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007416 12520610324 0021037 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtParse-Accelerator-Table XtInstall-Accelerators XtInstall-All-Accelerators wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtParseAcceleratorTable __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtParseAcceleratorTable, XtInstallAccelerators, XtInstallAllAccelerators \- managing accelerator tables
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable(String \fIsource\fP);
.HP
void XtInstallAccelerators(Widget \fIdestination\fP, Widget \fIsource\fP);
.HP
void XtInstallAllAccelerators(Widget \fIdestination\fP, Widget \fIsource\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds So to compile
.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
Specifies the accelerator table \*(So.
.IP \fIdestination\fP 1i
Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed.
.ds Sr widget or the root widget of the widget tree
.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
Specifies the \*(Sr from which the accelerators are to come.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtParseAcceleratorTable
function compiles the accelerator table into the opaque internal representation.
.LP
The
.ZN XtInstallAccelerators
function installs the accelerators from source onto destination
by augmenting the destination translations with the source accelerators.
If the source display_accelerator method is non-NULL,
.ZN XtInstallAccelerators
calls it with the source widget and a string representation
of the accelerator table,
which indicates that its accelerators have been installed
and that it should display them appropriately.
The string representation of the accelerator table is its
canonical translation table representation.
.LP
The
.ZN XtInstallAllAccelerators
function recursively descends the widget tree rooted at source
and installs the accelerators of each widget encountered onto destination.
A common use os to call
.ZN XtInstallAllAccelerators
and pass the application main window as the source.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtParseTranslationTable(1)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
.vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fRlibXt-1.1.5/man/XtGrabPointer.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017053 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetTypeConverter.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000077 12520610324 0020131 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppSetTypeConverter.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAsprintf.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000062 12520610324 0016424 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005166 12520610324 0021447 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtToolkit-Thread-Initialize wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtToolkitThreadInitialize __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtToolkitThreadInitialize \- initialize the toolkit for multiple threads
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Boolean XtToolkitThreadInitialize(void);
.SH DESCRIPTION
If
.ZN XtToolkitThreadInitialize
was previously called, it returns. The application programmer must ensure
that two or more threads do not simultaneously attempt to call
.ZN XtToolkitThreadInitialize ;
the effect of this is undefined.
.ZN XtToolkitThreadInitialize
returns
.ZN True
if the host operating system has threads and the Intrinsics are thread
safe.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCalloc.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000062 12520610324 0016033 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddTimeOut.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000064 12520610324 0016637 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddInput.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCallConverter.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0017403 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtConvertAndStore.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetArg.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007573 12520610324 0016041 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-Arg XtMerge-Arg-Lists wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSetArg __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSetArg, XtMergeArgLists \- set and merge ArgLists
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
int XtSetArg(Arg \fIarg\fP, String \fIname\fP, XtArgVal \fIvalue\fP);
.HP
ArgList XtMergeArgLists(ArgList \fIargs1\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args1\fP, ArgList
\fIargs2\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args2\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIarg\fP 1i
Specifies the name-value pair to set.
.IP \fIargs1\fP 1i
Specifies the first
.ZN ArgList .
.IP \fIargs2\fP 1i
Specifies the second
.ZN ArgList .
.IP \fInum_args1\fP 1i
Specifies the number of arguments in the first argument list.
.IP \fInum_args2\fP 1i
Specifies the number of arguments in the second argument list.
.IP \fIname\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the resource.
.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i
Specifies the value of the resource if it will fit in an
.ZN XtArgVal
or the address.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtSetArg
function is usually used in a highly stylized manner to
minimize the probability of making a mistake; for example:
.LP
.Ds
Arg args[20];
int n;
n = 0;
XtSetArg(args[n], XtNheight, 100); n++;
XtSetArg(args[n], XtNwidth, 200); n++;
XtSetValues(widget, args, n);
.De
.LP
Alternatively, an application can statically declare the argument list
and use
.ZN XtNumber :
.LP
.Ds
static Args args[] = {
{XtNheight, (XtArgVal) 100},
{XtNwidth, (XtArgVal) 200},
};
XtSetValues(Widget, args, XtNumber(args));
.De
.LP
Note that you should not use auto-increment or auto-decrement
within the first argument to
.ZN XtSetArg .
.ZN XtSetArg
can be implemented as a macro that dereferences the first argument twice.
.LP
The
.ZN XtMergeArgLists
function allocates enough storage to hold the combined
.ZN ArgList
structures and copies them into it.
Note that it does not check for duplicate entries.
When it is no longer needed,
free the returned storage by using
.ZN XtFree .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtOffset(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDestroyApplicationContext.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000104 12520610324 0022015 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppAddSignal.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010105 12520610324 0017124 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Add-Signal wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppAddSignal __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppAddSignal, XtRemoveSignal, XtNoticeSignal \- register and remove a signal source
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtSignalId XtAppAddSignal(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtSignalCallbackProc
\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveSignal(XtSignalId \fIid\fP);
.HP
void XtNoticeSignal(XtSignalId \fIid\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
when a signal has been raised.
.IP \fIid\fP 1i
Specifies the ID returned from the corresponding
.ZN XtAppAddSignal
call.
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is to be called when the signal has been
raised.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppAddSignal
function initiates a mechanism for handling signals within the context
of the Intrinsics. Prior to establishing an operating system dependent
signal handler the application may call
.ZN XtAppAddSignal
and store the returned \fIid\fP in a place accessible to the signal
handler.
.LP
Upon receipt of a signal from the operating system, the application may
call
.ZN XtNoticeSignal
passing the \fIid\fP returned by the call to
.ZN XtAppAddSignal .
.LP
.ZN XtNoticeSignal
is the only Intrinsics function that can safely be called from a signal
handler. If
.ZN XtNoticeSignal
is called multiple times before the Intrinsics are able to invoke the
registered callback, the callback is only called once. Logically the
Intrinsics maintain ``pending'' for each registered callback. This
flag is initially
.ZN False
and is set to
.ZN True
by
.ZN XtNoticeSignal ;
the Intrinsics invoke the callback whenever the flag is
.ZN True ,
and the flag is set to
.ZN False
just before the callback is invoked.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRemoveSignal
function is called to remove the specified Intrinsics signal handler. The
client should disable the source of the signal before calling
.ZN XtRemoveSignal .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddWorkProc(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Add-Signal wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppAddSignal libXt-1.1.5/man/XtInsertEventHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0020404 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppErrorMsg.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010043 12520610324 0017037 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Error-Msg XtApp-Set-Error-Msg-Handler XtApp-Set-Warning-Msg-Handler XtApp-Warning-Msg wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppErrorMsg __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppErrorMsg, XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler, XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler, XtAppWarningMsg \- high-level error handlers
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppErrorMsg(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fIname\fP, String
\fItype\fP, String \fIclass\fP, String \fIdefault\fP, String *\fIparams\fP,
Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP);
.HP
void XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtErrorMsgHandler
\fImsg_handler\fP);
.HP
void XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP,
XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP);
.HP
void XtAppWarningMsg(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fIname\fP, String
\fItype\fP, String \fIclass\fP, String \fIdefault\fP, String *\fIparams\fP,
Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.ds Cl
.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
Specifies the resource class\*(Cl.
.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm.
.IP \fIname\fP 1i
Specifies the general kind of error.
.IP \fItype\fP 1i
Specifies the detailed name of the error.
.ds Mh fatal error procedure, which should not return \
or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns
.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i
Specifies the new \*(Mh.
.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
Specifies the number of values in the parameter list.
.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppErrorMsg
function calls the high-level error handler and passes the specified
information.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler
function registers the specified procedure,
which is called when a fatal error occurs.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler
function registers the specified procedure,
which is called when a nonfatal error condition occurs.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppWarningMsg
function calls the high-level error handler and passes the specified
information.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppGetErrorDatabase(__libmansuffix__),
XtAppError(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016200 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSessionGetToken.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005465 12520610324 0017736 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSession-Get-Token XtSession-Return-Token wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSessionGetToken __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSessionGetToken, XtSessionReturnToken \- token management for checkpointing
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtCheckpointToken XtSessionGetToken(Widget \fIw\fP, int \fItype\fP);
.HP
void XtSessionReturnToken(XtCheckpointToken \fItoken\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the session widget.
.IP \fItype\fP 1i
Specifies the value in the type field of the token.
.IP \fItoken\fP 1i
Specifies the token to be returned.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtSessionGetToken
function will return NULL if the checkpoint operation instigated by
the session manager is not currently under way.
.LP
To indicate the completion of a deferred save operation and to return
the checkpoint token use
.ZN XtSessionReturnToken .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtTranslateKeycode.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000074 12520610324 0020102 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000067 12520610324 0021016 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddWorkProc.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000064 12520610324 0017017 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddInput.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCallbackExclusive.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0020221 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtMergeArgLists.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000062 12520610324 0017346 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetArg.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016354 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtFree.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000062 12520610324 0015517 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetActionList.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006037 12520610324 0017357 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Action-List wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetActionList __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetActionList \- obtain class action list
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGetActionList(WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, XtActionList*
\fIactions_return\fP, Cardinal* \fInum_actions_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
Specifies the widget class whose actions are to be returned.
.IP \fIactions_return\fP 1i
Returns the action list.
.IP \fInum_actions_return\fP 1i
Returns the number of action procedures declared by the class.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtGetActionList
returns the action table defined by the specified widget class. This
table does not include actions defined by the superclasses. If
\fIwidget_class\fP is not initialized, or is not
.ZN coreWidgetClass
or a subclass thereof, or if the class does not define any actions,
*\fIactions_return\fP will be NULL and *\fInum_actions_return\fP will
be zero. If *\fIactions_return\fP is non-NULL the client is responsible
for freeing the table using
.ZN XtFree
when it is no longer needed.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCancelSelectionRequest.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000102 12520610324 0021235 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateSelectionRequest.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAugmentTranslations.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000101 12520610324 0020632 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddConverter.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0017220 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddConverter.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaGetApplicationResources.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000103 12520610324 0021717 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetApplicationResources.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetActionKeysym.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006263 12520610324 0017726 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Action-Keysym wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetActionKeysym __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetActionKeysym \- obtain corresponding keysym
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
KeySym XtGetActionKeysym(XEvent* \fIevent\fP, Modifiers*
\fImodifiers_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
Specifies the event pointer passed to the action procedure by the
Intrinsics.
.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1i
Returns the modifiers that caused the match, if non-NULL.
.SH DESCRIPTION
If
.ZN XtGetActionKeysym
is called after an action procedure has been invoked by the Intrinsics
and before that action procedure returns, and if the event pointer has
the same value as the event pointer passed to that action routine, and
if the event is a
.ZN KeyPress
or
.ZN KeyRelease
event, then
.ZN XtGetActionKeysym
returns the KeySym that matched the final event specification in the
translation table and, if \fImodifiers_return\fP is non-NULL, the
modifier state actually used to generate this KeySym; otherwise, if
the event is a
.ZN KeyPress
or
.ZN KeyRelease
event, then
.ZN XtGetActionKeysym
calls
.ZN XtTranslateKeycode
and returns the results; else it returns
.ZN NoSymbol
and does not examine \fImodifiers_return\fP.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C LangulibXt-1.1.5/man/XtScreenOfObject.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017472 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetLanguageProc.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010233 12520610324 0017662 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-Language-Proc wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSetLanguageProc __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSetLanguageProc \- set the language procedure
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtSetLanguageProc(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtLanguageProc
\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context in which the language procedure
is to be used, or NULL.
.LP
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the language procedure, or NULL.
.LP
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies additional client data to be passed to the language procedure
when it is called.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtSetLanguageProc
sets the language procedure that will be called from
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
for all subsequent Displays initialized in the specified application
context. If \fIapp_context\fP is NULL, the specified language procedure
is registered in all application contexts created by the calling process,
including any future application contexts that may be created. If
\fIproc\fP is NULL a default language procedure is registered.
.ZN XtSetLanguageProc
returns the previously registered language procedure. If a language
procedure has not yet been registered, the return value is unspecified
but if this return value is used in a subsequent call to
.ZN XtSetLanguageProc ,
it will cause the default language procedure to be registered.
.LP
The default language procedure does the following:
.IP \(bu 5
Sets the locale according to the environment. On ANSI C-based systems
this is done by calling
.ZN setlocale (
.ZN LC_ALL ,
language ). If an error is encountered a warning message is issued with
.ZN XtWarning .
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XSupportsLocale
to verify that the current locale is supported. If the locale is not
supported, a warning message is issued with
.ZN XtWarning
and the locale is set to ``C''.
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XSetLocaleModifiers
specifying the empty string.
.IP \(bu 5
Returns the value of the current locale. On ANSI C-based systems this
is the return value from a final call to
.ZN setlocale (
.ZN LC_ALL ,
NULL ).
.LP
A client wishing to use this mechanism to establish locale can do so
by calling
.ZN XtSetLanguageProc
prior to
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveCallbacks.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000067 12520610324 0017700 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppAddInput.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010132 12520610324 0017006 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Add-Input wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppAddInput __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppAddInput, XtRemoveInput \- register and remove an input source
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtInputId XtAppAddInput(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, int \fIsource\fP,
XtPointer \fIcondition\fP, XtInputCallbackProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
\fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveInput(XtInputId \fIid\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Co that identifies the application
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context \*(Co.
.ds Cd input is available
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
when \*(Cd.
.IP \fIcondition\fP 1i
Specifies the mask that indicates a read, write, or exception condition
or some operating system dependent condition.
.IP \fIid\fP 1i
Specifies the ID returned from the corresponding
.ZN XtAppAddInput
call.
.ds Pr \ to be called when input is available
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
Specifies the source file descriptor on a UNIX-based system
or other operating system dependent device specification.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppAddInput
function registers with the \*(xI read routine a new source of events,
which is usually file input but can also be file output.
Note that file should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink
or source of data.
.ZN XtAppAddInput
also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events.
When input is pending on this source,
the callback procedure is called.
.LP
The legal values for the condition argument are operating-system dependent.
On a UNIX-based system,
the condition is some union of
.ZN XtInputReadMask ,
.ZN XtInputWriteMask ,
and
.ZN XtInputExceptMask .
The
.ZN XtRemoveInput
function causes the \*(xI read routine to stop watching for input
from the input source.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddSignal(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
.LP
.SH "BUGS"
In ANSI C it is necessary to cast the condition to an XtPointer, e.g.:
.RS 4
.br
XtAppAddInput(app_context,
.RS 4
.br
source,
.br
.B (XtPointer)
(XtInputReadMask | XtInputWriteMask),
.br
proc,
.br
client_data);
.RE
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtQueryGeometry.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006570 12520610324 0017471 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtQuery-Geometry wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtQueryGeometry __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtQueryGeometry \- query the preferred geometry of a child widget
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtGeometryResult XtQueryGeometry(Widget \fIw\fP\^, XtWidgetGeometry
*\fIintended\fP, XtWidgetGeometry *\fIpreferred_return\fP\^);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIintended\fP 1i
Specifies any changes the parent plans to make to the child's geometry or
NULL.
.IP \fIpreferred_return\fP 1i
Returns the child widget's preferred geometry.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
To discover a child's preferred geometry,
the child's parent sets any changes
that it intends to make to the child's geometry in the corresponding fields of
the intended structure, sets the corresponding bits in intended.request_mode,
and calls
.ZN XtQueryGeometry .
.LP
.ZN XtQueryGeometry
clears all bits in the preferred_return->request_mode and checks the
query_geometry field of the specified widget's class record.
If query_geometry is not NULL,
.ZN XtQueryGeometry
calls the query_geometry procedure and passes as arguments the
specified widget, intended, and preferred_return structures.
If the intended argument is NULL,
.ZN XtQueryGeometry
replaces it with a pointer to an
.ZN XtWidgetGeometry
structure with request_mode=0 before calling query_geometry.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtConfigureWidget(__libmansuffix__),
XtMakeGeometryRequest(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveBlockHook.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0017671 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddBlockHook.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtError.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006204 12520610324 0015733 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtError XtSet-Error-Handler XtSet-Warning-Handler XtWarning wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtError __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtError, XtSetErrorHandler, XtSetWarningHandler, XtWarning \- low-level error handlers
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtError(String \fImessage\fP);
.HP
void XtSetErrorHandler(XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP):
.HP
void XtSetWarningHandler(XtErrorHandler \fIhandler\fP);
.HP
void XtWarning(String \fImessage\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
Specifies the nonfatal error message that is to be reported.
.ds Ha fatal error procedure, which should not return, \
or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns
.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i
Specifies the new \*(Ha.
.ds Me reported
.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
Specifies the message that is to be \*(Me.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtError
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppError .
.LP
The
.ZN XtSetErrorHandler
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppSetErrorHandler .
.LP
The
.ZN XtSetWarningHandler
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppSetWarningHandler .
.LP
The
.ZN XtWarning
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppWarning .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.BR XtAppError (__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtProcessEvent.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0017261 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetSelectionValues.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000075 12520610324 0020407 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionValue.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtNumber.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000062 12520610324 0016066 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtOffset.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppUnlock.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0016533 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppLock.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtOwnSelection.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000013222 12520610324 0017251 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtOwn-Selection XtOwn-Selection-Incremental XtDisown-Selection wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtOwnSelection __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtOwnSelection, XtOwnSelectionIncremental, XtDisownSelection \- set selection owner
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Boolean XtOwnSelection(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Time \fItime\fP,
XtConvertSelectionProc \fIconvert_proc\fP, XtLoseSelectionProc
\fIlose_selection\fP, XtSelectionDoneProc \fIdone_proc\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtOwnSelectionIncremental(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Time
\fItime\fP, XtConvertSelectionIncrProc \fIconvert_callback\fP,
XtLoseSelectionIncrProc \fIlose_callback\fP, XtSelectionDoneIncrProc
\fIdone_callback\fP, XtCancelConvertSelectionProc \fIcancel_callback\fP,
XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtDisownSelection(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIconvert_proc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is to be called whenever someone requests the
current value of the selection.
.IP \fIdone_proc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is called
after the requestor has received the selection or NULL if the owner is not
interested in being called back.
.IP \fIlose_selection\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is to be called whenever the widget has
lost selection ownership or NULL if the owner is not interested in being
called back.
.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
Specifies an atom that describes the type of the selection (for example,
.ZN XA_PRIMARY ,
.ZN XA_SECONDARY ,
or
.ZN XA_CLIPBOARD ).
.ds Ti ownership should commence or is to be relinquished
.IP \fItime\fP 1i
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection \*(Ti.
.ds Wi that wishes to become the owner or to relinquish ownership
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtOwnSelection
function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that a
widget believes it owns a selection.
It returns
.ZN True
if the widget has successfully become the owner and
.ZN False
otherwise.
The widget may fail to become the owner if some other widget
has asserted ownership at a time later than this widget.
Note that widgets can lose selection ownership either
because someone else asserted later ownership of the selection
or because the widget voluntarily gave up ownership of the selection.
Also note that the lose_selection procedure is not called
if the widget fails to obtain selection ownership in the first place.
.LP
The
.ZN XtOwnSelectionIncremental
procedure informs the Intrinsics incremental selection mechanism that
the specified widget wishes to own the selection. It returns
.ZN True
if the specified widget successfully becomes the selection owner or
.ZN False
otherwise. For more information about \fIselection\fP, \fItarget\fP,
and \fItime\fP, see Section 2.6 of the \fIInter-Client Communication
Conventions Manual\fP.
.LP
A widget that becomes the selection owner using
.ZN XtOwnSelectionIncremental
may use
.ZN XtDisownSelection
to relinquish selection ownership.
.LP
The
.ZN XtDisownSelection
function informs the \*(xI selection mechanism that
the specified widget is to lose ownership of the selection.
If the widget does not currently own the selection either
because it lost the selection
or because it never had the selection to begin with,
.ZN XtDisownSelection
does nothing.
.LP
After a widget has called
.ZN XtDisownSelection ,
its convert procedure is not called even if a request arrives later
with a timestamp during the period that this widget owned the selection.
However, its done procedure will be called if a conversion that started
before the call to
.ZN XtDisownSelection
finishes after the call to
.ZN XtDisownSelection .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(__libmansuffix__),
XtGetSelectionValue(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
roc \fIcancel_callback\fP,
XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtDisownSelection(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIconvert_proc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is to be called whenever someone requests the
current value of the selection.
.IP \fIdone_proc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is called
after the requestlibXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005400 12520610324 0021203 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Keyboard-Focus-Widget wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget \- extension event handling
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(Widget \fIwidget\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
Specifies the widget for this event handler.
Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget
function returns the widget that would be the end result of keyboard
event forwarding for a keyboard event for the specified widget.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtInsertEventTypeHandler(__libmansuffix__), XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(__libmansuffix__),
XtRegisterExtensionSelector(__libmansuffix__), XtSetEventDispatcher(__libmansuffix__),
XtDispatchEventToWidget(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetClassExtension.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006703 12520610324 0020250 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Class-Extension wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetClassExtension __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetClassExtension \- locate a class extension record
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtPointer XtGetClassExtension(WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP, Cardinal
\fIbyte_offset\fP, XrmQuark \fItype\fP, long \fIversion\fP, Cardinal
\fIrecord_size\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i
Specifies the widget class containing the extension list to be searched.
.IP \fIbyte_offset\fP 1i
Specifies the offset in bytes form the base of the widget class of the
extension field to be searched.
.IP \fItype\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the class extension to be located.
.IP \fIversion\fP 1i
Specifies the minimum acceptable version of the class extension
required for a match.
.IP \fIrecord_size\fP 1i
Specifies the minimum acceptable length of the class extension record
required for match, or 0.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The list of extension records at the specified offset in the specified
\fIwidget_class\fP will be searched for a match on the specified
\fItype\fP, a version greater than or equal to the specified \fIversion\fP,
and a record size greater than or equal the specified \fIrecord_size\fP
if it is nonzero.
.ZN XtGetClassExtension
returns a pointer to a matching extension record or NULL if no match
is found. The returned extension record is owned by the widget class
and must not be modified or freed by the caller, except possibly to
be modified by the widget class owner.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
ed to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" ThelibXt-1.1.5/man/XtRealloc.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000062 12520610324 0016217 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaCreateArgsList.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005723 12520610324 0020012 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtVa-Create-Args-List wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtVaCreateArgsList __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtVaCreateArgsList \- dynamically allocate a varargs list
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtVarArgsList XtVaCreateArgsList(XtPointer \fIunused\fP, ...\^);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIunused\fP 1i
Must be specified as NULL.
.IP \fI...\fP 1i
Specifies a variable parameter list of resource name and value pairs.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtVaCreateArgsList
function allocates memory and copies its arguments into a single list
pointer, which may be used with
.ZN XtVaNestedList .
The end of both lists is identified by a \fIname\fP entry containing
NULL. Any entries of type
.ZN XtVaTypedArg
are copied as specified without applying conversions. Data passed by
reference (including Strings) are not copied, only the pointers
themselves; the caller must ensure that the data remain valid for
the lifetime of the created varargs list. The list should be freed
using
.ZN XtFree
when no longer needed.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtScreenDatabase.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000075 12520610324 0017506 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaSetValues.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0017043 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtWidgetToApplicationContext.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000104 12520610324 0022112 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDisplayOfObject.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017660 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsSensitive.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017102 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetSensitive.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaGetSubresources.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0020253 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSubresources.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtOwnSelectionIncremental.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0021430 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtOwnSelection.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppSetExitFlag.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005100 12520610324 0017454 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Set-Exit-Flag XtApp-Get-Exit-Flag wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppSetExitFlag __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppSetExitFlag, XtAppGetExitFlag \- thread support functions
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppSetExitFlag(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtAppGetExitFlag(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.SH DESCRIPTION
To indicate that an application context should exit, use
.ZN XtAppSetExitFlag .
.LP
To test the exit status of an application context, use
.ZN XtAppGetExitFlag .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddEventHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000014256 12520610324 0017640 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtAdd-Event-Handler XtAdd-Raw-Event-Handler XtRemove-Event-Handler XtRemove-Raw-Event-Handler XtInsert-Event-Handler XtInsert-Raw-Event-Handler wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAddEventHandler __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAddEventHandler, XtAddRawEventHandler, XtRemoveEventHandler, XtRemoveRawEventHandler, XtInsertEventHandler, XtInsertRawEventHandler \- add and remove event handlers
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAddEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP, Boolean
\fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtAddRawEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP, Boolean
\fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP, Boolean
\fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveRawEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP,
Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
\fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtInsertEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP, Boolean
\fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP,
XtListPosition \fIposition\fP);
.HP
void XtInsertRawEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP,
Boolean \fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
\fIclient_data\fP, XtListPosition \fIposition\fP);
.HP
typedef enum { XtListHead, XtListTail } XtListPosition;
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
.ds Em to call or unregister this procedure
.IP \fIevent_mask\fP 1i
Specifies the event mask for which \*(Em.
.ds Nm called or removed
.IP \fInonmaskable\fP 1i
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether this procedure should be
\*(Nm on the nonmaskable events
.Pn ( GraphicsExpose ,
.ZN NoExpose ,
.ZN SelectionClear ,
.ZN SelectionRequest ,
.ZN SelectionNotify ,
.ZN ClientMessage ,
and
.ZN MappingNotify ).
.ds Pr \ to be added or removed
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
.ds Wi for which this event handler is being registered
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.IP \fIposition\fP 1i
Specifies when the event handler is to be called relative to other
previously registered handlers.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAddEventHandler
function registers a procedure with the dispatch mechanism that is
to be called when an event that matches the mask occurs on the specified
widget.
If the procedure is already registered with the same client_data,
the specified mask is ORed into the existing mask.
If the widget is realized,
.ZN XtAddEventHandler
calls
.ZN XSelectInput ,
if necessary.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAddRawEventHandler
function is similar to
.ZN XtAddEventHandler
except that it does not affect the widget's mask and never causes an
.ZN XSelectInput
for its events.
Note that the widget might already have those mask bits set
because of other nonraw event handlers registered on it.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRemoveRawEventHandler
function stops the specified procedure from receiving the specified events.
Because the procedure is a raw event handler,
this does not affect the widget's mask and never causes a call on
.ZN XSelectInput .
.LP
.ZN XtInsertEventHandler
is identical to
.ZN XtAddEventHandler
with the additional \fIposition\fP argument. if \fIposition\fP is
.ZN XtListHead ,
the event handler is registered to that it will be called before
any event handlers that were previously registered for the same widget.
If \fIposition\fP is
.ZN XtListTail ,
the event handler is registered to be called after any previously
registered event handlers. If the procedure is already registered with
the same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask augments the
existing mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list.
.LP
.ZN XtInsertRawEventHandler
is similar to
.ZN XtInsertEventHandler
except that it does not modify the widget's event mask and never causes an
.ZN XSelectInput
for the specified events. If the procedure is already registered with the
same \fIclient_data\fP value, the specified mask augments the existing
mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppNextEvent(__libmansuffix__),
XtBuildEventMask(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
NS"
.SH NAME
XtAddEventHandler, XtAddRawEventHandler, XtRemoveEventHandler, XtRemoveRawEventHandler, XtInsertEventHandler, XtInsertRawEventHandler \- add and remove event handlers
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAddEventHandler(Widget \fIw\fP, EventMask \fIevent_mask\fP, Boolean
\fInonmaskable\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_dalibXt-1.1.5/man/XtPending.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0016225 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveGrab.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0016670 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddGrab.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddExposureToRegion.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005553 12520610324 0020542 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtAdd-Exposure-To-Region wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAddExposureToRegion __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAddExposureToRegion \- merge exposure events into a region
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAddExposureToRegion(XEvent *\fIevent\fP, Region \fIregion\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the
.ZN Expose
or
.ZN GraphicsExpose
event.
.IP \fIregion\fP 1i
Specifies the region object (as defined in
.Pn < X11/Xutil.h >).
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAddExposureToRegion
function computes the union of the rectangle defined by the exposure
event and the specified region.
Then, it stores the results back in region.
If the event argument is not an
.ZN Expose
or
.ZN GraphicsExpose
event,
.ZN XtAddExposureToRegion
returns without an error and without modifying region.
.LP
This function is used by the exposure compression mechanism
(see Section 7.9.3).
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetSelectionValue.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000011027 12520610324 0020223 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Selection-Value XtGet-Selection-Values wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetSelectionValue __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetSelectionValue, XtGetSelectionValues \- obtain selection values
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGetSelectionValue(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Atom
\fItarget\fP, XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP, XtPointer
\fIclient_data\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.HP
void XtGetSelectionValues(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Atom
*\fItargets\fP, int \fIcount\fP, XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP,
XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Cb \ that is to be called when the selection value has been obtained
.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
Specifies the callback procedure\*(Cb.
.ds Cd it is called
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
when \*(Cd.
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the client data (one for each target type)
that is passed to the callback procedure when it is called for that target.
.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
Specifies the length of the targets and client_data lists.
.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
Specifies the particular selection desired (that is, primary or secondary).
.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
Specifies the type of the information that is needed about the selection.
.IP \fItargets\fP 1i
Specifies the types of information that is needed about the selection.
.ds Ti value is desired
.IP \fItime\fP 1i
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection \*(Ti.
.ds Wi that is making the request
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
function requests the value of the selection that has been converted to
the target type.
The specified callback will be called some time after
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
is called;
in fact, it may be called before or after
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
returns.
.LP
The
.ZN XtGetSelectionValues
function is similar to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
except that it takes a list of target types and a list of client data
and obtains the current value of the selection converted to each of the targets.
The effect is as if each target were specified in a separate call to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue .
The callback is called once with the corresponding client data for each target.
.ZN XtGetSelectionValues
does guarantee that all the conversions will use the same selection value
because the ownership of the selection cannot change in the middle of the list,
as would be when calling
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
repeatedly.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(__libmansuffix__),
XtOwnSelection(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsTransientShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0020070 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRegisterExtensionSelector.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000102 12520610324 0022013 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtResizeWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0017245 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtConfigureWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetKeyTranslator.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000011442 12520610324 0020120 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-Key-Translator XtTranslate-Keycode XtRegister-Case-Converter XtConvert-Case wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSetKeyTranslator __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSetKeyTranslator, XtTranslateKeycode, XtRegisterCaseConverter, XtConvertCase \- convert KeySym to KeyCodes
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtSetKeyTranslator(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, XtKeyProc \fIproc\fP);
.HP
void XtTranslateKeycode(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP,
Modifiers \fImodifiers\fP, Modifiers *\fImodifiers_return\fP, KeySym
*\fIkeysym_return\fP);
.HP
void XtRegisterCaseConverter(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, XtCaseProc \fIproc\fP,
KeySym \fIstart\fP, KeySym \fIstop\fP);
.HP
void XtConvertCase(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, KeySym \fIkeysym\fP, KeySym
*\fIlower_return\fP, KeySym *\fIupper_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Di
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the display\*(Di.
.IP \fIkeycode\fP 1i
Specifies the KeyCode to translate.
.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i
Specifies the KeySym to convert.
.IP \fIkeysym_return\fP 1i
Returns the resulting KeySym.
.IP \fIlower_return\fP 1i
Returns the lowercase equivalent of the KeySym.
.IP \fIupper_return\fP 1i
Returns the uppercase equivalent of the KeySym.
.IP \fImodifiers\fP 1i
Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode.
.IP \fImodifiers_return\fP 1i
Returns a mask that indicates the modifiers actually used
to generate the KeySym.
.ds Pr \ to perform key translations or conversions
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
.IP \fIstart\fP 1i
Specifies the first KeySym for which this converter is valid.
.IP \fIstop\fP 1i
Specifies the last KeySym for which this converter is valid.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtSetKeyTranslator
function sets the specified procedure as the current key translator.
The default translator is
.ZN XtTranslateKey ,
an
.ZN XtKeyProc
that uses Shift and Lock modifiers with the interpretations defined
by the core protocol.
It is provided so that new translators can call it to get default
KeyCode-to-KeySym translations and so that the default translator
can be reinstalled.
.LP
The
.ZN XtTranslateKeycode
function passes the specified arguments
directly to the currently registered KeyCode to KeySym translator.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRegisterCaseConverter
registers the specified case converter.
The start and stop arguments provide the inclusive range of KeySyms
for which this converter is to be called.
The new converter overrides any previous converters for KeySyms in that range.
No interface exists to remove converters;
you need to register an identity converter.
When a new converter is registered,
the \*(xI refreshes the keyboard state if necessary.
The default converter understands case conversion for all
KeySyms defined in the core protocol.
.LP
The
.ZN XtConvertCase
function calls the appropriate converter and returns the results.
A user-supplied
.ZN XtKeyProc
may need to use this function.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
.
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$libXt-1.1.5/man/XtReleaseGC.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016427 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetGC.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012217 12520610324 0022407 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Selection-Value-Incremental XtGet-Selection-Values-Incremental wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetSelectionValueIncremental __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetSelectionValueIncremental, XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental \- obtain selection values
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGetSelectionValueIncremental(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Atom
\fItarget\fP, XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP, XtPointer
\fIclient_data\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.HP
void XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP,
Atom *\fItargets\fP, int \fIcount\fP, XtSelectionCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP,
XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Cb \ that is to be called when the selection value has been obtained
.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
Specifies the callback procedure\*(Cb.
.ds Cd it is called
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
when \*(Cd.
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the client data (one for each target type)
that is passed to the callback procedure when it is called for that target.
.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
Specifies the length of the targets and client_data lists.
.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
Specifies the particular selection desired (that is, primary or secondary).
.IP \fItarget\fP 1i
Specifies the type of the information that is needed about the selection.
.IP \fItargets\fP 1i
Specifies the types of information that is needed about the selection.
.ds Ti value is desired
.IP \fItime\fP 1i
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection \*(Ti.
.ds Wi that is making the request
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
function is similar to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
except that the \fIselection_callback\fP procedure will be called
repeatedly upon delivery of multiple segments of the selection value.
The end of the selection value is indicated when \fIselection_callback\fP
is called with a non-NULL value of length zero, which must still be
freed by the client. If the transfer of the selection is aborted in the
middle of a transfer (for example, because to timeout), the
\fIselection_callback\fP procedure is called with a type value equal
to the symbolic constant
.ZN XT_CONVERT_FAIL
so that the requestor can dispose of the partial selection value it has
collected up until that point. Upon receiving
.ZN XT_CONVERT_FAIL ,
the requesting client must determine for itself whether or not a
partially completed transfer is meaningful.
.LP
The
.ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
function is similar to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
except that it takes a list of target types and a list of client data
and obtains the current value of the selection converted to each of the targets.
The effect is as if each target were specified in a separate call to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental .
The callback is called once with the corresponding client data for each target.
.ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
does guarantee that all the conversions will use the same selection value
because the ownership of the selection cannot change in the middle of the list,
as would be when calling
.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
repeatedly.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetSubresources.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007616 12520610324 0017776 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Subresources XtVa-Get-Subresources wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetSubresources __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetSubresources, XtVaGetSubresources \- obtain subresources
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGetSubresources(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIbase\fP, String
\fIname\fP, String \fIclass\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_resources\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
void XtVaGetSubresources(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIbase\fP, String
\fIname\fP, String \fIclass\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_resources\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Al to override resources obtained from the resource database
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
.ds Ba written
.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure where the resources
should be \*(Ba.
.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
Specifies the class of the subpart.
.IP \fIname\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the subpart.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
Specifies the number of resources in the resource list.
.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
.ds Wi that wants resources for a subpart \
or that identifies the resource database to search
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.IP \fI...\fP 1i
Specifies the variable arguments \*(Al.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtGetSubresources
function constructs a name/class list from the application name/class,
the name/classes of all its ancestors, and the widget itself.
Then, it appends to this list the name/class pair passed in.
The resources are fetched from the argument list, the resource database,
or the default values in the resource list.
Then, they are copied into the subpart record.
If args is NULL,
num_args must be zero.
However, if num_args is zero,
the argument list is not referenced.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtGetApplicationResources, XtVaGetApplicationResources
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000077 12520610324 0021330 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsManaged.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000072 12520610324 0016467 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCreateManagedWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0020461 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDestroyWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017432 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtToolkitInitialize.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000104 12520610324 0020302 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateApplicationContext.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsComposite.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0017073 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppInitialize.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000011726 12520610324 0017411 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Initialize XtVa-App-Initialize
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppInitialize __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppInitialize, XtVaAppInitialize \- initialize, open, or close a display
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtAppInitialize(XtAppContext* \fIapp_context_return\fP, String
\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec* \fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_options\fP, int* \fIargc_in_out\fP, String* \fIargv_in_out\fP, String*
\fIfallback_resources\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
Widget XtVaAppInitialize(XtAppContext* \fIapp_context_return\fP, String
\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec* \fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_options\fP, int* \fIargc_in_out\fP, String* \fIargv_in_out\fP, String*
\fIfallback_resources\fP, ...\^);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application
.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i
Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
The options argument is passed as a parameter to
.ZN XrmParseCommand .
For further information,
see \fI\*(xL\fP.
.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1i
Specifies the command line parameters.
.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1i
Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specification
for the created shell widget.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
.IP \fI...\fP 1i
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other resource
specification for the created shell widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppInitialize
function calls
.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
followed by
.ZN XtCreateApplicationContext ,
then calls
.ZN XtOpenDisplay
with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and
finally calls
.ZN XtAppCreateShell
with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, \fIwidget_class\fP
.ZN applicationShellWidgetClass ,
and the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP and returns the
created shell. The modified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP returned by
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
are returned in \fIargc_in_out\fP and \fIargv_in_out\fP. If
\fIapp_context_return\fP is not NULL, the created application context
is also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot
be opened, an error message is issued and
.ZN XtAppInitialize
terminates the application. If \fIfallback_resources\fP is non-NULL,
.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources
is called with the value prior to calling
.ZN XtOpenDisplay .
.LP
XtAppInitialize and XtVaAppInitialize have been superceded by
.ZN XtOpenApplication
and
.ZN XtVaOpenApplication
respectively.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtOpenApplication(__libmansuffix__), XtVaOpenApplication(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtConvertCase.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000074 12520610324 0017055 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetKeyboardFocus.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007537 12520610324 0020070 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-Keyboard-Focus wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSetKeyboardFocus __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSetKeyboardFocus \- focus events on a child widget
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtSetKeyboardFocus(Widget \fIsubtree\fP, Widget \fIdescendant\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIsubtree\fP 1i
Specifies either the widget in the subtree structure which is to receive the
keyboard event, or
.ZN None .
Note that it is not an error to specify
.ZN None
when no input focus was previously set.
.ds Wi for which the keyboard focus is to be set
.IP \fIdescendant\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.SH DESCRIPTION
If a future
.ZN KeyPress
or
.ZN KeyRelease
event occurs within the specified subtree,
.ZN XtSetKeyboardFocus
causes
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
to remap and send the event to the specified descendant widget.
.LP
When there is no modal cascade,
keyboard events can occur within a widget W in one of three ways:
.IP \(bu 5
W has the X input focus.
.IP \(bu 5
W has the keyboard focus of one of its ancestors,
and the event occurs within the ancestor or one of the ancestor's descendants.
.IP \(bu 5
No ancestor of W has a descendant within the keyboard focus,
and the pointer is within W.
.LP
When there is a modal cascade,
a widget W receives keyboard events if an ancestor of W is in the active
subset of the modal cascade and one or more of the previous conditions is
.ZN True .
.LP
When subtree or one of its descendants acquires the X input focus
or the pointer moves into the subtree such that keyboard events would
now be delivered to subtree, a
.ZN FocusIn
event is generated for the descendant if
.ZN FocusNotify
events have been selected by the descendant.
Similarly, when W loses the X input focus
or the keyboard focus for one of its ancestors, a
.ZN FocusOut
event is generated for descendant if
.ZN FocusNotify
events have been selected by the descendant.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtCallAcceptFocus(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
nd/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The abolibXt-1.1.5/man/XtNewString.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000062 12520610324 0016556 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtName.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000004405 12520610324 0015523 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtName __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtName \- obtain widget's name
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
String XtName(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtName
returns the widget's name.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppSetErrorHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000064 12520610324 0020344 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetValues.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000016652 12520610324 0016565 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-Values XtVa-Set-Values XtSet-Subvalues XtVa-Set-Subvalues XtGet-Values XtVa-Get-Values XtGet-Subvalues XtVa-Get-Subvalues constraint-Widget-Class wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSetValues __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSetValues, XtVaSetValues, XtSetSubvalues, XtVaSetSubvalues, XtGetValues, XtVaGetValues, XtGetSubvalues, XtVaGetSubvalues \- obtain and set widget resources
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtSetValues(Widget \fIw\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
void XtVaSetValues(Widget \fIw\fP, ...\^);
.HP
void XtSetSubvalues(XtPointer \fIbase\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP,
Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
void XtVaSetSubvalues(XtPointer \fIbase\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP,
Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ...\^);
.HP
void XtGetValues(Widget \fIw\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
void XtVaGetValues(Widget \fIw\fP, ...\^);
.HP
void XtGetSubvalues(XtPointer \fIbase\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP,
Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
void XtVaGetSubvalues(XtPointer \fIbase\fP, XtResourceList \fIresources\fP,
Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ...\^);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Al of name/address pairs that contain the resource name \
and either the address into which the resource value is to be stored \
or their new values
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
.ds Ba retrieved or written
.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure where the resources
should be \*(Ba.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
Specifies the nonwidget resource list or values.
.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
Specifies the number of resources in the resource list.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.IP \fI...\fP 1i
Specifies the variable argument list \*(Al.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtSetValues
function starts with the resources specified for the
.ZN Core
widget fields and proceeds down the subclass chain to the widget.
At each stage,
it writes the new value (if specified by one of the arguments) or the existing
value (if no new value is specified) to a new widget data record.
.ZN XtSetValues
then calls the set_values procedures for the widget in superclass-to-subclass
order.
.IN "hook"
If the widget has any non-NULL set_values_hook fields,
these are called immediately after the
corresponding set_values procedure.
This procedure permits subclasses to set nonwidget data for
.ZN XtSetValues .
.LP
If the widget's parent is a subclass of
.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
.ZN XtSetValues
also updates the widget's constraints.
It starts with the constraint resources specified for
.ZN constraintWidgetClass
and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's class.
At each stage,
it writes the new value or the existing value to a new constraint record.
It then calls the constraint set_values procedures from
.ZN constraintWidgetClass
down to the parent's class.
The constraint set_values procedures are called with widget arguments,
as for all set_values procedures, not just the constraint record arguments,
so that they can make adjustments to the desired values based
on full information about the widget.
.LP
.ZN XtSetValues
determines if a geometry request is needed by comparing the current widget to
the new widget.
If any geometry changes are required,
it makes the request, and the geometry manager returns
.ZN XtGeometryYes ,
.ZN XtGeometryAlmost ,
or
.ZN XtGeometryNo .
If
.ZN XtGeometryYes ,
.ZN XtSetValues
calls the widget's resize procedure.
If
.ZN XtGeometryNo ,
.ZN XtSetValues
resets the geometry fields to their original values.
If
.ZN XtGeometryAlmost ,
.ZN XtSetValues
calls the set_values_almost procedure,
which determines what should be done and writes new values for the
geometry fields into the new widget.
.ZN XtSetValues
then repeats this process,
deciding once more whether the geometry manager should be called.
.LP
Finally, if any of the set_values procedures returned
.ZN True ,
.ZN XtSetValues
causes the widget's expose procedure to be invoked by calling the Xlib
.ZN XClearArea
function on the widget's window.
.LP
The
.ZN XtSetSubvalues
function stores resources into the structure identified by base.
.LP
The
.ZN XtGetValues
function starts with the resources specified for the core widget fields
and proceeds down the subclass chain to the widget.
The value field of a passed argument list should contain the
address into which to store the corresponding resource value.
It is the caller's responsibility
to allocate and deallocate this storage according to the size of the
resource representation type used within the widget.
.LP
If the widget's parent is a subclass of
.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
.ZN XtGetValues
then fetches the values for any constraint resources requested.
It starts with the constraint resources specified for
.ZN constraintWidgetClass
and proceeds down to the subclass chain to the parent's constraint resources.
If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in any of the
resource lists searched,
the value at the corresponding address is not modified.
.IN "hook"
Finally, if the get_values_hook procedures are non-NULL,
they are called in superclass-to-subclass order after
all the resource values have been fetched by
.ZN XtGetValues .
This permits a subclass to provide nonwidget resource data to
.ZN XtGetValues .
.LP
The
.ZN XtGetSubvalues
function obtains resource values from the structure identified by base.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
ress of the subpart data structure where the resources
should be \*(Ba.
.IP \fInum_arglibXt-1.1.5/man/XtCallbackNonexclusive.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0020734 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddGrab.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010414 12520610324 0016124 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtAdd-Grab wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAddGrab __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAddGrab, XtRemoveGrab \- redirect user input to a modal widget
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAddGrab(Widget \fIw\fP, Boolean \fIexclusive\fP, Boolean
\fIspring_loaded\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveGrab(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIexclusive\fP 1i
Specifies whether user events should be dispatched exclusively to this widget
or also to previous widgets in the cascade.
.IP \fIspring_loaded\fP 1i
Specifies whether this widget was popped up because the user pressed
a pointer button.
.ds Wi to add to or remove from the modal cascade
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAddGrab
function appends the widget (and associated parameters) to the modal cascade
and checks that exclusive is
.ZN True
if spring_loaded is
.ZN True .
If these are not
.ZN True ,
.ZN XtAddGrab
generates an error.
.LP
The modal cascade is used by
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
when it tries to dispatch a user event.
When at least one modal widget is in the widget cascade,
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
first determines if the event should be delivered.
It starts at the most recent cascade entry and follows the cascade up to and
including the most recent cascade entry added with the exclusive parameter
.ZN True .
.LP
This subset of the modal cascade along with all descendants of these widgets
comprise the active subset.
User events that occur outside the widgets in this subset are ignored
or remapped.
Modal menus with submenus generally add a submenu widget to the cascade
with exclusive
.ZN False .
Modal dialog boxes that need to restrict user input to the most deeply nested
dialog box add a subdialog widget to the cascade with exclusive
.ZN True .
User events that occur within the active subset are delivered to the
appropriate widget, which is usually a child or further descendant of the modal
widget.
.LP
Regardless of where on the screen they occur,
remap events are always delivered to the most recent widget in the active
subset of the cascade that has spring_loaded
.ZN True ,
if any such widget exists.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRemoveGrab
function removes widgets from the modal cascade starting
at the most recent widget up to and including the specified widget.
It issues an error if the specified widget is not on the modal cascade.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRealizeWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010641 12520610324 0017401 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtRealize-Widget XtIs-Realized XtUnrealize-Widget wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtRealizeWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtRealizeWidget, XtIsRealized, XtUnrealizeWidget \- realize and unrealize widgets
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtRealizeWidget(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsRealized(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
void XtUnrealizeWidget(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
If the widget is already realized,
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
simply returns.
Otherwise, it performs the following:
.IP \(bu 5
Binds all action names in the widget's
translation table to procedures (see Section 10.1.2).
.IP \(bu 5
Makes a post-order traversal of the widget tree rooted
at the specified widget and calls the change_managed procedure
of each composite widget that has one or more managed children.
.IP \(bu 5
Constructs an
.ZN XSetWindowAttributes
structure filled in with information derived from the
.ZN Core
widget fields and calls the realize procedure for the widget,
which adds any widget-specific attributes and creates the X window.
.IP \(bu 5
If the widget is
not a subclass of
.ZN compositeWidgetClass ,
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
returns; otherwise, it continues and performs the following:
.RS
.IP \- 5
Descends recursively to each of the widget's
managed children and calls the realize procedures.
Primitive widgets that instantiate children are responsible for realizing
those children themselves.
.IP \- 5
Maps all of the managed children windows that have mapped_when_managed
.ZN True .
(If a widget is managed but mapped_when_managed is
.ZN False ,
the widget is allocated visual space but is not displayed.
Some people seem to like this to indicate certain states.)
.RE
.LP
If the widget is a top-level shell widget (that is, it has no parent), and
mapped_when_managed is
.ZN True ,
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
maps the widget window.
.LP
The
.ZN XtIsRealized
function returns
.ZN True
if the widget has been realized,
that is, if the widget has a nonzero X window ID.
.LP
Some widget procedures (for example, set_values) might wish to
operate differently
after the widget has been realized.
.LP
The
.ZN XtUnrealizeWidget
function destroys the windows of an existing widget and all of its
children (recursively down the widget tree).
To recreate the windows at a later time,
call
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
again.
If the widget was managed,
it will be unmanaged automatically before its window is freed.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtManageChildren(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetWarningHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0020214 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtParseTranslationTable.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010214 12520610324 0021077 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtParse-Translation-Table XtAugment-Translations XtOverride-Translations XtUninstall-Translations wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtParseTranslationTable __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtParseTranslationTable, XtAugmentTranslations, XtOverrideTranslations, XtUninstallTranslations \- manage translation tables
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable(String \fItable\fP);
.HP
void XtAugmentTranslations(Widget \fIw\fP, XtTranslations \fItranslations\fP);
.HP
void XtOverrideTranslations(Widget \fIw\fP, XtTranslations
\fItranslations\fP);
.HP
void XtUninstallTranslations(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fItable\fP 1i
Specifies the translation table to compile.
.IP \fItranslations\fP 1i
Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in (must not be NULL).
.ds Wi into which the new translations are to be merged or removed
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtParseTranslationTable
function compiles the translation table into the opaque internal representation
of type
.ZN XtTranslations .
Note that if an empty translation table is required for any purpose,
one can be obtained by calling
.ZN XtParseTranslationTable
and passing an empty string.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAugmentTranslations
function nondestructively merges the new translations into the existing widget
translations.
If the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
already exists in the widget's translations,
the new translation is ignored.
.LP
The
.ZN XtOverrideTranslations
function destructively merges the new translations into the existing widget
translations.
If the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
already exists in the widget's translations,
the new translation is merged in and override the widget's translation.
.LP
To replace a widget's translations completely, use
.ZN XtSetValues
on the XtNtranslations resource and specify a compiled translation table
as the value.
.LP
The
.ZN XtUninstallTranslations
function causes the entire translation table for widget to be removed.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppAddActions(__libmansuffix__),
XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__),
XtParseAcceleratorTable(__libmansuffix__),
XtPopup(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
d associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The abolibXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveActionHook.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000074 12520610324 0020055 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddActionHook.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDispatchEventToWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000102 12520610324 0021041 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetSensitive.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007132 12520610324 0017270 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-Sensitive XtIs-Sensitive wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSetSensitive __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSetSensitive, XtIsSensitive \- set and check a widget's sensitivity state
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtSetSensitive(Widget \fIw\fP, Boolean \fIsensitive\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsSensitive(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIsensitive\fP 1i
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether the widget should receive
keyboard and pointer events.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtSetSensitive
function first calls
.ZN XtSetValues
on the current widget with an argument list specifying that the
sensitive field should change to the new value.
It then recursively propagates the new value
down the managed children tree by calling
.ZN XtSetValues
on each child to set the ancestor_sensitive to the new value if the new
values for sensitive and the child's ancestor_sensitive are not the same.
.LP
.ZN XtSetSensitive
calls
.ZN XtSetValues
to change sensitive and ancestor_sensitive.
Therefore, when one of these changes,
the widget's set_values procedure should
take whatever display actions are needed
(for example, greying out or stippling the widget).
.LP
.ZN XtSetSensitive
maintains the invariant that if parent has either sensitive
or ancestor_sensitive
.ZN False ,
then all children have ancestor_sensitive
.ZN False .
.LP
The
.ZN XtIsSensitive
function returns
.ZN True
or
.ZN False
to indicate whether or not user input events are being dispatched.
If both core.sensitive and core.ancestor_sensitive are
.ZN True ,
.ZN XtIsSensitive
returns
.ZN True ;
otherwise, it returns
.ZN False .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsSubclass.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016710 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005411 12520610324 0020426 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Release-Cache-Refs wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppReleaseCacheRefs __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs \- decrement reference counts for resources
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtCacheRef*
\fIrefs\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIrefs\fP 1i
Specifies the list of cache references to be released.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtAppReleaseCacheRefs
decrements the reference count for the conversion entries identified
by the \fIrefs\fP argument. This argument is a pointer to a NULL-terminated
list of
.ZN XtCacheRef
values. If any reference count reaches zero, the destructor, if any, will
be called and the resource removed from the conversion cache.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C LangulibXt-1.1.5/man/XtMalloc.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012270 12520610324 0016051 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtNew-String wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtMalloc __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtMalloc, XtCalloc, XtRealloc, XtFree, XtNew, XtNewString \- memory management functions
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
char *XtMalloc(Cardinal \fIsize\fP);
.HP
char *XtCalloc(Cardinal \fInum\fP, Cardinal \fIsize\fP);
.HP
char *XtRealloc(char *\fIptr\fP, Cardinal \fInum\fP);
.HP
void XtFree(char *\fIptr\fP);
.HP
\fItype\fP *XtNew(\fItype\fP);
.HP
String XtNewString(String \fIstring\fP);
.HP
Cardinal XtAsprintf(String *\fInew_string\fP, const char *\fIformat\fP, ...);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fInum\fP 1i
Specifies the number of bytes or array elements.
.ds Po to the old storage or to the block of storage that is to be freed
.IP \fIptr\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer \*(Po.
.IP \fIsize\fP 1i
Specifies the size of an array element (in bytes) or the number of bytes
desired.
.IP \fIstring\fP 1i
Specifies a previously declared string.
.IP \fItype\fP 1i
Specifies a previously declared data type.
.IP \fInew_string\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to write a newly allocated string to.
.IP \fIformat\fP 1i
Specifies a formatting string as defined by sprintf(3c)
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtMalloc
functions returns a pointer to a block of storage of at least
the specified size bytes.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
.ZN XtMalloc
calls
.ZN XtErrorMsg .
.LP
The
.ZN XtCalloc
function allocates space for the specified number of array elements
of the specified size and initializes the space to zero.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
.ZN XtCalloc
calls
.ZN XtErrorMsg .
.LP
The
.ZN XtRealloc
function changes the size of a block of storage (possibly moving it).
Then, it copies the old contents (or as much as will fit) into the new block
and frees the old block.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
.ZN XtRealloc
calls
.ZN XtErrorMsg .
If ptr is NULL,
.ZN XtRealloc
allocates the new storage without copying the old contents;
that is, it simply calls
.ZN XtMalloc .
.LP
The
.ZN XtFree
function returns storage and allows it to be reused.
If ptr is NULL,
.ZN XtFree
returns immediately.
.LP
.ZN XtNew
returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
.ZN XtNew
calls
.ZN XtErrorMsg .
.ZN XtNew
is a convenience macro that calls
.ZN XtMalloc
with the following arguments specified:
.LP
.Ds
.TA .5i
.ta .5i
((type *) XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(type))
.De
.LP
.ZN XtNewString
returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
.ZN XtNewString
calls
.ZN XtErrorMsg .
.ZN XtNewString
is a convenience macro that calls
.ZN XtMalloc
with the following arguments specified:
.LP
.Ds
.TA .5i
.ta .5i
(strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned) strlen(str) + 1), str))
.De
.LP
The
.ZN XtAsprintf
function allocates space for a string large enough to hold the string
specified by the sprintf(3c) format pattern when used with the remaining
arguments, and fills it with the formatted results.
The address of the allocated string is placed into the pointer passed as ret.
The length of the string (not including the terminating null byte) is returned.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
.ZN XtAsprintf
calls
.ZN XtErrorMsg .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtReservePropertyAtom.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005326 12520610324 0020647 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtReserve-Property-Atom XtRelease-Property-Atom wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtReservePropertyAtom __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtReservePropertyAtom, XtReleasePropertyAtom \- maintain a cache of property atoms
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtReservePropertyAtom(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
void XtReleasePropertyAtom(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom \fIatom\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget used to reserve the atom.
.IP \fIatom\fP 1i
Specifies the atom whose reservation is to be released.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtReservePropertyAtom
returns an atom that may be used for properties in conjunction with
conversion requests from widget \fIw\fP. The atom returned will be
unique for the display of the widget specified.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUlibXt-1.1.5/man/XtOffset.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006565 12520610324 0016102 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtOffset __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtOffset, XtOffsetOf, XtNumber \- determine the byte offset or number of array elements
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Cardinal XtOffset(Type \fIpointer_type\fP, Field \fIfield_name\fP);
.HP
Cardinal XtOffsetOf(Type \fIstructure_type\fP, Field \fIfield_name\fP);
.HP
Cardinal XtNumber(ArrayVariable \fIarray\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIarray\fP 1i
Specifies a fixed-size array.
.IP \fIfield_name\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the field for which to calculate the byte offset.
.IP \fIpointer_type\fP 1i
Specifies a type that is declared as a pointer to the structure.
.IP \fIstructure_type\fP 1i
Specifies a type that is declared as a structure.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtOffset
macro is usually used to determine the offset of various resource fields
from the beginning of a widget and can be used at compile time in static
initializations.
.LP
The
.ZN XtOffsetOf
macro expands to a constant expression that gives the offset in bytes
to the specified structure member from the beginning of the structure.
It is normally used to statically initialize resource lists and is more
portable than
.ZN XtOffset ,
which serves the same function.
.LP
The
.ZN XtNumber
macro returns the number of elements in the specified argument lists,
resources lists, and other counted arrays.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtGetResourceList(__libmansuffix__),
XtSetArg(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCreatePopupShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007460 12520610324 0020066 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCreate-Popup-Shell XtVaCreate-Popup-Shell wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtCreatePopupShell __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtCreatePopupShell, XtVaCreatePopupShell \- create a popup shell
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtCreatePopupShell(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
Widget \fIparent\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
Widget XtVaCreatePopupShell(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
Widget \fIparent\fP, ...\^);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Al to override the resource defaults
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
.ds Sh \ shell
.IP \fIname\fP 1i
Specifies the text name for the created\*(Sh widget.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
Specifies the parent widget.
.ds Wc \ pointer for the created shell widget
.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
.IP \fI...\fP 1i
Specifies the variable argument list \*(Al.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtCreatePopupShell
function ensures that the specified class is a subclass of
.ZN Shell
and, rather than using insert_child to attach the widget to the parent's
.IN "insert_child procedure"
children list, attaches the shell to the parent's pop-ups list directly.
.LP
A spring-loaded pop-up invoked from a translation table already must exist
at the time that the translation is invoked,
so the translation manager can find the shell by name.
Pop-ups invoked in other ways can be created ``on-the-fly'' when
the pop-up actually is needed.
This delayed creation of the shell is particularly useful when you pop up
an unspecified number of pop-ups.
You can look to see if an appropriate unused shell (that is, not
currently popped up) exists and create a new shell if needed.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtCreateWidget(__libmansuffix__),
XtPopdown(__libmansuffix__),
XtPopup(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDisplayInitialize.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000015206 12520610324 0020273 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtDisplay-Initialize XtOpen-Display XtClose-Display XtDatabase XtScreen-Database wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtDisplayInitialize __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtDisplayInitialize, XtOpenDisplay, XtDatabase, XtScreenDatabase, XtCloseDisplay \- initialize, open, or close a display
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtDisplayInitialize(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, Display
*\fIdisplay\fP, String \fIapplication_name\fP, String \fIapplication_class\fP,
XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_options\fP, int *\fIargc\fP,
String *\fIargv\fP);
.HP
Display *XtOpenDisplay(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String
\fIdisplay_string\fP, String \fIapplication_name\fP, String
\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_options\fP, int *\fIargc\fP, String *\fIargv\fP);
.HP
void XtCloseDisplay(Display *\fIdisplay\fP);
.HP
XrmDatabase XtDatabase(Display *\fIdisplay\fP);
.HP
XrmDatabase XtScreenDatabase(Screen* \fIscreen\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIargc\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
.IP \fIargv\fP 1i
Specifies the command line parameters.
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application
.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
.IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the application instance.
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the display\*(Di.
Note that a display can be in at most one application context.
.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i
Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
The options argument is passed as a parameter to
.ZN XrmParseCommand .
For further information,
see \fI\*(xL\fP.
.IP \fIscreen\fP 1i
Specifies the screen whose resource database is to be returned.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
function builds the resource database, calls the Xlib
.ZN XrmParseCommand
function to parse the command line,
and performs other per display initialization.
After
.ZN XrmParseCommand
has been called,
argc and argv contain only those parameters that
were not in the standard option table or in the table specified by the
options argument.
If the modified argc is not zero,
most applications simply print out the modified argv along with a message
listing the allowable options.
On UNIX-based systems,
the application name is usually the final component of argv[0].
If the synchronize resource is
.ZN True
for the specified application,
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
calls the Xlib
.ZN XSynchronize
function to put Xlib into synchronous mode for this display connection.
If the reverseVideo resource is
.ZN True ,
the \*(xI exchange
.ZN XtDefaultForeground
and
.ZN XtDefaultBackground
for widgets created on this display.
(See Section 9.6.1).
.LP
The
.ZN XtOpenDisplay
function calls
.ZN XOpenDisplay
the specified display name.
If display_string is NULL,
.ZN XtOpenDisplay
uses the current value of the \-display option specified in argv
and if no display is specified in argv,
uses the user's default display (on UNIX-based systems,
this is the value of the DISPLAY environment variable).
.LP
If this succeeds, it then calls
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
and pass it the opened display and
the value of the \-name option specified in argv as the application name.
If no name option is specified,
it uses the application name passed to
.ZN XtOpenDisplay .
If the application name is NULL,
it uses the last component of argv[0].
.ZN XtOpenDisplay
returns the newly opened display or NULL if it failed.
.LP
.ZN XtOpenDisplay
is provided as a convenience to the application programmer.
.LP
The
.ZN XtCloseDisplay
function closes the specified display as soon as it is safe to do so.
If called from within an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure),
.ZN XtCloseDisplay
does not close the display until the dispatch is complete.
Note that applications need only call
.ZN XtCloseDisplay
if they are to continue executing after closing the display;
otherwise, they should call
.ZN XtDestroyApplicationContext
or just exit.
.LP
The
.ZN XtDatabase
function returns the fully merged resource database that was built by
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
associated with the display that was passed in.
If this display has not been initialized by
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize ,
the results are not defined.
.LP
The
.ZN XtScreenDatabase
function returns the fully merged resource database associated with the
specified screen. If the \fIscreen\fP does not belong to a
.ZN Display
initialized by
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize ,
the results are undefined.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__),
XtCreateApplicationContext(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppSetFallbackResources.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007221 12520610324 0021351 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Set-Fallback-Resources wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppSetFallbackResources __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppSetFallbackResources \- set fallback resources
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppSetFallbackResources(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String*
\fIspecification_list\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIspecification_list\fP 1i
Specifies a NULL-terminated list of resource specifications to pre-load
the database, or NULL.
.SH DESCRIPTION
Each entry in \fIspecification_list\fP points to a string in the format
.ZN XrmPutLineResource .
following a call to
.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources ,
when a resource database is being created for a particular screen and
the Intrinsics are not able to find or read an application-specific
class resource file and if \fIspecification_list\fP is not NULL the
resource specification in \fIspecification_list\fP will be merged
into the screen resource database in place of the application-specific
class resource file.
.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources
is not required to copy \fIspecification_list\fP; the caller must
ensure that the contents of the list and the strings addressed by the
list remain valid until all displays are initialized or until
.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources
is called again. The value NULL for \fIspecification_list\fP removes
any previous fallback resource specification for the application context.
The intended use for fallback resources is to provide a minimal number
of resources that will make the application usable (or at least terminate
with helpful diagnostic messages) when some problem exists in finding
and loading the application defaults file.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
e of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C LangulibXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaCreateWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017473 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreateWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddCallback.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007773 12520610324 0016763 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtAdd-Callback XtAdd-Callbacks XtRemove-Callback XtRemove-Callbacks XtRemove-All-Callbacks wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAddCallback __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAddCallback, XtAddCallbacks, XtRemoveCallback, XtRemoveCallbacks, XtRemoveAllCallbacks \- add and remove callback procedures
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAddCallback(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP, XtCallbackProc
\fIcallback\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtAddCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP, XtCallbackList
\fIcallbacks\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveCallback(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP,
XtCallbackProc \fIcallback\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP,
XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveAllCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP,
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIcallback\fP 1i
Specifies the callback procedure\*(Cb.
.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i
Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding
client data.
.ds Cn \ to which the procedure is to be appended or deleted
.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
Specifies the callback list\*(Cn.
.ds Cd it is invoked by XtCallbacks or NULL, \
or the client data to match on the registered callback procedures
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
when \*(Cd.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAddCallback
function adds the specified callback procedure to the specified widget's
callback list.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAddCallbacks
add the specified list of callbacks to the specified widget's callback list.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRemoveCallback
function removes a callback only if both the procedure and the client
data match.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRemoveCallbacks
function removes the specified callback procedures from the specified
widget's callback list.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRemoveAllCallbacks
function removes all the callback procedures from the specified
widget's callback list.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtCallCallbacks(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetMultiClickTime.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005571 12520610324 0020203 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-Multi-Click-Time Xt-Get-Multi-Click-Time wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSetMultiClickTime __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSetMultiClickTime, XtGetMultiClickTime \- set and get multi-click times
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtSetMultiClickTime(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, int \fItime\fP);
.HP
int XtGetMultiClickTime(Display* \fIdisplay\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the display connection.
.IP \fItime\fP 1i
Specifies the multi-click time in milliseconds.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtSetMultiClickTime
sets the time interval used by the translation manager to determine
when multiple events are interpreted as a repeated event.
.LP
.ZN XtGetMultiClickTime
returns the time in milliseconds that the translation manager uses to
determine if multiple events are to be interpreted as a repeated event
for purposes of matching a translation entry containing a repeat count.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
es of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" ThelibXt-1.1.5/man/XtCallActionProc.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006511 12520610324 0017500 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCall-Action-Proc wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtCallActionProc __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtCallActionProc \- invoke an action procedure directly
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtCallActionProc(Widget \fIwidget\fP, String \fIaction\fP, XEvent*
\fIevent\fP, String* \fIparams\fP, Cardinal \fInum_params\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
Specifies the widget in which the action is to be invoked. Must be
of class core of any subclass thereof.
.IP \fIaction\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the action routine.
.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
Specifies the contents of the \fIevent\fP passed to the action routine.
.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
Specifies the contents of the \fIparams\fP passed to the action routine.
.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
Specifies the num of entries in \fIparams\fP.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtCallActionProc
searches for the named action routine in the same manner and order as
translation tables are bound. If found, the action routine is invoked
with the specified widget, event pointer, and parameters. It is the
responsibility of the caller to ensure that the contents of \fIevent\fP,
\fIparams\fP, and \fInum_params\fP arguments are appropriate for the
specified routine, and if necessary, that the specified widget is
realized or sensitive. If the named action routine cannot be found,
.ZN XtCallActionProc
generates a warning message and returns.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRegisterGrabAction.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005317 12520610324 0020364 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtRegister-Grab-Action wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtRegisterGrabAction __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtRegisterGrabAction \- register button and key grabs
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtRegisterGrabAction(XtActionProc \fIaction_proc\fP, Boolean
\fIowner_events\fP, unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP, int \fIpointer_mode\fP, int
\fIkeyboard_mode\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIaction_proc\fP 1i
Specifies the action procedure to search for in translation tables.
.IP \fIaction\fP 1i
.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
Specify arguments to
.ZN XtGrabButton
or
.ZN XtGrabKey
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtRegisterGrabAction
adds the specified \fIaction_proc\fP to a list known to the translation
manager.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRegisterDrawable.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006723 12520610324 0020076 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtRegister-Drawable XtUnregister-Drawable XtWindow-To-Widget wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtRegisterDrawable __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtRegisterDrawable \- register a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatcher
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtRegisterDrawable(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, Drawable \fIdrawable\fP,
Widget \fIwidget\fP);
.HP
void XtUnregisterDrawable(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, Drawable \fIdrawable\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the drawable's display.
.IP \fIdrawable\fP 1i
Specifies the drawable to register.
.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
Specifies the widget to register the drawable for.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtRegisterDrawable
associates the specified drawable with the specified widget so that
future calls to
.ZN XtWindowToWidget
with the drawable will return the widget. The default event dispatcher
will dispatch future core events that arrive with the drawable to the
widget as though the event contained the widget's window, but the event
itself will not be changed in any way when being passed to even handler
or action procedures.
.LP
If the drawable is already registered with another widget, or if the
drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree, the
results of calling
.ZN XtRegisterDrawable
are undefined.
.LP
.ZN XtUnregisterDrawable
removes an association created with
.ZN XtRegisterDrawable .
If the drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree
the results of calling
.ZN XtUnregisterDrawable
are undefined.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCreateWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000017757 12520610324 0017230 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCreate-Widget XtCreate-Managed-Widget XtDestroy-Widget XtVa-Create-Widget XtVa-Create-Managed-Widget wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtCreateWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtCreateWidget, XtVaCreateWidget, XtCreateManagedWidget, XtVaCreateManagedWidget, XtDestroyWidget \- create and destroy widgets
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtCreateWidget(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
Widget \fIparent\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
Widget XtVaCreateWidget(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
Widget \fIparent\fP, ...\^);
.HP
Widget XtCreateManagedWidget(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass
\fIwidget_class\fP, Widget \fIparent\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_args\fP);
.HP
Widget XtVaCreateManagedWidget(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass
\fIwidget_class\fP, Widget \fIparent\fP, ...\^);
.HP
void XtDestroyWidget(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Al to override the resource defaults
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
.IP \fIname\fP 1i
Specifies the resource name for the created widget,
which is used for retrieving resources
and, for that reason, should not be the same as any other widget
that is a child of same parent.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
.IP \fIparent\fP 1i
Specifies the parent widget.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.ds Wc \ pointer for the created widget
.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
.IP \fI...\fP
Specifies the variable argument list \*(Al.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtCreateWidget
function performs much of the boilerplate operations of widget creation:
.IP \(bu 5
Checks to see if the class_initialize procedure has been called for this class
and for all superclasses and, if not, calls those necessary in a
superclass-to-subclass order.
.IP \(bu 5
Allocates memory for the widget instance.
.IP \(bu 5
If the parent is a subclass of
.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
it allocates memory for the parent's constraints
and stores the address of this memory into the constraints field.
.IP \(bu 5
Initializes the core nonresource data fields
(for example, parent and visible).
.IP \(bu 5
Initializes the resource fields (for example, background_pixel)
by using the resource lists specified for this class and all superclasses.
.IP \(bu 5
If the parent is a subclass of
.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
it initializes the resource fields of the constraints record
by using the constraint resource list specified for the parent's class
and all superclasses up to
.ZN constraintWidgetClass .
.IP \(bu 5
Calls the initialize procedures for the widget by starting at the
.ZN Core
initialize procedure on down to the widget's initialize procedure.
.IP \(bu 5
If the parent is a subclass of
.ZN compositeWidgetClass ,
it puts the widget into its parent's children list by calling its parent's
insert_child procedure.
For further information,
see Section 3.5.
.IP \(bu 5
If the parent is a subclass of
.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
it calls the constraint initialize procedures,
starting at
.ZN constraintWidgetClass
on down to the parent's constraint initialize procedure.
.LP
Note that you can determine the number of arguments in an argument list
by using the
.ZN XtNumber
macro.
For further information, see Section 11.1.
.LP
The
.ZN XtCreateManagedWidget
function is a convenience routine that calls
.ZN XtCreateWidget
and
.ZN XtManageChild .
.LP
The
.ZN XtDestroyWidget
function provides the only method of destroying a widget,
including widgets that need to destroy themselves.
It can be called at any time,
including from an application callback routine of the widget being destroyed.
This requires a two-phase destroy process in order to avoid dangling
references to destroyed widgets.
.LP
In phase one,
.ZN XtDestroyWidget
performs the following:
.IP \(bu 5
If the being_destroyed field of the widget is
.ZN True ,
it returns immediately.
.IP \(bu 5
Recursively descends the widget tree and
sets the being_destroyed field to
.ZN True
for the widget and all children.
.IP \(bu 5
Adds the widget to a list of widgets (the destroy list) that should be
destroyed when it is safe to do so.
.LP
Entries on the destroy list satisfy the invariant that
if w2 occurs after w1 on the destroy list then w2 is not a descendent of w1.
(A descendant refers to both normal and pop-up children.)
.LP
Phase two occurs when all procedures that should execute as a result of
the current event have been called (including all procedures registered with
the event and translation managers),
that is, when the current invocation of
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
is about to return or immediately if not in
.ZN XtDispatchEvent .
.LP
In phase two,
.ZN XtDestroyWidget
performs the following on each entry in the destroy list:
.IP \(bu 5
Calls the destroy callback procedures registered on the widget
(and all descendants) in post-order (it calls children callbacks
before parent callbacks).
.IP \(bu 5
If the widget's parent is a subclass of
.ZN compositeWidgetClass
and if the parent is not being destroyed,
it calls
.ZN XtUnmanageChild
on the widget and then calls the widget's parent's delete_child procedure
(see Section 3.4).
.IP \(bu 5
If the widget's parent is a subclass of
.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
it calls the constraint destroy procedure for the parent,
then the parent's superclass,
until finally it calls the constraint destroy procedure for
.ZN constraintWidgetClass .
.IP \(bu 5
Calls the destroy methods for the widget (and all descendants)
in post-order.
For each such widget,
it calls the destroy procedure declared in the widget class,
then the destroy procedure declared in its superclass,
until finally it calls the destroy procedure declared in the Core
class record.
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XDestroyWindow
if the widget is realized (that is, has an X window).
The server recursively destroys all descendant windows.
.IP \(bu 5
Recursively descends the tree and deallocates all pop-up widgets, constraint
records, callback lists and, if the widget is a subclass of
.ZN compositeWidgetClass ,
children.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__),
XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
:
.\"
.\" The abolibXt-1.1.5/man/XtUnregisterDrawable.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000074 12520610324 0020432 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtRegisterDrawable.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveEventHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0020375 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtScreen.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0016056 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppError.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007023 12520610324 0016374 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Error XtApp-Set-Error-Handler XtApp-Set-Warning-Handler XtApp-Warning wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppError __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppError, XtAppSetErrorHandler, XtAppSetWarningHandler, XtAppWarning \- low-level error handlers
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppError(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fImessage\fP);
.HP
void XtAppSetErrorHandler(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtErrorHandler
\fIhandler\fP);
.HP
void XtAppSetWarningHandler(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtErrorHandler
\fIhandler\fP);
.HP
void XtAppWarning(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fImessage\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
Specifies the nonfatal error message that is to be reported.
.ds Ha fatal error procedure, which should not return, \
or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns
.IP \fIhandler\fP 1i
Specifies the new \*(Ha.
.ds Me reported
.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
Specifies the message that is to be \*(Me.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppError
function calls the installed error procedure and passes the specified message.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppSetErrorHandler
function registers the specified procedure,
which is called when a fatal error condition occurs.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppSetWarningHandler
registers the specified procedure,
which is called when a nonfatal error condition occurs.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppWarning
function calls the installed nonfatal error procedure and passes the
specified message.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppGetErrorDatabase(__libmansuffix__),
XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/MenuPopdown.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0016576 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopdown.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtWindow.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0016106 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppGetExitFlag.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000072 12520610324 0017443 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppSetExitFlag.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtWarning.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016242 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtOffsetOf.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000062 12520610324 0016351 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtOffset.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCallbackNone.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0017151 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetSelectionParameters.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010543 12520610324 0021270 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-Selection-Parameters XtGet-Selection-Parameters wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSetSelectionParameters __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSetSelectionParameters \- specify target parameters for a selection request with a single target
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtSetSelectionParameters(Widget \fIrequestor\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP,
Atom \fItype\fP, XtPointer \fIvalue\fP, unsigned long \fIlength\fP, int
\fIformat\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any
subclass thereof.
.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
Specifies the atom that names the selection.
.IP \fItype\fP 1i
Specifies the type of the property in which the parameters will be passed.
.IP \fIvalue\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the parameters.
.IP \fIlength\fP 1i
Specifies the number of elements containing data in \fIvalue\fP, each
element of a sized indicated by \fIformat\fP.
.IP \fIformat\fP 1i
Specifies the size in bits of the data in the elements of \fIvalue\fP.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The specified parameters will be copied and stored in a new property of
the specified type and format on the requestor's window. To initiate a
selection request with a target and these parameters, a subsequent call to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
or to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
specifying the same requestor widget and selection atom will generate a
.ZN ConvertSelection
request referring referring to the property containing the parameters. If
.ZN XtSetSelectionParameters
is called more than once with the same widget and selection without a
call to specify a request, the most recently specified parameters are
used in the subsequent request.
.LP
The possible values of \fIformat\fP may be 8, 16, or 32. If the \fIformat\fP
is 8, the elements of \fIvalue\fP are assumed to be sizeof(char); if 16,
sizeof(short); if 32, sizeof(long).
.LP
To generate a MULTIPLE target request with parameters for any of the
multiple targets of the selection request, precede individual calls to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
and
.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
with corresponding individual calls to
.ZN XtSetSelectionParameters ,
and enclose these all within
.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
and
.ZN XtSendSelectionRequest .
.ZN XtGetSelectionValues
and
.ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
cannot be used to make selection requests with parameterized targets.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtGetSelectionParameters(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRegisterCaseConverter.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000074 12520610324 0021111 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetKeyTranslator.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDisplay.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006100 12520610324 0016242 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtDisplay-Of-Object XtScreen-Of-Object XtWindow-Of-Object wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtDisplay __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtDisplay, XtDisplayOfObject, XtScreen, XtScreenOfObject, XtWindow, XtWindowOfObject \- obtain window information about a widget
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Display *XtDisplay(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Display *XtDisplayOfObject(Widget \fIobject\fP);
.HP
Screen *XtScreen(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Screen *XtScreenOfObject(Widget \fIobject\fP);
.HP
Window XtWindow(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Window XtWindowOfObject(Widget \fIobject\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.LP
.IP \fIobject\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtDisplay
returns the display pointer for the specified widget.
.LP
.ZN XtDisplayOfObject
returns the display pointer for the specified object.
.LP
.ZN XtScreen
returns the screen pointer for the specified widget.
.LP
.ZN XtScreenOfObject
returns the screen pointer for the specified object.
.LP
.ZN XtWindow
returns the window of the specified widget.
.LP
.ZN XtWindowOfObject
returns the window of the specified object.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtProcessLock.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000004561 12520610324 0017075 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtProcess-Lock XtProcess-Unlock wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtProcessLock __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtProcessLock, XtProcessUnlock \- lock and unlock process
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtProcessLock(void);
.HP
void XtProcessUnlock(void);
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtProcessLock
is used to lock all process global data.
.LP
.ZN XtProcessUnlock
unlocks the process.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppAddActions.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005214 12520610324 0017314 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Add-Actions wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppAddActions __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppAddActions \- register an action table
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppAddActions(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtActionList
\fIactions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_actions\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIactions\fP 1i
Specifies the action table to register.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in this action table.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppAddActions
function adds the specified action table and registers it with the
translation manager.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtParseTranslationTable(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
d associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The abolibXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppAddConverter.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006744 12520610324 0017674 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Add-Converter XtAdd-Converter wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppAddConverter __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppAddConverter, XtAddConverter \- register resource converter
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppAddConverter(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String \fIfrom_type\fP,
String \fIto_type\fP, XtConverter \fIconverter\fP, XtConvertArgList
\fIconvert_args\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
void XtAddConverter(String \fIfrom_type\fP, String \fIto_type\fP, XtConverter
\fIconverter\fP, XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_args\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
Specifies the type converter procedure.
.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i
Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter or NULL.
.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
Specifies the source type.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of additional arguments to the converter or zero.
.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
Specifies the destination type.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtAppAddConverter
is equivalent in function to
.ZN XtAppSetTypeConverter
with \fIcache_type\fP equal to
.ZN XtCacheAll
for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by
.ZN XtAppSetTypeConverter .
.LP
.ZN XtAddConverter
is equivalent in function to
.ZN XtSetTypeConverter
with \fIcache_type\fP equal to
.ZN XtCacheAll
for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by
.ZN XtSetTypeConverter .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtConvert(__libmansuffix__),
XtStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtHasCallbacks.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000071 12520610324 0017151 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCallCallbacks.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsTopLevelShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0017653 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCreateApplicationShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005613 12520610324 0021224 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Create-Application-Shell wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtCreateApplicationShell __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtCreateApplicationShell \- create top-level widget instance
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtCreateApplicationShell(String \fIname\fP, WidgetClass
\fIwidget_class\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIname\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the shell.
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The procedure
.ZN XtCreateApplicationShell
calls
.ZN XtAppCreateShell
with the \fIapplication\fP NULL, the application class passed to
.ZN XtInitialize ,
and the default application context created by
.ZN XtInitialize .
This routine has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppCreateShell .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppCreateShell(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsApplicationShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0020364 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppMainLoop.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017014 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtUnmapWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0017065 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtMapWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppNextEvent.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000015671 12520610324 0017233 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Next-Event XtApp-Pending XtApp-Peek-Event XtApp-Process-Event Xt-Dispatch-Event XtApp-Main-Loop wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppNextEvent __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppNextEvent, XtAppPending, XtAppPeekEvent, XtAppProcessEvent, XtDispatchEvent, XtAppMainLoop \- query and process events and input
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppNextEvent(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XEvent
*\fIevent_return\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtAppPeekEvent(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XEvent
*\fIevent_return\fP);
.HP
XtInputMask XtAppPending(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
.HP
void XtAppProcessEvent(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, XtInputMask
\fImask\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtDispatchEvent(XEvent *\fIevent\fP);
.HP
void XtAppMainLoop(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Co that identifies the application
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context \*(Co.
.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the event structure that is to be dispatched
to the appropriate event handler.
.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i
Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
.IP \fImask\fP 1i
Specifies what types of events to process.
The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of any combination of
.ZN XtIMXEvent ,
.ZN XtIMTimer ,
.ZN XtIMAlternateInput ,
and
.ZN XtIMSignal .
As a convenience, the \*(tk defines the symbolic name
.ZN XtIMAll
to be the bitwise inclusive OR of all event types.
.SH DESCRIPTION
If the X event queue is empty,
.ZN XtAppNextEvent
flushes the X output buffers of each Display in the application context
and waits for an event while looking at the other input sources, timeout
timeout values, and signal handlers and calling any callback procedures
triggered by them. This wait time can be used for background processing
(see Section 7.8).
.LP
If there is an event in the queue,
.ZN XtAppPeekEvent
fills in the event and returns a nonzero value. If no X input is on the
queue,
.ZN XtAppPeekEvent
flushes the output buffer and blocks until input is available
(possibly calling some timeout callbacks in the process).
If the input is an event,
.ZN XtAppPeekEvent
fills in the event and returns a nonzero value.
Otherwise, the input is for an alternate input source, and
.ZN XtAppPeekEvent
returns zero.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppPending
function returns a nonzero value if there are events pending from the
X server, timer pending, or other input sources pending. The value
returned is a bit mask that is the OR of
.ZN XtIMXEvent ,
.ZN XtIMTimer ,
.ZN XtIMAlternateInput ,
and
.ZN XtIMSignal
(see
.ZN XtAppProcessEvent ).
If there are no events pending,
.ZN XtAppPending
flushes the output buffer and returns zero.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppProcessEvent
function processes one timer, alternate input, signal source, or X
event. If there is nothing of the appropriate type to process,
.ZN XtAppProcessEvent
blocks until there is.
If there is more than one type of thing available to process,
it is undefined which will get processed.
Usually, this procedure is not called by client applications (see
.ZN XtAppMainLoop ).
.ZN XtAppProcessEvent
processes timer events by calling any appropriate timer callbacks,
alternate input by calling any appropriate alternate input callbacks,
signal source by calling any appropriate signal callbacks, and X events
by calling
.ZN XtDispatchEvent .
.LP
When an X event is received, it is passed to
.ZN XtDispatchEvent ,
which calls the appropriate event handlers
and passes them the widget, the event, and client-specific data
registered with each procedure.
If there are no handlers for that event registered,
the event is ignored and the dispatcher simply returns.
The order in which the handlers are called is undefined.
.LP
The
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
function sends those events to the event handler functions that
have been previously registered with the dispatch routine.
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
returns
.ZN True
if it dispatched the event to some handler and
.ZN False
if it found no handler to dispatch the event to.
The most common use of
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
is to dispatch events acquired with the
.ZN XtAppNextEvent
procedure.
However, it also can be used to dispatch user-constructed events.
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
also is responsible for implementing the grab semantics for
.ZN XtAddGrab .
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppMainLoop
function first reads the next incoming X event by calling
.ZN XtAppNextEvent
and then it dispatches the event to the appropriate registered procedure
by calling
.ZN XtDispatchEvent .
This constitutes the main loop of \*(tk applications,
and, as such, it does not return unless
.ZN XtAppSetExitFlag
is called.
Applications are expected to exit in response to some user action.
There is nothing special about
.ZN XtAppMainLoop ;
it is simply an loop that calls
.ZN XtAppNextEvent
and then
.ZN XtDispatchEvent ,
until
.ZN XtAppGetExitFlag ()
returns true.
.LP
Applications can provide their own version of this loop,
which tests some global termination flag or tests that the number
of top-level widgets is larger than zero before circling back to the call to
.ZN XtAppNextEvent .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
shed to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The abolibXt-1.1.5/man/XtClass.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000013030 12520610324 0015702 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCheck-Subclass XtIs-Object XtIs-RectObj XtIs-Widget XtIs-Composite XtIs-Constraint XtIs-Shell XtIs-Override-Shell XtIs-WM-Shell XtIs-Vendor-Shell XtIs-Transient-Shell XtIs-Top-Level-Shell XtIs-Application-Shell wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtClass __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtClass, XtSuperclass, XtIsSubclass, XtCheckSubclass, XtIsObject, XtIsRectObj, XtIsWidget, XtIsComposite, XtIsConstraint, XtIsShell, XtIsOverrideShell, XtIsWMShell, XtIsVendorShell, XtIsTransientShell, XtIsTopLevelShell, XtIsApplicationShell, XtIsSessionShell \- obtain and verify a widget's class
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
WidgetClass XtClass(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
WidgetClass XtSuperclass(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsSubclass(Widget \fIw\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP);
.HP
void XtCheckSubclass(Widget \fIwidget\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP,
String \fImessage\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsObject(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsRectObj(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsWidget(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsComposite(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsConstraint(Widget \fIw\fP,
.HP
Boolean XtIsShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsOverrideShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsWMShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsVendorShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsTransientShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsTopLevelShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsApplicationShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsSessionShell(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
.ds Me used
.IP \fImessage\fP 1i
Specifies the message that is to be \*(Me.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtClass
function returns a pointer to the widget's class structure.
.LP
The
.ZN XtSuperclass
function returns a pointer to the widget's superclass class structure.
.LP
The
.ZN XtIsSubclass
function returns
.ZN True
if the class of the specified widget is equal to or is a subclass of
the specified class. The widget's class can be any number of subclasses
down the chain and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified
class. Composite widgets that need to restrict the class of the items
they contain can use
.ZN XtIsSubclass
to find out if a widget belongs to the desired class of objects.
.LP
The
.ZN XtCheckSubclass
macro determines if the class of the specified widget is equal to
or is a subclass of the specified widget class.
The widget can be any number of subclasses down the chain
and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified widget class.
If the specified widget is not a subclass,
.ZN XtCheckSubclass
constructs an error message from the supplied message,
the widget's actual class, and the expected class and calls
.ZN XtErrorMsg .
.ZN XtCheckSubclass
should be used at the entry point of exported routines to ensure
that the client has passed in a valid widget class for the exported operation.
.LP
.ZN XtCheckSubclass
is only executed when the widget has been compiled with the compiler symbol
DEBUG defined; otherwise, it is defined as the empty string
and generates no code.
.LP
To test if a given widget belongs to a subclass of an Intrinsics-defined
class, the Intrinsics defines macros or functions equivalent to
.ZN XtIsSubclass
for each of the built-in classes. These procedures are
.ZN XtIsObject ,
.ZN XtIsRectObj ,
.ZN XtIsWidget ,
.ZN XtIsComposite ,
.ZN XtIsConstraint ,
.ZN XtIsShell ,
.ZN XtIsOverrideShell ,
.ZN XtIsWMShell ,
.ZN XtIsVendorShell ,
.ZN XtIsTransientShell ,
.ZN XtIsTopLevelShell ,
.ZN XtIsApplicationShell ,
and
.ZN XtIsSessionShell .
.LP
The
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__),
XtDisplay(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtInitializeWidgetClass.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005227 12520610324 0021101 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtInitialize-Widget-Class wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtInitializeWidgetClass __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtInitializeWidgetClass \- initialize a widget class
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtInitializeWidgetClass(WidgetClass \fIobject_class\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIobject_class\fP 1i
Specifies the object class to initialize.
.SH DESCRIPTION
If the specified widget class is already initialized,
.ZN XtInitializeWidgetClass
returns immediately.
.LP
If the class initialization procedure registers type converters, these
type converters are not available until the first object of the class
or subclass is created or
.ZN XtInitializeWidgetClass
is called.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
d associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" ThelibXt-1.1.5/man/XtManageChild.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000072 12520610324 0016773 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppProcessEvent.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017716 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtPeekEvent.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0016527 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetMappedWhenManaged.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0020622 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtMapWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtBuildEventMask.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005414 12520610324 0017521 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtBuild-Event-Mask wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtBuildEventMask __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtBuildEventMask \- retrieve a widget's event mask
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
EventMask XtBuildEventMask(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtBuildEventMask
function returns the event mask representing the logical OR
of all event masks for event handlers registered on the widget with
.ZN XtAddEventHandler
and all event translations, including accelerators,
installed on the widget.
This is the same event mask stored into the
.ZN XSetWindowAttributes
structure by
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
and sent to the server when event handlers and translations are installed or
removed on the realized widget.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAddEventHandler(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetSubvalues.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0017252 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtWarningMsg.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000064 12520610324 0016714 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetErrorDatabaseText.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000074 12520610324 0020664 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetErrorDatabase.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaGetSubvalues.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0017541 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveTimeOut.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000071 12520610324 0017402 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddTimeOut.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGrabKeyboard.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017173 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetSelectionTimeout.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000077 12520610324 0020614 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionTimeout.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/MenuPopup.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016251 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtProcessUnlock.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000067 12520610324 0017435 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtProcessLock.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddInput.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006540 12520610324 0016355 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtAdd-Input XtAdd-TimeOut XtAddWorkProc wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAddInput __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAddInput, XtAddTimeOut, XtAddWorkProc \- register input, timeout, and workprocs
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtInputId XtAddInput(int \fIsource\fP, XtPointer \fIcondition\fP,
XtInputCallbackProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
XtIntervalId XtAddTimeOut(unsigned long \fIinterval\fP, XtInputCallbackProc
\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
XtWorkProcId XtAddWorkProc(XtWorkProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
\fIclient_data\fP);
.LP
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
when input is available
.IP \fIcondition\fP 1i
Specifies the mask that indicates a read, write, or exception condition
or some operating system dependent condition.
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is to be called when input is available.
.IP \fIsource\fP 1i
Specifies the source file descriptor on a UNIX-based system
or other operating system dependent device specification.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtAddInput
has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppAddInput.
.LP
.ZN XtAddTimeOut
has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppAddTimeOut.
.LP
.ZN XtAddWorkProc
has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppAddWorkProc .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__), XtAppAddTimeOut(__libmansuffix__), XtAppAddWorkProc(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUlibXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveRawEventHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0021047 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetGC.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006376 12520610324 0015605 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-GC XtRelease-GC wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetGC __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetGC, XtReleaseGC \- obtain and destroy a sharable GC
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
GC XtGetGC(Widget \fIw\fP, XtGCMask \fIvalue_mask\fP, XGCValues
*\fIvalues\fP);
.HP
void XtReleaseGC(Widget \fIw\fP, GC \fIgc\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIgc\fP 1i
Specifies the GC to be deallocated.
.IP \fIvalues\fP 1i
Specifies the actual values for this GC.
.ds Vm fields of the values are specified
.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
Specifies which \*(Vm.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtGetGC
function returns a sharable, read-only GC.
The parameters to this function are the same as those for
.ZN XCreateGC
except that a widget is passed instead of a display.
.ZN XtGetGC
shares only GCs in which all values in the GC returned by
.ZN XCreateGC
are the same.
In particular, it does not use the value_mask provided to
determine which fields of the GC a widget considers relevant.
The value_mask is used only to tell the server which fields should be
filled in with widget data and which it should fill in with default values.
For further information about value_mask and values,
see
.ZN XCreateGC
in the \fI\*(xL\fP.
.LP
The
.ZN XtReleaseGC
function deallocate the specified shared GC.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddRawEventHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0020302 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtKeysymToKeycodeList.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000072 12520610324 0020563 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetKeysymTable.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppAddTimeOut.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006422 12520610324 0017304 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Add-Time-Out XtRemove-Time-Out wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppAddTimeOut __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppAddTimeOut, XtRemoveTimeOut \- register and remove timeouts
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, unsigned long
\fIinterval\fP, XtTimerCallbackProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveTimeOut(XtIntervalId \fItimer\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Co for which the timer is to be set
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context \*(Co.
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the argument that is to be passed to the specified procedure
when \*(Cd.
.IP \fIinterval\fP 1i
Specifies the time interval in milliseconds.
.ds Pr \ to be called when time expires
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the procedure that is\*(Pr.
.IP \fItimer\fP 1i
Specifies the ID for the timeout request to be destroyed.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppAddTimeOut
function creates a timeout and returns an identifier for it.
The timeout value is set to interval.
The callback procedure is called when the time interval elapses,
and then the timeout is removed.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRemoveTimeOut
function removes the timeout.
Note that timeouts are automatically removed once they trigger.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppAddInput(__libmansuffix__),XtAppAddSignal(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsVendorShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0017356 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCallCallbacks.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007363 12520610324 0017324 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCall-Callbacks XtHas-Callbacks XtCall-Callbacks-List wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtCallCallbacks __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtCallCallbacks, XtCallCallbackList, XtHasCallbacks \- process callbacks
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtCallCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP, XtPointer
\fIcall_data\fP);
.HP
void XtCallCallbackList(Widget \fIw\fP, XtCallbackList \fIcallbacks\fP,
XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP);
.LP
typedef enum {XtCallbackNoList, XtCallbackHasNone, XtCallbackHasSome}
XtCallbackStatus;
.HP
XtCallbackStatus XtHasCallbacks(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIcallback_name\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Cn \ to be executed or checked
.IP \fIcallback_name\fP 1i
Specifies the callback list\*(Cn.
.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
Specifies a callback-list specific data value to pass to each of the callback
procedure in the list.
.IP \fIcallbacks\fP 1i
Specifies the callback list to be executed.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtCallCallbacks
function calls each procedure that is registered in the specified widget's
callback list.
.LP
If \fIcallbacks\fP is not NULL,
.ZN XtCallCallbackList
calls each of the callback procedures in the list, passing client data
and \fIcall_data\fP. The \fIcallbacks\fP parameter must specify the
contents of a widget or object resource declared with representation
type
.ZN XtRCallback .
.LP
The
.ZN XtHasCallbacks
function first checks to see if the widget has a callback list identified
by callback_name.
If the callback list does not exist,
.ZN XtHasCallbacks
returns
.ZN XtCallbackNoList .
If the callback list exists but is empty,
it returns
.ZN XtCallbackHasNone .
If the callback list exists and has at least one callback registered,
it returns
.ZN XtCallbackHasSome .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAddCallback(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSessionReturnToken.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0020464 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSessionGetToken.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetEventDispatcher.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000102 12520610324 0020375 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005660 12520610324 0021764 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Application-Name-And-Class wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetApplicationNameAndClass __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetApplicationNameAndClass \- retrieve application name and class
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGetApplicationNameAndClass(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, String*
\fIname_return\fP, String* \fIclass_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies an open display connection that has been initialized with
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize .
.IP \fIname_return\fP 1i
Returns the application name.
.IP \fIclass_return\fP 1i
Returns the application class.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass
returns the application name and class passed to
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
for the specified display. If the display was never initialized or
has been closed, the result is undefined. The returned strings are
owned by the Intrinsics and must not be modified or freed by the
caller.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.BR XtDisplayInitialize (__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtOpenApplication.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012142 12520610324 0017725 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtOpen-Application XtVa-Open-Application
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtOpenApplication __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtOpenApplication, XtVaOpenApplication \- initialize, open, or close a display
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtOpenApplication(XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP, String
\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_options\fP, int *\fIargc_in_out\fP, String *\fIargv_in_out\fP, String
*\fIfallback_resources\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP,
Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
Widget XtVaOpenApplication(XtAppContext *\fIapp_context_return\fP, String
\fIapplication_class\fP, XrmOptionDescRec *\fIoptions\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_options\fP, int *\fIargc_in_out\fP, String *\fIargv_in_out\fP, String
*\fIfallback_resources\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, ...\^);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context_return\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application
.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i
Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
The options argument is passed as a parameter to
.ZN XrmParseCommand .
For further information,
see \fI\*(xL\fP.
.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
.IP \fIargc_in_out\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
.IP \fIargv_in_out\fP 1i
Specifies the command line parameters.
.IP \fIfallback_resources\fP 1i
Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
Specifies the widget class of the shell to be created.
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specification
for the created shell widget.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
.IP \fI...\fP 1i
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other resource
specification for the created shell widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtOpenApplication
function calls
.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
followed by
.ZN XtCreateApplicationContext ,
then calls
.ZN XtOpenDisplay
with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and
finally calls
.ZN XtAppCreateShell
with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, the specified \fIwidget_class\fP,
and the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP and returns the
created shell. The modified \fIargc\fP and \fIargv\fP returned by
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
are returned in \fIargc_in_out\fP and \fIargv_in_out\fP. If
\fIapp_context_return\fP is not NULL, the created application context
is also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot
be opened, an error message is issued and
.ZN XtOpenApplication
terminates the application. If \fIfallback_resources\fP is non-NULL,
.ZN XtAppSetFallbackResources
is called with the value prior to calling
.ZN XtOpenDisplay .
.LP
XtAppInitialize and XtVaAppInitialize have been superceded by
.ZN XtOpenApplication
and
.ZN XtVaOpenApplication
respectively.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppInitialize(__libmansuffix__), XtVaAppInitialize(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000004770 12520610324 0022311 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtDisplay-To-Application-Context wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtDisplayToApplicationContext __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtDisplayToApplicationContext \- obtain an application context
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtAppContext XtDisplayToApplicationContext(Display* \fIdpy\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Wi that you want the application context for
.IP \fIdpy\fP 1i
Specifies the display \*(Wi.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtDisplayToApplicationContext
function returns the application context for the specified display.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveWorkProc.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000072 12520610324 0017563 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddWorkProc.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtReleasePropertyAtom.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000077 12520610324 0020612 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtReservePropertyAtom.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtConvert.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010062 12520610324 0016257 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtDirect-Convert wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtConvert __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtConvert, XtDirectConvert \- invoke resource converters
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtConvert(Widget \fIw\fP, String \fIfrom_type\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP,
String \fIto_type\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP);
.HP
void XtDirectConvert(XtConverter \fIconverter\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIargs\fP,
Cardinal \fInum_args\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIto_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Al that contains the additional arguments needed to perform \
the conversion (often NULL)
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
Specifies the conversion procedure that is to be called.
.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i
Specifies the value to be converted.
.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
Specifies the source type.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of additional arguments (often zero).
.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
Specifies the destination type.
.IP \fIto_return\fP 1i
Returns the converted value.
.ds Wi to use for additional arguments (if any are needed)
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtConvert
function looks up the type converter registered to convert from_type
to to_type, computes any additional arguments needed, and then calls
.ZN XtDirectConvert .
.ZN XtConvert
has been replaced by
.ZN XtConvertAndStore .
.LP
The
.ZN XtDirectConvert
function looks in the converter cache to see if this conversion procedure
has been called with the specified arguments.
If so, it returns a descriptor for information stored in the cache;
otherwise, it calls the converter and enters the result in the cache.
.LP
Before calling the specified converter,
.ZN XtDirectConvert
sets the return value size to zero and the return value address to NULL.
To determine if the conversion was successful,
the client should check to_return.address for non-NULL.
.ZN XtDirectConvert
has been replaced by
.ZN XtCallConverter .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppAddConverter(__libmansuffix__),
XtStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__),
XtConvertAndStore(__libmansuffix__),
XtCallConverter(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000067 12520610324 0021332 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtMoveWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0016712 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtConfigureWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtResolvePathname.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000016737 12520610324 0017753 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtResolve-Pathname wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtResolvePathname __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtResolvePathname \- search for a file using standard substitution
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
String XtResolvePathname(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, String \fItype\fP, String
\fIfilename\fP, String \fIsuffix\fP, String \fIpath\fP, Substitution
\fIsubstitutions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_substitutions\fP, XtFilePredicate
\fIpredicate\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1.2i
Specifies the display to use to find the language for language substitutions.
.IP \fItype\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fIfilename\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fIsuffix\fP 1.2i
Specify values to substitute into the path.
.IP \fIpath\fP 1.2i
Specifies the list of file specifications, or NULL.
.IP \fIsubstitutions\fP 1.2i
Specifies a list of additional substitutions to make into the path, or NULL.
.IP \fInum_substitutions\fP 1.2i
Specifies the number of entries in \fIsubstitutions\fP.
.IP \fIpredicate\fP 1.2i
Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The substitutions specified by
.ZN XtResolvePathname
are determined from the value of the language string retrieved by
.ZN XtDisplayInitialize
for the specified display.
To set the
language for all applications specify ``*xnlLanguage: \fIlang\fP'' in the
resource database.
.IN "xnlLanguage"
The format and content of the language string are
implementation-defined. One suggested syntax is to compose
the language string of three parts; a ``language part'', a
``territory part'' and a ``codeset part''. The manner in which
this composition is accomplished is implementation-defined
and the \*(xI make no interpretation of the parts other
than to use them in substitutions as described below.
.LP
.ZN XtResolvePathname
calls
.ZN XtFindFile
with the following substitutions
in addition to any passed by the caller and returns the value returned by
.ZN XtFindFile :
.IP %N 5
The value of the \fIfilename\fP parameter, or the application's
class name if \fIfilename\fP is NULL.
.IP %T 5
The value of the \fItype\fP parameter.
.IP %S 5
The value of the \fIsuffix\fP parameter.
.IP %L 5
The language string associated with the specified display.
.IP %l 5
The language part of the display's language string.
.IP %t 5
The territory part of the display's language string.
.IP %c 5
The codeset part of the display's language string.
.IP %C 5
The customization string retrieved from the resource
database associated with \fIdisplay\fP.
.IP %D 5
The value of the implementation-specific default path.
.LP
If a path is passed to
.ZN XtResolvePathname ,
it will be passed along to
.ZN XtFindFile .
If the \fIpath\fP argument is NULL, the value of the
.ZN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
.IN "XFILESEARCHPATH" "" "@DEF@"
environment variable will be passed to
.ZN XtFindFile .
If
.ZN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
is not defined, an implementation-specific default path will be used
which contains at least 6 entries. These entries
must contain the following substitutions:
.nf
.ta 3n 23n 27n
1. %C, %N, %S, %T, %L or %C, %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
2. %C, %N, %S, %T, %l
3. %C, %N, %S, %T
4. %N, %S, %T, %L or %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
5. %N, %S, %T, %l
6. %N, %S, %T
.fi
The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above.
The order and use of substitutions within a given entry is implementation
dependent.
If the path begins
with a colon, it will be preceded by %N%S. If the path includes two
adjacent colons, \fB%N%S\fP will be inserted between them.
.LP
The \fItype\fP parameter is intended to be a category of files, usually
being translated into a directory in the pathname. Possible values
might include ``app-defaults'', ``help'', and ``bitmap''.
.LP
The \fIsuffix\fP parameter is intended to be appended to the file name.
Possible values might include ``.txt'', ``.dat'', and ``.bm''.
.LP
A suggested value for the default path on POSIX-based systems is
.IP
__projectroot__/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:__projectroot__/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:\\
.br
__projectroot__/lib/X11/%T/%N%C%S:__projectroot__/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:\\
.br
__projectroot__/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:__projectroot__/lib/X11/%T/%N%S
.LP
Using this example, if the user has specified a language, it will be
used as a subdirectory of __projectroot__/lib/X11 that will be searched
for other files. If the desired file is not found there, the lookup
will be tried again using just the language part of the specification.
If the file is not there, it will be looked for in
__projectroot__/lib/X11. The \fItype\fP parameter is used as a
subdirectory of the language directory or of __projectroot__/lib/X11,
and \fIsuffix\fP is appended to the file name.
.LP
The %D substitution allows the addition of path
elements to the implementation-specific default path, typically to
allow additional directories to be searched without preventing
resources in the system directories from being found. For example, a
user installing resource files under a directory called ``ourdir''
might set
.ZN \s-1XFILESEARCHPATH\s+1
to
.IP
%D:ourdir/%T/%N%C:ourdir/%T/%N
.LP
The customization string is obtained by querying the resource database
currently associated with the display (the database returned by
.ZN XrmGetDatabase )
for the resource \fIapplication_name\fP.customization, class
\fIapplication_class\fP.Customization where \fIapplication_name\fP
and \fIapplication_class\fP are the values returned by
.ZN XtGetApplicationNameAndClass .
If no value is specified in the database, the empty string is used.
.LP
It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
.ZN XtFree
when it is no longer needed.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetConstraintResourceList.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0021770 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetResourceList.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetSelectionParameters.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007107 12520610324 0021256 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-Selection-Parameters XtGet-Selection-Parameters wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetSelectionParameters __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetSelectionParameters \- retrieve target parameters for a selection request with a single target
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGetSelectionParameters(Widget \fIowner\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP,
XtRequestId \fIrequest_id\fP, Atom *\fItype_return\fP, XtPointer
*\fIvalue_return\fP, unsigned long *\fIlength_return\fP, int
*\fIformat_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIowner\fP 1i
Specifies the widget that owns the specified selection.
.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
Specifies the selection being processed.
.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i
Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental selections, or NULL
in the case of atomic transfers.
.IP \fItype_return\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to an atom in which the property type of the
parameters will be stored.
.IP \fIvalue_return\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the parameters are to be
stored. A NULL will be stored if no parameters accompany the request.
.IP \fIlength_return\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer into which the number of data elements in
\fIvalue_return\fP of size indicated by \fIformat_return\fP will be
stored.
.IP \fIformat_return\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the parameter data
in the elements of \fIvalue_return\fP will be stored.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtGetSelectionParameters
may only be called from within an
.ZN XtConvertSelectionProc
or from within the last call to an
.ZN XtConvertSelectionIncrProc
with a new request_id.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtSetSelectionParameters(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtParent.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000004441 12520610324 0016074 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtParent __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtParent \- obtain widget's parent widget id
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtParent(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtParent
returns the widget's parent widget ID.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCallCallbackList.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000071 12520610324 0017762 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCallCallbacks.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtUngrabKey.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0016526 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddCallbacks.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000067 12520610324 0017133 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCloseDisplay.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000075 12520610324 0017235 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetKeysymTable.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006717 12520610324 0017544 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Keysym-Table XtKeysym-To-Keycode-List wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetKeysymTable __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetKeysymTable, XtKeysymToKeycodeList \- query keysyms and keycodes
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Keysym* XtGetKeysymTable(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, KeyCode*
\fImin_keycode_return\fP, int *\fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP);
.HP
void XtKeysymToKeycodeList(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, KeySym \fIkeysym\fP,
KeyCode** \fIkeycodes_return\fP, Cardinal* \fIkeycount_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the display whose table is required.
.LP
.IP \fImin_keycode_return\fP 1i
Returns the minimum KeyCode valid for the display.
.LP
.IP \fIkeysyms_per_keycode_return\fP
Returns the number of KeySyms stored for each KeyCode.
.LP
.IP \fIkeysym\fP 1i
Specifies the KeySym for which to search.
.LP
.IP \fIkeycodes_return\fP 1i
Returns a list of KeyCodes that have \fIkeysym\fP associated with them,
or NULL if \fIkeycount_return\fP is 0.
.LP
.IP \fIkeycount_return\fP 1i
Returns the number of KeyCodes in the keycode list.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtGetKeysymTable
returns a pointer to the Intrinsics' copy of the server's KeyCode-to-KeySym
table. This table must not be modified.
.LP
The
.ZN XtKeysymToKeycodeList
procedure returns all the KeyCodes that have \fIkeysym\fP in their
entry for the keyboard mapping table associated with \fIdisplay\fP.
The caller should free the storage pointed to by \fIkeycodes_return\fP
using
.ZN XtFree
when it is no longer useful.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetWarningMsgHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000064 12520610324 0020666 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtPopup.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000016017 12520610324 0015750 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtPopup-Spring-Loaded XtCallback-None XtCallback-Nonexclusive XtCallback-Exclusive wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtPopup __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtPopup, XtPopupSpringLoaded, XtCallbackNone, XtCallbackNonexclusive, XtCallbackExclusive \- map a pop-up
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtPopup(Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP, XtGrabKind \fIgrab_kind\fP);
.HP
void XtPopupSpringLoaded(Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP);
.HP
void XtCallbackNone(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, XtPointer
\fIcall_data\fP):
.HP
void XtCallbackNonexclusive(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP,
XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP);
.HP
void XtCallbackExclusive(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP,
XtPointer \fIcall_data\fP);
.HP
void MenuPopup(String \fIshell_name\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
Specifies the callback data,
which is not used by this procedure.
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the pop-up shell.
.IP \fIgrab_kind\fP 1i
Specifies the way in which user events should be constrained.
.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i
Specifies the widget shell\*(Ps.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtPopup
function performs the following:
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XtCheckSubclass
.\".ZN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass)
to ensure popup_shell is a subclass of
.ZN Shell .
.IP \(bu 5
Generates an error if the shell's popped_up field is already
.ZN True .
.IP \(bu 5
Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popup_callback list.
.IP \(bu 5
Sets the shell popped_up field to
.ZN True ,
the shell spring_loaded field to
.ZN False ,
and the shell grab_kind field from grab_kind.
.IP \(bu 5
If the shell's create_popup_child field is non-NULL,
.ZN XtPopup
calls it with popup_shell as the parameter.
.IP \(bu 5
If grab_kind is either
.ZN XtGrabNonexclusive
or
.ZN XtGrabExclusive ,
it calls:
.LP
.Ds
XtAddGrab(popup_shell, (grab_kind == XtGrabExclusive), False)
.De
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
with popup_shell specified.
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XMapWindow
with popup_shell specified.
.LP
The
.ZN XtPopupSpringLoaded
function performs exactly as
.ZN XtPopup
except that it sets the shell \fIspring_loaded\fP field to
.ZN True
and always calls
.ZN XtAddGrab
with \fIexclusive\fP
.ZN True
and \fIspring_loaded\fP
.ZN True .
.LP
The
.ZN XtCallbackNone ,
.ZN XtCallbackNonexclusive ,
and
.ZN XtCallbackExclusive
functions call
.ZN XtPopup
with the shell specified by the client data argument
and grab_kind set as the name specifies.
.ZN XtCallbackNone ,
.ZN XtCallbackNonexclusive ,
and
.ZN XtCallbackExclusive
specify
.ZN XtGrabNone ,
.ZN XtGrabNonexclusive ,
and
.ZN XtGrabExclusive ,
respectively.
Each function then sets the widget that executed the callback list
to be insensitive by using
.ZN XtSetSensitive .
Using these functions in callbacks is not required.
In particular,
an application must provide customized code for
callbacks that create pop-up shells dynamically or that must do more than
desensitizing the button.
.LP
.ZN MenuPopup
is known to the translation manager,
which must perform special actions for spring-loaded pop-ups.
Calls to
.ZN MenuPopup
in a translation specification are mapped into calls to a
nonexported action procedure,
and the translation manager fills in parameters
based on the event specified on the left-hand side of a translation.
.LP
If
.ZN MenuPopup
is invoked on
.ZN ButtonPress
(possibly with modifiers),
the translation manager pops up the shell with grab_kind set to
.ZN XtGrabExclusive
and spring_loaded set to
.ZN True .
If
.ZN MenuPopup
is invoked on
.ZN EnterWindow
(possibly with modifiers),
the translation manager pops up the shell with grab_kind set to
.ZN XtGrabNonexclusive
and spring_loaded set to
.ZN False .
Otherwise, the translation manager generates an error.
When the widget is popped up,
the following actions occur:
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XtCheckSubclass
.\".ZN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass)
to ensure popup_shell is a subclass of
.ZN Shell .
.IP \(bu 5
Generates an error if the shell's popped_up field is already
.ZN True .
.IP \(bu 5
Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popup_callback list.
.IP \(bu 5
Sets the shell popped_up field to
.ZN True
and the shell grab_kind and spring_loaded fields appropriately.
.IP \(bu 5
If the shell's create_popup_child field is non-NULL,
it is called with popup_shell as the parameter.
.IP \(bu 5
Calls:
.LP
.Ds
XtAddGrab(popup_shell, (grab_kind == XtGrabExclusive), spring_loaded)
.De
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
with popup_shell specified.
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XMapWindow
with popup_shell specified.
.LP
(Note that these actions are the same as those for
.ZN XtPopup .)
.ZN MenuPopup
tries to find the shell by searching the widget tree starting at
the parent of the widget in which it is invoked.
If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children of
that parent, it pops up the shell with the appropriate parameters.
Otherwise, it moves up the parent chain as needed.
If
.ZN MenuPopup
gets to the application widget and cannot find a matching shell,
it generates an error.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__),
XtPopdown(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtInstallAccelerators.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000101 12520610324 0020566 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseAcceleratorTable.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtWindowToWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017553 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtNameToWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsSessionShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0017544 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtMakeGeometryRequest.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012331 12520610324 0020602 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtMake-Geometry-Request XtMake-Resize-Request wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtMakeGeometryRequest __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtMakeGeometryRequest, XtMakeResizeRequest \- make geometry manager request
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtGeometryResult XtMakeGeometryRequest(Widget \fIw\fP, XtWidgetGeometry
*\fIrequest\fP, XtWidgetGeometry *\fIreply_return\fP);
.HP
XtGeometryResult XtMakeResizeRequest(Widget \fIw\fP, Dimension \fIwidth\fP,
\fIheight\fP, Dimension *\fIwidth_return\fP, Dimension *\fIheight_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIreply_return\fP 1i
Returns the allowed widget size or may be NULL
if the requesting widget is not interested in handling
.ZN XtGeometryAlmost .
.IP \fIrequest\fP 1i
Specifies the desired widget geometry (size, position, border width,
and stacking order).
.ds Wi that is making the request
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.IP \fIwidth_return\fP 1i
.br
.ns
.IP \fIheight_return\fP 1i
Return the allowed widget width and height.
.SH DESCRIPTION
Depending on the condition,
.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
performs the following:
.IP \(bu 5
If the widget is unmanaged or the widget's parent is not realized,
it makes the changes and returns
.ZN XtGeometryYes .
.IP \(bu 5
If the parent is not a subclass of
.ZN compositeWidgetClass
or the parent's geometry_manager is NULL,
it issues an error.
.IP \(bu 5
If the widget's being_destroyed field is
.ZN True ,
it returns
.ZN XtGeometryNo .
.IP \(bu 5
If the widget x, y, width, height and border_width fields are
all equal to the requested values,
it returns
.ZN XtGeometryYes ;
otherwise, it calls the parent's geometry_manager procedure
with the given parameters.
.IP \(bu 5
If the parent's geometry manager returns
.ZN XtGeometryYes
and if
.ZN XtCWQueryOnly
is not set in the request_mode
and if the widget is realized,
.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
calls the
.ZN XConfigureWindow
Xlib function to reconfigure the widget's window (set its size, location,
and stacking order as appropriate).
.IP \(bu 5
If the geometry manager returns
.ZN XtGeometryDone ,
the change has been approved and actually has been done.
In this case,
.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
does no configuring and returns
.ZN XtGeometryYes .
.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
never returns
.ZN XtGeometryDone .
.LP
Otherwise,
.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
returns the resulting value from the parent's geometry manager.
.LP
Children of primitive widgets are always unmanaged; thus,
.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest
always returns
.ZN XtGeometryYes
when called by a child of a primitive widget.
.LP
The
.ZN XtMakeResizeRequest
function, a simple interface to
.ZN XtMakeGeometryRequest ,
creates a
.ZN XtWidgetGeometry
structure and specifies that width and height should change.
The geometry manager is free to modify any of the other window attributes
(position or stacking order) to satisfy the resize request.
If the return value is
.ZN XtGeometryAlmost ,
width_return and height_return contain a compromise width and height.
If these are acceptable,
the widget should immediately make an
.ZN XtMakeResizeRequest
and request that the compromise width and height be applied.
If the widget is not interested in
.ZN XtGeometryAlmost
replies,
it can pass NULL for width_return and height_return.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtConfigureWidget(__libmansuffix__),
XtQueryGeometery(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/Makefile.in 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000063316 12520610350 0015704 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = man
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_define_dir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)"
DATA = $(libman_DATA)
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
AR = @AR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BASE_CFLAGS = @BASE_CFLAGS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ERRORDBDIR = @ERRORDBDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
FOP = @FOP@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GREP = @GREP@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PERL = @PERL@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
STRIP = @STRIP@
STYLESHEET_SRCDIR = @STYLESHEET_SRCDIR@
TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS = @TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XMLTO = @XMLTO@
XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
XORG_SGML_PATH = @XORG_SGML_PATH@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
XSL_STYLESHEET = @XSL_STYLESHEET@
XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
libmandir = $(LIB_MAN_DIR)
libman_PRE = \
$(all_shadows:=.man) \
XtAddActions.man \
XtAddCallback.man \
XtAddEventHandler.man \
XtAddExposureToRegion.man \
XtAddGrab.man \
XtAddInput.man \
XtAllocateGC.man \
XtAppAddActionHook.man \
XtAppAddActions.man \
XtAppAddBlockHook.man \
XtAppAddConverter.man \
XtAppAddInput.man \
XtAppAddSignal.man \
XtAppAddTimeOut.man \
XtAppAddWorkProc.man \
XtAppCreateShell.man \
XtAppError.man \
XtAppErrorMsg.man \
XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man \
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man \
XtAppInitialize.man \
XtAppLock.man \
XtAppNextEvent.man \
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man \
XtAppSetExitFlag.man \
XtAppSetFallbackResources.man \
XtAppSetTypeConverter.man \
XtBuildEventMask.man \
XtCallAcceptFocus.man \
XtCallActionProc.man \
XtCallCallbacks.man \
XtClass.man \
XtConfigureWidget.man \
XtConvert.man \
XtConvertAndStore.man \
XtCreateApplicationContext.man \
XtCreateApplicationShell.man \
XtCreatePopupShell.man \
XtCreateSelectionRequest.man \
XtCreateWidget.man \
XtCreateWindow.man \
XtDisplay.man \
XtDisplayInitialize.man \
XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man \
XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man \
XtError.man \
XtErrorMsg.man \
XtFindFile.man \
XtGetActionKeysym.man \
XtGetActionList.man \
XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man \
XtGetApplicationResources.man \
XtGetClassExtension.man \
XtGetDisplays.man \
XtGetErrorDatabase.man \
XtGetGC.man \
XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man \
XtGetKeysymTable.man \
XtGetResourceList.man \
XtGetSelectionParameters.man \
XtGetSelectionRequest.man \
XtGetSelectionTimeout.man \
XtGetSelectionValue.man \
XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man \
XtGetSubresources.man \
XtGrabKey.man \
XtHooksOfDisplay.man \
XtInitialize.man \
XtInitializeWidgetClass.man \
XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man \
XtLastEventProcessed.man \
XtMakeGeometryRequest.man \
XtMalloc.man \
XtManageChildren.man \
XtMapWidget.man \
XtName.man \
XtNameToWidget.man \
XtNextEvent.man \
XtOffset.man \
XtOpenApplication.man \
XtOwnSelection.man \
XtParent.man \
XtParseAcceleratorTable.man \
XtParseTranslationTable.man \
XtPopdown.man \
XtPopup.man \
XtProcessLock.man \
XtQueryGeometry.man \
XtRealizeWidget.man \
XtRegisterDrawable.man \
XtRegisterGrabAction.man \
XtReservePropertyAtom.man \
XtResolvePathname.man \
XtSessionGetToken.man \
XtSetArg.man \
XtSetKeyTranslator.man \
XtSetKeyboardFocus.man \
XtSetLanguageProc.man \
XtSetMultiClickTime.man \
XtSetSelectionParameters.man \
XtSetSensitive.man \
XtSetValues.man \
XtSetWMColormapWindows.man \
XtStringConversionWarning.man \
XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man \
XtTranslateCoords.man \
XtVaCreateArgsList.man
libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
EXTRA_DIST = $(libman_PRE)
CLEANFILES = $(libman_DATA)
SUFFIXES = .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
all_shadows = \
$(XtAddCallback_shadows) \
$(XtAddEventHandler_shadows) \
$(XtAddGrab_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddConverter_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddInput_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows) \
$(XtAppCreateShell_shadows) \
$(XtAppError_shadows) \
$(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows) \
$(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \
$(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \
$(XtAppNextEvent_shadows) \
$(XtNextEvent_shadows) \
$(XtCallCallbacks_shadows) \
$(XtClass_shadows) \
$(XtConfigureWidget_shadows) \
$(XtConvert_shadows) \
$(XtConvertAndStore_shadows) \
$(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows) \
$(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows) \
$(XtCreateWidget_shadows) \
$(XtDisplay_shadows) \
$(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows) \
$(XtGetGC_shadows) \
$(XtGetResourceList_shadows) \
$(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows) \
$(XtGetSubresources_shadows) \
$(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows) \
$(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows) \
$(XtMalloc_shadows) \
$(XtManageChildren_shadows) \
$(XtMapWidget_shadows) \
$(XtNameToWidget_shadows) \
$(XtOffset_shadows) \
$(XtOwnSelection_shadows) \
$(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows) \
$(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows) \
$(XtPopdown_shadows) \
$(XtPopup_shadows) \
$(XtRealizeWidget_shadows) \
$(XtSetArg_shadows) \
$(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows) \
$(XtSetSensitive_shadows) \
$(XtSetValues_shadows) \
$(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows) \
$(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows) \
$(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows) \
$(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows) \
$(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddSignal_shadows) \
$(XtAddInput_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows) \
$(XtAppInitialize_shadows) \
$(XtSessionGetToken_shadows) \
$(XtErrorMsg_shadows) \
$(XtError_shadows) \
$(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \
$(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows) \
$(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \
$(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows) \
$(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows) \
$(XtGrabKey_shadows) \
$(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows) \
$(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows) \
$(XtAppLock_shadows) \
$(XtProcessLock_shadows) \
$(XtOpenApplication_shadows)
XtAddCallback_shadows = \
XtAddCallbacks \
XtRemoveCallback \
XtRemoveCallbacks \
XtRemoveAllCallbacks
XtAddEventHandler_shadows = \
XtAddRawEventHandler \
XtRemoveEventHandler \
XtRemoveRawEventHandler \
XtInsertEventHandler \
XtInsertRawEventHandler
XtAddGrab_shadows = \
XtRemoveGrab
XtAppAddConverter_shadows = \
XtAddConverter
XtAppAddInput_shadows = \
XtRemoveInput
XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows = \
XtRemoveTimeOut
XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows = \
XtRemoveWorkProc
XtAppCreateShell_shadows = \
XtVaAppCreateShell
XtAppError_shadows = \
XtAppSetErrorHandler \
XtAppSetWarningHandler \
XtAppWarning
XtAppErrorMsg_shadows = \
XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler \
XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler \
XtAppWarningMsg
XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \
XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \
XtAppSetSelectionTimeout
XtAppNextEvent_shadows = \
XtAppPending \
XtAppPeekEvent \
XtAppProcessEvent \
XtDispatchEvent \
XtAppMainLoop
XtNextEvent_shadows = \
XtPending \
XtPeekEvent \
XtProcessEvent \
XtMainLoop
XtCallCallbacks_shadows = \
XtCallCallbackList \
XtHasCallbacks
XtClass_shadows = \
XtSuperclass \
XtIsSubclass \
XtCheckSubclass \
XtIsObject \
XtIsRectObj \
XtIsWidget \
XtIsComposite \
XtIsConstraint \
XtIsShell \
XtIsOverrideShell \
XtIsWMShell \
XtIsVendorShell \
XtIsTransientShell \
XtIsTopLevelShell \
XtIsApplicationShell \
XtIsSessionShell
XtConfigureWidget_shadows = \
XtMoveWidget \
XtResizeWidget
XtConvert_shadows = \
XtDirectConvert
XtConvertAndStore_shadows = \
XtCallConverter
XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows = \
XtDestroyApplicationContext \
XtWidgetToApplicationContext \
XtToolkitInitialize
XtCreatePopupShell_shadows = \
XtVaCreatePopupShell
XtCreateWidget_shadows = \
XtVaCreateWidget \
XtCreateManagedWidget \
XtVaCreateManagedWidget \
XtDestroyWidget
XtDisplay_shadows = \
XtDisplayOfObject \
XtScreen \
XtScreenOfObject \
XtWindow \
XtWindowOfObject
XtDisplayInitialize_shadows = \
XtOpenDisplay \
XtCloseDisplay \
XtDatabase \
XtScreenDatabase
XtGetGC_shadows = \
XtReleaseGC
XtGetResourceList_shadows = \
XtGetConstraintResourceList
XtGetSelectionValue_shadows = \
XtGetSelectionValues
XtGetSubresources_shadows = \
XtVaGetSubresources
XtGetApplicationResources_shadows = \
XtVaGetApplicationResources
XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows = \
XtMakeResizeRequest
XtMalloc_shadows = \
XtCalloc \
XtRealloc \
XtFree \
XtNew \
XtNewString \
XtAsprintf
XtManageChildren_shadows = \
XtManageChild \
XtUnmanageChildren \
XtUnmanageChild \
XtIsManaged \
XtChangeManagedSet
XtMapWidget_shadows = \
XtSetMappedWhenManaged \
XtUnmapWidget
XtNameToWidget_shadows = \
XtWindowToWidget
XtOffset_shadows = \
XtOffsetOf \
XtNumber
XtOwnSelection_shadows = \
XtOwnSelectionIncremental \
XtDisownSelection
XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows = \
XtInstallAccelerators \
XtInstallAllAccelerators
XtParseTranslationTable_shadows = \
XtAugmentTranslations \
XtOverrideTranslations \
XtUninstallTranslations
XtPopdown_shadows = \
XtCallbackPopdown \
MenuPopdown
XtPopup_shadows = \
XtPopupSpringLoaded \
XtCallbackNone \
XtCallbackNonexclusive \
XtCallbackExclusive \
MenuPopup
XtRealizeWidget_shadows = \
XtIsRealized \
XtUnrealizeWidget
XtSetArg_shadows = \
XtMergeArgLists
XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows = \
XtTranslateKeycode \
XtRegisterCaseConverter \
XtConvertCase
XtSetSensitive_shadows = \
XtIsSensitive
XtSetValues_shadows = \
XtVaSetValues \
XtSetSubvalues \
XtGetValues \
XtVaGetValues \
XtGetSubvalues \
XtVaGetSubvalues \
XtVaSetSubvalues
XtGetKeysymTable_shadows = \
XtKeysymToKeycodeList
XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows = \
XtSetTypeConverter
XtAppAddActionHook_shadows = \
XtRemoveActionHook
XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows = \
XtGetMultiClickTime
XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows = \
XtRemoveEventTypeHandler \
XtRegisterExtensionSelector \
XtSetEventDispatcher \
XtDispatchEventToWidget
XtLastEventProcessed_shadows = \
XtLastTimestampProcessed
XtAppAddSignal_shadows = \
XtNoticeSignal \
XtRemoveSignal
XtAddInput_shadows = \
XtAddTimeOut \
XtAddWorkProc
XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows = \
XtRemoveBlockHook
XtAppInitialize_shadows = \
XtVaAppInitialize
XtSessionGetToken_shadows = \
XtSessionReturnToken
XtErrorMsg_shadows = \
XtSetErrorMsgHandler \
XtSetWarningMsgHandler \
XtWarningMsg
XtError_shadows = \
XtSetErrorHandler \
XtSetWarningHandler \
XtWarning
XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \
XtGetErrorDatabaseText
XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows = \
XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \
XtSetSelectionTimeout
XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows = \
XtSendSelectionRequest \
XtCancelSelectionRequest
XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows = \
XtReleasePropertyAtom
XtGrabKey_shadows = \
XtUngrabKey \
XtGrabKeyboard \
XtUngrabKeyboard \
XtGrabButton \
XtUngrabButton \
XtGrabPointer \
XtUngrabPointer
XtRegisterDrawable_shadows = \
XtUnregisterDrawable
XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows = \
XtAppGetExitFlag
XtAppLock_shadows = \
XtAppUnlock
XtProcessLock_shadows = \
XtProcessUnlock
XtOpenApplication_shadows = \
XtVaOpenApplication
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
install-libmanDATA: $(libman_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(libman_DATA)'; test -n "$(libmandir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-libmanDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(libman_DATA)'; test -n "$(libmandir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
tags TAGS:
ctags CTAGS:
cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libmandir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
html-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-libmanDATA
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-am
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am:
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-am
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-libmanDATA
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
install-html-am install-info install-info-am \
install-libmanDATA install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-libmanDATA
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure
.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX):
$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
Store_shadows = \
XtCallConverter
XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows = \
XtDestroyApplicationContext \
XtWidgetToApplicationContext \
XtToolkitInitialize
XtCreatePopupShell_shadows = \
XtVaCreatePopupShell
XtCreateWidget_shadows = \
XtVaCreateWidget \
XtCreateManagedWidget \
XtVaCreateManlibXt-1.1.5/man/XtFindFile.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000011044 12520610324 0016320 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtFind-File wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtFindFile __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtFindFile \- search for a file using substitutions in the path list
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
String XtFindFile(String \fIpath\fP, Substitution \fIsubstitutions\fP,
Cardinal \fInum_substitutions\fP, XtFilePredicate \fIpredicate\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIpath\fP 1i
Specifies a path of file names, including substitution characters.
.IP \fIsubstitutions\fP 1i
Specifies a list of substitutions to make into a path.
.IP \fInum_substitutions\fP 1i
Specifies the number of substitutions passed in.
.IP \fIpredicate\fP 1i
Specifies a procedure to call to judge a potential file name, or NULL.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fIpath\fP parameter specifies a string that consists of a series of
potential file names delimited by colons. Within each name, the
percent character specifies a string substitution selected by the
following character. The character sequence ``%:'' specifies an
embedded colon that is not a delimiter; the sequence is replaced by a
single colon. The character sequence ``%%'' specifies a percent
character that does not introduce a substitution; the sequence is
replaced by a single percent character. If a percent character is
followed by any other character,
.ZN XtFindFile
looks through the
specified \fIsubstitutions\fP for that character in the \fImatch\fP field and if
found replaces the percent and match characters with the string in the
corresponding \fIsubstitution\fP field. A \fIsubstitution\fP field entry of NULL
is equivalent to a pointer to an empty string. If the operating
system does not interpret multiple embedded name separators in the
path (i.e., ``/'' in POSIX) the same way as a single separator,
.ZN XtFindFile
will collapse multiple separators into a single one after performing
all string substitutions. Except for collapsing embedded separators,
the contents of the string substitutions are not interpreted by
.ZN XtFindFile
and may therefore contain any operating-system-dependent
characters, including additional name separators. Each resulting
string is passed to the predicate procedure until a string is found for
which the procedure returns
.ZN True ;
this string is the return value for
.ZN XtFindFile .
If no string yields a
.ZN True
return from the predicate,
.ZN XtFindFile
returns NULL.
.LP
If the \fIpredicate\fP parameter is NULL, an internal procedure that checks
if the file exists, is readable, and is not a directory will be used.
.LP
It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
.ZN XtFree
when it is no longer needed.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtWindowOfObject.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017522 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplay.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtPopdown.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010735 12520610324 0016274 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCallback-Popdown wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtPopdown __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtPopdown, XtCallbackPopdown \- unmap a pop-up
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtPopdown(Widget \fIpopup_shell\fP);
.HP
void XtCallbackPopdown(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, XtPointer
\fIcall_data\fP);
.HP
void MenuPopdown(String \fIshell_name\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIcall_data\fP 1i
Specifies the callback data,
which is not used by this procedure.
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the
.ZN XtPopdownID
structure.
.ds Ps \ to pop down
.IP \fIpopup_shell\fP 1i
Specifies the widget shell\*(Ps.
.ds Sn down
.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the widget shell to pop \*(Sn.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtPopdown
function performs the following:
.IP \(bu 5
Calls
.ZN XtCheckSubclass
.\".ZN XtCheckSubclass(popup_shell, popupShellWidgetClass)
to ensure popup_shell is a subclass of
.ZN Shell .
.IP \(bu 5
Checks that popup_shell is currently popped_up;
otherwise, it generates an error.
.IP \(bu 5
Unmaps popup_shell's window.
.IP \(bu 5
If popup_shell's grab_kind is either
.ZN XtGrabNonexclusive
or
.ZN XtGrabExclusive ,
it calls
.ZN XtRemoveGrab .
.\".ZN XtRemoveGrab(popup_shell)
.IP \(bu 5
Sets pop-up shell's popped_up field to
.ZN False .
.IP \(bu 5
Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popdown_callback list.
.LP
The
.ZN XtCallbackPopdown
function casts the client data parameter to an
.ZN XtPopdownID
pointer:
.LP
.Ds 0
typedef struct {
Widget shell_widget;
Widget enable_widget;
} XtPopdownIDRec, *XtPopdownID;
.De
.LP
The shell_widget is the pop-up shell to pop down,
and the enable_widget is the widget that was used to pop it up.
.LP
.ZN XtCallbackPopdown
calls
.ZN XtPopdown
with the specified shell_widget
and then calls
.ZN XtSetSensitive
to resensitize the enable_widget.
.LP
If a shell name is not given,
.ZN MenuPopdown
calls
.ZN XtPopdown
with the widget for which the translation is specified.
If a shell_name is specified in the translation table,
.ZN MenuPopdown
tries to find the shell by looking up the widget tree starting at the
parent of the widget in which it is invoked.
If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children
of that parent,
it pops down the shell;
otherwise, it moves up the parent chain as needed.
If
.ZN MenuPopdown
gets to the application top-level shell widget
and cannot find a matching shell,
it generates an error.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtCreatePopupShell(__libmansuffix__),
XtPopup(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
nterface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetSelectionTimeout.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005275 12520610324 0020605 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Selection-Timeout XtSet-Selection-Timeout wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetSelectionTimeout __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetSelectionTimeout, XtSetSelectionTimeout \- set and obtain selection timeout values
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
unsigned long XtGetSelectionTimeout(void);
.HP
void XtSetSelectionTimeout(unsigned long \fItimeout\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fItimeout\fP 1i
Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtGetSelectionTimeout
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout .
.LP
The
.ZN XtSetSelectionTimeout
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.BR XtAppGetSelectionTimeout (__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsObject.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016337 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtChangeManagedSet.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000072 12520610324 0017755 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtTranslateCoords.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005400 12520610324 0017746 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtTranslate-Coords wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtTranslateCoords __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtTranslateCoords \- translate widget coordinates
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtTranslateCoords(Widget \fIw\fP, Position \fIx\fP, \fIy\fP, Position
*\fIrootx_return\fP, *\fIrooty_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIrootx_return\fP 1i
.br
.ns
.IP \fIrooty_return\fP 1i
Returns the root-relative x and y coordinates.
.ds Nu widget-relative
.IP \fIx\fP 1i
.br
.ns
.IP \fIy\fP 1i
Specify the \*(Nu x and y coordinates.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
While
.ZN XtTranslateCoords
is similar to the Xlib
.ZN XTranslateCoordinates
function, it does not generate a server request because all the required
information already is in the widget's data structures.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
thout limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The abolibXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppPending.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0016662 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtUnmanageChild.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000072 12520610324 0017336 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtErrorMsg.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007247 12520610324 0016412 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtError-Msg XtSet-Error-Msg-Handler XtSet-Warning-Msg-Handler XtWarning-Msg wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtErrorMsg __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtErrorMsg, XtSetErrorMsgHandler, XtWarningMsg, XtSetWarningMsgHandler \- high-level error handlers
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtErrorMsg(String \fIname\fP, String \fItype\fP, String \fIclass\fP,
String \fIdefault\fP, String *\fIparams\fP, Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP);
.HP
void XtSetErrorMsgHandler(XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP);
.HP
void XtSetWarningMsgHandler(XtErrorMsgHandler \fImsg_handler\fP);
.HP
void XtWarningMsg(String \fIname\fP, String \fItype\fP, String \fIclass\fP,
String \fIdefault\fP, String *\fIparams\fP, Cardinal *\fInum_params\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Cl
.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
Specifies the resource class\*(Cl.
.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm.
.IP \fIname\fP 1i
Specifies the general kind of error.
.IP \fItype\fP 1i
Specifies the detailed name of the error.
.ds Mh fatal error procedure, which should not return \
or the nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns
.IP \fImsg_handler\fP 1i
Specifies the new \*(Mh.
.IP \fInum_params\fP 1i
Specifies the number of values in the parameter list.
.IP \fIparams\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtErrorMsg
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppErrorMsg .
.LP
The
.ZN XtSetErrorMsgHandler
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler .
.LP
The
.ZN XtSetWarningMsgHandler
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler .
.LP
The
.ZN XtWarningMsg
function has been superceded by
.ZN XtAppWarningMsg
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.BR XtAppErrorMsg (__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAllocateGC.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000011203 12520610324 0016573 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtAllocate-GC wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAllocateGC __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAllocateGC \- obtain a sharable GC with modifiable fields
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
GC XtAllocateGC(Widget \fIw\fP, Cardinal \fIdepth\fP, XtGCMask
\fIvalue_mask\fP, XGCValues *\fIvalues\fP, XtGCMask \fIdynamic_mask\fP,
XtGCMask \fIunused_mask\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIvalues\fP 1i
Specifies the actual values for this GC.
.ds Vm fields of the values are specified
.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
Specifies which \*(Vm.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.IP \fIdepth\fP 1i
Specifies the depth for which the returned GC is valid, or 0.
.IP \fIdynamic_mask\fP 1i
Specifies the fields of the GC that will be modified by the caller.
.IP \fIunused_mask\fP 1i
Specifies the fields of the GC that will not be needed by the caller.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAllocateGC
function returns a sharable GC that may be modified by the client.
The \fIscreen\fP field of the specified widget or of the nearest
widget ancestor of the specified object and the specified \fIdepth\fP
argument supply the root and drawable depths for which the GC is to
be valid. If \fIdepth\fP is zero the depth is taken from the \fIdepth\fP
field of the specified widget or of the nearest widget ancestor of the
specified object.
.LP
The \fIvalue_mask\fP argument specifies the fields of the GC that will
be initialized with the respective members of the \fIvalues\fP structure.
The \fIdynamic_mask\fP argument specifies fields that the caller intends
to modify during program execution. The caller must ensure that the
corresponding GC field is set prior to each use of the GC. The
\fIunused_mask\fP argument specifies fields of the GC that are of no
interest to the caller. The caller may make no assumptions about the
contents of any fields specified in \fIunused_mask\fP. The caller may
assume that at all times all fields not specified in either
\fIdynamic_mask\fP or \fIunused_mask\fP have their default value if
not specified in \fIvalue_mask\fP or the value specified by \fIvalues\fP.
If a field is specified in both \fIvalue_mask\fP and \fPdynamic_mask\fP,
the effect is as if it were specified only in \fIdynamic_mask\fP and
then immediately set to the value in \fIvalues\fP. If a field is set
in \fIunused_mask\fP and also in either \fIvalue_mask\fP or
\fIdynamic_mask\fP, the specification in \fIunused_mask\fP is ignored.
.LP
.ZN XtAllocateGC
tries to minimize the number of unique GCs created by comparing the
arguments with those of previous calls and returning an existing GC
when there are no conflicts.
.ZN XtAllocateGC
may modify and return an existing GC if it was allocated with a nonzero
\fIunused_mask\fP.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.ZN XtGetGC
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
tAllocateGC(Widget \fIw\fP, Cardinal \fIdepth\fP, XtGCMask
\fIvalue_mask\fP, XGCValues *\fIvalues\fP, XtGCMask \fIdynamic_mask\fP,
XtGCMask \fIunused_mask\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIvalues\fP 1i
Specifies the actual values for this GC.
.ds Vm fields of the values are specified
.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
Specifies which \*(Vm.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.IP \fIdepth\fP 1i
SlibXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsWMShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016444 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppSetTypeConverter.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007647 12520610324 0020604 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Set-Type-Converter XtSet-Type-Converter wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppSetTypeConverter __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppSetTypeConverter, XtSetTypeConverter \- register resource converter
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppSetTypeConverter(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, String
\fIfrom_type\fP, String \fIto_type\fP, XtConverter \fIconverter\fP,
XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP, XtCacheType
\fIcache_type\fP, XtDestructor \fIdestructor\fP);
.HP
void XtSetTypeConverter(String \fIfrom_type\fP, String \fIto_type\fP,
XtConverter \fIconverter\fP, XtConvertArgList \fIconvert_args\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_args\fP, XtCacheType \fIcache_type\fP, XtDestructor \fIdestructor\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
Specifies the type converter procedure.
.IP \fIconvert_args\fP 1i
Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter or NULL.
.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
Specifies the source type.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of additional arguments to the converter or zero.
.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
Specifies the destination type.
.IP \fIcache_type\fP 1i
Specifies whether or not resources produced by this converter are
sharable or display-specific and when they should be freed.
.IP \fIdestructor\fP 1i
Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by this conversion,
or NULL if no additional action is required to deallocate resources
produced by the converter.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtSetTypeConverter
registers the specified type converter and destructor in all application
contexts created by the calling process, including any future application
contexts that may be created.
.ZN XtAppSetTypeConverter
registers the specified type converter in the single application context
specified. If the same \fIfrom_type\fP and \fIto_type\fP are specified
in multiple calls to either function, the most recent overrides the
previous ones.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtStringConversionWarning.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005652 12520610324 0021512 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtString-Conversion-Warning wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtStringConversionWarning __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtStringConversionWarning \- issue a conversion warning message
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtStringConversionWarning(String \fIsrc\fP, String \fIdst_type\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIsrc\fP 1i
Specifies the string that could not be converted.
.IP \fIdst_type\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the type to which the string could not be converted.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtStringConversionWarning
function issues a warning message with name ``conversionError'',
type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError, and the default message string
``Cannot convert "\fIsrc\fP" to type \fIdst_type\fP''.
.LP
.ZN XtStringConversionWarning
has been replaced by
.ZN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppAddConverter(__libmansuffix__),
XtAppErrorMsg(3t),
XtConvert(__libmansuffix__),
XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
ics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007202 12520610324 0020460 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Get-Error-Database XtApp-Get-Error-Database-Text wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppGetErrorDatabase __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppGetErrorDatabase, XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText \- obtain error database
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase(\^XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
.HP
void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, char
*\fIname\fP, char *\fItype\fP, char *\fIclass\fP, char *\fIdefault\fP, char
*\fIbuffer_return\fP, int \fInbytes\fP, XrmDatabase \fIdatabase\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIbuffer_return\fP 1i
Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
.ds Cl \ of the error message
.IP \fIclass\fP 1i
Specifies the resource class\*(Cl.
.IP \fIdatabase\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the alternative database that is to be used
or NULL if the application's database is to be used.
.IP \fIdefault\fP 1i
Specifies the default message to use\*(Dm.
.IP \fIname\fP 1i
.br
.ns
.IP \fItype\fP 1i
Specifies the name and type that are concatenated to form the resource name
of the error message.
.IP \fInbytes\fP 1i
Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabase
function returns the address of the error database.
The \*(xI do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the
database file until the first call to
.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatbaseText .
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
returns the appropriate message from the error database
or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the
error database.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppError(__libmansuffix__),
XtAppErrorMsg(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveEventTypeHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000102 12520610324 0021230 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSuperclass.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016761 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCreateWindow.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006407 12520610324 0017242 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCreate-Window wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtCreateWindow __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtCreateWindow \- window creation convenience function
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtCreateWindow(Widget \fIw\fP, unsigned int \fIwindow_class\fP, Visual
*\fIvisual\fP, XtValueMask \fIvalue_mask\fP, XSetWindowAttributes
*\fIattributes\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIattributes\fP 1i
Specifies the window attributes to use in the
.ZN XCreateWindow
call.
.ds Vm attribute fields to use
.IP \fIvalue_mask\fP 1i
Specifies which \*(Vm.
.IP \fIvisual\fP 1i
Specifies the visual type (usually
.ZN CopyFromParent ).
.ds Wi that is used to set the x,y coordinates and so on
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.IP \fIwindow_class\fP 1i
Specifies the Xlib window class (for example,
.ZN InputOutput ,
.ZN InputOnly ,
or
.ZN CopyFromParent ).
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtCreateWindow
function calls the Xlib
.ZN XCreateWindow
function with values from the widget structure and the passed parameters.
Then, it assigns the created window to the widget's window field.
.LP
.ZN XtCreateWindow
evaluates the following fields of the
.ZN Core
widget structure:
.IP \(bu 5
depth
.IP \(bu 5
screen
.IP \(bu 5
parent -> core.window
.IP \(bu 5
x
.IP \(bu 5
y
.IP \(bu 5
width
.IP \(bu 5
height
.IP \(bu 5
border_width
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetDisplays.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005216 12520610324 0017074 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Displays wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetDisplays __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetDisplays \- retrieve a list of displays associated with an application context
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGetDisplays(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, Display
***\fIdpy_return\fP, Cardinal* \fInum_dpy_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIdpy_return\fP 1i
Returns a list of open X display connections in the specified application
context.
.IP \fInum_dpy_return\fP 1i
Returns the count of open X display connections in \fIdpy_return\fP.
.SH DESCRIPTION
To free the list of displays, use
.ZN XtFree .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsRealized.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000071 12520610324 0016671 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtRealizeWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaGetValues.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0017027 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsRectObj.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0016461 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDispatchEvent.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017376 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCreateApplicationContext.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007016 12520610324 0021600 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCreate-Application-Context XtDestroy-Application-Context XtWidget-To-Application-Context XtToolkit-Initialize wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtCreateApplicationContext __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtCreateApplicationContext, XtDestroyApplicationContext, XtWidgetToApplicationContext, XtToolkitInitialize \- create, destroy, and obtain an application context
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext(void);
.HP
void XtDestroyApplicationContext(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
.HP
XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext(Widget \fIw\fP);
.HP
void XtToolkitInitialize(void);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.ds wi that you want the application context for
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtCreateApplicationContext
function returns an application context,
which is an opaque type.
Every application must have at least one application context.
.LP
The
.ZN XtDestroyApplicationContext
function destroys the specified application context as soon as it is safe
to do so.
If called from with an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure),
.ZN XtDestroyApplicationContext
does not destroy the application context until the dispatch is complete.
.LP
The
.ZN XtWidgetToApplicationContext
function returns the application context for the specified widget.
.LP
The
.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
function initializes the Intrinsics internals.
If
.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
was previously called it returns immediately.
.LP
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtDisplayInitialize(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtInsertRawEventHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0021056 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddEventHandler.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtManageChildren.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000021031 12520610324 0017476 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtManage-Children XtManage-Child XtUnmanage-Children XtUnmanage-Child XtChange-ManagedSet XtIs-Managed wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtManageChildren __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtManageChildren, XtManageChild, XtUnmanageChildren, XtUnmanageChild, XtChangeManagedSet, XtIsManaged \- manage and unmanage children
.SH SYNTAX
typedef Widget *WidgetList;
.HP
void XtManageChildren(WidgetList \fIchildren\fP, Cardinal \fInum_children\fP);
.HP
void XtManageChild(Widget \fIchild\fP);
.HP
void XtUnmanageChildren(WidgetList \fIchildren\fP, Cardinal
\fInum_children\fP);
.HP
void XtUnmanageChild(Widget \fIchild\fP);
.HP
void XtChangeManagedSet(WidgetList \fIunmanage_children\fP,
Cardinal \fInum_unmanage_children\fP, XtDoChangeProc \fIdo_change_proc\fP,
XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP, WidgetList \fImanage_children\fP,
Cardinal \fInum_manage_children\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtIsManaged(Widget \fIwidget\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIchild\fP 1i
Specifies the child.
.IP \fIchildren\fP 1i
Specifies a list of child widgets.
.IP \fInum_children\fP 1i
Specifies the number of children.
.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.IP \fImanage_children\fP 1i
Specifies the list of widget children to add to the managed set.
.IP \fInum_manage_children\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in the manage_children list.
.IP \fIunmanage_children\fP 1i
Specifies the list of widget children to remove from the managed set.
.IP \fInum_unmanage_children\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in the unmanage_children list.
.IP \fIdo_change_proc\fP 1i
Specifies the post unmanage, pre manage hook procedure to invoke.
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies the client data to be passed to the hook procedure.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtManageChildren
function performs the following:
.IP \(bu 5
Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent or
if the parent is not a subclass of
.ZN compositeWidgetClass .
.IP \(bu 5
Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed;
otherwise, for each unique child on the list,
.ZN XtManageChildren
ignores the child if it already is managed or is being destroyed
and marks it if not.
.IP \(bu 5
If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked,
it makes some of the newly managed children viewable:
.RS
.IP \- 5
Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent.
.IP \- 5
Calls
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized.
.IP \- 5
Maps each previously unmanaged child that has map_when_managed
.ZN True .
.RE
.LP
Managing children is independent of the ordering of children and
independent of creating and deleting children.
The layout routine of the parent
should consider children whose managed field is
.ZN True
and should ignore all other children.
Note that some composite widgets, especially fixed boxes, call
.ZN XtManageChild
from their insert_child procedure.
.LP
If the parent widget is realized,
its change_managed procedure is called to notify it
that its set of managed children has changed.
The parent can reposition and resize any of its children.
It moves each child as needed by calling
.ZN XtMoveWidget ,
which first updates the x and y fields and then calls
.ZN XMoveWindow
if the widget is realized.
.LP
The
.ZN XtManageChild
function constructs a
.ZN WidgetList
of length one and calls
.ZN XtManageChildren .
.LP
The
.ZN XtUnmanageChildren
function performs the following:
.IP \(bu 5
Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent
or if the parent is not a subclass of
.ZN compositeWidgetClass .
.IP \(bu 5
Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed;
otherwise, for each unique child on the list,
.ZN XtUnmanageChildren
performs the following:
.RS
.IP \- 5
Ignores the child if it already is unmanaged or is being destroyed
and marks it if not.
.IP \- 5
If the child is realized,
it makes it nonvisible by unmapping it.
.RE
.IP \(bu 5
Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent
after all children have been marked
if the parent is realized.
.LP
.ZN XtUnmanageChildren
does not destroy the children widgets.
Removing widgets from a parent's managed set is often a temporary banishment,
and, some time later, you may manage the children again.
.LP
The
.ZN XtUnmanageChild
function constructs a widget list
of length one and calls
.ZN XtUnmanageChildren .
.LP
The
.ZN XtChangeManagedSet
function performs the following:
.IP \(bu 5
Issues an error if the widgets specified in the \fImanage_children\fP
and the \fIunmanage_children\fP lists to no all have the same parent, or
if that parent is not a subclass of compositeWidgetClass.
.IP \(bu 5
Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed.
.IP \(bu 5
If no
.ZN CompositeClassExtension
is defined, or a
.ZN CompositeClassExtension
is defined but with an \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field with a
value of
.ZN False ,
and
.ZN XtChangeManagedSet
was invoked with a non-NULL \fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure
then
.ZN XtChangeManagedSet
performs the following:
.RS
.IP \- 5
Calls
.ZN XtUnmanageChildren
(\fIunmanage_children\fP, \fInum_unmanage_children\fP).
.IP \- 5
Calls the \fIdo_change_proc\fP specified.
.IP \- 5
Calls
.ZN XtManageChildren
(\fImanage_children\fP, \fInum_manage_children\fP) and then returns
immediately.
.RE
.IP \(bu 5
Otherwise, if a
.ZN CompositeClassExtension
is defined with an \fIallows_change_managed_set\fP field with a value of
.ZN True ,
or if no
.ZN CompositeClassExtension
is defined, and
.ZN XtChangeManagedSet was invoked with a NULL
\fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure, then the following is
performed:
.RS
.IP \- 5
For each child on the \fIunmanage_children\fP list; if the child is
already unmanaged or is being destroyed it is ignored, otherwise it
is marked as being unmanaged and if it is realized it is made nonvisible
by being unmapped.
.IP \- 5
If the \fIdo_change_proc\fP procedure is non-NULL then
it is invoked as specified.
.IP \- 5
For each child on the \fImanage_children\fP list; if the child is
already managed or it is being destroyed it is ignored, otherwise it
is marked as managed
.RE
.IP \(bu 5
If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked, the
change_managed method of the parent is invoked and subsequently some
of the newly managed children are made viewable by:
.RS
.IP \- 5
Calling
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
on each of the previously unmanaged child that is unrealized.
.IP \- 5
Mapping each previously unmanaged child that has \fImap_when_managed\fP
.ZN True .
.RE
.LP
The
.ZN XtIsManaged
function returns
.ZN True
if the specified widget is of class RectObj or any subclass thereof and
is managed, or
.ZN False
otherwise.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtMapWidget(__libmansuffix__),
XtRealizeWidget(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
ot.
.IP \(bu 5
If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked,
it makes some of the newly managed children viewable:
.RS
.IP \- 5
Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent.
.IP \- 5
Calls
.ZN XtRealizeWidget
on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized.
.IP \- 5
Maps each previously unmanaged child that has map_when_managed
.ZN True .
.RE
.LP
Managing children is independent of the ordering of children and
independent of creating and deletinlibXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppLock.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005010 12520610324 0016165 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Lock XtApp-Unlock wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppLock __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppLock, XtAppUnlock \- lock and unlock application context
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAppLock(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
.HP
void XtAppUnlock(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtAppLock
locks the application context including all its related displays and widgets.
.LP
.ZN XtAppUnlock
unlocks the application context.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDisownSelection.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017746 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtOwnSelection.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtPopupSpringLoaded.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0020234 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopup.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtLastEventProcessed.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005755 12520610324 0020431 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtLast-Event-Processed XtLast-Timestamp-Processed wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtLastEventProcessed __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtLastEventProcessed, XtLastTimestampProcessed \- last event, last timestamp processed
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XEvent* XtLastEventProcessed(Display* \fIdisplay\fP);
.HP
Time XtLastTimestampProcessed(Display* \fIdisplay\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the open display connection.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtLastEventProcessed
returns the last event passed to
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
for the specified display and NULL if there has been no event. The
client must not modify the contents of the returned event.
.LP
.ZN XtLastTimestampProcessed
returns the timestamp of the last
.ZN KeyPress ,
.ZN KeyRelease ,
.ZN ButtonPress ,
.ZN ButtonRelease ,
.ZN MotionNotify ,
.ZN EnterNotify ,
.ZN LeaveNotify ,
.ZN PropertyNotify ,
or
.ZN SelectionClear
event that has been passed to
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
for the specified display and zero if there has been no such event.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtUnmanageChildren.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000072 12520610324 0020043 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtManageChildren.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetErrorMsgHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000064 12520610324 0020352 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000020157 12520610324 0021253 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtInsert-Event-Type-Handler XtRemove-Event-Type-Handler XtSet-Event-Dispatcher XtDispatch-Event-To-Widget wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtInsertEventTypeHandler __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtInsertEventTypeHandler, XtRemoveEventTypeHandler,
XtRegisterExtensionSelector, XtSetEventDispatcher, XtDispatchEventToWidget
\- extension event handling
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtInsertEventTypeHandler(Widget \fIwidget\fP, int \fIevent_type\fP,
XtPointer \fIselect_data\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
\fIclient_data\fP, XtListPosition \fIposition\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(Widget \fIwidget\fP, int \fIevent_type\fP,
XtPointer \fIselect_data\fP, XtEventHandler \fIproc\fP, XtPointer
\fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRegisterExtensionSelector(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, int
\fImin_event_type\fP, int \fImax_event_type\fP, XtExtensionSelectProc
\fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
XtEventDispatchProc XtSetEventDispatcher(Widget \fIwidget\fP, int
\fIevent_type\fP, XtEventDispatchProc \fIproc\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtDispatchEventToWidget(Widget \fIwidget\fP, XEvent* \fIevent\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
Specifies the widget for this event handler.
Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
.IP \fIevent_type\fP 1i
Specifies the event type.
.IP \fIselect_data\fP 1i
Specifies data used to select or deselect events from the server.
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the proc.
.IP \fIclient_data\fP 1i
Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler.
.IP \fIposition\fP 1i
Specifies when the event handler is to be called relative to other
previously registered handlers.
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the display.
.IP \fImin_event_type,\ max_event_type\fP 1i
Specifies the range of event types for this extension.
.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the event to be dispatched.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtInsertEventTypeHandler
function registers a procedure with the dispatch mechanism that is to
be called when an event that matches the specified \fIevent_type\fP is
dispatched to the specified \fIwidget\fP.
.LP
If \fIevent_type\fP is one of the core X protocol events then
\fIselect_data\fP must be a pointer to a value of type
.ZN EventMask ,
indicating the event mask to be used to select for the desired event.
This event mask will be included in the value returned by
.ZN XtBuildEventMask .
If the widget is realized
.ZN XtInsertEventTypeHandler
calls
.ZN XSelectInput
if necessary. Specifying NULL for \fIselect_data\fP is equivalent to
specifying a pointer to an event mask containing 0. This is similar to the
.ZN XtInsertRawEventHandler
function.
.LP
If \fIevent_type\fP specifies an extension event type then the semantics
of the data pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP are defined by the extension
selector registered for the specified event type.
.LP
In either case the Intrinsics are not required to copy the data pointed
to by \fIselect_data\fP, so the caller must ensure that it remains valid
as long as the event handler remains registered with this value of
\fIselect_data\fP.
.LP
The \fIposition\fP argument allows the client to control the order of the
invocation of event handlers registered for the same event type. If the
client does not care about the order, it should normally specify
.ZN XtListTail ,
which registers this event handler after any previously registered
handlers for this event type.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler
function unregisters an even handler registered with
.ZN XtInsertEventTypeHandler
for the specified event type. The request is ignored if \fIclient_data\fP
does not match the value given with the handler was registered.
.LP
If \fIevent_type\fP specifies on of the core X protocol events,
\fIselect_data\fP must be a pointer to a value of type
.ZN EventMask ,
indicating the mask to be used to deselect for the appropriate event.
If the widget is realized,
.ZN XtRemoveEventTypeHandler
calls
.ZN XSelectInput
if necessary. Specifying NULL for \fIselect_data\fP is equivalent to
specifying a pointer to an event mask containing 0. This is similar to the
.ZN XtRemoveRawEventHandler
function.
.LP
If \fIevent_type\fP specifies an extension event type then the semantics
of the data pointed to by \fIselect_data\fP are defined by the extension
selector registered for the specified event type.
.LP
The
.ZN XtRegisterExtensionSelector
function registers a procedure to arrange for the delivery of extension
events to widgets.
.LP
If \fImin_event_type\fP and \fImax_event_type\fP match the parameters to
a previous call to
.ZN XtRegisterExtensionSelector
for the same display, the \fIproc\fP and \fIclient_data\fP replace the
previously registered values. If the range specified by \fImin_event_type\fP
and \fImax_event_type\fP overlaps the range of the parameters to a
previous call for the same display in any other way, an error results.
.LP
The
.ZN XtSetEventDispatcher
function registers the event dispatcher procedure specified by \fIproc\fP
for events with the type \fIevent_type\fP. The previously registered
dispatcher (or the default dispatcher if there was no previously registered
dispatcher) is returned. If \fIproc\fP is NULL, the default procedure is
restored for the specified type.
.LP
In the future, when
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
is called with an event of \fIevent_type\fP, the specified \fIproc\fP (or
the default dispatcher) will be invoked to determine a widget ot which
to dispatch the event.
.LP
The
.ZN XtDispatchEventToWidget
function scans the list of registered event handlers for the specified
widget and calls each handler that has been registered for the specified
event type, subject to the \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP value returned by
each handler. The Intrinsics behave as if event handlers were registered
at the head of the list for
.ZN Expose ,
.ZN NoExpose ,
.ZN GraphicsExpose ,
and
.ZN VisibilityNotify
events to invoke the widget's expose procedure according to the exposure
compression rules and to update the widget's \fIvisible\fP field if
\fIvisible_interest\fP is
.ZN True .
These internal event handlers never set \fIcontinue_to_dispatch\fP to
.ZN False .
.LP
.ZN XtDispatchEventToWidget
returns
.ZN True
if any event handler was called and
.ZN False
otherwise.
.LP
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtInitialize.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006771 12520610324 0016754 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw Xt-Initialize
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtInitialize __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtInitialize \- initialize
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtInitialize(String \fIshell_name\fP, String \fIapplication_class\fP,
XrmOptionDescRec* \fIoptions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_options\fP, int* \fIargc\fP,
char** \fIargv\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIshell_name\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the created shell widget.
.ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application
.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
.IP \fIoptions\fP 1i
Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
The options argument is passed as a parameter to
.ZN XrmParseCommand .
For further information,
see \fI\*(xL\fP.
.IP \fInum_options\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
.IP \fIargc\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
.IP \fIargv\fP 1i
Specifies the command line parameters.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtInitialize
calls
.ZN XtToolkitInitialize
followed by
.ZN XtOpenDisplay
with \fIdisplay_string\fP NULL and \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, and
finally calls
.ZN XtAppCreateShell
with \fIapplication_name\fP NULL, \fIwidget_class\fP
.ZN applicationShellWidgetClass ,
and the specified \fIargs\fP and \fInum_args\fP and returns the
created shell. The semantics of calling
.ZN XtInitialize
more than once are undefined. This routine has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppInitialize .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.BR XtAppInitialize (__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtNoticeSignal.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017214 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddSignal.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtUngrabKeyboard.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017536 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtUnrealizeWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000071 12520610324 0017740 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtRealizeWidget.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDirectConvert.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017412 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtConvert.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtNew.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000062 12520610324 0015367 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtMalloc.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006176 12520610324 0021247 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Get-Selection-Timeout XtApp-Set-Selection-Timeout wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppGetSelectionTimeout __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout, XtAppSetSelectionTimeout \- set and obtain selection timeout values
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP);
.HP
void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP, unsigned long
\fItimeout\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fItimeout\fP 1i
Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppGetSelectionTimeout
function returns the current selection timeout value, in milliseconds.
The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating
applications must respond to one another.
The initial timeout value is set by the
.ZN selectionTimeout
application resource, or, if
.ZN selectionTimeout
is not specified,
it defaults to five seconds.
.LP
The
.ZN XtAppSetSelectionTimeout
function sets the \*(xI's selection timeout mechanism.
Note that most applications should not set the selection timeout.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtOwnSelection(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtNextEvent.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006727 12520610324 0016574 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtNext-Event XtPeek-Event XtProcess-Event XtMain-Loop wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtNextEvent __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtNextEvent, XtPending, XtPeekEvent, XtProcessEvent, XtMainLoop \- query and process events and input
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtNextEvent(XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtPeekEvent(XEvent *\fIevent_return\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtPending(void);
.HP
void XtProcessEvent(XtInputMask \fImask\fP);
.HP
void XtMainLoop(void);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIevent\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to the event structure that is to be dispatched
to the appropriate event handler.
.IP \fIevent_return\fP 1i
Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
.IP \fImask\fP 1i
Specifies what types of events to process.
The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of any combination of
.ZN XtIMXEvent ,
.ZN XtIMTimer ,
.ZN XtIMAlternateInput ,
and
.ZN XtIMSignal .
As a convenience, the \*(tk defines the symbolic name
.ZN XtIMAll
to be the bitwise inclusive OR of all event types.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtNextEvent
has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppNextEvent .
.LP
.ZN XtPeekEvent
has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppPeekEvent .
.LP
.ZN XtPending
has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppPending .
.LP
.ZN XtProcessEvent
has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppProcessEvent .
.LP
.ZN XtMainLoop
has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppMainLoop .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppNextEvent(3xt), XtAppPending(__libmansuffix__), XtAppPeekEvent(__libmansuffix__),
XtAppProcessEvent(__libmansuffix__), XtAppMainLoop(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C LalibXt-1.1.5/man/XtDatabase.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000075 12520610324 0016346 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtUngrabPointer.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017416 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtMainLoop.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0016357 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGrabButton.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0016706 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGrabKey.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtHooksOfDisplay.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005065 12520610324 0017544 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtHooks-Of-Display XtGet-Displays wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtHooksOfDisplay __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtHooksOfDisplay \- external agent access points
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtHooksOfDisplay(Display* \fIdisplay\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the desired display.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The class of this object is a private, implementation dependent, subclass
of Object. The hook object has no parent. The resources of this object are
the callback lists for hooks and the read-only resources for getting a
list of parentless shells.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppPeekEvent.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017164 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppNextEvent.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetSelectionRequest.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006211 12520610324 0020576 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Selection-Request wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetSelectionRequest __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetSelectionRequest \- retrieve the event that triggered the XtConvertSelectionProc
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XSelectionRequestEvent* XtGetSelectionRequest(Widget \fIw\fP, Atom
\fIselection\fP, XtRequestId \fIrequest_id\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
Specifies the selection being processed.
.IP \fIrequest_id\fP 1i
Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental selections, or
NULL in the case of atomic transfers.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtGetSelectionRequest
may only be called from within an
.ZN XtConvertSelectionProc
procedure and returns a pointer to the
.ZN SelectionRequest
event that caused the conversion procedure to be invoked. \fIRequest_id\fP
specifies a unique id for the individual request in the case that
multiple incremental transfers are outstanding. For atomic transfers,
\fIrequest_id\fP must be specified as NULL. If no
.ZN SelectionRequest
event is being processed for the specified \fIwidget\fP, \fIselection\fP,
and \fIrequest_id\fP,
.ZN XtGetSelectionRequest
returns NULL.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveAllCallbacks.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000067 12520610324 0020331 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtOpenDisplay.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000075 12520610324 0017071 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtDisplayInitialize.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsConstraint.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0017255 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000110 12520610324 0022557 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetValues.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0016540 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005772 12520610324 0023043 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtDisplay-String-Conversion-Warning wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtDisplayStringConversionWarning __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtDisplayStringConversionWarning \- issue a conversion warning message
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtDisplayStringConversionWarning(Display* \fIdisplay\fP, String
\fIfrom_value\fP, \fIto_type\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the display connection with which the conversion is associated.
.IP \fIfrom_value\fP 1i
Specifies the string that could not be converted.
.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
Specifies the target representation type requested.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtDisplayStringConversionWarning
function issues a warning message using
.ZN XtAppWarningMsg
with name ``conversionError'', type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError,
and the default message string ``Cannot convert "\fIfrom_value\fP" to
type \fIto_type\fP''.
.LP
To issue other types of warning or error messages, the type converter
should use
.ZN XtAppWarningMsg
or
.ZN XtAppErrorMsg .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppWarningMsg(3t)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaCreatePopupShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000074 12520610324 0020347 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtCreatePopupShell.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveCallback.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000067 12520610324 0017515 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAddCallback.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveSignal.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000070 12520610324 0017230 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddSignal.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetWMColormapWindows.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006430 12520610324 0020712 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtSet-WMColormap-Windows wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtSetWMColormapWindows __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtSetWMColormapWindows \- Set the value of the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtSetWMColormapWindows(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Widget* \fIlist\fP, Cardinal
\fIcount\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
Specifies the widget on whose window the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
will be stored. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
.IP \fIlist\fP 1i
Specifies a list of widgets whose windows are are potentially to be
listed in the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
.IP \fIcount\fP 1i
Specifies the number of widgets in \fIlist\fP.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtSetWMColormapWindows
returns immediately if \fIwidget\fP is not realized or if \fIcount\fP
is zero. Otherwise,
.ZN XtSetWMColormapWindows
constructs an ordered list of windows by examining each widget in
\fIlist\fP in turn and ignoring the widget if it is not realized,
or adding the widget's window to the window list if the widget is
realized and its colormap resource is different from the colormap
resources of all widgets whose windows are already on the window
list.
.LP
Finally,
.ZN XtSetWMColormapWindows
stores the resulting window list in the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
on the specified widget's window.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaAppCreateShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000072 12520610324 0017762 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppCreateShell.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtInstallAllAccelerators.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000101 12520610324 0021217 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseAcceleratorTable.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetApplicationResources.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007630 12520610324 0021444 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Application-Resources, XtVa-Get-Application-Resources wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetApplicationResources __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetApplicationResources, XtVaGetApplicationResources \- obtain application resources
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGetApplicationResources(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIbase\fP,
XtResourceList \fIresources\fP, Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ArgList
\fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
void XtVaGetApplicationResources(Widget \fIw\fP, XtPointer \fIbase\fP,
XtResourceList \fIresources\fP, Cardinal \fInum_resources\fP, ...\^);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Al to override resources obtained from the resource database
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list \*(Al.
.ds Ba written
.IP \fIbase\fP 1i
Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure where the resources
should be \*(Ba.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
.IP \fInum_resources\fP 1i
Specifies the number of resources in the resource list.
.IP \fIresources\fP 1i
Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
.ds Wi that wants resources for a subpart \
or that identifies the resource database to search
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget \*(Wi.
.IP \fI...\fP 1i
Specifies the variable arguments \*(Al.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtGetApplicationResources
function first uses the passed widget,
which is usually an application shell,
to construct a resource name and class list,
Then, it retrieves the resources from the argument list,
the resource database, or the resource list default values.
After adding base to each address,
.ZN XtGetApplicationResources
copies the resources into the address given in the resource list.
If args is NULL,
num_args must be zero.
However, if num_args is zero,
the argument list is not referenced.
The portable way to specify application resources is to declare them
as members of a structure and pass the address of the structure
as the base argument.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCallbackPopdown.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000063 12520610324 0017702 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtPopdown.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtRemoveInput.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000067 12520610324 0017120 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppAddInput.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetErrorHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0017700 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtError.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppCreateShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007666 12520610324 0017513 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Create-Shell XtVa-App-Create-Shell wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppCreateShell __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppCreateShell, XtVaAppCreateShell \- create top-level widget instance
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtAppCreateShell(String \fIapplication_name\fP, String
\fIapplication_class\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, Display
*\fIdisplay\fP, ArgList \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP);
.HP
Widget XtVaAppCreateShell(String \fIapplication_name\fP, String
\fIapplication_class\fP, WidgetClass \fIwidget_class\fP, Display
*\fIdisplay\fP, ...\^);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapplication_name\fP 1i
Specifies the name of the application instance.
.ds Ac , which usually is the generic name for all instances of this application
.IP \fIapplication_class\fP 1i
Specifies the class name of this application\*(Ac.
.ds Wc \ that the application top-level widget should be
.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
.ds Di \ from which to get the resources
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the display\*(Di.
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list\*(Di.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of arguments in the argument list.
.IP \fI...\fP 1i
Specifies the variable argument list\*(Di.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtAppCreateShell
function saves the specified application name and application class
for qualifying all widget resource specifiers.
The application name and application class are used as the left-most components
in all widget resource names for this application.
.ZN XtAppCreateShell
should be used to create a new logical application within a program
or to create a shell on another display.
In the first case,
it allows the specification of a new root in the resource hierarchy.
In the second case,
it uses the resource database associated with the other display.
.LP
Note that the widget returned by
.ZN XtAppCreateShell
has the \s-1WM_COMMAND\s+1
property set for session managers (see Chapter 4).
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtCreateWidget(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGrabKey.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000016024 12520610324 0016167 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGrab-Key XtUngrab-Key XtGrab-Keyboard XtUngrab-Keyboard XtGrab-Button XtUngrab-Button XtGrab-Pointer XtUngrab-Pointer wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGrabKey __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGrabKey, XtUngrabKey, XtGrabKeyboard, XtUngrabKeyboard, XtGrabButton, XtUngrabButton, XtGrabPointer, XtUngrabPointer \- manage grabs
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGrabKey(Widget \fIwidget\fP, KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP, Modifiers
\fImodifiers\fP, Boolean \fIowner_events\fP, int \fIpointer_mode\fP, int
\fIkeyboard_mode\fP);
.HP
void XtUngrabKey(Widget \fIwidget\fP, KeyCode \fIkeycode\fP, Modifiers
\fImodifiers\fP);
.HP
int XtGrabKeyboard(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Boolean \fIowner_events\fP, int
\fIpointer_mode\fP, int \fIkeyboard_mode\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.HP
void XtUngrabKeyboard(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.HP
void XtGrabButton(Widget \fIwidget\fP, int \fIbutton\fP, Modifiers
\fImodifiers\fP, Boolean \fIowner_events\fP, unsigned int \fIevent_mask\fP,
int \fIpointer_mode\fP, int \fIkeyboard_mode\fP, Window \fIconfine_to\fP,
Cursor \fIcursor\fP);
.HP
void XtUngrabButton(Widget \fIwidget\fP, KeyCode \fIbutton\fP, Modifiers
\fImodifiers\fP);
.HP
int XtGrabPointer(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Boolean \fIowner_events\fP, unsigned
int \fIevent_mask\fP, int \fIpointer_mode\fP, int \fIkeyboard_mode\fP, Window
\fIconfine_to\fP, Cursor \fIcursor\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.HP
void XtUngrabPointer(Widget \fIwidget\fP, Time \fItime\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
Specifies the widget in whose window the grab will occur. Must be of
class Core or a subclass thereof.
.sp 6p
.IP \fIkeycode\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fImodifiers\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fIowner_events\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fIpointer_mode\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fIkeyboard_mode\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fItime\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fIbutton\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fIconfine_to\fP
.br
.ns
.IP \fIcursor\fP 1i
Specifies arguments to the associated Xlib function call.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtGrabKey
calls
.ZN XGrabKey
specifying the widget's window as the grab window if the widget is
realized. The remaining arguments are exactly as for
.ZN XGrabKey .
If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
.ZN XGrabKey
will be performed (again) when the widget is realized and its window
becomes mapped. In the future, if
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
is called with a
.ZN KeyPress
event matching the specified keycode and modifiers (which may be
.ZN AnyKey
or
.ZN AnyModifier ,
respectively) for the widget's window, the Intrinsics will call
.ZN XtUngrabKeyboard
with the timestamp from the
.ZN KeyPress
event if either of the following conditions is true:
.IP \(bu 3
There is a modal cascade and the widget is not in the active subset
of the cascade and the keyboard was not previously grabbed, or
.IP \(bu 3
.ZN XFilterEvent
returns
.ZN True .
.LP
.ZN XtUngrabKey
calls
.ZN XUngrabKey
specifying the widget's window as the ungrab window if the widget is
realized. The remaining arguments are exactly as for
.ZN XUngrabKey .
If the widget is not realized,
.ZN XtUngrabKey
removes a deferred
.ZN XtGrabKey
request, if any, for the specified widget, keycode, and modifiers.
.LP
If the specified widget is realized
.ZN XtGrabKeyboard
calls
.ZN XGrabKeyboard
specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining
arguments and return value are exactly as for
.ZN XGrabKeyboard .
If the widget is not realized,
.ZN XtGrabKeyboard
immediately returns
.ZN GrabNotViewable .
No future ungrab is implied by
.ZN XtGrabKeyboard .
.LP
.ZN XtUngrabKeyboard
calls
.ZN XUngrabKeyboard
with the specified time.
.LP
.ZN XtGrabButton
calls
.ZN XGrabButton
specifying the widget's window as the grab window if the widget is
realized. The remaining arguments are exactly as for
.ZN XGrabButton .
If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
.ZN XGrabButton
will be performed (again) when the widget is realized and its window
becomes mapped. In the future, if
.ZN XtDispatchEvent
is called with a
.ZN ButtonPress
event matching the specified button and modifiers (which may be
.ZN AnyButton
or
.ZN AnyModifier ,
respectively) for the widget's window, the Intrinsics will call
.ZN XtUngrabPointer
with the timestamp from the
.ZN ButtonPress
event if either of the following conditions is true:
.IP \(bu 3
There is a modal cascade and the widget is not in the active subset
of the cascade and the pointer was not previously grabbed, or
.IP \(bu 3
.ZN XFilterEvent
returns
.ZN True .
.LP
.ZN XtUngrabButton
calls
.ZN XUngrabButton
specifying the widget's window as the ungrab window if the widget is
realized. The remaining arguments are exactly as for
.ZN XUngrabButton .
If the widget is not realized,
.ZN XtUngrabButton
removes a deferred
.ZN XtGrabButton
request, if any, for the specified widget, button, and modifiers.
.LP
.ZN XtGrabPointer
calls
.ZN XGrabPointer
specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining
arguments and return value are exactly as for
.ZN XGrabPointer .
If the widget is not realized,
.ZN XtGrabPointer
immediately returns
.ZN GrabNotViewable .
No future ungrab is implied by
.ZN XtGrabPointer .
.LP
.ZN XtUngrabPointer
calls
.ZN XUngrabPointer
with the specified time.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
CTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C LangulibXt-1.1.5/man/XtUninstallTranslations.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000101 12520610324 0021203 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetMultiClickTime.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000075 12520610324 0020161 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetMultiClickTime.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtGetResourceList.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010217 12520610324 0017724 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtGet-Resource-List XtGet-Constraint-Resource-List wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtGetResourceList __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtGetResourceList, XtGetConstraintResourceList \- obtain resource list
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtGetResourceList(WidgetClass \fIclass\fP, XtResourceList
*\fIresources_return\fP, Cardinal *\fInum_resources_return\fP);
.HP
void XtGetConstraintResourceList(WidgetClass \fIclass\fP, XtResourceList
*\fIresources_return\fP, Cardinal *\fInum_resources_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fInum_resources_return\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to where to store the number of entries in the
resource list.
.IP \fIresources_return\fP 1i
Specifies a pointer to where to store the returned resource list.
The caller must free this storage using
.ZN XtFree
when done with it.
.ds Cl \ for which you want the list
.IP \fIwidget_class\fP 1i
Specifies the widget class\*(Wc.
.SH DESCRIPTION
If
.ZN XtGetResourceList
is called before the widget class is initialized (that is,
before the first widget of that class has been created),
.ZN XtGetResourceList
returns the resource list as specified in the widget class record.
If it is called after the widget class has been initialized,
.ZN XtGetResourceList
returns a merged resource list that contains the resources
for all superclasses. The list returned by
.ZN XtGetResourceList
should be freed using
.ZN XtFree
when it is no longer needed.
.LP
If
.ZN XtGetConstraintResourceList
is called before the widget class is initialized (that is,
before the first widget of that class has been created),
.ZN XtGetConstraintResourceList
returns the resource list as specified in the widget class Constraint
part record. If it is called after the widget class has been initialized,
.ZN XtGetConstraintResourceList
returns a merged resource list that contains the Constraint resources
for all superclasses. If the specified class is not a subclass of
.ZN constraintWidgetClass ,
\fI*resources_return\fP is set to NULL and \fI*num_resources_return\fP
is set to zero. The list returned by
.ZN XtGetConstraintResourceList
should be freed using
.ZN XtFree
when it is no longer needed.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtGetSubresources(__libmansuffix__),
XtOffset(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtConfigureWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000011147 12520610324 0017731 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtConfigure-Widget XtMove-Widget XtResize-Widget wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtConfigureWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtConfigureWidget, XtMoveWidget, XtResizeWidget \- move and resize widgets
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtConfigureWidget(Widget \fIw\fP, Position \fIx\fP, Position \fIy\fP,
Dimension \fIwidth\fP, Dimension \fIheight\fP, Dimension \fIborder_width\fP);
.HP
void XtMoveWidget(Widget \fIw\fP, Position \fIx\fP, Position \fIy\fP);
.HP
void XtResizeWidget(Widget \fIw\fP, Dimension \fIwidth\fP, Dimension
\fIheight\fP, Dimension \fIborder_width\fP);
.HP
void XtResizeWindow(Widget \fIw\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIwidth\fP 1i
.br
.ns
.IP \fIheight\fP 1i
.br
.ns
.IP \fIborder_width\fP 1i
Specify the new widget size.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.ds Nu new widget
.IP \fIx\fP 1i
.br
.ns
.IP \fIy\fP 1i
Specify the \*(Nu x and y coordinates.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtConfigureWidget
function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
are the same as the old values.
Otherwise,
.ZN XtConfigureWidget
writes the new x, y, width, height, and border_width values
into the widget and, if the widget is realized, makes an Xlib
.ZN XConfigureWindow
call on the widget's window.
.LP
If either the new width or height is different from its old value,
.ZN XtConfigureWidget
calls the widget's resize procedure to notify it of the size change;
otherwise, it simply returns.
.LP
The
.ZN XtMoveWidget
function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
are the same as the old values.
Otherwise,
.ZN XtMoveWidget
writes the new x and y values into the widget
and, if the widget is realized, issues an Xlib
.ZN XMoveWindow
call on the widget's window.
.LP
The
.ZN XtResizeWidget
function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
are the same as the old values.
Otherwise,
.ZN XtResizeWidget
writes the new width, height, and border_width values into
the widget and, if the widget is realized, issues an
.ZN XConfigureWindow
call on the widget's window.
.LP
If the new width or height are different from the old values,
.ZN XtResizeWidget
calls the widget's resize procedure to notify it of the size change.
.LP
The
.ZN XtResizeWindow
function calls the
.ZN XConfigureWindow
Xlib function to make the window of the specified widget match its width,
height, and border width.
This request is done unconditionally because there is no way to tell if these
values match the current values.
Note that the widget's resize procedure is not called.
.LP
There are very few times to use
.ZN XtResizeWindow ;
instead, you should use
.ZN XtResizeWidget .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtMakeGeometryRequest(__libmansuffix__),
XtQueryGeometry(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/Makefile.am 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000025310 12520610324 0015664 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 libmandir = $(LIB_MAN_DIR)
libman_PRE = \
$(all_shadows:=.man) \
XtAddActions.man \
XtAddCallback.man \
XtAddEventHandler.man \
XtAddExposureToRegion.man \
XtAddGrab.man \
XtAddInput.man \
XtAllocateGC.man \
XtAppAddActionHook.man \
XtAppAddActions.man \
XtAppAddBlockHook.man \
XtAppAddConverter.man \
XtAppAddInput.man \
XtAppAddSignal.man \
XtAppAddTimeOut.man \
XtAppAddWorkProc.man \
XtAppCreateShell.man \
XtAppError.man \
XtAppErrorMsg.man \
XtAppGetErrorDatabase.man \
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.man \
XtAppInitialize.man \
XtAppLock.man \
XtAppNextEvent.man \
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs.man \
XtAppSetExitFlag.man \
XtAppSetFallbackResources.man \
XtAppSetTypeConverter.man \
XtBuildEventMask.man \
XtCallAcceptFocus.man \
XtCallActionProc.man \
XtCallCallbacks.man \
XtClass.man \
XtConfigureWidget.man \
XtConvert.man \
XtConvertAndStore.man \
XtCreateApplicationContext.man \
XtCreateApplicationShell.man \
XtCreatePopupShell.man \
XtCreateSelectionRequest.man \
XtCreateWidget.man \
XtCreateWindow.man \
XtDisplay.man \
XtDisplayInitialize.man \
XtDisplayStringConversionWarning.man \
XtDisplayToApplicationContext.man \
XtError.man \
XtErrorMsg.man \
XtFindFile.man \
XtGetActionKeysym.man \
XtGetActionList.man \
XtGetApplicationNameAndClass.man \
XtGetApplicationResources.man \
XtGetClassExtension.man \
XtGetDisplays.man \
XtGetErrorDatabase.man \
XtGetGC.man \
XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget.man \
XtGetKeysymTable.man \
XtGetResourceList.man \
XtGetSelectionParameters.man \
XtGetSelectionRequest.man \
XtGetSelectionTimeout.man \
XtGetSelectionValue.man \
XtGetSelectionValueIncremental.man \
XtGetSubresources.man \
XtGrabKey.man \
XtHooksOfDisplay.man \
XtInitialize.man \
XtInitializeWidgetClass.man \
XtInsertEventTypeHandler.man \
XtLastEventProcessed.man \
XtMakeGeometryRequest.man \
XtMalloc.man \
XtManageChildren.man \
XtMapWidget.man \
XtName.man \
XtNameToWidget.man \
XtNextEvent.man \
XtOffset.man \
XtOpenApplication.man \
XtOwnSelection.man \
XtParent.man \
XtParseAcceleratorTable.man \
XtParseTranslationTable.man \
XtPopdown.man \
XtPopup.man \
XtProcessLock.man \
XtQueryGeometry.man \
XtRealizeWidget.man \
XtRegisterDrawable.man \
XtRegisterGrabAction.man \
XtReservePropertyAtom.man \
XtResolvePathname.man \
XtSessionGetToken.man \
XtSetArg.man \
XtSetKeyTranslator.man \
XtSetKeyboardFocus.man \
XtSetLanguageProc.man \
XtSetMultiClickTime.man \
XtSetSelectionParameters.man \
XtSetSensitive.man \
XtSetValues.man \
XtSetWMColormapWindows.man \
XtStringConversionWarning.man \
XtToolkitThreadInitialize.man \
XtTranslateCoords.man \
XtVaCreateArgsList.man
libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)
EXTRA_DIST = $(libman_PRE)
CLEANFILES = $(libman_DATA)
SUFFIXES = .$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
all_shadows = \
$(XtAddCallback_shadows) \
$(XtAddEventHandler_shadows) \
$(XtAddGrab_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddConverter_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddInput_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows) \
$(XtAppCreateShell_shadows) \
$(XtAppError_shadows) \
$(XtAppErrorMsg_shadows) \
$(XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \
$(XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \
$(XtAppNextEvent_shadows) \
$(XtNextEvent_shadows) \
$(XtCallCallbacks_shadows) \
$(XtClass_shadows) \
$(XtConfigureWidget_shadows) \
$(XtConvert_shadows) \
$(XtConvertAndStore_shadows) \
$(XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows) \
$(XtCreatePopupShell_shadows) \
$(XtCreateWidget_shadows) \
$(XtDisplay_shadows) \
$(XtDisplayInitialize_shadows) \
$(XtGetGC_shadows) \
$(XtGetResourceList_shadows) \
$(XtGetSelectionValue_shadows) \
$(XtGetSubresources_shadows) \
$(XtGetApplicationResources_shadows) \
$(XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows) \
$(XtMalloc_shadows) \
$(XtManageChildren_shadows) \
$(XtMapWidget_shadows) \
$(XtNameToWidget_shadows) \
$(XtOffset_shadows) \
$(XtOwnSelection_shadows) \
$(XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows) \
$(XtParseTranslationTable_shadows) \
$(XtPopdown_shadows) \
$(XtPopup_shadows) \
$(XtRealizeWidget_shadows) \
$(XtSetArg_shadows) \
$(XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows) \
$(XtSetSensitive_shadows) \
$(XtSetValues_shadows) \
$(XtGetKeysymTable_shadows) \
$(XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddActionHook_shadows) \
$(XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows) \
$(XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows) \
$(XtLastEventProcessed_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddSignal_shadows) \
$(XtAddInput_shadows) \
$(XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows) \
$(XtAppInitialize_shadows) \
$(XtSessionGetToken_shadows) \
$(XtErrorMsg_shadows) \
$(XtError_shadows) \
$(XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows) \
$(XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows) \
$(XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows) \
$(XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows) \
$(XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows) \
$(XtGrabKey_shadows) \
$(XtRegisterDrawable_shadows) \
$(XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows) \
$(XtAppLock_shadows) \
$(XtProcessLock_shadows) \
$(XtOpenApplication_shadows)
XtAddCallback_shadows = \
XtAddCallbacks \
XtRemoveCallback \
XtRemoveCallbacks \
XtRemoveAllCallbacks
XtAddEventHandler_shadows = \
XtAddRawEventHandler \
XtRemoveEventHandler \
XtRemoveRawEventHandler \
XtInsertEventHandler \
XtInsertRawEventHandler
XtAddGrab_shadows = \
XtRemoveGrab
XtAppAddConverter_shadows = \
XtAddConverter
XtAppAddInput_shadows = \
XtRemoveInput
XtAppAddTimeOut_shadows = \
XtRemoveTimeOut
XtAppAddWorkProc_shadows = \
XtRemoveWorkProc
XtAppCreateShell_shadows = \
XtVaAppCreateShell
XtAppError_shadows = \
XtAppSetErrorHandler \
XtAppSetWarningHandler \
XtAppWarning
XtAppErrorMsg_shadows = \
XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler \
XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler \
XtAppWarningMsg
XtAppGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \
XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \
XtAppSetSelectionTimeout
XtAppNextEvent_shadows = \
XtAppPending \
XtAppPeekEvent \
XtAppProcessEvent \
XtDispatchEvent \
XtAppMainLoop
XtNextEvent_shadows = \
XtPending \
XtPeekEvent \
XtProcessEvent \
XtMainLoop
XtCallCallbacks_shadows = \
XtCallCallbackList \
XtHasCallbacks
XtClass_shadows = \
XtSuperclass \
XtIsSubclass \
XtCheckSubclass \
XtIsObject \
XtIsRectObj \
XtIsWidget \
XtIsComposite \
XtIsConstraint \
XtIsShell \
XtIsOverrideShell \
XtIsWMShell \
XtIsVendorShell \
XtIsTransientShell \
XtIsTopLevelShell \
XtIsApplicationShell \
XtIsSessionShell
XtConfigureWidget_shadows = \
XtMoveWidget \
XtResizeWidget
XtConvert_shadows = \
XtDirectConvert
XtConvertAndStore_shadows = \
XtCallConverter
XtCreateApplicationContext_shadows = \
XtDestroyApplicationContext \
XtWidgetToApplicationContext \
XtToolkitInitialize
XtCreatePopupShell_shadows = \
XtVaCreatePopupShell
XtCreateWidget_shadows = \
XtVaCreateWidget \
XtCreateManagedWidget \
XtVaCreateManagedWidget \
XtDestroyWidget
XtDisplay_shadows = \
XtDisplayOfObject \
XtScreen \
XtScreenOfObject \
XtWindow \
XtWindowOfObject
XtDisplayInitialize_shadows = \
XtOpenDisplay \
XtCloseDisplay \
XtDatabase \
XtScreenDatabase
XtGetGC_shadows = \
XtReleaseGC
XtGetResourceList_shadows = \
XtGetConstraintResourceList
XtGetSelectionValue_shadows = \
XtGetSelectionValues
XtGetSubresources_shadows = \
XtVaGetSubresources
XtGetApplicationResources_shadows = \
XtVaGetApplicationResources
XtMakeGeometryRequest_shadows = \
XtMakeResizeRequest
XtMalloc_shadows = \
XtCalloc \
XtRealloc \
XtFree \
XtNew \
XtNewString \
XtAsprintf
XtManageChildren_shadows = \
XtManageChild \
XtUnmanageChildren \
XtUnmanageChild \
XtIsManaged \
XtChangeManagedSet
XtMapWidget_shadows = \
XtSetMappedWhenManaged \
XtUnmapWidget
XtNameToWidget_shadows = \
XtWindowToWidget
XtOffset_shadows = \
XtOffsetOf \
XtNumber
XtOwnSelection_shadows = \
XtOwnSelectionIncremental \
XtDisownSelection
XtParseAcceleratorTable_shadows = \
XtInstallAccelerators \
XtInstallAllAccelerators
XtParseTranslationTable_shadows = \
XtAugmentTranslations \
XtOverrideTranslations \
XtUninstallTranslations
XtPopdown_shadows = \
XtCallbackPopdown \
MenuPopdown
XtPopup_shadows = \
XtPopupSpringLoaded \
XtCallbackNone \
XtCallbackNonexclusive \
XtCallbackExclusive \
MenuPopup
XtRealizeWidget_shadows = \
XtIsRealized \
XtUnrealizeWidget
XtSetArg_shadows = \
XtMergeArgLists
XtSetKeyTranslator_shadows = \
XtTranslateKeycode \
XtRegisterCaseConverter \
XtConvertCase
XtSetSensitive_shadows = \
XtIsSensitive
XtSetValues_shadows = \
XtVaSetValues \
XtSetSubvalues \
XtGetValues \
XtVaGetValues \
XtGetSubvalues \
XtVaGetSubvalues \
XtVaSetSubvalues
XtGetKeysymTable_shadows = \
XtKeysymToKeycodeList
XtAppSetTypeConverter_shadows = \
XtSetTypeConverter
XtAppAddActionHook_shadows = \
XtRemoveActionHook
XtSetMultiClickTime_shadows = \
XtGetMultiClickTime
XtInsertEventTypeHandler_shadows = \
XtRemoveEventTypeHandler \
XtRegisterExtensionSelector \
XtSetEventDispatcher \
XtDispatchEventToWidget
XtLastEventProcessed_shadows = \
XtLastTimestampProcessed
XtAppAddSignal_shadows = \
XtNoticeSignal \
XtRemoveSignal
XtAddInput_shadows = \
XtAddTimeOut \
XtAddWorkProc
XtAppAddBlockHook_shadows = \
XtRemoveBlockHook
XtAppInitialize_shadows = \
XtVaAppInitialize
XtSessionGetToken_shadows = \
XtSessionReturnToken
XtErrorMsg_shadows = \
XtSetErrorMsgHandler \
XtSetWarningMsgHandler \
XtWarningMsg
XtError_shadows = \
XtSetErrorHandler \
XtSetWarningHandler \
XtWarning
XtGetErrorDatabase_shadows = \
XtGetErrorDatabaseText
XtGetSelectionValueIncremental_shadows = \
XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
XtGetSelectionTimeout_shadows = \
XtSetSelectionTimeout
XtCreateSelectionRequest_shadows = \
XtSendSelectionRequest \
XtCancelSelectionRequest
XtReservePropertyAtom_shadows = \
XtReleasePropertyAtom
XtGrabKey_shadows = \
XtUngrabKey \
XtGrabKeyboard \
XtUngrabKeyboard \
XtGrabButton \
XtUngrabButton \
XtGrabPointer \
XtUngrabPointer
XtRegisterDrawable_shadows = \
XtUnregisterDrawable
XtAppSetExitFlag_shadows = \
XtAppGetExitFlag
XtAppLock_shadows = \
XtAppUnlock
XtProcessLock_shadows = \
XtProcessUnlock
XtOpenApplication_shadows = \
XtVaOpenApplication
# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure
.man.$(LIB_MAN_SUFFIX):
$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
emoveCallbacks \
XtRemoveAllCallbacks
XtAddEventHandler_shadows = \
XtAddRawEventHandler \
XtRemoveEventHandler \
XtRemoveRawEventHandler \
XtInsertEventHandler \
XtInsertRawEventHandler
XtAddGrab_shadows = \
XtRemoveGrab
XtAppAddConverter_shadows = \
XtAddConverter
XtAppAddInput_shlibXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaOpenApplication.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000073 12520610324 0020214 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtOpenApplication.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtMapWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006307 12520610324 0016527 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtMap-Widget XtSet-Mapped-When-Managed XtUnmap-Widget wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtMapWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtMapWidget, XtSetMappedWhenManaged, XtUnmapWidget \- map and unmap widgets
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
int XtMapWidget(Widget \fIw\fP\^);
.HP
void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(Widget \fIw\fP, Boolean \fImap_when_managed\fP);
.HP
int XtUnmapWidget(Widget \fIw\fP\^);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fImap_when_managed\fP 1i
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates the new value of the map_when_managed
field.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
If the widget is realized and managed
and if the new value of map_when_managed is
.ZN True ,
.ZN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
maps the window.
If the widget is realized and managed
and if the new value of map_when_managed is
.ZN False ,
it unmaps the window.
.ZN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
is a convenience function that is equivalent to (but slightly faster than)
calling
.ZN XtSetValues
and setting the new value for the mappedWhenManaged resource.
As an alternative to using
.ZN XtSetMappedWhenManaged
to control mapping,
a client may set mapped_when_managed to
.ZN False
and use
.ZN XtMapWidget
and
.ZN XtUnmapWidget
explicitly.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtManageChildren(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
eal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The abolibXt-1.1.5/man/XtLastTimestampProcessed.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000076 12520610324 0021302 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtLastEventProcessed.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAddActions.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005000 12520610324 0016644 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealing in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Add-Actions wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAddActions __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT COMPATIBILITY FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAddActions \- register an action table
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtAddActions(XtActionList \fIactions\fP, Cardinal \fInum_actions\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIactions\fP 1i
Specifies the action table to register.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of entries in this action table.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtAddActions
has been replaced by
.ZN XtAppAddActions .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppAddActions(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCreateSelectionRequest.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000010641 12520610324 0021264 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCreate-Selection-Request XtSend-Selection-Request XtCancel-Selection-Request wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtCreateSelectionRequest __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtCreateSelectionRequest, XtSendSelectionRequest, XtCancelSelectionRequest \- bundle multiple selection conversion requests into a single request using MULTIPLE target
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
void XtCreateSelectionRequest(Widget \fIrequestor\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP):
.HP
void XtSendSelectionRequest(Widget \fIrequestor\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP, Time
\fItime\fP);
.HP
void XtCancelSelectionRequest(Widget \fIrequestor\fP, Atom \fIselection\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIrequestor\fP 1i
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or a
subclass thereof.
.IP \fIselection\fP 1i
Specifies the particular selection desired.
.IP \fItime\fP 1i
Specifies the timestamp to be used in making the request.
.SH DESCRIPTION
When
.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
is called, subsequent calls to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
and
.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
with the requestor and selection as specified to
.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
will be bundled into a single selection conversion request with
multiple targets. The request is actually initiated by calling
.ZN XtSendSelectionRequest .
.LP
When
.ZN XtSendSelectionRequest
is called with a value of \fIrequestor\fP and \fIselection\fP matching
a previous call to
.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest ,
a selection conversion request is actually sent to the selection owner.
If a single target request is queued, that request is made. If multiple
targets are queued they are bundled into a single request with the
target MULTIPLE using the specified timestamp. As the conversions are
made, the callbacks associated with each
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue
and
.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
are invoked in turn.
.LP
Multi-threaded applications should lock the application context before
calling
.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
and release the lock after calling
.ZN XtSendSelectionRequest
to ensure that the thread assembling the request is safe from interference
by another thread assembling a different request naming the same widget
and selection.
.LP
When
.ZN XtCancelSelectionRequest
is called, any requests queued since the last call to
.ZN XtCreateSelectionRequest
are cleaned up. Subsequent calls to
.ZN XtGetSelectionValue ,
.ZN XtGetSelectionValues ,
.ZN XtGetSelectionValueIncremental ,
and
.ZN XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
will not be deferred.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtConvertAndStore.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012660 12520610324 0017725 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtConvert-And-Store XtCall-Converter wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtConvertAndStore __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtConvertAndStore, XtCallConverter \- invoke resource converters
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Boolean XtConvertAndStore(Widget \fIwidget\fP, String \fIfrom_type\fP,
XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP, String \fIto_type\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIto_in_out\fP);
.HP
Boolean XtCallConverter(Display* \fIdpy\fP, XtConverter \fIconverter\fP,
XrmValuePtr \fIargs\fP, Cardinal \fInum_args\fP, XrmValuePtr \fIfrom\fP,
XrmValuePtr \fIto_in_out\fP, XtCacheRef* \fIcache_ref_return\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIargs\fP 1i
Specifies the argument list that contains the additional arguments needed
to perform the conversion, or NULL.
.IP \fIconverter\fP 1i
Specifies the conversion procedure that is to be called.
.IP \fIfrom\fP 1i
Specifies the value to be converted.
.IP \fIfrom_type\fP 1i
Specifies the source type.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the number of additional arguments (often zero).
.IP \fIto_type\fP 1i
Specifies the destination type.
.IP \fIto_in_out\fP 1i
Returns the converted value.
.IP \fIwidget\fP 1i
Specifies the widget to use for additional arguments, if any are needed,
and the destroy callback list.
.IP \fIdpy\fP 1i
Specifies the display with which the conversion is to be associated.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtConvertAndStore
function looks up the type converter registered to convert from_type
to to_type, computes any additional arguments needed, and then calls
.ZN XtCallConverter .
(or
.ZN XtDirectConvert
if an old-style converter was registered with
.ZN XtAddConverter
or
.ZN XtAppAddConverter .
) with the from and to_in_out arguments.
.LP
The
.ZN XtCallConverter
function looks up the specified type converter in the application
context associated with the display and, if the converter was not
registered or was registered with cache type
.ZN XtCacheAll
or
.ZN XtCacheByDisplay
looks in the conversion cache to see if this conversion procedure
has been called with the specified conversion arguments. If so, it
checks the success status of the prior call, and if the conversion
failed,
.ZN XtCallConverter
returns
.ZN False
immediately; otherwise it checks the size specified in the \fIto\fP
argument and, if it is greater than or equal to the size stored in the
cache, copies the information stored in the cache into the location
specified by \fIto->addr\fP, stores the cache size into \fIto->size\fP,
and returns
.ZN True .
If the size specified in the \fIto\fP argument is smaller than the size
stored in the cache,
.ZN XtCallConverter
copies the cache size into the \fIto->size\fP and returns
.ZN False .
If the converter was registered with cache type
.ZN XtCacheNone
or no value was found in the conversion cache,
.ZN XtCallConverter
calls the converter and, if it was not registered with cache type
.ZN XtCacheNone ,
enters the result into the cache.
.ZN XtCallConverter
then returns what the converter returned.
.LP
The \fIcache_ref_return\fP field specifies storage allocated by the
caller in which an opaque value will be stored. If the type converter
has been registered with the
.ZN XtCacheRefCount
modifier and if the value returned in in \fIcache_ref_return\fP is
non-NULL, then the call should store the \fIcache_ref_return\fP value
in order to decrement the reference count when the converted value
is no longer required. The \fIcache_ref_return\fP argument should be
NULL if the caller is unwilling or unable to store the value.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtOverrideTranslations.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000101 12520610324 0021011 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtParseTranslationTable.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCheckSubclass.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0017352 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtNameToWidget.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007754 12520610324 0017204 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtName-To-Widget XtWindow-To-Widget wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtNameToWidget __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtNameToWidget, XtWindowToWidget \- translating strings to widgets or widgets to windows
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Widget XtNameToWidget(Widget \fIreference\fP, String \fInames\fP);
.HP
Widget XtWindowToWidget(Display *\fIdisplay\fP, Window \fIwindow\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.ds Di \ on which the window is defined
.IP \fIdisplay\fP 1i
Specifies the display\*(Di.
.IP \fInames\fP 1i
Specifies the fully qualified name of the desired widget.
.IP \fIreference\fP 1i
Specifies the widget from which the search is to start.
.IP \fIwindow\fP 1i
Specify the window for which you want the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtNameToWidget
function looks for a widget whose name is the first component in the specified
names and that is a pop-up child of reference (or a normal child if reference
is a subclass of
.ZN compositeWidgetClass ).
It then uses that widget as the new reference and repeats the search
after deleting the first component from the specified names.
If it cannot find the specified widget,
.ZN XtNameToWidget
returns NULL.
.LP
Note that the names argument contains the name of a widget with respect to the
specified reference widget and can contain more than one widget name
(separated by periods) for widgets that are not direct children
of the specified reference widget.
.LP
If more than one child of the reference widget matches the name,
.ZN XtNameToWidget
can return any of the children.
The \*(xI do not require that all children of a widget have unique names.
If the specified names contain more than one component
and if more than one child matches the first component,
.ZN XtNameToWidget
can return NULL if the single branch that it follows does not
contain the named widget.
That is,
.ZN XtNameToWidget
does not back up and follow other matching branches of the widget tree.
.LP
The
.ZN XtWindowToWidget
function translates the specified window and display pointer into the
appropriate widget instance.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH libXt-1.1.5/man/XtIsOverrideShell.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000061 12520610324 0017700 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtClass.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppWarningMsg.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000067 12520610324 0017360 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppErrorMsg.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppSetWarningHandler.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000064 12520610324 0020660 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtSetSubvalues.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0017266 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppWarning.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000064 12520610324 0016706 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppError.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppSetSelectionTimeout.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000102 12520610324 0021242 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtAppGetSelectionTimeout.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppAddActionHook.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006453 12520610324 0017760 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Add-Action-Hook XtRemove-Action-Hook wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppAddActionHook __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppAddActionHook, XtRemoveActionHook \- register an action hook procedure
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtActionHookId XtAppAddActionHook(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP,
XtActionHookProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveActionHook(XtActionHookId \fIid\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the action hook procedure.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the application-specific data to be passed to the action hook.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtAppAddActionHook
adds the specified procedure to the front of a list maintained in the
application context. In the future, when an action routine is about to
be invoked for any widget in this application context, either through
the translation manager or via
.ZN XtCallActionProc ,
the action hohok procedures will be called in reverse order of registration
jut prior to invoking the action routine.
.LP
Action hook procedures are removed automatically and the
.ZN XtActionHookId
s destroyed when the application context in which they were added is
destroyed.
.LP
.ZN XtRemoveActionHook
removes the specified action hook procedure from the list in which it
was registered.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtCallAcceptFocus.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005251 12520610324 0017636 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright 1993 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
.\" the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
.\" from the X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtCall-Accept-Focus wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtCallAcceptFocus __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtCallAcceptFocus \- calla widget's accept_focus procedure
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
Boolean XtCallAcceptFocus(Widget \fIw\fP, Time *\fItime\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fItime\fP 1i
Specifies the X time of the event that is causing the accept focus.
.IP \fIw\fP 1i
Specifies the widget.
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.ZN XtCallAcceptFocus
function calls the specified widget's accept_focus procedure,
passing it the specified widget and time, and returns what the accept_focus
procedure returns.
If accept_focus is NULL,
.ZN XtCallAcceptFocus
returns
.ZN False .
.SH "SEE ALSO"
XtSetKeyboardFocus(__libmansuffix__)
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtAppAddBlockHook.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000006106 12520610324 0017570 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 X Consortium
.\"
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
.\" to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
.\" the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
.\" and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
.\" Software furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from the
.\" X Consortium.
.\"
.ds tk X Toolkit
.ds xT X Toolkit Intrinsics \- C Language Interface
.ds xI Intrinsics
.ds xW X Toolkit Athena Widgets \- C Language Interface
.ds xL Xlib \- C Language X Interface
.ds xC Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
.ds Rn 3
.ds Vn 2.2
.hw XtApp-Add-Block-Hook XtRemove-Block-Hook wid-get
.na
.de Ds
.nf
.\\$1D \\$2 \\$1
.ft CW
.ps \\n(PS
.\".if \\n(VS>=40 .vs \\n(VSu
.\".if \\n(VS<=39 .vs \\n(VSp
..
.de De
.ce 0
.if \\n(BD .DF
.nr BD 0
.in \\n(OIu
.if \\n(TM .ls 2
.sp \\n(DDu
.fi
..
.de IN \" send an index entry to the stderr
..
.de Pn
.ie t \\$1\fB\^\\$2\^\fR\\$3
.el \\$1\fI\^\\$2\^\fP\\$3
..
.de ZN
.ie t \fB\^\\$1\^\fR\\$2
.el \fI\^\\$1\^\fP\\$2
..
.ny0
.TH XtAppAddBlockHook __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XT FUNCTIONS"
.SH NAME
XtAppAddBlockHook, XtRemoveBlockHook \- register a block hook procedure
.SH SYNTAX
.HP
XtBlockHookId XtAppAddBlockHook(XtAppContext \fIapp_context\fP,
XtBlockHookProc \fIproc\fP, XtPointer \fIclient_data\fP);
.HP
void XtRemoveBlockHook(XtBlockHookId \fIid\fP);
.SH ARGUMENTS
.IP \fIapp_context\fP 1i
Specifies the application context.
.IP \fIproc\fP 1i
Specifies the block hook procedure.
.IP \fInum_args\fP 1i
Specifies the application-specific data to be passed to the block hook.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.ZN XtAppAddBlockHook
registers the specified procedure and returns an identifier for it.
The hook is called at any time in the future when the Intrinsics are
about to block pending some input.
.LP
Block hook procedures are removed automatically and the
.ZN XtBlockHookId
is destroyed when the application context in which they were added is
destroyed.
.LP
.ZN XtRemoveBlockHook
removes the specified block hook procedure from the list in which it
was registered.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.br
\fI\*(xT\fP
.br
\fI\*(xL\fP
libXt-1.1.5/man/XtVaSetSubvalues.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000065 12520610324 0017555 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .so man__libmansuffix__/XtSetValues.__libmansuffix__
libXt-1.1.5/xt.pc.in 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000000473 12520610324 0014444 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 prefix=@prefix@
exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
libdir=@libdir@
includedir=@includedir@
appdefaultdir=@appdefaultdir@
datarootdir=@datarootdir@
errordbdir=@ERRORDBDIR@
Name: Xt
Description: X Toolkit Library
Version: @VERSION@
Requires: xproto x11
Requires.private: ice sm
Cflags: -I${includedir}
Libs: -L${libdir} -lXt
libXt-1.1.5/specs/CH11.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000510302 12520610324 0015350 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Utility Functions
The Intrinsics provide a number of utility functions that you can use to
Determine the number of elements in an array.
Translate strings to widget instances.
Manage memory usage.
Share graphics contexts.
Manipulate selections.
Merge exposure events into a region.
Translate widget coordinates.
Locate a widget given a window id.
Handle errors.
Set the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
Locate files by name with string substitutions.
Register callback functions for external agents.
Locate all the displays of an application context.
Determining the Number of Elements in an Array
To determine the number of elements in a fixed-size array, use
.
Cardinal XtNumber
ArrayType array
array
Specifies a fixed-size array of arbitrary type.
The
macro returns the number of elements allocated to the array.
Translating Strings to Widget Instances
To translate a widget name to a widget instance, use
.
Widget XtNameToWidget
Widget reference
String names
reference
Specifies the widget from which the search is to start. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
names
Specifies the partially qualified name of the desired widget.
The
function searches for a descendant of the reference
widget whose name matches the specified names. The names parameter
specifies a simple object name or a series of simple object name
components separated by periods or asterisks.
returns the descendant with the shortest name matching the specification
according to the following rules, where child is either a pop-up child
or a normal child if the widget's class is a subclass of
Composite :
Enumerate the object subtree rooted at the reference widget in
breadth-first order, qualifying the name of each object with the
names of all its ancestors up to, but not including, the reference
widget. The ordering between children of a common parent is
not defined.
Return the first object in the enumeration that matches the
specified name, where each component of names matches exactly the
corresponding component of the qualified object name and asterisk
matches any series of components, including none.
If no match is found, return NULL.
Since breadth-first traversal is specified, the descendant with the
shortest matching name (i.e., the fewest number of components), if any,
will always be returned. However, since the order of enumeration of
children is undefined and since the Intrinsics do not require that all
children of a widget have unique names,
may return any
child that matches if there are multiple objects in the subtree with
the same name. Consecutive separators (periods or asterisks)
including at least one asterisk are treated as a single asterisk.
Consecutive periods are treated as a single period.
Managing Memory Usage
The Intrinsics memory management functions provide uniform checking for
null pointers and error reporting on memory allocation errors.
These functions are completely compatible with their standard C language
runtime counterparts
malloc,
calloc,
realloc,
and
free
with the following added functionality:
,
,
and
give an error if there is not enough memory.
simply returns if passed a NULL pointer.
simply allocates new storage if passed a NULL pointer.
See the standard C library documentation on
malloc,
calloc,
realloc,
and
free
for more information.
To allocate storage, use
.
char * XtMalloc
Cardinal size
size
Specifies the number of bytes desired.
The
function returns a pointer to a block of storage of at least
the specified size bytes.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
calls
.
To allocate and initialize an array, use
.
char * XtCalloc
Cardinal num
Cardinal size
num
Specifies the number of array elements to allocate.
size
Specifies the size of each array element in bytes.
The
function allocates space for the specified number of array elements
of the specified size and initializes the space to zero.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
calls
.
returns the address of the allocated storage.
To change the size of an allocated block of storage, use
.
char *XtRealloc
char *ptr
Cardinal num
ptr
Specifies a pointer to the old storage allocated with
,
,
or
,
or NULL.
num
Specifies number of bytes desired in new storage.
The
function changes the size of a block of storage, possibly moving it.
Then it copies the old contents (or as much as will fit) into the new block
and frees the old block.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
calls
.
If ptr is NULL,
simply calls
.
then returns the address of the new block.
To free an allocated block of storage, use
.
void XtFree
char *ptr
ptr
Specifies a pointer to a block of storage allocated with
,
,
or
,
or NULL.
The
function returns storage, allowing it to be reused.
If ptr is NULL,
returns immediately.
To allocate storage for a new instance of a type, use
.
type XtNew
type t
type
Specifies a previously declared type.
returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
calls
.
is a convenience macro that calls
with the following arguments specified:
((type *) XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(type)))
The storage allocated by
should be freed using
.
To copy an instance of a string, use
.
String XtNewString
String string
string
Specifies a previously declared string.
returns a pointer to the allocated storage.
If there is insufficient memory to allocate the new block,
calls
.
is a convenience macro that calls
with the following arguments specified:
(strcpy(XtMalloc((unsigned)strlen(str) + 1), str))
The storage allocated by
should be freed using
.
Sharing Graphics Contexts
The Intrinsics provide a mechanism whereby cooperating objects can share a
graphics context (GC), thereby reducing both the number of GCs
created and the total number of server calls in any given application.
The mechanism is a simple caching scheme
and allows for clients to declare both modifiable and nonmodifiable
fields of the shared GCs.
To obtain a shareable GC with modifiable fields, use
.
GC XtAllocateGC
Widget object
Cardinal depth
XtGCMask value_mask
XGCValues *values
XtGCMask dynamic_mask
XtGCMask unused_mask
object
Specifies an object, giving the screen for which the
returned GC is valid. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
depth
Specifies the depth for which the returned GC is valid, or 0.
value_mask
Specifies fields of the GC that are initialized from values.
values
Specifies the values for the initialized fields.
dynamic_mask
Specifies fields of the GC that will be modified by the caller.
unused_mask
Specifies fields of the GC that will not be needed by the caller.
The
function returns a shareable GC that may be
modified by the client. The screen field of the specified
widget or of the nearest widget ancestor of the specified
object and the specified depth argument supply
the root and drawable depths for which the GC is to be
valid. If depth is zero, the depth is taken from the
depth field of the specified widget or of the nearest
widget ancestor of the specified object.
The value_mask argument specifies fields of the GC
that are initialized with the respective member of the
values structure. The dynamic_mask argument specifies fields
that the caller intends to modify during program execution.
The caller must ensure that the corresponding GC field is set
prior to each use of the GC. The unused_mask argument
specifies fields of the GC that are of no interest to the
caller. The caller may make no assumptions about the contents
of any fields specified in unused_mask. The caller may assume
that at all times all fields not specified in either
dynamic_mask or unused_mask have their default value if not
specified in value_mask or the value specified by values.
If a field is specified in both value_mask and dynamic_mask,
the effect is as if it were specified only in dynamic_mask
and then immediately set to the value in values. If a field
is set in unused_mask and also in either value_mask or
dynamic_mask, the specification in unused_mask is ignored.
tries to minimize the number of unique GCs
created by comparing the arguments with those of previous
calls and returning an existing GC when there are no
conflicts.
may modify and return an existing GC if it was allocated with a
nonzero unused_mask.
To obtain a shareable GC with no modifiable fields, use
.
GC XtGetGC
Widget object
XtGCMask value_mask
XGCValues *values
object
Specifies an object, giving the screen and depth for which the
returned GC is valid. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
value_mask
Specifies which fields of the values structure are specified.
values
Specifies the actual values for this GC.
The
function returns a shareable, read-only GC.
The parameters to this function are the same as those for
XCreateGC
except that an Object is passed instead of a Display.
is equivalent to
with depth, dynamic_mask, and unused_mask all zero.
shares only GCs in which all values in the GC returned by
XCreateGC
are the same.
In particular, it does not use the value_mask provided to
determine which fields of the GC a widget considers relevant.
The value_mask is used only to tell the server which fields should be
filled in from values and which it should fill in with default values.
To deallocate a shared GC when it is no longer needed, use
.
void XtReleaseGC
Widget object
GC gc
object
Specifies any object on the Display for which the GC was created. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
gc
Specifies the shared GC obtained with either
or
.
References to shareable GCs are counted and a free request is generated to the
server when the last user of a given GC releases it.
Managing Selections
Arbitrary widgets in multiple applications can communicate
with each other by means of the Intrinsics global selection mechanism,
which conforms to the specifications in the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual..
The Intrinsics supply functions for providing and receiving selection data in
one logical piece (atomic transfers)
or in smaller logical segments (incremental transfers).
The incremental interface is provided for a selection owner or
selection requestor that cannot or prefers not to pass the selection
value to and from the Intrinsics in a single call. For instance,
either an application that is running on a machine with limited memory
may not be able to store the entire selection value in memory or a
selection owner may already have the selection value available in
discrete chunks, and it would be more efficient not to have to
allocate additional storage to copy the pieces contiguously. Any
owner or requestor that prefers to deal with the selection value in
segments can use the incremental interfaces to do so.
The transfer between the selection owner or requestor and the Intrinsics is not
required to match the underlying
transport protocol between the application and the X server;
the Intrinsics will break too large a selection
into smaller pieces for transport if necessary
and will coalesce a selection transmitted incrementally if the value
was requested atomically.
Setting and Getting the Selection Timeout Value
To set the Intrinsics selection timeout, use
.
void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout
XtAppContext app_context
unsigned long timeout
app_context
Specifies the application context.
timeout
Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
To get the current selection timeout value, use
.
unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout
XtAppContext app_context
app_context
Specifies the application context.
The
function returns the current selection timeout value in milliseconds.
The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating
applications must respond to one another.
The initial timeout value is set by the
selectionTimeout
application resource as retrieved by
.
If
selectionTimeout
is not specified,
the default is five seconds.
Using Atomic Transfers
When using atomic transfers, the owner will completely
process one selection request at a time.
The owner may consider each request individually,
since there is no possibility for overlap
between evaluation of two requests.
Atomic Transfer Procedures
The following procedures are used by the selection owner when
providing selection data in a single unit.
The procedure pointer specified by the owner to supply the selection
data to the Intrinsics is of type
.
typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionProc)
Widget w
Atom *selection
Atom *target
Atom *type_return
XtPointer *value_return
unsigned long *length_return
int *format_return
w
Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection.
selection
Specifies the atom naming the selection requested
(for example,
XA_PRIMARY
or
XA_SECONDARY ).
target
Specifies the target type of the selection that has been requested,
which indicates the desired information about the selection
(for example, File Name, Text, Window).
type_return
Specifies a pointer to an atom into which the property type of the
converted value of the selection is to be stored.
For instance, either File Name or Text might have property type
XA_STRING.
value_return
Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the converted value of the
selection is to be stored.
The selection owner is responsible for allocating this storage.
If the selection owner has provided an
for the selection,
this storage is owned by the selection owner;
otherwise, it is owned by the Intrinsics selection mechanism,
which frees it by calling
when it is done with it.
length_return
Specifies a pointer into which the number of elements in value_return,
each of size indicated by format_return, is to be stored.
format_return
Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the data elements
of the selection value is to be stored.
This procedure is called by the Intrinsics selection mechanism
to get the value of a selection as a given type
from the current selection owner.
It returns
True
if the owner successfully converted the selection to the target type or
False
otherwise.
If the procedure returns
False,
the values of the return arguments are undefined.
Each
should respond to target value
TARGETS
by returning a value containing the list of the targets
into which it is
prepared to convert the selection.
The value returned in
format_return must be one of 8, 16, or 32 to allow the server to
byte-swap the data if necessary.
This procedure does not need to worry about responding to the
MULTIPLE or the TIMESTAMP target values (see
in the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.).
A selection request with
the MULTIPLE target type is transparently transformed into a
series of calls to this procedure, one for each target type, and a
selection request with the TIMESTAMP target value is answered
automatically by the Intrinsics using the time specified in the
call to
or
.
To retrieve the
SelectionRequest
event that triggered the
procedure, use
.
XSelectionRequestEvent *XtGetSelectionRequest
Widget w
Atom selection
XtRequestId request_id
w
Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the selection being processed.
request_id
Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental
selections, or NULL in the case of atomic transfers.
may be called only from within an
procedure and returns a pointer to the
SelectionRequest
event that caused the conversion procedure to be invoked.
Request_id specifies a unique id for the individual request in the
case that multiple incremental transfers are outstanding. For atomic
transfers, request_id must be specified as NULL. If no
SelectionRequest
event is being processed for the specified
widget, selection, and request_id,
returns NULL.
The procedure pointer specified by the owner when it desires
notification upon losing ownership is of type
.
typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionProc)
Widget w
Atom *selection
w
Specifies the widget that has lost selection ownership.
selection
Specifies the atom naming the selection.
This procedure is called by the Intrinsics selection mechanism
to inform the specified widget that it has lost the given selection.
Note that this procedure does not ask the widget to relinquish the
selection ownership; it is merely informative.
The procedure pointer specified by the owner when it desires
notification of receipt of the data or when it manages the storage
containing the data is of type
.
typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneProc)
Widget w
Atom *selection
Atom *target
w
Specifies the widget that owns the converted selection.
selection
Specifies the atom naming the selection that was converted.
target
Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done.
This procedure is called by the Intrinsics selection mechanism
to inform the selection owner that a selection requestor has successfully
retrieved a selection value.
If the selection owner has registered an
,
it should expect it to be called once for each conversion that it performs,
after the converted value has been successfully transferred
to the requestor.
If the selection owner has registered an
,
it also owns the storage containing the converted
selection value.
Getting the Selection Value
The procedure pointer specified by the requestor to receive the
selection data from the Intrinsics is of type
.
typedef void (*XtSelectionCallbackPro)
Widget w
XtPointer client_data
Atom *selection
Atom *type
XtPointer value
unsigned long *length
int *format
w
Specifies the widget that requested the selection value.
client_data
Specifies a value passed in by the widget when it requested the
selection.
selection
Specifies the name of the selection that was requested.
type
Specifies the representation type of the selection value (for example,
XA_STRING ).
Note that it is not the target that was requested (which the client
must remember for itself), but the type that
is used to represent the target.
The special symbolic constant
XT_CONVERT_FAIL
is used to indicate that the selection conversion failed because the
selection owner did not respond within the Intrinsics selection timeout
interval.
value
Specifies a pointer to the selection value.
The requesting client owns this storage and is responsible for freeing it
by calling
when it is done with it.
length
Specifies the number of elements in value.
format
Specifies the size in bits of the data in each element of value.
This procedure is called by the Intrinsics selection mechanism to deliver the
requested selection to the requestor.
If the
SelectionNotify
event returns a property of
None,
meaning the conversion has been refused because there is no owner for the
specified selection or the owner cannot convert the selection to the
requested target for any reason, the procedure is called with a value
of NULL and a length of zero.
To obtain the selection value in a single logical unit, use
or
.
void XtGetSelectionValue
Widget w
Atom selection
Atom target
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback
XtPointer client_data
Time time
w
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the particular selection desired; for example,
XA_PRIMARY.
target
Specifies the type of information needed about the selection.
callback
Specifies the procedure to be called when the selection value
has been obtained.
Note that this is how the selection value is communicated back to the client.
client_data
Specifies additional data to be passed to the specified procedure
when it is called.
time
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was
initiated.
This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
the value
CurrentTime
is not acceptable.
The
function requests the value of the selection converted to
the target type.
The specified callback is called at some time after
is called, when the selection value is received from the X server.
It may be called before or after
returns.
For more information about selection,
target, and
time, see
Section 2.6 in the
Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual..
void XtGetSelectionValues
Widget w
Atom selection
Atom *targets
int count
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback
XtPointer *client_data
Time time
w
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the particular selection desired (that is, primary or secondary).
targets
Specifies the types of information needed about the selection.
count
Specifies the length of the targets and client_data lists.
callback
Specifies the callback procedure
to be called with each selection value obtained.
Note that this is how the selection values are communicated back to the
client.
client_data
Specifies a list of additional data values, one for each target type,
that are passed to the callback procedure when it is called for that target.
time
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was
initiated.
This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
the value
CurrentTime
is not acceptable.
The
function is similar to multiple calls to
except that it guarantees that no other client can assert ownership
between requests and therefore that all the conversions will refer to
the same selection value. The callback is invoked once for each
target value with the corresponding client data.
For more information about selection, target, and
time, see
section 2.6
in the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual..
Setting the Selection Owner
To set the selection owner and indicate that the selection value will
be provided in one piece, use
.
Boolean XtOwnSelection
Widget w
Atom selection
Time time
XtConvertSelectionProc convert_proc
XtLoseSelectionProc lose_selection
XtSelectionDoneProc done_proc
w
Specifies the widget that wishes to become the owner. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the name of the selection (for example,
XA_PRIMARY ).
time
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the ownership request was
initiated.
This should be the timestamp of the event that triggered ownership;
the value
CurrentTime
is not acceptable.
convert_proc
Specifies the procedure to be called whenever a client requests the
current value of the selection.
lose_selection
Specifies the procedure to be called whenever the widget has
lost selection ownership, or NULL if the owner is not interested in being
called back.
done_proc
Specifies the procedure called
after the requestor has received the selection value, or NULL if the
owner is not
interested in being called back.
The
function informs the Intrinsics selection mechanism that a
widget wishes to own a selection.
It returns
True
if the widget successfully becomes the owner and
False
otherwise.
The widget may fail to become the owner if some other widget
has asserted ownership at a time later than this widget.
The widget can lose selection ownership either
because some other widget asserted later ownership of the selection
or because the widget voluntarily gave up ownership of the selection.
The lose_selection procedure is not called
if the widget fails to obtain selection ownership in the first place.
If a done_proc is specified, the client owns the storage allocated
for passing the value to the Intrinsics. If done_proc is NULL,
the convert_proc must allocate storage using
,
,
or
,
and the value specified is freed by the
Intrinsics when the transfer is complete.
Usually, a selection owner maintains ownership indefinitely until some
other widget requests ownership, at which time
the Intrinsics selection mechanism informs the previous owner that it
has lost ownership of the selection.
However, in response to some user actions
(for example, when a user deletes the information selected),
the application may wish to explicitly inform the Intrinsics
by using
that it no longer is to be the selection owner.
void XtDisownSelection
Widget w
Atom selection
Time time
w
Specifies the widget that wishes to relinquish ownership.
selection
Specifies the atom naming the selection being given up.
time
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the request to
relinquish selection ownership was initiated.
The
function informs the Intrinsics selection mechanism that
the specified widget is to lose ownership of the selection.
If the widget does not currently own the selection, either
because it lost the selection
or because it never had the selection to begin with,
does nothing.
After a widget has called
,
its convert procedure is not called even if a request arrives later
with a timestamp during the period that this widget owned the selection.
However, its done procedure is called if a conversion that started
before the call to
finishes after the call to
.
Using Incremental Transfers
When using the incremental interface, an owner may have to process
more than one selection request for the same selection, converted to
the same target, at the same time. The incremental functions take a
request_id argument, which is an identifier that is guaranteed to be
unique among all incremental requests that are active concurrently.
For example, consider the following:
Upon receiving a request for the selection value, the owner sends
the first segment.
While waiting to be called to provide the next segment value but
before sending it, the owner receives another request from a
different requestor for the same selection value.
To distinguish between the requests, the owner uses the request_id
value. This allows the owner to distinguish between the first
requestor, which is asking for the second segment, and the second
requestor, which is asking for the first segment.
Incremental Transfer Procedures
The following procedures are used by selection owners who wish to
provide the selection data in multiple segments.
The procedure pointer specified by the incremental owner to supply the
selection data to the Intrinsics is of type
.
typedef XtPointer XtRequestId;
typedef Boolean (*XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)
Widget w
Atom *selection
Atom *target
Atom *type_return
XtPointer *value_return
unsigned long *length_return
int *format_return
unsigned long *max_length
XtPointer client_data
XtRequestId *request_id
w
Specifies the widget that currently owns this selection.
selection
Specifies the atom that names the selection requested.
target
Specifies the type of information required about the selection.
type_return
Specifies a pointer to an atom into which the property
type of the converted value of the selection is to be
stored.
value_return
Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the
converted value of the selection is to be stored.
The selection owner is responsible for allocating this storage.
length_return
Specifies a pointer into which the number of elements
in value_return, each of size indicated by
format_return, is to be stored.
format_return
Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the
data elements of the selection value is to be stored so that the
server may byte-swap the data if necessary.
max_length
Specifies the maximum number of bytes which may be
transferred at any one time.
client_data
Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it
took ownership of the selection.
request_id
Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request.
This procedure is called repeatedly by the Intrinsics selection mechanism to get
the next incremental chunk of data from a selection owner who has
called
.
It must return
True
if the procedure has succeeded in converting the selection data or
False
otherwise.
On the first call with a particular request id, the owner must begin
a new incremental transfer for the requested selection and target. On
subsequent calls with the same request id, the owner may assume that
the previously supplied value is no longer needed by the Intrinsics;
that is, a fixed transfer area may be allocated and returned in value_return
for each segment to be transferred. This procedure should store a
non-NULL value in value_return and zero in length_return to indicate that the
entire selection has been delivered. After returning this final
segment, the request id may be reused by the Intrinsics to begin a
new transfer.
To retrieve the
SelectionRequest
event that triggered the selection conversion procedure, use
,
described in Section 11.5.2.1.
The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner
when it desires notification upon no longer having ownership is of
type
.
typedef void (*XtLoseSelectionIncrProc)
Widget w
Atom *selection
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget that has lost the selection ownership.
selection
Specifies the atom that names the selection.
client_data
Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it
took ownership of the selection.
This procedure, which is optional, is called by the Intrinsics to
inform the selection owner that it no longer owns the selection.
The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner
when it desires notification of receipt of the data or when it manages
the storage containing the data is of type
.
typedef void (*XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)
Widget w
Atom *selection
Atom *target
XtRequestId *request_id
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget that owns the selection.
selection
Specifies the atom that names the selection being transferred.
target
Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done.
request_id
Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request.
client_data
Specified the value passed in by the widget when it
took ownership of the selection.
This procedure, which is optional, is called by the Intrinsics after
the requestor has retrieved the final (zero-length) segment of the
incremental transfer to indicate that the entire transfer is complete.
If this procedure is not specified, the Intrinsics will free only the
final value returned by the selection owner using
.
The procedure pointer specified by the incremental selection owner to
notify it if a transfer should be terminated prematurely is of type
.
typedef void (*XtCancelConvertSelectionProc)
Widget w
Atom *selection
Atom *target
XtRequestId *request_id
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget that owns the selection.
selection
Specifies the atom that names the selection being transferred.
target
Specifies the target type to which the conversion was done.
request_id
Specifies an opaque identification for a specific request.
client_data
Specifies the value passed in by the widget when it took ownership of
the selection.
This procedure is called by the Intrinsics when it has been determined
by means of a timeout or other mechanism that any remaining segments
of the selection no longer need to be transferred. Upon receiving
this callback, the selection request is considered complete and the
owner can free the memory and any other resources that have been
allocated for the transfer.
Getting the Selection Value Incrementally
To obtain the value of the selection using incremental transfers, use
or
.
void XtGetSelectionValueIncremental
Widget w
Atom selection
Atom target
XtSelectionCallbackProc selection_callback
XtPointer client_data
Time time
w
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the particular selection desired.
target
Specifies the type of information needed
about the selection.
selection_callback
Specifies the callback procedure to be
called to receive each data segment.
client_data
Specifies client-specific data to be passed to
the specified callback procedure when it is invoked.
time
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the
selection request was initiated. This should be the
timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
the value
CurrentTime
is not acceptable.
The
function is similar to
except that the selection_callback procedure will
be called repeatedly upon delivery of multiple segments of the
selection value. The end of the selection value is indicated when
selection_callback is called with a non-NULL value of length zero,
which must still be freed by the client. If the
transfer of the selection is aborted in the middle of a transfer
(for example, because of a timeout), the selection_callback procedure is
called with a type value equal to the symbolic constant
XT_CONVERT_FAIL
so that the requestor can dispose
of the partial selection value it has collected up until that point.
Upon receiving
XT_CONVERT_FAIL,
the requesting client must determine
for itself whether or not a partially completed data transfer is meaningful.
For more information about selection,
target, and
time, see
in the
Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.
void XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental
Widget w
Atom selection
Atom *targets
int count
XtSelectionCallbackProc selection_callback
XtPointer *client_data
Time time
w
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the particular selection desired.
targets
Specifies the types of information needed about
the selection.
count
Specifies the length of the targets and client_data lists.
selection_callback
Specifies the callback procedure to be called
to receive each selection value.
client_data
Specifies a list of client data (one for each target
type) values that are passed to the callback procedure when
it is invoked for the corresponding target.
time
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the
selection request was initiated. This should be the
timestamp of the event that triggered this request;
the value
CurrentTime
is not acceptable.
The
function is similar to
except that it takes a list of targets and client data.
is equivalent to calling
successively for each target/client_data pair except that
does guarantee that all the conversions will use the same selection
value because the ownership of the selection cannot change in the
middle of the list, as would be possible when calling
repeatedly.
For more information about selection, target, and
time, see
Section 2.6 in the
Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.
Setting the Selection Owner for Incremental Transfers
To set the selection owner when using incremental transfers, use
.
Boolean XtOwnSelectionIncremental
Widget w
Atom selection
Time time
XtConvertSelectionIncrProc convert_callback
XtLoseSelectionIncrProc lose_callback
XtSelectionDoneIncrProc done_callback
XtCancelConvertSelectionProc cancel_callback
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget that wishes to become the owner. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the atom that names the selection.
time
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the
selection ownership request was initiated. This should be
the timestamp of the event that triggered ownership; the value
CurrentTime
is not acceptable.
convert_callback
Specifies the procedure to be called whenever
the current value of the selection is requested.
lose_callback
Specifies the procedure to be called whenever
the widget has lost selection ownership, or NULL if the
owner is not interested in being notified.
done_callback
Specifies the procedure called after the
requestor has received the entire selection, or NULL if
the owner is not interested in being notified.
cancel_callback
Specifies the callback procedure to be called
when a selection request aborts because a timeout expires,
or NULL if the owner is not interested in being notified.
client_data
Specifies the argument to be passed to each of
the callback procedures when they are called.
The
procedure informs the Intrinsics
incremental selection mechanism that the specified widget wishes to
own the selection. It returns
True
if the specified widget successfully becomes the selection owner or
False
otherwise.
For more information about selection, target, and
time, see
Section 2.6 in the
Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.
If a done_callback procedure is specified, the client owns the storage allocated
for passing the value to the Intrinsics. If done_callback is NULL,
the convert_callback procedure must allocate storage using
,
,
or
,
and the final value specified is freed by the
Intrinsics when the transfer is complete. After a selection transfer
has started, only one of the done_callback or cancel_callback
procedures is invoked to indicate completion of the transfer.
The lose_callback procedure does not indicate completion of any in-progress
transfers; it is invoked at the time a
SelectionClear
event is dispatched regardless of any active transfers, which are still
expected to continue.
A widget that becomes the selection owner using
may use
to relinquish selection ownership.
Setting and Retrieving Selection Target Parameters
To specify target parameters for a selection request with a single target,
use
.
void XtSetSelectionParameters
Widget requestor
Atom selection
Atom type
XtPointer value
unsigned long length
int format
requestor
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the atom that names the selection.
type
Specifies the type of the property in which the parameters are passed.
value
Specifies a pointer to the parameters.
length
Specifies the number of elements containing data in value,
each element of a size indicated by format.
format
Specifies the size in bits of the data in the elements of value.
The specified parameters are copied and stored in a new property
of the specified type and format on the requestor's window. To initiate
a selection request with a target and these parameters, a subsequent
call to
or to
specifying the same requestor widget and selection atom will generate a
ConvertSelection
request referring to the property containing the parameters. If
is called more than once with the same widget and selection without
a call to specify a request, the most recently specified parameters
are used in the subsequent request.
The possible values of format are 8, 16, or 32. If the format is 8,
the elements of value are assumed to be sizeof(char);
if 16, sizeof(short); if 32, sizeof(long).
To generate a MULTIPLE
target request with parameters for any of the multiple targets of the
selection request, precede individual calls to
and
with corresponding individual calls to
,
and enclose these all within
and
XtSendSelectionRequest.
and
cannot be used to make selection requests with parameterized targets.
To retrieve any target parameters needed to perform a selection conversion,
the selection owner calls
.
void XtGetSelectionParameters
Widget owner
Atom selection
XtRequestId request_id
Atom *type_return
XtPointer *value_return
unsigned long *length_return
int *format_return
owner
Specifies the widget that owns the specified selection.
selection
Specifies the selection being processed.
request_id
Specifies the requestor id in the case of incremental selections,
or NULL in the case of atomic transfers.
type_return
Specifies a pointer to an atom in which the property type
of the parameters is stored.
value_return
Specifies a pointer into which a pointer to the parameters is to be stored.
A NULL is stored if no parameters accompany the request.
length_return
Specifies a pointer into which the number of data elements
in value_return of size indicated by format_return are stored.
format_return
Specifies a pointer into which the size in bits of the parameter data
in the elements of value is stored.
may be called only from within an
or from within the first call to an
with a new request_id.
It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned parameters using
when the parameters are no longer needed.
Generating MULTIPLE Requests
To have the Intrinsics bundle multiple calls to make selection requests into
a single request using a MULTIPLE target, use
and
.
void XtCreateSelectionRequest
Widget requestor
Atom selection
requestor
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the particular selection desired.
When
is called, subsequent calls to
,
,
,
and
,
with the requestor and selection as specified to
,
are bundled into a single selection request with
multiple targets. The request is made by calling
.
void XtSendSelectionRequest
Widget requestor
Atom selection
Time time
requestor
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the particular selection desired.
time
Specifies the timestamp that indicates when the selection request was
initiated. The value
CurrentTime
is not acceptable.
When
is called with a value of requestor and selection matching
a previous call to
,
a selection request is sent to the selection owner.
If a single target request is queued, that request is made.
If multiple targets are queued, they are bundled into a single request
with a target of MULTIPLE using the specified timestamp.
As the values are returned, the callbacks specified in
,
,
,
and
are invoked.
Multi-threaded applications should lock the application context before
calling
and release the lock after calling
to ensure that the thread assembling the request is safe from interference
by another thread assembling a different request naming the same widget
and selection.
To relinquish the composition of a MULTIPLE request without sending it, use
.
void XtCancelSelectionRequest
Widget requestor
Atom selection
requestor
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
selection
Specifies the particular selection desired.
When
is called, any requests queued since the last call to
for the same widget and selection are discarded
and any resources reserved are released.
A subsequent call to
will not result in any request being made.
Subsequent calls to
,
,
,
or
will not be deferred.
Auxiliary Selection Properties
Certain uses of parameterized selections require clients to name
other window properties within a selection parameter. To permit
reuse of temporary property names in these circumstances and
thereby reduce the number of unique atoms created in the server,
the Intrinsics provides two interfaces for acquiring temporary property names.
To acquire a temporary property name atom for use in a selection
request, the client may call
.
Atom XtReservePropertyAtom
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget making a selection request.
returns an atom that may be used as a property name during selection
requests involving the specified widget.
As long as the atom remains reserved, it is unique with respect to all
other reserved atoms for the widget.
To return a temporary property name atom for reuse and to delete
the property named by that atom, use
.
void XtReleasePropertyAtom
Widget w
Atom atom
w
Specifies the widget used to reserve the property name atom.
atom
Specifies the property name atom returned by
that is to be released for reuse.
marks the specified property name atom as
no longer in use and ensures that any property having that name
on the specified widget's window is deleted. If atom does not
specify a value returned by
for the specified widget, the results are undefined.
Retrieving the Most Recent Timestamp
To retrieve the timestamp from the most recent call to
that contained a timestamp, use
.
Time XtLastTimestampProcessed
Display *display
display
Specifies an open display connection.
If no
KeyPress,
KeyRelease,
ButtonPress,
ButtonRelease,
MotionNotify,
EnterNotify,
LeaveNotify,
PropertyNotify,
or
SelectionClear
event has yet been passed to
for the specified display,
returns zero.
Retrieving the Most Recent Event
To retrieve the event from the most recent call to
for a specific display, use
.
XEvent *XtLastEventProcessed
Display *display
display
Specifies the display connection from which to retrieve the event.
Returns the last event passed to
for the specified display. Returns NULL if there is no such event.
The client must not modify the contents of the returned event.
Merging Exposure Events into a Region
The Intrinsics provide an
utility function that merges
Expose
and
GraphicsExpose
events into a region for clients to process at once
rather than processing individual rectangles.
For further information about regions,
see
in
Xlib — C Language X Interface..
To merge
Expose
and
GraphicsExpose
events into a region, use
.
void XtAddExposureToRegion
XEvent *event
Region region
event
Specifies a pointer to the
Expose
or
GraphicsExpose
event.
region
Specifies the region object (as defined in
<X11/Xutil.h>).
The
function computes the union of the rectangle defined by the exposure
event and the specified region.
Then it stores the results back in region.
If the event argument is not an
Expose
or
GraphicsExpose
event,
returns without an error and without modifying region.
This function is used by the exposure compression mechanism;
see
Translating Widget Coordinates
To translate an x-y coordinate pair from widget coordinates to root
window absolute coordinates, use
.
void XtTranslateCoords
Widget w
Position x
Position *rootx_return
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
x
y
Specify the widget-relative x and y coordinates.
rootx_return
rooty_return
Return the root-relative x and y coordinates.
While
is similar to the Xlib
XTranslateCoordinates
function, it does not generate a server request because all the required
information already is in the widget's data structures.
Translating a Window to a Widget
To translate a given window and display pointer into a widget instance, use
.
Widget XtWindowToWidget
Display *display
Window window
display
Specifies the display on which the window is defined.
window
Specifies the drawable for which you want the widget.
If there is a realized widget whose window is the specified drawable on
the specified display,
returns that widget.
If not and if the drawable has been associated with a widget through
,
returns the widget associated with the drawable. In other cases it
returns NULL.
Handling Errors
The Intrinsics allow a client to register procedures that are called
whenever a fatal or nonfatal error occurs.
These facilities are intended for both error reporting and logging
and for error correction or recovery.
Two levels of interface are provided:
A high-level interface that takes an error
name and class and retrieves the error message text from
an error resource database.
A low-level interface that takes a simple string to display.
The high-level functions construct a string to pass to the lower-level
interface.
The strings may be specified in application code and are
overridden by the contents of an external systemwide file,
the "error database file". The location and name of this file are
implementation-dependent.
The application-context-specific error handling is not
implemented on many systems, although the interfaces are
always present.
Most implementations will have just one set of error handlers
for all application contexts within a process.
If they are set for different application contexts,
the ones registered last will prevail.
To obtain the error database (for example, to merge with
an application- or widget-specific database), use
.
XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase
XtAppContext app_context
app_context
Specifies the application context.
The
function returns the address of the error database.
The Intrinsics do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the
database file until the first call to
.
For a complete listing of all errors and warnings
that can be generated by the Intrinsics, see
The high-level error and warning handler procedure pointers are of type
.
typedef void (*XtErrorMsgHandler)
String name
String type
String class
String defaultp
String *params
Cardinal *num_params
name
Specifies the name to be concatenated with the specified type to form
the resource name of the error message.
type
Specifies the type to be concatenated with the name to form the
resource name of the error message.
class
Specifies the resource class of the error message.
defaultp
Specifies the default message to use if no error database entry is found.
params
Specifies a pointer to a list of parameters to be substituted in the message.
num_params
Specifies the number of entries in params.
The specified name can be a general kind of error,
like "invalidParameters" or "invalidWindow",
and the specified type gives extra information
such as the name of the routine in which the error was detected.
Standard
printf
notation is used to substitute the parameters into the message.
An error message handler can obtain the error database text for an
error or a warning by calling
.
void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText
XtAppContext app_context
String name
String default
String buffer_return
int nbytes
XrmDatabase database
app_context
Specifies the application context.
name
type
Specify the name and type concatenated to form the resource name
of the error message.
class
Specifies the resource class of the error message.
default
Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
buffer_return
Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
nbytes
Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
database
Specifies the name of the alternative database to be used,
or NULL if the application context's error database is to be used.
The
returns the appropriate message from the error database
or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the
error database.
To form the full resource name and class when querying the database,
the name and type are concatenated with a single "."
between them and the class is concatenated with itself with a
single "." if it does not already contain a ".".
To return the application name and class as passed to
for a particular Display, use
.
void XtGetApplicationNameAndClass
Display* display
String* name_return
String* class_return
display
Specifies an open display connection that has been initialized with
.
name_return
Returns the application name.
class_return
Returns the application class.
returns the application name and class passed to
for the specified display. If the display was
never initialized or has been closed, the result is undefined. The
returned strings are owned by the Intrinsics and must not be modified
or freed by the caller.
To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
.
XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler
XtAppContext app_context
XtErrorMsgHandler msg_handler
app_context
Specifies the application context.
msg_handler
Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
returns a pointer to the previously
installed high-level fatal error handler.
The default high-level fatal error handler provided by the Intrinsics is named
_XtDefaultErrorMsg
and constructs a string from the error resource database and calls
.
Fatal error message handlers should not return.
If one does,
subsequent Intrinsics behavior is undefined.
To call the high-level error handler, use
.
void XtAppErrorMsg
XtAppContext app_context
String name
String type
String class
String default
String *params
Cardinal *num_params
app_context
Specifies the application context.
name
Specifies the general kind of error.
type
Specifies the detailed name of the error.
class
Specifies the resource class.
default
Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
params
Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
num_params
Specifies the number of entries in params.
The Intrinsics internal errors all have class
"XtToolkitError".
To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
.
XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler
XtAppContext app_context
XtErrorMsgHandler msg_handler
app_context
Specifies the application context.
msg_handler
Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
returns a pointer to the previously
installed high-level warning handler.
The default high-level warning handler provided by the Intrinsics is named
_XtDefaultWarningMsg
and constructs a string
from the error resource database and calls
.
To call the installed high-level warning handler, use
.
void XtAppWarningMsg
XtAppContext app_context
String name
String type
String class
String default
String *params
Cardinal *num_params
app_context
Specifies the application context.
name
Specifies the general kind of error.
type
Specifies the detailed name of the error.
class
Specifies the resource class.
default
Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
params
Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
num_params
Specifies the number of entries in params.
The Intrinsics internal warnings all have class
"XtToolkitError".
The low-level error and warning handler procedure pointers are of type
.
typedef void (*XtErrorHandler)
String message
message
Specifies the error message.
The error handler should display the message string in some appropriate fashion.
To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
.
XtErrorHandler XtAppSetErrorHandler
XtAppContext app_context
XtErrorHandler handler
app_context
Specifies the application context.
handler
Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
returns a pointer to the previously installed
low-level fatal error handler.
The default low-level error handler provided by the Intrinsics is
_XtDefaultError.
On POSIX-based systems,
it prints the message to standard error and terminates the application.
Fatal error message handlers should not return.
If one does,
subsequent Intrinsics behavior is undefined.
To call the installed fatal error procedure, use
.
void XtAppError
XtAppContext app_context
String message
app_context
Specifies the application context.
message
Specifies the message to be reported.
Most programs should use
,
not
,
to provide for customization and internationalization of error messages.
To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
.
XtErrorHandler XtAppSetWarningHandler
XtAppContext app_context
XtErrorHandler handler
app_context
Specifies the application context.
handler
Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
returns a pointer to the previously installed
low-level warning handler.
The default low-level warning handler provided by the Intrinsics is
_XtDefaultWarning.
On POSIX-based systems,
it prints the message to standard error and returns to the caller.
To call the installed nonfatal error procedure, use
.
void XtAppWarning
XtAppContext app_context
String message
app_context
Specifies the application context.
message
Specifies the nonfatal error message to be reported.
Most programs should use
,
not
,
to provide for customization and internationalization of warning messages.
Setting WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
A client may set the value of the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
property on a widget's window by calling
.
void XtSetWMColormapWindows
Widget widget
Widget* list
Cardinal count
widget
Specifies the widget on whose window the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
property is stored. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
list
Specifies a list of widgets whose windows are potentially to be
listed in the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
count
Specifies the number of widgets in list.
returns immediately if widget is not realized or if count is 0.
Otherwise,
constructs an ordered list of windows
by examining each widget in list in turn and
ignoring the widget if it is not realized, or
adding the widget's window to the window list if the widget is realized
and if its colormap resource is different from the colormap
resources of all widgets whose windows are already on the window list.
Finally,
stores the resulting window list in the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
property on the specified widget's window.
Refer to Section 4.1.8 in the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual. for details of
the semantics of the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
Finding File Names
The Intrinsics provide procedures to look for a file by name, allowing
string substitutions in a list of file specifications. Two
routines are provided for this:
and
.
uses an arbitrary set of client-specified substitutions, and
uses a set of standard substitutions corresponding
to the X/Open Portability Guide language localization conventions.
Most applications should use
.
A string substitution is defined by a list of
Substitution
entries.
typedef struct {
char match;
String substitution;
} SubstitutionRec, *Substitution;
File name evaluation is handled in an operating-system-dependent
fashion by an
procedure.
typedef Boolean (*XtFilePredicate)
String filename
filename
Specifies a potential filename.
A file predicate procedure is called with a string that is
potentially a file name. It should return
True
if this string specifies a file that is appropriate for the intended use and
False
otherwise.
To search for a file using substitutions in a path list, use
.
String XtFindFile
String path
Substitution substitutions
Cardinal num_substitutions
XtFilePredicate predicate
path
Specifies a path of file names, including substitution characters.
substitutions
Specifies a list of substitutions to make into the path.
num_substitutions
Specifies the number of substitutions passed in.
predicate
Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL.
The path parameter specifies a string that consists of a series of
potential file names delimited by colons. Within each name, the
percent character specifies a string substitution selected by the
following character. The character sequence "%:" specifies an
embedded colon that is not a delimiter; the sequence is replaced by a
single colon. The character sequence "%%" specifies a percent
character that does not introduce a substitution; the sequence is
replaced by a single percent character. If a percent character is
followed by any other character,
looks through the
specified substitutions for that character in the match field
and, if found,
replaces the percent and match characters with the string in the
corresponding substitution field. A substitution field entry of NULL
is equivalent to a pointer to an empty string. If the operating
system does not interpret multiple embedded name separators in the
path (i.e., "/" in POSIX) the same way as a single separator,
will collapse multiple separators into a single one after performing
all string substitutions. Except for collapsing embedded separators,
the contents of the string substitutions are not interpreted by
and may therefore contain any operating-system-dependent
characters, including additional name separators. Each resulting
string is passed to the predicate procedure until a string is found for
which the procedure returns
True;
this string is the return value for
.
If no string yields a
True
return from the predicate,
returns NULL.
If the predicate parameter is NULL, an internal procedure that checks
if the file exists, is readable, and is not a directory is used.
It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
when it is no longer needed.
To search for a file using standard substitutions in a path list, use
.
String XtResolvePathname
Display *display
String type
Substitution substitutions
Cardinal num_substitutions
XtFilePredicate predicate
display
Specifies the display to use to find the language for language substitutions.
type
filename
suffix
Specify values to substitute into the path.
path
Specifies the list of file specifications, or NULL.
substitutions
Specifies a list of additional substitutions to make into the path, or NULL.
num_substitutions
Specifies the number of entries in substitutions.
predicate
Specifies a procedure called to judge each potential file name, or NULL.
The substitutions specified by
are determined from the value of the language string retrieved by
for the specified display.
To set the
language for all applications specify "*xnlLanguage: lang" in the
resource database.
The format and content of the language string are
implementation-defined. One suggested syntax is to compose
the language string of three parts; a "language part", a
"territory part" and a "codeset part". The manner in which
this composition is accomplished is implementation-defined,
and the Intrinsics make no interpretation of the parts other
than to use them in substitutions as described below.
calls
with the following substitutions
in addition to any passed by the caller and returns the value returned by
:
%N
The value of the filename parameter, or the application's
class name if filename is NULL.
%T
The value of the type parameter.
%S
The value of the suffix parameter.
%L
The language string associated with the specified display.
%l
The language part of the display's language string.
%t
The territory part of the display's language string.
%c
The codeset part of the display's language string.
%C
The customization string retrieved from the resource
database associated with display.
%D
The value of the implementation-specific default path.
If a path is passed to
,
it is passed along to
.
If the path argument is NULL, the value of the
XFILESEARCHPATH
environment variable is passed to
.
If XFILESEARCHPATH
is not defined, an implementation-specific default path is used
that contains at least six entries. These entries
must contain the following substitutions:
1. %C, %N, %S, %T, %L or %C, %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
2. %C, %N, %S, %T, %l
3. %C, %N, %S, %T
4. %N, %S, %T, %L or %N, %S, %T, %l, %t, %c
5. %N, %S, %T, %l
6. %N, %S, %T
The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above.
The order and use of substitutions within a given entry
are implementation-dependent.
If the path begins
with a colon, it is preceded by %N%S. If the path includes two
adjacent colons, %N%S is inserted between them.
The type parameter is intended to be a category of files, usually
being translated into a directory in the pathname. Possible values
might include "app-defaults", "help", and "bitmap".
The suffix parameter is intended to be appended to the file name.
Possible values might include ".txt", ".dat", and ".bm".
A suggested value for the default path on POSIX-based systems is
/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%C%S:/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%C%S:\
/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%C%S:/usr/lib/X11/%L/%T/%N%S:\
/usr/lib/X11/%l/%T/%N%S:/usr/lib/X11/%T/%N%S
Using this example, if the user has specified a language, it is
used as a subdirectory of /usr/lib/X11 that is searched for other
files. If the desired file is not found there, the lookup is
tried again using just the language part of the specification. If the
file is not there, it is looked for in /usr/lib/X11. The type
parameter is used as a subdirectory of the language directory or of
/usr/lib/X11, and suffix is appended to the file name.
The %D substitution allows the addition of path
elements to the implementation-specific default path, typically to
allow additional directories to be searched without preventing
resources in the system directories from being found. For example, a
user installing resource files under a directory called "ourdir"
might set
XFILESEARCHPATH
to
%D:ourdir/%T/%N%C:ourdir/%T/%N
The customization string is obtained by querying the resource database
currently associated with the display (the database returned by
XrmGetDatabase)
for the resource application_name.customization, class
application_class.Customization, where application_name
and application_class are the values returned by
.
If no value is specified in the database, the empty string is used.
It is the responsibility of the caller to free the returned string using
when it is no longer needed.
Hooks for External Agents
Applications may register
functions that are called at a particular control points in the Intrinsics.
These functions are intended to be used to provide notification
of an "X Toolkit event", such as widget creation, to an external agent,
such as an interactive resource editor, drag-and-drop server, or
an aid for physically challenged users.
The control points containing such registration hooks are identified
in a "hook registration" object.
To retrieve the hook registration widget, use
.
Widget XtHooksOfDisplay
Display *display
display
Specifies the desired display.
The class of this object is a private, implementation-dependent
subclass of
Object.
The hook object has no parent. The resources of this object are
the callback lists for hooks and the read-only resources for getting
a list of parentless shells. All of the callback lists are initially
empty. When a display is closed, the hook object associated with it
is destroyed.
The following procedures can be called with the hook registration object
as an argument:
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
XtSuperclass,
,
,
XtIsObject,
XtIsRectObj,
XtIsWidget,
XtIsComposite,
XtIsConstraint,
XtIsShell,
XtIsOverrideShell,
XtIsWMShell,
XtIsVendorShell,
XtIsTransientShell,
XtIsToplevelShell,
XtIsApplicationShell,
XtIsSessionShell
,
XtParent,
,
,
,
,
Hook Object Resources
The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified
in the hook object resource list are:
Name
Class
Representation
XtNcreateHook
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNchangeHook
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNconfigureHook
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNgeometryHook
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNdestroyHook
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNshells
XtCReadOnly
XtRWidgetList
XtNnumShells
XtCReadOnly
XtRCardinal
Descriptions of each of these resources:
The XtNcreateHook callback list is called from:
,
,
,
,
and their corresponding varargs versions.
The call_data parameter in a createHook callback may be
cast to type
XtCreateHookData.
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
ArgList args;
Cardinal num_args;
} XtCreateHookDataRec, *XtCreateHookData;
The type is set to
XtHcreate,
widget is the newly created widget, and args and num_args
are the arguments passed to the create function. The callbacks are
called before returning from the create function.
The XtNchangeHook callback list is called from:
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
XtAddCallbacks,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
The call_data parameter in a changeHook callback may
be cast to type
XtChangeHookData.
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
XtPointer event_data;
Cardinal num_event_data;
} XtChangeHookDataRec, *XtChangeHookData;
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
or
,
type is set to
XtHsetValues,
widget is the new widget passed to the set_values procedure, and
event_data may be cast to type
XtChangeHookSetValuesData.
typedef struct {
Widget old, req;
ArgList args;
Cardinal num_args;
} XtChangeHookSetValuesDataRec, *XtChangeHookSetValuesData;
The old, req, args, and num_args are the
parameters passed to the set_values procedure. The callbacks are called
after the set_values and constraint set_values procedures have been called.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
or
,
type is set to
XtHmanageChildren,
widget is the parent, event_data may be cast to type
WidgetList and is the list of children being managed, and
num_event_data is the length of the widget list.
The callbacks are called after the children have been managed.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
or
,
type is set to
XtHunmanageChildren,
widget is the parent, event_data may be cast to type
WidgetList and is a list of the children being unmanaged, and
num_event_data is the length of the widget list.
The callbacks are called after the children have been unmanaged.
The changeHook callbacks are called twice as a result of a call to
,
once after unmanaging and again after managing.
When the callbacks are called the first time, type is set to
XtHunmanageSet,
widget is the parent, event_data may be cast to type
WidgetList and is a list of the children being unmanaged, and
num_event_data is the length of the widget list.
When the callbacks are called the second time, the type is set to
XtHmanageSet,
widget is the parent, event_data may be cast to type
WidgetList and is a list of the children being managed, and
num_event_data is the length of the widget list.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHrealizeWidget
and widget is the widget being realized.
The callbacks are called after the widget has been realized.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHunrealizeWidget,
and widget is the widget being unrealized.
The callbacks are called after the widget has been unrealized.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
type is set to
XtHaddCallback,
widget is the widget to which the callback is being added, and
event_data may be cast to type String and is the name of the
callback being added.
The callbacks are called after the callback has been added to the widget.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHaddCallbacks,
widget is the widget to which the callbacks are being added, and
event_data may be cast to type String and is the name of the
callbacks being added.
The callbacks are called after the callbacks have been added to the widget.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHremoveCallback,
widget is the widget from which the callback is being removed, and
event_data may be cast to type String and is the name of
the callback being removed. The callbacks are called after the callback
has been removed from the widget.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHremoveCallbacks,
widget is the widget from which the callbacks are being removed, and
event_data may be cast to type String and is the name of the
callbacks being removed. The callbacks are called after the callbacks
have been removed from the widget.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHremoveAllCallbacks
and widget is the widget from which the callbacks are being removed.
The callbacks are called after the callbacks have been removed from the
widget.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHaugmentTranslations
and widget is the widget whose translations are being modified.
The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been
modified.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHoverrideTranslations
and widget is the widget whose translations are being modified.
The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been
modified.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
The type is
XtHuninstallTranslations
and widget is the widget whose translations are being uninstalled.
The callbacks are called after the widget's translations have been
uninstalled.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHsetKeyboardFocus
and event_data may be cast to type Widget and is the value of
the descendant argument passed to . The
callbacks are called before returning from .
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
type is set to
XtHsetWMColormapWindows,
event_data may be cast to type WidgetList and is the value of
the list argument passed to , and
num_event_data is the length of the list. The callbacks are
called before returning from .
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHsetMappedWhenManaged
and event_data may be cast to type Boolean and is the value of
the mapped_when_managed argument passed to .
The callbacks are called after setting the widget's mapped_when_managed
field and before realizing or unrealizing the widget.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHmapWidget
and widget is the widget being mapped.
The callbacks are called after mapping the widget.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHunmapWidget
and widget is the widget being unmapped.
The callbacks are called after unmapping the widget.
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHpopup,
widget is the widget being popped up, and event_data may
be cast to type XtGrabKind and is the value of the grab_kind argument
passed to .
The callbacks are called before returning from .
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHpopupSpringLoaded
and widget is the widget being popped up.
The callbacks are called
before returning from .
When the changeHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHpopdown
and widget is the widget being popped down.
The callbacks are called
before returning from .
A widget set that exports interfaces that change application state
without employing the Intrinsics library should invoke the change hook
itself. This is done by:
XtCallCallbacks(XtHooksOfDisplay(dpy), XtNchangeHook, call_data);
The XtNconfigureHook callback list is called any time the Intrinsics
move, resize, or configure a widget and when
is called.
The call_data parameter may be cast to type
XtConfigureHookData.
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
XtGeometryMask changeMask;
XWindowChanges changes;
} XtConfigureHookDataRec, *XtConfigureHookData;
When the configureHook callbacks are called, the type is
XtHconfigure,
widget is the widget being configured, and changeMask and
changes reflect the changes made to the widget. The callbacks
are called after changes have been made to the widget.
The XtNgeometryHook callback list is called from
and
once before and once after geometry negotiation occurs.
The call_data parameter may be cast to type
XtGeometryHookData.
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
XtWidgetGeometry* request;
XtWidgetGeometry* reply;
XtGeometryResult result;
} XtGeometryHookDataRec, *XtGeometryHookData;
When the geometryHook callbacks are called prior to geometry negotiation,
the type is
XtHpreGeometry,
widget is the widget for which the request is being made, and
request is the requested geometry.
When the geometryHook callbacks
are called after geometry negotiation, the type is
XtHpostGeometry,
widget is the widget for which the request was made, request
is the requested geometry, reply is the resulting geometry granted,
and result is the value returned from the geometry negotiation.
The XtNdestroyHook callback list is called when a widget is destroyed.
The call_data parameter may be cast to type
XtDestroyHookData.
typedef struct {
String type;
Widget widget;
} XtDestroyHookDataRec, *XtDestroyHookData;
When the destroyHook callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is
XtHdestroy
and widget is the widget being destroyed. The callbacks are
called upon completion of phase one destroy for a widget.
The XtNshells and XtnumShells are read-only resources that report a
list of all parentless shell widgets associated with a display.
Clients who use these hooks must exercise caution in calling Intrinsics
functions in order to avoid recursion.
Querying Open Displays
To retrieve a list of the Displays associated with an application context,
use
.
void XtGetDisplays
XtAppContext app_context
Display ***dpy_return
Cardinal *num_dpy_return
app_context
Specifies the application context.
dpy_return
Returns a list of open Display connections in the specified application
context.
num_dpy_return
Returns the count of open Display connections in dpy_return.
may be used by an external agent to query the
list of open displays that belong to an application context. To free
the list of displays, use
.
callbacks are called as a result of a call to
,
the type is set to
XtHaugmentTranslations
and widget is the widget whose translations are being modified.
The callbacks alibXt-1.1.5/specs/Makefile.in 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000060700 12520610350 0016240 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
#
# Generate output formats for a single DocBook/XML with/without chapters
#
# Variables set by the calling Makefile:
# shelfdir: the location where the docs/specs are installed. Typically $(docdir)
# docbook: the main DocBook/XML file, no chapters, appendix or image files
# chapters: all files pulled in by an XInclude statement and images.
#
#
# This makefile is intended for Users Documentation and Functional Specifications.
# Do not use for Developer Documentation which is not installed and does not require olink.
# Refer to http://www.x.org/releases/X11R7.6/doc/xorg-docs/ReleaseNotes.html#id2584393
# for an explanation on documents classification.
#
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@am__append_1 = $(docbook:.xml=.html)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@am__append_2 = $(docbook:.xml=.txt)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@am__append_3 = $(docbook:.xml=.pdf) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(docbook:.xml=.ps)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@am__append_4 = $(docbook:.xml=.html.db) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ $(docbook:.xml=.pdf.db)
subdir = specs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_define_dir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__dist_shelf_DATA_DIST) \
$(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
am__dist_shelf_DATA_DIST = intrinsics.xml acknowledgement.xml \
preface.xml CH01.xml CH02.xml CH03.xml CH04.xml CH05.xml \
CH06.xml CH07.xml CH08.xml CH09.xml CH10.xml CH11.xml CH12.xml \
CH13.xml appA.xml appB.xml appC.xml appD.xml appE.xml appF.xml
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)"
DATA = $(dist_shelf_DATA) $(shelf_DATA)
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
AR = @AR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BASE_CFLAGS = @BASE_CFLAGS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ERRORDBDIR = @ERRORDBDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
FOP = @FOP@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GREP = @GREP@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PERL = @PERL@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
STRIP = @STRIP@
STYLESHEET_SRCDIR = @STYLESHEET_SRCDIR@
TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS = @TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XMLTO = @XMLTO@
XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
XORG_SGML_PATH = @XORG_SGML_PATH@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
XSL_STYLESHEET = @XSL_STYLESHEET@
XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@docbook = intrinsics.xml
# Included chapters, appendix, images
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@chapters = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ acknowledgement.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ preface.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH01.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH02.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH03.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH04.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH05.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH06.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH07.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH08.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH09.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH10.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH11.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH12.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ CH13.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ appA.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ appB.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ appC.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ appD.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ appE.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ appF.xml
# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@shelfdir = $(docdir)
# DocBook/XML generated output formats to be installed
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@shelf_DATA = $(am__append_1) $(am__append_2) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@ $(am__append_3) $(am__append_4)
# DocBook/XML file with chapters, appendix and images it includes
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@dist_shelf_DATA = $(docbook) $(chapters)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@XMLTO_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ --searchpath "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11" \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ --searchpath "$(abs_top_builddir)"
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@XMLTO_HTML_OLINK_FLAGS = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ --stringparam target.database.document=$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11/dbs/masterdb.html.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ --stringparam current.docid="$(<:.xml=)"
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@XMLTO_HTML_STYLESHEET_FLAGS = -x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-xhtml.xsl
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@XMLTO_HTML_FLAGS = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(XMLTO_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(XMLTO_HTML_STYLESHEET_FLAGS) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(XMLTO_HTML_OLINK_FLAGS)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@XMLTO_FO_IMAGEPATH_FLAGS = --stringparam img.src.path=$(abs_builddir)/
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@XMLTO_PDF_OLINK_FLAGS = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ --stringparam target.database.document=$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11/dbs/masterdb.pdf.xml \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ --stringparam current.docid="$(<:.xml=)"
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@XMLTO_FO_STYLESHEET_FLAGS = -x $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-fo.xsl
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@XMLTO_FO_FLAGS = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(XMLTO_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(XMLTO_FO_STYLESHEET_FLAGS) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(XMLTO_FO_IMAGEPATH_FLAGS) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(XMLTO_PDF_OLINK_FLAGS)
# Generate documents cross-reference target databases
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@XSLT_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ --path "$(XORG_SGML_PATH)/X11" \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ --path "$(abs_top_builddir)"
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@XSLT_OLINK_FLAGS = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ --stringparam targets.filename "$@" \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ --stringparam collect.xref.targets "only" \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ --stringparam olink.base.uri "$(@:.db=)"
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@XSLT_HTML_FLAGS = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ $(XSLT_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ $(XSLT_OLINK_FLAGS) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ --nonet --xinclude \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-xhtml.xsl
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@XSLT_PDF_FLAGS = \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ $(XSLT_SEARCHPATH_FLAGS) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ $(XSLT_OLINK_FLAGS) \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ --nonet --xinclude \
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg-fo.xsl
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@CLEANFILES = $(shelf_DATA)
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign specs/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign specs/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_srcdir)/docbook.am $(am__empty):
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
install-dist_shelfDATA: $(dist_shelf_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(dist_shelf_DATA)'; test -n "$(shelfdir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-dist_shelfDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(dist_shelf_DATA)'; test -n "$(shelfdir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
install-shelfDATA: $(shelf_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(shelf_DATA)'; test -n "$(shelfdir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-shelfDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(shelf_DATA)'; test -n "$(shelfdir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
tags TAGS:
ctags CTAGS:
cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(shelfdir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
html-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-dist_shelfDATA install-shelfDATA
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-am
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am:
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-am
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-dist_shelfDATA uninstall-shelfDATA
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am \
install-dist_shelfDATA install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
install-ps install-ps-am install-shelfDATA install-strip \
installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-dist_shelfDATA uninstall-shelfDATA
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@%.html: %.xml $(chapters)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_HTML_FLAGS) xhtml-nochunks $<
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@%.txt: %.xml $(chapters)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_HTML_FLAGS) txt $<
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@%.pdf: %.xml $(chapters)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop pdf $<
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@%.ps: %.xml $(chapters)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_FOP_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FO_FLAGS) --with-fop ps $<
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@%.html.db: %.xml $(chapters)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLT_HTML_FLAGS) $<
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@%.pdf.db: %.xml $(chapters)
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@@HAVE_XSLTPROC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_GEN)$(XSLTPROC) $(XSLT_PDF_FLAGS) $<
# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
r)"
@ENABLE_SPECS_TRUE@@HAVE_STYLESHEETS_TRUE@@HAVE_XMLTO_TRUE@libXt-1.1.5/specs/appC.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000156051 12520610324 0015606 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Compatibility Functions
<footnote>
<para>
This appendix is part of the formal Intrinsics Specification.
</para>
</footnote>
In prototype versions of the X Toolkit
each widget class
implemented an Xt<Widget>Create (for example,
XtLabelCreate)
function, in which most of the code was identical from widget to widget.
In the Intrinsics, a single generic
performs most of the common work and then calls the initialize procedure
implemented for the particular widget class.
Each Composite class also implemented the procedures
Xt<Widget>Add and an Xt<Widget>Delete (for example,
XtButtonBoxAddButton
and
XtButtonBoxDeleteButton).
In the Intrinsics, the Composite generic procedures
and
perform error checking and screening out of certain children.
Then they call the change_managed procedure
implemented for the widget's Composite class.
If the widget's parent has not yet been realized,
the call to the change_managed procedure is delayed until realization time.
Old-style calls can be implemented in the X Toolkit by defining
one-line procedures or macros that invoke a generic routine. For example,
you could define the macro
XtLabelCreate
as:
#define XtLabelCreate(name, parent, args, num_args) \
((LabelWidget) XtCreateWidget(name, labelWidgetClass, parent, args, num_args))
Pop-up shells in some of the prototypes automatically performed an
on their child within their insert_child procedure.
Creators of pop-up children need to call
themselves.
and
have been replaced by
and
.
To initialize the Intrinsics internals, create an application context,
open and initialize a display, and create the initial application shell
instance, an application may use
or
.
Widget XtAppInitialize
XtAppContext *app_context_return
String application_class
XrmOptionDescList options
Cardinal num_options
int *argc_in_out
String *argv_in_out
String *fallback_resources
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
app_context_return
Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
application_class
Specifies the class name of the application.
options
Specifies the command line options table.
num_options
Specifies the number of entries in options.
argc_in_out
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
argv_in_out
Specifies a pointer to the command line arguments.
fallback_resources
Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
args
Specifies the argument list to override any
other resource specifications for the created shell widget.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function calls
followed by
,
then calls
with display_string NULL and
application_name NULL, and finally calls
with application_name NULL, widget_class
application\%Shell\%Widget\%Class,
and the specified args and num_args
and returns the created shell. The modified argc and argv returned by
are returned in argc_in_out and argv_in_out. If
app_context_return is not NULL, the created application context is
also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot be
opened, an error message is issued and
terminates the application. If fallback_resources is non-NULL,
is called with the value prior to calling
.
Widget XtVaAppInitialize
XtAppContext *app_context_return
String application_class
XrmOptionDescList options
Cardinal num_options
int *argc_in_out
String *argv_in_out
String *fallback_resources
app_context_return
Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
application_class
Specifies the class name of the application.
options
Specifies the command line options table.
num_options
Specifies the number of entries in options.
argc_in_out
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
argv_in_out
Specifies the command line arguments array.
fallback_resources
Specifies resource values to be used if the application class
resource file cannot be opened, or NULL.
...
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
resource specifications for the created shell.
The
procedure is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list,
as described
in Section 2.5.1.
As a convenience to people converting from earlier versions of the toolkit
without application contexts, the following routines exist:
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
and
.
Widget XtInitialize
String shell_name
String application_class
XrmOptionDescRec options
Cardinal num_options
int *argc
String argv
shell_name
This parameter is ignored; therefore, you can specify NULL.
application_class
Specifies the class name of this application.
options
Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
The options argument is passed as a parameter to
XrmParseCommand.
num_options
Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
argc
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
argv
Specifies the command line parameters.
calls
to initialize the toolkit internals,
creates a default application context for use by the other convenience
routines, calls
with display_string NULL and application_name NULL, and
finally calls
with application_name NULL and
returns the created shell.
The semantics of calling
more than once are undefined.
This routine has been replaced by
.
void XtMainLoop
void
first reads the next alternate input, timer, or X event by calling
.
Then it dispatches this to the appropriate registered procedure by calling
.
This routine has been replaced by
.
void XtNextEvent
XEvent *event_return
event_return
Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
If no input is on the X input queue for the default application context,
flushes the X output buffer
and waits for an event while looking at the alternate input sources
and timeout values and calling any callback procedures triggered by them.
This routine has been replaced by
.
must be called before using this routine.
void XtProcessEvent
XtInputMask mask
mask
Specifies the type of input to process.
processes one X event, timeout, or alternate input source
(depending on the value of mask), blocking if necessary.
It has been replaced by
.
must be called before using this function.
Boolean XtPeekEvent
XEvent *event_return
event_return
Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
If there is an event in the queue for the default application context,
fills in the event and returns a nonzero value.
If no X input is on the queue,
flushes the output buffer and blocks until input is available, possibly
calling some timeout callbacks in the process.
If the input is an event,
fills in the event and returns a nonzero value.
Otherwise, the input is for an alternate input source, and
returns zero.
This routine has been replaced by
.
must be called before using this routine.
Boolean XtPending
returns a nonzero value if there are
events pending from the X server or alternate input sources in the default
application context.
If there are no events pending,
it flushes the output buffer and returns a zero value.
It has been replaced by
.
must be called before using this routine.
XtInputId XtAddInput
int source
XtPointer condition
XtInputCallbackProc proc
XtPointer client_data
source
Specifies the source file descriptor on a POSIX-based system
or other operating-system-dependent device specification.
condition
Specifies the mask that indicates either a read, write, or exception condition
or some operating-system-dependent condition.
proc
Specifies the procedure called when input is available.
client_data
Specifies the parameter to be passed to proc when input is available.
The
function registers in the default application context a new
source of events,
which is usually file input but can also be file output.
(The word file should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink
or source of data.)
also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events.
When input is pending on this source in the default application context,
the callback procedure is called.
This routine has been replaced by
.
must be called before using this routine.
XtIntervalId XtAddTimeOut
unsigned long interval
XtTimerCallbackProc proc
XtPointer client_data
interval
Specifies the time interval in milliseconds.
proc
Specifies the procedure to be called when time expires.
client_data
Specifies the parameter to be passed to proc when it is called.
The
function creates a timeout in the default application context
and returns an identifier for it.
The timeout value is set to interval.
The callback procedure will be called after
the time interval elapses, after which the timeout is removed.
This routine has been replaced by
.
must be called before using this routine.
XtWorkProcId XtAddWorkProc
XtWorkProc proc
XtPointer client_data
proc
Procedure to call to do the work.
client_data
Client data to pass to proc when it is called.
This routine registers a work procedure in the default application context. It has
been replaced by
.
must be called before using this routine.
Widget XtCreateApplicationShell
String name
WidgetClass widget_class
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
name
This parameter is ignored; therefore, you can specify NULL.
widget_class
Specifies the widget class pointer for the created application shell widget.
This will usually be
topLevelShellWidgetClass
or a subclass thereof.
args
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in args.
The procedure
calls
with application_name NULL, the application class passed to
,
and the default application context created by
.
This routine has been replaced by
.
An old-format resource type converter procedure pointer is of type
.
typedef void (*XtConverter)
XrmValue *args
Cardinal *num_args
XrmValue *from
XrmValue *to
args
Specifies a list of additional
XrmValue
arguments to the converter if additional context is needed
to perform the conversion, or NULL.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in args.
from
Specifies the value to convert.
to
Specifies the descriptor to use to return the converted value.
Type converters should perform the following actions:
Check to see that the number of arguments passed is correct.
Attempt the type conversion.
If successful, return the size and pointer to the data in the to argument;
otherwise, call
and return without modifying the to argument.
Most type converters just take the data described by the specified from
argument and return data by writing into the specified to argument.
A few need other information, which is available in the specified
argument list.
A type converter can invoke another type converter,
which allows differing sources that may convert into a common intermediate
result to make maximum use of the type converter cache.
Note that the address returned in to->addr cannot be that of a local variable of
the converter because this is not valid after the converter returns.
It should be a pointer to a static variable.
The procedure type
has been replaced by
.
The
function is a convenience routine for old-format resource converters
that convert from strings.
void XtStringConversionWarning
String src
src
Specifies the string that could not be converted.
dst_type
Specifies the name of the type to which the string could not be converted.
The
function issues a warning message with name "conversionError",
type "string", class "XtToolkitError, and the default message string
"Cannot convert "src" to type dst_type". This routine
has been superseded by
.
To register an old-format converter, use
or
.
void XtAddConverter
String from_type
String to_type
XtConverter converter
XtConvertArgList convert_args
Cardinal num_args
from_type
Specifies the source type.
to_type
Specifies the destination type.
converter
Specifies the type converter procedure.
convert_args
Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter, or NULL.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in convert_args.
is equivalent in function to
with cache_type equal to
XtCacheAll
for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by
.
void XtAppAddConverter
XtAppContext app_context
String from_type
String to_type
XtConverter converter
XtConvertArgList convert_args
Cardinal num_args
app_context
Specifies the application context.
from_type
Specifies the source type.
to_type
Specifies the destination type.
converter
Specifies the type converter procedure.
convert_args
Specifies how to compute the additional arguments to the converter, or NULL.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in convert_args.
is equivalent in function to
with cache_type equal to
XtCacheAll
for old-format type converters. It has been superseded by
.
To invoke resource conversions, a client may use
or, for old-format converters only,
.
void XtConvert
Widget w
String from_type
XrmValuePtr from
String to_type
XrmValuePtr to_return
w
Specifies the widget to use for additional arguments, if any are
needed.
from_type
Specifies the source type.
from
Specifies the value to be converted.
to_type
Specifies the destination type.
to_return
Returns the converted value.
void XtDirectConvert
XtConverter converter
XrmValuePtr args
Cardinal num_args
XrmValuePtr from
XrmValuePtr to_return
converter
Specifies the conversion procedure to be called.
args
Specifies the argument list that contains the additional arguments
needed to perform the conversion (often NULL).
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in args.
from
Specifies the value to be converted.
to_return
Returns the converted value.
The
function looks up the type converter registered to convert from_type
to to_type, computes any additional arguments needed, and then calls
or
.
The
function looks in the converter cache to see if this conversion procedure
has been called with the specified arguments.
If so, it returns a descriptor for information stored in the cache;
otherwise, it calls the converter and enters the result in the cache.
Before calling the specified converter,
sets the return value size to zero and the return value address to NULL.
To determine if the conversion was successful,
the client should check to_return.addr for non-NULL.
The data returned by
must be copied immediately by the caller,
as it may point to static data in the type converter.
has been replaced by
,
and
has been superseded by
.
To deallocate a shared GC when it is no longer needed, use
.
void XtDestroyGC
Widget w
GC gc
w
Specifies any object on the display for which the shared GC was
created. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
gc
Specifies the shared GC to be deallocated.
References to sharable GCs are counted and a free request is generated to the
server when the last user of a given GC destroys it.
Note that some earlier versions of
had only a gc argument.
Therefore, this function is not very portable,
and you are encouraged to use
instead.
To declare an action table in the default application context
and register it with the translation manager, use
.
void XtAddActions
XtActionList actions
Cardinal num_actions
actions
Specifies the action table to register.
num_actions
Specifies the number of entries in actions.
If more than one action is registered with the same name,
the most recently registered action is used.
If duplicate actions exist in an action table,
the first is used.
The Intrinsics register an action table for
and
as part of X Toolkit initialization.
This routine has been replaced by
.
must be called before using this routine.
To set the Intrinsics selection timeout in the default application context, use
.
void XtSetSelectionTimeout
unsigned long timeout
timeout
Specifies the selection timeout in milliseconds.
This routine has been replaced by
.
must be called before using this routine.
To get the current selection timeout value in the default application
context, use
.
unsigned long XtGetSelectionTimeout
The selection timeout is the time within which the two communicating
applications must respond to one another.
If one of them does not respond within this interval,
the Intrinsics abort the selection request.
This routine has been replaced by
.
must be called before using this routine.
To obtain the global error database (for example, to merge with
an application- or widget-specific database), use
.
XrmDatabase *XtGetErrorDatabase
The
function returns the address of the error database.
The Intrinsics do a lazy binding of the error database and do not merge in the
database file until the first call to
XtGetErrorDatbaseText.
This routine has been replaced by
.
An error message handler can obtain the error database text for an
error or a warning by calling
.
void XtGetErrorDatabaseText
String name
String default
String buffer_return
int nbytes
name
type
Specify the name and type that are concatenated to form the resource name
of the error message.
class
Specifies the resource class of the error message.
default
Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
buffer_return
Specifies the buffer into which the error message is to be returned.
nbytes
Specifies the size of the buffer in bytes.
The
returns the appropriate message from the error database
associated with the default application context
or returns the specified default message if one is not found in the
error database.
To form the full resource name and class when querying the database,
the name and type are concatenated with a single "."
between them and the class is concatenated with itself with a
single "." if it does not already contain a ".".
This routine has been superseded by
.
To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
.
void XtSetErrorMsgHandler
XtErrorMsgHandler msg_handler
msg_handler
Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
The default error handler provided by the Intrinsics constructs a
string from the error resource database and calls
.
Fatal error message handlers should not return.
If one does,
subsequent Intrinsics behavior is undefined.
This routine has been superseded by
.
To call the high-level error handler, use
.
void XtErrorMsg
String name
String type
String class
String default
String *params
Cardinal *num_params
name
Specifies the general kind of error.
type
Specifies the detailed name of the error.
class
Specifies the resource class.
default
Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
params
Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
num_params
Specifies the number of entries in params.
This routine has been superseded by
.
To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
.
void XtSetWarningMsgHandler
XtErrorMsgHandler msg_handler
msg_handler
Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
The default warning handler provided by the Intrinsics constructs a string
from the error resource database and calls
.
This routine has been superseded by
.
To call the installed high-level warning handler, use
.
void XtWarningMsg
String name
String type
String class
String default
String *params
Cardinal *num_params
name
Specifies the general kind of error.
type
Specifies the detailed name of the error.
class
Specifies the resource class.
default
Specifies the default message to use if an error database entry is not found.
params
Specifies a pointer to a list of values to be stored in the message.
num_params
Specifies the number of entries in params.
This routine has been superseded by
.
To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditions, use
.
void XtSetErrorHandler
XtErrorHandler handler
handler
Specifies the new fatal error procedure, which should not return.
The default error handler provided by the Intrinsics is
_XtError.
On POSIX-based systems,
it prints the message to standard error and terminates the application.
Fatal error message handlers should not return.
If one does,
subsequent X Toolkit behavior is undefined.
This routine has been superseded by
.
To call the installed fatal error procedure, use
.
void XtError
String message
message
Specifies the message to be reported.
Most programs should use
,
not
,
to provide for customization and internationalization of error
messages. This routine has been superseded by
.
To register a procedure to be called on nonfatal error conditions, use
.
void XtSetWarningHandler
XtErrorHandler handler
handler
Specifies the new nonfatal error procedure, which usually returns.
The default warning handler provided by the Intrinsics is
_XtWarning.
On POSIX-based systems,
it prints the message to standard error and returns to the caller.
This routine has been superseded by
.
To call the installed nonfatal error procedure, use
.
void XtWarning
String message
message
Specifies the nonfatal error message to be reported.
Most programs should use
,
not
,
to provide for customization and internationalization of warning messages.
This routine has been superseded by
.
ss when querying the database,
the name and type are concatenated with a single "."
between them and the class is concatenated with itself with a
single "." if it does not already contain a ".".
This routine has been superseded by
.
To register a procedure to be called on fatal error conditiolibXt-1.1.5/specs/CH09.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000412452 12520610324 0015366 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Resource Management
A resource is a field in the widget record with a corresponding
resource entry in the resources list of the widget or any of its
superclasses.
This means that the field is
settable by
(by naming the field in the argument list), by an
entry in a resource file (by using either the name or class), and by
.
In addition, it is readable by
.
Not all fields in a widget record are resources.
Some are for bookkeeping use by the
generic routines (like managed and being_destroyed).
Others can be for local bookkeeping,
and still others are derived from resources
(many graphics contexts and pixmaps).
Widgets typically need to obtain a large set of resources at widget
creation time.
Some of the resources come from the argument list supplied in the call to
,
some from the resource database,
and some from the internal defaults specified by the widget.
Resources are obtained first from the argument list,
then from the resource database for all resources not specified
in the argument list,
and last, from the internal default, if needed.
Resource Lists
A resource entry specifies a field in the widget,
the textual name and class of the field that argument lists
and external resource files use to refer to the field,
and a default value that the field should get if no value is specified.
The declaration for the
XtResource
structure is
typedef struct {
String resource_name;
String resource_class;
String resource_type;
Cardinal resource_size;
Cardinal resource_offset;
String default_type;
XtPointer default_addr;
} XtResource, *XtResourceList;
When the resource list is specified as the
CoreClassPart,
ObjectClassPart,
RectObjClassPart,
or
ConstraintClassPart
resources field, the strings pointed to by resource_name,
resource_class, resource_type, and default_type must
be permanently allocated prior to or during the execution of the class
initialization procedure and must not be subsequently deallocated.
The resource_name field contains the name used by clients to access the field
in the widget.
By convention, it starts with a lowercase letter
and is spelled exactly like the field name,
except all underscores (_) are deleted and the next letter is replaced by its
uppercase counterpart.
For example, the resource name for background_pixel becomes backgroundPixel.
Resource names beginning with the two-character
sequence ``xt'', and resource classes beginning with the two-character
sequence ``Xt'' are reserved to the Intrinsics for future standard and
implementation-dependent uses.
Widget header files typically contain a symbolic name for each resource name.
All resource names, classes, and types used by the Intrinsics are named in
<X11/StringDefs.h>.
The Intrinsics's symbolic resource names begin with
``XtN''
and are followed by the string name (for example, XtNbackgroundPixel
for backgroundPixel).
The resource_class field contains the class string used in resource
specification files to identify the field.
A resource class provides two functions:
It isolates an application from different representations that widgets
can use for a similar resource.
It lets you specify values for several actual resources with a single name.
A resource class should be chosen to span a group of closely related fields.
For example,
a widget can have several pixel resources: background, foreground,
border, block cursor, pointer cursor, and so on.
Typically, the background defaults to white
and everything else to black.
The resource class for each of these resources in the resource list
should be chosen so that it takes the minimal number of entries
in the resource database to make the background ivory
and everything else darkblue.
In this case, the background pixel should have a resource class of
``Background''
and all the other pixel entries a resource class of
``Foreground''.
Then, the resource file needs only two lines to
change all pixels to ivory or darkblue:
*Background: ivory
*Foreground: darkblue
Similarly, a widget may have several font resources (such as normal and bold),
but all fonts should have the class Font.
Thus, changing all fonts simply requires only a single line in the
default resource file:
*Font: 6x13
By convention,
resource classes are always spelled starting with a capital letter
to distinguish them from resource names.
Their symbolic names are preceded with
``XtC''
(for example, XtCBackground).
The resource_type field gives the physical representation type of the resource
and also encodes information about the specific usage of the field.
By convention, it starts with an uppercase letter and is
spelled identically to the type name of the field.
The resource type is used when resources are fetched to
convert from the resource database format (usually
String)
or the format of the resource default value
(almost anything, but often
String)
to the desired
physical representation (see ).
The Intrinsics define the following resource types:
Resource Type
Structure or Field Type
XtRAcceleratorTable
XtAccelerators
XtRAtom
Atom
XtRBitmap
Pixmap, depth=1
XtRBoolean
Boolean
XtRBool
Bool
XtRCallback
XtCallbackList
XtRCardinal
Cardinal
XtRColor
XColor
XtRColormap
Colormap
XtRCommandArgArray
String*
XtRCursor
Cursor
XtRDimension
Dimension
XtRDirectoryString
String
XtRDisplay
Display*
XtREnum
XtEnum
XtREnvironmentArray
String*
XtRFile
FILE*
XtRFloat
float
XtRFont
Font
XtRFontSet
XFontSet
XtRFontStruct
XFontStruct*
XtRFunction
(*)()
XtRGeometry
char*, format as defined by
XParseGeometry
XtRGravity
int
XtRInitialState
int
XtRInt
int
XtRLongBoolean
long
XtRObject
Object
XtRPixel
Pixel
XtRPixmap
Pixmap
XtRPointer
XtPointer
XtRPosition
Position
XtRRestartStyle
unsigned char
XtRScreen
Screen*
XtRShort
short
XtRSmcConn
XtPointer
XtRString
String
XtRStringArray
String*
XtRStringTable
String*
XtRTranslationTable
XtTranslations
XtRUnsignedChar
unsigned char
XtRVisual
Visual*
XtRWidget
Widget
XtRWidgetClass
WidgetClass
XtRWidgetList
WidgetList
XtRWindow
Window
<X11/StringDefs.h>
also defines the following resource types as a
convenience for widgets, although they do not have any corresponding
data type assigned:
XtREditMode,
XtRJustify,
and
XtROrientation.
The resource_size field is the size of the physical representation in bytes;
you should specify it as
sizeof(type) so that the
compiler fills in the value.
The resource_offset field is the offset in bytes of the field
within the widget.
You should use the
macro to retrieve this value.
The default_type field is the representation type of the default
resource value.
If default_type is different from resource_type and the default value
is needed,
the resource manager invokes a conversion procedure from default_type
to resource_type.
Whenever possible,
the default type should be identical to the resource type in order
to minimize widget creation time.
However, there are sometimes no values of the type that the program
can easily specify.
In this case,
it should be a value for which the converter is guaranteed to work (for example,
XtDefaultForeground
for a pixel resource).
The default_addr field specifies the address of the default resource value.
As a special case, if default_type is
XtRString,
then the value in the default_addr field is the pointer to
the string rather than a pointer to the pointer.
The default is used if a resource is not specified in the argument list
or in the resource database or if the conversion from the representation
type stored in the resource database fails,
which can happen for various reasons (for example, a misspelled entry in a
resource file).
Two special representation types
(XtRImmediate
and
XtRCallProc)
are usable only as default resource types.
XtRImmediate
indicates that the value in the default_addr field is the actual value of
the resource rather than the address of the value.
The value must be in the correct representation type for the resource,
coerced to an
XtPointer.
No conversion is possible, since there is no source representation type.
XtRCallProc
indicates that the value in the default_addr field is a procedure
pointer.
This procedure is automatically invoked with the widget,
resource_offset, and a pointer to an
XrmValue
in which to store the result.
XtRCallProc
procedure pointers are of type
.
typedef void (*XtResourceDefaultProc)
Widget w
int offset
XrmValue *value
w
Specifies the widget whose resource value is to be obtained.
offset
Specifies the offset of the field in the widget record.
value
Specifies the resource value descriptor to return.
The
procedure should fill in the value->addr field with a pointer
to the resource value in its correct representation type.
To get the resource list structure for a particular class, use
.
void XtGetResourceList
WidgetClass class
XtResourceList *resources_return
Cardinal *num_resources_return
class
Specifies the object class to be queried. It must be
objectClass
or any subclass thereof.
resources_return
Returns the resource list.
num_resources_return
Returns the number of entries in the resource list.
If
is called before the class is initialized,
it returns the resource list as specified in the class record.
If it is called after the class has been initialized,
returns a merged resource list that includes the resources
for all superclasses.
The list returned by
should be freed using
when it is no longer needed.
To get the constraint resource list structure for a particular widget
class, use
.
void XtGetConstraintResourceList
WidgetClass class
XtResourceList *resources_return
Cardinal *num_resources_return
class
Specifies the object class to be queried. It must be
objectClass
or any subclass thereof.
resources_return
Returns the constraint resource list.
num_resources_return
Returns the number of entries in the constraint resource list.
If
is called before the widget class is
initialized, the resource list as specified in the widget
class Constraint part is returned. If
is called after the widget class has been initialized, the merged
resource list for the class and all Constraint superclasses is
returned. If the
specified class is not a subclass of
constraintWidgetClass,
*resources_return is set to NULL
and *num_resources_return is set to zero.
The list returned by
should be freed using
when it is no longer needed.
The routines
and
also use the resource list to set and get widget state;
see and
.
Here is an abbreviated version of a possible resource list for a Label widget:
/* Resources specific to Label */
static XtResource resources[] = {
{XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel),
XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.foreground), XtRString, XtDefaultForeground},
{XtNfont, XtCFont, XtRFontStruct, sizeof(XFontStruct*),
XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.font), XtRString, XtDefaultFont},
{XtNlabel, XtCLabel, XtRString, sizeof(String),
XtOffsetOf(LabelRec, label.label), XtRString, NULL},
.
.
.
}
The complete resource name for a field of a widget instance is the
concatenation of the application shell name (from
XtAppCreateShell ),
the instance names of all the widget's parents up to the
top of the widget tree,
the instance name of the widget itself,
and the resource name of the specified field of the widget.
Similarly,
the full resource class of a field of a widget instance is the
concatenation of the application class (from
XtAppCreateShell ),
the widget class names of all the widget's parents up to the
top of the widget tree,
the widget class name of the widget itself,
and the resource class of the specified field of the widget.
Byte Offset Calculations
To determine the byte offset of a field within a structure type, use
.
Cardinal XtOffsetOf
Type structure_type
Field field_name
structure_type
Specifies a type that is declared as a structure.
field_name
Specifies the name of a member within the structure.
The
macro expands to a constant expression that gives the
offset in bytes to the specified structure member from the beginning
of the structure. It is normally used to statically initialize
resource lists and is more portable than
,
which serves the same function.
To determine the byte offset of a field within a structure pointer type, use
.
Cardinal XtOffset
Type pointer_type
Field field_name
pointer_type
Specifies a type that is declared as a pointer to a structure.
field_name
Specifies the name of a member within the structure.
The
macro expands to a constant expression that gives the
offset in bytes to the specified structure member from the beginning
of the structure. It may be used to statically initialize
resource lists.
is less portable than
.
Superclass-to-Subclass Chaining of Resource Lists
The
function gets resources as a superclass-to-subclass chained operation.
That is, the resources specified in the
objectClass
resource list are fetched,
then those in
rectObjClass,
and so on down to the resources specified
for this widget's class. Within a class, resources are fetched in the order
they are declared.
In general, if a widget resource field is declared in a superclass,
that field is included in the superclass's resource list and need not be
included in the subclass's resource list.
For example, the
Core
class contains a resource entry for background_pixel.
Consequently,
the implementation of Label need not also have a resource entry
for background_pixel.
However, a subclass,
by specifying a resource entry for that field in its own resource list,
can override the resource entry for any field declared in a superclass.
This is most often done to override the defaults provided in the
superclass with new ones.
At class initialization time,
resource lists for that class are scanned from the superclass down
to the class to look for resources with the same offset.
A matching resource in a subclass will be reordered to override
the superclass entry.
If reordering is necessary, a copy of the superclass resource list is made to
avoid affecting other subclasses of the superclass.
Also at class initialization time, the Intrinsics produce an
internal representation of the resource list to optimize access time
when creating widgets. In order to save memory, the Intrinsics may
overwrite the storage allocated for the resource list in the class
record; therefore, widgets must allocate resource lists in writable
storage and must not access the list contents directly after the
class_initialize procedure has returned.
Subresources
A widget does not do anything to retrieve its own resources;
instead,
does this automatically before calling the class initialize procedure.
Some widgets have subparts that are not widgets but for which the widget
would like to fetch resources.
Such widgets call
to accomplish this.
void XtGetSubresources
Widget w
XtPointer base
String name
String class
XtResourceList resources
Cardinal num_resources
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
w
Specifies the object used to qualify the subpart resource name and
class. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
base
Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
resources will be written.
name
Specifies the name of the subpart.
class
Specifies the class of the subpart.
resources
Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
num_resources
Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
args
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function constructs a name and class list from the application name and class,
the names and classes of all the object's ancestors, and the object itself.
Then it appends to this list the name and class pair passed in.
The resources are fetched from the argument list, the resource database,
or the default values in the resource list.
Then they are copied into the subpart record.
If args is NULL,
num_args must be zero.
However, if num_args is zero,
the argument list is not referenced.
may overwrite the specified resource list with an
equivalent representation in an internal format, which optimizes access
time if the list is used repeatedly. The resource list must be
allocated in writable storage, and the caller must not modify the list
contents after the call if the same list is to be used again.
Resources fetched by
are reference-counted as
if they were referenced by the specified object. Subresources might
therefore be freed from the conversion cache and destroyed
when the object is destroyed, but not before then.
To fetch resources for widget subparts using varargs lists, use
.
void XtVaGetSubresources
Widget w
XtPointer base
String name
String class
XtResourceList resources
Cardinal num_resources
w
Specifies the object used to qualify the subpart resource name and
class. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
base
Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
resources will be written.
name
Specifies the name of the subpart.
class
Specifies the class of the subpart.
resources
Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
num_resources
Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
...
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
resource specifications.
is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
described in Section 2.5.1.
Obtaining Application Resources
To retrieve resources that are not specific to a widget
but apply to the overall application, use
.
void XtGetApplicationResources
Widget w
XtPointer base
XtResourceList resources
Cardinal num_resources
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
w
Specifies the object that identifies the resource database to search
(the database is that associated with the display for this object). Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
base
Specifies the base address into which
the resource values will be written.
resources
Specifies the resource list.
num_resources
Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
args
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function first uses the passed object,
which is usually an application shell widget,
to construct a resource name and class list.
The full name and class of the specified object (that is, including its
ancestors, if any) is logically added to the
front of each resource name and class.
Then it retrieves the resources from the argument list,
the resource database, or the resource list default values.
After adding base to each address,
copies the resources into the addresses
obtained by adding base to each offset in the resource list.
If args is NULL,
num_args must be zero.
However, if num_args is zero,
the argument list is not referenced.
The portable way to specify application resources is to declare them
as members of a structure and pass the address of the structure
as the base argument.
may overwrite the specified resource list
with an equivalent representation in an internal format, which
optimizes access time if the list is used repeatedly. The resource
list must be allocated in writable storage, and the caller must not
modify the list contents after the call if the same list is to be
used again. Any per-display resources fetched by
will not be freed from the resource cache until the display is closed.
To retrieve resources for the overall application using varargs lists, use
.
void XtVaGetApplicationResources
Widget w
XtPointer base
XtResourceList resources
Cardinal num_resources
w
Specifies the object that identifies the resource database to search
(the database is that associated with the display for this object). Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
base
Specifies the base address into which
the resource values will be written.
resources
Specifies the resource list for the subpart.
num_resources
Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
...
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
resource specifications.
is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters
replaced by a varargs list, as described in Section 2.5.1.
Resource Conversions
The Intrinsics provide a mechanism for registering representation converters that
are automatically invoked by the resource-fetching routines.
The Intrinsics additionally provide and register several commonly used converters.
This resource conversion mechanism serves several purposes:
It permits user and application resource files to contain textual
representations of nontextual values.
It allows textual or other representations of default resource values that
are dependent on the display, screen, or colormap, and thus must be
computed at runtime.
It caches conversion source and result data.
Conversions that require much computation or space
(for example, string-to-translation-table)
or that require round-trips to the server
(for example, string-to-font or string-to-color) are performed only once.
Predefined Resource Converters
The Intrinsics define all the representations used in the
Object,
RectObj,
Core,
Composite,
Constraint,
and
Shell
widget classes.
The Intrinsics register the following resource converters that accept
input values of representation type
XtRString.
Target Representation
Converter Name
Additional Args
XtRAcceleratorTable
XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable
XtRAtom
XtCvtStringToAtom
Display*
XtRBoolean
XtCvtStringToBoolean
XtRBool
XtCvtStringToBool
XtRCommandArgArray
XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray
XtRCursor
XtCvtStringToCursor
Display*
XtRDimension
XtCvtStringToDimension
XtRDirectoryString
XtCvtStringToDirectoryString
XtRDisplay
XtCvtStringToDisplay
XtRFile
XtCvtStringToFile
XtRFloat
XtCvtStringToFloat
XtRFont
XtCvtStringToFont
Display*
XtRFontSet
XtCvtStringToFontSet
Display*, String locale
XtRFontStruct
XtCvtStringToFontStruct
Display*
XtRGravity
XtCvtStringToGravity
XtRInitialState
XtCvtStringToInitialState
XtRInt
XtCvtStringToInt
XtRPixel
XtCvtStringToPixel
colorConvertArgs
XtRPosition
XtCvtStringToPosition
XtRRestartStyle
XtCvtStringToRestartStyle
XtRShort
XtCvtStringToShort
XtRTranslationTable
XtCvtStringToTranslationTable
XtRUnsignedChar
XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar
XtRVisual
XtCvtStringToVisual
Screen*, Cardinal depth
The String-to-Pixel conversion has two predefined constants that are
guaranteed to work and contrast with each other:
XtDefaultForeground
and
XtDefaultBackground.
They evaluate to the black and white pixel values of the widget's screen,
respectively.
If the application resource reverseVideo is
True,
they evaluate to the white and black pixel values of the widget's screen,
respectively.
Similarly, the String-to-Font and String-to-FontStruct converters recognize
the constant
XtDefaultFont
and evaluate this in the following manner:
Query the resource database for the resource whose full name
is ``xtDefaultFont'', class ``XtDefaultFont'' (that is, no widget
name/class prefixes), and use a type
XtRString
value returned as the font name or a type
XtRFont
or
XtRFontStruct
value directly as the resource value.
If the resource database does not contain a value for xtDefaultFont,
class XtDefaultFont, or if the returned font name cannot be
successfully opened, an implementation-defined font in ISO8859-1
character set encoding is opened. (One possible algorithm is to
perform an
XListFonts
using a wildcard font name and use the first
font in the list. This wildcard font name should be as broad as
possible to maximize the probability of locating a useable font;
for example, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-ISO8859-1".)
If no suitable ISO8859-1 font can be found, issue a warning message
and return
False.
The String-to-FontSet converter recognizes the constant
XtDefaultFontSet
and evaluate this in the following manner:
Query the resource database for the resource whose full name
is ``xtDefaultFontSet'', class ``XtDefaultFontSet'' (that is, no widget
name/class prefixes), and use a type
XtRString
value returned as the base font name list or a type
XtRFontSet
value directly as the resource value.
If the resource database does not contain a value for xtDefaultFontSet,
class XtDefaultFontSet, or if a font set cannot be
successfully created from this resource,
an implementation-defined font set is created.
(One possible algorithm is to
perform an
XCreateFontSet
using a wildcard base font name.
This wildcard base font name should be as broad as
possible to maximize the probability of locating a useable font;
for example, "-*-*-*-R-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*".)
If no suitable font set can be created, issue a warning message
and return
False.
If a font set is created but missing_charset_list is not
empty, a warning is issued and the partial font set is returned.
The Intrinsics register the String-to-FontSet converter with
a conversion argument list that extracts the current process
locale at the time the converter is invoked. This ensures
that the converter is invoked again if the same conversion
is required in a different locale.
The String-to-Gravity conversion accepts string values that are the
names of window and bit gravities and their numerical equivalents,
as defined in Xlib — C Language X Interface.:
ForgetGravity,
UnmapGravity,
NorthWestGravity,
NorthGravity,
NorthEastGravity,
WestGravity,
CenterGravity,
EastGravity,
SouthWestGravity,
SouthGravity,
SouthEastGravity,
and
StaticGravity.
Alphabetic case is not significant in the conversion.
The String-to-CommandArgArray conversion parses a String into an
array of strings.
White space characters separate elements of the command line.
The converter recognizes the backslash character ``\\'' as an escape
character to allow the following white space character to be part of the
array element.
The String-to-DirectoryString conversion recognizes the
string ``XtCurrentDirectory'' and returns the result of a call
to the operating system to get the current directory.
The String-to-RestartStyle conversion accepts the values
RestartIfRunning,
RestartAnyway,
RestartImmediately,
and
RestartNever
as defined by the X Session Management Protocol.
The String-to-InitialState conversion accepts the values
NormalState
or
IconicState
as defined by the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual..
The String-to-Visual conversion calls
XMatchVisualInfo
using the
screen and depth fields from the core part and returns the first
matching Visual on the list. The widget resource list must be certain
to specify any resource of type
XtRVisual
after the depth resource.
The allowed string values are the visual class names defined in X Window System Protocol,
Section 8;
StaticGray,
StaticColor,
TrueColor,
GrayScale,
PseudoColor,
and
DirectColor.
The Intrinsics register the following resource converter that accepts
an input value of representation type
XtRColor.
Target Representation
Converter Name
Additional Args
XtRPixel
XtCvtColorToPixel
The Intrinsics register the following resource converters that accept
input values of representation type
XtRInt.
Target Representation
Converter Name
Additional Args
XtRBoolean
XtCvtIntToBoolean
XtRBool
XtCvtIntToBool
XtRColor
XtCvtIntToColor
colorConvertArgs
XtRDimension
XtCvtIntToDimension
XtRFloat
XtCvtIntToFloat
XtRFont
XtCvtIntToFont
XtRPixel
XtCvtIntToPixel
XtRPixmap
XtCvtIntToPixmap
XtRPosition
XtCvtIntToPosition
XtRShort
XtCvtIntToShort
XtRUnsignedChar
XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar
The Intrinsics register the following resource converter that accepts
an input value of representation type
XtRPixel.
Target Representation
Converter Name
Additional Args
XtRColor
XtCvtPixelToColor
New Resource Converters
Type converters use pointers to
XrmValue
structures (defined in
<X11/Xresource.h>;
see Section 15.4 in
Xlib — C Language X Interface.)
for input and output values.
typedef struct {
unsigned int size;
XPointer addr;
} XrmValue, *XrmValuePtr;
The addr field specifies the address of the data, and the size
field gives the total number of significant bytes in the data.
For values of type
String,
addr is the address of the first character and size
includes the NULL-terminating byte.
A resource converter procedure pointer is of type
.
typedef Boolean (*XtTypeConverter)
Display *display
XrmValue *args
Cardinal *num_args
XrmValue *from
XrmValue *to
XtPointer *converter_data
display
Specifies the display connection with which this conversion is associated.
args
Specifies a list of additional
XrmValue
arguments to the converter if additional context is needed
to perform the conversion, or NULL.
For example, the String-to-Font converter needs the widget's display,
and the String-to-Pixel converter needs the widget's screen and colormap.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in args.
from
Specifies the value to convert.
to
Specifies a descriptor for a location into which to store the converted value.
converter_data
Specifies a location into which the converter may
store converter-specific data associated
with this conversion.
The display argument is normally used only when generating error
messages, to identify the application context (with the function
XtDisplayToApplicationContext ).
The to argument specifies the size and location into which the
converter should store the converted value. If the addr field is NULL,
the converter should allocate appropriate storage and store the size
and location into the to descriptor. If the type converter allocates
the storage, it remains under the ownership of the converter and must
not be modified by the caller. The type converter is permitted to use
static storage for this purpose, and therefore the caller must
immediately copy the data upon return from the converter. If the
addr field is not NULL, the converter must check the size field to
ensure that sufficient space has been allocated before storing the
converted value. If insufficient space is specified, the converter
should update the size field with the number of bytes required and
return
False
without modifying the data at the specified location.
If sufficient space was allocated by the caller, the converter should
update the size field with the number of bytes actually occupied by the
converted value. For converted values of type
XtRString,
the size should
include the NULL-terminating byte, if any.
The converter may store any value in the location specified
in converter_data; this value will be passed to the destructor, if any,
when the resource is freed by the Intrinsics.
The converter must return
True
if the conversion was successful and
False
otherwise. If the conversion cannot be performed because of an
improper source value, a warning message should also be issued with
.
Most type converters just take the data described by the specified from
argument and return data by writing into the location specified in
the to argument.
A few need other information, which is available in args.
A type converter can invoke another type converter,
which allows differing sources that may convert into a common intermediate
result to make maximum use of the type converter cache.
Note that if an address is written into to->addr, it cannot be that
of a local variable of the converter because the data will not be
valid after the converter returns. Static variables may be used,
as in the following example.
If the converter modifies the resource database,
the changes affect any in-progress widget creation,
,
or
in an implementation-defined manner; however, insertion of new entries
or changes to existing entries is allowed and will not directly cause
an error.
The following is an example of a converter that takes a
string
and converts it to a
Pixel.
Note that the display parameter is
used only to generate error messages; the
Screen
conversion argument is
still required to inform the Intrinsics that the converted value is
a function of the particular display (and colormap).
#define done(type, value) \\
{ \\
if (toVal->addr != NULL) { \\
if (toVal->size < sizeof(type)) { \\
toVal->size = sizeof(type); \\
return False; \\
} \\
*(type*)(toVal->addr) = (value); \\
} \\
else { \\
static type static_val; \\
static_val = (value); \\
toVal->addr = (XPointer)&static_val; \\
} \\
toVal->size = sizeof(type); \\
return True; \\
}
static Boolean CvtStringToPixel(dpy, args, num_args, fromVal, toVal, converter_data)
Display *dpy;
XrmValue *args;
Cardinal *num_args;
XrmValue *fromVal;
XrmValue *toVal;
XtPointer *converter_data;
{
static XColor screenColor;
XColor exactColor;
Screen *screen;
Colormap colormap;
Status status;
if (*num_args != 2)
XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"wrongParameters", "cvtStringToPixel", "XtToolkitError",
"String to pixel conversion needs screen and colormap arguments",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
screen = *((Screen**) args[0].addr);
colormap = *((Colormap *) args[1].addr);
if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultBackground) == 0) {
*closure_ret = False;
done(Pixel, WhitePixelOfScreen(screen));
}
if (CompareISOLatin1(str, XtDefaultForeground) == 0) {
*closure_ret = False;
done(Pixel, BlackPixelOfScreen(screen));
}
status = XAllocNamedColor(DisplayOfScreen(screen), colormap, (char*)fromVal->addr,
&screenColor, &exactColor);
if (status == 0) {
String params[1];
Cardinal num_params = 1;
params[0] = (String)fromVal->addr;
XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"noColormap", "cvtStringToPixel", "XtToolkitError",
"Cannot allocate colormap entry for \\"%s\\"", params,\
&num_params);
*converter_data = (char *) False;
return False;
} else {
*converter_data = (char *) True;
done(Pixel, &screenColor.pixel);
}
}
All type converters should define some set of conversion values for which they
are guaranteed to succeed so these can be used in the resource defaults.
This issue arises only with conversions, such as fonts and colors,
where there is no string representation that all server implementations
will necessarily recognize.
For resources like these,
the converter should define a symbolic constant
in the same manner as
XtDefaultForeground,
XtDefaultBackground,
and
XtDefaultFont.
To allow the Intrinsics to deallocate resources produced by type
converters, a resource destructor procedure may also be provided.
A resource destructor procedure pointer is of type
.
typedef void (*XtDestructor)
XtAppContext app
XrmValue *to
XtPointer converter_data
XrmValue *args
Cardinal *num_args
app
Specifies an application context in which the resource is being freed.
to
Specifies a descriptor for the resource produced by the type converter.
converter_data
Specifies the converter-specific data returned by the type converter.
args
Specifies the additional converter arguments as passed
to the type converter when the conversion was performed.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in args.
The destructor procedure is responsible for freeing the resource
specified by the to argument, including any auxiliary storage
associated with that resource, but not the memory directly addressed
by the size and location in the to argument or the memory specified
by args.
Issuing Conversion Warnings
The
procedure is a convenience routine for resource type converters
that convert from string values.
void XtDisplayStringConversionWarning
Display *display
String from_value
display
Specifies the display connection with which the conversion is associated.
from_value
Specifies the string that could not be converted.
to_type
Specifies the target representation type requested.
The
procedure issues a warning message using
with name ``conversionError'',
type ``string'', class ``XtToolkitError'', and the default message
``Cannot convert "from_value" to type to_type''.
To issue other types of warning or error messages, the type converter
should use
or
.
To retrieve the application context associated with a given
display connection, use
.
XtAppContext XtDisplayToApplicationContext
Display *display
display
Specifies an open and initialized display connection.
The
function returns the application
context in which the specified display was initialized. If the
display is not known to the Intrinsics, an error message is issued.
Registering a New Resource Converter
When registering a resource converter, the client must specify the
manner in which the conversion cache is to be used when there are multiple
calls to the converter. Conversion cache control is specified
via an XtCacheType
argument.
typedef int XtCacheType;
An XtCacheType
field may contain one of the following values:
XtCacheNone
Specifies that the results of a previous conversion
may not be reused to satisfy any other resource
requests; the specified converter will be called
each time the converted value is required.
XtCacheAll
Specifies that the results of a previous conversion
should be reused for any resource request that depends
upon the same source value and conversion arguments.
XtCacheByDisplay
Specifies that the results of a previous conversion
should be used as for
XtCacheAll
but the destructor will be called, if specified, if
is called
for the display connection associated with the converted value, and
the value will be removed from the conversion cache.
The qualifier
XtCacheRefCount
may be ORed with any of the above values. If
XtCacheRefCount
is specified, calls to
,
,
,
and
that use the converted value will be counted. When a widget using the
converted value is destroyed, the count is decremented, and, if the
count reaches zero, the destructor procedure will be called and the
converted value will be removed from the conversion cache.
To register a type converter for all application contexts in a
process, use
,
and to register a type converter in a single application context, use
.
void XtSetTypeConverter
String from_type
String to_type
XtTypeConverter converter
XtConvertArgList convert_args
Cardinal num_args
XtCacheType cache_type
XtDestructor destructor
from_type
Specifies the source type.
to_type
Specifies the destination type.
converter
Specifies the resource type converter procedure.
convert_args
Specifies additional conversion arguments, or NULL.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in convert_args.
cache_type
Specifies whether or not resources produced by this
converter are sharable or display-specific and when
they should be freed.
destructor
Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by
this conversion, or NULL if no additional action is
required to deallocate resources produced by the converter.
XtAppSetTypeConverter
XtAppContext app_context
String from_type
String to_type
XtTypeConverter converter
XtConvertArgList convert_args
Cardinal num_args
XtCacheType cache_type
XtDestructor destructor
app_context
Specifies the application context.
from_type
Specifies the source type.
to_type
Specifies the destination type.
converter
Specifies the resource type converter procedure.
convert_args
Specifies additional conversion arguments, or NULL.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in convert_args.
cache_type
Specifies whether or not resources produced by this
converter are sharable or display-specific and when
they should be freed.
destructor
Specifies a destroy procedure for resources produced by
this conversion, or NULL if no additional action is
required to deallocate resources produced by the converter.
registers the specified type converter and
destructor in all application contexts created by the calling process,
including any future application contexts that may be created.
registers the specified type converter in the
single application context specified. If the same from_type and
to_type are specified in multiple calls to either function, the most
recent overrides the previous ones.
For the few type converters that need additional arguments,
the Intrinsics conversion mechanism provides a method of specifying
how these arguments should be computed.
The enumerated type
XtAddressMode
and the structure
XtConvertArgRec
specify how each argument is derived.
These are defined in
<X11/Intrinsic.h>.
typedef enum {
/* address mode parameter representation */
XtAddress, /* address */
XtBaseOffset, /* offset */
XtImmediate, /* constant */
XtResourceString, /* resource name string */
XtResourceQuark, /* resource name quark */
XtWidgetBaseOffset, /* offset */
XtProcedureArg /* procedure to call */
} XtAddressMode;
typedef struct {
XtAddressMode address_mode;
XtPointer address_id;
Cardinal size;
} XtConvertArgRec, *XtConvertArgList;
The size field specifies the length of the data in bytes.
The address_mode field specifies how the address_id field should be
interpreted.
XtAddress
causes address_id to be interpreted as the address of the data.
XtBaseOffset
causes address_id to be interpreted as the offset from the widget base.
XtImmediate
causes address_id to be interpreted as a constant.
XtResourceString
causes address_id to be interpreted as the name of a resource
that is to be converted into an offset from the widget base.
XtResourceQuark
causes address_id to be interpreted as the result of an
XrmStringToQuark
conversion on the name of a resource,
which is to be converted into an offset from the widget base.
XtWidgetBaseOffset
is similar to
XtBaseOffset
except that it
searches for the closest windowed ancestor if the object is not
of a subclass of
Core
(see ).
XtProcedureArg
specifies that address_id is a pointer to a procedure to
be invoked to return the conversion argument. If
XtProcedureArg
is specified, address_id must contain
the address of a function of type
.
typedef void (*XtConvertArgProc)
XtAppContext app
XrmValue *to
XtPointer converter_data
XrmValue *args
Cardinal *num_args
app
Specifies an application context in which the resource is being freed.
to
Specifies a descriptor for the resource produced by the type converter.
converter_data
Specifies the converter-specific data returned by the type converter.
args
Specifies the additional converter arguments as passed
to the type converter when the conversion was performed.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in args.
The destructor procedure is responsible for freeing the resource
specified by the to argument, including any auxiliary storage
associated with that resource, but not the memory directly addressed
by the size and location in the to argument or the memory specified
by args.
Resource Converter Invocation
All resource-fetching routines (for example,
,
,
and so on) call resource converters if the resource database or
varargs list specifies a value
that has a different representation from the desired representation or if the
widget's default resource value representation is different from the desired
representation.
To invoke explicit resource conversions, use
or
.
typedef XtPointer XtCacheRef;
Boolean XtCallConverter
Display* display
XtTypeConverter converter
XrmValuePtr conversion_args
Cardinal num_args
XrmValuePtr from
XrmValuePtr to_in_out
XtCacheRef *cache_ref_return
display
Specifies the display with which the conversion is to be associated.
converter
Specifies the conversion procedure to be called.
conversion_args
Specifies the additional conversion arguments needed
to perform the conversion, or NULL.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in conversion_args.
from
Specifies a descriptor for the source value.
to_in_out
Returns the converted value.
cache_ref_return
Returns a conversion cache id.
The
function looks up the
specified type converter in the application context associated with
the display and, if the converter was not registered or was registered
with cache type
XtCacheAll
or
XtCacheByDisplay,
looks in the conversion cache to see if this conversion procedure
has been called with the specified conversion arguments. If so, it
checks the success status of the prior call, and if
the conversion failed,
returns
False
immediately;
otherwise it checks the size specified in the to argument, and, if it is
greater than or equal to the size stored in the cache, copies the
information stored in the cache into the location specified by
to->addr, stores the cache size into to->size, and returns
True.
If the size specified in the to argument is smaller than the size stored
in the cache,
copies the cache size into to->size and returns
False.
If the converter was registered with cache type
XtCacheNone
or no value was found in the conversion cache,
calls the converter, and if it was not registered with cache type
XtCacheNone,
enters the result in the cache.
then returns what the converter returned.
The cache_ref_return field specifies storage allocated by the caller in which
an opaque value will be stored. If the type converter has been
registered with the
XtCacheRefCount
modifier and if the value returned
in cache_ref_return is non-NULL, then the caller should store the
cache_ref_return value in order to decrement the reference count when
the converted value is no longer required. The cache_ref_return
argument should be
NULL if the caller is unwilling or unable to store the
value.
To explicitly decrement the reference counts for resources obtained
from
,
use
.
void XtAppReleaseCacheRefs
XtAppContext app_context
XtCacheRef *refs
app_context
Specifies the application context.
refs
Specifies the list of cache references to be released.
decrements the reference count for the
conversion entries identified by the refs argument.
This argument is a
pointer to a NULL-terminated list of
XtCacheRef
values. If any reference
count reaches zero, the destructor, if any, will be called and
the resource removed from the conversion cache.
As a convenience to clients needing to explicitly decrement reference
counts via a callback function, the Intrinsics define two callback
procedures,
and
.
void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef
Widget object
XtPointer client_data
XtPointer call_data
object
Specifies the object with which the resource is associated.
client_data
Specifies the conversion cache entry to be released.
call_data
Is ignored.
This callback procedure may be added to a callback list to release a
previously returned
XtCacheRef
value. When adding the callback, the
callback client_data argument must be specified as the value of the
XtCacheRef
data cast to type
XtPointer.
void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList
Widget object
XtPointer client_data
XtPointer call_data
object
Specifies the object with which the resources are associated.
client_data
Specifies the conversion cache entries to be released.
call_data
Is ignored.
This callback procedure may be added to a callback list to release a
list of previously returned
XtCacheRef
values. When adding the
callback, the callback client_data argument must be specified as a
pointer to a NULL-terminated list of
XtCacheRef
values.
To lookup and call a resource converter, copy the resulting value,
and free a cached resource when a widget is destroyed, use
.
Boolean XtConvertAndStore
Widget object
String from_type
XrmValuePtr from
String to_type
XrmValuePtr to_in_out
object
Specifies the object to use for additional arguments, if any are needed,
and the destroy callback list. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
from_type
Specifies the source type.
from
Specifies the value to be converted.
to_type
Specifies the destination type.
to_in_out
Specifies a descriptor for storage into which the converted value
will be returned.
The
function looks up the type converter registered
to convert from_type to to_type, computes any additional arguments
needed, and then calls
(or
if an old-style converter was registered with
or
;
see Appendix C) with the from and to_in_out arguments. The
to_in_out argument specifies the size and location into which the
converted value will be stored and is passed directly to the
converter. If the location is specified as NULL, it will be replaced
with a pointer to private storage and the size will be returned in the
descriptor. The caller is expected to copy this private storage
immediately and must not modify it in any way. If a non-NULL location
is specified, the caller must allocate sufficient storage to hold the
converted value and must also specify the size of that storage in the
descriptor.
The size field will be modified on return to indicate the actual
size of the converted data.
If the conversion succeeds,
returns
True;
otherwise, it returns
False.
adds
to the destroyCallback list of the specified object if the conversion
returns an
XtCacheRef
value. The resulting resource should not be referenced
after the object has been destroyed.
performs processing equivalent to
when initializing the object instance. Because there is extra memory
overhead required to implement reference counting, clients may
distinguish those objects that are never destroyed before the
application exits from those that may be destroyed and whose
resources should be deallocated.
To specify whether reference counting is to be enabled for the
resources of a particular object when the object is created, the
client can specify a value for the
Boolean
resource
XtNinitialResourcesPersistent,
class
XtCInitialResourcesPersistent.
When
is called, if this resource is not specified as
False
in either the arglist or the resource database, then the
resources referenced by this object are not reference-counted, regardless of
how the type converter may have been registered. The effective
default value is
True;
thus clients that expect to destroy one or
more objects and want resources deallocated must explicitly specify
False
for
XtNinitialResourcesPersistent.
The resources are still freed and destructors called when
is called if the conversion was registered as
XtCacheByDisplay.
Reading and Writing Widget State
Any resource field in a widget can be read or written by a client.
On a write operation,
the widget decides what changes it will actually allow and updates all
derived fields appropriately.
Obtaining Widget State
To retrieve the current values of resources associated with a
widget instance, use
.
void XtGetValues
Widget object
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
object
Specifies the object whose resource values are to be returned. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
args
Specifies the argument list of name/address pairs that contain the
resource names and the addresses into which the resource values are to
be stored.
The resource names are widget-dependent.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function starts with the resources specified for the Object class
and proceeds down the subclass chain to the class of the object.
The value field of a passed argument list must contain the
address into which to copy the contents of the corresponding
object instance field. If the field is a pointer type, the lifetime
of the pointed-to data is defined by the object class. For the
Intrinsics-defined resources, the following lifetimes apply:
Not valid following any operation that modifies the resource:
XtNchildren resource of composite widgets.
All resources of representation type XtRCallback.
Remain valid at least until the widget is destroyed:
XtNaccelerators, XtNtranslations.
Remain valid until the Display is closed:
XtNscreen.
It is the caller's responsibility
to allocate and deallocate storage for the copied data
according to the size of the
resource representation type used within the object.
If the class of the object's parent is a subclass of
constraintWidgetClass,
then fetches the values for any constraint resources requested.
It starts with the constraint resources specified for
constraintWidgetClass
and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's constraint resources.
If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in any of the
resource lists searched,
the value at the corresponding address is not modified.
If any get_values_hook procedures in the
object's class or superclass records are non-NULL,
they are called in superclass-to-subclass order after
all the resource values have been fetched by
.
Finally, if the object's parent is a
subclass of
constraintWidgetClass,
and if any of the parent's class or
superclass records have declared
ConstraintClassExtension
records in
the Constraint class part extension field with a record type of
NULLQUARK,
and if the get_values_hook field in the extension record is non-NULL,
calls the get_values_hook procedures in superclass-to-subclass order.
This permits a Constraint parent to provide
nonresource data via
.
Get_values_hook procedures may modify the data stored at the
location addressed by the value field, including (but not
limited to) making a copy of data whose resource representation is a
pointer. None of the Intrinsics-defined object classes copy
data in this manner. Any operation that modifies the queried
object resource may invalidate the pointed-to data.
To retrieve the current values of resources associated with a widget
instance using varargs lists, use
.
void XtVaGetValues
Widget object
...
object
Specifies the object whose resource values are to be returned. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
...
Specifies the variable argument list for the resources to
be returned.
is identical in function to
with the args
and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list, as described in
Section 2.5.1. All value entries in the list must specify pointers to
storage allocated by the caller to which the resource value will be
copied. It is the caller's responsibility to ensure that sufficient
storage is allocated. If
XtVaTypedArg
is specified, the type argument
specifies the representation desired by the caller and the size argument
specifies the number of bytes allocated to store the result of the
conversion. If the size is insufficient, a warning message is issued
and the list entry is skipped.
Widget Subpart Resource Data: The get_values_hook Procedure
Widgets that have subparts can return resource values from them through
by supplying a get_values_hook procedure.
The get_values_hook procedure pointer is of type
.
typedef void (*XtArgsProc)
Widget w
ArgList args
Cardinal *num_args
w
Specifies the widget whose subpart resource values are to be retrieved.
args
Specifies the argument list that was passed to
or the transformed varargs list passed to
.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The widget with subpart resources should call
in the get_values_hook procedure
and pass in its subresource list and the args and num_args parameters.
Widget Subpart State
To retrieve the current values of subpart resource data associated with a
widget instance, use
.
For a discussion of subpart resources,
see .
void XtGetSubvalues
XtPointer base
XtResourceList resources
Cardinal num_resources
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
base
Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure for which the
resources should be retrieved.
resources
Specifies the subpart resource list.
num_resources
Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
args
Specifies the argument list of name/address pairs that contain the
resource names and the addresses into which the resource values are to
be stored.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function obtains resource values from the structure identified by base.
The value field in each argument entry must contain the address into
which to store the corresponding resource value. It is the caller's
responsibility to allocate and deallocate this storage according to
the size of the resource representation type used within the subpart.
If the argument list contains a resource name that is not found in the
resource list, the value at the corresponding address is not modified.
To retrieve the current values of subpart resources associated with
a widget instance using varargs lists, use
.
void XtVaGetSubvalues
XtPointer base
XtResourceList resources
Cardinal num_resources
...
base
Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure for which the
resources should be retrieved.
resources
Specifies the subpart resource list.
num_resources
Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
...
Specifies a variable argument list of name/address pairs that
contain the resource names and the addresses into which the resource
values are to be stored.
is identical in function to
with the
args and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list, as described
in Section 2.5.1.
XtVaTypedArg
is not supported for
.
If
XtVaTypedArg
is specified in the list, a warning message is issued
and the entry is then ignored.
Setting Widget State
To modify the current values of resources associated with a widget
instance, use
.
void XtSetValues
Widget object
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
object
Specifies the object whose resources are to be modified. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
args
Specifies the argument list of name/value pairs that contain the
resources to be modified and their new values.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function starts with the resources specified for the
Object
class fields and proceeds down the subclass chain to the object.
At each stage, it replaces the object resource fields with any values
specified in the argument list.
then calls the set_values procedures for the object in superclass-to-subclass
order.
If the object has any non-NULL set_values_hook fields,
these are called immediately after the
corresponding set_values procedure.
This procedure permits subclasses to set subpart data via
.
If the class of the object's parent is a subclass of
constraintWidgetClass,
also updates the object's constraints.
It starts with the constraint resources specified for
constraintWidgetClass
and proceeds down the subclass chain to the parent's class.
At each stage, it replaces the constraint resource fields with any
values specified in the argument list.
It then calls the constraint set_values procedures from
constraintWidgetClass
down to the parent's class.
The constraint set_values procedures are called with widget arguments,
as for all set_values procedures, not just the constraint records,
so that they can make adjustments to the desired values based
on full information about the widget. Any arguments specified that
do not match a resource list entry are silently ignored.
If the object is of a subclass of
RectObj,
determines if a geometry request is needed by comparing the old object to
the new object.
If any geometry changes are required,
restores the original geometry and makes the request on behalf of the widget.
If the geometry manager returns
XtGeometryYes,
calls the object's resize procedure.
If the geometry manager returns
XtGeometryDone,
continues, as the object's resize procedure should have been called
by the geometry manager.
If the geometry manager returns
XtGeometryNo,
ignores the geometry request and continues.
If the geometry manager returns
XtGeometryAlmost,
calls the set_values_almost procedure,
which determines what should be done.
then repeats this process,
deciding once more whether the geometry manager should be called.
Finally, if any of the set_values procedures returned
True,
and the widget is realized,
causes the widget's expose procedure to be invoked by calling
XClearArea
on the widget's window.
To modify the current values of resources associated with a widget
instance using varargs lists, use
.
void XtVaSetValues
Widget object
...
object
Specifies the object whose resources are to be modified. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
...
Specifies the variable argument list of name/value pairs that
contain the resources to be modified and their new values.
is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
described in Section 2.5.1.
Widget State: The set_values Procedure
The set_values procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
.
typedef Boolean (*XtSetValuesFunc)
Widget current
Widget request
Widget new
ArgList args
Cardinal *num_args
current
Specifies a copy of the widget as it was before the
call.
request
Specifies a copy of the widget with all values changed as asked for by the
call before any class set_values procedures have been called.
new
Specifies the widget with the new values that are actually allowed.
args
Specifies the argument list passed to
or the transformed argument list passed to
.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The set_values procedure should recompute any field
derived from resources that are changed
(for example, many GCs depend on foreground and background pixels).
If no recomputation is necessary, and if none of the resources specific to a
subclass require the window to be redisplayed when their values are changed,
you can specify NULL for the set_values field in the class record.
Like the initialize procedure,
set_values mostly deals only with the fields defined in the subclass,
but it has to resolve conflicts with its superclass,
especially conflicts over width and height.
Sometimes a subclass may want to overwrite values filled in by its
superclass.
In particular, size calculations of a superclass are often
incorrect for a subclass, and, in this case,
the subclass must modify or recalculate fields declared
and computed by its superclass.
As an example,
a subclass can visually surround its superclass display.
In this case, the width and height calculated by the superclass set_values
procedure are too small and need to be incremented by the size of the surround.
The subclass needs to know if its superclass's size was calculated by the
superclass or was specified explicitly.
All widgets must place themselves into whatever size is explicitly given,
but they should compute a reasonable size if no size is requested.
How does a subclass know the difference between a specified size
and a size computed by a superclass?
The request and new parameters provide the necessary information.
The request widget is a copy of the widget, updated as originally requested.
The new widget starts with the values in the request,
but it has additionally been updated by all superclass set_values
procedures called so far.
A subclass set_values procedure can compare these two to resolve
any potential conflicts.
The set_values procedure need not refer to the request widget
unless it must resolve conflicts between the current and new widgets.
Any changes the widget needs to make, including geometry changes,
should be made in the new widget.
In the above example,
the subclass with the visual surround can see
if the width and height in the request widget are zero.
If so,
it adds its surround size to the width and
height fields in the new widget.
If not, it must make do with the size originally specified.
In this case, zero is a special value defined by the class to permit
the application to invoke this behavior.
The new widget is the actual widget instance record.
Therefore,
the set_values procedure should do all its work on the new widget;
the request widget should never be modified.
If the set_values procedure needs to call any routines that operate on
a widget, it should specify new as the widget instance.
Before calling the set_values procedures, the Intrinsics modify the
resources of the request widget according to the contents of the arglist;
if the widget names all its resources in the class resource list, it is
never necessary to examine the contents of args.
Finally, the set_values procedure must return a Boolean that indicates whether
the widget needs to be redisplayed.
Note that a change in the geometry fields alone does not require
the set_values procedure to return
True;
the X server will eventually generate an
Expose
event, if necessary.
After calling all the set_values procedures,
forces a redisplay by calling
XClearArea
if any of the set_values procedures returned
True.
Therefore, a set_values procedure should not try to do its own redisplaying.
Set_values procedures should not do any work in response to changes in
geometry because
eventually will perform a geometry request, and that request might be denied.
If the widget actually changes size in response to a
call to
,
its resize procedure is called.
Widgets should do any geometry-related work in their resize procedure.
Note that it is permissible to call
before a widget is realized.
Therefore, the set_values procedure must not assume that the widget is realized.
Widget State: The set_values_almost Procedure
The set_values_almost procedure pointer in the widget class record is of type
.
typedef void (*XtAlmostProc)
Widget old
Widget new
XtWidgetGeometry *request
XtWidgetGeometry *reply
old
Specifies a copy of the object as it was before the
call.
new
Specifies the object instance record.
request
Specifies the original geometry request that was sent to the geometry
manager that caused
XtGeometryAlmost
to be returned.
reply
Specifies the compromise geometry that was returned by the geometry
manager with
XtGeometryAlmost.
Most classes inherit the set_values_almost procedure from their superclass by
specifying
XtInheritSetValuesAlmost
in the class initialization.
The
set_values_almost procedure in
rectObjClass
accepts the compromise suggested.
The set_values_almost procedure is called when a client tries to set a widget's
geometry by means of a call to
and the geometry manager cannot
satisfy the request but instead returns
XtGeometryNo
or
XtGeometryAlmost
and a compromise geometry.
The new object is the actual instance record. The x, y,
width, height,
and border_width fields contain the original values as they were
before the
call, and all other fields contain the new
values. The request parameter contains the new geometry request that
was made to the parent. The reply parameter contains
reply->request_mode equal to zero if the parent returned
XtGeometryNo
and contains the parent's compromise geometry otherwise. The
set_values_almost procedure takes the original geometry and the
compromise geometry and determines if the compromise is
acceptable or whether
to try a different compromise.
It returns its results in the request parameter,
which is then sent back to the geometry manager for another try.
To accept the compromise, the procedure must copy the contents
of the reply geometry into the request geometry; to attempt an
alternative geometry, the procedure may modify any part of the request
argument; to terminate the geometry negotiation and retain the
original geometry, the procedure must set request->request_mode to
zero. The geometry fields of the old and new instances must not be modified
directly.
Widget State: The ConstraintClassPart set_values Procedure
The constraint set_values procedure pointer is of type
.
The values passed to the parent's constraint set_values procedure
are the same as those passed to the child's class
set_values procedure.
A class can specify NULL for the set_values field of the
ConstraintPart
if it need not compute anything.
The constraint set_values procedure should recompute any constraint fields
derived from constraint resources that are changed.
Furthermore, it may modify other widget fields as appropriate.
For example, if a constraint for the maximum height of a widget is changed
to a value smaller than the widget's current height,
the constraint set_values procedure may reset the height field in the
widget.
Widget Subpart State
To set the current values of subpart resources associated with a
widget instance, use
.
For a discussion of subpart resources,
see .
void XtSetSubvalues
XtPointer base
XtResourceList resources
Cardinal num_resources
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
base
Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
resources should be written.
resources
Specifies the subpart resource list.
num_resources
Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
args
Specifies the argument list of name/value pairs that contain the
resources to be modified and their new values.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function updates the resource fields of the structure identified by
base. Any specified arguments that do not match an entry in the
resource list are silently ignored.
To set the current values of subpart resources associated with
a widget instance using varargs lists, use
.
void XtVaSetSubvalues
XtPointer base
XtResourceList resources
Cardinal num_resources
base
Specifies the base address of the subpart data structure into which the
resources should be written.
resources
Specifies the subpart resource list.
num_resources
Specifies the number of entries in the resource list.
...
Specifies the variable argument list of name/value pairs that
contain the resources to be modified and their new values.
is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
described in Section 2.5.1.
XtVaTypedArg
is not supported for
.
If an entry containing
XtVaTypedArg
is specified in the list, a warning message is issued
and the entry is ignored.
Widget Subpart Resource Data: The set_values_hook Procedure
The set_values_hook procedure is obsolete, as the same information
is now available to the set_values procedure. The procedure has been
retained for those widgets that used it in versions prior to Release 4.
Widgets that have a subpart can set the subpart resource values through
by supplying a set_values_hook procedure.
The set_values_hook procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
.
typedef Boolean (*XtArgsFunc)
Widget w
Arglist args
Cardinal *num_args
w
Specifies the widget whose subpart resource values are to be changed.
args
Specifies the argument list that was passed to
or the transformed varargs list passed to
.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The widget with subpart resources may call
from the set_values_hook procedure
and pass in its subresource list and the
args and num_args parameters.
a>
reply
Specifies the compromise geometry that was returned by the geometrlibXt-1.1.5/specs/appD.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000067365 12520610324 0015620 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Intrinsics Error Messages
All Intrinsics errors and warnings have class
``XtToolkitError''.
The following two tables summarize the common errors and warnings that can be
generated by the Intrinsics.
Additional implementation-dependent messages are permitted.
Error Messages
Name
Type
Default Message
allocError
calloc
Cannot perform calloc
allocError
malloc
Cannot perform malloc
allocError
realloc
Cannot perform realloc
internalError
xtMakeGeometryRequest
internal error; ShellClassExtension is NULL
invalidArgCount
xtGetValues
Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtGetValues
invalidArgCount
xtSetValues
Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtSetValues
invalidClass
applicationShellInsertChild
ApplicationShell does not accept RectObj children; ignored
invalidClass
constraintSetValue
Subclass of Constraint required in CallConstraintSetValues
invalidClass
xtAppCreateShell
XtAppCreateShell requires non-NULL widget class
invalidClass
xtCreatePopupShell
XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL widget class
invalidClass
xtCreateWidget
XtCreateWidget requires non-NULL widget class
invalidClass
xtPopdown
XtPopdown requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass
invalidClass
xtPopup
XtPopup requires a subclass of shellWidgetClass
invalidDimension
xtCreateWindow
Widget %s has zero width and/or height
invalidDimension
shellRealize
Shell widget %s has zero width and/or height
invalidDisplay
xtInitialize
Can't open display: %s
invalidGetValues
xtGetValues
NULL ArgVal in XtGetValues
invalidExtension
shellClassPartInitialize
widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record
invalidExtension
xtMakeGeometryRequest
widget class %s has invalid ShellClassExtension record
invalidGeometryManager
xtMakeGeometryRequest
XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent has no geometry manager
invalidParameter
xtAddInput
invalid condition passed to XtAddInput
invalidParameter
xtAddInput
invalid condition passed to XtAppAddInput
invalidParent
xtChangeManagedSet
Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite
invalidParent
xtChangeManagedSet
Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite
invalidParent
xtCreatePopupShell
XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL parent
invalidParent
xtCreateWidget
XtCreateWidget requires non-NULL parent
invalidParent
xtMakeGeometryRequest
non-shell has no parent in XtMakeGeometryRequest
invalidParent
xtMakeGeometryRequest
XtMakeGeometryRequest - parent not composite
invalidParent
xtManageChildren
Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite
invalidParent
xtUnmanageChildren
Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite
invalidProcedure
inheritanceProc
Unresolved inheritance operation
invalidProcedure
realizeProc
No realize class procedure defined
invalidWindow
eventHandler
Event with wrong window
missingWidget
fetchDisplayArg
FetchDisplayArg called without a widget to reference
nonWidget
xtCreateWidget
attempt to add non-widget child "%s" to parent "%s" which supports only widgets
noPerDisplay
closeDisplay
Couldn't find per display information
noPerDisplay
getPerDisplay
Couldn't find per display information
noSelectionProperties
freeSelectionProperty
internal error: no selection property context for display
noWidgetAncestor
windowedAncestor
Object "%s" does not have windowed ancestor
nullDisplay
xtRegisterExtensionSelector
XtRegisterExtensionSelector requires a non-NULL display
nullProc
insertChild
"%s" parent has NULL insert_child method
r2versionMismatch
widget
Widget class %s must be re-compiled.
R3versionMismatch
widget
Widget class %s must be re-compiled.
R4orR5versionMismatch
widget
Widget class %s must be re-compiled.
rangeError
xtRegisterExtensionSelector
Attempt to register multiple selectors for one extension event type
sessionManagement
SmcOpenConnection
Tried to connect to session manager, %s
subclassMismatch
xtCheckSubclass
Widget class %s found when subclass of %s expected: %s
Warning Messages
Name
Type
Default Message
ambiguousParent
xtChangeManagedSet
Not all children have same parent
ambiguousParent
xtManageChildren
Not all children have same parent in XtManageChildren
ambiguousParent
xtUnmanageChildren
Not all children have same parent in XtUnmanageChildren
badFormat
xtGetSelectionValue
Selection owner returned type INCR property with format != 32
badGeometry
shellRealize
Shell widget "%s" has an invalid geometry specification: "%s"
badValue
cvtStringToPixel
Color name "%s" is not defined
communicationError
select
Select failed; error code %s
conversionError
string
Cannot convert string "%s" to type %s
conversionError
stringToVisual
Cannot find Visual of class %s for display %s
conversionFailed
xtConvertVarToArgList
Type conversion failed
conversionFailed
xtGetTypedArg
Type conversion (%s to %s) failed for widget '%s'
displayError
invalidDisplay
Can't find display structure
grabError
xtAddGrab
XtAddGrab requires exclusive grab if spring_loaded is TRUE
grabError
xtRemoveGrab
XtRemoveGrab asked to remove a widget not on the list
initializationError
xtInitialize
Initializing Resource Lists twice
insufficientSpace
xtGetTypedArg
Insufficient space for converted type '%s' in widget '%s'
internalError
shell
Shell's window manager interaction is broken
invalidAddressMode
computeArgs
Conversion arguments for widget '%s' contain an unsupported address mode
invalidArgCount
getResources
argument count > 0 on NULL argument list
invalidCallbackList
xtAddCallback
Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallback
invalidCallbackList
xtAddCallback
Cannot find callback list in XtAddCallbacks
invalidCallbackList
xtCallCallback
Cannot find callback list in XtCallCallbacks
invalidCallbackList
xtRemoveAllCallback
Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveAllCallbacks
invalidCallbackList
xtRemoveCallback
Cannot find callback list in XtRemoveCallbacks
invalidChild
xtChangeManagedSet
Null child passed to UnmanageChildren
invalidChild
xtManageChildren
null child passed to ManageChildren
invalidChild
xtManageChildren
null child passed to XtManageChildren
invalidChild
xtUnmanageChildren
Null child passed to XtUnmanageChildren
invalidChild
xtUnmanageChildren
Null child found in argument list to unmanage
invalidDepth
setValues
Can't change widget depth
invalidExtension
xtCreateWidget
widget "%s" class %s has invalid CompositeClassExtension record
invalidExtension
xtCreateWidget
widget class %s has invalid ConstraintClassExtension record
invalidGrab
ungrabKeyOrButton
Attempt to remove nonexistent passive grab
invalidGrabKind
xtPopup
grab kind argument has invalid value; XtGrabNone assumed
invalidParameters
freeTranslations
Freeing XtTranslations requires no extra arguments
invalidParameters
mergeTranslations
MergeTM to TranslationTable needs no extra arguments
invalidParameters
xtMenuPopdown
XtMenuPopdown called with num_params != 0 or 1
invalidParameters
xtMenuPopupAction
MenuPopup wants exactly one argument
invalidParent
xtCopyFromParent
CopyFromParent must have non-NULL parent
invalidPopup
xtMenuPopup
Can't find popup widget "%s" in XtMenuPopup
invalidPopup
xtMenuPopdown
Can't find popup in widget "%s" in XtMenuPopdown
invalidPopup
unsupportedOperation
Pop-up menu creation is only supported on ButtonPress, KeyPress or EnterNotify events.
invalidPopup
unsupportedOperation
Pop-up menu creation is only supported on Button, Key or EnterNotify events.
invalidProcedure
deleteChild
null delete_child procedure for class %s in XtDestroy
invalidProcedure
inputHandler
XtRemoveInput: Input handler not found
invalidProcedure
set_values_almost
set_values_almost procedure shouldn't be NULL
invalidResourceCount
getResources
resource count > 0 on NULL resource list
invalidResourceName
computeArgs
Cannot find resource name %s as argument to conversion
invalidShell
xtTranslateCoords
Widget has no shell ancestor
invalidSizeOverride
xtDependencies
Representation size %d must match superclass's to override %s
missingCharsetList
cvtStringToFontSet
Missing charsets in String to FontSet conversion
noActionProc
xtCallActionProc
No action proc named "%s" is registered for widget "%s"
noColormap
cvtStringToPixel
Cannot allocate colormap entry for "%s"
noFont
cvtStringToFont
Unable to load any usable ISO8859-1 font
noFont
cvtStringToFontSet
Unable to load any usable fontset
noFont
cvtStringToFontStruct
Unable to load any usable ISO8859-1 font
notInConvertSelection
xtGetSelectionRequest
XtGetSelectionRequest or XtGetSelectionParameters called for widget "%s" outside of ConvertSelection proc
notRectObj
xtChangeManagedSet
child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj
notRectObj
xtManageChildren
child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj
nullWidget
xtConvertVarToArgList
XtVaTypedArg conversion needs non-NULL widget handle
r3versionMismatch
widget
Shell Widget class %s binary compiled for R3
translationError
nullTable
Can't remove accelerators from NULL table
translationError
nullTable
Tried to remove nonexistent accelerators
translationError
ambiguousActions
Overriding earlier translation manager actions.
translationError
newActions
New actions are:%s
translationError
nullTable
table to (un)merge must not be null
translationError
nullTable
Can't translate event through NULL table
translationError
oldActions
Previous entry was: %s %s
translationError
unboundActions
Actions not found: %s
translationError
xtTranslateInitialize
Initializing Translation manager twice.
translationParseError
missingComma
... possibly due to missing ',' in event sequence.
translationParseError
nonLatin1
... probably due to non-Latin1 character in quoted string
translationParseError
parseError
translation table syntax error: %s
translationParseError
parseString
Missing '"'.
translationParseError
showLine
... found while parsing '%s'
typeConversionError
noConverter
No type converter registered for '%s' to '%s' conversion.
unknownType
xtConvertVarToArgList
Unable to find type of resource for conversion
unknownType
xtGetTypedArg
Unable to find type of resource for conversion
versionMismatch
widget
Widget class %s version mismatch (recompilation needed):\\n widget %d vs. intrinsics %d.
wrongParameters
cvtIntOrPixelToXColor
Pixel to color conversion needs screen and colormap arguments
wrongParameters
cvtIntToBool
Integer to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtIntToBoolean
Integer to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtIntToFloat
Integer to Float conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtIntToFont
Integer to Font conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtIntToPixel
Integer to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtIntToPixmap
Integer to Pixmap conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtIntToShort
Integer to Short conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtIntToUnsignedChar
Integer to UnsignedChar conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToAcceleratorTable
String to AcceleratorTable conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToAtom
String to Atom conversion needs Display argument
wrongParameters
cvtStringToBool
String to Bool conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToBoolean
String to Boolean conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToCommandArgArray
String to CommandArgArray conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToCursor
String to cursor conversion needs display argument
wrongParameters
cvtStringToDimension
String to Dimension conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToDirectoryString
String to DirectoryString conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToDisplay
String to Display conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToFile
String to File conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToFloat
String to Float conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToFont
String to font conversion needs display argument
wrongParameters
cvtStringToFontSet
String to FontSet conversion needs display and locale arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToFontStruct
String to font conversion needs display argument
wrongParameters
cvtStringToGravity
String to Gravity conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToInitialState
String to InitialState conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToInt
String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToPixel
String to pixel conversion needs screen and colormap arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToRestartStyle
String to RestartStyle conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToShort
String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToTranslationTable
String to TranslationTable conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToUnsignedChar
String to Integer conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
cvtStringToVisual
String to Visual conversion needs screen and depth arguments
wrongParameters
cvtXColorToPixel
Color to Pixel conversion needs no extra arguments
wrongParameters
freeCursor
Free Cursor requires display argument
wrongParameters
freeDirectoryString
Free Directory String requires no extra arguments
wrongParameters
freeFile
Free File requires no extra arguments
wrongParameters
freeFont
Free Font needs display argument
wrongParameters
freeFontSet
FreeFontSet needs display and locale arguments
wrongParameters
freeFontStruct
Free FontStruct requires display argument
wrongParameters
freePixel
Freeing a pixel requires screen and colormap arguments
ry>child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj
notRectObj
xtManageChildren
child "%s", class %s is not a RectObj
nullWidget
xtlibXt-1.1.5/specs/CH07.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000446333 12520610324 0015371 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Event Management
While Xlib allows the reading and processing of events anywhere in an application,
widgets in the X Toolkit neither directly read events
nor grab the server or pointer.
Widgets register procedures that are to be called
when an event or class of events occurs in that widget.
A typical application consists of startup code followed by an event loop
that reads events and dispatches them by calling
the procedures that widgets have registered.
The default event loop provided by the Intrinsics is
.
The event manager is a collection of functions to perform the following tasks:
Add or remove event sources other than X server events (in particular,
timer interrupts, file input, or POSIX signals).
Query the status of event sources.
Add or remove procedures to be called when an event occurs for a particular
widget.
Enable and
disable the dispatching of user-initiated events (keyboard and pointer events)
for a particular widget.
Constrain the dispatching of events to a cascade of pop-up widgets.
Register procedures to be called when specific events arrive.
Register procedures to be called when the Intrinsics will block.
Enable safe operation in a multi-threaded environment.
Most widgets do not need to call any of the event handler functions explicitly.
The normal interface to X events is through the higher-level
translation manager,
which maps sequences of X events, with modifiers, into procedure calls.
Applications rarely use any of the event manager routines besides
.
Adding and Deleting Additional Event Sources
While most applications are driven only by X events,
some applications need to incorporate other sources of input
into the Intrinsics event-handling mechanism.
The event manager provides routines to integrate notification of timer events
and file data pending into this mechanism.
The next section describes functions that provide input gathering from files.
The application registers the files with the Intrinsics read routine.
When input is pending on one of the files,
the registered callback procedures are invoked.
Adding and Removing Input Sources
To register a new file as an input source for a given application context, use
.
XtInputId XtAppAddInput
XtAppContext app_context
int source
XtPointer condition
XtInputCallbackProc proc
XtPointer client_data
app_context
Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
source
Specifies the source file descriptor on a POSIX-based system
or other operating-system-dependent device specification.
condition
Specifies the mask that indicates a read, write, or exception condition
or some other operating-system-dependent condition.
proc
Specifies the procedure to be called when the condition is found.
client_data
Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure
when it is called.
The
function registers with the Intrinsics read routine a new source of events,
which is usually file input but can also be file output.
Note that file should be loosely interpreted to mean any sink
or source of data.
also specifies the conditions under which the source can generate events.
When an event is pending on this source,
the callback procedure is called.
The legal values for the condition argument are operating-system-dependent.
On a POSIX-based system,
source is a file number and the condition is some union of the following:
XtInputReadMask
Specifies that proc is to be called when source has data to be read.
XtInputWriteMask
Specifies that proc is to be called when source is ready
for writing.
XtInputExceptMask
Specifies that proc is to be called when source has
exception data.
Callback procedure pointers used to handle file events are of
type
.
typedef void (*XtInputCallbackProc)
XtPointer client_data
int *source
XtInputId *id
client_data
Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
XtApp\%AddInput.
source
Passes the source file descriptor generating the event.
id
Passes the id returned from the corresponding
call.
See
for information regarding the use of
in multiple threads.
To discontinue a source of input, use
.
void XtRemoveInput
XtInputId id
id
Specifies the id returned from the corresponding
call.
The
function causes the Intrinsics read routine to stop watching for events
from the file source specified by id.
See
for information regarding the use of
in multiple threads.
Adding and Removing Blocking Notifications
Occasionally it is desirable for an application to receive notification
when the Intrinsics event manager detects no pending input from file sources
and no pending input from X server event sources and is about to block
in an operating system call.
To register a hook that is called immediately prior to event blocking, use
.
XtBlockHookId XtAppAddBlockHook
XtAppContext app_context
XtBlockHookProc proc
XtPointer client_data
app_context
Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
proc
Specifies the procedure to be called before blocking.
client_data
Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure when it is called.
The
function registers the specified procedure and returns an identifier for it.
The hook procedure proc is called at any time in the future when
the Intrinsics are about to block pending some input.
The procedure pointers used to provide notification of event blocking
are of type
.
void *XtBlockHookProc
XtPointer client_data
client_data
Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
XtApp\%AddBlockHook.
To discontinue the use of a procedure for blocking notification, use
.
void XtRemoveBlockHook
XtBlockHookId id
id
Specifies the identifier returned from the corresponding call to
.
The
function removes the specified procedure from the list of procedures
that are called by the Intrinsics read routine before blocking on event sources.
Adding and Removing Timeouts
The timeout facility notifies the application or the widget
through a callback procedure that a specified time interval has elapsed.
Timeout values are uniquely identified by an interval id.
To register a timeout callback, use
.
XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut
XtAppContext app_context
unsigned long interval
XtTimerCallbackProc proc
XtPointer client_data
app_context
Specifies the application context for which the timer is to be set.
interval
Specifies the time interval in milliseconds.
proc
Specifies the procedure to be called when the time expires.
client_data
Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure
when it is called.
The
function creates a timeout and returns an identifier for it.
The timeout value is set to interval.
The callback procedure proc is called when
or
is next called after the time interval elapses,
and then the timeout is removed.
Callback procedure pointers used with timeouts are of
type
.
void *XtTimerCallbackProc
XtPointer client_data
XtIntervalId *timer
client_data
Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
XtApp\%AddTimeOut.
timer
Passes the id returned from the corresponding
call.
See
for information regarding the use of
in multiple threads.
To clear a timeout value, use
.
void XtRemoveTimeOut
XtIntervalId timer
timer
Specifies the id for the timeout request to be cleared.
The
function removes the pending timeout.
Note that timeouts are automatically removed once they trigger.
Please refer to Section 7.12 for information regarding the use of
in multiple threads.
Adding and Removing Signal Callbacks
The signal facility notifies the application or the widget through a
callback procedure that a signal or other external asynchronous event
has occurred. The registered callback procedures are uniquely identified
by a signal id.
Prior to establishing a signal handler, the application or widget should
call
and store the resulting identifier in a place accessible to the signal
handler. When a signal arrives, the signal handler should call
to notify the Intrinsics that a signal has occured. To register a signal
callback use
.
XtSignalId XtAppAddSignal
XtAppContext app_context
XtSignalCallbackProc proc
XtPointer client_data
app_context
Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
proc
Specifies the procedure to be called when the signal is noticed.
client_data
Specifies an argument passed to the specified procedure when it is called.
The callback procedure pointers used to handle signal events are of type
.
typedef void (*XtSignalCallbackProc)
XtPointer client_data
XtSignalId *id
client_data
Passes the client data argument that was registered for this procedure in
.
id
Passes the id returned from the corresponding
call.
To notify the Intrinsics that a signal has occured, use
.
void XtNoticeSignal
XtSignalId id
id
Specifies the id returned from the corresponding
call.
On a POSIX-based system,
is the only Intrinsics function that can safely be called from a signal handler.
If
is invoked multiple times before the Intrinsics are able to invoke the
registered callback, the callback is only called once.
Logically, the Intrinsics maintain ``pending'' flag for each registered callback.
This flag is initially
False
and is set to
True
by
.
When
or
(with a mask including
XtIMSignal)
is called, all registered callbacks with ``pending''
True
are invoked and the flags are reset to
False.
If the signal handler wants to track how many times the signal has been
raised, it can keep its own private counter. Typically the handler would
not do any other work; the callback does the actual processing for the
signal. The Intrinsics never block signals from being raised, so if a given
signal can be raised multiple times before the Intrinsics can invoke the
callback for that signal, the callback must be designed to deal with
this. In another case, a signal might be raised just after the Intrinsics
sets the pending flag to
False
but before the callback can get control, in which case the pending flag
will still be
True
after the callback returns, and the Intrinsics will invoke the callback
again, even though all of the signal raises have been handled. The
callback must also be prepared to handle this case.
To remove a registered signal callback, call
.
void XtRemoveSignal
XtSignalId id
id
Specifies the id returned by the corresponding call to
.
The client should typically disable the source of the signal before calling
.
If the signal could have been raised again before the source was disabled
and the client wants to process it, then after disabling the source but
before calling
the client can test for signals with
and process them by calling
with the mask
XtIMSignal.
Constraining Events to a Cascade of Widgets
Modal widgets are widgets that, except for the input directed to them,
lock out user input to the application.
When a modal menu or modal dialog box is popped up using
,
user events (keyboard and pointer events) that occur outside the modal
widget should be delivered to the modal widget or ignored.
In no case will user events be delivered to a widget outside
the modal widget.
Menus can pop up submenus, and dialog boxes can pop up further dialog
boxes to create a pop-up cascade.
In this case,
user events may be delivered to one of several modal widgets in the cascade.
Display-related events should be delivered outside the modal cascade so that
exposure events and the like keep the application's display up-to-date.
Any event that occurs within the cascade is delivered as usual.
The user events delivered to the most recent spring-loaded shell
in the cascade when they occur outside the cascade are called remap events
and are
KeyPress,
KeyRelease,
ButtonPress,
and
ButtonRelease.
The user events ignored when they occur outside the cascade are
MotionNotify
and
EnterNotify.
All other events are delivered normally.
In particular, note that this is one
way in which widgets can receive
LeaveNotify
events without first receiving
EnterNotify
events; they should be prepared to deal with
this, typically by ignoring any unmatched
LeaveNotify
events.
uses the
and
functions to constrain user events to a modal cascade
and subsequently to remove a grab when the modal widget is popped down.
To constrain or redirect user input to a modal widget, use
.
void XtAddGrab
Widget w
Boolean exclusive
Boolean spring_loaded
w
Specifies the widget to add to the modal cascade. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
exclusive
Specifies whether user events should be dispatched exclusively to this widget
or also to previous widgets in the cascade.
spring_loaded
Specifies whether this widget was popped up because the user pressed
a pointer button.
The
function appends the widget to the modal cascade
and checks that exclusive is
True
if spring_loaded is
True.
If this condition is not met,
generates a warning message.
The modal cascade is used by
when it tries to dispatch a user event.
When at least one modal widget is in the widget cascade,
first determines if the event should be delivered.
It starts at the most recent cascade entry and follows the cascade up to and
including the most recent cascade entry added with the exclusive parameter
True.
This subset of the modal cascade along with all descendants of these widgets
comprise the active subset.
User events that occur outside the widgets in this subset are ignored
or remapped.
Modal menus with submenus generally add a submenu widget to the cascade
with exclusive
False.
Modal dialog boxes that need to restrict user input to the most deeply nested
dialog box add a subdialog widget to the cascade with exclusive
True.
User events that occur within the active subset are delivered to the
appropriate widget, which is usually a child or further descendant of the modal
widget.
Regardless of where in the application they occur,
remap events are always delivered to the most recent widget in the active
subset of the cascade registered with spring_loaded
True,
if any such widget exists.
If the event
occurred in the active subset of the cascade but outside the
spring-loaded widget, it is delivered normally before being
delivered also to the spring-loaded widget.
Regardless of where it is dispatched, the Intrinsics do not modify
the contents of the event.
To remove the redirection of user input to a modal widget, use
.
void XtRemoveGrab
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget to remove from the modal cascade.
The
function removes widgets from the modal cascade starting
at the most recent widget up to and including the specified widget.
It issues a warning if the specified widget is not on the modal cascade.
Requesting Key and Button Grabs
The Intrinsics provide a set of key and button grab interfaces that
are parallel to those provided by Xlib and that allow the Intrinsics
to modify event dispatching when necessary. X Toolkit applications and
widgets that need to passively grab keys or buttons or actively grab
the keyboard or pointer should use the
following Intrinsics routines rather than the corresponding Xlib
routines.
To passively grab a single key of the keyboard, use
.
void XtGrabKey
Widget widget
KeyCode keycode
Modifiers modifiers
Boolean owner_events
int pointer_mode
widget
Specifies the widget in whose window the key is to be grabbed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
keycode
modifiers
owner_events
pointer_mode
keyboard_mode
Specify arguments to
XGrabKey;
see Section 12.2
in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
calls
XGrabKey
specifying the widget's window as the grab
window if the widget is realized. The remaining arguments are exactly
as for
XGrabKey.
If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
XGrabKey
is performed (again) when
the widget is realized and its window becomes mapped. In the future,
if
is called with a
KeyPress
event matching the specified keycode and modifiers (which may be
AnyKey
or
AnyModifier,
respectively) for the
widget's window, the Intrinsics will call
with the timestamp from the
KeyPress
event if either of the following conditions is true:
There is a modal cascade and the widget is not in
the active subset of the cascade and the keyboard was not previously
grabbed, or
XFilterEvent
returns
True.
To cancel a passive key grab, use
.
void XtUngrabKey
Widget widget
KeyCode keycode
Modifiers modifiers
widget
Specifies the widget in whose window the key was grabbed.
keycode
modifiers
Specify arguments to
XUngrabKey;
see Section 12.2
in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
The
procedure calls
XUngrabKey
specifying the widget's
window as the ungrab window if the widget is realized. The remaining
arguments are exactly as for
XUngrabKey.
If the widget is not realized,
removes a deferred
request, if any, for the specified widget, keycode, and modifiers.
To actively grab the keyboard, use
.
int XtGrabKeyboard
Widget widget
Boolean owner_events
int pointer_mode
Time time
widget
Specifies the widget for whose window the keyboard is to be grabbed.
Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
owner_events
pointer_mode
keyboard_mode
time
Specify arguments to
XGrabKeyboard;
see Section 12.2
in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
If the specified widget is realized,
calls
XGrabKeyboard
specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining
arguments and return value are exactly as for
XGrabKeyboard.
If the widget is not realized,
immediately returns
GrabNotViewable.
No future automatic ungrab is implied by
.
To cancel an active keyboard grab, use
.
void XtUngrabKeyboard
Widget widget
Time time
widget
Specifies the widget that has the active keyboard grab.
time
Specifies the additional argument to
XUngrabKeyboard;
see Section 12.2
in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
calls
XUngrabKeyboard
with the specified time.
To passively grab a single pointer button, use
.
void XtGrabButton
Widget widget
int button
Modifiers modifiers
Boolean owner_events
unsigned int event_mask
int pointer_mode
Window confine_to
Cursor cursor
widget
Specifies the widget in whose window the button is to be grabbed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
button
modifiers
owner_events
event_mask
pointer_mode
keyboard_mode
confine_to
cursor
Specify arguments to
XGrabButton;
see Section 12.1
in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
calls
XGrabButton
specifying the widget's window as the
grab window if the widget is realized. The remaining arguments are
exactly as for
XGrabButton.
If the widget is not realized, or is later unrealized, the call to
XGrabButton
is performed (again)
when the widget is realized and its window becomes mapped. In the
future, if
is called with a
ButtonPress
event matching the specified button and modifiers (which may be
AnyButton
or
AnyModifier,
respectively)
for the widget's window, the Intrinsics will call
with the timestamp from the
ButtonPress
event if either of the following conditions is true:
There is a modal cascade and the
widget is not in the active subset of the cascade and the pointer was
not previously grabbed, or
XFilterEvent
returns
True.
To cancel a passive button grab, use
.
void XtUngrabButton
Widget widget
unsigned int button
Modifiers modifiers
widget
Specifies the widget in whose window the button was grabbed.
button
modifiers
Specify arguments to
XUngrabButton;
see Section 12.1
in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
The
procedure calls
XUngrabButton
specifying the
widget's window as the ungrab window if the widget is realized. The
remaining arguments are exactly as for
XUngrabButton.
If the widget is not realized,
removes a deferred
request, if any, for the specified widget, button, and modifiers.
To actively grab the pointer, use
.
int XtGrabPointer
Widget widget
Boolean owner_events
unsigned int event_mask
int pointer_mode
Window confine_to
Cursor cursor
Time time
widget
Specifies the widget for whose window the pointer is to be grabbed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
owner_events
event_mask
pointer_mode
keyboard_mode
confine_to
cursor
time
Specify arguments to
XGrabPointer;
see Section 12.1
in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
If the specified widget is realized,
calls
XGrabPointer,
specifying the widget's window as the grab window. The remaining
arguments and return value are exactly as for
XGrabPointer.
If the widget is not realized,
immediately returns
GrabNotViewable.
No future automatic ungrab is implied by
.
To cancel an active pointer grab, use
.
void XtUngrabPointer
Widget widget
Time time
widget
Specifies the widget that has the active pointer grab.
time
Specifies the time argument to
XUngrabPointer;
see Section 12.1
in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
calls
XUngrabPointer
with the specified time.
Focusing Events on a Child
To redirect keyboard input to a normal descendant of a
widget without calling
XSetInputFocus,
use
.
void XtSetKeyboardFocus
Widget subtree
subtree
Specifies the subtree of the hierarchy for which the keyboard focus is
to be set. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
descendant
Specifies either the normal (non-pop-up) descendant of subtree to which
keyboard events are logically directed, or
None.
It is not an error to specify
None
when no input focus was previously set. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
causes
to remap keyboard events occurring within the specified subtree
and dispatch them to the specified descendant widget or to an ancestor.
If the descendant's class is not a subclass of Core, the descendant is
replaced by its closest windowed ancestor.
When there is no modal cascade, keyboard events can be dispatched
to a widget in one of five ways. Assume the server delivered the
event to the window for widget E (because of X input focus, key or
keyboard grabs, or pointer position).
If neither E nor any of E's ancestors have redirected the keyboard
focus, or if the event activated a grab for E as specified by a call
to
with any value of owner_events, or
if the keyboard is actively grabbed by E with owner_events
False
via
or
on a previous key press, the event is dispatched to E.
Beginning with the ancestor of E closest to the root that has
redirected the keyboard focus or E if no such ancestor exists, if
the target of that focus redirection has in turn redirected the
keyboard focus, recursively follow this focus chain to find a widget
F that has not redirected focus.
If E is the final focus target widget F or a descendant of F, the
event is dispatched to E.
If E is not F, an ancestor of F, or a descendant of F, and the event
activated a grab for E as specified by a call to
for E,
is called.
If E is an ancestor of F, and the event is a key press, and either
E has grabbed the key with
and owner_events
False,
or
E has grabbed the key with
and owner_events
True,
and the coordinates of the event are outside the rectangle specified
by E's geometry,
then the event is dispatched to E.
Otherwise, define A as the closest common ancestor of E and F:
If there is an active keyboard grab for any widget via either
or
on a previous key press, or
if no widget between F and A (noninclusive) has grabbed
the key and modifier combination with
and any value of owner_events, the event is dispatched to F.
Else, the event is dispatched to the ancestor of F closest to A
that has grabbed the key and modifier combination with
.
When there is a modal cascade, if the final destination widget as
identified above is in the active subset of the cascade, the event is
dispatched; otherwise the event is remapped to a spring-loaded shell
or discarded.
Regardless of where it is dispatched, the Intrinsics do not modify
the contents of the event.
When subtree or one of its descendants acquires the X input focus
or the pointer moves into the subtree such that keyboard events would
now be delivered to the subtree, a
FocusIn
event is generated for the descendant if
FocusChange
events have been selected by the descendant.
Similarly, when subtree loses the X input focus
or the keyboard focus for one of its ancestors, a
FocusOut
event is generated for descendant if
FocusChange
events have been selected by the descendant.
A widget tree may also actively manage the X server input focus. To
do so, a widget class specifies an accept_focus procedure.
The accept_focus procedure pointer is of type
.
Boolean *XtAcceptFocusProc
Widget w
Time *time
w
Specifies the widget.
time
Specifies the X time of the event causing the accept focus.
Widgets that need the input focus can call
XSetInputFocus
explicitly, pursuant to the restrictions of the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual..
To allow outside agents, such as the parent,
to cause a widget to take the input focus,
every widget exports an accept_focus procedure.
The widget returns a value indicating
whether it actually took the focus or not,
so that the parent can give the focus to another widget.
Widgets that need to know when they lose the input focus must use
the Xlib focus notification mechanism explicitly
(typically by specifying translations for
FocusIn
and
FocusOut
events).
Widgets classes that never want the input focus should set the
accept_focus field to NULL.
To call a widget's accept_focus procedure, use
.
Boolean XtCallAcceptFocus
Widget w
Time *time
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
time
Specifies the X time of the event that is causing the focus change.
The
function calls the specified widget's accept_focus procedure,
passing it the specified widget and time, and returns what the accept_focus
procedure returns.
If accept_focus is NULL,
returns
False.
Events for Drawables That Are Not a Widget's Window
Sometimes an application must handle events for drawables that are not
associated with widgets in its widget tree. Examples include handling
GraphicsExpose
and
NoExpose
events on Pixmaps, and handling
PropertyNotify
events on the root window.
To register a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatching, use
.
void XtRegisterDrawable
Display *display
Drawable drawable
Widget widget
display
Specifies the drawable's display.
drawable
Specifies the drawable to register.
widget
Specifies the widget to register the drawable for.
associates the specified drawable with the specified widget
so that future calls to
with the drawable will return the widget.
The default event dispatcher will dispatch future events that
arrive for the drawable to the widget in the same manner as
events that contain the widget's window.
If the drawable is already registered with another widget, or if the
drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree, the
results of calling
are undefined.
To unregister a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatching, use
.
void XtUnregisterDrawable
Display *display
Drawable drawable
display
Specifies the drawable's display.
drawable
Specifies the drawable to unregister.
removes an association created with
.
If the drawable is the window of a widget in the client's widget tree
the results of calling
are undefined.
Querying Event Sources
The event manager provides several functions to examine and read events
(including file and timer events) that are in the queue.
The next three functions are Intrinsics equivalents of the
XPending,
XPeekEvent,
and
XNextEvent
Xlib calls.
To determine if there are any events on the input queue for a given application,
use
.
XtInputMask XtAppPending
XtAppContext app_context
app_context
Specifies the application context that identifies the application to check.
The
function returns a nonzero value if there are
events pending from the X server, timer pending, other input sources
pending, or signal sources pending. The
value returned is a bit mask that is the OR of
XtIMXEvent,
XtIMTimer,
XtIMAlternateInput,
and
XtIMSignal
(see
XtAppProcessEvent ).
If there are no events pending,
flushes the output buffers of each Display in the application context
and returns zero.
To return the event from the head of a given application's input queue
without removing input from the queue, use
.
Boolean XtAppPeekEvent
XtAppContext app_context
XEvent *event_return
app_context
Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
event_return
Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
If there is an X event in the queue,
copies it into event_return and returns
True.
If no X input is on the queue,
flushes the output buffers of each Display in the application context
and blocks until some input is available
(possibly calling some timeout callbacks in the interim).
If the next available input is an X event,
fills in event_return and returns
True.
Otherwise, the input is for an input source
registered with
,
and
returns
False.
The sample implementations provides XtAppPeekEvent as described. Timeout callbacks
are called while blocking for input. If some input for an input source is
available,
will return
True
without returning an event.
To remove and return the event
from the head of a given application's X event queue,
use
.
void XtAppNextEvent
XtAppContext app_context
XEvent *event_return
app_context
Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
event_return
Returns the event information to the specified event structure.
If the X event queue is empty,
flushes the X output buffers of each Display in the application context
and waits for an X event while looking at the other input sources
and timeout values and calling any callback procedures triggered by them.
This wait time can be used for background processing;
see .
Dispatching Events
The Intrinsics provide functions that dispatch events
to widgets or other application code.
Every client interested in X events on a widget uses
to register which events it is
interested in and a procedure (event handler) to be called
when the event happens in that window.
The translation manager automatically registers event handlers for widgets
that use translation tables; see .
Applications that need direct control of the processing of different types
of input should use
.
void XtAppProcessEvent
XtAppContext app_context
XtInputMask mask
app_context
Specifies the application context that identifies the
application for which to process input.
mask
Specifies what types of events to process.
The mask is the bitwise inclusive OR of any combination of
XtIMXEvent,
XtIMTimer,
XtIMAlternateInput,
and
XtIMSignal.
As a convenience,
Intrinsic.h
defines the symbolic name
XtIMAll
to be the bitwise inclusive OR of these four event types.
The
function processes one timer, input source, signal source, or X event.
If there is no event or input of the appropriate type to process, then
blocks until there is.
If there is more than one type of input available to process,
it is undefined which will get processed.
Usually, this procedure is not called by client applications; see
.
processes timer events by calling any appropriate timer callbacks,
input sources by calling any appropriate input callbacks,
signal source by calling any appropriate signal callbacks,
and X events by
calling
.
When an X event is received,
it is passed to
,
which calls the appropriate event handlers
and passes them the widget, the event, and client-specific data
registered with each procedure.
If no handlers for that event are registered,
the event is ignored and the dispatcher simply returns.
To dispatch an event returned by
,
retrieved directly from the Xlib queue, or synthetically constructed,
to any registered event filters or event handlers, call
.
Boolean XtDispatchEvent
XEvent *event
event
Specifies a pointer to the event structure to be dispatched
to the appropriate event handlers.
The
function first calls
XFilterEvent
with the event and the window of the widget to which the
Intrinsics intend to dispatch the event, or the event window if
the Intrinsics would not dispatch the event to any handlers.
If
XFilterEvent
returns
True
and the event activated a server grab as identified
by a previous call to
or
,
calls
or
with the timestamp from the event and immediately returns
True.
If
XFilterEvent
returns
True
and a grab was not activated,
just immediately returns
True.
Otherwise,
sends the event to the event handler functions that
have been previously registered with the dispatch routine.
returns
True
if
XFilterEvent
returned
True,
or if the event was dispatched to some handler, and
False
if it found no handler to which to dispatch the event.
records the last timestamp in any event that
contains a timestamp (see
XtLastTimestampProcessed ),
regardless of whether it was filtered or dispatched.
If a modal cascade is active with spring_loaded
True,
and if the event is a remap event as defined by
,
may dispatch the event a second time. If it does so,
will call
XFilterEvent
again with the window of the spring-loaded widget prior to the second
dispatch, and if
XFilterEvent
returns
True,
the second dispatch will not be performed.
The Application Input Loop
To process all input from a given application in a continuous loop,
use the convenience procedure
.
void XtAppMainLoop
XtAppContext app_context
app_context
Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
The
function first reads the next incoming X event by calling
and then dispatches the event to the appropriate registered procedure
by calling
.
This constitutes the main loop of X Toolkit applications.
There is nothing special about
;
it simply calls
and then
in a conditional loop.
At the bottom of the loop, it checks to see if the specified
application context's destroy flag is set.
If the flag is set, the loop breaks.
The whole loop is enclosed between a matching
and
.
Applications can provide their own version of this loop,
which tests some global termination flag or tests that the number
of top-level widgets is larger than zero before circling back to the call to
.
Setting and Checking the Sensitivity State of a Widget
Many widgets have a mode in which they assume a different appearance
(for example, are grayed out or stippled), do not respond to user events,
and become dormant.
When dormant,
a widget is considered to be insensitive.
If a widget is insensitive,
the event manager does not dispatch any events to the widget
with an event type of
KeyPress,
KeyRelease,
ButtonPress,
ButtonRelease,
MotionNotify,
EnterNotify,
LeaveNotify,
FocusIn,
or
FocusOut.
A widget can be insensitive because its sensitive field is
False
or because one of its ancestors is insensitive and thus the widget's
ancestor_sensitive field also is
False.
A widget can but does not need to distinguish these two cases visually.
Pop-up shells will have
ancestor_sensitive
False
if the parent was insensitive when the shell
was created. Since
on the parent will not
modify the resource of the pop-up child, clients are advised to include
a resource specification of the form
``*TransientShell.ancestorSensitive: True''
in the application defaults resource file or to
otherwise ensure that the parent is
sensitive when creating pop-up shells.
To set the sensitivity state of a widget, use
.
void XtSetSensitive
Widget w
Boolean sensitive
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
sensitive
Specifies whether the widget should receive
keyboard, pointer, and focus events.
The
function first calls
on the current widget with an argument list specifying the
XtNsensitive resource and the new value.
If sensitive is
False
and the widget's class is a subclass of
Composite,
recursively propagates the new value
down the child tree by calling
on each child to set ancestor_sensitive to
False.
If sensitive is
True
and the widget's class is a subclass of
Composite
and the widget's ancestor_sensitive field is
True,
sets the ancestor_sensitive of each child to
True
and then recursively calls
on each normal descendant that is now sensitive to set
ancestor_sensitive to
True.
calls
to change the sensitive and ancestor_sensitive fields
of each affected widget.
Therefore, when one of these changes,
the widget's set_values procedure should
take whatever display actions are needed
(for example, graying out or stippling the widget).
maintains the invariant that, if the parent has either sensitive
or ancestor_sensitive
False,
then all children have ancestor_sensitive
False.
To check the current sensitivity state of a widget,
use
.
Boolean XtIsSensitive
Widget w
w
Specifies the object. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
The
function returns
True
or
False
to indicate whether user input events are being dispatched.
If object's class is a subclass of RectObj and
both sensitive and ancestor_sensitive are
True,
returns
True;
otherwise, it returns
False.
Adding Background Work Procedures
The Intrinsics have some limited support for background processing.
Because most applications spend most of their time waiting for input,
you can register an idle-time work procedure
that is called when the toolkit would otherwise block in
or
.
Work procedure pointers are of type
.
typedef Boolean (*XtWorkProc)
XtPointer client_data
client_data
Passes the client data specified when the work procedure was registered.
This procedure should return
True
when it is done to indicate that it
should be removed.
If the procedure returns
False,
it will remain registered and called again when the
application is next idle.
Work procedures should be very judicious about how much they do.
If they run for more than a small part of a second,
interactive feel is likely to suffer.
To register a work procedure for a given application, use
.
XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc
XtAppContext app_context
XtWorkProc proc
XtPointer client_data
app_context
Specifies the application context that identifies the application.
proc
Specifies the procedure to be called when the application is idle.
client_data
Specifies the argument passed to the specified procedure
when it is called.
The
function adds the specified work procedure for the application identified
by app_context
and returns an opaque unique identifier for this work procedure.
Multiple work procedures can be registered,
and the most recently added one is always the one that is called.
However, if a work procedure adds another work procedure,
the newly added one has lower priority than the current one.
To remove a work procedure, either return
True
from the procedure when it is called or use
outside of the procedure.
void XtRemoveWorkProc
XtWorkProcId id
id
Specifies which work procedure to remove.
The
function explicitly removes the specified background work procedure.
X Event Filters
The event manager provides filters that can be applied to
specific X events.
The filters, which screen out events that are redundant or are temporarily
unwanted, handle
pointer motion compression,
enter/leave compression, and
exposure compression.
Pointer Motion Compression
Widgets can have a hard time keeping up with a rapid stream of
pointer motion events. Furthermore,
they usually do not care about every motion event. To throw out
redundant motion events, the widget class field compress_motion should be
True.
When a request for an event would return a motion event,
the Intrinsics check if there are any other motion events
for the same widget immediately
following the current one and, if so, skip all but the last of them.
Enter/Leave Compression
To throw out pairs of enter and leave events that have no intervening events,
as can happen when the user moves the pointer across a widget
without stopping in it,
the widget class field compress_enterleave should be
True.
These enter and leave events are not delivered to the client
if they are found together in the input queue.
Exposure Compression
Many widgets prefer to process a series of exposure events as a
single expose region rather than as individual rectangles. Widgets
with complex displays might use the expose region as a clip list
in a graphics context, and widgets with simple displays might
ignore the region entirely and redisplay their whole window or
might get the bounding box from the region and redisplay only that
rectangle.
In either case, these widgets do not care about getting partial exposure events.
The compress_exposure field in the widget class
structure specifies the type and number of exposure events that are
dispatched to the widget's expose procedure. This field must be
initialized to one of the following values:
#define XtExposeNoCompress ((XtEnum)False)
#define XtExposeCompressSeries ((XtEnum)True)
#define XtExposeCompressMultiple <implementation-defined>
#define XtExposeCompressMaximal <implementation-defined>
optionally ORed with any combination of the following flags (all with
implementation-defined values):
XtExposeGraphicsExpose,
XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged,
XtExposeNoExpose,
and
XtExposeNoRegion.
If the compress_exposure field in the widget class structure does not
specify
XtExposeNoCompress,
the event manager calls the widget's expose procedure only
once for a series of exposure events.
In this case, all
Expose
or
GraphicsExpose
events are accumulated into a region.
When the final event is received,
the event manager replaces the rectangle in the event with the
bounding box for the region
and calls the widget's expose procedure,
passing the modified exposure event and (unless
XtExposeNoRegion
is specified) the region.
For more information on regions, see
Section 16.5 in
Xlib — C Language X Interface..)
The values have the following interpretation:
XtExposeNoCompress
No exposure compression is performed; every selected event is
individually dispatched to the expose procedure with a region
argument of NULL.
XtExposeCompressSeries
Each series of exposure events is coalesced into a single event,
which is dispatched
when an exposure event with count equal to zero is reached.
XtExposeCompressMultiple
Consecutive series of exposure events are coalesced into a single
event, which is dispatched
when an exposure event with count equal to zero is reached and either
the event queue is empty or the next event is not an exposure event
for the same widget.
XtExposeCompressMaximal
All expose series currently in the queue for the widget
are coalesced into a single
event without regard to intervening nonexposure events. If a
partial series is in the end of the queue, the Intrinsics will
block until the end of the series is received.
The additional flags have the following meaning:
XtExposeGraphicsExpose
Specifies that
GraphicsExpose
events are also to be dispatched to
the expose procedure.
GraphicsExpose
events are compressed, if specified, in the same manner as
Expose
events.
XtExposeGraphicsExposeMerged
Specifies in the case of
XtExposeCompressMultiple
and
XtExposeCompressMaximal
that series of
GraphicsExpose
and
Expose
events are to be compressed together, with the final event type
determining the type of the event passed to the expose procedure.
If this flag is not set, then only series of the same event type
as the event at the head of the queue are coalesced. This flag
also implies
XtExposeGraphicsExpose.
XtExposeNoExpose
Specifies that
NoExpose
events are also to be dispatched to the expose procedure.
NoExpose
events are never coalesced with
other exposure events or with each other.
XtExposeNoRegion
Specifies that the final region argument passed to the expose
procedure is NULL. The rectangle in the event will still
contain bounding box information for the entire series of
compressed exposure events. This option saves processing time when the
region is not needed by the widget.
Widget Exposure and Visibility
Every primitive widget and some composite widgets display data on the screen
by means of direct Xlib calls.
Widgets cannot simply write to the screen and forget what they have done.
They must keep enough state to redisplay the window or parts
of it if a portion is obscured and then reexposed.
Redisplay of a Widget: The expose Procedure
The expose procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
.
typedef void (*XtExposeProc)
Widget w
XEvent *event
Region region
w
Specifies the widget instance requiring redisplay.
event
Specifies the exposure event giving the rectangle requiring redisplay.
region
Specifies the union of all rectangles in this exposure sequence.
The redisplay of a widget upon exposure is the responsibility of the
expose procedure in the widget's class record.
If a widget has no display semantics,
it can specify NULL for the expose field.
Many composite widgets serve only as containers for their children
and have no expose procedure.
If the expose procedure is NULL,
fills in a default bit gravity of
NorthWestGravity
before it calls the widget's realize procedure.
If the widget's compress_exposure class field specifies
XtExposeNoCompress
or
XtExposeNoRegion,
or if the event type is
NoExpose
(see ),
region is NULL. If
XtExposeNoCompress
is not specified and the event type is not
NoExpose,
the event is the final event in the compressed series
but x, y, width, and height contain
the bounding box for all the compressed events.
The region is created and destroyed by the Intrinsics, but
the widget is permitted to modify the region contents.
A small simple widget (for example, Label) can ignore the bounding box
information in the event and redisplay the entire window.
A more complicated widget (for example, Text) can use the bounding box
information to minimize the amount of calculation and redisplay it does.
A very complex widget uses the region as a clip list in a GC and
ignores the event information.
The expose procedure is not chained and is therefore
responsible for exposure of all superclass data
as well as its own.
However,
it often is possible to anticipate the display needs of several levels
of subclassing.
For example, rather than implement separate display procedures for
the widgets Label, Pushbutton, and Toggle,
you could write a single display routine in Label that uses display state
fields like
Boolean invert;
Boolean highlight;
Dimension highlight_width;
Label would have invert and highlight always
False
and highlight_width zero.
Pushbutton would dynamically set highlight and highlight_width,
but it would leave invert always
False.
Finally, Toggle would dynamically set all three.
In this case,
the expose procedures for Pushbutton and Toggle inherit
their superclass's expose procedure;
see .
Widget Visibility
Some widgets may use substantial computing resources to produce the
data they will display.
However, this effort is wasted if the widget is not actually visible
on the screen, that is, if the widget is obscured by another application
or is iconified.
The visible field in the
core
widget structure provides a hint to the widget that it need not compute
display data.
This field is guaranteed to be
True
by the time an
exposure
event is processed if any part of the widget is visible,
but is
False
if the widget is fully obscured.
Widgets can use or ignore the visible hint.
If they ignore it,
they should have visible_interest in their widget class record set
False.
In such cases,
the visible field is initialized
True
and never changes.
If visible_interest is
True,
the event manager asks for
VisibilityNotify
events for the widget and sets visible to
True
on
VisibilityUnobscured
or
VisibilityPartiallyObscured
events and
False
on
VisibilityFullyObscured
events.
X Event Handlers
Event handlers are procedures called when specified events
occur in a widget.
Most widgets need not use event handlers explicitly.
Instead, they use the Intrinsics translation manager.
Event handler procedure pointers are of the type
.
typedef void (*XtEventHandler)
Widget w
XtPointer client_data
XEvent *event
Boolean *continue_to_dispatch
w
Specifies the widget for which the event arrived.
client_data
Specifies any client-specific information registered with the event handler.
event
Specifies the triggering event.
continue_to_dispatch
Specifies whether the remaining event
handlers registered for the current event
should be called.
After receiving an event and before calling any event handlers, the
Boolean pointed to by continue_to_dispatch is initialized to
True.
When an event handler is called, it may decide that further processing
of the event is not desirable and may store
False
in this Boolean, in
which case any handlers remaining to be called for the event are
ignored.
The circumstances under which the Intrinsics may add event handlers
to a widget are currently implementation-dependent. Clients must
therefore be aware that storing
False
into the continue_to_dispatch argument can lead to portability problems.
Event Handlers That Select Events
To register an event handler procedure with the dispatch mechanism, use
.
void XtAddEventHandler
Widget w
EventMask event_mask
Boolean nonmaskable
XtEventHandler proc
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
event_mask
Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
nonmaskable
Specifies whether this procedure should be
called on the nonmaskable events
( GraphicsExpose,
NoExpose,
SelectionClear,
SelectionRequest,
SelectionNotify,
ClientMessage,
and
MappingNotify ).
proc
Specifies the procedure to be called.
client_data
Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler.
The
function registers a procedure with the dispatch mechanism that is
to be called when an event that matches the mask occurs on the specified
widget.
Each widget has a single registered event handler list, which will
contain any procedure/client_data pair exactly once regardless of
the manner in which it is registered.
If the procedure is already registered with the same client_data
value,
the specified mask augments the existing mask.
If the widget is realized,
calls
XSelectInput,
if necessary.
The order in which this procedure is called relative to other handlers
registered for the same event is not defined.
To remove a previously registered event handler, use
.
void XtRemoveEventHandler
Widget w
EventMask event_mask
Boolean nonmaskable
XtEventHandler proc
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget for which this procedure is registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
event_mask
Specifies the event mask for which to unregister this procedure.
nonmaskable
Specifies whether this procedure should be
removed on the nonmaskable events
( GraphicsExpose,
NoExpose,
SelectionClear,
SelectionRequest,
SelectionNotify,
ClientMessage,
and
MappingNotify ).
proc
Specifies the procedure to be removed.
client_data
Specifies the registered client data.
The
function unregisters an event handler registered with
or
for the specified events.
The request is ignored if client_data does not match the value given
when the handler was registered.
If the widget is realized and no other event handler requires the event,
calls
XSelectInput.
If the specified procedure has not been registered
or if it has been registered with a different value of client_data,
returns without reporting an error.
To stop a procedure registered with
or
from receiving all selected events, call
with an event_mask of
XtAllEvents
and nonmaskable
True.
The procedure will continue to receive any events
that have been specified in calls to
or
.
To register an event handler procedure that receives events before or
after all previously registered event handlers, use
.
typedef enum {XtListHead, XtListTail} XtListPosition;
void XtInsertEventHandler
Widget w
EventMask event_mask
Boolean nonmaskable
XtEventHandler proc
XtPointer client_data
XtListPosition position
w
Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
event_mask
Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
nonmaskable
Specifies whether this procedure should be
called on the nonmaskable events
( GraphicsExpose,
NoExpose,
SelectionClear,
SelectionRequest,
SelectionNotify,
ClientMessage,
and
MappingNotify ).
proc
Specifies the procedure to be called.
client_data
Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
position
Specifies when the event handler is to be called
relative to other previously registered handlers.
is identical to
with the additional position argument. If position is
XtListHead,
the event
handler is registered so that it is called before any event
handlers that were previously registered for the same widget. If
position is
XtListTail,
the event handler is registered to be called
after any previously registered event handlers. If the procedure is
already registered with the same client_data value, the specified mask
augments the existing mask and the procedure is repositioned in
the list.
Event Handlers That Do Not Select Events
On occasion,
clients need to register an event handler procedure with the
dispatch mechanism without explicitly
causing the X server to select for that event.
To do this, use
.
void XtAddRawEventHandler
Widget w
EventMask event_mask
Boolean nonmaskable
XtEventHandler proc
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
event_mask
Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
nonmaskable
Specifies whether this procedure should be
called on the nonmaskable events
( GraphicsExpose,
NoExpose,
SelectionClear,
SelectionRequest,
SelectionNotify,
ClientMessage,
and
MappingNotify ).
proc
Specifies the procedure to be called.
client_data
Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
The
function is similar to
except that it does not affect the widget's event mask and never causes an
XSelectInput
for its events.
Note that the widget might already have those mask bits set
because of other nonraw event handlers registered on it.
If the procedure is already registered with the same client_data,
the specified mask augments the existing mask.
The order in which this procedure is called relative to other handlers
registered for the same event is not defined.
To remove a previously registered raw event handler, use
.
void XtRemoveRawEventHandler
Widget w
EventMask event_mask
Boolean nonmaskable
XtEventHandler proc
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget for which this procedure is registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
event_mask
Specifies the event mask for which to unregister this procedure.
nonmaskable
Specifies whether this procedure should be
removed on the nonmaskable events
( GraphicsExpose,
NoExpose,
SelectionClear,
SelectionRequest,
SelectionNotify,
ClientMessage,
and
MappingNotify ).
proc
Specifies the procedure to be registered.
client_data
Specifies the registered client data.
The
function unregisters an event handler registered with
or
for the specified events without changing
the window event mask.
The request is ignored if client_data does not match the value given
when the handler was registered.
If the specified procedure has not been registered
or if it has been registered with a different value of client_data,
returns without reporting an error.
To stop a procedure
registered with
or
from receiving all nonselected events, call
with an event_mask of
XtAllEvents
and nonmaskable
True.
The procedure
will continue to receive any events that have been specified in calls to
or
.
To register an event handler procedure that receives events before or
after all previously registered event handlers without selecting for
the events, use
.
void XtInsertRawEventHandler
Widget w
EventMask event_mask
Boolean nonmaskable
XtEventHandler proc
XtPointer client_data
XtListPosition position
w
Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
event_mask
Specifies the event mask for which to call this procedure.
nonmaskable
Specifies whether this procedure should be
called on the nonmaskable events
( GraphicsExpose,
NoExpose,
SelectionClear,
SelectionRequest,
SelectionNotify,
ClientMessage,
and
MappingNotify ).
proc
Specifies the procedure to be registered.
client_data
Specifies additional data to be passed to the client's event handler.
position
Specifies when the event handler is to be called
relative to other previously registered handlers.
The
function is similar to
except that it does not modify the widget's event
mask and never causes an
XSelectInput
for the specified events. If
the procedure is already registered with the same client_data
value, the
specified mask augments the existing mask and the procedure is
repositioned in the list.
Current Event Mask
To retrieve the event mask for a given widget, use
.
EventMask XtBuildEventMask
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
The
function returns the event mask representing the logical OR
of all event masks for event handlers registered on the widget with
and
and all event translations, including accelerators,
installed on the widget.
This is the same event mask stored into the
XSetWindowAttributes
structure by
and sent to the server when event handlers and translations are installed or
removed on the realized widget.
Event Handlers for X11 Protocol Extensions
To register an event handler procedure with the Intrinsics dispatch
mechanism according to an event type, use
.
void XtInsertEventTypeHandler
Widget widget
int event_type
XtPointer select_data
XtEventHandler proc
XtPointer client_data
XtListPosition position
widget
Specifies the widget for which this event handler is being registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
event_type
Specifies the event type for which to call this event handler.
select_data
Specifies data used to request events of the specified type from the server,
or NULL.
proc
Specifies the event handler to be called.
client_data
Specifies additional data to be passed to the event handler.
position
Specifies when the event handler is to be called relative to other
previously registered handlers.
registers a procedure with the
dispatch mechanism that is to be called when an event that matches the
specified event_type is dispatched to the specified widget.
If event_type specifies one of the core X protocol events, then
select_data must be a pointer to a value of type
EventMask,
indicating
the event mask to be used to select for the desired event. This event
mask is included in the value returned by
.
If the widget is realized,
calls
XSelectInput
if necessary. Specifying NULL for select_data is equivalent to
specifying a pointer to an event mask containing 0. This is similar
to the
function.
If event_type specifies an extension event type, then the semantics of
the data pointed to by select_data are defined by the extension
selector registered for the specified event type.
In either case the Intrinsics are not required to copy the data
pointed to by select_data, so the caller must ensure that it remains
valid as long as the event handler remains registered with this value
of select_data.
The position argument allows the client to control the order of
invocation of event handlers registered for the same event type. If
the client does not care about the order, it should normally specify
XtListTail,
which registers this event handler after any previously
registered handlers for this event type.
Each widget has a single registered event handler list, which will
contain any procedure/client_data pair exactly once if it is
registered with
,
regardless of the manner
in which it is registered and regardless of the value(s)
of select_data. If the procedure is already registered with the
same client_data value, the specified mask augments the existing
mask and the procedure is repositioned in the list.
To remove an event handler registered with
,
use
.
void XtRemoveEventTypeHandler
Widget widget
int event_type
XtPointer select_data
XtEventHandler proc
XtPointer client_data
widget
Specifies the widget for which the event handler was registered. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
event_type
Specifies the event type for which the handler was registered.
select_data
Specifies data used to deselect events of the specified type
from the server, or NULL.
proc
Specifies the event handler to be removed.
client_data
Specifies the additional client data with which the procedure was registered.
The
function unregisters an event handler
registered with
for the specified event type.
The request is ignored if client_data does not match the value given
when the handler was registered.
If event_type specifies one of the core X protocol events,
select_data must be a pointer to a value of type
EventMask, indicating the event
mask to be used to deselect for the appropriate event. If the widget
is realized,
calls
XSelectInput
if necessary.
Specifying NULL for select_data is equivalent to specifying a pointer
to an event mask containing 0. This is similar to the
function.
If event_type specifies an extension event type, then the semantics of
the data pointed to by select_data are defined by the extension
selector registered for the specified event type.
To register a procedure to select extension events for a widget, use
.
void XtRegisterExtensionSelector
Display *display
int min_event_type
int max_event_type
XtExtensionSelectProc proc
XtPointer client_data
display
Specifies the display for which the extension selector is to be registered.
min_event_type
max_event_type
Specifies the range of event types for the extension.
proc
Specifies the extension selector procedure.
client_data
Specifies additional data to be passed to the extension selector.
The
function registers a procedure to arrange
for the delivery of extension events to widgets.
If min_event_type and max_event_type match the parameters
to a previous call to
for the same display, then proc and client_data
replace the previously
registered values. If the range specified by min_event_type
and max_event_type overlaps the range of the parameters to a
previous call for the same display in any other way, an error results.
When a widget is realized,
after the core.realize method is called,
the Intrinsics check to see if any event
handler specifies an event type within the range of a registered
extension selector. If so, the Intrinsics call each such selector.
If an event type handler is added or removed, the Intrinsics check to
see if the event type falls within the range of a registered extension
selector, and if it does, calls the selector. In either case the Intrinsics
pass a list of all the widget's event types that are within the
selector's range. The corresponding select data are also passed. The
selector is responsible for enabling the delivery of extension events
required by the widget.
An extension selector is of type
.
typedef void (*XtExtensionSelectProc)
Widget widget
int *event_types
XtPointer *select_data
int count
XtPointer client_data
widget
Specifies the widget that is being realized or is having
an event handler added or removed.
event_types
Specifies a list of event types that the widget has
registered event handlers for.
select_data
Specifies a list of the select_data parameters specified in
.
count
Specifies the number of entries in the event_types and select_data
lists.
client_data
Specifies the additional client data with which the procedure was registered.
The event_types and select_data lists will always have the
same number of elements, specified by count.
Each event type/select data pair represents one call to
.
To register a procedure to dispatch events of a specific type within
,
use
.
XtEventDispatchProc XtSetEventDispatcher
Display *display
int event_type
XtEventDispatchProc proc
display
Specifies the display for which the event dispatcher is to be registered.
event_type
Specifies the event type for which the dispatcher should be invoked.
proc
Specifies the event dispatcher procedure.
The
function registers the event dispatcher procedure specified by proc
for events with the type event_type. The previously registered
dispatcher (or the default dispatcher if there was no previously registered
dispatcher) is returned. If proc is NULL, the default procedure is
restored for the specified type.
In the future, when
is called with an event type of event_type, the specified proc
(or the default dispatcher) is invoked to determine a widget
to which to dispatch the event.
The default dispatcher handles the Intrinsics modal cascade and keyboard
focus mechanisms, handles the semantics of compress_enterleave
and compress_motion, and discards all extension events.
An event dispatcher procedure pointer is of type
.
typedef Boolean (*XtEventDispatchProc)
XEvent *event
event
Passes the event to be dispatched.
The event dispatcher procedure should determine whether this event is of
a type that should be dispatched to a widget.
If the event should be dispatched to a widget, the event dispatcher
procedure should determine the appropriate widget to receive the
event, call
XFilterEvent
with the window of this widget, or
None
if the event is to be discarded, and if
XFilterEvent
returns
False,
dispatch the event to the widget using
.
The procedure should return
True
if either
XFilterEvent
or
returned
True
and
False
otherwise.
If the event should not be dispatched to a widget, the event
dispatcher procedure should attempt to dispatch the event elsewhere as
appropriate and return
True
if it successfully dispatched the event and
False
otherwise.
Some dispatchers for extension events may wish to forward events
according to the Intrinsics' keyboard focus mechanism. To determine
which widget is the end result of keyboard event forwarding, use
.
Widget XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget
Widget widget
widget
Specifies the widget to get forwarding information for.
The
function returns the widget that would be the end result of keyboard
event forwarding for a keyboard event for the specified widget.
To dispatch an event to a specified widget, use
.
Boolean XtDispatchEventToWidget
Widget widget
XEvent *event
widget
Specifies the widget to which to dispatch the event.
event
Specifies a pointer to the event to be dispatched.
The
function scans the list of registered event handlers for the
specified widget and calls each handler that has been registered
for the specified event type, subject to the continue_to_dispatch
value returned by each handler.
The Intrinsics behave as if event handlers were registered at the head
of the list for
Expose,
NoExpose,
GraphicsExpose,
and
VisibilityNotify
events to invoke the widget's expose procedure according to the exposure
compression rules and to update the widget's visible field
if visible_interest is
True.
These internal event handlers never set continue_to_dispatch to
False.
returns
True
if any event handler was called and
False
otherwise.
Using the Intrinsics in a Multi-Threaded Environment
The Intrinsics may be used in environments that offer multiple threads
of execution within the context of a single process. A multi-threaded
application using the Intrinsics must explicitly initialize the toolkit
for mutually exclusive access by calling
.
Initializing a Multi-Threaded Intrinsics Application
To test and initialize Intrinsics support for mutually exclusive thread
access, call
.
Boolean XtToolkitThreadInitialize
returns True if the Intrinsics support mutually exclusive thread
access, otherwise it returns False.
must be called before
,
,
,
or
XtSetLanguageProc
is called. may be called more than once;
however, the application writer must ensure that it is not called
simultaneously by two or more threads.
Locking X Toolkit Data Structures
The Intrinsics employs two levels of locking: application context and
process. Locking an application context ensures mutually exclusive
access by a thread to the state associated with the application context,
including all displays and widgets associated with it. Locking a
process ensures mutually exclusive access by a thread to Intrinsics process
global data.
A client may acquire a lock multiple times and the effect is cumulative.
The client must ensure that the lock is released an equal number of times in
order for the lock to be acquired by another thread.
Most application writers will have little need to use locking as the
Intrinsics performs the necessary locking internally.
Resource converters are an exception.
They require the application context or process to be locked
before the application can safely call them directly, for example:
...
XtAppLock(app_context);
XtCvtStringToPixel(dpy, args, num_args, fromVal, toVal, closure_ret);
XtAppUnlock(app_context);
...
When the application relies upon
or a converter to provide the storage for the results of a
conversion, the application should acquire the process lock before
calling out and hold the lock until the results have been copied.
Application writers who write their own
utility functions, such as one which retrieves the being_destroyed field from
a widget instance, must lock the application context before accessing
widget internal data. For example:
#include <X11/CoreP.h>
Boolean BeingDestroyed (widget)
Widget widget;
{
Boolean ret;
XtAppLock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
ret = widget->core.being_destroyed;
XtAppUnlock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
return ret;
}
A client that wishes to atomically call two or more Intrinsics functions
must lock the application context. For example:
...
XtAppLock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
XtUnmanageChild (widget1);
XtManageChild (widget2);
XtAppUnlock(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget));
...
Locking the Application Context
To ensure mutual exclusion of application context, display, or
widget internal state, use
XtAppLock.
void XtAppLock
XtAppContext app_context
app_context
Specifies the application context to lock.
blocks until it is able to acquire the lock. Locking the
application context also ensures that only the thread holding the lock
makes Xlib calls from within Xt. An application that makes its own
direct Xlib calls must either lock the application context around every
call or enable thread locking in Xlib.
To unlock a locked application context, use
XtAppUnlock.
void XtAppUnlock
XtAppContext app_context
app_context
Specifies the application context that was previously locked.
Locking the Process
To ensure mutual exclusion of X Toolkit process global data, a
widget writer must use
XtProcessLock.
void XtProcessLock
blocks until it is able to acquire the lock.
Widget writers may use XtProcessLock to guarantee mutually exclusive
access to widget static data.
To unlock a locked process, use
.
void XtProcessUnlock
To lock both an application context and the process at the same
time, call
first and then
.
To release both locks, call
first and then
.
The order is important to avoid deadlock.
Event Management in a Multi-Threaded Environment
In a nonthreaded environment an application writer could reasonably
assume that it is safe to exit the application from a quit callback.
This assumption may no longer hold true in a multi-threaded environment;
therefore it is desirable to provide a mechanism to terminate an
event-processing loop without necessarily terminating its thread.
To indicate that the event loop should terminate after the current
event dispatch has completed, use
.
void XtAppSetExitFlag
XtAppContext app_context
app_context
Specifies the application context.
tests the value of the flag and will return if the flag is True.
Application writers who implement their own main loop may test the
value of the exit flag with
.
Boolean XtAppGetExitFlag
XtAppContext app_context
app_context
Specifies the application context.
will normally return False, indicating that event processing
may continue. When
returns True, the loop must terminate and return to the caller,
which might then destroy the application context.
Application writers should be aware that, if a thread is blocked in
,
,
or
and another thread in the same application context opens a new display,
adds an alternate input, or a timeout, any new source(s) will not
normally be "noticed" by the blocked thread. Any new sources are
"noticed" the next time one of these functions is called.
The Intrinsics manage access to events on a last-in, first-out basis. If
multiple threads in the same application context block in
,
,
or
,
the last thread to call one of these functions is the first
thread to return.
nsics in a Multi-Threaded Environment
The Intrinsics may be used in environments that offer multiple threads
of execution within the context of a single process. A multi-threaded
application using the Intrinsics must explicitly initialize the toolkit
for mutually exclusive acclibXt-1.1.5/specs/CH10.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000204060 12520610324 0015350 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Translation Management
Except under unusual circumstances,
widgets do not hardwire the mapping of user events into widget behavior
by using the event manager.
Instead, they provide a default mapping of events into behavior
that you can override.
The translation manager provides an interface to specify and manage the
mapping of X event sequences into widget-supplied functionality,
for example, calling procedure Abc when the y key
is pressed.
The translation manager uses two kinds of tables to perform translations:
The action tables, which are in the widget class structure,
specify the mapping of externally available procedure name strings
to the corresponding procedure implemented by the widget class.
A translation table, which is in the widget class structure,
specifies the mapping of event sequences to procedure name strings.
You can override the translation table in the class structure
for a specific widget instance by supplying a different translation table
for the widget instance. The resources
XtNtranslations and XtNbaseTranslations are used to modify the class
default translation table; see .
Action Tables
All widget class records contain an action table,
an array of
XtActionsRec
entries.
In addition,
an application can register its own action tables with the translation manager
so that the translation tables it provides to widget instances can access
application functionality directly.
The translation action procedure pointer is of type
.
typedef void (*XtActionProc)
Widget w
XEvent *event
String *params
Cardinal *num_params
w
Specifies the widget that caused the action to be called.
event
Specifies the event that caused the action to be called.
If the action is called after a sequence of events,
then the last event in the sequence is used.
params
Specifies a pointer to the list of strings that were specified
in the translation table as arguments to the action, or NULL.
num_params
Specifies the number of entries in params.
typedef struct _XtActionsRec {
String string;
XtActionProc proc;
} XtActionsRec, *XtActionList;
The string field is the name used in translation tables to access
the procedure.
The proc field is a pointer to a procedure that implements
the functionality.
When the action list is specified as the
CoreClassPart
actions field, the string pointed to by string must be
permanently allocated prior to or during the execution of the class
initialization procedure and must not be subsequently deallocated.
Action procedures should not assume that the widget in which they
are invoked is realized; an accelerator specification can cause
an action procedure to be called for a widget that does not yet
have a window. Widget writers should also note which of a widget's
callback lists are invoked from action procedures and warn clients
not to assume the widget is realized in those callbacks.
For example, a Pushbutton widget has procedures to take the following actions:
Set the button to indicate it is activated.
Unset the button back to its normal mode.
Highlight the button borders.
Unhighlight the button borders.
Notify any callbacks that the button has been activated.
The action table for the Pushbutton widget class makes these functions
available to translation tables written for Pushbutton or any subclass.
The string entry is the name used in translation tables.
The procedure entry (usually spelled identically to the string)
is the name of the C procedure that implements that function:
XtActionsRec actionTable[] = {
{"Set", Set},
{"Unset", Unset},
{"Highlight", Highlight},
{"Unhighlight", Unhighlight}
{"Notify", Notify},
};
The Intrinsics reserve all action names and parameters starting with
the characters ``Xt'' for future standard enhancements. Users,
applications, and widgets should not declare action names or pass
parameters starting with these characters except to invoke specified
built-in Intrinsics functions.
Action Table Registration
The actions and num_actions fields of
CoreClassPart
specify the actions implemented by a widget class. These are
automatically registered with the Intrinsics when the class is initialized
and must be allocated in writable storage prior to Core class_part
initialization, and never deallocated. To save memory and optimize
access, the Intrinsics may overwrite the storage in order to compile the
list into an internal representation.
To declare an action table within an application
and register it with the translation manager, use
.
void XtAppAddActions
XtAppContext app_context
XtActionList actions
Cardinal num_actions
app_context
Specifies the application context.
actions
Specifies the action table to register.
num_actions
Specifies the number of entries in this action table.
If more than one action is registered with the same name,
the most recently registered action is used.
If duplicate actions exist in an action table,
the first is used.
The Intrinsics register an action table containing
and
as part of
.
Action Names to Procedure Translations
The translation manager uses a simple algorithm to resolve the name of
a procedure specified in a translation table into the
actual procedure specified
in an action table.
When the widget
is realized, the translation manager
performs a search for the name in the following tables, in order:
The widget's class and all superclass action tables, in subclass-to-superclass
order.
The parent's class and all superclass action tables, in subclass-to-superclass
order, then on up the ancestor tree.
The action tables registered with
and
from the most recently added table to the oldest table.
As soon as it finds a name,
the translation manager stops the search.
If it cannot find a name,
the translation manager generates a warning message.
Action Hook Registration
An application can specify a procedure that will be called just before
every action routine is dispatched by the translation manager. To do
so, the application supplies a procedure pointer of type
.
typedef void (*XtActionHookProc)
Widget w
XtPointer client_data
String action_name
XEvent* event
String* params
Cardinal* num_params
w
Specifies the widget whose action is about to be dispatched.
client_data
Specifies the application-specific closure that was passed to
XtAppAddActionHook.
action_name
Specifies the name of the action to be dispatched.
event
Specifies the event argument that will be passed to the action routine.
params
Specifies the action parameters that will be passed to the action routine.
num_params
Specifies the number of entries in params.
Action hooks should not modify any of the data pointed to by the
arguments other than the client_data argument.
To add an action hook, use
.
XtActionHookId XtAppAddActionHook
XtAppContext app
XtActionHookProc proc
XtPointer client_data
app
Specifies the application context.
proc
Specifies the action hook procedure.
client_data
Specifies application-specific data to be passed to the action hook.
adds the specified procedure to the front of a list
maintained in the application context. In the future, when an action
routine is about to be invoked for any widget in this application
context, either through the translation manager or via
,
the action hook procedures will be called in reverse
order of registration just prior to invoking the action routine.
Action hook procedures are removed automatically and the
XtActionHookId is
destroyed when the application context in which
they were added is destroyed.
To remove an action hook procedure without destroying the application
context, use
.
void XtRemoveActionHook
XtActionHookId id
id
Specifies the action hook id returned by
.
removes the specified action hook procedure from
the list in which it was registered.
Translation Tables
All widget instance records contain a translation table,
which is a resource with a default value specified elsewhere in the
class record.
A translation table specifies what action procedures are invoked for
an event or a sequence of events.
A translation table
is a string containing a list of translations from an event sequence
into one or more action procedure calls.
The translations are separated from one another by newline characters
(ASCII LF).
The complete syntax of translation tables is specified in Appendix B.
As an example, the default behavior of Pushbutton is
Highlight on enter window.
Unhighlight on exit window.
Invert on left button down.
Call callbacks and reinvert on left button up.
The following illustrates Pushbutton's default translation table:
static String defaultTranslations =
"<EnterWindow>: Highlight()\\n\\
<LeaveWindow>: Unhighlight()\\n\\
<Btn1Down>: Set()\\n\\
<Btn1Up>: Notify() Unset()";
The tm_table field of the
CoreClassPart
should be filled in at class initialization time with
the string containing the class's default translations.
If a class wants to inherit its superclass's translations,
it can store the special value
XtInheritTranslations
into tm_table.
In Core's class part initialization procedure,
the Intrinsics compile this translation table into an efficient internal form.
Then, at widget creation time,
this default translation table is
combined with the XtNtranslations
and XtNbaseTranslations resources; see
.
The resource conversion mechanism automatically compiles
string translation tables that are specified in the resource database.
If a client uses translation tables that are not retrieved via a
resource conversion,
it must compile them itself using
.
The Intrinsics use the compiled form of the translation table to register the
necessary events with the event manager.
Widgets need do nothing other than specify the action and translation tables
for events to be processed by the translation manager.
Event Sequences
An event sequence is a comma-separated list of X event descriptions
that describes a specific sequence of X events to map to a set of
program actions.
Each X event description consists of three parts:
The X event type, a prefix consisting of the X modifier bits, and
an event-specific suffix.
Various abbreviations are supported to make translation tables easier
to read. The events must match incoming events in left-to-right order
to trigger the action sequence.
Action Sequences
Action sequences specify what program or widget actions to take in response to
incoming X events. An action sequence consists of space-separated
action procedure call specifications.
Each action procedure call consists of the name of an action procedure and a
parenthesized list of zero or more comma-separated
string parameters to pass to that procedure.
The actions are invoked in left-to-right order as specified in the
action sequence.
Multi-Click Time
Translation table entries may specify actions that are taken when two
or more identical events occur consecutively within a short time
interval, called the multi-click time. The multi-click time value may
be specified as an application resource with name ``multiClickTime'' and
class ``MultiClickTime'' and may also be modified dynamically by the
application. The multi-click time is unique for each Display value and
is retrieved from the resource database by
.
If no value is specified, the initial value is 200 milliseconds.
To set the multi-click time dynamically, use
.
void XtSetMultiClickTime
Display *display
int time
display
Specifies the display connection.
time
Specifies the multi-click time in milliseconds.
sets the time interval used by the translation
manager to determine when multiple events are interpreted as a
repeated event. When a repeat count is specified in a translation
entry, the interval between the timestamps in each pair of repeated
events (e.g., between two
ButtonPress
events) must be less than the
multi-click time in order for the translation actions to be taken.
To read the multi-click time, use
.
int XtGetMultiClickTime
Display *display
display
Specifies the display connection.
returns the time in milliseconds that the
translation manager uses to determine if multiple events are to be
interpreted as a repeated event for purposes of matching a translation
entry containing a repeat count.
Translation Table Management
Sometimes an application needs to merge
its own translations with a widget's translations.
For example, a window manager provides functions to move a window.
The window manager wishes to bind this operation to a specific
pointer button in the title bar without the possibility of user
override and bind it to other buttons that may be overridden by the user.
To accomplish this,
the window manager should first create the title bar
and then should merge the two translation tables into
the title bar's translations.
One translation table contains the translations that the window manager
wants only if the user has not specified a translation for a particular event
or event sequence (i.e., those that may be overridden).
The other translation table contains the translations that the
window manager wants regardless of what the user has specified.
Three Intrinsics functions support this merging:
XtParseTranslationTable
Compiles a translation table.
XtAugmentTranslations
Merges a compiled translation table into a widget's
compiled translation table, ignoring any new translations that
conflict with existing translations.
XtOverrideTranslations
Merges a compiled translation table into a widget's
compiled translation table, replacing any existing translations that
conflict with new translations.
To compile a translation table, use
.
XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable
String table
table
Specifies the translation table to compile.
The
function compiles the translation table, provided in the format given
in Appendix B, into an opaque internal representation
of type
XtTranslations.
Note that if an empty translation table is required for any purpose,
one can be obtained by calling
and passing an empty string.
To merge additional translations into an existing translation table, use
.
void XtAugmentTranslations
Widget w
XtTranslations translations
w
Specifies the widget into which the new translations are to be merged. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
translations
Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in.
The
function merges the new translations into the existing widget
translations, ignoring any
#replace,
#augment,
or
#override
directive that may have been specified
in the translation string. The translation table specified by
translations is not altered by this process.
logically appends the string representation of the new translations to
the string representation of the widget's current translations and reparses
the result with no warning messages about duplicate left-hand sides, then
stores the result back into the widget instance; i.e.,
if the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
already exists in the widget's translations,
the new translation is ignored.
To overwrite existing translations with new translations, use
.
void XtOverrideTranslations
Widget w
XtTranslations translations
w
Specifies the widget into which the new translations are to be merged. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
translations
Specifies the compiled translation table to merge in.
The
function merges the new translations into the existing widget
translations, ignoring any
#replace,
#augment,
or
#override
directive that may have been
specified in the translation string. The translation table
specified by translations is not altered by this process.
logically appends the string representation of the widget's current
translations to the string representation of the new translations and
reparses the result with no warning messages about duplicate left-hand
sides, then stores the result back into the widget instance; i.e.,
if the new translations contain an event or event sequence that
already exists in the widget's translations,
the new translation overrides the widget's translation.
To replace a widget's translations completely, use
on the XtNtranslations resource and specify a compiled translation table
as the value.
To make it possible for users to easily modify translation tables in their
resource files,
the string-to-translation-table resource type converter
allows the string to specify whether the table should replace,
augment, or override any
existing translation table in the widget.
To specify this,
a pound sign (#) is given as the first character of the table
followed by one of the keywords ``replace'', ``augment'', or
``override'' to indicate
whether to replace, augment, or override the existing table.
The replace or merge
operation is performed during the
Core
instance initialization.
Each merge operation produces a new
translation resource value; if the original tables were shared by
other widgets, they are unaffected. If no directive is
specified, ``#replace'' is assumed.
At instance initialization
the XtNtranslations resource is first fetched. Then, if it was
not specified or did not contain ``#replace'', the
resource database is searched for the resource XtNbaseTranslations.
If XtNbaseTranslations is found, it is merged into the widget class
translation table. Then the widget translations field is
merged into the result or into the class translation table if
XtNbaseTranslations was not found. This final table is then
stored into the widget translations field. If the XtNtranslations
resource specified ``#replace'', no merge is done.
If neither XtNbaseTranslations or XtNtranslations are specified,
the class translation table is copied into the widget instance.
To completely remove existing translations, use
.
void XtUninstallTranslations
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget from which the translations are to be removed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
The
function causes the entire translation table for the widget to be removed.
Using Accelerators
It is often desirable to be able to bind events in one widget to actions in
another.
In particular,
it is often useful to be able to invoke menu actions from the keyboard.
The Intrinsics provide a facility, called accelerators, that lets you
accomplish this.
An accelerator table is a translation table that is bound with its
actions in the context of a particular widget, the source widget.
The accelerator table can then be installed on one or more destination widgets.
When an event sequence in the destination widget would cause an
accelerator action to be taken, and if the source widget is sensitive,
the actions are executed as though triggered by the same event sequence
in the accelerator source
widget. The event is
passed to the action procedure without modification. The action
procedures used within accelerators must not assume that the source
widget is realized nor that any fields of the event are in reference
to the source widget's window if the widget is realized.
Each widget instance contains that widget's exported accelerator table
as a resource.
Each class of widget exports a method that takes a
displayable string representation of the accelerators
so that widgets can display their current accelerators.
The representation is the accelerator table in canonical
translation table form (see Appendix B).
The display_accelerator procedure pointer is of type
.
typedef void (*XtStringProc)
Widget w
String string
w
Specifies the source widget that supplied the accelerators.
string
Specifies the string representation of the accelerators for this widget.
Accelerators can be specified in resource files,
and the string representation is the same as for a translation table.
However,
the interpretation of the
#augment
and
#override
directives applies to
what will happen when the accelerator is installed;
that is, whether or not the accelerator translations will override the
translations in the destination widget.
The default is
#augment,
which means that the accelerator translations have lower priority
than the destination translations.
The
#replace
directive is ignored for accelerator tables.
To parse an accelerator table, use
.
XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable
String source
source
Specifies the accelerator table to compile.
The
function compiles the accelerator table into an opaque internal representation.
The client
should set the XtNaccelerators resource of
each widget that is to be activated by these translations
to the returned value.
To install accelerators from a widget on another widget, use
.
void XtInstallAccelerators
Widget destination
Widget source
destination
Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
source
Specifies the widget from which the accelerators are to come. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
The
function installs the accelerators resource value from
source onto destination
by merging the source accelerators into the destination translations.
If the source display_accelerator field is non-NULL,
calls it with the source widget and a string representation
of the accelerator table,
which indicates that its accelerators have been installed
and that it should display them appropriately.
The string representation of the accelerator table is its
canonical translation table representation.
As a convenience for installing all accelerators from a widget and all its
descendants onto one destination, use
.
void XtInstallAllAccelerators
Widget destination
Widget source
destination
Specifies the widget on which the accelerators are to be installed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
source
Specifies the root widget of the widget tree
from which the accelerators are to come. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
The
function recursively descends the widget tree rooted at source
and installs the accelerators resource value
of each widget encountered onto destination.
A common use is to call
and pass the application main window as the source.
KeyCode-to-KeySym Conversions
The translation manager provides support for automatically translating
KeyCodes in incoming key events into KeySyms.
KeyCode-to-KeySym translator procedure pointers are of type
.
typedef void (*XtKeyProc)
Display *display
KeyCode keycode
Modifiers modifiers
Modifiers *modifiers_return
KeySym *keysym_return
display
Specifies the display that the KeyCode is from.
keycode
Specifies the KeyCode to translate.
modifiers
Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode.
modifiers_return
Specifies a location in which to store
a mask that indicates the subset of all
modifiers that are examined by the key translator for the specified keycode.
keysym_return
Specifies a location in which to store the resulting KeySym.
This procedure takes a KeyCode and modifiers and produces a KeySym.
For any given key translator function and keyboard encoding,
modifiers_return will be a constant per KeyCode that indicates
the subset of all modifiers that are examined by the key translator
for that KeyCode.
The KeyCode-to-KeySym translator procedure
must be implemented such that multiple calls with the same
display, keycode, and modifiers return the same
result until either a new case converter, an
,
is installed or a
MappingNotify
event is received.
The Intrinsics maintain tables internally to map KeyCodes to KeySyms
for each open display. Translator procedures and other clients may
share a single copy of this table to perform the same mapping.
To return a pointer to the KeySym-to-KeyCode mapping table for a
particular display, use
.
KeySym *XtGetKeysymTable
Display *display
KeyCode *min_keycode_return
int *keysyms_per_keycode_return
display
Specifies the display whose table is required.
min_keycode_return
Returns the minimum KeyCode valid for the display.
keysyms_per_keycode_return
Returns the number of KeySyms stored for each KeyCode.
returns a pointer to the Intrinsics' copy of the
server's KeyCode-to-KeySym table. This table must not be modified.
There are keysyms_per_keycode_return KeySyms associated with each
KeyCode, located in the table with indices starting at index
(test_keycode - min_keycode_return) * keysyms_per_keycode_return
for KeyCode test_keycode. Any entries that have no KeySyms associated
with them contain the value
NoSymbol.
Clients should not cache the KeySym table but should call
each time the value is
needed, as the table may change prior to dispatching each event.
For more information on this table, see
Section 12.7 in
Xlib — C Language X Interface..
To register a key translator, use
.
void XtSetKeyTranslator
Display *display
XtKeyProc proc
display
Specifies the display from which to translate the events.
proc
Specifies the procedure to perform key translations.
The
function sets the specified procedure as the current key translator.
The default translator is
XtTranslateKey,
an
that uses the Shift, Lock, numlock, and group modifiers
with the interpretations defined in X Window System Protocol, Section 5.
It is provided so that new translators can call it to get default
KeyCode-to-KeySym translations and so that the default translator
can be reinstalled.
To invoke the currently registered KeyCode-to-KeySym translator,
use
.
void XtTranslateKeycode
Display *display
KeyCode keycode
Modifiers modifiers
Modifiers *modifiers_return
KeySym *keysym_return
display
Specifies the display that the KeyCode is from.
keycode
Specifies the KeyCode to translate.
modifiers
Specifies the modifiers to the KeyCode.
modifiers_return
Returns a mask that indicates the modifiers actually used
to generate the KeySym.
keysym_return
Returns the resulting KeySym.
The
function passes the specified arguments
directly to the currently registered KeyCode-to-KeySym translator.
To handle capitalization of nonstandard KeySyms, the Intrinsics allow
clients to register case conversion routines.
Case converter procedure pointers are of type
.
typedef void (*XtCaseProc)
Display *display
KeySym keysym
KeySym *lower_return
KeySym *upper_return
display
Specifies the display connection for which the conversion is required.
keysym
Specifies the KeySym to convert.
lower_return
Specifies a location into which to store the lowercase equivalent for
the KeySym.
upper_return
Specifies a location into which to store the uppercase equivalent for
the KeySym.
If there is no case distinction,
this procedure should store the KeySym into both return values.
To register a case converter, use
.
void XtRegisterCaseConverter
Display *display
XtCaseProc proc
KeySym start
KeySym stop
display
Specifies the display from which the key events are to come.
proc
Specifies the
to do the conversions.
start
Specifies the first KeySym for which this converter is valid.
stop
Specifies the last KeySym for which this converter is valid.
The
registers the specified case converter.
The start and stop arguments provide the inclusive range of KeySyms
for which this converter is to be called.
The new converter overrides any previous converters for KeySyms in that range.
No interface exists to remove converters;
you need to register an identity converter.
When a new converter is registered,
the Intrinsics refresh the keyboard state if necessary.
The default converter understands case conversion for all
Latin KeySyms defined in X Window System Protocol, Appendix A.
To determine uppercase and lowercase equivalents for a KeySym, use
.
void XtConvertCase
Display *display
KeySym keysym
KeySym *lower_return
KeySym *upper_return
display
Specifies the display that the KeySym came from.
keysym
Specifies the KeySym to convert.
lower_return
Returns the lowercase equivalent of the KeySym.
upper_return
Returns the uppercase equivalent of the KeySym.
The
function calls the appropriate converter and returns the results.
A user-supplied
may need to use this function.
Obtaining a KeySym in an Action Procedure
When an action procedure is invoked on a
KeyPress
or
KeyRelease
event, it often has a need to retrieve the KeySym and modifiers
corresponding to the event that caused it to be invoked. In order to
avoid repeating the processing that was just performed by the
Intrinsics to match the translation entry, the KeySym and modifiers
are stored for the duration of the action procedure and are made
available to the client.
To retrieve the KeySym and modifiers that matched the final event
specification in the translation table entry, use
.
KeySym XtGetActionKeysym
XEvent *event
Modifiers *modifiers_return
event
Specifies the event pointer passed to the action procedure by the Intrinsics.
modifiers_return
Returns the modifiers that caused the match, if non-NULL.
If
is called after an action procedure has been
invoked by the Intrinsics and before that action procedure returns, and
if the event pointer has the same value as the event pointer passed to
that action routine, and if the event is a
KeyPress
or
KeyRelease
event, then
returns the KeySym that matched the final
event specification in the translation table and, if modifiers_return
is non-NULL, the modifier state actually used to generate this KeySym;
otherwise, if the event is a
KeyPress
or
KeyRelease
event, then
calls
and returns the results;
else it returns
NoSymbol
and does not examine modifiers_return.
Note that if an action procedure invoked by the Intrinsics
invokes a subsequent action procedure (and so on) via
,
the nested action procedure may also call
to retrieve the Intrinsics' KeySym and modifiers.
KeySym-to-KeyCode Conversions
To return the list of KeyCodes that map to a particular KeySym in
the keyboard mapping table maintained by the Intrinsics, use
.
void XtKeysymToKeycodeList
Display *display
KeySym keysym
KeyCode **keycodes_return
Cardinal *keycount_return
display
Specifies the display whose table is required.
keysym
Specifies the KeySym for which to search.
keycodes_return
Returns a list of KeyCodes that have keysym
associated with them, or NULL if keycount_return is 0.
keycount_return
Returns the number of KeyCodes in the keycode list.
The
procedure returns all the KeyCodes that have keysym
in their entry for the keyboard mapping table associated with display.
For each entry in the
table, the first four KeySyms (groups 1 and 2) are interpreted as
specified by X Window System Protocol, Section 5. If no KeyCodes map to the
specified KeySym, keycount_return is zero and *keycodes_return is NULL.
The caller should free the storage pointed to by keycodes_return using
when it is no longer useful. If the caller needs to examine
the KeyCode-to-KeySym table for a particular KeyCode, it should call
.
Registering Button and Key Grabs for Actions
To register button and key grabs for a widget's window according to the
event bindings in the widget's translation table, use
.
void XtRegisterGrabAction
XtActionProc action_proc
Boolean owner_events
unsigned int event_mask
int pointer_mode
action_proc
Specifies the action procedure to search for in translation tables.
owner_events
event_mask
pointer_mode
keyboard_mode
Specify arguments to
or
.
adds the specified action_proc to a list known to
the translation manager. When a widget is realized, or when the
translations of a realized widget or the accelerators installed on a
realized widget are modified, its translation table and any installed
accelerators are scanned for action procedures on this list.
If any are invoked on
ButtonPress
or
KeyPress
events as the only or final event
in a sequence, the Intrinsics will call
or
for the widget with every button or KeyCode which maps to the
event detail field, passing the specified owner_events, event_mask,
pointer_mode, and keyboard_mode. For
ButtonPress
events, the modifiers
specified in the grab are determined directly from the translation
specification and confine_to and cursor are specified as
None.
For
KeyPress
events, if the translation table entry specifies colon (:) in
the modifier list, the modifiers are determined by calling the key
translator procedure registered for the display and calling
for every combination of standard modifiers which map the KeyCode to
the specified event detail KeySym, and ORing any modifiers specified in
the translation table entry, and event_mask is ignored. If the
translation table entry does not specify colon in the modifier list,
the modifiers specified in the grab are those specified in the
translation table entry only. For both
ButtonPress
and
KeyPress
events, don't-care modifiers are ignored unless the translation entry
explicitly specifies ``Any'' in the modifiers field.
If the specified action_proc is already registered for the calling
process, the new values will replace the previously specified values
for any widgets that become realized following the call, but existing
grabs are not altered on currently realized widgets.
When translations or installed accelerators are modified for a
realized widget, any previous key or button grabs registered
as a result of the old bindings are released if they do not appear in
the new bindings and are not explicitly grabbed by the client with
or
.
Invoking Actions Directly
Normally action procedures are invoked by the Intrinsics when an
event or event sequence arrives for a widget. To
invoke an action procedure directly, without generating
(or synthesizing) events, use
.
void XtCallActionProc
Widget widget
String action
XEvent *event
String *params
Cardinal num_params
widget
Specifies the widget in which the action is to be invoked. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
action
Specifies the name of the action routine.
event
Specifies the contents of the event passed to the action routine.
params
Specifies the contents of the params passed to the action routine.
num_params
Specifies the number of entries in params.
searches for the named action routine in the same
manner and order as translation tables are bound, as described in
Section 10.1.2, except that application action tables are searched, if
necessary, as of the time of the call to
.
If found,
the action routine is invoked with the specified widget, event pointer,
and parameters. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that
the contents of the event, params, and num_params arguments are
appropriate for the specified action routine and, if necessary, that
the specified widget is realized or sensitive. If the named action
routine cannot be found,
generates a warning message and returns.
Obtaining a Widget's Action List
Occasionally a subclass will require the pointers to one or more of
its superclass's action procedures. This would be needed, for
example, in order to envelop the superclass's action. To retrieve
the list of action procedures registered in the superclass's
actions field, use
.
void XtGetActionList
WidgetClass widget_class
XtActionList *actions_return
Cardinal *num_actions_return
widget_class
Specifies the widget class whose actions are to be returned.
actions_return
Returns the action list.
num_actions_return
Returns the number of action procedures declared by the class.
returns the action table defined by the specified
widget class. This table does not include actions defined by the
superclasses. If widget_class is not initialized, or is not
coreWidgetClass
or a subclass thereof, or if the class does not define any actions,
*actions_return will be NULL and *num_actions_return
will be zero.
If *actions_return is non-NULL the client is responsible for freeing
the table using
when it is no longer needed.
using
when it is no longer useful. If the caller needs to examine
the KeyCode-to-KeySym table for a particular KeyCode, it should call
.
Registering Button and Key Grabs for Actions
To register button and key grabs for a widget's window according to thelibXt-1.1.5/specs/CH01.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000256142 12520610324 0015360 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Intrinsics and Widgets
The Intrinsics are a programming library tailored to the special requirements
of user interface construction within a network window system,
specifically the X Window System.
The Intrinsics and a widget set make up an X Toolkit.
Intrinsics
The Intrinsics provide the base mechanism necessary to build
a wide variety of interoperating widget sets and application environments.
The Intrinsics are a layer on top of Xlib, the
C Library X Interface. They extend the
fundamental abstractions provided by the X Window System while still
remaining independent of any particular user interface policy or
style.
The Intrinsics use object-oriented programming techniques to supply a
consistent architecture for constructing and composing user interface
components, known as widgets. This
allows programmers to extend a widget set in new ways, either by
deriving new widgets from existing ones (subclassing) or by writing
entirely new widgets following the established conventions.
When the Intrinsics were first conceived, the root of the object
hierarchy was a widget class named
Core.
In Release 4 of the
Intrinsics, three nonwidget superclasses were added above Core.
These superclasses are described in .
The name of the class
now at the root of the Intrinsics class hierarchy is
Object.
The remainder of this
specification refers uniformly to widgets and Core
as if they were the
base class for all Intrinsics operations. The argument descriptions
for each Intrinsics procedure and
describe which operations
are defined for the nonwidget superclasses of Core. The reader may
determine by context whether a specific reference to widget
actually means ``widget'' or ``object.''
Languages
The Intrinsics are intended to be used for two programming purposes.
Programmers writing widgets will be using most of the facilities
provided by the
Intrinsics to construct user interface components from the simple, such
as buttons and scrollbars, to the complex, such as control panels and
property sheets. Application programmers will use a much smaller subset of
the Intrinsics procedures in combination with one or more sets of widgets to
construct and present complete user interfaces on an X display. The
Intrinsics
programming interfaces primarily
intended for application use are designed to be callable from most
procedural programming languages. Therefore, most arguments are passed by
reference rather than by value. The interfaces primarily
intended for widget programmers are expected to be used principally
from the C language. In these cases, the usual C programming
conventions apply. In this specification, the term client refers to
any module, widget, or application that calls an Intrinsics procedure.
Applications that use the Intrinsics mechanisms
must include the header files
<X11/Intrinsic.h>
and
<X11/StringDefs.h>,
or their equivalent,
and they may also include
<X11/Xatoms.h>
and
<X11/Shell.h>.
In addition, widget implementations should include
<X11/IntrinsicP.h>
instead of
<X11/Intrinsic.h>.
The applications must also include the additional header files for
each widget class that they are to use (for example,
<X11/Xaw/Label.h>
or
<X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>).
On a POSIX-based system,
the Intrinsics object library file is named
libXt.a
and is usually referenced as \-lXt when linking the application.
Procedures and Macros
All functions defined in this specification except those specified below
may be implemented as C macros with arguments. C applications may use
``#undef'' to remove a macro definition and ensure that the actual function
is referenced. Any such macro will expand to a single expression that
has the same precedence as a function call and that evaluates each
of its arguments exactly once, fully protected by parentheses, so that
arbitrary expressions may be used as arguments.
The following symbols are macros that do not have function
equivalents and that may expand their arguments in a manner other
than that described above:
,
,
,
,
,
and
.
Widgets
The fundamental abstraction and data type of the X Toolkit is the widget,
which is a combination of an X window and its associated
input and display semantics
and which is dynamically allocated and contains state information.
Some widgets display information (for example, text or graphics),
and others are merely containers for other widgets (for example, a menu box).
Some widgets are output-only and do not react to pointer or keyboard input,
and others change their display in response to input
and can invoke functions that an application has attached to them.
Every widget belongs to exactly one widget class, which is statically
allocated and initialized and which contains the operations allowable on
widgets of that class.
Logically, a widget class is the procedures and data associated
with all widgets belonging to that class.
These procedures and data can be inherited by
subclasses.
Physically, a widget class is a pointer to a structure.
The contents of this structure are constant for all widgets of the widget
class but will vary from class to class.
(Here, ``constant'' means the class structure is initialized at compile time
and never changed, except for a one-time class initialization
and in-place compilation of resource lists,
which takes place when the first widget of the class or subclass is created.)
For further information,
see
The distribution of the declarations and code for a new widget class
among a public .h file for application programmer use, a private .h file
for widget programmer use,
and the implementation .c file is described in
The predefined widget classes adhere to these conventions.
A widget instance is composed of two parts:
A data structure which contains instance-specific values.
A class structure which contains information that is applicable to
all widgets of that class.
Much of the input/output of a widget (for example, fonts, colors, sizes,
or border widths) is customizable by users.
This chapter discusses the base widget classes,
Core, Composite, and Constraint, and
ends with a discussion of widget classing.
Core Widgets
The
Core
widget class contains the definitions of fields common to all widgets.
All widgets classes are subclasses of the
Core class,
which is defined by the
CoreClassPart
and
CorePart
structures.
CoreClassPart Structure
All widget classes contain the fields defined in the
CoreClassPart
structure.
typedef struct {
WidgetClass superclass; See
String class_name; See
Cardinal widget_size; See
XtProc class_initialize; See
XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize; See
XtEnum class_inited; See
XtInitProc initialize; See
XtArgsProc initialize_hook; See
XtRealizeProc realize; See
XtActionList actions; See
Cardinal num_actions; See
XtResourceList resources; See
Cardinal num_resources; See
XrmClass xrm_class; Private to resource manager
Boolean compress_motion; See
XtEnum compress_exposure; See
Boolean compress_enterleave; See
Boolean visible_interest; See
XtWidgetProc destroy; See
XtWidgetProc resize; See
XtExposeProc expose; See
XtSetValuesFunc set_values; See
XtArgsFunc set_values_hook; See
XtAlmostProc set_values_almost; See
XtArgsProc get_values_hook; See
XtAcceptFocusProc accept_focus; See
XtVersionType version; See
XtPointer callback_private; Private to callbacks
String tm_table; See
XtGeometryHandler query_geometry; See
XtStringProc display_accelerator; See
XtPointer extension; See
} CoreClassPart;
All widget classes have the Core class fields as their first component.
The prototypical
WidgetClass
and
CoreWidgetClass
are defined with only this set of fields.
typedef struct {
CoreClassPart core_class;
} WidgetClassRec, *WidgetClass, CoreClassRec, *CoreWidgetClass;
Various routines can cast widget class pointers, as needed,
to specific widget class types.
The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for
creating instances of Core are
In
IntrinsicP.h:
extern WidgetClassRec widgetClassRec;
#define coreClassRec widgetClassRec
In
Intrinsic.h:
extern WidgetClass widgetClass, coreWidgetClass;
The opaque types
Widget
and
WidgetClass
and the opaque variable
widgetClass
are defined for generic actions on widgets.
In order to make these types opaque and ensure that the compiler
does not allow applications to access private data, the Intrinsics use
incomplete structure definitions in
Intrinsic.h:
typedef struct _WidgetClassRec *WidgetClass, *CoreWidgetClass;
CorePart Structure
All widget instances contain the fields defined in the
CorePart
structure.
typedef struct _CorePart {
Widget self; Described below
WidgetClass widget_class; See
Widget parent; See
Boolean being_destroyed; See
XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
XtPointer constraints; See
Position x; See
Position y; See
Dimension width; See
Dimension height; See
Dimension border_width; See
Boolean managed; See
Boolean sensitive; See
Boolean ancestor_sensitive; See
XtTranslations accelerators; See
Pixel border_pixel; See
Pixmap border_pixmap; See
WidgetList popup_list; See
Cardinal num_popups; See
String name; See
Screen *screen; See
Colormap colormap; See
Window window; See
Cardinal depth; See
Pixel background_pixel; See
Pixmap background_pixmap; See
Boolean visible; See
Boolean mapped_when_managed; See
} CorePart;
All widget instances have the Core fields as their first component.
The prototypical type
Widget
is defined with only this set of fields.
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
} WidgetRec, *Widget, CoreRec, *CoreWidget;
Various routines can cast widget pointers, as needed,
to specific widget types.
In order to make these types opaque and ensure that the compiler
does not allow applications to access private data, the Intrinsics use
incomplete structure definitions in
Intrinsic.h.
typedef struct _WidgetRec *Widget, *CoreWidget;
Core Resources
The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in the
coreClassRec
resource list are
Name
Class
Representation
XtNaccelerators
XtCAccelerators
XtRAcceleratorTable
XtNbackground
XtCBackground
XtRPixel
XtNbackgroundPixmap
XtCPixmap
XtRPixmap
XtNborderColor
XtCBorderColor
XtRPixel
XtNborderPixmap
XtCPixmap
XtRPixmap
XtNcolormap
XtCColormap
XtRColormap
XtNdepth
XtCDepth
XtRInt
XtNmappedWhenManaged
XtCMappedWhenManaged
XtRBoolean
XtNscreen
XtCScreen
XtRScreen
XtNtranslations
XtCTranslations
XtRTranslationTable
Additional resources are defined for all widgets via the
objectClassRec
and
rectObjClassRec
resource lists; see and for details.
CorePart Default Values
The default values for the Core fields, which are filled in by the Intrinsics,
from the resource lists, and by the initialize procedures, are
Field
Default Value
self
Address of the widget structure (may not be changed).
widget_class
widget_class argument to
(may not be changed).
parent
parent argument to
(may not be changed).
being_destroyed
Parent's being_destroyed value.
destroy_callbacks
NULL
constraints
NULL
x
0
y
0
width
0
height
0
border_width
1
managed
False
sensitive
True
ancestor_sensitive
logical AND of parent's sensitive and
ancestor_sensitive values.
accelerators
NULL
border_pixel
XtDefaultForeground
border_pixmap
XtUnspecifiedPixmap
popup_list
NULL
num_popups
0
name
name argument to
(may not be changed).
screen
Parent's screen; top-level widget gets screen from display specifier
(may not be changed).
colormap
Parent's colormap value.
window
NULL
depth
Parent's depth; top-level widget gets root window depth.
background_pixel
XtDefaultBackground
background_pixmap
XtUnspecifiedPixmap
visible
True
mapped_when_managed
True
XtUnspecifiedPixmap
is a symbolic constant guaranteed to be unequal to
any valid Pixmap id,
None,
and
ParentRelative.
Composite Widgets
The Composite
widget class is a subclass of the
Core
widget class (see ).
Composite widgets are intended to be containers for other widgets.
The additional data used by composite widgets are defined by the
CompositeClassPart
and
CompositePart
structures.
CompositeClassPart Structure
In addition to the
Core
class fields,
widgets of the Composite class have the following class fields.
typedef struct {
XtGeometryHandler geometry_manager; See
XtWidgetProc change_managed; See
XtWidgetProc insert_child; See
XtWidgetProc delete_child; See
XtPointer extension; See
} CompositeClassPart;
The extension record defined for
CompositeClassPart
with record_type
equal to
NULLQUARK
is
CompositeClassExtensionRec.
typedef struct {
XtPointer next_extension; See
XrmQuark record_type; See
long version; See
Cardinal record_size; See
Boolean accepts_objects; See
Boolean allows_change_managed_set; See
} CompositeClassExtensionRec, *CompositeClassExtension;
Composite
classes have the Composite class fields immediately following the
Core class fields.
typedef struct {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
} CompositeClassRec, *CompositeWidgetClass;
The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for creating
instances of Composite are
In
IntrinsicP.h:
extern CompositeClassRec compositeClassRec;
In
Intrinsic.h:
extern WidgetClass compositeWidgetClass;
The opaque types
CompositeWidget
and
CompositeWidgetClass
and the opaque variable
compositeWidgetClass
are defined for generic operations on widgets whose class
is Composite or a subclass of Composite.
The symbolic constant for the
CompositeClassExtension
version identifier is
XtCompositeExtensionVersion
(see ).
Intrinsic.h
uses an incomplete structure
definition to ensure that the compiler catches attempts to access
private data.
typedef struct _CompositeClassRec *CompositeWidgetClass;
CompositePart Structure
In addition to the
Core instance
fields,
widgets of the Composite class have the following
instance fields defined in the
CompositePart
structure.
typedef struct {
WidgetList children; See
Cardinal num_children; See
Cardinal num_slots; See
XtOrderProc insert_position; See
} CompositePart;
Composite
widgets have the Composite instance fields immediately following the Core
instance fields.
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
} CompositeRec, *CompositeWidget;
Intrinsic.h
uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
compiler catches attempts to access private data.
typedef struct _CompositeRec *CompositeWidget;
Composite Resources
The resource names, classes, and representation types
that are specified in
the
compositeClassRec
resource list are
Name
Class
Representation
XtNchildren
XtCReadOnly
XtRWidgetList
XtNinsertPosition
XtCInsertPosition
XtRFunction
XtNnumChildren
XtCReadOnly
XtRCardinal
CompositePart Default Values
The default values for the Composite fields,
which are filled in from the
Composite
resource list and by the
Composite
initialize procedure, are
Field
Default Value
childrenNULL
num_children0
num_slots0
insert_positionInternal function to insert at end
The children, num_children,
and insert_position fields are declared
as resources;
XtNinsertPosition
is a settable resource,
XtNchildren
and
XtNnumChildren
may be read by any client but should only be modified by the composite
widget class procedures.
Constraint Widgets
The Constraint
widget class is a subclass of the
Composite
widget class (see ). Constraint
widgets maintain additional state
data for each child; for example, client-defined constraints on the child's
geometry.
The additional data used by constraint widgets are defined by the
ConstraintClassPart
and
ConstraintPart
structures.
ConstraintClassPart Structure
In addition to the
Core
and
Composite
class fields,
widgets of the Constraint class
have the following class fields.
typedef struct {
XtResourceList resources; See
Cardinal num_resources; See
Cardinal constraint_size; See
XtInitProc initialize; See
XtWidgetProc destroy; See
XtSetValuesFunc set_values; See
XtPointer extension; See
} ConstraintClassPart;
The extension record defined for
ConstraintClassPart
with record_type equal to
NULLQUARK
is
ConstraintClassExtensionRec.
typedef struct {
XtPointer next_extension; See
XrmQuark record_type; See
long version; See
Cardinal record_size; See
XtArgsProc get_values_hook; See
} ConstraintClassExtensionRec, *ConstraintClassExtension;
Constraint
classes have the Constraint class fields immediately following the
Composite class fields.
typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ConstraintClassPart constraint_class;
} ConstraintClassRec, *ConstraintWidgetClass;
The single occurrences of the class record and pointer for creating
instances of Constraint are
In
IntrinsicP.h:
extern ConstraintClassRec constraintClassRec;
In
Intrinsic.h:
extern WidgetClass constraintWidgetClass;
The opaque types
ConstraintWidget
and
ConstraintWidgetClass
and the opaque variable
constraintWidgetClass
are defined for generic operations on widgets
whose class is Constraint or a subclass
of Constraint.
The symbolic constant for the
ConstraintClassExtension
version identifier is
XtConstraintExtensionVersion
(see ).
Intrinsic.h
uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
compiler catches attempts to access private data.
typedef struct _ConstraintClassRec *ConstraintWidgetClass;
ConstraintPart Structure
In addition to the
Core
and
Composite instance
fields,
widgets of the Constraint class have the following unused
instance fields defined in the
ConstraintPart
structure
typedef struct {
int empty;
} ConstraintPart;
Constraint
widgets have the Constraint instance fields immediately following the
Composite instance fields.
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ConstraintPart constraint;
} ConstraintRec, *ConstraintWidget;
Intrinsic.h
uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
compiler catches attempts to access private data.
typedef struct _ConstraintRec *ConstraintWidget;
Constraint Resources
The
constraintClassRec
core_class and constraint_class resources fields are NULL,
and the num_resources fields are zero;
no additional resources beyond those declared by
the superclasses
are defined for
Constraint.
Implementation-Specific Types
To increase the portability of widget and application source code
between different system environments, the Intrinsics define several
types whose precise representation is explicitly dependent upon,
and chosen by, each individual implementation of the Intrinsics.
These implementation-defined types are
Boolean
A datum that contains a zero or nonzero value.
Unless explicitly stated, clients should not assume
that the nonzero value is equal to the symbolic
value
True.
Cardinal
An unsigned integer datum with a minimum range of [0..2^16-1].
Dimension
An unsigned integer datum with a minimum range of [0..2^16-1].
Position
A signed integer datum with a minimum range of [-2^15..2^15-1].
XtPointer
A datum large enough to contain the largest of a char*, int*, function
pointer, structure pointer, or long value. A pointer
to any type or function, or a long value may be converted
to an
XtPointer
and back again and the result will
compare equal to the original value. In ANSI C
environments it is expected that
XtPointer
will be
defined as void*.
XtArgVal
A datum large enough to contain an
XtPointer,
Cardinal,
Dimension,
or
Position
value.
XtEnum
An integer datum large enough to encode at least 128 distinct
values, two of which are the symbolic values
True
and
False.
The symbolic values
TRUE
and
FALSE
are
also defined to be equal to
True
and
False,
respectively.
In addition to these specific types, the precise order of the
fields within the structure declarations for any of the instance
part records
ObjectPart,
RectObjPart,
CorePart,
CompositePart,
ShellPart,
WMShellPart,
TopLevelShellPart,
and
ApplicationShellPart
is implementation-defined. These
structures may also have additional private
fields internal to the implementation.
The
ObjectPart,
RectObjPart,
and
CorePart
structures must be defined so that any member with the same name
appears at the same offset in
ObjectRec,
RectObjRec,
and
CoreRec
( WidgetRec ).
No other relations between the offsets of any two
fields may be assumed.
Widget Classing
The widget_class field of a widget points to its widget class structure,
which contains information that is constant across all widgets of that class.
As a consequence,
widgets usually do not implement directly callable procedures;
rather, they implement procedures, called methods, that are available through
their widget class structure.
These methods are invoked by generic procedures that envelop common actions
around the methods implemented by the widget class.
Such procedures are applicable to all widgets
of that class and also to widgets whose classes are subclasses of that class.
All widget classes are a subclass of
Core
and can be subclassed further.
Subclassing reduces the amount of code and declarations
necessary to make a
new widget class that is similar to an existing class.
For example, you do not have to describe every resource your widget uses in an
XtResourceList.
Instead, you describe only the resources your widget has
that its superclass does not.
Subclasses usually inherit many of their superclasses' procedures
(for example, the expose procedure or geometry handler).
Subclassing, however, can be taken too far.
If you create a subclass that inherits none of the procedures of its
superclass,
you should consider whether you have chosen the most
appropriate superclass.
To make good use of subclassing,
widget declarations and naming conventions are highly stylized.
A widget consists of three files:
A public .h file, used by client widgets or applications.
A private .h file, used by widgets whose classes
are subclasses of the widget class.
A .c file, which implements the widget.
Widget Naming Conventions
The Intrinsics provide a vehicle by which programmers can create
new widgets and organize a collection of widgets into an application.
To ensure that applications need not deal with as many styles of capitalization
and spelling as the number of widget classes it uses,
the following guidelines should be followed when writing new widgets:
Use the X library naming conventions that are applicable.
For example, a record component name is all lowercase
and uses underscores (_) for compound words (for example, background_pixmap).
Type and procedure names start with uppercase and use capitalization for
compound words (for example,
ArgList
or
XtSetValues ).
A resource name is spelled identically to the field name
except that compound names use capitalization rather than underscore.
To let the compiler catch spelling errors,
each resource name should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with
``XtN''.
For example,
the background_pixmap field has the corresponding identifier
XtNbackgroundPixmap,
which is defined as the string ``backgroundPixmap''.
Many predefined names are listed in
<X11/StringDefs.h>.
Before you invent a new name,
you should make sure there is not already a name that you can use.
A resource class string starts with a capital letter
and uses capitalization for compound names (for example,``BorderWidth'').
Each resource class string should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with
``XtC''
(for example, XtCBorderWidth).
Many predefined classes are listed in
<X11/StringDefs.h>.
A resource representation string is spelled identically to the type name
(for example, ``TranslationTable'').
Each representation string should have a symbolic identifier prefixed with
``XtR''
(for example, XtRTranslationTable).
Many predefined representation types are listed in
<X11/StringDefs.h>.
New widget classes start with a capital and use uppercase for compound
words.
Given a new class name AbcXyz, you should derive several names:
Additional widget instance structure part name AbcXyzPart.
Complete widget instance structure names AbcXyzRec and _AbcXyzRec.
Widget instance structure pointer type name AbcXyzWidget.
Additional class structure part name AbcXyzClassPart.
Complete class structure names AbcXyzClassRec and _AbcXyzClassRec.
Class structure pointer type name AbcXyzWidgetClass.
Class structure variable abcXyzClassRec.
Class structure pointer variable abcXyzWidgetClass.
Action procedures available to translation specifications should follow the
same naming conventions as procedures.
That is,
they start with a capital letter, and compound names use uppercase
(for example, ``Highlight'' and ``NotifyClient'').
The symbolic identifiers XtN..., XtC..., and XtR...
may be implemented
as macros, as global symbols, or as a mixture of the two. The
(implicit) type of the identifier is
String.
The pointer value itself
is not significant; clients must not assume that inequality of two
identifiers implies inequality of the resource name, class, or
representation string. Clients should also note that although global
symbols permit savings in literal storage in some environments, they
also introduce the possibility of multiple definition conflicts when
applications attempt to use independently developed widgets
simultaneously.
Widget Subclassing in Public .h Files
The public .h file for a widget class is imported by clients
and contains
A reference to the public .h file for the superclass.
Symbolic identifiers for
the names and classes of the new resources that this widget adds
to its superclass.
The definitions should
have a single space between the definition name and the value and no
trailing space or comment in order to reduce the possibility of
compiler warnings from similar declarations in multiple classes.
Type declarations for any new resource data types defined by the class.
The class record pointer variable used to create widget instances.
The C type that corresponds to widget instances of this class.
Entry points for new class methods.
For example, the following is the public .h file for a possible
implementation of a Label widget:
#ifndef LABEL_H
#define LABEL_H
/* New resources */
#define XtNjustify "justify"
#define XtNforeground "foreground"
#define XtNlabel "label"
#define XtNfont "font"
#define XtNinternalWidth "internalWidth"
#define XtNinternalHeight "internalHeight"
/* Class record pointer */
extern WidgetClass labelWidgetClass;
/* C Widget type definition */
typedef struct _LabelRec *LabelWidget;
/* New class method entry points */
extern void LabelSetText();
/* Widget w */
/* String text */
extern String LabelGetText();
/* Widget w */
#endif LABEL_H
The conditional inclusion of the text allows the application
to include header files for different widgets without being concerned
that they already may be included as a superclass of another widget.
To accommodate operating systems with file name length restrictions,
the name of the public .h file is the first ten characters of the
widget class.
For example,
the public .h file for the
Constraint
widget class is
Constraint.h.
Widget Subclassing in Private .h Files
The private .h file for a widget is imported by widget classes that are
subclasses of the widget and contains
A reference to the public .h file for the class.
A reference to the private .h file for the superclass.
Symbolic identifiers for any new resource representation types defined
by the class. The definitions should have a single space between the
definition name and the value and no trailing space or comment.
A structure part definition for
the new fields that the widget instance adds to its superclass's
widget structure.
The complete widget instance structure definition for this widget.
A structure part definition for
the new fields that this widget class adds to its superclass's
constraint
structure if the widget class is a subclass of
Constraint.
The complete
constraint
structure definition if the widget class is a subclass of
Constraint.
Type definitions for any new procedure types used by class methods
declared in the widget class part.
A structure part definition for
the new fields that this widget class adds to its superclass's widget class
structure.
The complete widget class structure definition for this widget.
The complete widget class extension structure definition
for this widget, if any.
The symbolic constant identifying the class extension version, if any.
The name of the global class structure variable containing the generic
class structure for this class.
An inherit constant for each new procedure in the widget class part structure.
For example, the following is the private .h file for a possible Label widget:
#ifndef LABELP_H
#define LABELP_H
#include <X11/Label.h>
/* New representation types used by the Label widget */
#define XtRJustify "Justify"
/* New fields for the Label widget record */
typedef struct {
/* Settable resources */
Pixel foreground;
XFontStruct *font;
String label; /* text to display */
XtJustify justify;
Dimension internal_width; /* # pixels horizontal border */
Dimension internal_height; /* # pixels vertical border */
/* Data derived from resources */
GC normal_GC;
GC gray_GC;
Pixmap gray_pixmap;
Position label_x;
Position label_y;
Dimension label_width;
Dimension label_height;
Cardinal label_len;
Boolean display_sensitive;
} LabelPart;
/* Full instance record declaration */
typedef struct _LabelRec {
CorePart core;
LabelPart label;
} LabelRec;
/* Types for Label class methods */
typedef void (*LabelSetTextProc)();
/* Widget w */
/* String text */
typedef String (*LabelGetTextProc)();
/* Widget w */
/* New fields for the Label widget class record */
typedef struct {
LabelSetTextProc set_text;
LabelGetTextProc get_text;
XtPointer extension;
} LabelClassPart;
/* Full class record declaration */
typedef struct _LabelClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
LabelClassPart label_class;
} LabelClassRec;
/* Class record variable */
extern LabelClassRec labelClassRec;
#define LabelInheritSetText((LabelSetTextProc)_XtInherit)
#define LabelInheritGetText((LabelGetTextProc)_XtInherit)
#endif LABELP_H
To accommodate operating systems with file name length restrictions,
the name of the private .h file is the first nine characters of the
widget class followed by a capital P.
For example,
the private .h file for the
Constraint
widget class is
ConstrainP.h.
Widget Subclassing in .c Files
The .c file for a widget contains the structure initializer
for the class record variable,
which contains the following parts:
Class information (for example, superclass, class_name,
widget_size,
class_initialize, and class_inited).
Data constants (for example, resources and num_resources,
actions and num_actions, visible_interest,
compress_motion,
compress_exposure, and version).
Widget operations (for example, initialize, realize, destroy,
resize, expose, set_values, accept_focus,
and any new operations specific to
the widget).
The superclass field points to the superclass
global class
record, declared in the superclass private .h file.
For direct subclasses of the generic core widget,
superclass should be initialized to the address of the
widgetClassRec
structure.
The superclass is used for class chaining operations and for
inheriting or enveloping a superclass's operations
(see ,
, and
.
The class_name field contains the text name for this class,
which is used by
the resource manager.
For example, the Label widget has the string ``Label''.
More than one widget class can share the same text class name.
This string must be permanently allocated prior to or during the
execution of the class initialization procedure and must not be
subsequently deallocated.
The widget_size field is the size of the corresponding widget
instance structure
(not the size of the class structure).
The version field indicates the toolkit
implementation version number and is used for
runtime consistency checking of the X Toolkit and widgets in an application.
Widget writers must set it to the
implementation-defined symbolic value
XtVersion
in the widget class structure initialization.
Those widget writers who believe that their widget binaries are compatible
with other implementations of the Intrinsics can put the special value
XtVersionDontCheck
in the version field to disable version checking for those widgets.
If a widget needs to compile alternative code for different
revisions of the Intrinsics interface definition, it may use the symbol
XtSpecificationRelease,
as described in .
Use of
XtVersion
allows the Intrinsics implementation to recognize widget binaries
that were compiled with older implementations.
The extension field is for future upward compatibility.
If the widget programmer adds fields to class parts,
all subclass structure layouts change,
requiring complete recompilation.
To allow clients to avoid recompilation,
an extension field at the end of each class part can point to a record
that contains any additional class information required.
All other fields are described in their respective sections.
The .c file also contains the declaration of the global class
structure pointer variable used to create instances of the class.
The following is an abbreviated version of the .c file
for a Label widget.
The resources table is described in .
/* Resources specific to Label */
static XtResource resources[] = {
{XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel),
XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.foreground), XtRString,
XtDefaultForeground},
{XtNfont, XtCFont, XtRFontStruct, sizeof(XFontStruct *),
XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.font),XtRString,
XtDefaultFont},
{XtNlabel, XtCLabel, XtRString, sizeof(String),
XtOffset(LabelWidget, label.label), XtRString, NULL},
.
.
.
}
/* Forward declarations of procedures */
static void ClassInitialize();
static void Initialize();
static void Realize();
static void SetText();
static void GetText();
.
.
.
/* Class record constant */
LabelClassRec labelClassRec = {
{
/* core_class fields */
/* superclass */ (WidgetClass)&coreClassRec,
/* class_name */ "Label",
/* widget_size */ sizeof(LabelRec),
/* class_initialize */ ClassInitialize,
/* class_part_initialize */ NULL,
/* class_inited */ False,
/* initialize */ Initialize,
/* initialize_hook */ NULL,
/* realize */ Realize,
/* actions */ NULL,
/* num_actions */ 0,
/* resources */ resources,
/* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
/* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
/* compress_motion */ True,
/* compress_exposure */ True,
/* compress_enterleave */ True,
/* visible_interest */ False,
/* destroy */ NULL,
/* resize */ Resize,
/* expose */ Redisplay,
/* set_values */ SetValues,
/* set_values_hook */ NULL,
/* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
/* get_values_hook */ NULL,
/* accept_focus */ NULL,
/* version */ XtVersion,
/* callback_offsets */ NULL,
/* tm_table */ NULL,
/* query_geometry */ XtInheritQueryGeometry,
/* display_accelerator */ NULL,
/* extension */ NULL
},
{
/* Label_class fields */
/* get_text */ GetText,
/* set_text */ SetText,
/* extension */ NULL
}
};
/* Class record pointer */
WidgetClass labelWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &labelClassRec;
/* New method access routines */
void LabelSetText(w, text)
Widget w;
String text;
{
LabelWidgetClass lwc = (Label WidgetClass)XtClass(w);
XtCheckSubclass(w, labelWidgetClass, NULL);
*(lwc->label_class.set_text)(w, text)
}
/* Private procedures */
.
.
.
Widget Class and Superclass Look Up
To obtain the class of a widget, use
.
WidgetClass XtClass
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
The
function returns a pointer to the widget's class structure.
To obtain the superclass of a widget, use
XtSuperclass.
WidgetClass XtSuperClass
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
The
XtSuperclass
function returns a pointer to the widget's superclass class structure.
Widget Subclass Verification
To check the subclass to which a widget belongs, use
.
Boolean XtIsSubclass
Widget w
WidgetClass widget_class
w
Specifies the widget or object instance whose class is to be checked. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
widget_class
Specifies the widget class for which to test. Must be objectClass or any subclass thereof.
The
function returns
True
if the class of the specified widget is equal to
or is a subclass of the specified class.
The widget's class can be any number of subclasses down the chain
and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified class.
Composite widgets that need to restrict the class of the items they
contain can use
to find out if a widget belongs to the desired class of objects.
To test if a given widget belongs to a subclass of an Intrinsics-defined
class, the Intrinsics define macros or functions equivalent to
for each of the built-in classes. These procedures are
XtIsObject,
XtIsRectObj,
XtIsWidget,
XtIsComposite,
XtIsConstraint,
XtIsShell,
XtIsOverrideShell,
XtIsWMShell,
XtIsVendorShell,
XtIsTransientShell,
XtIsTopLevelShell,
XtIsApplicationShell,
and
XtIsSessionShell.
All these macros and functions have the same argument description.
Boolean XtIs
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget or object instance whose class is to be checked. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
These procedures may be faster than calling
directly for the built-in classes.
To check a widget's class
and to generate a debugging error message, use
,
defined in
<X11/IntrinsicP.h>:
void XtCheckSubclass
Widget w
WidgetClass widget_class
String message
w
Specifies the widget or object whose class is to be checked. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
widget_class
Specifies the widget class for which to test. Must be objectClass or any subclass thereof.
message
Specifies the message to be used.
The
macro determines if the class of the specified widget is equal to
or is a subclass of the specified class.
The widget's class can be any number of subclasses down the chain
and need not be an immediate subclass of the specified class.
If the specified widget's class is not a subclass,
constructs an error message from the supplied message,
the widget's actual class, and the expected class and calls
.
should be used at the entry point of exported routines to ensure
that the client has passed in a valid widget class for the exported operation.
is only executed when the module has been compiled with the compiler symbol
DEBUG defined; otherwise, it is defined as the empty string
and generates no code.
Superclass Chaining
While most fields in a widget class structure are self-contained,
some fields are linked to their corresponding fields in their superclass
structures.
With a linked field,
the Intrinsics access the field's value only after accessing its corresponding
superclass value (called downward superclass chaining) or
before accessing its corresponding superclass value (called upward superclass
chaining). The self-contained fields are
In all widget classes: class_name
class_initialize
widget_size
realize
visible_interest
resize
expose
accept_focus
compress_motion
compress_exposure
compress_enterleave
set_values_almost
tm_table
version
allocate
deallocate
In Composite widget classes: geometry_manager
change_managed
insert_child
delete_child
accepts_objects
allows_change_managed_set
In Constraint widget classes: constraint_size
In Shell widget classes: root_geometry_manager
With downward superclass chaining,
the invocation of an operation first accesses the field from the
Object,
RectObj,
and
Core
class structures, then from the subclass structure, and so on down the class chain to
that widget's class structure. These superclass-to-subclass fields are
class_part_initialize
get_values_hook
initialize
initialize_hook
set_values
set_values_hook
resources
In addition, for subclasses of
Constraint,
the following fields of the
ConstraintClassPart
and
ConstraintClassExtensionRec
structures are chained from the
Constraint
class down to the subclass:
resources
initialize
set_values
get_values_hook
With upward superclass chaining,
the invocation of an operation first accesses the field from the widget
class structure, then from the superclass structure,
and so on up the class chain to the
Core,
RectObj,
and
Object
class structures.
The subclass-to-superclass fields are
destroy
actions
For subclasses of
Constraint,
the following field of
ConstraintClassPart
is chained from the subclass up to the
Constraint class:
destroy
Class Initialization: class_initialize and class_part_initialize Procedures
Many class records can be initialized completely at compile or link time.
In some cases, however,
a class may need to register type converters or perform other sorts of
once-only runtime initialization.
Because the C language does not have initialization procedures
that are invoked automatically when a program starts up,
a widget class can declare a class_initialize procedure
that will be automatically called exactly once by the Intrinsics.
A class initialization procedure pointer is of type
XtProc:
typedef void (*XtProc)(void);
A widget class indicates that it has no class initialization procedure by
specifying NULL in the class_initialize field.
In addition to the class initialization that is done exactly once,
some classes perform initialization for fields in their parts
of the class record.
These are performed not just for the particular class,
but for subclasses as well, and are
done in the class's class part initialization procedure,
a pointer to which is stored in the class_part_initialize field.
The class_part_initialize procedure pointer is of type
XtWidgetClassProc.
void (*XtWidgetClassProc)(WidgetClass)
WidgetClass widget_class
widget_class
Points to the class structure for the class being initialized.
During class initialization,
the class part initialization procedures for the class and all its superclasses
are called in superclass-to-subclass order on the class record.
These procedures have the responsibility of doing any dynamic initializations
necessary to their class's part of the record.
The most common is the resolution of any inherited methods defined in the
class.
For example,
if a widget class C has superclasses
Core,
Composite,
A, and B, the class record for C first is passed to
Core 's
class_part_initialize procedure.
This resolves any inherited Core methods and compiles the textual
representations of the resource list and action table that are defined in the
class record.
Next, Composite's
class_part_initialize procedure is called to initialize the
composite part of C's class record.
Finally, the class_part_initialize procedures for A, B, and C, in that order,
are called.
For further information,
see
Classes that do not define any new class fields
or that need no extra processing for them can specify NULL
in the class_part_initialize field.
All widget classes, whether they have a class initialization procedure or not,
must start with their class_inited field
False.
The first time a widget of a class is created,
ensures that the widget class and all superclasses are initialized, in
superclass-to-subclass order, by checking each class_inited field and,
if it is
False,
by calling the class_initialize and the class_part_initialize procedures
for the class and all its superclasses.
The Intrinsics then set the class_inited field to a nonzero value.
After the one-time initialization,
a class structure is constant.
The following example provides the class initialization procedure for a Label class.
static void ClassInitialize()
{
XtSetTypeConverter(XtRString, XtRJustify, CvtStringToJustify,
NULL, 0, XtCacheNone, NULL);
}
Initializing a Widget Class
A class is initialized when the first widget of that class or any
subclass is created.
To initialize a widget class without creating any widgets, use
.
void XtInitializeWidgetClass
WidgetClass object_class
object_class
Specifies the object class to initialize. May be
objectClass
or any subclass thereof.
If the specified widget class is already initialized,
returns immediately.
If the class initialization procedure registers type converters,
these type converters are not available until the first object
of the class or subclass is created or
is called
(see ).
Inheritance of Superclass Operations
A widget class is free to use any of its superclass's self-contained
operations rather than implementing its own code.
The most frequently inherited operations are
expose
realize
insert_child
delete_child
geometry_manager
set_values_almost
To inherit an operation xyz,
specify the constant
XtInherit Xyz
in your class record.
Every class that declares a new procedure in its widget class part must
provide for inheriting the procedure in its class_part_initialize
procedure.
The chained operations declared in Core
and Constraint
records are never inherited.
Widget classes that do nothing beyond what their superclass does
specify NULL for chained procedures
in their class records.
Inheriting works by comparing the value of the field with a known, special
value and by copying in the superclass's value for that field if a match
occurs.
This special value, called the inheritance constant,
is usually the Intrinsics internal value
_XtInherit
cast to the appropriate type.
_XtInherit
is a procedure that issues an error message if it is actually called.
For example,
CompositeP.h
contains these definitions:
#define XtInheritGeometryManager ((XtGeometryHandler) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritChangeManaged ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritInsertChild ((XtArgsProc) _XtInherit)
#define XtInheritDeleteChild ((XtWidgetProc) _XtInherit)
Composite's class_part_initialize procedure begins as follows:
static void CompositeClassPartInitialize(widgetClass)
WidgetClass widgetClass;
{
CompositeWidgetClass wc = (CompositeWidgetClass)widgetClass;
CompositeWidgetClass super = (CompositeWidgetClass)wc->core_class.superclass;
if (wc->composite_class.geometry_manager == XtInheritGeometryManager) {
wc->composite_class.geometry_manager = super->composite_class.geometry_manager;
}
if (wc->composite_class.change_managed == XtInheritChangeManaged) {
wc->composite_class.change_managed = super->composite_class.change_managed;
}
.
.
.
Nonprocedure fields may be inherited in the same manner as procedure
fields. The class may declare any reserved value it wishes for
the inheritance constant for its new fields. The following inheritance
constants are defined:
For Object:
XtInheritAllocate
XtInheritDeallocate
For Core:
XtInheritRealize
XtInheritResize
XtInheritExpose
XtInheritSetValuesAlmost
XtInheritAcceptFocus
XtInheritQueryGeometry
XtInheritTranslations
XtInheritDisplayAccelerator
For Composite:
XtInheritGeometryManager
XtInheritChangeManaged
XtInheritInsertChild
XtInheritDeleteChild
For Shell:
XtInheritRootGeometryManager
Invocation of Superclass Operations
A widget sometimes needs to call a superclass operation
that is not chained.
For example,
a widget's expose procedure might call its superclass's expose
and then perform a little more work on its own.
For example, a Composite
class with predefined managed children can implement insert_child
by first calling its superclass's insert_child
and then calling
to add the child to the managed set.
A class method should not use
XtSuperclass
but should instead call the class method of its own specific superclass
directly through the superclass record.
That is, it should use its own class pointers only,
not the widget's class pointers,
as the widget's class may be a subclass of the
class whose implementation is being referenced.
This technique is referred to as enveloping the superclass's operation.
Class Extension Records
It may be necessary at times to add new fields to already existing
widget class structures. To permit this to be done without requiring
recompilation of all subclasses, the last field in a class part structure
should be an extension pointer. If no extension fields for a class
have yet been defined, subclasses should initialize the value of the
extension pointer to NULL.
If extension fields exist, as is the case with the
Composite,
Constraint,
and
Shell
classes, subclasses can provide values for these fields by setting the
extension pointer for the appropriate part in their class structure to
point to a statically declared extension record containing the
additional fields.
Setting the extension field is never mandatory; code that uses fields
in the extension record must always check the extension field and take
some appropriate default action if it is NULL.
In order to permit multiple subclasses and libraries to chain extension
records from a single extension field, extension records should be
declared as a linked list, and each extension record definition should
contain the following four fields at the beginning of the structure
declaration:
struct {
XtPointer next_extension;
XrmQuark record_type;
long version;
Cardinal record_size;
};
next_extension
Specifies the next record in the list, or NULL.
record_type
Specifies the particular structure declaration to which
each extension record instance conforms.
version
Specifies a version id symbolic constant supplied by
the definer of the structure.
record_size
Specifies the total number of bytes allocated for the
extension record.
The record_type field identifies the contents of the extension record
and is used by the definer of the record to locate its particular
extension record in the list. The
record_type field is normally assigned the
result of
XrmStringToQuark
for a registered string constant. The
Intrinsics reserve all record type strings beginning with the two
characters ``XT'' for future standard uses. The value
NULLQUARK
may also be used
by the class part owner in extension records attached to its own class
part extension field to identify the extension record unique to that
particular class.
The version field is an owner-defined constant that may be used to
identify binary files that have been compiled with alternate
definitions of the remainder of the extension record data structure. The private
header file for a widget class should provide a symbolic constant for
subclasses to use to initialize this field.
The record_size field value includes the four common header fields and
should normally be initialized with
sizeof ().
Any value stored in the class part extension fields of
CompositeClassPart,
ConstraintClassPart,
or
ShellClassPart
must point to an extension record conforming to this definition.
The Intrinsics provide a utility function for widget writers to locate a
particular class extension record in a linked list, given a widget class
and the offset of the extension field in the class record.
To locate a class extension record, use
.
XtPointer XtGetClassExtension
WidgetClass object_class
Cardinal byte_offset
XrmQuark type
long version
Cardinal record_size
object_class
Specifies the object class containing the extension list to be searched.
byte_offset
Specifies the offset in bytes from the base of the
class record of the extension field to be searched.
type
Specifies the record_type of the class extension to be located.
version
Specifies the minimum acceptable version of the class
extension required for a match.
record_size
Specifies the minimum acceptable length of the class
extension record required for a match, or 0.
The list of extension records at the specified offset in the specified
object class will be searched for a match on the specified type,
a version greater than or equal to the specified version, and a record
size greater than or equal the specified record_size if it is nonzero.
returns a pointer to a matching extension record or NULL if no match
is found. The returned extension record must not be modified or
freed by the caller if the caller is not the extension owner.
mposite_class.geometry_manager == XtInheritGeometryManager) {
wc->composite_class.geometry_manager = super->composite_class.geometry_manager;
}
if (wc->composite_class.change_managed == XtInheritChangeManaged) {
wc->composite_class.change_managed = super->composite_class.change_managed;
}
.
.
.
Nonprocedure fields may be inhelibXt-1.1.5/specs/CH06.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000124772 12520610324 0015370 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Geometry Management
A widget does not directly control its size and location;
rather, its parent is responsible for controlling them.
Although the position of children is usually left up to their parent,
the widgets themselves often have the best idea of their optimal sizes
and, possibly, preferred locations.
To resolve physical layout conflicts between sibling widgets and between
a widget and its parent, the Intrinsics provide the geometry management mechanism.
Almost all
composite
widgets have a geometry manager specified in the geometry_manager field
in the widget class record that is responsible for the size, position, and
stacking order of the widget's children.
The only exception is fixed boxes,
which create their children themselves and can ensure that
their children will never make a geometry request.
Initiating Geometry Changes
Parents, children, and clients each initiate geometry changes differently.
Because a parent has absolute control of its children's geometry,
it changes the geometry directly by calling
XtMove\%Widget,
,
or
.
A child must ask its parent for a geometry change by calling
or
.
An application or other client code initiates a geometry change by calling
on the appropriate geometry fields,
thereby giving the widget the opportunity to modify or reject the client
request before it gets propagated to the parent and the opportunity
to respond appropriately to the parent's reply.
When a widget that needs to change its size, position, border width,
or stacking depth asks its parent's geometry manager to make the desired
changes,
the geometry manager can allow the request, disallow the request, or
suggest a compromise.
When the geometry manager is asked to change the geometry of a child,
the geometry manager may also rearrange and resize any or all
of the other children that it controls.
The geometry manager can move children around freely using
.
When it resizes a child (that is, changes the width, height, or
border width) other than the one making the request,
it should do so by calling
.
The requesting child may be given special treatment; see
.
It can simultaneously move and resize a child with a single call to
.
Often, geometry managers find that they can satisfy a request only if
they can reconfigure a widget that they are not in control of; in particular,
the
composite
widget may want to change its own size.
In this case,
the geometry manager makes a request to its parent's geometry manager.
Geometry requests can cascade this way to arbitrary depth.
Because such cascaded arbitration of widget geometry can involve extended
negotiation,
windows are not actually allocated to widgets at application
startup until all widgets are satisfied with their geometry;
see and
.
The Intrinsics treatment of stacking requests is deficient in several areas.
Stacking requests for unrealized widgets are granted but will have no effect.
In addition, there is no way to do an
that will generate a stacking geometry request.
After a successful geometry request (one that returned
XtGeometryYes),
a widget does not know whether its resize procedure has been called.
Widgets should have resize procedures that can be called more than once
without ill effects.
General Geometry Manager Requests
When making a geometry request, the child specifies an
XtWidgetGeometry
structure.
typedef unsigned long XtGeometryMask;
typedef struct {
XtGeometryMask request_mode;
Position x, y;
Dimension width, height;
Dimension border_width;
Widget sibling;
int stack_mode;
} XtWidgetGeometry;
To make a general geometry manager request from a widget, use
.
XtGeometryResult XtMakeGeometryRequest
Widget w
XtWidgetGeometry *request
XtWidgetGeometry *reply_return
w
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
request
Specifies the desired widget geometry (size, position, border width,
and stacking order).
reply_return
Returns the allowed widget size, or may be NULL
if the requesting widget is not interested in handling
XtGeometryAlmost.
Depending on the condition,
performs the following:
If the widget is unmanaged or the widget's parent is not realized,
it makes the changes and returns
XtGeometryYes.
If the parent's class is not a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass
or the parent's geometry_manager field is NULL,
it issues an error.
If the widget's being_destroyed field is
True,
it returns
XtGeometryNo.
If the widget x, y, width, height, and
border_width fields are
all equal to the requested values,
it returns
XtGeometryYes;
otherwise, it calls the parent's geometry_manager procedure
with the given parameters.
If the parent's geometry manager returns
XtGeometryYes
and if
XtCWQueryOnly
is not set in request->request_mode
and if the widget is realized,
calls the
XConfigureWindow
Xlib function to reconfigure the widget's window (set its size, location,
and stacking order as appropriate).
If the geometry manager returns
XtGeometryDone,
the change has been approved and actually has been done.
In this case,
does no configuring and returns
XtGeometryYes.
never returns
XtGeometryDone.
Otherwise,
just returns the resulting value from the parent's geometry manager.
Children of primitive widgets are always unmanaged; therefore,
always returns
XtGeometryYes
when called by a child of a primitive widget.
The return codes from geometry managers are
typedef enum {
XtGeometryYes,
XtGeometryNo,
XtGeometryAlmost,
XtGeometryDone
} XtGeometryResult;
The request_mode definitions are from
<X11/X.h>.
#define
CWX
(1<<0)
#define
CWY
(1<<1)
#define
CWWidth
(1<<2)
#define
CWHeight
(1<<3)
#define
CWBorderWidth
(1<<4)
#define
CWSibling
(1<<5)
#define
CWStackMode
(1<<6)
The Intrinsics also support the following value.
#define
XtCWQueryOnly
(1<<7)
XtCWQueryOnly
indicates that the corresponding geometry request is only a query
as to what would happen if this geometry request were made
and that no widgets should actually be changed.
,
like the
XConfigureWindow
Xlib function, uses request_mode to determine which fields in the
XtWidgetGeometry
structure the caller wants to specify.
The stack_mode definitions are from
<X11/X.h>:
#define
Above
0
#define
Below
1
#define
TopIf
2
#define
BottomIf
3
#define
Opposite
4
The Intrinsics also support the following value.
#define
XtSMDontChange
5
For definition and behavior of
Above,
Below,
TopIf,
BottomIf,
and
Opposite,
BLAH
in Xlib — C Language X Interface..
XtSMDontChange
indicates that the widget wants its current stacking order preserved.
Resize Requests
To make a simple resize request from a widget, you can use
as an alternative to
.
typedef XtGeometryResult XtMakeResizeRequest
Widget w
Dimension width
Dimension *width_return
w
Specifies the widget making the request. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
width
Specify the desired widget width and height.
height
width_return
Return the allowed widget width and height.
height_return
The
function, a simple interface to
,
creates an
XtWidgetGeometry
structure and specifies that width and height should change
by setting request_mode to
CWWidth
|
CWHeight.
The geometry manager is free to modify any of the other window attributes
(position or stacking order) to satisfy the resize request.
If the return value is
XtGeometryAlmost,
width_return and height_return contain a compromise width and height.
If these are acceptable,
the widget should immediately call
again and request that the compromise width and height be applied.
If the widget is not interested in
XtGeometryAlmost
replies,
it can pass NULL for width_return and height_return.
Potential Geometry Changes
Sometimes a geometry manager cannot respond to
a geometry request from a child without first making a geometry request
to the widget's own parent (the original requestor's grandparent).
If the request to the grandparent would allow the parent to satisfy the
original request,
the geometry manager can make the intermediate geometry request
as if it were the originator.
On the other hand,
if the geometry manager already has determined that the original request
cannot be completely satisfied (for example, if it always denies
position changes),
it needs to tell the grandparent to respond to the intermediate request
without actually changing the geometry
because it does not know if the child will accept the compromise.
To accomplish this, the geometry manager uses
XtCWQueryOnly
in the intermediate request.
When
XtCWQueryOnly
is used, the geometry manager needs to cache
enough information to exactly reconstruct the intermediate request.
If the grandparent's response to the intermediate query was
XtGeometryAlmost,
the geometry manager needs to cache the entire
reply geometry in the event the child accepts the parent's compromise.
If the grandparent's response was
XtGeometryAlmost,
it may also be necessary to cache the entire reply geometry from
the grandparent when
XtCWQueryOnly
is not used.
If the geometry manager is still able to satisfy the original request,
it may immediately accept the grandparent's compromise
and then act on the child's request.
If the grandparent's compromise geometry is insufficient to allow
the child's request and if the geometry manager is willing to offer
a different compromise to the child,
the grandparent's compromise should not be accepted until the child
has accepted the new compromise.
Note that a compromise geometry returned with
XtGeometryAlmost
is guaranteed only for the next call to the same widget;
therefore, a cache of size 1 is sufficient.
Child Geometry Management: The geometry_manager Procedure
The geometry_manager procedure pointer in a composite widget class is of type
.
XtGeometryResult *XtGeometryHandler
Widget w
XtWidgetGeometry *request
XtWidgetGeometry *geometry_return
w
Passes the widget making the request.
request
Passes the new geometry the child desires.
geometry_return
Passes a geometry structure in which the geometry manager may store a
compromise.
A class can inherit its superclass's geometry manager during class
initialization.
A bit set to zero in the request's request_mode
field means that the child widget
does not care about the value of the corresponding field,
so the geometry manager can change this field as it wishes.
A bit set to 1 means that the child wants that geometry element set
to the value in the corresponding field.
If the geometry manager can satisfy all changes requested
and if
XtCWQueryOnly
is not specified,
it updates the widget's x, y, width, height,
and border_width fields
appropriately.
Then, it returns
XtGeometryYes,
and the values pointed to by the geometry_return argument are undefined.
The widget's window is moved and resized automatically by
.
Homogeneous composite widgets often find it convenient to treat the widget
making the request the same as any other widget, including reconfiguring
it using
or
as part of its layout process, unless
XtCWQueryOnly
is specified.
If it does this,
it should return
XtGeometryDone
to inform
that it does not need to do the configuration itself.
To remain
compatible with layout techniques used in older widgets (before
XtGeometryDone
was added to the Intrinsics), a geometry manager should avoid using
or
on the child making
the request because the layout process of the child may be in an
intermediate state in which it is not prepared to handle a call to its
resize procedure. A self-contained widget set may choose this
alternative geometry management scheme, however, provided that it
clearly warns widget developers of the compatibility consequences.
Although
resizes the widget's window
(if the geometry
manager returns
XtGeometryYes ),
it does not call the widget class's resize procedure.
The requesting widget must perform whatever
resizing calculations are needed explicitly.
If the geometry manager disallows the request,
the widget cannot change its geometry.
The values pointed to by geometry_return are undefined,
and the geometry manager returns
XtGeometryNo.
Sometimes the geometry manager cannot satisfy the request exactly
but may be able to satisfy a similar request.
That is,
it could satisfy only a subset of the requests (for example,
size but not position) or a lesser request
(for example, it cannot make the child as big as the
request but it can make the child bigger than its current size).
In such cases,
the geometry manager fills in the structure pointed to by
geometry_return with the actual changes
it is willing to make, including an appropriate request_mode mask, and returns
XtGeometryAlmost.
If a bit in geometry_return->request_mode is zero,
the geometry manager agrees not to change the corresponding value
if geometry_return is used immediately
in a new request.
If a bit is 1,
the geometry manager does change that element to the corresponding
value in geometry_return.
More bits may be set in geometry_return->request_mode
than in the original request if
the geometry manager intends to change other fields should the
child accept the compromise.
When
XtGeometryAlmost
is returned,
the widget must decide if the compromise suggested in geometry_return
is acceptable.
If it is, the widget must not change its geometry directly;
rather, it must make another call to
.
If the next geometry request from this child uses the
geometry_return values filled in by the geometry manager with an
XtGeometryAlmost
return and if there have been no intervening geometry requests on
either its parent or any of its other children,
the geometry manager must grant the request, if possible.
That is, if the child asks immediately with the returned geometry,
it should get an answer of
XtGeometryYes.
However,
dynamic behavior in
the user's window manager may affect the final outcome.
To return
XtGeometryYes,
the geometry manager frequently rearranges the position of other managed
children by calling
.
However, a few geometry managers may sometimes change the
size of other managed children by calling
or
.
If
XtCWQueryOnly
is specified,
the geometry manager must return data describing
how it would react to this geometry
request without actually moving or resizing any widgets.
Geometry managers must not assume that the request
and geometry_return arguments point to independent storage.
The caller is permitted to use the same field for both,
and the geometry manager must allocate its own temporary storage,
if necessary.
Widget Placement and Sizing
To move a sibling widget of the child making the geometry request,
the parent uses
.
void XtMoveWidget
Widget w
Position x
Position y
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
x
y
Specify the new widget x and y coordinates.
The
function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
are the same as the old values.
Otherwise,
writes the new x and y values into the object
and, if the object is a widget and is realized, issues an Xlib
XMoveWindow
call on the widget's window.
To resize a sibling widget of the child making the geometry request,
the parent uses
.
void XtResizeWidget
Widget w
Dimension width
Dimension height
Dimension border_width
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
width
height
border_width
Specify the new widget size.
The
function returns immediately if the specified geometry fields
are the same as the old values.
Otherwise,
writes the new width, height, and border_width values into
the object and, if the object is a widget and is realized, issues an
XConfigureWindow
call on the widget's window.
If the new width or height is different from the old values,
calls the object's resize procedure to notify it of the size change.
To move and resize the sibling widget of the child making the geometry request,
the parent uses
.
void XtConfigureWidget
Widget w
Position x
Position y
Dimension width
Dimension height
Dimension border_width
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
x
y
Specify the new widget x and y coordinates.
width
height
border_width
Specify the new widget size.
The
function returns immediately if the specified new geometry fields
are all equal to the current values.
Otherwise,
writes the new x, y, width, height,
and border_width values
into the object and, if the object is a widget and is realized, makes an Xlib
XConfigureWindow
call on the widget's window.
If the new width or height is different from its old value,
calls the object's resize procedure to notify it of the size change;
otherwise, it simply returns.
To resize a child widget that already has the new values of its width,
height, and border width, the parent uses
.
void XtResizeWindow
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
The
function calls the
XConfigureWindow
Xlib function to make the window of the specified widget match its width,
height, and border width.
This request is done unconditionally because there is no
inexpensive way to tell if these
values match the current values.
Note that the widget's resize procedure is not called.
There are very few times to use
;
instead, the parent should use
.
Preferred Geometry
Some parents may be willing to adjust their layouts to accommodate the
preferred geometries of their children.
They can use
to obtain the preferred geometry
and, as they see fit, can use or ignore any portion of the response.
To query a child widget's preferred geometry, use
.
XtGeometryResult XtQueryGeometry
Widget w
XtWidgetGeometry *intended
XtWidgetGeometry *preferred_return
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
intended
Specifies the new geometry the parent plans to give to the child, or
NULL.
preferred_return
Returns the child widget's preferred geometry.
To discover a child's preferred geometry,
the child's parent stores the new
geometry in the corresponding fields of
the intended structure, sets the corresponding bits in intended.request_mode,
and calls
.
The parent should set only those fields that are important to it so
that the child can determine whether it may be able to attempt changes to
other fields.
clears all bits in the preferred_return->request_mode
field and checks the
query_geometry field of the specified widget's class record.
If query_geometry is not NULL,
calls the query_geometry procedure and passes as arguments the
specified widget, intended, and preferred_return structures.
If the intended argument is NULL,
replaces it with a pointer to an
XtWidgetGeometry
structure with request_mode equal to zero before calling the
query_geometry procedure.
If
is called from within a geometry_manager
procedure for the widget that issued
or
,
the results
are not guaranteed to be consistent with the requested changes. The
change request passed to the geometry manager takes precedence over
the preferred geometry.
The query_geometry procedure pointer is of type
.
typedef XtGeometryResult (*XtGeometryHandler)
Widget w
XtWidgetGeometry *request
XtWidgetGeometry *preferred_return
w
Passes the child widget whose preferred geometry is required.
request
Passes the geometry changes that the parent plans to make.
preferred_return
Passes a structure in which the child returns its preferred geometry.
The query_geometry procedure is expected to examine the bits set in
request->request_mode, evaluate the preferred geometry of the widget,
and store the result in preferred_return
(setting the bits in preferred_return->request_mode corresponding
to those geometry fields that it cares about).
If the proposed geometry change is acceptable without modification,
the query_geometry procedure should return
XtGeometryYes.
If at least one field in preferred_return
with a bit set in preferred_return->request_mode
is different
from the corresponding field in request
or if a bit was set in preferred_return->request_mode
that was not set in the request,
the query_geometry procedure should return
XtGeometryAlmost.
If the preferred geometry is identical to the current geometry,
the query_geometry procedure should return
XtGeometryNo.
The query_geometry procedure may assume
that no
or
is in progress
for the specified widget; that is, it is not required to construct
a reply consistent with the requested geometry if such a request
were actually outstanding.
After calling the query_geometry procedure
or if the query_geometry field is NULL,
examines all the unset bits in preferred_return->request_mode
and sets the corresponding fields in preferred_return
to the current values from the widget instance.
If
CWStackMode
is not set,
the stack_mode field is set to
XtSMDontChange.
returns the value returned by the query_geometry procedure or
XtGeometryYes
if the query_geometry field is NULL.
Therefore, the caller can interpret a return of
XtGeometryYes
as not needing to evaluate the contents of the reply and, more important,
not needing to modify its layout plans.
A return of
XtGeometryAlmost
means either that both the parent and the child expressed interest
in at least one common field and the child's preference does not match
the parent's intentions or that the child expressed interest in a field that
the parent might need to consider.
A return value of
XtGeometryNo
means that both the parent and the child expressed interest in a field and
that the child suggests that the field's current value in the widget instance
is its preferred value.
In addition, whether or not the caller ignores the return value or the
reply mask, it is guaranteed that the preferred_return structure contains complete
geometry information for the child.
Parents are expected to call
in their layout routine and wherever else the information is significant
after change_managed has been called.
The first time it is invoked,
the changed_managed procedure may assume that the child's current geometry
is its preferred geometry.
Thus, the child is still responsible for storing values
into its own geometry during its initialize procedure.
Size Change Management: The resize Procedure
A child can be resized by its parent at any time.
Widgets usually need to know when they have changed size
so that they can lay out their displayed data again to match the new size.
When a parent resizes a child, it calls
,
which updates the geometry fields in the widget,
configures the window if the widget is realized,
and calls the child's resize procedure to notify the child.
The resize procedure pointer is of type
.
If a class need not recalculate anything when a widget is resized,
it can specify NULL for the resize field in its class record.
This is an unusual case and should occur only for widgets
with very trivial display semantics.
The resize procedure takes a widget as its only argument.
The x, y, width, height,
and border_width fields of the widget contain the new values.
The resize procedure should recalculate the layout of internal data
as needed.
(For example, a centered Label in a window that changes size
should recalculate the starting position of the text.)
The widget must obey resize as a command and must not treat it as a request.
A widget must not issue an
or
call from its resize procedure.
e='sellibXt-1.1.5/specs/CH08.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000042271 12520610324 0015363 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Callbacks
Applications and other widgets often need to register a procedure
with a widget that gets called under certain prespecified conditions.
For example,
when a widget is destroyed,
every procedure on the widget's destroy_callbacks
list is called to notify clients of the widget's impending doom.
Every widget has an XtNdestroyCallbacks callback list resource.
Widgets can define additional callback lists as they see fit.
For example, the Pushbutton widget has a callback
list to notify clients when the button has been activated.
Except where otherwise noted, it is the intent that all Intrinsics
functions may be called at any time, including from within callback
procedures, action routines, and event handlers.
Using Callback Procedure and Callback List Definitions
Callback procedure pointers for use in callback lists are of type
.
typedef void (*XtCallbackProc)
Widget w
XtPointer client_data
XtPointer call_data
w
Specifies the widget owning the list in which the callback is registered.
client_data
Specifies additional data supplied by the client when the procedure
was registered.
call_data
Specifies any callback-specific data the widget wants to pass to the client.
For example, when Scrollbar executes its XtNthumbChanged callback list,
it passes the new position of the thumb.
The client_data argument provides a way for the
client registering the callback procedure also to register client-specific data,
for example, a pointer to additional information about the widget,
a reason for invoking the callback, and so on.
The client_data value may be NULL
if all necessary information is in the widget.
The call_data argument is a convenience to avoid having simple
cases where the client could otherwise always call
or a widget-specific function to retrieve data from the widget.
Widgets should generally avoid putting complex state information
in call_data.
The client can use the more general data retrieval methods, if necessary.
Whenever a client wants to pass a callback list as an argument in an
,
,
or
call, it should specify the address
of a NULL-terminated array of type
XtCallbackList.
typedef struct {
XtCallbackProc callback;
XtPointer closure;
} XtCallbackRec, *XtCallbackList;
For example, the callback list for procedures A and B with client data
clientDataA and clientDataB, respectively, is
static XtCallbackRec callbacks[] = {
{A, (XtPointer) clientDataA},
{B, (XtPointer) clientDataB},
{(XtCallbackProc) NULL, (XtPointer) NULL}
};
Although callback lists are passed by address in arglists
and varargs lists,
the Intrinsics recognize callback lists
through the widget resource list and will copy the contents
when necessary.
Widget initialize and set_values procedures
should not allocate memory for the callback list contents.
The Intrinsics automatically do this,
potentially using a different structure for their
internal representation.
Identifying Callback Lists
Whenever a widget contains a callback list for use by clients,
it also exports in its public .h file the resource name of the callback list.
Applications and client widgets never access callback list fields directly.
Instead, they always identify the desired callback list by using the exported
resource name.
All the callback manipulation functions described in this chapter
except
check
to see that the requested callback list is indeed implemented by the widget.
For the Intrinsics to find and correctly handle callback lists,
they must be declared with a resource type of
XtRCallback.
The internal representation of a callback list is
implementation-dependent; widgets may make no assumptions about the
value stored in this resource if it is non-NULL. Except to compare
the value to NULL (which is equivalent to
XtCallbackStatus
XtCallbackHasNone ),
access to callback list resources must be made
through other Intrinsics procedures.
Adding Callback Procedures
To add a callback procedure to a widget's callback list, use
.
void XtAddCallback
Widget w
String callback_name
XtCallbackProc callback
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
callback_name
Specifies the callback list to which the procedure is to be appended.
callback
Specifies the callback procedure.
client_data
Specifies additional data to be passed to the specified procedure
when it is invoked,
or NULL.
A callback will be invoked as many times as it occurs in the callback list.
To add a list of callback procedures to a given widget's callback list, use
.
void XtAddCallbacks
Widget w
String callback_name
XtCallbackList callbacks
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
callback_name
Specifies the callback list to which the procedures are to be appended.
callbacks
Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding
client data.
Removing Callback Procedures
To delete a callback procedure from a widget's callback list, use
.
void XtRemoveCallback
Widget w
String callback_name
XtCallbackProc callback
XtPointer client_data
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
callback_name
Specifies the callback list from which the procedure is to be deleted.
callback
Specifies the callback procedure.
client_data
Specifies the client data to match with the registered callback entry.
The
function removes a callback only if both the procedure and the client
data match.
To delete a list of callback procedures from a given widget's callback list, use
.
void XtRemoveCallbacks
Widget w
String callback_name
XtCallbackList callbacks
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
callback_name
Specifies the callback list from which the procedures are to be deleted.
callbacks
Specifies the null-terminated list of callback procedures and corresponding
client data.
To delete all callback procedures from a given widget's callback list
and free all storage associated with the callback list, use
.
void XtRemoveAllCallbacks
Widget w
String callback_name
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
callback_name
Specifies the callback list to be cleared.
Executing Callback Procedures
To execute the procedures in a given widget's callback list,
specifying the callback list by resource name, use
.
void XtCallCallbacks
Widget w
String callback_name
XtPointer call_data
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
callback_name
Specifies the callback list to be executed.
call_data
Specifies a callback-list-specific data value to pass to each of the callback
procedure in the list, or NULL.
calls each of the callback procedures in the list
named by callback_name in the specified widget, passing the client
data registered with the procedure and call-data.
To execute the procedures in a callback list, specifying the callback
list by address, use
.
void XtCallCallbackList
Widget widget
XtCallbackList callbacks
XtPointer call_data
widget
Specifies the widget instance that contains the callback list. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
callbacks
Specifies the callback list to be executed.
call_data
Specifies a callback-list-specific data value to pass
to each of the callback procedures in the list, or NULL.
The callbacks parameter must specify the contents of a widget or
object resource declared with representation type
XtRCallback.
If callbacks is NULL,
returns immediately; otherwise it calls each of the callback
procedures in the list, passing the client data and call_data.
Checking the Status of a Callback List
To find out the status of a given widget's callback list, use
.
typedef enum {XtCallbackNoList, XtCallbackHasNone, XtCallbackHasSome} XtCallbackStatus;
XtCallbackStatus XtHasCallbacks
Widget w
String callback_name
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
callback_name
Specifies the callback list to be checked.
The
function first checks to see if the widget has a callback list identified
by callback_name.
If the callback list does not exist,
returns
XtCallbackNoList.
If the callback list exists but is empty,
it returns
XtCallbackHasNone.
If the callback list exists and has at least one callback registered,
it returns
XtCallbackHasSome.
use
.
void XtAddCallbacks
Widget w
String callback_name
XtCallibXt-1.1.5/specs/appE.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000113452 12520610324 0015606 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Defined Strings
The StringDefs.h
header file contains definitions for the following resource name,
class, and representation type symbolic constants.
Resource names:
Symbol
Definition
XtNaccelerators
"accelerators"
XtNallowHoriz
"allowHoriz"
XtNallowVert
"allowVert"
XtNancestorSensitive
"ancestorSensitive"
XtNbackground
"background"
XtNbackgroundPixmap
"backgroundPixmap"
XtNbitmap
"bitmap"
XtNborder
"borderColor"
XtNborderColor
"borderColor"
XtNborderPixmap
"borderPixmap"
XtNborderWidth
"borderWidth"
XtNcallback
"callback"
XtNchangeHook
"changeHook"
XtNchildren
"children"
XtNcolormap
"colormap"
XtNconfigureHook
"configureHook"
XtNcreateHook
"createHook"
XtNdepth
"depth"
XtNdestroyCallback
"destroyCallback"
XtNdestroyHook
"destroyHook"
XtNeditType
"editType"
XtNfile
"file"
XtNfont
"font"
XtNfontSet
"fontSet"
XtNforceBars
"forceBars"
XtNforeground
"foreground"
XtNfunction
"function"
XtNgeometryHook
"geometryHook"
XtNheight
"height"
XtNhighlight
"highlight"
XtNhSpace
"hSpace"
XtNindex
"index"
XtNinitialResourcesPersistent
"initialResourcesPersistent"
XtNinnerHeight
"innerHeight"
XtNinnerWidth
"innerWidth"
XtNinnerWindow
"innerWindow"
XtNinsertPosition
"insertPosition"
XtNinternalHeight
"internalHeight"
XtNinternalWidth
"internalWidth"
XtNjumpProc
"jumpProc"
XtNjustify
"justify"
XtNknobHeight
"knobHeight"
XtNknobIndent
"knobIndent"
XtNknobPixel
"knobPixel"
XtNknobWidth
"knobWidth"
XtNlabel
"label"
XtNlength
"length"
XtNlowerRight
"lowerRight"
XtNmappedWhenManaged
"mappedWhenManaged"
XtNmenuEntry
"menuEntry"
XtNname
"name"
XtNnotify
"notify"
XtNnumChildren
"numChildren"
XtNnumShells
"numShells"
XtNorientation
"orientation"
XtNparameter
"parameter"
XtNpixmap
"pixmap"
XtNpopupCallback
"popupCallback"
XtNpopdownCallback
"popdownCallback"
XtNresize
"resize"
XtNreverseVideo
"reverseVideo"
XtNscreen
"screen"
XtNscrollProc
"scrollProc"
XtNscrollDCursor
"scrollDCursor"
XtNscrollHCursor
"scrollHCursor"
XtNscrollLCursor
"scrollLCursor"
XtNscrollRCursor
"scrollRCursor"
XtNscrollUCursor
"scrollUCursor"
XtNscrollVCursor
"scrollVCursor"
XtNselection
"selection"
XtNselectionArray
"selectionArray"
XtNsensitive
"sensitive"
XtNsession
"session"
XtNshells
"shells"
XtNshown
"shown"
XtNspace
"space"
XtNstring
"string"
XtNtextOptions
"textOptions"
XtNtextSink
"textSink"
XtNtextSource
"textSource"
XtNthickness
"thickness"
XtNthumb
"thumb"
XtNthumbProc
"thumbProc"
XtNtop
"top"
XtNtranslations
"translations"
XtNunrealizeCallback
"unrealizeCallback"
XtNupdate
"update"
XtNuseBottom
"useBottom"
XtNuseRight
"useRight"
XtNvalue
"value"
XtNvSpace
"vSpace"
XtNwidth
"width"
XtNwindow
"window"
XtNx
"x"
XtNy
"y"
Resource classes:
Symbol
Definition
XtCAccelerators
"Accelerators"
XtCBackground
"Background"
XtCBitmap
"Bitmap"
XtCBoolean
"Boolean"
XtCBorderColor
"BorderColor"
XtCBorderWidth
"BorderWidth"
XtCCallback
"Callback"
XtCColormap
"Colormap"
XtCColor
"Color"
XtCCursor
"Cursor"
XtCDepth
"Depth"
XtCEditType
"EditType"
XtCEventBindings
"EventBindings"
XtCFile
"File"
XtCFont
"Font"
XtCFontSet
"FontSet"
XtCForeground
"Foreground"
XtCFraction
"Fraction"
XtCFunction
"Function"
XtCHeight
"Height"
XtCHSpace
"HSpace"
XtCIndex
"Index"
XtCInitialResourcesPersistent
"InitialResourcesPersistent"
XtCInsertPosition
"InsertPosition"
XtCInterval
"Interval"
XtCJustify
"Justify"
XtCKnobIndent
"KnobIndent"
XtCKnobPixel
"KnobPixel"
XtCLabel
"Label"
XtCLength
"Length"
XtCMappedWhenManaged
"MappedWhenManaged"
XtCMargin
"Margin"
XtCMenuEntry
"MenuEntry"
XtCNotify
"Notify"
XtCOrientation
"Orientation"
XtCParameter
"Parameter"
XtCPixmap
"Pixmap"
XtCPosition
"Position"
XtCReadOnly
"ReadOnly"
XtCResize
"Resize"
XtCReverseVideo
"ReverseVideo"
XtCScreen
"Screen"
XtCScrollProc
"ScrollProc"
XtCScrollDCursor
"ScrollDCursor"
XtCScrollHCursor
"ScrollHCursor"
XtCScrollLCursor
"ScrollLCursor"
XtCScrollRCursor
"ScrollRCursor"
XtCScrollUCursor
"ScrollUCursor"
XtCScrollVCursor
"ScrollVCursor"
XtCSelection
"Selection"
XtCSelectionArray
"SelectionArray"
XtCSensitive
"Sensitive"
XtCSession
"Session"
XtCSpace
"Space"
XtCString
"String"
XtCTextOptions
"TextOptions"
XtCTextPosition
"TextPosition"
XtCTextSink
"TextSink"
XtCTextSource
"TextSource"
XtCThickness
"Thickness"
XtCThumb
"Thumb"
XtCTranslations
"Translations"
XtCValue
"Value"
XtCVSpace
"VSpace"
XtCWidth
"Width"
XtCWindow
"Window"
XtCX
"X"
XtCY
"Y"
Resource representation types:
Symbol
Definition
XtRAcceleratorTable
"AcceleratorTable"
XtRAtom
"Atom"
XtRBitmap
"Bitmap"
XtRBool
"Bool"
XtRBoolean
"Boolean"
XtRCallback
"Callback"
XtRCallProc
"CallProc"
XtRCardinal
"Cardinal"
XtRColor
"Color"
XtRColormap
"Colormap"
XtRCommandArgArray
"CommandArgArray"
XtRCursor
"Cursor"
XtRDimension
"Dimension"
XtRDirectoryString
"DirectoryString"
XtRDisplay
"Display"
XtREditMode
"EditMode"
XtREnum
"Enum"
XtREnvironmentArray
"EnvironmentArray"
XtRFile
"File"
XtRFloat
"Float"
XtRFont
"Font"
XtRFontSet
"FontSet"
XtRFontStruct
"FontStruct"
XtRFunction
"Function"
XtRGeometry
"Geometry"
XtRGravity
"Gravity"
XtRImmediate
"Immediate"
XtRInitialState
"InitialState"
XtRInt
"Int"
XtRJustify
"Justify"
XtRLongBoolean
XtRBool
XtRObject
"Object"
XtROrientation
"Orientation"
XtRPixel
"Pixel"
XtRPixmap
"Pixmap"
XtRPointer
"Pointer"
XtRPosition
"Position"
XtRRestartStyle
"RestartStyle"
XtRScreen
"Screen"
XtRShort
"Short"
XtRSmcConn
"SmcConn"
XtRString
"String"
XtRStringArray
"StringArray"
XtRStringTable
"StringTable"
XtRUnsignedChar
"UnsignedChar"
XtRTranslationTable
"TranslationTable"
XtRVisual
"Visual"
XtRWidget
"Widget"
XtRWidgetClass
"WidgetClass"
XtRWidgetList
"WidgetList"
XtRWindow
"Window"
Boolean enumeration constants:
Symbol
Definition
XtEoff
"off"
XtEfalse
"false"
XtEno
"no"
XtEon
"on"
XtEtrue
"true"
XtEyes
"yes"
Orientation enumeration constants:
Symbol
Definition
XtEvertical
"vertical"
XtEhorizontal
"horizontal"
Text edit enumeration constants:
Symbol
Definition
XtEtextRead
"read"
XtEtextAppend
"append"
XtEtextEdit
"edit"
Color enumeration constants:
Symbol
Definition
XtExtdefaultbackground
"xtdefaultbackground"
XtExtdefaultforeground
"xtdefaultforeground"
Font constant:
Symbol
Definition
XtExtdefaultfont
"xtdefaultfont"
Hooks for External Agents constants:
Symbol
Definition
XtHcreate
"Xtcreate"
XtHsetValues
"Xtsetvalues"
XtHmanageChildren
"XtmanageChildren"
XtHunmanageChildren
"XtunmanageChildren"
XtHmanageSet
"XtmanageSet"
XtHunmanageSet
"XtunmanageSet"
XtHrealizeWidget
"XtrealizeWidget"
XtHunrealizeWidget
"XtunrealizeWidget"
XtHaddCallback
"XtaddCallback"
XtHaddCallbacks
"XtaddCallbacks"
XtHremoveCallback
"XtremoveCallback"
XtHremoveCallbacks
"XtremoveCallbacks"
XtHremoveAllCallbacks
"XtremoveAllCallbacks"
XtHaugmentTranslations
"XtaugmentTranslations"
XtHoverrideTranslations
"XtoverrideTranslations"
XtHuninstallTranslations
"XtuninstallTranslations"
XtHsetKeyboardFocus
"XtsetKeyboardFocus"
XtHsetWMColormapWindows
"XtsetWMColormapWindows"
XtHmapWidget
"XtmapWidget"
XtHunmapWidget
"XtunmapWidget"
XtHpopup
"Xtpopup"
XtHpopupSpringLoaded
"XtpopupSpringLoaded"
XtHpopdown
"Xtpopdown"
XtHconfigure
"Xtconfigure"
XtHpreGeometry
"XtpreGeometry"
XtHpostGeometry
"XtpostGeometry"
XtHdestroy
"Xtdestroy"
The
Shell.h
header file contains definitions for the following resource name,
class, and representation type symbolic constants.
Resource names:
Symbol
Definition
XtNallowShellResize
"allowShellResize"
XtNargc
"argc"
XtNargv
"argv"
XtNbaseHeight
"baseHeight"
XtNbaseWidth
"baseWidth"
XtNcancelCallback
"cancelCallback"
XtNclientLeader
"clientLeader"
XtNcloneCommand
"cloneCommand"
XtNconnection
"connection"
XtNcreatePopupChildProc
"createPopupChildProc"
XtNcurrentDirectory
"currentDirectory"
XtNdieCallback
"dieCallback"
XtNdiscardCommand
"discardCommand"
XtNenvironment
"environment"
XtNerrorCallback
"errorCallback"
XtNgeometry
"geometry"
XtNheightInc
"heightInc"
XtNiconMask
"iconMask"
XtNiconName
"iconName"
XtNiconNameEncoding
"iconNameEncoding"
XtNiconPixmap
"iconPixmap"
XtNiconWindow
"iconWindow"
XtNiconX
"iconX"
XtNiconY
"iconY"
XtNiconic
"iconic"
XtNinitialState
"initialState"
XtNinput
"input"
XtNinteractCallback
"interactCallback"
XtNjoinSession
"joinSession"
XtNmaxAspectX
"maxAspectX"
XtNmaxAspectY
"maxAspectY"
XtNmaxHeight
"maxHeight"
XtNmaxWidth
"maxWidth"
XtNminAspectX
"minAspectX"
XtNminAspectY
"minAspectY"
XtNminHeight
"minHeight"
XtNminWidth
"minWidth"
XtNoverrideRedirect
"overrideRedirect"
XtNprogramPath
"programPath"
XtNresignCommand
"resignCommand"
XtNrestartCommand
"restartCommand"
XtNrestartStyle
"restartStyle"
XtNsaveCallback
"saveCallback"
XtNsaveCompleteCallback
"saveCompleteCallback"
XtNsaveUnder
"saveUnder"
XtNsessionID
"sessionID"
XtNshutdownCommand
"shutdownCommand"
XtNtitle
"title"
XtNtitleEncoding
"titleEncoding"
XtNtransient
"transient"
XtNtransientFor
"transientFor"
XtNurgency
"urgency"
XtNvisual
"visual"
XtNwaitForWm
"waitforwm"
XtNwaitforwm
"waitforwm"
XtNwidthInc
"widthInc"
XtNwindowGroup
"windowGroup"
XtNwindowRole
"windowRole"
XtNwinGravity
"winGravity"
XtNwmTimeout
"wmTimeout"
Resource classes:
Symbol
Definition
XtCAllowShellResize
"allowShellResize"
XtCArgc
"Argc"
XtCArgv
"Argv"
XtCBaseHeight
"BaseHeight"
XtCBaseWidth
"BaseWidth"
XtCClientLeader
"ClientLeader"
XtCCloneCommand
"CloneCommand"
XtCConnection
"Connection"
XtCCreatePopupChildProc
"CreatePopupChildProc"
XtCCurrentDirectory
"CurrentDirectory"
XtCDiscardCommand
"DiscardCommand"
XtCEnvironment
"Environment"
XtCGeometry
"Geometry"
XtCHeightInc
"HeightInc"
XtCIconMask
"IconMask"
XtCIconName
"IconName"
XtCIconNameEncoding
"IconNameEncoding"
XtCIconPixmap
"IconPixmap"
XtCIconWindow
"IconWindow"
XtCIconX
"IconX"
XtCIconY
"IconY"
XtCIconic
"Iconic"
XtCInitialState
"InitialState"
XtCInput
"Input"
XtCJoinSession
"JoinSession"
XtCMaxAspectX
"MaxAspectX"
XtCMaxAspectY
"MaxAspectY"
XtCMaxHeight
"MaxHeight"
XtCMaxWidth
"MaxWidth"
XtCMinAspectX
"MinAspectX"
XtCMinAspectY
"MinAspectY"
XtCMinHeight
"MinHeight"
XtCMinWidth
"MinWidth"
XtCOverrideRedirect
"OverrideRedirect"
XtCProgramPath
"ProgramPath"
XtCResignCommand
"ResignCommand"
XtCRestartCommand
"RestartCommand"
XtCRestartStyle
"RestartStyle"
XtCSaveUnder
"SaveUnder"
XtCSessionID
"SessionID"
XtCShutdownCommand
"ShutdownCommand"
XtCTitle
"Title"
XtCTitleEncoding
"TitleEncoding"
XtCTransient
"Transient"
XtCTransientFor
"TransientFor"
XtCUrgency
"Urgency"
XtCVisual
"Visual"
XtCWaitForWm
"Waitforwm"
XtCWaitforwm
"Waitforwm"
XtCWidthInc
"WidthInc"
XtCWindowGroup
"WindowGroup"
XtCWindowRole
"WindowRole"
XtCWinGravity
"WinGravity"
XtCWmTimeout
"WmTimeout"
Resource representation types:
Symbol
Definition
XtRAtom
"Atom"
ack"
XtNdiscardCommand
"discardCommand"
XtNenvironment
"environment"
libXt-1.1.5/specs/appB.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000077371 12520610324 0015614 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Translation Table Syntax
Notation
Syntax is specified in EBNF notation with the following conventions:
[ a ]
Means either nothing or "a"
{ a }
Means zero or more occurrences of "a"
( a | b )
Means either "a" or "b"
\\n
Is the newline character
All terminals are enclosed in double quotation marks (" ").
Informal descriptions are enclosed in angle brackets (< >).
Syntax
The syntax of a translation table is
translationTable
= [ directive ] { production }
directive
= ( "#replace" | "#override" | "#augment" ) "\\\\n"
production
= lhs ":" rhs "\\\\n"
lhs
= ( event | keyseq ) { "," (event | keyseq) }
keyseq
= """ keychar {keychar} """
keychar
= [ "^" | "$" | "\\\\" ] <ISO Latin 1 character>
event
= [modifier_list] "<"event_type">" [ "(" count["+"] ")" ] {detail}
modifier_list
= ( ["!"] [":"] {modifier} ) | "None"
modifier
= ["~"] modifier_name
count
= ("1" | "2" | "3" | "4" | ...)
modifier_name
= "@" <keysym> | <see ModifierNames table below>
event_type
= <see Event Types table below>
detail
= <event specific details>
rhs
= { name "(" [params] ")" }
name
= namechar { namechar }
namechar
= { "a"-"z" | "A"-"Z" | "0"-"9" | "_" | "-" }
params
= string {"," string}
string
= quoted_string | unquoted_string
quoted_string
= "
{<Latin 1 character> | escape_char} ["\\\\" ] "
escape_char
= "\\""
unquoted_string
= {<Latin 1 character except space, tab, ",", "\\n", ")">}
The params field is parsed into a list of
String
values that will be passed to the named action procedure. A
quoted string may contain an embedded quotation mark if the
quotation mark is preceded by a single backslash (\). The
three-character sequence "\\\"" is interpreted as "single backslash
followed by end-of-string".
Modifier Names
The modifier field is used to specify standard X keyboard and button
modifier mask bits.
Modifiers are legal on event types
KeyPress,
KeyRelease,
ButtonPress,
ButtonRelease,
MotionNotify,
EnterNotify,
LeaveNotify,
and their abbreviations.
An error is generated when a translation table
that contains modifiers for any other events is parsed.
If the modifier list has no entries and is not "None",
it means "don't care" on all modifiers.
If an exclamation point (!) is specified at the beginning
of the modifier list,
it means that the listed modifiers must be in the correct state
and no other modifiers can be asserted.
If any modifiers are specified
and an exclamation point (!) is not specified,
it means that the listed modifiers must be in the
correct state and "don't care" about any other modifiers.
If a modifier is preceded by a tilde (~),
it means that that modifier must not be asserted.
If "None" is specified, it means no modifiers can be asserted.
If a colon (:) is specified at the beginning of the modifier list,
it directs the Intrinsics to apply any standard modifiers in the
event to map the event keycode into a KeySym.
The default standard modifiers are Shift and Lock,
with the interpretation as defined in X Window
System Protocol, Section 5.
The resulting KeySym must exactly match the specified
KeySym, and the nonstandard modifiers in the event must match the
modifier list.
For example, ":<Key>a" is distinct from ":<Key>A",
and ":Shift<Key>A" is distinct from ":<Key>A".
If both an exclamation point (!) and a colon (:) are specified at
the beginning of the modifier list, it means that the listed
modifiers must be in the correct state and that no other modifiers
except the standard modifiers can be asserted. Any standard
modifiers in the event are applied as for colon (:) above.
If a colon (:) is not specified,
no standard modifiers are applied.
Then, for example, "<Key>A" and "<Key>a" are equivalent.
In key sequences,
a circumflex (^) is an abbreviation for the Control modifier,
a dollar sign ($) is an abbreviation for Meta,
and a backslash (\) can be used to quote any
character, in particular a double quote ("), a circumflex (^),
a dollar sign ($), and another backslash (\).
Briefly:
No modifiers: None <event> detail
Any modifiers: <event> detail
Only these modifiers: ! mod1 mod2 <event> detail
These modifiers and any others: mod1 mod2 <event> detail
The use of "None" for a modifier list is identical to the use
of an exclamation point with no modifers.
Modifier
Abbreviation
Meaning
Ctrl
c
Control modifier bit
Shift
s
Shift modifier bit
Lock
l
Lock modifier bit
Meta
m
Meta key modifier
Hyper
h
Hyper key modifier
Super
su
Super key modifier
Alt
a
Alt key modifier
Mod1
Mod1 modifier bit
Mod2
Mod2 modifier bit
Mod3
Mod3 modifier bit
Mod4
Mod4 modifier bit
Mod5
Mod5 modifier bit
Button1
Button1 modifier bit
Button2
Button2 modifier bit
Button3
Button3 modifier bit
Button4
Button4 modifier bit
Button5
Button5 modifier bit
None
No modifiers
Any
Any modifier combination
A key modifier is any modifier bit one of whose corresponding KeyCodes
contains the corresponding left or right KeySym.
For example,
"m" or "Meta" means any modifier bit mapping to a KeyCode
whose KeySym list contains XK_Meta_L or XK_Meta_R.
Note that this interpretation is for each display,
not global or even for each application context.
The Control, Shift, and Lock modifier names refer
explicitly to the corresponding modifier bits;
there is no additional interpretation of KeySyms for these modifiers.
Because it is possible to associate arbitrary KeySyms with modifiers, the set of
key modifiers is extensible. The "@" <keysym> syntax means any
modifier bit whose corresponding KeyCode contains the specified KeySym name.
A modifier_list/KeySym combination in a translation matches a
modifiers/KeyCode combination in an event in the following ways:
If a colon (:) is used, the Intrinsics call the display's
with the KeyCode and modifiers.
To match, (modifiers & ~modifiers_return) must equal modifier_list, and
keysym_return must equal the given KeySym.
If (:) is not used, the Intrinsics mask off all don't-care bits from the
modifiers.
This value must be equal to modifier_list.
Then, for each possible combination of
don't-care modifiers in the modifier list, the Intrinsics call the display's
with the KeyCode and that combination ORed with the cared-about modifier bits
from the event.
Keysym_return must match the KeySym in the translation.
Event Types
The event-type field describes XEvent types.
In addition to the standard
Xlib symbolic event type names, the following event type synonyms
are defined:
Type
Meaning
Key
KeyPress
KeyDown
KeyPress
KeyUp
KeyRelease
BtnDown
ButtonPress
BtnUp
ButtonRelease
Motion
MotionNotify
PtrMoved
MotionNotify
MouseMoved
MotionNotify
Enter
EnterNotify
EnterWindow
EnterNotify
Leave
LeaveNotify
LeaveWindow
LeaveNotify
FocusIn
FocusIn
FocusOut
FocusOut
Keymap
KeymapNotify
Expose
Expose
GrExp
GraphicsExpose
NoExp
NoExpose
Visible
VisibilityNotify
Create
CreateNotify
Destroy
DestroyNotify
Unmap
UnmapNotify
Map
MapNotify
MapReq
MapRequest
Reparent
ReparentNotify
Configure
ConfigureNotify
ConfigureReq
ConfigureRequest
Grav
GravityNotify
ResReq
ResizeRequest
Circ
CirculateNotify
CircReq
CirculateRequest
Prop
PropertyNotify
SelClr
SelectionClear
SelReq
SelectionRequest
Select
SelectionNotify
Clrmap
ColormapNotify
Message
ClientMessage
Mapping
MappingNotify
The supported abbreviations are:
Abbreviation
Event Type
Including
Ctrl
KeyPress
with Control modifier
Meta
KeyPress
with Meta modifier
Shift
KeyPress
with Shift modifier
Btn1Down
ButtonPress
with Button1 detail
Btn1Up
ButtonRelease
with Button1 detail
Btn2Down
ButtonPress
with Button2 detail
Btn2Up
ButtonRelease
with Button2 detail
Btn3Down
ButtonPress
with Button3 detail
Btn3Up
ButtonRelease
with Button3 detail
Btn4Down
ButtonPress
with Button4 detail
Btn4Up
ButtonRelease
with Button4 detail
Btn5Down
ButtonPress
with Button5 detail
Btn5Up
ButtonRelease
with Button5 detail
BtnMotion
MotionNotify
with any button modifier
Btn1Motion
MotionNotify
with Button1 modifier
Btn2Motion
MotionNotify
with Button2 modifier
Btn3Motion
MotionNotify
with Button3 modifier
Btn4Motion
MotionNotify
with Button4 modifier
Btn5Motion
MotionNotify
with Button5 modifier
The detail field is event-specific and normally corresponds to the
detail field of the corresponding event as described
by X Window System Protocol, Section 11.
The detail field is supported for the following event types:
KeyPress
KeySym from event detail (keycode)
KeyRelease
KeySym from event detail (keycode)
ButtonPress
button from event detail
ButtonRelease
button from event detail
MotionNotify
event detail
EnterNotify
event mode
LeaveNotify
event mode
FocusIn
event mode
FocusOut
event mode
PropertyNotify
atom
SelectionClear
selection
SelectionRequest
selection
SelectionNotify
selection
ClientMessage
type
MappingNotify
request
If the event type is
KeyPress
or
KeyRelease,
the detail field
specifies a KeySym name in standard format which is matched against
the event as described above, for example, <Key>A.
For the
PropertyNotify,
SelectionClear,
SelectionRequest,
SelectionNotify,
and
ClientMessage
events the detail field is specified
as an atom name; for example, <Message>WM_PROTOCOLS. For the
MotionNotify,
EnterNotify,
LeaveNotify,
FocusIn,
FocusOut,
and
MappingNotify
events, either the symbolic constants as defined by
X Window
System Protocol, Section 11,
or the numeric values may be specified.
If no detail field is specified, then any value in the event detail is
accepted as a match.
A KeySym can be specified as any of the standard KeySym names,
a hexadecimal number prefixed with "0x" or "0X",
an octal number prefixed with "0", or a decimal number.
A KeySym expressed as a single digit is interpreted as the
corresponding Latin 1 KeySym, for example, "0" is the KeySym XK_0.
Other single character KeySyms are treated as literal constants from Latin 1,
for example, "!" is treated as 0x21.
Standard KeySym names are as defined in
<X11/keysymdef.h>
with the "XK_" prefix removed.
Canonical Representation
Every translation table has a unique, canonical text representation. This
representation is passed to a widget's
display_accelerator
procedure to describe the accelerators installed on that widget.
The canonical representation of a translation table is (see also
"Syntax")
translationTable
= { production }
production
= lhs ":" rhs "\\n"
lhs
=event { "," event }
event
=[modifier_list] "<"event_type">" [ "(" count["+"] ")" ] {detail}
modifier_list
= ["!"] [":"] {modifier}
modifier
= ["˜"] modifier_name
count
=("1" | "2" | "3" | "4" | ...)
modifier_name
= "@" <keysym> | <see canonical modifier names below>
event_type
= <see canonical event types below>
detail
=<event-specific details>
rhs
={ name "(" [params] ")" }
name
=namechar { namechar }
namechar
= { "a"-"z" | "A"-"Z" | "0"-"9" | "_" | "-" }
params
=string {"," string}
string
=quoted_string
quoted_string
= "
{<Latin 1 character> | escape_char} ["\\\\" ] "
escape_char
= "\\""
The canonical modifier names are
Ctrl Mod1 Button1
Shift Mod2 Button2
Lock Mod3 Button3
Mod4 Button4
Mod5 Button5
The canonical event types are
KeyPress
KeyRelease
ButtonPress
ButtonRelease
MotionNotify
EnterNotify
LeaveNotify
FocusIn
FocusOut
KeymapNotify
Expose
GraphicsExpose,
NoExpose
VisibilityNotify
CreateNotify
DestroyNotify
UnmapNotify
MapNotify
MapRequest
ReparentNotify
ConfigureNotify
ConfigureRequest
GravityNotify
ResizeRequest
CirculateNotify
CirculateRequest
PropertyNotify
SelectionClear
SelectionRequest
SelectionNotify
ColormapNotify
ClientMessage
Examples
Always put more specific events in the table before more general ones:
Shift <Btn1Down> : twas()\n\
<Btn1Down> : brillig()
For double-click on Button1 Up with Shift, use this specification:
Shift<Btn1Up>(2) : and()
This is equivalent to the following line with appropriate timers set
between events:
Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up>,Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up> : and()
For double-click on Button1 Down with Shift, use this specification:
Shift<Btn1Down>(2) : the()
This is equivalent to the following line with appropriate timers set
between events:
Shift<Btn1Down>,Shift<Btn1Up>,Shift<Btn1Down> : the()
Mouse motion is always discarded when it occurs between events in a table
where no motion event is specified:
<Btn1Down>,<Btn1Up> : slithy()
This is taken, even if the pointer moves a bit between the down and
up events.
Similarly, any motion event specified in a translation matches any number
of motion events.
If the motion event causes an action procedure to be invoked,
the procedure is invoked after each motion event.
If an event sequence consists of a sequence of events that is also a
noninitial subsequence of another translation,
it is not taken if it occurs in the context of the longer sequence.
This occurs mostly in sequences like the following:
<Btn1Down>,<Btn1Up> : toves()\n\
<Btn1Up> : did()
The second translation is taken only if the button release is not
preceded by a button press or if there are intervening events between the
press and the release.
Be particularly aware of this when using the repeat notation, above,
with buttons and keys,
because their expansion includes additional events;
and when specifying motion events, because they are implicitly included
between any two other events.
In particular,
pointer motion and double-click translations cannot coexist in the same
translation table.
For single click on Button1 Up with Shift and Meta, use this specification:
Shift Meta <Btn1Down>, Shift Meta<Btn1Up>: gyre()
For multiple clicks greater or equal to a minimum number,
a plus sign (+) may be appended to the final (rightmost)
count in an event sequence. The actions will be invoked
on the count-th click and each subsequent one arriving
within the multi-click time interval. For example:
Shift <Btn1Up>(2+) : and()
To indicate
EnterNotify
with any modifiers, use this specification:
<Enter> : gimble()
To indicate
EnterNotify
with no modifiers, use this specification:
None <Enter> : in()
To indicate
EnterNotify
with Button1 Down and Button2 Up and "don't care" about
the other modifiers, use this specification:
Button1 ~Button2 <Enter> : the()
To indicate
EnterNotify
with Button1 down and Button2 down exclusively, use this specification:
! Button1 Button2 <Enter> : wabe()
You do not need to use a tilde (~) with an exclamation point (!).
function>PropertyNotify,
SelectionClear,
SelectionRequest,
SelectionNotify,
and
ClientMessage
events the detail field is specified
as an atom name; for example, <MeslibXt-1.1.5/specs/Makefile.am 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000001163 12520610324 0016226 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
if ENABLE_SPECS
# Main DocBook/XML files (DOCTYPE book)
docbook = intrinsics.xml
# Included chapters, appendix, images
chapters = \
acknowledgement.xml \
preface.xml \
CH01.xml \
CH02.xml \
CH03.xml \
CH04.xml \
CH05.xml \
CH06.xml \
CH07.xml \
CH08.xml \
CH09.xml \
CH10.xml \
CH11.xml \
CH12.xml \
CH13.xml \
appA.xml \
appB.xml \
appC.xml \
appD.xml \
appE.xml \
appF.xml
# The location where the DocBook/XML files and their generated formats are installed
shelfdir = $(docdir)
# Generate DocBook/XML output formats with or without stylesheets
include $(top_srcdir)/docbook.am
endif ENABLE_SPECS
libXt-1.1.5/specs/CH05.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000074415 12520610324 0015365 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Pop-Up Widgets
Pop-up widgets are used to create windows outside of the
window hierarchy defined by the widget tree.
Each pop-up child has a window that is a descendant of the root window,
so that the pop-up window is not clipped by the pop-up widget's parent window.
Therefore, pop-ups are created and attached differently to their widget parent
than normal widget children.
A parent of a pop-up widget does not actively manage its pop-up children;
in fact, it usually does not operate upon them in any way.
The popup_list field in the
CorePart
structure contains the list of its pop-up children.
This pop-up list exists mainly to provide the proper place in the widget
hierarchy for the pop-up to get resources and to provide a place for
to look for all extant children.
A
composite
widget can have both normal and pop-up children.
A pop-up can be popped up from almost anywhere, not just by its parent.
The term child always refers to a normal, geometry-managed widget
on the composite widget's list of children, and the term
pop-up child always refers to a
widget on the pop-up list.
Pop-Up Widget Types
There are three kinds of pop-up widgets:
Modeless pop-ups
A modeless pop-up (for example, a dialog box that does not prevent
continued interaction with the rest of the application)
can usually be manipulated by the window manager
and looks like any other application window from the
user's point of view.
The application main window itself is a special case of a modeless pop-up.
Modal pop-ups
A modal pop-up (for example, a dialog box that requires user input to
continue)
can sometimes be manipulated by the window manager,
and except for events that occur in the dialog box,
it disables user-event distribution to the rest of the application.
Spring-loaded pop-ups
A spring-loaded pop-up (for example, a menu)
can seldom be manipulated by the window manager,
and except for events that occur in the pop-up or its descendants,
it disables user-event distribution to all other applications.
Modal pop-ups and spring-loaded pop-ups are very similar and should be coded as
if they were the same.
In fact, the same widget (for example, a ButtonBox or Menu widget) can be used both
as a modal pop-up and as a spring-loaded pop-up within the same application.
The main difference is that spring-loaded pop-ups are brought up
with the pointer and, because of the grab that the pointer button causes,
require different processing by the Intrinsics.
Furthermore, all user input remap events occurring outside the spring-loaded
pop-up (e.g., in a descendant) are also delivered to the spring-loaded
pop-up after they have been dispatched to the appropriate descendant, so
that, for example, button-up can take down a spring-loaded pop-up no
matter where the
button-up occurs.
Any kind of pop-up, in turn, can pop up other widgets.
Modal and spring-loaded pop-ups can constrain user events to
the most recent such pop-up or allow user events to be dispatched
to any of the modal or spring-loaded pop-ups
currently mapped.
Regardless of their type,
all pop-up widget classes are responsible for communicating with the
X window manager and therefore are subclasses of
one of the
Shell
widget classes.
Creating a Pop-Up Shell
For a widget to be popped up,
it must be the child of a pop-up shell widget.
None of the Intrinsics-supplied shells will
simultaneously manage more than one child.
Both the shell and child taken together are referred to as the pop-up.
When you need to use a pop-up,
you always refer to the pop-up by the pop-up shell,
not the child.
To create a pop-up shell, use
.
name
Specifies the instance name for the created shell widget.
widget_class
Specifies the widget class pointer for the created shell widget.
parent
Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
args
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function ensures that the specified class is a subclass of
Shell
and, rather than using insert_child to attach the widget to the parent's
children list,
attaches the shell to the parent's popup_list directly.
The screen resource for this widget is determined by first scanning
args for the XtNscreen argument. If no XtNscreen argument is
found, the resource database associated with the parent's screen
is queried for the resource name.screen, class
Class.Screen where Class is the class_name
field from the
CoreClassPart
of the specified widget_class.
If this query fails, the parent's screen is used.
Once the screen is determined,
the resource database associated with that screen is used to retrieve
all remaining resources for the widget not specified in
args.
A spring-loaded pop-up invoked from a translation table via
must already exist
at the time that the translation is invoked,
so the translation manager can find the shell by name.
Pop-ups invoked in other ways can be created when
the pop-up actually is needed.
This delayed creation of the shell is particularly useful when you pop up
an unspecified number of pop-ups.
You can look to see if an appropriate unused shell (that is, not
currently popped up) exists and create a new shell if needed.
To create a pop-up shell using varargs lists, use
.
name
Specifies the instance name for the created shell widget.
widget_class
Specifies the widget class pointer for the created shell widget.
parent
Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
...
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
resource specifications.
is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list as
described in Section 2.5.1.
Creating Pop-Up Children
Once a pop-up shell is created,
the single child of the pop-up shell can be created
either statically or dynamically.
At startup,
an application can create the child of the pop-up shell,
which is appropriate for pop-up children composed of a fixed set
of widgets.
The application can change the state of the subparts of
the pop-up child as the application state changes.
For example, if an application creates a static menu,
it can call
(or, in general,
)
on any of the buttons that make up the menu.
Creating the pop-up child early means that pop-up time is minimized,
especially if the application calls
on the pop-up shell at startup.
When the menu is needed,
all the widgets that make up the menu already exist and need only be mapped.
The menu should pop up as quickly as the X server can respond.
Alternatively,
an application can postpone the creation of the child until it is needed,
which minimizes application startup time and allows the pop-up child to
reconfigure itself each time it is popped up.
In this case,
the pop-up child creation routine might poll the application
to find out if it should change the sensitivity of any of its subparts.
Pop-up child creation does not map the pop-up,
even if you create the child and call
on the pop-up shell.
All shells have pop-up and pop-down callbacks,
which provide the opportunity either to make last-minute changes to a
pop-up child before it is popped up or to change it after it is popped down.
Note that excessive use of pop-up callbacks can make
popping up occur more slowly.
Mapping a Pop-Up Widget
Pop-ups can be popped up through several mechanisms:
A call to
or
.
One of the supplied callback procedures
,
,
or
.
The standard translation action
.
Some of these routines take an argument of type
XtGrabKind,
which is defined as
typedef enum {XtGrabNone, XtGrabNonexclusive, XtGrabExclusive} XtGrabKind;
The create_popup_child_proc procedure pointer
in the shell widget instance record is of type
.
w
Specifies the shell widget being popped up.
To map a pop-up from within an application, use
.
popup_shell
Specifies the shell widget.
grab_kind
Specifies the way in which user events should be constrained.
The
function performs the following:
Calls
to ensure popup_shell's class is a subclass of
shellWidgetClass.
Raises the window and returns if the shell's popped_up field is already
True.
Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popup_callback list,
specifying a pointer to the value of grab_kind as the call_data
argument.
Sets the shell popped_up field to
True,
the shell spring_loaded field to
False,
and the shell grab_kind field from grab_kind.
If the shell's create_popup_child_proc field is non-NULL,
calls it with popup_shell as the parameter.
If grab_kind is either
XtGrabNonexclusive
or
XtGrabExclusive,
it calls
XtAddGrab(popup_shell, (grab_kind == XtGrabExclusive), False)
Calls
with popup_shell specified.
Calls
XMapRaised
with the window of popup_shell.
To map a spring-loaded pop-up from within an application, use
.
popup_shell
Specifies the shell widget to be popped up.
The
function performs exactly as
except that it sets the shell spring_loaded field to
True
and always calls
with exclusive
True
and spring-loaded
True.
To map a pop-up from a given widget's callback list,
you also can register one of the
,
,
or
convenience routines as callbacks, using the pop-up shell widget as the
client data.
void XtCallbackNone
Widget w
XtPointer client_data
XtPointer call_data
w
Specifies the widget.
client_data
Specifies the pop-up shell.
call_data
Specifies the callback data argument,
which is not used by this procedure.
void XtCallbackNonexclusive
Widget w
XtPointer client_data
XtPointer call_data
w
Specifies the widget.
client_data
Specifies the pop-up shell.
call_data
Specifies the callback data argument,
which is not used by this procedure.
void XtCallbackExclusive
Widget w
XtPointer client_data
XtPointer call_data
w
Specifies the widget.
client_data
Specifies the pop-up shell.
call_data
Specifies the callback data argument,
which is not used by this procedure.
The
,
,
and
functions call
with the shell specified by the client_data argument
and grab_kind set as the name specifies.
,
,
and
specify
XtGrabNone,
XtGrabNonexclusive,
and
XtGrabExclusive,
respectively.
Each function then sets the widget that executed the callback list
to be insensitive by calling
.
Using these functions in callbacks is not required.
In particular,
an application must provide customized code for
callbacks that create pop-up shells dynamically or that must do more than
desensitizing the button.
Within a translation table,
to pop up a menu when a key or pointer button is pressed or when the pointer
is moved into a widget, use
,
or its synonym,
MenuPopup.
From a translation writer's point of view,
the definition for this translation action is
shell_name
Specifies the name of the shell widget to pop up.
is known to the translation manager,
which registers the corresponding built-in action procedure
XtMenuPopupAction
using
specifying owner_events
True,
event_mask
ButtonPressMask
|
ButtonReleaseMask,
and pointer_mode and keyboard_mode
GrabModeAsync.
If
is invoked on
ButtonPress,
it calls
on the specified shell widget.
If
is invoked on
KeyPress
or
EnterWindow,
it calls
on the specified shell widget with grab_kind set to
XtGrabNonexclusive.
Otherwise, the translation manager generates a
warning message and ignores the action.
tries to find the shell by searching the widget tree starting at
the widget in which it is invoked.
If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children of
that widget, it pops up the shell with the appropriate parameters.
Otherwise, it moves up the parent chain to find a pop-up child with the
specified name.
If
gets to the application top-level shell widget and has not
found a matching shell, it generates a warning and returns immediately.
Unmapping a Pop-Up Widget
Pop-ups can be popped down through several mechanisms:
A call to
The supplied callback procedure
The standard translation action
To unmap a pop-up from within an application, use
.
void XtPopdown
Widget popup_shell
popup_shell
Specifies the shell widget to pop down.
The
function performs the following:
Calls
to ensure popup_shell's class is a subclass of
shellWidgetClass.
Checks that the popped_up field of popup_shell is
True;
otherwise, it returns immediately.
Unmaps popup_shell's window and, if override_redirect is
False,
sends a synthetic
UnmapNotify
event as specified by the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.
If popup_shell's grab_kind is either
XtGrabNonexclusive
or
XtGrabExclusive,
it calls
.
Sets popup_shell's popped_up field to
False.
Calls the callback procedures on the shell's popdown_callback list,
specifying a pointer to the value of the shell's grab_kind field
as the call_data argument.
To pop down a pop-up from a callback list, you may use the callback
.
void XtCallbackPopdown
Widget w
XtPointer client_data
XtPointer call_data
w
Specifies the widget.
client_data
Specifies a pointer to the
XtPopdownID
structure.
call_data
Specifies the callback data argument,
which is not used by this procedure.
The
function casts the client_data parameter to a pointer of type
XtPopdownID.
typedef struct {
Widget shell_widget;
Widget enable_widget;
} XtPopdownIDRec, *XtPopdownID;
The shell_widget is the pop-up shell to pop down,
and the enable_widget is usually the widget that was used to pop it up
in one of the pop-up callback convenience procedures.
calls
with the specified shell_widget
and then calls
to resensitize enable_widget.
Within a translation table,
to pop down a spring-loaded menu when a key or pointer button is
released or when the
pointer is moved into a widget, use
or its synonym,
MenuPopdown.
From a translation writer's point of view,
the definition for this translation action is
shell_name
Specifies the name of the shell widget to pop down.
If a shell name is not given,
calls
with the widget for which the translation is specified.
If shell_name is specified in the translation table,
tries to find the shell by looking up the widget tree starting at the
widget in which it is invoked.
If it finds a shell with the specified name in the pop-up children
of that widget, it pops down the shell;
otherwise, it moves up the parent chain to find a pop-up child with the
specified name.
If
gets to the application top-level shell widget
and cannot find a matching shell,
it generates a warning and returns immediately.
d='XtPopup' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
with the shell specified by the client_data argument
and grab_kind set as the name specifies.
Widget Instantiation
A hierarchy of widget instances constitutes a widget tree.
The shell widget returned by
is the root of the widget tree instance.
The widgets with one or more children are the intermediate nodes of that tree,
and the widgets with no children of any kind are the leaves of the widget tree.
With the exception of pop-up children (see ),
this widget tree instance defines the associated X Window tree.
Widgets can be either composite or primitive.
Both kinds of widgets can contain children,
but the Intrinsics provide a set of management mechanisms for constructing
and interfacing between composite widgets, their children, and
other clients.
Composite widgets, that is, members of the class
compositeWidgetClass,
are containers for an arbitrary,
but widget implementation-defined, collection of children,
which may be instantiated by the composite widget itself,
by other clients, or by a combination of the two.
Composite widgets also contain methods for managing the geometry (layout)
of any child widget.
Under unusual circumstances,
a composite widget may have zero children,
but it usually has at least one.
By contrast,
primitive widgets that contain children typically instantiate
specific children of known classes themselves and do not expect external
clients to do so.
Primitive widgets also do not have general geometry management methods.
In addition,
the Intrinsics recursively perform many operations
(for example, realization and destruction)
on composite widgets and all their children.
Primitive widgets that have children must be prepared
to perform the recursive operations themselves on behalf of their children.
A widget tree is manipulated by several Intrinsics functions.
For example,
traverses the tree downward and recursively realizes all
pop-up widgets and children of composite widgets.
traverses the tree downward and destroys all pop-up widgets
and children of composite widgets.
The functions that fetch and modify resources traverse the tree upward
and determine the inheritance of resources from a widget's ancestors.
traverses the tree up one level and calls the geometry manager
that is responsible for a widget child's geometry.
To facilitate upward traversal of the widget tree,
each widget has a pointer to its parent widget.
The
Shell
widget that
returns has a parent pointer of NULL.
To facilitate downward traversal of the widget tree,
the children field of
each composite widget is a pointer to an array of child widgets,
which includes all normal children created,
not just the subset of children that are managed by the composite widget's
geometry manager.
Primitive widgets
that instantiate children are entirely responsible for all operations
that require downward traversal below themselves.
In addition,
every widget has a pointer to an array of pop-up children.
Initializing the X Toolkit
Before an application can call any Intrinsics function
other than
XtSetLanguageProc
and
,
it must initialize the Intrinsics by using
,
which initializes the Intrinsics internals
,
which initializes the per-application state
or
,
which initializes the per-display state
,
which creates the root of a widget tree
Or an application can call the convenience procedure
,
which combines the functions of the preceding procedures.
An application wishing to use the ANSI C locale mechanism should call
XtSetLanguageProc
prior to calling
,
,
,
or
.
Multiple instances of X Toolkit applications may be implemented
in a single address space.
Each instance needs to be able to read
input and dispatch events independently of any other instance.
Further, an application instance may need multiple display connections
to have widgets on multiple displays.
From the application's point of view, multiple display connections
usually are treated together as a single unit
for purposes of event dispatching.
To accommodate both requirements,
the Intrinsics define application contexts,
each of which provides the information needed to distinguish one application
instance from another.
The major component of an application context is a list of one or more X
Display
pointers for that application.
The Intrinsics handle all display connections within a single application
context simultaneously, handling input in a round-robin fashion.
The application context type
XtAppContext
is opaque to clients.
To initialize the Intrinsics internals, use
.
void XtToolkitInitialize
If
was previously called, it returns immediately.
When
is called before
,
the latter is protected against
simultaneous activation by multiple threads.
To create an application context, use
.
XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext
The
function returns an application context,
which is an opaque type.
Every application must have at least one application context.
To destroy an application context and close any
remaining display connections in it, use
.
void XtDestroyApplicationContext
XtAppContext app_context
app_context
Specifies the application context.
The
function destroys the specified application context.
If called from within an event dispatch (for example, in a callback procedure),
does not destroy the application context until the dispatch is complete.
To get the application context in which a given widget was created, use
.
XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget for which you want the application context. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
The
function returns the application context for the specified widget.
To initialize a display and add it to an application context, use
.
void XtDisplayInitialize
XtAppContext app_context
Display * display
String application_name
String application_class
XrmOptionDescRec * options
Cardinal num_options
int * argc
String * argv
app_context
Specifies the application context.
display
Specifies a previously opened display connection. Note that a single
display connection can be in at most one application context.
application_name
Specifies the name of the application instance.
application_class
Specifies the class name of this application,
which is usually the generic name for all instances of this application.
options
Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
The options argument is passed as a parameter to
XrmParseCommand.
For further information,
see Parsing Command Line Options in Xlib — C Language X Interface and of this specification.
num_options
Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
argc
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
argv
Specifies the list of command line parameters.
The
function retrieves the language string to be
used for the specified display (see ),
calls the language procedure (if set) with that language string,
builds the resource database for the default screen, calls the Xlib
XrmParseCommand
function to parse the command line,
and performs other per-display initialization.
After
XrmParseCommand
has been called,
argc and argv contain only those parameters that
were not in the standard option table or in the table specified by the
options argument.
If the modified argc is not zero,
most applications simply print out the modified argv along with a message
listing the allowable options.
On POSIX-based systems,
the application name is usually the final component of argv[0].
If the synchronous resource is
True,
calls the Xlib
XSynchronize
function to put Xlib into synchronous mode for this display connection
and any others currently open in the application context.
See
and
for details on the application_name,
application_class, options, and num_options arguments.
calls
XrmSetDatabase
to associate the resource database of the default screen with the
display before returning.
To open a display, initialize it, and then
add it to an application context, use
.
Display *XtOpenDisplay
XtAppContext app_context
String display_string
String application_name
String application_class
XrmOptionDescRec * options
Cardinal num_options
int * argc
String * argv
app_context
Specifies the application context.
display_string
Specifies the display string, or NULL.
application_name
Specifies the name of the application instance, or NULL.
application_class
Specifies the class name of this application,
which is usually the generic name for all instances of this application.
options
Specifies how to parse the command line for any application-specific resources.
The options argument is passed as a parameter to
XrmParseCommand.
num_options
Specifies the number of entries in the options list.
argc
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line parameters.
argv
Specifies the list of command line parameters.
The
function calls
XOpenDisplay
with the specified display_string.
If display_string is NULL,
uses the current value of the \-display option specified in argv.
If no display is specified in argv,
the user's default display is retrieved from the environment.
On POSIX-based systems,
this is the value of the
DISPLAY
environment variable.
If this succeeds,
then calls
and passes it the opened display and
the value of the \-name option specified in argv as the application name.
If no \-name option is specified
and application_name is
non-NULL, application_name is passed to
.
If application_name is NULL and if the environment variable
RESOURCE_NAME
is set, the value of
RESOURCE_NAME
is used. Otherwise, the application
name is the name used to invoke the program. On implementations that
conform to ANSI C Hosted Environment support, the application name will
be argv[0] less any directory and file type components, that is, the
final component of argv[0], if specified. If argv[0] does not exist or
is the empty string, the application name is ``main''.
returns the newly opened display or NULL if it failed.
See
for information regarding the use of
in multiple threads.
To close a display and remove it from an application context, use
.
void XtCloseDisplay
Display * display
display
Specifies the display.
The
function calls
XCloseDisplay
with the specified display as soon as it is safe to do so.
If called from within an event dispatch (for example, a callback procedure),
does not close the display until the dispatch is complete.
Note that applications need only call
if they are to continue executing after closing the display;
otherwise, they should call
.
See
for information regarding the use of
in multiple threads.
Establishing the Locale
Resource databases are specified to be created in the current process
locale. During display initialization prior to creating the
per-screen resource database, the Intrinsics will call out to a specified
application procedure to set the locale according to options found on
the command line or in the per-display resource specifications.
The callout procedure provided by the application is of type
XtLanguageProc.
typedef String (*XtLanguageProc)
Display display
String language
XtPointer client_data
display
Passes the display.
language
Passes the initial language value obtained from the command line
or server per-display resource specifications.
client_data
Passes the additional client data specified in the call to
XtSetLanguageProc.
The language procedure allows an application to set the locale to
the value of the language resource determined by
.
The function returns a new language string that
will be subsequently used by
to establish the path for loading resource files. The returned
string will be copied by the Intrinsics into new memory.
Initially, no language procedure is set by the Intrinsics.
To set the language procedure for use by
,
use
XtSetLanguageProc.
XtLanguageProc XtSetLanguageProc
XtAppContext app_context
XtLanguageProc proc
XtPointer client_data
app_context
Specifies the application context in which the language procedure is
to be used, or NULL.
proc
Specifies the language procedure.
client_data
Specifies additional client data to be passed to the language
procedure when it is called.
XtSetLanguageProc
sets the language procedure that will be called from
for all subsequent Displays initialized in the specified application
context. If app_context is NULL, the specified language
procedure is registered in all application contexts created by the
calling process, including any future application contexts that may
be created. If proc is NULL, a default language procedure is
registered.
XtSetLanguageProc
returns the previously registered language procedure.
If a language procedure has not yet been registered, the return value
is unspecified, but if this return value is used in a subsequent call to
XtSetLanguageProc,
it will cause the default language procedure to be registered.
The default language procedure does the following:
Sets the locale according to the environment. On ANSI C-based
systems this is done by calling
setlocale(
LC_ALL,
language ).
If an error is encountered, a warning message is issued with
.
Calls
XSupportsLocale
to verify that the current locale is supported.
If the locale is not supported, a warning message is issued with
and the locale is set to ``C''.
Calls
XSetLocaleModifiers
specifying the empty string.
Returns the value of the current locale. On ANSI C-based systems this
is the return value from a final call to
setlocale(
LC_ALL,
NULL ).
A client wishing to use this mechanism to establish locale can do so
by calling
XtSetLanguageProc
prior to
,
as in the following example.
Widget top;
XtSetLanguageProc(NULL, NULL, NULL);
top = XtOpenApplication(...);
...
Loading the Resource Database
The
function first determines the language
string to be used for the specified display. It then
creates a resource database for the default screen of the display by
combining the following sources in order, with the entries in the
first named source having highest precedence:
Application command line (argc, argv).
Per-host user environment resource file on the local host.
Per-screen resource specifications from the server.
Per-display resource specifications from the server or from
the user preference file on the local host.
Application-specific user resource file on the local host.
Application-specific class resource file on the local host.
When the resource database for a particular screen on the display
is needed (either internally, or when
is called),
it is created in the following manner using the sources listed
above in the same order:
A temporary database, the ``server resource database'', is
created from the string returned by
XResourceManagerString
or, if
XResourceManagerString
returns NULL, the contents of a resource file in the user's home
directory. On POSIX-based systems, the usual name for this user
preference resource file is $HOME/.Xdefaults.
If a language procedure has been set,
first searches the command line for the option ``-xnlLanguage'', or
for a -xrm option that specifies the xnlLanguage/XnlLanguage resource,
as specified by Section 2.4.
If such a resource is found, the value is assumed to be
entirely in XPCS, the X Portable Character Set. If neither option is
specified on the command line,
queries the server resource database (which is assumed to be entirely
in XPCS) for the resource
name.xnlLanguage, class Class.XnlLanguage
where name
and Class are the application_name and
application_class specified to
.
The language procedure is then invoked with
the resource value if found, else the empty string. The
string returned from the language procedure is saved for all future
references in the Intrinsics that require the per-display language string.
The screen resource database is initialized by parsing the command
line in the manner specified by Section 2.4.
If a language procedure has not been set,
the initial database is then queried for the resource
name.xnlLanguage, class Class.XnlLanguage
as specified above.
If this database query fails, the server resource database is
queried; if this query also fails, the language is determined from
the environment; on POSIX-based systems, this is done by retrieving the
value of the
LANG
environment variable. If no language string is
found, the empty string is used.
This language string is saved for all future references in the Intrinsics
that require the per-display language string.
After determining the language string, the user's environment resource
file is then merged into the initial resource database if the file exists.
This file is user-, host-, and process-specific and is expected to
contain user preferences that are to override those specifications in
the per-display and per-screen resources.
On POSIX-based systems, the user's environment resource file name is
specified by the value of the
XENVIRONMENT
environment variable.
If this environment variable does not exist, the user's home directory
is searched for a file named
.Xdefaults-host,
where host is the host name of the machine on which the
application is running.
The per-screen resource specifications are then merged into the screen
resource database, if they exist. These specifications are the string
returned by
XScreenResourceString
for the respective screen and are owned entirely by the user.
Next, the server resource database created earlier is merged into the
screen resource database. The server property, and corresponding user
preference file, are owned and constructed entirely by the user.
The application-specific user resource file from the local host is
then merged into the screen resource database.
This file contains user customizations and is stored
in a directory owned by the user.
Either the user or the application or both can store resource specifications
in the file. Each should be prepared to find and respect entries made
by the other.
The file name is found by calling
XrmSetDatabase
with the current screen resource database, after preserving the
original display-associated database, then calling
with the parameters
(display, NULL, NULL, NULL, path, NULL, 0, NULL),
where path is defined in an operating-system-specific way.
On POSIX-based systems, path is defined to be the value
of the environment variable
XUSERFILESEARCHPATH
if this is defined. If
XUSERFILESEARCHPATH
is not defined, an implementation-dependent default value is used.
This default value is constrained in the following manner:
If the environment variable
XAPPLRESDIR
is not defined, the default
XUSERFILESEARCHPATH
must contain at least six entries. These entries must contain
$HOME as the directory prefix, plus the following substitutions:
1. %C, %N, %L or %C, %N, %l, %t, %c
2. %C, %N, %l
3. %C, %N
4. %N, %L or %N, %l, %t, %c
5. %N, %l
6. %N
The order of these six entries within the path must be as given above.
The order and use of substitutions within a given entry are
implementation-dependent.
If
XAPPLRESDIR
is defined, the default
XUSERFILESEARCHPATH
must contain at least seven entries. These entries must contain the
following directory prefixes and substitutions:
1. $XAPPLRESDIR with %C, %N, %L or %C, %N, %l, %t, %c
2. $XAPPLRESDIR with %C, %N, %l
3. $XAPPLRESDIR with %C, %N
4. $XAPPLRESDIR with %N, %L or %N, %l, %t, %c
5. $XAPPLRESDIR with %N, %l
6. $XAPPLRESDIR with %N
7. $HOME with %N
The order of these seven entries within the path must be as given above.
The order and use of substitutions within a given entry are
implementation-dependent.
Last, the application-specific class resource file from the local
host is merged into the screen resource database.
This file is owned by the application and is usually installed in
a system directory when the application is installed.
It may contain sitewide customizations specified by the system manager.
The name of the application class resource file is found by calling
with the parameters
(display, ``app-defaults'', NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL).
This file is expected to be provided by the developer of the application
and may be required for the application to function properly.
A simple application that wants to be assured of having a minimal
set of resources in the absence of its class resource file can declare
fallback resource specifications with
.
Note that the customization substitution string is retrieved
dynamically by
so that the resolved file name of the application class resource file
can be affected by any of the earlier sources for the screen resource
database, even though the contents of the class resource file have
lowest precedence. After calling
,
the original display-associated database is restored.
To obtain the resource database for a particular screen, use
.
XrmDatabase XtScreenDatabase
Screen * screen
screen
Specifies the screen whose resource database is to be returned.
The
function returns the fully merged resource database as specified above,
associated with the specified screen. If the specified screen
does not belong to a
Display
initialized by
,
the results are undefined.
To obtain the default resource database associated with a particular display, use
.
XrmDatabase XtDatabase
Display * display
display
Specifies the display.
The
function is equivalent to
XrmGetDatabase.
It returns the database associated with the specified display, or
NULL if a database has not been set.
To specify a default set of resource values that will be used to
initialize the resource database if no application-specific class
resource file is found (the last of the six sources listed above),
use
.
void XtAppSetFallbackResources
XtAppContext * app_context
String * specification_list
app_context
Specifies the application context in which
the fallback specifications will be used.
specification_list
Specifies a NULL-terminated list of
resource specifications to preload
the database, or NULL.
Each entry in specification_list points to a string in the format of
XrmPutLineResource.
Following a call to
,
when a resource database is being created for a particular screen and
the Intrinsics are not able
to find or read an application-specific class resource file according to the
rules given above and if specification_list is not NULL, the
resource specifications in specification_list will be merged
into the screen resource database in place of the application-specific
class resource file.
is not
required to copy specification_list; the caller must ensure that the
contents of the list and of the strings addressed by the list remain
valid until all displays are initialized or until
is called again. The value NULL for
specification_list removes any previous fallback resource specification
for the application context. The intended use for fallback resources
is to provide a minimal
number of resources that will make the application usable (or at
least terminate with helpful diagnostic messages) when some problem
exists in finding and loading the application defaults file.
Parsing the Command Line
The
function first parses the command line for the following options:
-display
Specifies the display name for
XOpenDisplay.
-name
Sets the resource name prefix,
which overrides the application name passed to
.
-xnllanguage
Specifies the initial language string for establishing locale
and for finding application class resource files.
has a table of standard command line options that are passed to
XrmParseCommand
for adding resources to the resource database,
and it takes as a parameter additional
application-specific resource abbreviations.
The format of this table is described in Section 15.9 in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
typedef enum {
XrmoptionNoArg, /* Value is specified in OptionDescRec.value */
XrmoptionIsArg, /* Value is the option string itself */
XrmoptionStickyArg, /* Value is characters immediately following option */
XrmoptionSepArg, /* Value is next argument in argv */
XrmoptionResArg, /* Use the next argument as input to XrmPutLineResource*/
XrmoptionSkipArg, /* Ignore this option and the next argument in argv */
XrmoptionSkipNArgs, /* Ignore this option and the next */
/* OptionDescRec.value arguments in argv */
XrmoptionSkipLine /* Ignore this option and the rest of argv */
} XrmOptionKind;
typedef struct {
char *option; /* Option name in argv */
char *specifier; /* Resource name (without application name) */
XrmOptionKind argKind; /* Location of the resource value */
XPointer value; /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg */
} XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList;
The standard table contains the following entries:
Option String
Resource Name
Argument Kind
Resource Value
−background
*background
SepArg
next argument
−bd
*borderColor
SepArg
next argument
−bg
*background
SepArg
next argument
−borderwidth
.borderWidth
SepArg
next argument
−bordercolor
*borderColor
SepArg
next argument
−bw
.borderWidth
SepArg
next argument
−display
.display
SepArg
next argument
−fg
*foreground
SepArg
next argument
−fn
*font
SepArg
next argument
−font
*font
SepArg
next argument
−foreground
*foreground
SepArg
next argument
−geometry
.geometry
SepArg
next argument
−iconic
.iconic
NoArg
"true"
−name
.name
SepArg
next argument
−reverse
.reverseVideo
NoArg
"on"
−rv
.reverseVideo
NoArg
"on"
+rv
.reverseVideo
NoArg
"off"
−selectionTimeout
.selectionTimeout
SepArg
next argument
−synchronous
.synchronous
NoArg
"on"
+synchronous
.synchronous
NoArg
"off"
−title
.title
SepArg
next argument
−xnllanguage
.xnlLanguage
SepArg
next argument
−xrm
next argument
ResArg
next argument
−xtsessionID
.sessionID
SepArg
next argument
Note that any unique abbreviation for an option name in the standard table
or in the application table is accepted.
If reverseVideo is
True,
the values of
XtDefaultForeground
and
XtDefaultBackground
are exchanged for all screens on the Display.
The value of the synchronous resource specifies whether or not
Xlib is put into synchronous mode. If a value is found in the resource
database during display initialization,
makes a call to
XSynchronize
for all display
connections currently open in the application context. Therefore,
when multiple displays are initialized in the same application
context, the most recent value specified for the synchronous resource
is used for all displays in the application context.
The value of the selectionTimeout resource applies to all displays
opened in the same application context. When multiple displays are
initialized in the same application context, the most recent value
specified is used for all displays in the application context.
The -xrm option provides a method of setting any resource in an application.
The next argument should be a quoted string identical in format to a line in
the user resource file.
For example,
to give a red background to all command buttons in an application named
xmh,
you can start it up as
xmh -xrm 'xmh*Command.background: red'
When it parses the command line,
merges the application option table with the standard option table
before calling the Xlib
XrmParseCommand
function.
An entry in the application table with the same name as an entry
in the standard table overrides the standard table entry.
If an option name is a prefix of another option name,
both names are kept in the merged table.
The Intrinsics reserve all option names
beginning with the characters ``-xt'' for future standard uses.
Creating Widgets
The creation of widget instances is a three-phase process:
The widgets are allocated and initialized with resources
and are optionally added to the managed subset of their parent.
All composite widgets are notified of their managed children
in a bottom-up traversal of the widget tree.
The widgets create X windows, which then are mapped.
To start the first phase,
the application calls
for all its widgets and adds some (usually, most or all) of its widgets
to their respective parents' managed set by calling
.
To avoid an O(n2) creation process where each composite widget
lays itself out each time a widget is created and managed,
parent widgets are not notified of changes in their managed set
during this phase.
After all widgets have been created,
the application calls
with the top-level widget to execute the second and third phases.
first recursively traverses the widget tree in a postorder (bottom-up)
traversal and then notifies each composite widget with one
or more managed children by means of its change_managed procedure.
Notifying a parent about its managed set involves geometry layout and
possibly geometry negotiation.
A parent deals with constraints on its size imposed from above
(for example, when a user specifies the application window size)
and suggestions made from below (for example,
when a primitive child computes its preferred size).
One difference between the two can cause geometry changes to ripple
in both directions through the widget tree.
The parent may force some of its children to change size and position
and may issue geometry requests to its own parent in order to better
accommodate all its children.
You cannot predict where anything will go on the screen
until this process finishes.
Consequently, in the first and second phases,
no X windows are actually created, because it is likely
that they will get moved around after creation.
This avoids unnecessary requests to the X server.
Finally,
starts the third phase by making a preorder (top-down) traversal
of the widget tree, allocates an X window to each widget by means of
its realize procedure, and finally maps the widgets that are managed.
Creating and Merging Argument Lists
Many Intrinsics functions may be passed pairs of resource names and
values.
These are passed as an arglist, a pointer to an array of
Arg
structures, which contains
typedef struct {
String name;
XtArgVal value;
} Arg, *ArgList;
where
XtArgVal
is as defined in Section 1.5.
If the size of the resource is less than or equal to the size of an
XtArgVal,
the resource value is stored directly in value;
otherwise, a pointer to it is stored in value.
To set values in an
ArgList,
use
.
void XtSetArg
Arg arg
String name
XtArgVal value
arg
Specifies the name/value pair to set.
name
Specifies the name of the resource.
value
Specifies the value of the resource if it will fit in an
XtArgVal,
else the address.
The
function is usually used in a highly stylized manner to
minimize the probability of making a mistake; for example:
Arg args[20];
int n;
n = 0;
XtSetArg(args[n], XtNheight, 100); n++;
XtSetArg(args[n], XtNwidth, 200); n++;
XtSetValues(widget, args, n);
Alternatively, an application can statically declare the argument list
and use
:
static Args args[] = {
{XtNheight, (XtArgVal) 100},
{XtNwidth, (XtArgVal) 200},
};
XtSetValues(Widget, args, XtNumber(args));
Note that you should not use expressions with side effects such as
auto-increment or auto-decrement
within the first argument to
.
can be implemented as a macro that evaluates the first argument twice.
To merge two
arglist arrays, use
.
ArgList XtMergeArgLists
ArgList args1
Cardinal num_args1
ArgList args2
Cardinal num_args2
args1
Specifies the first argument list.
num_args1
Specifies the number of entries in the first argument list.
args2
Specifies the second argument list.
num_args2
Specifies the number of entries in the second argument list.
The
function allocates enough storage to hold the combined
arglist arrays and copies them into it.
Note that it does not check for duplicate entries.
The length of the returned list is the sum of the lengths of the
specified lists.
When it is no longer needed,
free the returned storage by using
.
All Intrinsics interfaces that require
ArgList
arguments have analogs
conforming to the ANSI C variable argument list
(traditionally called ``varargs'')
calling convention. The name of the analog is formed by prefixing
``Va'' to the name of the corresponding
ArgList
procedure; e.g.,
.
Each procedure named XtVasomething takes as its
last arguments, in place of the corresponding
ArgList/
Cardinal
parameters, a variable parameter list of resource name and
value pairs where each name is of type
String
and each value is of type
XtArgVal.
The end of the list is identified by a name entry
containing NULL. Developers writing in the C language wishing to pass
resource name and value pairs to any of these interfaces may use the
ArgList
and varargs forms interchangeably.
Two special names are defined for use only in varargs lists:
XtVaTypedArg
and
XtVaNestedList.
#define XtVaTypedArg "XtVaTypedArg"
If the name
XtVaTypedArg
is specified in place of a resource
name, then the following four arguments are interpreted as a
name/type/value/size tuple where name is of type
String,
type is of type
String,
value is of type
XtArgVal,
and size is of type int. When a varargs list containing
XtVaTypedArg
is processed, a resource type
conversion (see ) is performed if necessary to convert the
value into the format required by the associated resource. If type is
XtRString, then value contains a pointer to the string and size
contains the number of bytes allocated, including the trailing null
byte. If type is not XtRString, then if size is
less than or equal to
sizeof(XtArgVal), the value should be the data cast to the type
XtArgVal,
otherwise value is a pointer to the data. If the type
conversion fails for any reason, a warning message is issued and the
list entry is skipped.
#define XtVaNestedList "XtVaNestedList"
If the name
XtVaNestedList
is specified in place of a resource name,
then the following argument is interpreted as an
XtVarArgsList
value, which specifies another
varargs list that is logically inserted into the original list at the
point of declaration. The end of the nested list is identified with a
name entry containing NULL. Varargs lists may nest to any depth.
To dynamically allocate a varargs list for use with
XtVaNestedList
in multiple calls, use
.
typedef XtPointer XtVarArgsList;
XtVarArgsList XtVaCreateArgsList
XtPointer unused
...
unused
This argument is not currently used and must be specified as NULL.
...
Specifies a variable parameter list of resource
name and value pairs.
The
function allocates memory and copies its arguments into a
single list pointer, which may be used with
XtVaNestedList.
The end of
both lists is identified by a name entry containing NULL. Any entries
of type
XtVaTypedArg
are copied as specified without applying
conversions. Data passed by reference (including Strings) are not
copied, only the pointers themselves; the caller must ensure that the
data remain valid for the lifetime of the created varargs list. The
list should be freed using
when no longer needed.
Use of resource files and of the resource database is generally
encouraged over lengthy arglist or varargs lists whenever possible in
order to permit modification without recompilation.
Creating a Widget Instance
To create an instance of a widget, use
.
Widget XtCreateWidget
String name
WidgetClass object_class
Widget parent
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
name
Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget,
which is used for retrieving resources
and, for that reason, should not be the same as any other widget
that is a child of the same parent.
object_class
Specifies the widget class pointer for the created object. Must be objectClass or any subclass thereof.
parent
Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
args
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function performs all the boilerplate operations of widget
creation, doing the following in order:
Checks to see if the class_initialize procedure has been called for this class
and for all superclasses and, if not, calls those necessary in a
superclass-to-subclass order.
If the specified class is not
coreWidgetClass
or a subclass thereof,
and the parent's class is a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass
and either no extension record in
the parent's composite class part extension field exists with the
record_type
NULLQUARK
or the accepts_objects field in the extension
record is
False,
issues a fatal error; see and .
If the specified class contains an extension record in the object class
part extension field with record_type
NULLQUARK
and the allocate field is not NULL,
the procedure is invoked to allocate memory
for the widget instance. If the parent is a member of the class
constraintWidgetClass,
the procedure also allocates memory for the
parent's constraints and stores the address of this memory into the
constraints field. If no allocate procedure is found, the Intrinsics
allocate memory for the widget and, when applicable, the constraints,
and initializes the constraints field.
Initializes the Core nonresource data fields
self, parent, widget_class, being_destroyed,
name, managed, window, visible,
popup_list, and num_popups.
Initializes the resource fields (for example, background_pixel)
by using the
CoreClassPart
resource lists specified for this class and all superclasses.
If the parent is a member of the class
constraintWidgetClass,
initializes the resource fields of the constraints record
by using the
ConstraintClassPart
resource lists specified for the parent's class
and all superclasses up to
constraintWidgetClass.
Calls the initialize procedures for the widget starting at the
Object
initialize procedure on down to the widget's initialize procedure.
If the parent is a member of the class
constraintWidgetClass,
calls the
ConstraintClassPart
initialize procedures,
starting at
constraintWidgetClass
on down to the parent's
ConstraintClassPart
initialize procedure.
If the parent is a member of the class
compositeWidgetClass,
puts the widget into its parent's children list by calling its parent's
insert_child procedure.
For further information,
see .
To create an instance of a widget using varargs lists, use
.
Widget XtVaCreateWidget
String name
WidgetClass object_class
Widget parent
...
name
Specifies the resource name for the created widget.
object_class
Specifies the widget class pointer for the created object. Must be objectClass or any subclass thereof.
parent
Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
...
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
resource specifications.
The
procedure is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list,
as described
in Section 2.5.1.
Creating an Application Shell Instance
An application can have multiple top-level widgets, each of which
specifies a unique widget tree
that can potentially be on different screens or displays.
An application uses
to create independent widget trees.
Widget XtAppCreateShell
String name
String application_class
WidgetClass widget_class
Display * display
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
name
Specifies the instance name of the shell widget.
If name is NULL,
the application name passed to
is used.
application_class
Specifies the resource class string to be used in
place of the widget class_name string when
widget_class is
applicationShellWidgetClass
or a subclass thereof.
widget_class
Specifies the widget class for the top-level widget (e.g.,
applicationShellWidgetClass ).
display
Specifies the display for the default screen
and for the resource database used to retrieve
the shell widget resources.
args
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function
creates a new shell widget instance as the root of a widget tree.
The screen resource for this widget is determined by first scanning
args for the XtNscreen argument. If no XtNscreen argument is
found, the resource database associated with the default screen of
the specified display is queried for the resource name.screen,
class Class.Screen where Class is the specified
application_class if widget_class is
applicationShellWidgetClass
or a subclass thereof. If widget_class is not
application\%Shell\%Widget\%Class
or a subclass, Class is the class_name
field from the
CoreClassPart
of the specified widget_class.
If this query fails, the default
screen of the specified display is used. Once the screen is determined,
the resource database associated with that screen is used to retrieve
all remaining resources for the shell widget not specified in
args. The widget name and Class as determined above are
used as the leftmost (i.e., root) components in all fully qualified
resource names for objects within this widget tree.
If the specified widget class is a subclass of WMShell, the name and
Class as determined above will be stored into the
WM_CLASS
property on the widget's window when it becomes realized.
If the specified widget_class is
applicationShellWidgetClass
or a subclass thereof, the
WM_COMMAND
property will also be set from the values of the XtNargv and
XtNargc resources.
To create multiple top-level shells within a single (logical)
application,
you can use one of two methods:
Designate one shell as the real top-level shell and
create the others as pop-up children of it by using
.
Have all shells as pop-up children of an unrealized top-level shell.
The first method,
which is best used when there is a clear choice for what is the main window,
leads to resource specifications like the following:
xmail.geometry:... (the main window)
xmail.read.geometry:... (the read window)
xmail.compose.geometry:... (the compose window)
The second method,
which is best if there is no main window,
leads to resource specifications like the following:
xmail.headers.geometry:... (the headers window)
xmail.read.geometry:... (the read window)
xmail.compose.geometry:... (the compose window)
To create a top-level widget that is the root of a widget tree using
varargs lists, use
.
Widget XtVaAppCreateShell
String name
String application_class
WidgetClass widget_class
Display * display
name
Specifies the instance name of the shell widget.
If name is NULL,
the application name passed to
is used.
application_class
Specifies the resource class string to be used in
place of the widget class_name string when
widget_class is
applicationShellWidgetClass
or a subclass thereof.
widget_class
Specifies the widget class for the top-level widget.
display
Specifies the display for the default screen
and for the resource database used to retrieve
the shell widget resources.
...
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
resource specifications.
The
procedure is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list, as
described in Section 2.5.1.
Convenience Procedure to Initialize an Application
To initialize the Intrinsics internals, create an application context,
open and initialize a display, and create the initial root shell
instance, an application may use
or
.
Widget XtOpenApplication
XtAppContext * app_context_return
String application_class
XrmOptionDescList options
Cardinal num_options
int * argc_in_out
String * argv_in_out
String * fallback_resources
WidgetClass widget_class
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
app_context_return
Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
application_class
Specifies the class name of the application.
options
Specifies the command line options table.
num_options
Specifies the number of entries in options.
argc_in_out
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
argv_in_out
Specifies a pointer to the command line arguments.
fallback_resources
Specifies resource values to be used if the application class resource
file cannot be opened or read, or NULL.
widget_class
Specifies the class of the widget to be created. Must be shellWidgetClass
or a subclass.
args
Specifies the argument list to override any
other resource specifications for the created shell widget.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function calls
followed by
,
then calls
with display_string NULL and
application_name NULL, and finally calls
with name NULL, the specified widget_class,
an argument list and count,
and returns the created shell.
The recommended widget_class is
sessionShellWidgetClass.
The argument list and count are created by merging
the specified args and num_args with a list
containing the specified argc and argv.
The modified argc and argv returned by
are returned in argc_in_out and argv_in_out. If
app_context_return is not NULL, the created application context is
also returned. If the display specified by the command line cannot be
opened, an error message is issued and
terminates the application. If fallback_resources is non-NULL,
is called with the value prior to calling
.
Widget XtVaOpenApplication
XtAppContext * app_context_return
String application_class
XrmOptionDescList options
Cardinal num_options
int * argc_in_out
String * argv_in_out
String * fallback_resources
WidgetClass widget_class
app_context_return
Returns the application context, if non-NULL.
application_class
Specifies the class name of the application.
options
Specifies the command line options table.
num_options
Specifies the number of entries in options.
argc_in_out
Specifies a pointer to the number of command line arguments.
argv_in_out
Specifies the command line arguments array.
fallback_resources
Specifies resource values to be used if the application class
resource file cannot be opened, or NULL.
widget_class
Specifies the class of the widget to be created. Must be shellWidgetClass
or a subclass.
...
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
resource specifications for the created shell.
The
procedure is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters replaced by a varargs list,
as described
in Section 2.5.1.
Widget Instance Allocation: The allocate Procedure
A widget class may optionally provide an instance allocation procedure
in the
ObjectClassExtension
record.
When the call to create a widget includes a varargs list containing
XtVaTypedArg,
these arguments will be passed to the allocation procedure in an
XtTypedArgList.
typedef struct {
String name;
String type;
XtArgVal value;
int size;
} XtTypedArg, *XtTypedArgList;
The allocate procedure pointer in the
ObjectClassExtension
record is of type
.
typedef void (*AllocateProc)
WidgetClass widget_class
Cardinal* constraint_size
Cardinal* more_bytes
ArgList args
Cardinal* num_args
XtTypedArgList typed_args
Cardinal* num_typed_args
Widget* new_return
XtPointer* more_bytes_return
widget_class
Specifies the widget class of the instance to allocate.
constraint_size
Specifies the size of the constraint record to allocate, or 0.
more_bytes
Specifies the number of auxiliary bytes of memory to allocate.
args
Specifies the argument list as given in the call to create the widget.
num_args
Specifies the number of arguments.
typed_args
Specifies the list of typed arguments given in the call to create the widget.
num_typed_args
Specifies the number of typed arguments.
new_return
Returns a pointer to the newly allocated instance, or NULL in case of error.
more_bytes_return
Returns the auxiliary memory if it was requested, or NULL
if requested and an error occurred; otherwise, unchanged.
At widget allocation time, if an extension record with record_type
equal to
NULLQUARK
is located through the object class part extension field
and the allocate field is not NULL, the
will be invoked to allocate memory for the widget. If no ObjectClassPart
extension record is declared with record_type equal to
NULLQUARK,
then
XtInheritAllocate
and
XtInheritDeallocate
are assumed.
If no
is found, the Intrinsics will allocate memory for the widget.
An
must perform the following:
Allocate memory for the widget instance and return it in new_return.
The memory must be at least wc->core_class.widget_size bytes in length,
double-word aligned.
Initialize the core.constraints field in the instance record to NULL
or to point to a constraint record. If constraint_size
is not 0, the procedure must allocate memory for the constraint record.
The memory must be double-word aligned.
If more_bytes is not 0, then the address of a block of memory
at least more_bytes in size, double-word aligned, must be
returned in the more_bytes_return parameter,
or NULL to indicate an error.
A class allocation procedure that envelops the allocation procedure of a
superclass must rely on the enveloped procedure to perform the instance
and constraint allocation.
Allocation procedures should refrain from initializing fields in the
widget record except to store pointers to newly allocated additional memory.
Under no circumstances should an allocation procedure that envelopes
its superclass allocation procedure modify fields in the
instance part of any superclass.
Widget Instance Initialization: The initialize Procedure
The initialize procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
.
typedef void (*XtInitProc)
Widget request
Widget new
ArgList args
Cardinal * num_args
request
Specifies a copy of the widget with resource values as requested by the
argument list, the resource database, and the widget defaults.
new
Specifies the widget with the new values, both resource and nonresource,
that are actually allowed.
args
Specifies the argument list passed by the client, for
computing derived resource values.
If the client created the widget using a varargs form, any resources
specified via
XtVaTypedArg
are converted to the widget representation and the list is transformed
into the
ArgList
format.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
An initialization procedure performs the following:
Allocates space for and copies any resources referenced by address
that the client is allowed to free or modify
after the widget has been created.
For example,
if a widget has a field that is a
String,
it may choose not to
depend on the characters at that address remaining constant
but dynamically allocate space for the string and copy it to the new space.
Widgets that do not copy one or more resources referenced
by address should clearly so state in their user documentation.
It is not necessary to allocate space for or to copy callback lists.
Computes values for unspecified resource fields.
For example, if width and height are zero,
the widget should compute an appropriate width and height
based on its other resources.
A widget may directly assign only
its own width and height within the initialize, initialize_hook,
set_values, and
set_values_hook procedures; see .
Computes values for uninitialized nonresource fields that are derived from
resource fields.
For example, graphics contexts (GCs) that the widget uses are derived from
resources like background, foreground, and font.
An initialization procedure also can check certain fields for
internal consistency.
For example, it makes no sense to specify a colormap for a depth
that does not support that colormap.
Initialization procedures are called in superclass-to-subclass order
after all fields specified in the resource lists have been
initialized. The initialize procedure does not need to examine
args and num_args
if all public resources are declared in the resource list.
Most of the initialization code for a specific widget class deals with fields
defined in that class and not with fields defined in its superclasses.
If a subclass does not need an initialization procedure
because it does not need to perform any of the above operations,
it can specify NULL for the initialize field in the class record.
Sometimes a subclass may want to overwrite values filled in by its
superclass.
In particular, size calculations of a superclass often are
incorrect for a subclass, and in this case,
the subclass must modify or recalculate fields declared
and computed by its superclass.
As an example,
a subclass can visually surround its superclass display.
In this case, the width and height calculated by the superclass initialize
procedure are too small and need to be incremented by the size of the surround.
The subclass needs to know if its superclass's size was calculated by the
superclass or was specified explicitly.
All widgets must place themselves into whatever size is explicitly given,
but they should compute a reasonable size if no size is requested.
The request and new arguments provide the necessary information for
a subclass to determine the difference between an explicitly specified field
and a field computed by a superclass.
The request widget is a copy of the widget as initialized by the
arglist and resource database.
The new widget starts with the values in the request,
but it has been updated by all superclass initialization procedures called
so far.
A subclass initialize procedure can compare these two to resolve
any potential conflicts.
In the above example,
the subclass with the visual surround can see
if the width and height in the request widget are zero.
If so,
it adds its surround size to the width and height
fields in the new widget.
If not, it must make do with the size originally specified.
The new widget will become the actual widget instance record.
Therefore,
the initialization procedure should do all its work on the new widget;
the request widget should never be modified.
If the initialize procedure
needs to call any routines that operate on a widget,
it should specify new as the widget instance.
Constraint Instance Initialization: The ConstraintClassPart initialize Procedure
The constraint initialization procedure pointer, found in the
ConstraintClassPart
initialize field of the widget class record, is of type
.
The values passed to the parent constraint initialization procedures
are the same as those passed to the child's class widget initialization
procedures.
The constraints field of the request widget points to a copy of the
constraints record as initialized by the arglist and resource database.
The constraint initialization procedure should compute any constraint fields
derived from constraint resources.
It can make further changes to the new widget to make the widget
and any other constraint fields
conform to the specified constraints, for example,
changing the widget's size or position.
If a constraint class does not need a constraint initialization procedure,
it can specify NULL for the initialize field of the
ConstraintClassPart
in the class record.
Nonwidget Data Initialization: The initialize_hook Procedure
The initialize_hook procedure is obsolete, as the same information
is now available to the initialize procedure. The procedure has been
retained for those widgets that used it in previous releases.
The initialize_hook procedure pointer is of type
:
typedef void(*XtArgsProc)
Widget w
ArgList args
Cardinal * num_args
w
Specifies the widget.
args
Specifies the argument list passed by the client.
If the client created the widget using a varargs form, any resources
specified via
XtVaTypedArg
are converted to the widget representation and the list is transformed
into the
ArgList
format.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
If this procedure is not NULL,
it is called immediately after the corresponding initialize
procedure or in its place if the initialize field is NULL.
The initialize_hook procedure allows a widget instance to initialize
nonresource data using information from the specified argument list
as if it were a resource.
Realizing Widgets
To realize a widget instance, use
.
void XtRealizeWidget
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
If the widget is already realized,
simply returns.
Otherwise it performs the following:
Binds all action names in the widget's
translation table to procedures (see ).
Makes a postorder traversal of the widget tree rooted
at the specified widget and calls each non-NULL change_managed procedure
of all composite widgets that have one or more managed children.
Constructs an
XSetWindowAttributes
structure filled in with information derived from the
Core
widget fields and calls the realize procedure for the widget,
which adds any widget-specific attributes and creates the X window.
If the widget is
not a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass,
returns; otherwise it continues and performs the following:
Descends recursively to each of the widget's
managed children and calls the realize procedures.
Primitive widgets that instantiate children are responsible for realizing
those children themselves.
Maps all of the managed children windows that have mapped_when_managed
True.
If a widget is managed but mapped_when_managed is
False,
the widget is allocated visual space but is not displayed.
If the widget is a top-level shell widget (that is, it has no parent), and
mapped_when_managed is
True,
maps the widget window.
,
,
,
,
XtUnmanage\%Children,
,
,
and
XtDestroy\%Widget
maintain the following invariants:
If a composite widget is realized, then all its managed children are realized.
If a composite widget is realized, then all its managed children that have
mapped_when_managed
True
are mapped.
All Intrinsics functions and all widget routines should accept
either realized or unrealized widgets.
When calling the realize or change_managed
procedures for children of a composite
widget,
calls the procedures in reverse order of
appearance in the
CompositePart
children list. By default, this
ordering of the realize procedures will
result in the stacking order of any newly created subwindows being
top-to-bottom in the order of appearance on the list, and the most
recently created child will be at the bottom.
To check whether or not a widget has been realized, use
.
Boolean XtIsRealized
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
The
function returns
True
if the widget has been realized,
that is, if the widget has a nonzero window ID.
If the specified object is not a widget, the state of the nearest
widget ancestor is returned.
Some widget procedures (for example, set_values) might wish to
operate differently
after the widget has been realized.
Widget Instance Window Creation: The realize Procedure
The realize procedure pointer in a widget class is of type
.
typedef void (*XtRealizeProc)
Widget w
XtValueMask value_mask
XSetWindowAttributes attributes
w
Specifies the widget.
value_mask
Specifies which fields in the attributes structure are used.
attributes
Specifies the window attributes to use in the
XCreateWindow
call.
The realize procedure must create the widget's window.
Before calling the class realize procedure, the generic
function fills in a mask and a corresponding
XSetWindowAttributes
structure.
It sets the following fields in attributes and
corresponding bits in value_mask
based on information in the widget
core
structure:
The background_pixmap (or background_pixel if background_pixmap is
XtUnspecifiedPixmap)
is filled in from the corresponding field.
The border_pixmap (or border_pixel if border_pixmap is
XtUnspecifiedPixmap)
is filled in from the corresponding field.
The colormap is filled in from the corresponding field.
The event_mask is filled in based on the event handlers registered,
the event translations specified, whether the expose field is non-NULL,
and whether visible_interest is
True.
The bit_gravity is set to
NorthWestGravity
if the expose field is NULL.
These or any other fields in attributes and the corresponding bits in
value_mask can be set by the realize procedure.
Note that because realize is not a chained operation,
the widget class realize procedure must update the
XSetWindowAttributes
structure with all the appropriate fields from
non-Core
superclasses.
A widget class can inherit its realize procedure from its superclass
during class initialization.
The realize procedure defined for
coreWidgetClass
calls
with the passed value_mask and attributes
and with window_class and visual set to
CopyFromParent.
Both
compositeWidgetClass
and
constraintWidgetClass
inherit this realize procedure, and most new widget subclasses
can do the same (see ).
The most common noninherited realize procedures set bit_gravity in the mask
and attributes to the appropriate value and then create the window.
For example, depending on its justification, Label might set bit_gravity to
WestGravity,
CenterGravity,
or
EastGravity.
Consequently, shrinking it would just move the bits appropriately,
and no
exposure
event is needed for repainting.
If a composite widget's children should be realized in an order other
than that specified
(to control the stacking order, for example),
it should call
on its children itself in the appropriate order from within its own
realize procedure.
Widgets that have children and whose class is not a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass
are responsible for calling
on their children, usually from within the realize procedure.
Realize procedures cannot manage or unmanage their descendants.
Window Creation Convenience Routine
Rather than call the Xlib
XCreateWindow
function explicitly, a realize procedure should normally call the Intrinsics analog
,
which simplifies the creation of windows for widgets.
void XtCreateWindow
Widget w
unsigned int window_class
Visual * visual
XtValueMask value_mask
XSetWindowAttributes attributes
w
Specifies the widget that defines the additional window attributed. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
window_class
Specifies the Xlib window class (for example,
InputOutput,
InputOnly,
or
CopyFromParent ).
visual
Specifies the visual type (usually
CopyFromParent ).
value_mask
Specifies which fields in the attributes structure are used.
attributes
Specifies the window attributes to use in the
XCreateWindow
call.
The
function calls the Xlib
XCreateWindow
function with values from the widget structure and the passed parameters.
Then, it assigns the created window to the widget's window field.
evaluates the following fields of the widget core
structure: depth, screen, parent->core.window, x,
y, width, height, and
border_width.
Obtaining Window Information from a Widget
The
Core
widget class definition contains the screen and window ids.
The window field may be NULL for a while
(see and ).
The display pointer, the parent widget, screen pointer,
and window of a widget are available to the widget writer by means of macros
and to the application writer by means of functions.
Display XtDisplay
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
XtDisplay
returns the display pointer for the specified widget.
Widget XtParent
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
XtParent
returns the parent object for the specified widget. The returned object
will be of class Object or a subclass.
Screen *XtScreen
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
returns the screen pointer for the specified widget.
Window XtWindow
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
returns the window of the specified widget.
The display pointer, screen pointer, and window of a widget or
of the closest widget ancestor of a nonwidget object are available
by means of
,
,
and
.
Display *XtDisplayOfObject
Widget w
object
Specifies the object. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
is identical in function to
XtDisplay
if the object is a widget; otherwise
returns the display
pointer for the nearest ancestor of object that is of class
Widget or a subclass thereof.
Screen *XtScreenOfObject
Widget object
object
Specifies the object. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
is identical in function to
if the object is a widget; otherwise
returns the screen pointer
for the nearest ancestor of object that is of class
Widget or a subclass thereof.
Window XtWindowOfObject
Widget object
object
Specifies the object. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
is identical in function to
if the object is a widget; otherwise
returns the window for the nearest ancestor of object that is of class
Widget or a subclass thereof.
To retrieve the instance name of an object, use
.
String XtName
Widget object
object
Specifies the object whose name is desired. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
returns a pointer to the instance name of the specified object.
The storage is owned by the Intrinsics and must not be modified. The
name is not qualified by the names of any of the object's ancestors.
Several window attributes are locally cached in the widget instance.
Thus, they can be set by the resource manager and
as well as used by routines that derive structures from these values
(for example, depth for deriving pixmaps,
background_pixel for deriving GCs, and so on) or in the
call.
The x, y, width, height, and border_width
window attributes are available to
geometry managers.
These fields are maintained synchronously inside the Intrinsics.
When an
XConfigureWindow
is issued by the Intrinsics on the widget's window (on request of its parent),
these values are updated immediately rather than some time later
when the server generates a
ConfigureNotify
event.
(In fact, most widgets do not select
SubstructureNotify
events.)
This ensures that all geometry calculations are based on the internally
consistent toolkit world rather than on either
an inconsistent world updated by asynchronous
ConfigureNotify
events or a consistent, but slow, world in which geometry managers
ask the server
for window sizes whenever they need to lay out their managed children
(see ).
Unrealizing Widgets
To destroy the windows associated with a widget and its
non-pop-up descendants, use
.
void XtUnrealizeWidget
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
If the widget is currently unrealized,
simply returns. Otherwise it performs the following:
Unmanages the widget if the widget is managed.
Makes a postorder (child-to-parent) traversal of the widget tree
rooted at the specified widget and, for each widget that has
declared a callback list resource named ``unrealizeCallback'', executes the
procedures on the
XtNunrealizeCallback
list.
Destroys the widget's window and any subwindows by calling
XDestroyWindow
with the specified widget's window field.
Any events in the queue or which arrive following a call to
will be dispatched as if the window(s) of the
unrealized widget(s) had never existed.
Destroying Widgets
The Intrinsics provide support
To destroy all the pop-up children of the widget being destroyed
and destroy all children of composite widgets.
To remove (and unmap) the widget from its parent.
To call the callback procedures that have been registered to trigger
when the widget is destroyed.
To minimize the number of things a widget has to deallocate when destroyed.
To minimize the number of
XDestroyWindow
calls when destroying a widget tree.
To destroy a widget instance, use
.
void XtDestroyWidget
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
The
function provides the only method of destroying a widget,
including widgets that need to destroy themselves.
It can be called at any time,
including from an application callback routine of the widget being destroyed.
This requires a two-phase destroy process in order to avoid dangling
references to destroyed widgets.
In phase 1,
performs the following:
If the being_destroyed field of the widget is
True,
it returns immediately.
Recursively descends the widget tree and
sets the being_destroyed field to
True
for the widget and all normal and pop-up children.
Adds the widget to a list of widgets (the destroy list) that should be
destroyed when it is safe to do so.
Entries on the destroy list satisfy the invariant that
if w2 occurs after w1 on the destroy list, then w2 is not a descendent,
either normal or pop-up, of w1.
Phase 2 occurs when all procedures that should execute as a result of
the current event have been called, including all procedures registered with
the event and translation managers,
that is, when the current invocation of
is about to return, or immediately if not in
.
In phase 2,
performs the following on each entry in the destroy list in the order
specified:
If the widget is not a pop-up child and the widget's parent is a subclass of
composite\%WidgetClass,
and if the parent is not being destroyed,
it calls
on the widget and then calls the widget's parent's delete_child procedure
(see ).
Calls the destroy callback procedures registered on the widget
and all normal and pop-up descendants in postorder (it calls child
callbacks before parent callbacks).
The
function then makes second traversal of the widget and all normal
and pop-up descendants to perform the following three items on each
widget in postorder:
If the widget is not a pop-up child and the widget's parent is a subclass of
constraint\%WidgetClass,
it calls the
ConstraintClassPart
destroy procedure for the parent,
then for the parent's superclass,
until finally it calls the
ConstraintClassPart
destroy procedure for
constraintWidgetClass.
Calls the
CoreClassPart
destroy procedure declared in the widget class,
then the destroy procedure declared in its superclass,
until finally it calls the destroy procedure declared in the Object
class record. Callback lists are deallocated.
If the widget class object class part contains an
ObjectClassExtension
record with the record_type
NULLQUARK
and the deallocate field is not NULL,
calls the deallocate procedure to deallocate the instance and if one
exists, the constraint record. Otherwise, the Intrinsics will deallocate
the widget instance record and if one exists, the constraint record.
Calls
XDestroyWindow
if the specified widget is realized (that is, has an X window).
The server recursively destroys all normal descendant windows.
(Windows of realized pop-up Shell children, and their
descendants, are destroyed by a shell class destroy procedure.)
Adding and Removing Destroy Callbacks
When an application needs to perform additional processing during the
destruction of a widget,
it should register a destroy callback procedure for the widget.
The destroy callback procedures use the mechanism described in
.
The destroy callback list is identified by the resource name
XtNdestroyCallback.
For example, the following adds an application-supplied destroy callback
procedure ClientDestroy with client data to a widget by calling
.
XtAddCallback(w, XtNdestroyCallback, ClientDestroy, client_data)
Similarly, the following removes the application-supplied destroy callback
procedure ClientDestroy by calling
.
XtRemoveCallback(w, XtNdestroyCallback, ClientDestroy, client_data)
The ClientDestroy argument is of type
;
see .
Dynamic Data Deallocation: The destroy Procedure
The destroy procedure pointers in the
ObjectClassPart,
RectObjClassPart,
and
CoreClassPart
structures are of type
.
typedef void XtWidgetProc
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget being destroyed.
The destroy procedures are called in subclass-to-superclass order.
Therefore, a widget's destroy procedure should deallocate only storage
that is specific to the subclass and should ignore the storage
allocated by any of its superclasses.
The destroy procedure should deallocate only resources that have been
explicitly created by the subclass.
Any resource that was obtained from the resource database
or passed in an argument list was not created by the widget
and therefore should not be destroyed by it.
If a widget does not need to deallocate any storage,
the destroy procedure entry in its class record can be NULL.
Deallocating storage includes, but is not limited to,
the following steps:
Calling
on dynamic storage allocated with
,
,
and so on.
Calling
XFreePixmap
on pixmaps created with direct X calls.
Calling
on GCs allocated with
.
Calling
XFreeGC
on GCs allocated with direct X calls.
Calling
on event handlers added to other widgets.
Calling
on timers created with
.
Calling
for each child if the widget has children
and is not a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass.
During destroy phase 2 for each widget, the Intrinsics remove the widget
from the modal cascade, unregister all event handlers, remove all key,
keyboard, button, and pointer grabs and remove all callback procedures
registered on the widget. Any outstanding selection transfers will time out.
Dynamic Constraint Data Deallocation: The ConstraintClassPart destroy Procedure
The constraint destroy procedure identified in the
ConstraintClassPart
constraintWidgetClass.
This constraint destroy procedure pointer is of type
.
The constraint destroy procedures are called in subclass-to-superclass order,
starting at the class of the widget's parent and ending at
constraint\%WidgetClass.
Therefore, a parent's constraint destroy procedure should deallocate only
storage that is specific to the constraint subclass
and not storage allocated by any of its superclasses.
If a parent does not need to deallocate any constraint storage,
the constraint destroy procedure entry
in its class record can be NULL.
Widget Instance Deallocation: The deallocate Procedure
The deallocate procedure pointer in the
ObjectClassExtension
record is of type
XtDeallocateProc.
typedef void (*XtDeallocateProc)
Widget widget
XtPointer more_bytes
widget
Specifies the widget being destroyed.
more_bytes
Specifies the auxiliary memory received from the corresponding allocator
along with the widget, or NULL.
When a widget is destroyed, if an
ObjectClassExtension
record exists in the object class part extension field
with record_type
NULLQUARK
and the deallocate field is not NULL, the
XtDeallocateProc
will be called.
If no ObjectClassPart extension record is declared with record_type
equal to
NULLQUARK,
then
XtInheritAllocate
and
XtInheritDeallocate
are assumed.
The responsibilities of the deallocate procedure are to deallocate the
memory specified by more_bytes if it is not NULL,
to deallocate the constraints record as specified by the
widget's core.constraints field if it is
not NULL, and to deallocate the widget instance itself.
If no
XtDeallocateProc
is found, it is assumed that the Intrinsics
originally allocated the memory and is responsible for freeing it.
Exiting from an Application
All X Toolkit applications should terminate
by calling
and then exiting
using the
standard method for their operating system (typically, by calling
exit
for POSIX-based systems).
The quickest way to make the windows disappear while exiting is to call
on each top-level shell widget.
The Intrinsics have no resources beyond those in the program image,
and the X server will free its resources when its connection
to the application is broken.
Depending upon the widget set in use, it may be necessary to explicitly
destroy individual widgets or widget trees with
before calling
in order to ensure that any
required widget cleanup is properly executed. The application developer
must refer to the widget documentation to learn if a widget needs to
perform cleanup beyond that performed automatically by the
operating system. If the client is a session participant
(see ), then the client may wish to resign from the session
before exiting. See for details.
>
If the widget class object class part contains an
ObjectClassExtension
record with the record_type
NULLQUARK
and the deallocate field is not NULL,
calls the deallocate procedure to deallocate the instance and if one
exists, the constraint record. OtlibXt-1.1.5/specs/appA.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007074 12520610324 0015604 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Resource File Format
A resource file contains text representing the default resource values for an
application or set of applications.
The format of resource files is defined by
Xlib — C Language X Interface. and is reproduced here
for convenience only.
The format of a resource specification is
ResourceLine
= Comment | IncludeFile | ResourceSpec | <empty line>
Comment
="!" {<any character except null or newline>}
IncludeFile
= "#" WhiteSpace "include" WhiteSpace FileName WhiteSpace
FileName
= <valid filename for operating system>
ResourceSpec
= WhiteSpace ResourceName WhiteSpace ":" WhiteSpace Value
ResourceName
= [Binding] {Component Binding} ComponentName
Binding
="." | "*"
WhiteSpace
= {<space> | <horizontal tab>}
Component
= "?" | ComponentName
ComponentName
= NameChar {NameChar}
NameChar
= "a"-"z" | "A"-"Z" | "0"-"9" | "_" | "-"
Value
={<any character except null or unescaped newline>}
Elements separated by vertical bar (|) are alternatives.
Curly braces ({...}) indicate zero or more repetitions
of the enclosed elements.
Square brackets ([...]) indicate that the enclosed element is optional.
Quotes ("...") are used around literal characters.
If the last character on a line is a backslash (\),
that line is assumed to continue on the next line.
To allow a Value to begin with whitespace,
the two-character sequence "\space" (backslash followed by space)
is recognized and replaced by a space character,
and the two-character sequence "\tab"
(backslash followed by horizontal tab)
is recognized and replaced by a horizontal tab character.
To allow a Value to contain embedded newline characters,
the two-character sequence "\n" is recognized and replaced by a
newline character.
To allow a Value to be broken across multiple lines in a text file,
the two-character sequence "\newline"
(backslash followed by newline) is
recognized and removed from the value.
To allow a Value to contain arbitrary character codes,
the four-character sequence "\nnn",
where each n is a digit character in the range of "0"-"7",
is recognized and replaced with a single byte that contains
the octal value specified by the sequence.
Finally, the two-character sequence "\\" is recognized
and replaced with a single backslash.
libXt-1.1.5/specs/appF.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007465 12520610324 0015615 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Resource Configuration Management
Setting and changing resources in X applications can be difficult for
both the application programmer and the end user. Resource
Configuration Management (RCM) addresses this problem by changing
the X Intrinsics to immediately modify a resource for a
specified widget and each child widget in the hierarchy.
In this context, immediate means: no sourcing of a resource
file is required; the application does not need to be restarted for the
new resource values to take effect; and the change
occurs immediately.
The main difference between RCM and the Editres
protocol is that the RCM
customizing hooks reside in the Intrinsics and thus are linked with
other toolkits such as Motif and the Athena widgets. However, the
EditRes protocol requires the application to link with the
EditRes
routines in the Xmu library and Xmu is not used by all applications that
use Motif. Also, the EditRes protocol uses ClientMessage,
whereas the
RCM Intrinsics hooks use PropertyNotify events.
X Properties and the PropertyNotify events are used
to implement RCM and
allow on-the-fly resource customization. When the X Toolkit is
initialized, two atoms are interned with the strings
Custom Init and
Custom Data. Both
_XtCreatePopupShell
and
_XtAppCreateShell
register a PropertyNotify event handler to handle these properties.
A customization tool uses the Custom Init property to ping an
application to get the application's toplevel window. When the
application's property notify event handler is invoked, the handler
deletes the property. No data is transferred in this property.
A customization tool uses the Custom Data property to tell an
application that it should change a resource's value. The data in
the property contains the length of the resource name (the number
of bytes in the resource name), the resource name and the new
value for the resource. This property's type is XA_STRING and
the format of the string is:
The length of the resource name (the number of bytes in
the resource name)
One space character
The resource name
One space character
The resource value
When setting the application's resource, the event handler calls
functions to walk the application's widget tree, determining which
widgets are affected by the resource string, and then applying the value
with
.
As the widget tree is recursively descended, at
each level in the widget tree a resource part is tested for a match.
When the entire resource string has been matched, the value is applied
to the widget or widgets.
Before a value is set on a widget, it is first determined if the last
part of the resource is a valid resource for that widget. It must also
add the resource to the application's resource database and then query
it using specific resource strings that is builds from the widget
information.
libXt-1.1.5/specs/preface.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005255 12520610324 0016327 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
About This Manual
X Toolkit Intrinsics — C Language Interface is intended to be read by both application programmers
who will use one or more of the many widget sets built with the Intrinsics and by widget
programmers who will use the Intrinsics to build widgets for one of the widget sets. Not all the
information in this manual, however, applies to both audiences. That is, because the application
programmer is likely to use only a number of the Intrinsics functions in writing an application and
because the widget programmer is likely to use many more, if not all, of the Intrinsics functions
in building a widget, an attempt has been made to highlight those areas of information that are
deemed to be of special interest for the application programmer. (It is assumed the widget programmer
will have to be familiar with all the information.) Therefore, all entries in the table of
contents that are printed in bold indicate the information that
should be of special interest to an application programmer.
It is also assumed that, as application programmers become more familiar with the concepts discussed
in this manual, they will find it more convenient to implement portions of their applications
as special-purpose or custom widgets. It is possible, nonetheless, to use widgets without
knowing how to build them.
Conventions Used in this Manual
This document uses the following conventions:
Global symbols are printed in this special font. These can be either
function names, symbols defined in include files, data types, or structure names. Arguments to
functions, procedures, or macros are printed in italics.
Each function is introduced by a general discussion that distinguishes it from other functions.
The function declaration itself follows, and each argument is specifically explained.
General discussion of the function, if any is required, follows the arguments.
To eliminate any ambiguity between those arguments that you pass and those that a function
returns to you, the explanations for all arguments that you pass start with the word
specifies or, in the case of multiple arguments, the word specify. The explanations for all
arguments that are returned to you start with the word returns or, in
the case of multiple arguments, the word return.
s
who will use one or more of the many widget sets built with the Intrinsics and by widget
programmers who will use the Intrinsics to build widgets for one of the widget sets. Not all the
information in this manual, however, applies to both audiences. That is, because the application
programmer is likely to use only a number of the IntrilibXt-1.1.5/specs/intrinsics.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012273 12520610324 0017105 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
%defs;
]>
X Toolkit Intrinsics - C Language Interface
X Window System
X Version 11, Release &fullrelvers;
First Revision - April, 1994
JoelMcCormack
Digital Equipment Corporation
Western Software Laboratory
PaulAsente
Digital Equipment Corporation
Western Software Laboratory
RalphR.
Swick
Digital Equipment Corporation
External Research Group
version 6 edited by Donna Converse X Consortium, Inc.
XWindow System is a trademark of X Consortium, Inc.
Copyright © 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 X Consortium
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall
not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
from the X Consortium.
Copyright © 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994
Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this documentation for any
purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
Digital not be used in in advertising or publicity pertaining
to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
Digital makes no representations about the suitability of the
software described herein for any purpose.
It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
libXt-1.1.5/specs/CH13.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000073725 12520610324 0015367 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Evolution of the Intrinsics
The interfaces described by this specification have undergone several
sets of revisions in the course of adoption as an X Consortium
standard specification. Having now been adopted by the Consortium as
a standard part of the X Window System, it is expected that this and
future revisions will retain
backward compatibility in the sense that fully conforming
implementations of these specifications may be produced that provide
source compatibility with widgets and applications written to
previous Consortium standard revisions.
The Intrinsics do not place any special requirement on widget
programmers to retain source or binary compatibility for their widgets
as they evolve, but several conventions have been established to
assist those developers who want to provide such compatibility.
In particular, widget programmers may wish to conform to the convention
described in when defining class extension records.
Determining Specification Revision Level
Widget and application developers who wish to maintain a common source
pool that will build properly with implementations of the Intrinsics
at different revision levels of these specifications but that take
advantage of newer features added in later revisions may use the
symbolic macro
XtSpecificationRelease.
#define XtSpecificationRelease 6
As the symbol
XtSpecificationRelease
was new to Release 4, widgets and
applications desiring to build against earlier implementations should
test for the presence of this symbol and assume only Release 3
interfaces if the definition is not present.
Release 3 to Release 4 Compatibility
At the data structure level, Release 4 retains binary compatibility
with Release 3 (the first X Consortium standard release) for all data
structures except
WMShellPart,
TopLevelShellPart,
and
TransientShellPart.
Release 4 changed the argument type to most procedures that now take
arguments of type
XtPointer
and structure members that are now of type
XtPointer
in order to avoid potential ANSI C conformance problems. It is
expected that most implementations will be binary compatible with the
previous definition.
Two fields in
CoreClassPart
were changed from
Boolean
to
XtEnum
to allow implementations additional freedom in specifying the
representations of each. This change should require no source
modification.
Additional Arguments
Arguments were added to the procedure definitions for
,
,
and
to provide more information and to
allow event handlers to abort further dispatching of the current event
(caution is advised!). The added arguments to
and
make the initialize_hook and set_values_hook methods
obsolete, but the hooks have been retained for those widgets that used
them in Release 3.
set_values_almost Procedures
The use of the arguments by a set_values_almost procedure was poorly
described in Release 3 and was inconsistent with other conventions.
The current specification for the manner in which a set_values_almost
procedure returns information to the Intrinsics is not compatible with
the Release 3 specification, and all widget implementations should
verify that any set_values_almost procedures conform to the current
interface.
No known implementation of the Intrinsics correctly implemented the
Release 3 interface, so it is expected that the impact of this
specification change is small.
Query Geometry
A composite widget layout routine that calls
is now expected to store the complete new geometry in the intended structure;
previously the specification said ``store the changes it intends to
make''. Only by storing the complete geometry does the child have
any way to know what other parts of the geometry may still be
flexible. Existing widgets should not be affected by this, except
to take advantage of the new information.
unrealizeCallback Callback List
In order to provide a mechanism for widgets to be notified when they
become unrealized through a call to
,
the callback
list name ``unrealizeCallback'' has been defined by the Intrinsics. A
widget class that requires notification on unrealize may declare a
callback list resource by this name. No class is required to declare
this resource, but any class that did so in a prior revision may find
it necessary to modify the resource name if it does not wish to use the new
semantics.
Subclasses of WMShell
The formal adoption of the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual. as
an X Consortium standard has meant the addition of four fields to
WMShellPart
and one field to
TopLevelShellPart.
In deference to some
widget libraries that had developed their own additional conventions
to provide binary compatibility, these five new fields were added at
the end of the respective data structures.
To provide more convenience for TransientShells, a field was added
to the previously empty
TransientShellPart.
On some architectures the size of the part structure will not
have changed as a result of this.
Any widget implementation whose class is a subclass of
TopLevelShell
or
TransientShell
must at minimum be
recompiled with the new data structure declarations. Because
WMShellPart
no longer contains a contiguous
XSizeHints
data structure,
a subclass that expected to do a single structure assignment of an
XSizeHints
structure to the size_hints field of
WMShellPart
must be revised, though the old fields remain at the same positions within
WMShellPart.
Resource Type Converters
A new interface declaration for resource type converters was defined
to provide more information to converters, to support conversion
cache cleanup with resource reference counting, and to allow
additional procedures to be declared to free resources. The old
interfaces remain (in the compatibility section), and a new set of
procedures was defined that work only with the new type converter
interface.
In the now obsolete old type converter interface, converters are
reminded that they must return the size of the converted value as well
as its address. The example indicated this, but the description of
was incomplete.
KeySym Case Conversion Procedure
The specification for the
function type has been changed
to match the Release 3 implementation, which included necessary
additional information required by the function (a pointer to the
display connection), and corrects the argument type of the source
KeySym parameter. No known implementation of the Intrinsics
implemented the previously documented interface.
Nonwidget Objects
Formal support for nonwidget objects is new to Release 4. A
prototype implementation was latent in at least one Release 3
implementation of the Intrinsics, but the specification has changed
somewhat. The most significant change is the requirement for a
composite widget to declare the
CompositeClassExtension
record with the accepts_objects field set to
True
in order to permit a client to create a nonwidget child.
The addition of this extension field ensures that composite widgets
written under Release 3 will not encounter unexpected errors if an
application attempts to create a nonwidget child. In Release 4 there
is no requirement that all composite widgets implement the extra
functionality required to manage windowless children, so the
accepts_objects field allows a composite widget to declare that it
is not prepared to do so.
Release 4 to Release 5 Compatibility
At the data structure level, Release 5 retains complete binary
compatibility with Release 4. The specification of the
ObjectPart,
RectObjPart,
CorePart,
CompositePart,
ShellPart,
WMShellPart,
TopLevelShellPart,
and
ApplicationShellPart
instance records was made less strict to permit implementations to
add internal fields to these structures. Any implementation that
chooses to do so would, of course, force a recompilation.
The Xlib specification for
XrmValue
and
XrmOptionDescRec
was updated to use a new type,
XPointer,
for the addr and value fields, respectively, to avoid
ANSI C conformance problems. The definition of
XPointer
is binary compatible with the previous implementation.
baseTranslations Resource
A new pseudo-resource, XtNbaseTranslations, was defined to permit
application developers to specify translation tables in application
defaults files while still giving end users the ability to augment
or override individual event sequences. This change will affect
only those applications that wish to take advantage of the new
functionality or those widgets that may have previously defined
a resource named ``baseTranslations''.
Applications wishing to take advantage of the new functionality
would change their application defaults file, e.g., from
app.widget.translations: value
to
app.widget.baseTranslations: value
If it is important to the application to preserve complete
compatibility of the defaults file between different versions
of the application running under Release 4 and Release 5,
the full translations can be replicated in both the ``translations''
and the ``baseTranslations'' resource.
Resource File Search Path
The current specification allows implementations greater flexibility
in defining the directory structure used to hold the application class
and per-user application defaults files. Previous specifications
required the substitution strings to appear in the default path in a
certain order, preventing sites from collecting all the files for
a specific application together in one directory. The Release 5
specification allows the default path to specify the substitution
strings in any order within a single path entry. Users will need to
pay close attention to the documentation for the specific
implementation to know where to find these files and how to specify
their own
XFILESEARCHPATH
and
XUSERFILESEARCHPATH
values when overriding the system defaults.
Customization Resource
supports a new substitution string, %C, for specifying separate
application class resource files according to arbitrary user-specified
categories. The primary motivation for this addition was separate
monochrome and color application class defaults files. The
substitution value is obtained by querying the current resource
database for the application resource name ``customization'', class
``Customization''. Any application that previously used this
resource name and class will need to be aware of the possibly
conflicting semantics.
Per-Screen Resource Database
To allow a user to specify separate preferences for each screen of a
display, a per-screen resource specification string has been added and
multiple resource databases are created; one for each screen. This
will affect any application that modified the (formerly unique)
resource database associated with the display subsequent to the Intrinsics
database initialization. Such applications will need to be aware
of the particular screen on which each shell widget is to be created.
Although the wording of the specification changed substantially in the
description of the process by which the resource database(s) is
initialized, the net effect is the same as in prior releases with the
exception of the added per-screen resource specification and the new
customization substitution string in
.
Internationalization of Applications
Internationalization as defined by ANSI is a technology that
allows support of an application in a single locale. In
adding support for internationalization to the Intrinsics
the restrictions of this model have been followed.
In particular, the new Intrinsics interfaces are designed not to
preclude an application from using other alternatives.
For this reason, no Intrinsics routine makes a call to establish the
locale. However, a convenience routine to establish the
locale at initialize time has been provided, in the form
of a default procedure that must be explicitly installed
if the application desires ANSI C locale behavior.
As many objects in X, particularly resource databases, now inherit
the global locale when they are created, applications wishing to use
the ANSI C locale model should use the new function
XtSetLanguageProc
to do so.
The internationalization additions also define event filters
as a part of the Xlib Input Method specifications. The
Intrinsics enable the use of event filters through additions to
.
Applications that may not be dispatching all events through
should be reviewed in the context of this new input method mechanism.
In order to permit internationalization of error messages, the name
and path of the error database file are now allowed to be
implementation-dependent.
No adequate standard mechanism has yet been suggested to
allow the Intrinsics to locate the database from localization information
supplied by the client.
The previous specification for the syntax of the language string
specified by
xnlLanguage
has been dropped to avoid potential conflicts with other standards.
The language string syntax is now implementation-defined.
The example syntax cited is consistent with the previous
specification.
Permanently Allocated Strings
In order to permit additional memory savings, an Xlib interface was
added to allow the resource manager to avoid copying certain string
constants. The Intrinsics specification was updated to explicitly require
the Object class_name, resource_name, resource_class,
resource_type, default_type in resource tables, Core actions
string field, and Constraint resource_name, resource_class,
resource_type, and default_type resource fields to be
permanently allocated. This explicit requirement is expected to
affect only applications that may create and destroy classes
on the fly.
Arguments to Existing Functions
The args argument to
,
,
,
,
and
were changed from
Cardinal*
to int* to conform to pre-existing convention and avoid otherwise
annoying typecasting in ANSI C environments.
Release 5 to Release 6 Compatibility
At the data structure level, Release 6 retains binary compatibility
with Release 5 for all data structures except
WMShellPart.
Three resources were added to the specification.
The known implementations had unused space in the data structure,
therefore on some architectures and implementations,
the size of the part structure will not have changed as a result of this.
Widget Internals
Two new widget methods for instance allocation and deallocation were added
to the Object class. These new methods
allow widgets to be treated as C++ objects in the C++ environment
when an appropriate allocation method is specified or inherited
by the widget class.
The textual descriptions of the processes of widget creation and
widget destruction have been edited to provide clarification to widget
writers. Widgets writers may have reason to rely on the specific order of
the stages of widget creation and destruction; with that motivation,
the specification now more exactly describes the process.
As a convenience, an interface to locate a widget class extension
record on a linked list,
,
has been added.
A new option to allow bundled changes to the managed set of a Composite
widget is introduced in the Composite class extension record.
Widgets that define a change_managed procedure that can accommodate
additions and deletions to the managed set of children in a single
invocation should set allows_change_managed_set to True in the
extension record.
The wording of the process followed by
has changed slightly to better handle changes to the managed set
during phase 2 destroy processing.
A new exposure event compression flag,
XtExposeNoRegion,
was added. Many widgets specify exposure compression, but either
ignore the actual damage region passed to the core expose procedure or
use only the cumulative bounding box data available in the event.
Widgets with expose procedures that do not make use of exact
exposure region information can indicate that the Intrinsics need not
compute the region.
General Application Development
is a new convenience procedure to initialize the toolkit, create an
application context, open an X display connection, and create the
root of the widget instance tree. It is identical to the interface
it replaces,
,
in all respects except that it takes an additional argument specifying
the widget class of the root shell to create.
This interface is now the recommended one so that clients may easily
become session participants.
The old convenience procedures appear in the compatibility section.
The toolkit initialization function
may be called multiple times without penalty.
In order to optimize changes in geometry to a set of geometry-managed
children, a new interface,
,
has been added.
Communication with Window and Session Managers
The revision of the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual. as an X Consortium standard has resulted
in the addition of three fields to the specification of
WMShellPart.
These are urgency, client_leader, and window_role.
The adoption of the X Session Management Protocol as an X Consortium
standard has resulted in the addition of a new shell widget,
SessionShell,
and an accompanying subclass verification interface,
XtIsSessionShell.
This widget provides support for communication between an application
and a session manager, as well as a window manager.
In order to preserve compatibility with existing subclasses of
ApplicationShell,
the
ApplicationShell
was subclassed to create the new widget class.
The session protocol requires a modal response to certain checkpointing
operations by participating applications. The
SessionShell
structures
the application's notification of and responses to messages from the session
manager by use of various callback lists and by use of the new interfaces
and
.
There is also a new command line argument, -xtsessionID, which facilitates
the session manager in restarting applications based on the Intrinsics.
The resource name and class strings defined by the Intrinsics shell
widgets in
<X11/Shell.h>
are now listed in Appendix E. The addition of a new symbol
for the
WMShell
wait_for_wm resource was made to bring the external symbol
and the string it represents into agreement. The actual resource name
string in
WMShell
has not changed.
The resource representation type of the XtNwinGravity resource of the
WMShell
was changed to XtRGravity in order to register a type
converter so that window gravity resource values could be specified by name.
Geometry Management
A clarification to the specification was made to indicate that geometry
requests may include current values along with the requested changes.
Event Management
In Release 6, support is provided for registering selectors
and event handlers for events generated by X protocol extensions
and for dispatching those events to the appropriate widget.
The new event handler registration interfaces are
and
.
Since the mechanism to indicate selection of extension events is specific
to the extension being used, the Intrinsics introduces
,
which allows the application to select for the events of interest.
In order to change the dispatching algorithm to accommodate extension events
as well as core X protocol events,
the Intrinsics event dispatcher may now be replaced or enveloped
by the application with
.
The dispatcher may wish to call
to determine the widget with the current Intrinsics keyboard focus.
A dispatcher, after determining the destination widget, may use
to cause the event to be dispatched to the event handlers registered
by a specific widget.
To permit the dispatching of events
for nonwidget drawables, such as pixmaps that are not associated
with a widget's window,
and
have been added to the library. A related update was made to
the description of
.
The library is now thread-safe, allowing one thread at a time to
enter the library and protecting global data as necessary from concurrent use.
Threaded toolkit applications are supported by the
new interfaces
,
,
,
,
and
.
Widget writers may also use
and
.
Safe handling of POSIX signals and other asynchronous notifications
is now provided by use of
,
,
and
.
The application can receive notification of an impending block
in the Intrinsics event manager by registering interest through
and
.
returns the most recent event passed to
for a specified display.
Resource Management
Resource converters are registered by the Intrinsics for window gravity
and for three new resource types associated with session participation:
RestartStyle, CommandArgArray and DirectoryString.
The file search path syntax has been extended to make it easier to
include the default search path, which controls resource
database construction, by using the new substitution string, %D.
Translation Management
The default key translator now recognizes the NumLock modifier.
If NumLock is on and the second keysym is a keypad keysym
(a standard keysym named with a ``KP'' prefix or a
vendor-specific keysym in the hexadecimal range 0x11000000 to 0x1100FFFF),
then the default key translator will
use the first keysym if Shift and/or ShiftLock is on and will
use the second keysym if neither is on. Otherwise, it will
ignore NumLock and apply the normal protocol semantics.
Selections
The targets of selection requests may be parameterized, as described
by the revised Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual..
When such requests are made,
is used by the requestor to specify the target parameters and
is used by the selection owner to retrieve the parameters.
When a parameterized target is specified in the context of a bundled
request for multiple targets,
,
,
and
are used to envelop the assembly of the request.
When the parameters themselves are the names of properties,
the Intrinsics provides support for the economical use of property atom names;
see
and
.
External Agent Hooks
External agent hooks were added for the benefit of applications
that instrument other applications for purposes of accessibility,
testing, and customization. The external agent and the application
communicate by a shared protocol which is transparent to the application.
The hook callbacks permit the external agent to register interest
in groups or classes of toolkit activity and to be notified of the
type and details of the activity as it occurs. The new interfaces
related to this effort are
,
which returns the hook registration widget, and
,
which returns a list of the X displays associated with an application context.
ures that do not make use of exact
exposurelibXt-1.1.5/specs/acknowledgement.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000021047 12520610324 0020066 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Acknowledgments
The design of the X11 Intrinsics was done primarily by Joel McCormack
of Digital WSL. Major contributions to the design and implementation
also were done by Charles Haynes, Mike Chow, and Paul Asente of Digital
WSL. Additional contributors to the design and/or implementation were:
Loretta Guarino-Reid (Digital WSL)
Rich Hyde (Digital WSL)
Susan Angebranndt (Digital WSL)
Terry Weissman (Digital WSL)
Mary Larson (Digital UEG)
Mark Manasse (Digital SRC)
Jim Gettys (Digital SRC)
Leo Treggiari (Digital SDT)
Ralph Swick (Project Athena and Digital ERP)
Mark Ackerman (Project Athena)
Ron Newman (Project Athena)
Bob Scheifler (MIT LCS)
The contributors to the X10 toolkit also deserve mention. Although the X11 Intrinsics present an
entirely different programming style, they borrow heavily from the implicit and
explicit concepts in the X10 toolkit.
The design and implementation of the X10 Intrinsics were done by:
Terry Weissman (Digital WSL)
Smokey Wallace (Digital WSL)
Phil Karlton (Digital WSL)
Charles Haynes (Digital WSL)
Frank Hall (HP)
The design and implementation of the X10 toolkit’s sample widgets were by
the above, as well as by:
Ram Rao (Digital UEG)
Mary Larson (Digital UEG)
Mike Gancarz (Digital UEG)
Kathleen Langone (Digital UEG)
These widgets provided a checklist of requirements that we had to address in the X11 Intrinsics.
Thanks go to Al Mento of Digital’s UEG Documentation Group for formatting and generally
improving this document and to John Ousterhout of Berkeley for extensively reviewing early
drafts of it.
Finally, a special thanks to Mike Chow, whose extensive performance analysis of the X10 toolkit
provided the justification to redesign it entirely for X11.
Joel McCormack
Western Software Laboratory
Digital Equipment Corporation
March 1988
The current design of the Intrinsics has benefited greatly from the
input of several dedicated reviewers in the membership of the X
Consortium. In addition to those already mentioned, the following
individuals have dedicated significant time to suggesting improvements
to the Intrinsics:
Steve Pitschke (Stellar)
C.Doug Blewett (AT&T)
Bob Miller (HP)
David Schiferl (Tektronix)
Fred Taft (HP)
Michael Squires (Sequent)
Marcel Meth (AT&T)
JimFulton (MIT)
Mike Collins (Digital)
Kerry Kimbrough (Texas Instruments)
Scott McGregor (Digital)
Phil Karlton (Digital)
Julian Payne (ESS)
Jacques Davy (Bull)
Gabriel Beged-Dov (HP)
GlennWidener (Tektronix)
Thanks go to each of them for the countless hours spent reviewing drafts and code.
Ralph R. Swick
External Research Group
Digital Equipment Corporation
MIT Project Athena
June 1988
From Release 3 to Release 4, several new members joined the design team. We greatly appreciate
the thoughtful comments, suggestions, lengthy discussions, and in some cases implementation
code contributed by each of the following:
Don Alecci (AT&T)
EllisCohen (OSF)
Donna Converse (MIT)
Clive Feather (IXI)
Nayeem Islam (Sun)
Dana Laursen (HP)
Keith Packard (MIT)
Chris Peterson (MIT)
Richard Probst (Sun)
Larry Cable (Sun)
In Release 5, the effort to define the internationalization additions was headed by Bill McMahon
of Hewlett Packard and Frank Rojas of IBM. This has been an educational process for many of
us, and Bill and Frank’s tutelage has carried us through. Vania Joloboff of the OSF also contributed
to the internationalization additions. The implementation efforts of Bill, Gabe Beged-Dov,
and especially Donna Converse for this release are also gratefully acknowledged.
Ralph R. Swick
December 1989
and
July 1991
The Release 6 Intrinsics is a result of the collaborative efforts of participants in the X Consortium’s
intrinsics working group. A few individuals contributed substantial design proposals, participated
in lengthy discussions, reviewed final specifications, and in most cases, were also
responsible for sections of the implementation. They deserve recognition and thanks for their
major contributions:
Paul Asente (Adobe)
Larry Cable (SunSoft)
Ellis Cohen (OSF)
Daniel Dardailler (OSF)
Vania Joloboff (OSF)
KalebKeithley (X Consortium)
Courtney Loomis (HP)
Douglas Rand (OSF)
Bob Scheifler (X Consortium)
Ajay Vohra (SunSoft)
Many others analyzed designs, offered useful comments and suggestions, and participated in a
significant subset of the process. The following people deserve thanks for their contributions:
Andy Bovingdon, Sam Chang, Chris Craig, George Erwin-Grotsky, Keith Edwards, Clive
Feather, Stephen Gildea, Dan Heller, Steve Humphrey, David Kaelbling, Jaime Lau, Rob Lembree,
Stuart Marks, Beth Mynatt, Tom Paquin, Chris Peterson, Kamesh Ramakrishna, Tom
Rodriguez, Jim VanGilder, Will Walker, and Mike Wexler.
I am especially grateful to two of my colleagues: Ralph Swick for expert editorial guidance, and
Kaleb Keithley for leadership in the implementation and the specification work.
Donna Converse
X Consortium
April 1994
libXt-1.1.5/specs/CH03.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000125522 12520610324 0015357 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Composite Widgets and Their Children
Composite widgets (widgets whose class is a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass)
can have an arbitrary number of children.
Consequently, they are responsible for much more than primitive widgets.
Their responsibilities (either implemented directly by the widget class
or indirectly by Intrinsics functions) include:
Overall management of children from creation to destruction.
Destruction of descendants when the composite widget is destroyed.
Physical arrangement (geometry management) of a displayable subset of
children (that is, the managed children).
Mapping and unmapping of a subset of the managed children.
Overall management is handled by the generic procedures
and
.
adds children to their parent by calling the parent's insert_child
procedure.
removes children from their parent by calling the parent's delete_child
procedure and ensures that all children of a destroyed composite widget
also get destroyed.
Only a subset of the total number of children is actually managed by
the geometry manager and hence possibly visible.
For example, a composite editor widget
supporting multiple editing buffers might allocate one child
widget for each file buffer,
but it might display only a small number of the existing buffers.
Widgets that are in this displayable subset are called managed widgets
and enter into geometry manager calculations.
The other children are called unmanaged widgets
and, by definition, are not mapped by the Intrinsics.
Children are added to and removed from their parent's managed set by using
,
,
,
,
and
,
which notify the parent to recalculate the physical layout of its children
by calling the parent's change_managed procedure.
The
convenience function calls
and
on the result.
Most managed children are mapped,
but some widgets can be in a state where they take up physical space
but do not show anything.
Managed widgets are not mapped automatically
if their map_when_managed field is
False.
The default is
True
and is changed by using
.
Each composite widget class declares a geometry manager,
which is responsible for figuring out where the managed children
should appear within the composite widget's window.
Geometry management techniques fall into four classes:
Fixed boxes
Fixed boxes have a fixed number of children created by the parent.
All these children are managed,
and none ever makes geometry manager requests.
Homogeneous boxes
Homogeneous boxes treat all children equally and apply the same geometry
constraints to each child.
Many clients insert and delete widgets freely.
Heterogeneous boxes
Heterogeneous boxes have a specific location where each child is placed.
This location usually is not specified in pixels,
because the window may be resized, but is expressed rather
in terms of the relationship between a child
and the parent or between the child and other specific children.
The class of heterogeneous boxes is usually a subclass of
Constraint.
Shell boxes
Shell boxes typically have only one child,
and the child's size is usually
exactly the size of the shell.
The geometry manager must communicate with the window manager, if it exists,
and the box must also accept
ConfigureNotify
events when the window size is changed by the window manager.
Addition of Children to a Composite Widget: The insert_child Procedure
To add a child to
the parent's list of children, the
function calls the parent's class routine insert_child.
The insert_child procedure pointer in a composite widget is of type
.
typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)
Widget w
w
Passes the newly created child.
Most composite widgets inherit their superclass's operation.
The insert_child routine in
CompositeWidgetClass calls the insert_position procedure
and inserts the child at the specified position
in the children list, expanding it if necessary.
Some composite widgets define their own insert_child routine
so that they can order their children in some convenient way,
create companion controller widgets for a new widget,
or limit the number or class of their child widgets.
A composite widget class that wishes
to allow nonwidget children (see ) must specify a
CompositeClassExtension
extension record as described
in
and set the accepts_objects field in this record to
True.
If the
CompositeClassExtension
record is not specified or the
accepts_objects field is
False,
the composite widget can assume that all its children are of a subclass of Core
without an explicit subclass test in the insert_child procedure.
If there is not enough room to insert a new child in the children array
(that is, num_children is equal to num_slots),
the insert_child procedure must first reallocate the array
and update num_slots.
The insert_child procedure then places the child at the appropriate position
in the array and increments the num_children field.
Insertion Order of Children: The insert_position Procedure
Instances of composite widgets sometimes need to specify more about the order in which
their children are kept.
For example,
an application may want a set of command buttons in some logical order
grouped by function,
and it may want buttons that represent file names to be kept
in alphabetical order without constraining the order in which the
buttons are created.
An application controls the presentation order of a set of children by
supplying an
XtNinsertPosition
resource.
The insert_position procedure pointer in a composite widget instance is of type
.
typedef Cardinal (*XtOrderProc)
Widget w
w
Passes the newly created widget.
Composite widgets that allow clients to order their children (usually
homogeneous boxes) can call their widget instance's insert_position
procedure from the class's insert_child procedure to determine where a new
child should go in its children array.
Thus, a client using a composite class can apply different sorting criteria
to widget instances of the class, passing in a different insert_position
procedure resource when it creates each composite widget instance.
The return value of the insert_position procedure
indicates how many children should go before the widget.
Returning zero indicates that the widget should go before all other children,
and returning num_children indicates that it should go after all other children.
The default insert_position function returns num_children
and can be overridden by a specific composite widget's resource list
or by the argument list provided when the composite widget is created.
Deletion of Children: The delete_child Procedure
To remove the child from the parent's children list, the
function eventually causes a call to the Composite parent's class delete_child
procedure.
The delete_child procedure pointer is of type
.
typedef void (*XtWidgetProc)
Widget w
w
Passes the child being deleted.
Most widgets inherit the delete_child procedure from their superclass.
Composite widgets that create companion widgets define their own
delete_child procedure to remove these companion widgets.
Adding and Removing Children from the Managed Set
The Intrinsics provide a set of generic routines to permit the addition of
widgets to or the removal of widgets from a composite widget's managed set.
These generic routines eventually call the composite widget's change_managed
procedure if the procedure pointer is non-NULL.
The change_managed procedure pointer is of type
.
The widget argument specifies the composite widget whose managed child
set has been modified.
Managing Children
To add a list of widgets to the geometry-managed (and hence displayable)
subset of their Composite parent, use
.
typedef Widget *WidgetList;
void XtManageChildren
WidgetList children
Cardinal num_children
children
Specifies a list of child widgets. Each child must be of class
RectObj or any subclass thereof.
num_children
Specifies the number of children in the list.
The
function performs the following:
Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent or
if the parent's class is not a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass.
Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed;
otherwise, for each unique child on the list,
ignores the child if it already is managed or is being destroyed,
and marks it if not.
If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked,
it makes some of the newly managed children viewable:
Calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent.
Calls
on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized.
Maps each previously unmanaged child that has map_when_managed
True.
Managing children is independent of the ordering of children and
independent of creating and deleting children.
The layout routine of the parent
should consider children whose managed field is
True
and should ignore all other children.
Note that some composite widgets, especially fixed boxes, call
from their insert_child procedure.
If the parent widget is realized,
its change_managed procedure is called to notify it
that its set of managed children has changed.
The parent can reposition and resize any of its children.
It moves each child as needed by calling
,
which first updates the x and y fields and which then calls
XMoveWindow.
If the composite widget wishes to change the size or border width of any of
its children, it calls
,
which first updates the
width, height, and border_width
fields and then calls
XConfigureWindow.
Simultaneous repositioning and resizing may be done with
;
see .
To add a single child to its parent widget's set of managed children, use
.
void XtManageChild
Widget child
child
Specifies the child. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
The
function constructs a
WidgetList
of length 1 and calls
.
To create and manage a child widget in a single procedure, use
or
.
Widget XtCreateManagedWidget
String name
WidgetClass widget_class
Widget parent
ArgList args
Cardinal num_args
name
Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget.
widget_class
Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget. (rC
parent
Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Composite or any
subclass thereof.
args
Specifies the argument list to override any other resource specifications.
num_args
Specifies the number of entries in the argument list.
The
function is a convenience routine that calls
and
.
Widget XtVaCreateManagedWidget
String name
WidgetClass widget_class
Widget parent
name
Specifies the resource instance name for the created widget.
widget_class
Specifies the widget class pointer for the created widget. (rC
parent
Specifies the parent widget. Must be of class Composite or any
subclass thereof.
...
Specifies the variable argument list to override any other
resource specifications.
is identical in function to
with the args and num_args parameters replaced
by a varargs list, as described in Section 2.5.1.
Unmanaging Children
To remove a list of children from a parent widget's managed list, use
.
void XtUnmanageChildren
WidgetList children
Cardinal num_children
children
Specifies a list of child widgets. Each child must be of class
RectObj or any subclass thereof.
num_children
Specifies the number of children.
The
function performs the following:
Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed.
Issues an error if the children do not all have the same parent
or if the parent is not a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass.
For each unique child on the list,
ignores the child if it is unmanaged; otherwise it performs the following:
Marks the child as unmanaged.
If the child is realized and the map_when_managed field is
True,
it is unmapped.
If the parent is realized and if any children have become unmanaged,
calls the change_managed routine of the widgets' parent.
does not destroy the child widgets.
Removing widgets from a parent's managed set is often a temporary banishment,
and some time later the client may manage the children again.
To destroy widgets entirely,
should be called instead;
see .
To remove a single child from its parent widget's managed set, use
.
void XtUnmanageChild
Widget child
child
Specifies the child. Must be of class RectObj or any subclass thereof.
The
function constructs a widget list
of length 1 and calls
.
These functions are low-level routines that are used by generic
composite widget building routines.
In addition, composite widgets can provide widget-specific,
high-level convenience procedures.
Bundling Changes to the Managed Set
A client may simultaneously unmanage and manage children
with a single call to the Intrinsics. In this same call the
client may provide a callback procedure that can modify the
geometries of one or more children. The composite widget class
defines whether this single client call results in separate invocations
of the change_managed method, one to unmanage and the other to
manage, or in just a single invocation.
To simultaneously remove from and add to the geometry-managed
set of children of a composite parent, use
.
void XtChangeManagedSet
WidgetList unmanage_children
Cardinal num_unmanage_children
XtDoChangeProc do_change_proc
XtPointer client_data
WidgetList manage_children
Cardinal num_manage_children
unmanage_children
Specifies the list of widget children to initially remove from the managed set.
num_unmanage_children
Specifies the number of entries in the unmanage_children list.
do_change_proc
Specifies a procedure to invoke between unmanaging
and managing the children, or NULL.
client_data
Specifies client data to be passed to the do_change_proc.
manage_children
Specifies the list of widget children to finally add to the managed set.
num_manage_children
Specifies the number of entries in the manage_children list.
The
function performs the following:
Returns immediately if num_unmanage_children and
num_manage_children are both 0.
Issues a warning and returns if the widgets specified in the
manage_children and
the unmanage_children lists do not all have the same parent or if
that parent is not a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass.
Returns immediately if the common parent is being destroyed.
If do_change_proc is not NULL and the parent's
CompositeClassExtension
allows_change_managed_set field is
False,
then
performs the following:
Calls
(unmanage_children, num_unmanage_children).
Calls the do_change_proc.
Calls
(manage_children, num_manage_children).
Otherwise, the following is performed:
For each child on the unmanage_children list; if the child is
already unmanaged it is ignored, otherwise it is marked as unmanaged,
and if it is realized and its map_when_managed field is
True,
it is unmapped.
If do_change_proc is non-NULL, the procedure is invoked.
For each child on the manage_children list; if the child is already
managed or is being destroyed, it is ignored; otherwise it is
marked as managed.
If the parent is realized and after all children have been marked,
the change_managed method of the parent is invoked, and subsequently
some of the newly managed children are made viewable by calling
on each previously unmanaged child that is unrealized and
mapping each previously unmanaged child that has map_when_managed
True.
If no
CompositeClassExtension
record is found in the parent's composite class part extension field
with record type
NULLQUARK
and version greater than 1, and if
XtInheritChangeManaged
was specified in the parent's class record during class initialization,
the value of the allows_change_managed_set
field is inherited from the superclass. The value inherited from
compositeWidgetClass
for the allows_change_managed_set field is
False.
It is not an error to include a child in both the unmanage_children
and the manage_children lists. The effect of such a call is that
the child remains managed following the call, but the do_change_proc is
able to affect the child while it is in an unmanaged state.
The do_change_proc is of type
.
typedef void *XtDoChangeProc
Widget composite_parent
WidgetList unmange_children
Cardinal *num_unmanage_children
WidgetList manage_children
Cardinal *num_manage_children
XtPointer client_data
composite_parent
Passes the composite parent whose managed set is being altered.
unmanage_children
Passes the list of children just removed from the managed set.
num_unmanage_children
Passes the number of entries in the unmanage_children list.
manage_children
Passes the list of children about to be added to the managed set.
num_manage_children
Passes the number of entries in the manage_children list.
client_data
Passes the client data passed to
.
The do_change_proc procedure is used by the caller of
to make changes to one or more children at the point when the
managed set contains the fewest entries. These changes may
involve geometry requests, and in this case the caller of
may take advantage of the fact that the Intrinsics internally grant
geometry requests made by unmanaged children without invoking
the parent's geometry manager. To achieve this advantage, if
the do_change_proc procedure
changes the geometry of a child or of a descendant of a child, then
that child should be included in the unmanage_children and
manage_children lists.
Determining if a Widget Is Managed
To determine the managed state of a given child widget, use
.
Boolean XtIsManaged
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Object or any subclass thereof.
The
function returns
True
if the specified widget is of class RectObj or any subclass thereof
and is managed, or
False
otherwise.
Controlling When Widgets Get Mapped
A widget is normally mapped if it is managed.
However,
this behavior can be overridden by setting the XtNmappedWhenManaged resource
for the widget when it is created
or by setting the map_when_managed field to
False.
To change the value of a given widget's map_when_managed field, use
.
void XtSetMappedWhenManaged
Widget w
Boolean map_when_managed
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
map_when_managed
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates the new value
that is stored into the widget's map_when_managed
field.
If the widget is realized and managed,
and if map_when_managed is
True,
maps the window.
If the widget is realized and managed,
and if map_when_managed is
False,
it unmaps the window.
is a convenience function that is equivalent to (but slightly faster than)
calling
and setting the new value for the XtNmappedWhenManaged resource
then mapping the widget as appropriate.
As an alternative to using
to control mapping,
a client may set mapped_when_managed to
False
and use
and
explicitly.
To map a widget explicitly, use
.
XtMapWidget
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
To unmap a widget explicitly, use
.
XtUnmapWidget
Widget w
w
Specifies the widget. Must be of class Core or any subclass thereof.
Constrained Composite Widgets
The Constraint
widget class is a subclass of
compositeWidgetClass.
The name is derived from the fact that constraint widgets
may manage the geometry
of their children based on constraints associated with each child.
These constraints can be as simple as the maximum width and height
the parent will allow the child to occupy or can be as complicated as
how other children should change if this child is moved or resized.
Constraint
widgets let a parent define constraints as resources that are supplied for their children.
For example, if the
Constraint
parent defines the maximum sizes for its children,
these new size resources are retrieved for each child as if they were
resources that were defined by the child widget's class.
Accordingly,
constraint resources may be included in the argument list or resource file just
like any other resource for the child.
Constraint
widgets have all the responsibilities of normal composite widgets
and, in addition, must process and act upon the constraint information
associated with each of their children.
To make it easy for widgets and the Intrinsics to keep track of the
constraints associated with a child,
every widget has a constraints field,
which is the address of a parent-specific structure that contains
constraint information about the child.
If a child's parent does not belong to a subclass of
constraintWidgetClass,
then the child's constraints field is NULL.
Subclasses of
Constraint
can add constraint data to the constraint record defined by their superclass.
To allow this, widget writers should define the constraint
records in their private .h file by using the same conventions as used for
widget records.
For example, a widget class that needs to maintain a maximum
width and height for each child might define its constraint record as
follows:
typedef struct {
Dimension max_width, max_height;
} MaxConstraintPart;
typedef struct {
MaxConstraintPart max;
} MaxConstraintRecord, *MaxConstraint;
A subclass of this widget class that also needs to maintain a minimum size would
define its constraint record as follows:
typedef struct {
Dimension min_width, min_height;
} MinConstraintPart;
typedef struct {
MaxConstraintPart max;
MinConstraintPart min;
} MaxMinConstraintRecord, *MaxMinConstraint;
Constraints are allocated, initialized, deallocated, and otherwise maintained
insofar as possible by the Intrinsics.
The Constraint class record part has several entries that facilitate this.
All entries in
ConstraintClassPart
are fields and procedures that are defined and implemented by the parent,
but they are called whenever actions are performed on the parent's children.
The
function uses the constraint_size field in the parent's class record
to allocate a constraint record when a child is created.
also uses the constraint resources to fill in resource fields in the
constraint record associated with a child.
It then calls the constraint initialize procedure so that the parent
can compute constraint fields that are derived from constraint resources
and can possibly move or resize the child to conform to the given constraints.
When the
and
functions are executed
on a child, they use the constraint resources to get the values or
set the values of constraints associated with that child.
then calls the constraint set_values procedures so that the parent can
recompute derived constraint fields and move or resize the child
as appropriate.
If a
Constraint
widget class or any of its superclasses have declared a
ConstraintClassExtension
record in the
ConstraintClassPart
extension
fields with a record type of
NULLQUARK
and the get_values_hook field in
the extension record is non-NULL,
calls the get_values_hook
procedure(s) to allow the parent to return derived constraint fields.
The
function calls the constraint destroy procedure to deallocate any
dynamic storage associated with a constraint record.
The constraint record itself must not be deallocated by the constraint
destroy procedure;
does this automatically.
s the fewest entries. These changes may
involve geometry requests, and in this case the caller of
may take advlibXt-1.1.5/specs/CH04.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000230365 12520610324 0015362 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Shell Widgets
Shell widgets hold an application's top-level widgets to allow them to
communicate with the window manager and session manager.
Shells have been designed to be as nearly invisible as possible.
Clients have to create them,
but they should never have to worry about their sizes.
If a shell widget is resized from the outside (typically by a window manager),
the shell widget also resizes its managed child widget automatically.
Similarly, if the shell's child widget needs to change size,
it can make a geometry request to the shell,
and the shell negotiates the size change with the outer environment.
Clients should never attempt to change the size of their shells directly.
The five types of public shells are:
OverrideShell
Used for shell windows that completely bypass the window manager
(for example, pop-up menu shells).
TransientShell
Used for shell windows that have the
WM_TRANSIENT_FOR
property set. The effect of this property is dependent upon the
window manager being used.
TopLevelShell
Used for normal top-level windows
(for example, any additional top-level widgets an application needs).
ApplicationShell
Formerly used for the single main top-level window that
the window manager identifies as an application instance and
made obsolete by SessionShell.
SessionShell
Used for the single main top-level window that
the window manager identifies as an application instance and
that interacts with the session manager.
Shell Widget Definitions
Widgets negotiate their size and position with their parent widget,
that is, the widget that directly contains them.
Widgets at the top of the hierarchy do not have parent widgets.
Instead, they must deal with the outside world.
To provide for this,
each top-level widget is encapsulated in a special widget, called a
shell widget.
Shell
widgets, whose class is a subclass of the
Composite class,
encapsulate other widgets and can allow a widget to avoid the
geometry clipping imposed by the parent-child window relationship.
They also can provide a layer of communication with the window manager.
The eight different types of shells are:
Shell
The base class for shell widgets; provides the
fields needed for all types of shells. Shell
is a direct subclass of
compositeWidgetClass.
OverrideShell
A subclass of Shell; used for shell windows that completely
bypass the window manager.
WMShell
A subclass of Shell; contains fields needed by the
common window manager protocol.
VendorShell
A subclass of WMShell; contains fields used by
vendor-specific window managers.
TransientShell
A subclass of VendorShell; used for shell windows that
desire the WM_TRANSIENT_FOR
property.
TopLevelShell
A subclass of VendorShell; used for normal top-level windows.
ApplicationShell
A subclass of TopLevelShell; may be used for an application's additional
root windows.
SessionShell
A subclass of ApplicationShell; used for an application's
main root window.
Note that the classes
Shell,
WMShell,
and
VendorShell
are internal and should not be instantiated or subclassed.
Only
OverrrideShell,
TransientShell,
TopLevelShell,
ApplicationShell,
and
SessionShell
are intended for public use.
ShellClassPart Definitions
Only the Shell
class has additional class fields, which are all contained in the
ShellClassExtensionRec.
None of the other Shell classes have any additional class fields:
typedef struct {
XtPointer extension;
} ShellClassPart, OverrideShellClassPart,
WMShellClassPart, VendorShellClassPart, TransientShellClassPart,
TopLevelShellClassPart, ApplicationShellClassPart, SessionShellClassPart;
The full Shell class record definitions are:
typedef struct _ShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
} ShellClassRec;
typedef struct {
XtPointer next_extension; See
XrmQuark record_type; See
long version; See
Cardinal record_size; See
XtGeometryHandler root_geometry_manager; See below
} ShellClassExtensionRec, *ShellClassExtension;
typedef struct _OverrideShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
OverrideShellClassPart override_shell_class;
} OverrideShellClassRec;
typedef struct _WMShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
} WMShellClassRec;
typedef struct _VendorShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
} VendorShellClassRec;
typedef struct _TransientShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
TransientShellClassPart transient_shell_class;
} TransientShellClassRec;
typedef struct _TopLevelShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
} TopLevelShellClassRec;
typedef struct _ApplicationShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class;
} ApplicationShellClassRec;
typedef struct _SessionShellClassRec {
CoreClassPart core_class;
CompositeClassPart composite_class;
ShellClassPart shell_class;
WMShellClassPart wm_shell_class;
VendorShellClassPart vendor_shell_class;
TopLevelShellClassPart top_level_shell_class;
ApplicationShellClassPart application_shell_class;
SessionShellClassPart session_shell_class;
} SessionShellClassRec;
The single occurrences of the class records and pointers for creating
instances of shells are:
extern ShellClassRec shellClassRec;
extern OverrideShellClassRec overrideShellClassRec;
extern WMShellClassRec wmShellClassRec;
extern VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec;
extern TransientShellClassRec transientShellClassRec;
extern TopLevelShellClassRec topLevelShellClassRec;
extern ApplicationShellClassRec applicationShellClassRec;
extern SessionShellClassRec sessionShellClassRec;
extern WidgetClass shellWidgetClass;
extern WidgetClass overrideShellWidgetClass;
extern WidgetClass wmShellWidgetClass;
extern WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass;
extern WidgetClass transientShellWidgetClass;
extern WidgetClass topLevelShellWidgetClass;
extern WidgetClass applicationShellWidgetClass;
extern WidgetClass sessionShellWidgetClass;
The following opaque types and opaque variables are defined
for generic operations on widgets whose class is a subclass of
Shell.
Types
Variables
ShellWidget
shellWidgetClass
OverrideShellWidget
overrideShellWidgetClass
WMShellWidget
wmShellWidgetClass
VendorShellWidget
vendorShellWidgetClass
TransientShellWidget
transientShellWidgetClass
TopLevelShellWidget
topLevelShellWidgetClass
ApplicationShellWidget
applicationShellWidgetClass
SessionShellWidget
sessionShellWidgetClass
ShellWidgetClass
OverrideShellWidgetClass
WMShellWidgetClass
VendorShellWidgetClass
TransientShellWidgetClass
TopLevelShellWidgetClass
ApplicationShellWidgetClass
SessionShellWidgetClass
The declarations for all Intrinsics-defined shells except
VendorShell appear in
Shell.h
and
ShellP.h.
VendorShell has separate public and private .h files which are included by
Shell.h
and
ShellP.h.
Shell.h
uses incomplete structure definitions to ensure that the
compiler catches attempts to access private data in any of the Shell
instance or class data structures.
The symbolic constant for the
ShellClassExtension
version identifier is
XtShellExtensionVersion
(see ).
The root_geometry_manager procedure acts as
the parent geometry manager for geometry requests made by shell
widgets. When a shell widget calls either
or
,
the root_geometry_manager procedure is invoked to
negotiate the new geometry with the window manager. If the window
manager permits the new geometry, the root_geometry_manager
procedure should
return
XtGeometryYes;
if the window manager denies the geometry
request or does not change the window geometry within some timeout
interval (equal to wm_timeout in the case of WMShells), the
root_geometry_manager procedure should return
XtGeometryNo.
If the window manager makes some alternative geometry change, the
root_geometry_manager procedure may return either
XtGeometryNo
and handle the new geometry as a resize or
XtGeometryAlmost
in anticipation that the shell will accept the compromise. If the
compromise is not accepted, the new size must then be handled as a
resize. Subclasses of
Shell
that wish to provide their own
root_geometry_manager procedures are strongly encouraged to use enveloping to
invoke their superclass's root_geometry_manager procedure under most
situations, as the window manager interaction may be very complex.
If no
ShellClassPart
extension record is declared with record_type
equal to
NULLQUARK,
then
XtInheritRootGeometryManager
is assumed.
ShellPart Definition
The various shell widgets have the following additional instance
fields defined in
their widget records:
typedef struct {
String geometry;
XtCreatePopupChildProc create_popup_child_proc;
XtGrabKind grab_kind;
Boolean spring_loaded;
Boolean popped_up;
Boolean allow_shell_resize;
Boolean client_specified;
Boolean save_under;
Boolean override_redirect;
XtCallbackList popup_callback;
XtCallbackList popdown_callback;
Visual * visual;
} ShellPart;
typedef struct {
int empty;
} OverrideShellPart;
typedef struct {
String title;
int wm_timeout;
Boolean wait_for_wm;
Boolean transient;
Boolean urgency;
Widget client_leader;
String window_role;
struct _OldXSizeHints {
long flags;
int x, y;
int width, height;
int min_width, min_height;
int max_width, max_height;
int width_inc, height_inc;
struct {
int x;
int y;
} min_aspect, max_aspect;
} size_hints;
XWMHints wm_hints;
int base_width, base_height, win_gravity;
Atom title_encoding;
} WMShellPart;
typedef struct {
int vendor_specific;
} VendorShellPart;
typedef struct {
Widget transient_for;
} TransientShellPart;
typedef struct {
String icon_name;
Boolean iconic;
Atom icon_name_encoding;
} TopLevelShellPart;
typedef struct {
char * class;
XrmClass xrm_class;
int argc;
char ** argv;
} ApplicationShellPart;
typedef struct {
SmcConn connection;
String session_id;
String * restart_command;
String * clone_command;
String * discard_command;
String * resign_command;
String * shutdown_command;
String * environment;
String current_dir;
String program_path;
unsigned char restart_style;
Boolean join_session;
XtCallbackList save_callbacks;
XtCallbackList interact_callbacks;
XtCallbackList cancel_callbacks;
XtCallbackList save_complete_callbacks;
XtCallbackList die_callbacks;
XtCallbackList error_callbacks;
} SessionShellPart;
The full shell widget instance record definitions are:
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
} ShellRec, *ShellWidget;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
OverrideShellPart override;
} OverrideShellRec, *OverrideShellWidget;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
} WMShellRec, *WMShellWidget;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
} VendorShellRec, *VendorShellWidget;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
TransientShellPart transient;
} TransientShellRec, *TransientShellWidget;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
} TopLevelShellRec, *TopLevelShellWidget;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
ApplicationShellPart application;
} ApplicationShellRec, *ApplicationShellWidget;
typedef struct {
CorePart core;
CompositePart composite;
ShellPart shell;
WMShellPart wm;
VendorShellPart vendor;
TopLevelShellPart topLevel;
ApplicationShellPart application;
SessionShellPart session;
} SessionShellRec, *SessionShellWidget;
Shell Resources
The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in
the
shellClassRec
resource list are:
Name
Class
Representation
XtNallowShellResize
XtCAllowShellResize
XtRBoolean
XtNcreatePopupChildProc
XtCCreatePopupChildProc
XtRFunction
XtNgeometry
XtCGeometry
XtRString
XtNoverrideRedirect
XtCOverrideRedirect
XtRBoolean
XtNpopdownCallback
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNpopupCallback
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNsaveUnder
XtCSaveUnder
XtRBoolean
XtNvisual
XtCVisual
XtRVisual
OverrideShell
declares no additional resources beyond those defined by
Shell.
The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in
the
wmShellClassRec
resource list are:
Name
Class
Representation
XtNbaseHeight
XtCBaseHeight
XtRInt
XtNbaseWidth
XtCBaseWidth
XtRInt
XtNclientLeader
XtCClientLeader
XtRWidget
XtNheightInc
XtCHeightInc
XtRInt
XtNiconMask
XtCIconMask
XtRBitmap
XtNiconPixmap
XtCIconPixmap
XtRBitmap
XtNiconWindow
XtCIconWindow
XtRWindow
XtNiconX
XtCIconX
XtRInt
XtNiconY
XtCIconY
XtRInt
XtNinitialState
XtCInitialState
XtRInitialState
XtNinput
XtCInput
XtRBool
XtNmaxAspectX
XtCMaxAspectX
XtRInt
XtNmaxAspectY
XtCMaxAspectY
XtRInt
XtNmaxHeight
XtCMaxHeight
XtRInt
XtNmaxWidth
XtCMaxWidth
XtRInt
XtNminAspectX
XtCMinAspectX
XtRInt
XtNminAspectY
XtCMinAspectY
XtRInt
XtNminHeight
XtCMinHeight
XtRInt
XtNminWidth
XtCMinWidth
XtRInt
XtNtitle
XtCTitle
XtRString
XtNtitleEncoding
XtCTitleEncoding
XtRAtom
XtNtransient
XtCTransient
XtRBoolean
XtNwaitforwm, XtNwaitForWm
XtCWaitforwm, XtCWaitForWm
XtRBoolean
XtNwidthInc
XtCWidthInc
XtRInt
XtNwindowRole
XtCWindowRole
XtRString
XtNwinGravity
XtCWinGravity
XtRGravity
XtNwindowGroup
XtCWindowGroup
XtRWindow
XtNwmTimeout
XtCWmTimeout
XtRInt
XtNurgency
XtCUrgency
XtRBoolean
_
The class resource list for
VendorShell
is implementation-defined.
The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
transient\%ShellClassRec
resource list are:
Name
Class
Representation
XtNtransientFor
XtCTransientFor
XtRWidget
The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
topLevelShellClassRec
resource list are:
Name
Class
Representation
XtNiconName
XtCIconName
XtRString
XtNiconNameEncoding
XtCIconNameEncoding
XtRAtom
XtNiconic
XtCIconic
XtRBoolean
The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
application\%ShellClassRec
resource list are:
Name
Class
Representation
XtNargc
XtCArgc
XtRInt
XtNargv
XtCArgv
XtRStringArray
The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified
in the
sessionShellClassRec
resource list are:
Name
Class
Representation
XtNcancelCallback
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNcloneCommand
XtCCloneCommand
XtRCommandArgArray
XtNconnection
XtCConnection
XtRSmcConn
XtNcurrentDirectory
XtCCurrentDirectory
XtRDirectoryString
XtNdieCallback
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNdiscardCommand
XtCDiscardCommand
XtRCommandArgArray
XtNenvironment
XtCEnvironment
XtREnvironmentArray
XtNerrorCallback
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNinteractCallback
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNjoinSession
XtCJoinSession
XtRBoolean
XtNprogramPath
XtCProgramPath
XtRString
XtNresignCommand
XtCResignCommand
XtRCommandArgArray
XtNrestartCommand
XtCRestartCommand
XtRCommandArgArray
XtNrestartStyle
XtCRestartStyle
XtRRestartStyle
XtNsaveCallback
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNsaveCompleteCallback
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
XtNsessionID
XtCSessionID
XtRString
XtNshutdownCommand
XtCShutdownCommand
XtRCommandArgArray
ShellPart Default Values
The default values for fields common to all classes of public shells
(filled in by the
Shell
resource lists and the
Shell
initialize procedures) are:
Field
Default Value
geometry
NULL
create_popup_child_proc
NULL
grab_kind
(none)
spring_loaded
(none)
popped_up
False
allow_shell_resize
False
client_specified
(internal)
save_under
True
for OverrideShell and TransientShell,
False
otherwise
override_redirect
True
for OverrideShell,
False
otherwise
popup_callback
NULL
popdown_callback
NULL
visual
CopyFromParent
The geometry field specifies the size and position
and is usually given only on a command line or in a defaults file.
If the geometry field is non-NULL when
a widget of class WMShell
is realized, the geometry specification is parsed using
XWMGeometry
with a default geometry
string constructed from the values of x, y, width,
height, width_inc,
and height_inc and the size and position flags in the window manager
size hints are set. If the geometry specifies an x or y position,
then
USPosition
is set. If the geometry specifies a width or height, then
USSize
is set. Any fields in the geometry specification
override the corresponding values in the
Core x, y, width, and height fields.
If geometry is NULL or contains only a partial specification, then the
Core x, y, width, and height fields are used and
PPosition
and
PSize
are set as appropriate.
The geometry string is not copied by any of the Intrinsics
Shell classes; a client specifying the string in an arglist
or varargs list must ensure
that the value remains valid until the shell widget is realized.
For further information on the geometry string, see
in Xlib — C Language X Interface.
The create_popup_child_proc procedure is called by the
procedure and may remain NULL.
The grab_kind, spring_loaded,
and popped_up fields maintain widget
state information as described under
,
,
,
and
.
The allow_shell_resize field controls whether the widget contained
by the shell is allowed to try to resize itself.
If allow_shell_resize is
False,
any geometry requests made by the child will always return
XtGeometryNo
without interacting with the window manager.
Setting save_under
True
instructs the server to attempt
to save the contents of windows obscured by the shell when it is mapped
and to restore those contents automatically when the shell is unmapped.
It is useful for pop-up menus.
Setting override_redirect
True
determines
whether the window manager can intercede when the shell window
is mapped.
For further information on override_redirect,
see in
Xlib — C Language X Interface
and
and
in the
Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual.
The pop-up and pop-down callbacks are called during
and
.
The default value of the visual resource is the symbolic value
CopyFromParent.
The Intrinsics do not need to query the parent's visual type when the
default value is used; if a client using
to examine the visual type receives the value
CopyFromParent,
it must then use
XGetWindowAttributes
if it needs the actual visual type.
The default values for Shell fields in
WMShell
and its subclasses are:
Field
Default Value
title
Icon name, if specified, otherwise the application's name
wm_timeout
Five seconds, in units of milliseconds
wait_for_wm
True
transient
True
for TransientShell,
False
otherwise
urgency
False
client_leader
NULL
window_role
NULL
min_width
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
min_height
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
max_width
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
max_height
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
width_inc
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
height_inc
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
min_aspect_x
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
min_aspect_y
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
max_aspect_x
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
max_aspect_y
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
input
False
initial_state
Normal
icon_pixmap
None
icon_window
None
icon_x
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
icon_y
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
icon_mask
None
window_group
XtUnspecifiedWindow
base_width
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
base_height
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
win_gravity
XtUnspecifiedShellInt
title_encoding
See text
The title and
title_encoding fields are stored in the
WM_NAME
property on the shell's window by the WMShell realize procedure.
If the title_encoding field is
None,
the title string is assumed to be in the encoding of the current
locale and the encoding of the
WM_NAME
property is set to
XStdICCTextStyle.
If a language procedure has not been set
the default value of title_encoding is
XA_STRING, otherwise the default value is
None.
The wm_timeout field specifies, in milliseconds,
the amount of time a shell is to wait for
confirmation of a geometry request to the window manager.
If none comes back within that time,
the shell assumes the window manager is not functioning properly
and sets wait_for_wm to
False
(later events may reset this value).
When wait_for_wm is
False,
the shell does not wait for a response, but relies on asynchronous
notification.
If transient is
True,
the
WM_TRANSIENT_FOR
property
will be stored on the shell window with a value as specified below.
The interpretation of this property is specific to the window manager
under which the application is run; see the
Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
for more details.
The realize and set_values procedures of WMShell store the
WM_CLIENT_LEADER
property on the shell window.
When client_leader is not NULL and the client leader widget is
realized, the property will be created with the value of the window of the
client leader widget.
When client_leader is NULL and the shell widget has a NULL parent,
the widget's window is used as the value of the
property.
When client_leader is NULL and the shell widget has a non-NULL parent,
a search is made for the closest shell ancestor
with a non-NULL client_leader,
and if none is found the shell ancestor with a NULL parent is the result.
If the resulting widget is realized, the property is created
with the value of the widget's window.
When the value of window_role is not NULL, the
realize and set_values procedures store the
WM_WINDOW_ROLE
property on the shell's window with the value of the resource.
All other resources specify fields in the window manager hints
and the window manager size hints.
The realize and set_values procedures of
WMShell
set the corresponding flag bits in the
hints if any of the fields contain nondefault values. In addition, if
a flag bit is set that refers to a field with the value
XtUnspecifiedShellInt,
the value of the field is modified as follows:
Field
Replacement
base_width, base_height
0
width_inc, height_inc
1
max_width, max_height
32767
min_width, min_height
1
min_aspect_x, min_aspect_y
-1
max_aspect_x, max_aspect_y
-1
icon_x, icon_y
-1
win_gravity
Value returned by
XWMGeometry
if called,
else NorthWestGravity
If the shell widget has a non-NULL parent, then the
realize and set_values procedures replace the value
XtUnspecifiedWindow
in the window_group field with the window id of the root widget
of the widget tree if the
root widget is realized. The symbolic constant
XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup
may be used to indicate that the window_group hint flag bit is not
to be set. If transient is
True,
the shell's class is not a subclass of
TransientShell,
and window_group is not
XtUnspecifiedWindowGroup,
the WMShell realize and set_values procedures then store the
WM_TRANSIENT_FOR
property with the value of window_group.
Transient
shells have the following additional resource:
Field
Replacement
transient_for
NULL
The realize and set_values procedures of
TransientShell
store the
WM_TRANSIENT_FOR
property on the shell window if transient is
True.
If transient_for is non-NULL and the widget specified by
transient_for is realized, then its window is used as the value of the
WM_TRANSIENT_FOR
property; otherwise, the value of window_group is used.
TopLevel
shells have the the following additional resources:
Field
Default Value
icon_name
Shell widget's name
iconic
False
icon_name_encoding
See text
The icon_name
and icon_name_encoding fields are stored in the
WM_ICON_NAME
property on the shell's window by the TopLevelShell realize
procedure.
If the icon_name_encoding field is
None,
the icon_name string is assumed to be in the encoding of the
current locale and the encoding of the
WM_ICON_NAME
property is set to
XStdICCTextStyle.
If a language procedure has not been set,
the default value of icon_name_encoding is
XA_STRING, otherwise the default value is
None.
The iconic field may be used by a client to request
that the window manager iconify or deiconify the shell; the
TopLevelShell
set_values procedure will send the appropriate
WM_CHANGE_STATE
message (as specified by the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual)
if this resource is changed from
False
to
True
and will call
specifying grab_kind as
XtGrabNone
if iconic is changed from
True
to
False.
The XtNiconic resource is also an alternative way to set
the XtNinitialState resource
to indicate that a shell should be initially displayed as an icon; the
TopLevelShell
initialize procedure will set initial_state to
IconicState
if iconic is
True.
Application
shells have the following additional resources:
Field
Default Value
argc
0
argv
NULL
The argc and argv fields are used to initialize
the standard property
WM_COMMAND. See the
Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
for more information.
The default values for the SessionShell instance fields,
which are filled in from the resource lists and by the
initialize procedure, are
Field
Default Value
cancel_callbacks
NULL
clone_command
See text
connection
NULL
current_dir
NULL
die_callbacks
NULL
discard_command
NULL
environment
NULL
error_callbacks
NULL
interact_callbacks
NULL
join_session
True
program_path
NULL
resign_command
NULL
restart_command
See text
restart_style
SmRestartIfRunning
save_callbacks
NULL
save_complete_callbacks
NULL
session_id
NULL
shutdown_command
NULL
The connection field contains the session connection object or NULL
if a session connection is not being managed by this widget.
The session_id is an identification assigned to the session
participant by the session manager.
The session_id will be passed to the session
manager as the client identifier of the previous session.
When a connection is established with the session manager,
the client id assigned by the session manager is stored
in the session_id field.
When not NULL, the session_id of the Session shell widget that
is at the root of the widget tree of the client leader widget will be
used to create the
SM_CLIENT_ID
property on the client leader's window.
If join_session is
False,
the widget will not attempt to establish a
connection to the session manager at shell creation time.
See and
for more information on the functionality of this resource.
The restart_command, clone_command, discard_command,
resign_command, shutdown_command, environment,
current_dir, program_path, and
restart_style fields contain standard session properties.
When a session connection is established or newly managed by the shell,
the shell initialize and set_values methods check the values of the
restart_command,
clone_command,
and program_path
resources. At that time, if restart_command is NULL, the value
of the argv resource will be copied to restart_command.
Whether or not restart_command was NULL,
if "-xtsessionID" "<session id>" does not
already appear in the restart_command, it will be added by the
initialize and set_values methods at the beginning of the command arguments;
if the "-xtsessionID" argument already appears with an incorrect
session id in the following argument, that argument
will be replaced with the current session id.
After this, the shell initialize and set_values procedures check the
clone_command. If clone_command is NULL,
restart_command will be copied to clone_command,
except the "-xtsessionID" and following argument will not be copied.
Finally, the shell initialize and set_values procedures check the
program_path. If program_path is NULL, the
first element of restart_command is copied to program_path.
The possible values of restart_style are
SmRestartIfRunning,
SmRestartAnyway,
SmRestartImmediately,
and
SmRestartNever.
A resource converter is registered for this resource;
for the strings that it recognizes,
see .
The resource type EnvironmentArray is a NULL-terminated array of
pointers to strings;
each string has the format "name=value".
The `=' character may not appear in the name,
and the string is terminated by a null character.
Session Participation
Applications can participate in a user's session, exchanging messages
with the session manager as described in the
X Session Management Protocol and the
X Session Management Library.
When a widget of
sessionShellWidgetClass
or a subclass is created, the widget provides support for the application
as a session participant and continues to provide support until the
widget is destroyed.
Joining a Session
When a Session shell is created,
if connection is NULL,
and if join_session is
True,
and if argv or restart_command is not NULL,
and if in POSIX environments the
SESSION_MANAGER
environment variable is defined,
the shell will attempt to establish a new connection with the session manager.
To transfer management of an existing session connection from an
application to the shell at widget creation time, pass the existing
session connection ID as the connection resource value
when creating the Session shell,
and if the other creation-time conditions on session participation are met,
the widget will maintain the connection with the session manager.
The application must ensure that only one
Session shell manages the connection.
In the Session shell set_values procedure,
if join_session changes from
False
to
True
and connection is NULL and when in POSIX environments the
SESSION_MANAGER
environment variable is defined,
the shell will attempt to open a connection to the session manager.
If connection changes from NULL to non-NULL, the
Session shell
will take over management of that session connection and will set
join_session to
True.
If join_session changes from
False
to
True
and connection is not NULL, the
Session shell will take over management of the session connection.
When a successful connection has been established, connection
contains the session connection ID for the session participant.
When the shell begins to manage the connection, it will call
to register the handler which watches for protocol messages
from the session manager.
When the attempt to connect fails, a warning message is issued
and connection is set to NULL.
While the connection is being managed, if a
SaveYourself,
SaveYourselfPhase2,
Interact,
ShutdownCancelled,
SaveComplete,
or
Die
message is received from the session manager, the Session shell will
call out to application callback procedures registered
on the respective callback list of the Session shell and will
send
SaveYourselfPhase2Request,
InteractRequest,
InteractDone,
SaveYourselfDone,
and
ConnectionClosed
messages as appropriate.
Initially, all of the client's session properties are undefined.
When any of the session property resource values are defined or change,
the Session shell initialize and set_values procedures
will update the client's session property value by a
SetProperties
or a
DeleteProperties
message, as appropriate.
The session ProcessID and UserID properties are always set by the shell
when it is possible to determine the value of these properties.
Saving Application State
The session manager instigates an application checkpoint by sending a
SaveYourself
request.
Applications are responsible for saving their state in response to the
request.
When the
SaveYourself
request arrives, the procedures registered on the
Session shell's save callback list are called.
If the application does not register any save callback procedures on
the save callback list, the shell will report to the session manager
that the application failed to save its state.
Each procedure on the save callback list receives a token
in the call_data parameter.
The checkpoint token in the call_data parameter is of type
XtCheckpointToken.
typedef struct {
int save_type;
int interact_style;
Boolean shutdown;
Boolean fast;
Boolean cancel_shutdown
int phase;
int interact_dialog_type; /* return */
Boolean request_cancel; /* return */
Boolean request_next_phase; /* return */
Boolean save_success; /* return */
} XtCheckpointTokenRec, *XtCheckpointToken;
The save_type, interact_style, shutdown, and fast
fields of the token contain the parameters of the
SaveYourself
message.
The possible values of save_type are
SmSaveLocal,
SmSaveGlobal,
and
SmSaveBoth;
these indicate the type of information to be saved.
The possible values of interact_style are
SmInteractStyleNone,
SmInteractStyleErrors,
and
SmInteractStyleAny;
these indicate whether user interaction would be permitted
and, if so, what kind of interaction.
If shutdown is
True,
the checkpoint is being performed in preparation for the end of the session.
If fast is
True,
the client should perform the checkpoint as quickly as possible.
If cancel_shutdown is
True,
a
ShutdownCancelled
message has been received for the current save operation.
(See .)
The phase is used by manager clients, such as a window manager,
to distinguish between the first and second phase of a save operation.
The phase will be either 1 or 2.
The remaining fields in the checkpoint token structure are provided for
the application to communicate with the shell.
Upon entry to the first application save callback procedure, the return
fields in the token have the following initial values:
interact_dialog_type is
SmDialogNormal;
request_cancel is
False;
request_next_phase is
False;
and save_success is
True.
When a token is returned with any of the four return fields containing
a noninitial value, and when the field is applicable, subsequent tokens
passed to the application during the current save operation
will always contain the noninitial value.
The purpose of the token's save_success field is to
indicate the outcome of the entire operation to the
session manager and ultimately, to the user.
Returning
False
indicates some portion of the application state
could not be successfully saved. If any token is returned
to the shell with save_success
False,
tokens subsequently received
by the application for the current save operation will show
save_success as
False.
When the shell sends the final status of the checkpoint to the
session manager, it will indicate failure to save application state
if any token was returned with save_success
False.
Session participants that manage and save the state of other clients
should structure their save or interact callbacks to
set request_next_phase to
True
when phase is 1, which will cause the shell to send the
SaveYourselfPhase2Request
when the first phase is complete. When the
SaveYourselfPhase2
message is received, the shell will invoke the save callbacks a
second time with phase equal to 2.
Manager clients should save the state of other clients
when the callbacks are invoked the second time and phase equal to 2.
The application may request additional tokens while a checkpoint is under way,
and these additional tokens must be returned by an explicit call.
To request an additional token for a save callback response that has a
deferred outcome, use
.
XtCheckpointToken XtSessionGetToken
Widget widget
widget
Specifies the Session shell widget which manages session participation.
The
function will return NULL if no checkpoint operation is currently under way.
To indicate the completion of checkpoint processing including user
interaction, the application must signal the Session shell
by returning all tokens.
(See and
).
To return a token, use
.
void XtSessionReturnToken
XtCheckpointToken token
token
Specifies a token that was received as the call_data by a procedure
on the interact callback list or a token that was received by a call to
.
Tokens passed as call_data to save callbacks are implicitly
returned when the save callback procedure returns.
A save callback procedure should not call
on the token passed in its call_data.
Requesting Interaction
When the token interact_style allows user interaction,
the application may
interact with the user during the checkpoint, but must wait for permission
to interact.
Applications request permission to interact with the user during the
checkpointing operation by registering a procedure on the Session
shell's interact callback list. When all save callback procedures have
returned, and each time a token that was granted by a call to
is returned, the Session shell examines the interact callback list.
If interaction is permitted and the interact callback list is not empty,
the shell will send an
InteractRequest
to the session manager when an interact request is not already outstanding
for the application.
The type of interaction dialog that will be requested is specified by
the interact_dialog_type field in the checkpoint token.
The possible values for interact_dialog_type are
SmDialogError
and
SmDialogNormal.
If a token is returned with interact_dialog_type containing
SmDialogError,
the interact request and any subsequent interact requests will be for
an error dialog; otherwise, the request will be for a normal dialog with
the user.
When a token is returned with save_success
False
or interact_dialog_type
SmDialogError,
tokens subsequently passed to callbacks during the same active
SaveYourself
response will reflect these changed values, indicating that
an error condition has occurred during the checkpoint.
The request_cancel field is a return value for interact callbacks only.
Upon return from a procedure on the save callback list, the value
of the token's request_cancel field is not examined by the shell.
This is also true of tokens received through a call to
.
Interacting with the User during a Checkpoint
When the session manager grants the application's request for user interaction,
the Session shell receives an
Interact
message.
The procedures registered on the interact callback list are executed,
but not as if executing a typical callback list.
These procedures are individually executed in
sequence, with a checkpoint token functioning as the sequencing mechanism.
Each step in the sequence begins by removing a procedure
from the interact callback list
and executing it with a token passed in the call_data.
The interact callback will typically pop up a dialog box and return.
When the user interaction and associated application checkpointing has
completed, the application must return the token by calling
.
Returning the token completes the current step and triggers the next step
in the sequence.
During interaction the client may request cancellation of a shutdown.
When a token passed as call_data to an interact procedure is returned,
if shutdown is
True
and cancel_shutdown is
False,
request_cancel indicates whether the
application requests that the pending shutdown be cancelled.
If request_cancel is
True,
the field will also be
True
in any tokens subsequently granted during the checkpoint operation.
When a token is returned requesting cancellation of
the session shutdown, pending interact procedures will still be
called by the Session shell.
When all interact procedures have been removed from the interact callback
list, executed, and the final interact token returned to the shell, an
InteractDone
message is sent to the session manager, indicating whether
a pending session shutdown is requested to be cancelled.
Responding to a Shutdown Cancellation
Callbacks registered on the cancel callback list are invoked when the
Session shell processes a
ShutdownCancelled
message from the session manager. This may occur during the
processing of save callbacks, while waiting for interact permission,
during user interaction, or after the save operation is complete and
the application is expecting a
SaveComplete
or a
Die
message.
The call_data for these callbacks is NULL.
When the shell notices that a pending shutdown has been cancelled,
the token cancel_shutdown field will be
True
in tokens subsequently given to the application.
Receiving notice of a shutdown cancellation does not cancel the
pending execution of save callbacks or interact callbacks.
After the cancel callbacks execute, if interact_style is not
SmInteractStyleNone
and the interact list is not empty,
the procedures on the interact callback list will be executed
and passed a token with interact_style
SmInteractStyleNone.
The application should not interact with the user, and the Session shell
will not send an
InteractDone
message.
Completing a Save
When there is no user interaction, the shell regards the application
as having finished saving state when all callback procedures
on the save callback list have returned, and any additional tokens
passed out by
have been returned by corresponding calls to
.
If the save operation involved user interaction,
the above completion conditions apply, and in addition, all requests for
interaction have been granted or cancelled,
and all tokens passed to interact callbacks have been returned
through calls to
.
If the save operation involved a manager client that requested the
second phase, the above conditions apply to both the first and second
phase of the save operation.
When the application has finished saving state,
the Session shell will report the result to the session manager by
sending the
SaveYourselfDone
message.
If the session is continuing, the shell will receive the
SaveComplete
message when all applications have completed saving state.
This message indicates that applications may again allow changes
to their state. The shell will execute the save_complete callbacks.
The call_data for these callbacks is NULL.
Responding to a Shutdown
Callbacks registered on the die callback list are invoked when the
session manager sends a
Die
message.
The callbacks on this list should do whatever is appropriate to quit
the application.
Before executing procedures on the die callback list,
the Session shell will close the connection to the session manager
and will remove the handler that watches for protocol messages.
The call_data for these callbacks is NULL.
Resigning from a Session
When the Session shell widget is destroyed, the destroy method will
close the connection to the session manager by sending a
ConnectionClosed
protocol message and will remove the input callback
that was watching for session protocol messages.
When
is used to set join_session to
False,
the set_values method of the Session shell will close the
connection to the session manager if one exists by sending a
ConnectionClosed
message, and connection will be set to NULL.
Applications that exit in response to user actions and that do not
wait for phase 2 destroy to complete on
the Session shell should set join_session to
False
before exiting.
When
is used to set connection to NULL,
the Session shell will stop managing the connection, if one exists.
However, that session connection will not be closed.
Applications that wish to ensure continuation of a session connection
beyond the destruction of the shell should first retrieve the
connection resource value,
then set the connection resource to NULL,
and then they may safely destroy the widget without losing control
of the session connection.
The error callback list will be called if an unrecoverable
communications error occurs while the shell is managing the connection.
The shell will close the connection, set connection to NULL,
remove the input callback, and
call the procedures registered on the error callback list.
The call_data for these callbacks is NULL.
e'/>
on the token passed in its call_data.
Requesting Interaction
When the token interact_style allows user interaction,
the application mlibXt-1.1.5/specs/CH12.xml 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000102107 12520610324 0015351 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006
Nonwidget Objects
Although widget writers are free to treat
Core
as the base class of
the widget hierarchy, there are actually three classes above it.
These classes are
Object,
RectObj
(Rectangle Object), and (unnamed),
and members of these classes
are referred to generically as objects. By convention, the term
widget refers only to objects that are a subclass of
Core,
and the term nonwidget refers to objects that are not a subclass of
Core.
In the preceding portion of this specification, the interface
descriptions indicate explicitly whether the generic widget argument
is restricted to particular subclasses of Object. Sections 12.2.5,
12.3.5, and 12.5 summarize the permissible classes of the arguments to, and
return values from, each of the Intrinsics routines.
Data Structures
In order not to conflict with previous widget code, the data
structures used by nonwidget objects do not follow all the same
conventions as those for widgets. In particular, the class records
are not composed of parts but instead are complete data structures
with filler for the widget fields they do not use. This
allows the static class initializers for existing widgets to remain
unchanged.
Object Objects
The
Object
object contains the definitions of fields common to all
objects. It encapsulates the mechanisms for resource management.
All objects and widgets are members of subclasses of
Object,
which is defined by the
ObjectClassPart
and
ObjectPart
structures.
ObjectClassPart Structure
The common fields for all object classes are defined in the
ObjectClassPart
structure. All fields have the same purpose,
function, and restrictions as the corresponding fields in
CoreClassPart;
fields whose
names are objn for some integer n are not
used for Object,
but exist to pad the data structure so that it matches Core's class
record. The class record initialization must fill all
objn fields with NULL or zero as appropriate to the type.
typedef struct _ObjectClassPart {
WidgetClass superclass;
String class_name;
Cardinal widget_size;
XtProc class_initialize;
XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize;
XtEnum class_inited;
XtInitProc initialize;
XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
XtProc obj1;
XtPointer obj2;
Cardinal obj3;
XtResourceList resources;
Cardinal num_resources;
XrmClass xrm_class;
Boolean obj4;
XtEnum obj5;
Boolean obj6;
Boolean obj7;
XtWidgetProc destroy;
XtProc obj8;
XtProc obj9;
XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
XtProc obj10;
XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
XtProc obj11;
XtVersionType version;
XtPointer callback_private;
String obj12;
XtProc obj13;
XtProc obj14;
XtPointer extension;
} ObjectClassPart;
The extension record defined for
ObjectClassPart
with a record_type equal to
NULLQUARK
is
ObjectClassExtensionRec.
typedef struct {
XtPointer next_extension; See
XrmQuark record_type; See
long version; See
Cardinal record_size; See
XtAllocateProc allocate; See .
XtDeallocateProc deallocate; See .
} ObjectClassExtensionRec, *ObjectClassExtension;
The prototypical
ObjectClass
consists of just the
ObjectClassPart.
typedef struct _ObjectClassRec {
ObjectClassPart object_class;
} ObjectClassRec, *ObjectClass;
The predefined class record and pointer for
ObjectClassRec
are
In
IntrinsicP.h:
extern ObjectClassRec objectClassRec;
In
Intrinsic.h:
extern WidgetClass objectClass;
The opaque types
Object
and
ObjectClass
and the opaque variable
objectClass
are defined for generic actions on objects.
The symbolic constant for the
ObjectClassExtension
version identifier is
XtObjectExtensionVersion
(see ).
Intrinsic.h
uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the
compiler catches attempts to access private data:
typedef struct _ObjectClassRec* ObjectClass;
ObjectPart Structure
The common fields for all object instances are defined in the
ObjectPart
structure. All fields have the same meaning as the
corresponding fields in
CorePart.
typedef struct _ObjectPart {
Widget self;
WidgetClass widget_class;
Widget parent;
Boolean being_destroyed;
XtCallbackList destroy_callbacks;
XtPointer constraints;
} ObjectPart;
All object instances have the
Object
fields as their first component. The prototypical type
Object
is defined with only this set of fields.
Various routines can cast object pointers, as needed, to specific
object types.
In
IntrinsicP.h:
typedef struct _ObjectRec {
ObjectPart object;
} ObjectRec, *Object;
In
Intrinsic.h:
typedef struct _ObjectRec *Object;
Object Resources
The resource names, classes, and representation types specified in the
objectClassRec
resource list are:
Name
Class
Representation
XtNdestroyCallback
XtCCallback
XtRCallback
ObjectPart Default Values
All fields in
ObjectPart
have the same default values as the corresponding fields in
CorePart.
Object Arguments to Intrinsics Routines
The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures may be
objectClass
or any subclass:
XtInitializeWidgetClass,
XtCreateWidget,
XtVaCreateWidget
XtIsSubclass,
XtCheckSubclass
XtGetResourceList,
XtGetConstraintResourceList
The Widget arguments to the following procedures may be of class
Object
or any subclass:
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
XtSuperclass,
,
,
XtIsObject,
XtIsRectObj,
XtIsWidget,
XtIsComposite,
XtIsConstraint,
XtIsShell,
XtIsOverrideShell,
XtIsWMShell,
XtIsVendorShell,
XtIsTransientShell,
XtIsToplevelShell,
XtIsApplicationShell,
XtIsSessionShell
,
(both will return
False
if argument is not a subclass of
RectObj)
(returns the state of the nearest windowed ancestor
if class of argument is not a subclass of
Core)
XtParent,
,
,
(descendant)
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
The return value of the following procedures will be of class
Object
or a subclass:
,
XtParent
The return value of the following procedures will be
objectClass
or a subclass:
,
XtSuperclass
Use of Objects
The
Object
class exists to enable programmers to use the Intrinsics'
classing and resource-handling mechanisms for things smaller
and simpler than widgets.
Objects make obsolete many common uses of subresources as described in
Sections 9.4, 9.7.2.4, and 9.7.2.5.
Composite
widget classes that wish to accept nonwidget children must
set the accepts_objects field in the
CompositeClassExtension
structure to
True.
will otherwise generate an error message on an attempt to create a
nonwidget child.
Of the classes defined by the Intrinsics,
ApplicationShell
and
SessionShell
accept nonwidget children, and the class of any nonwidget child
must not be
rectObjClass
or any subclass. The intent of allowing
Object
children of
ApplicationShell
and
SessionShell
is to provide clients a simple mechanism
for establishing the resource-naming root of an object hierarchy.
Rectangle Objects
The class of rectangle objects is a subclass of
Object
that represents
rectangular areas. It encapsulates the mechanisms for geometry
management and is called RectObj
to avoid conflict with the Xlib
Rectangle
data type.
RectObjClassPart Structure
As with the
ObjectClassPart
structure, all fields in the
RectObjClassPart
structure have the same
purpose and function as the corresponding fields in
CoreClassPart;
fields whose names are rectn for some integer
n are not used for
RectObj, but exist to pad the data structure so that it matches
Core's
class record. The class record initialization must fill all
rectn fields with NULL or zero as appropriate to the type.
typedef struct _RectObjClassPart {
WidgetClass superclass;
String class_name;
Cardinal widget_size;
XtProc class_initialize;
XtWidgetClassProc class_part_initialize;
XtEnum class_inited;
XtInitProc initialize;
XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
XtProc rect1;
XtPointer rect2;
Cardinal rect3;
XtResourceList resources;
Cardinal num_resources;
XrmClass xrm_class;
Boolean rect4;
XtEnum rect5;
Boolean rect6;
Boolean rect7;
XtWidgetProc destroy;
XtWidgetProc resize;
XtExposeProc expose;
XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
XtAlmostProc set_values_almost;
XtArgsProc get_values_hook;
XtProc rect9;
XtVersionType version;
XtPointer callback_private;
String rect10;
XtGeometryHandler query_geometry;
XtProc rect11;
XtPointer extension ;
} RectObjClassPart;
The
RectObj
class record consists of just the
RectObjClassPart.
typedef struct _RectObjClassRec {
RectObjClassPart rect_class;
} RectObjClassRec, *RectObjClass;
The predefined class record and pointer for
RectObjClassRec
are
In
Intrinsic.h:
extern RectObjClassRec rectObjClassRec;
In
Intrinsic.h:
extern WidgetClass rectObjClass;
The opaque types
RectObj
and
RectObjClass
and the opaque variable
rectObjClass
are defined for generic actions on objects
whose class is RectObj or a subclass of
RectObj.
Intrinsic.h
uses an incomplete structure definition to ensure that the compiler
catches attempts to access private data:
typedef struct _RectObjClassRec* RectObjClass;
RectObjPart Structure
In addition to the
ObjectPart
fields,
RectObj
objects have the following fields defined in the
RectObjPart
structure. All fields have the same meaning as the corresponding field in
CorePart.
typedef struct _RectObjPart {
Position x, y;
Dimension width, height;
Dimension border_width;
Boolean managed;
Boolean sensitive;
Boolean ancestor_sensitive;
} RectObjPart;
RectObj
objects have the RectObj fields immediately following the Object fields.
typedef struct _RectObjRec {
ObjectPart object;
RectObjPart rectangle;
} RectObjRec, *RectObj;
In
Intrinsic.h:
typedef struct _RectObjRec* RectObj;
RectObj Resources
The resource names, classes, and representation types that are specified in the
rectObjClassRec
resource list are:
Name
Class
Representation
XtNancestorSensitive
XtCSensitive
XtRBoolean
XtNborderWidth
XtCBorderWidth
XtRDimension
XtNheight
XtCHeight
XtRDimension
XtNsensitive
XtCSensitive
XtRBoolean
XtNwidth
XtCWidth
XtRDimension
XtNx
XtCPosition
XtRPosition
XtNy
XtCPosition
XtRPosition
RectObjPart Default Values
All fields in
RectObjPart
have the same default values as the corresponding fields in
CorePart.
Widget Arguments to Intrinsics Routines
The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures may be
rectObjClass
or any subclass:
,
The Widget arguments to the following procedures may be of class
RectObj
or any subclass:
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
The return value of the following procedures will be of class
RectObj
or a subclass:
,
Use of Rectangle Objects
RectObj
can be subclassed to provide widgetlike objects (sometimes
called gadgets) that do not use windows and do not have those
features that are seldom used in simple widgets. This can save memory
resources both in the server and in applications
but requires additional support code in the parent.
In the following
discussion, rectobj refers only to objects
whose class is RectObj or a subclass of
RectObj,
but not Core or a subclass of
Core.
Composite
widget classes that wish to accept rectobj children must set
the accepts_objects field in the
CompositeClassExtension
extension structure to
True.
or
will otherwise generate an error if called to create a nonwidget child.
If the composite widget supports only children of class
RectObj
or a subclass (i.e., not of the general Object class), it
must declare an insert_child procedure and check the subclass of each
new child in that procedure. None of the classes defined by the
Intrinsics accept rectobj children.
If gadgets are defined in an object set, the parent is responsible for
much more than the parent of a widget. The parent must request and handle
input events that occur for the gadget and is responsible for making
sure that when it receives an exposure event the gadget children get
drawn correctly.
Rectobj children may
have expose procedures
specified in their class records, but the parent is free to
ignore them, instead drawing the contents of the child itself. This
can potentially save graphics context switching. The precise contents
of the exposure event and region arguments to the RectObj expose
procedure are not specified by the Intrinsics; a particular rectangle object is
free to define the coordinate system origin (self-relative or
parent-relative) and whether or not the rectangle or region is assumed to
have been intersected with the visible region of the object.
In general, it is expected that a composite widget that accepts
nonwidget children will document those children it is able to handle,
since a gadget cannot be viewed as a completely self-contained entity,
as can a widget. Since a particular composite widget class is usually
designed to handle nonwidget children of only a limited set of classes, it should
check the classes of newly added children in its insert_child
procedure to make sure that it can deal with them.
The Intrinsics will clear areas of a parent window obscured by
rectobj children, causing exposure events, under the following
circumstances:
A rectobj child is managed or unmanaged.
In a call to
on a rectobj child, one or more of the set_values procedures returns
True.
In a call to
on a rectobj child, areas will
be cleared corresponding to both the old and the new child
geometries, including the border, if the geometry changes.
In a call to
on a rectobj child, areas will be
cleared corresponding to both the old and the new child
geometries, including the border, if the geometry changes.
In a call to
on a rectobj child, a single
rectangle will be cleared corresponding to the larger of the
old and the new child geometries if they are different.
In a call to
(or
)
on a rectobj child with
XtQueryOnly
not set, if the manager returns
XtGeometryYes,
two rectangles will be cleared corresponding to both the old and
the new child geometries.
Stacking order is not supported for rectobj children. Composite widgets with
rectobj children are free to define any semantics desired if the child
geometries overlap, including making this an error.
When a rectobj is playing the role of a widget, developers must be
reminded to avoid making assumptions about the object passed in the
Widget argument to a callback procedure.
Undeclared Class
The Intrinsics define an unnamed class between
RectObj
and
Core
for possible future use by the X Consortium. The only assumptions that
may be made about the unnamed class are
The core_class.superclass field of
coreWidgetClassRec
contains a pointer to the unnamed class record.
A pointer to the unnamed class record when dereferenced as an
ObjectClass
will contain a pointer to
rectObjClassRec
in its object_class.superclass field.
Except for the above, the contents of the class record for this class
and the result of an attempt to subclass or to create a widget of this
unnamed class are undefined.
Widget Arguments to Intrinsics Routines
The WidgetClass arguments to the following procedures must be of class
Shell
or a subclass:
,
,
,
,
,
The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of class
Core
or any subclass:
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
XtDisplay,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
(both destination and source)
,
,
,
,
,
,
(subtree)
The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of class
Composite
or any subclass:
,
The Widget arguments to the following procedures must be of a subclass of
Shell:
,
,
,
,
,
,
The return value of the following procedure will be of class
Core
or a subclass:
The return value of the following procedures will be of a subclass of
Shell:
,
,
,
,
,
will document those children it is able to handle,
since a gadget cannot be viewed as a completely self-contained entity,
as can a widget. Since a particular composite widget class is usually
designed to handle nonwidget children of only a limited set of classes, it should
check the classes of newly added children in its insert_child
procedure to make sure that it can deal with them.
The Intrinsics will clear areas of a libXt-1.1.5/util/StrDefs.ht 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000004747 12520610324 0015754 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtStringDefs_h_
#define _XtStringDefs_h_
#ifndef XTSTRINGDEFINES
#define _XtStringDefs_h_Const const
#endif
<<>>
#ifndef XTSTRINGDEFINES
#undef _XtStringDefs_h_Const
#endif
#endif /* _XtStringDefs_h_ */
libXt-1.1.5/util/makestrs.man 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000014320 12520610324 0016357 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
.\"
.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
.\" documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
.\" the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
.\" documentation.
.\"
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
.\" all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
.\"
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
.\" FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not
.\" be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other
.\" dealing in this Software without prior written authorization from The
.\" Open Group.
.\"
.TH MAKESTRS 1 __xorgversion__
.SH NAME
makestrs \- makes string table C source and header(s)
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B makestrs [-f source] [-i includedir] [-abioptions ...]
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.I makestrs
command creates string table C source files and headers.
If
.I -f
.I source
is not specified
.I makestrs
will read from
.IR stdin .
The C source file is always written to
.IR stdout .
.I makestrs
creates one or more C header files as specified in the source file.
The following options may be specified:
.IR -sparcabi ,
.IR -intelabi ,
.IR -functionabi ,
.IR -arrayperabi ,
and
.I -defaultabi.
.LP
.I -sparcabi
is used on SPARC platforms conforming to the SPARC
Compliance Definition, i.e. SVR4/Solaris.
.LP
.I -intelabi
is used on Intel platforms conforming to the System
V Application Binary Interface, i.e. SVR4.
.LP
.I -earlyR6abi
may be used in addition to
.I -intelabi
for situations
where the vendor wishes to maintain binary compatibility between
X11R6 public-patch 11 (and earlier) and X11R6 public-patch 12 (and later).
.LP
.I -functionabi
generates a functional abi to the string table. This
mechanism imposes a severe performance penalty and it's recommended
that you not use it.
.LP
.I -arrayperabi
results in a separate array for each string. This is
the default behavior if makestrs was compiled with -DARRAYPERSTR
(it almost never is).
.LP
.I -defaultabi
forces the generation of the "normal" string table even
if makestrs was compiled with -DARRAYPERSTR. Since makestrs is almost
never compiled with -DARRAYPERSTR this is the default behavior if
no abioptions are specified.
.LP
.I -i includedir
forces the reading of templates from the includedir instead of the local
directory. This is useful to have separate source and build directories.
.SH SYNTAX
The syntax for string-list file is (items in square brackets are optional):
.RS 4
\&#prefix
.RE
.RS 4
\&#feature
.RE
.RS 4
\&#externref
.RE
.RS 4
\&#externdef []
.RE
.RS 4
[#ctempl ]
.RE
.LP
.RS 4
\&#file
.RE
.RS 4
\&#table
.RE
.RS 4
[#htempl]
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.RS 4
\&...
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.RS 4
[#table
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.RS 4
\&...
.RE
.RS 4
.RE
.RS 4
\& ...
.RE
.RS 4
\&#table
.RE
.RS 4
\& ...]
.RE
.RS 4
[#file
.RE
.RS 4
\& ...]
.RE
.LP
In words you may have one or more #file directives. Each #file may have
one or more #table directives.
.LP
The #prefix directive determines the string that makestr will prefix
to each definition.
.LP
The #feature directive determines the string that makestr will use
for the feature-test macro, e.g. X[TM]STRINGDEFINES.
.LP
The #externref directive determines the string that makestr will use
for the extern clause, typically this will be "extern" but Motif wants
it to be "externalref"
.LP
The #externdef directive determines the string that makestr will use
for the declaration, typically this will be the null string (note that
makestrs requires a trailing space in this case, i.e. "#externdef "),
and Motif will use "externaldef(_xmstrings).
.LP
The #ctmpl directive determines the name of the file used as a template
for the C source file that is generated
.LP
Each #file directive will result in a corresponding header
file by that name containing the appropriate definitions as specified
by command line options. A single C source file containing the
declarations for the definitions in all the headers will be printed
to stdout.
.LP
The #htmpl directive determines the name of the file used as a template
for the C header file that is generated.
.LP
Each #table directive will be processed in accordance with
the ABI. On most platforms all tables will be catenated into a single
table with the name of the first table for that file. To conform to
the Intel ABI separate tables will be generated with the names indicated.
.LP
The template files specified by the #ctmpl and #htmpl directives
are processed by copying line for line from the template file to
the appropriate output file. The line containing the string
.I <<>>
is not copied to the output file. The appropriate data is then
copied to the output file and then the remainder of the template
file is copied to the output file.
.SH BUGS
makestrs is not very forgiving of syntax errors. Sometimes you need
a trailing space after # directives, other times they will mess you
up. No warning messages are emitted.
.SH SEE ALSO
SPARC Compliance Definition 2.2., SPARC International Inc.,
535 Middlefield Road, Suite 210, Menlo Park, CA 94025
.LP
System V Application Binary Interface, Third Edition,
ISBN 0-13-100439-5
UNIX Press, PTR Prentice Hall, 113 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs,
NJ 07632
.LP
System V Application Binary Interface, Third Edition, Intel386
Architecture Processor Supplement
ISBN 0-13-104670-5
UNIX Press, PTR Prentice Hall, 113 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs,
NJ 07632
.LP
System V Application Binary Interface, Third Edition, SPARC
Architecture Processor Supplement
ISBN 0-13-104696-9
UNIX Press, PTR Prentice Hall, 113 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs,
NJ 07632
NGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
.\" THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
.\" WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
.\" SOFTWARE.
.\"
.\" Except as contained in this nlibXt-1.1.5/util/string.list 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000011243 12520610324 0016235 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 ! NOTE: To maintain binary compatibility, you can only APPEND items within
! a given list!!!!
!
! See the makestrs(1) manual.
!
#prefix Xt
#feature XTSTRINGDEFINES
#externref extern
#externdef
! note that the trailing space is required in the #externdef line.
#ctmpl util/StrDefs.ct
#file StringDefs.h
#table XtStrings
#htmpl util/StrDefs.ht
Naccelerators
NallowHoriz
NallowVert
NancestorSensitive
Nbackground
NbackgroundPixmap
Nbitmap
NborderColor
Nborder borderColor
NborderPixmap
NborderWidth
Ncallback
Nchildren
Ncolormap
Ndepth
NdestroyCallback
NeditType
Nfile
Nfont
NforceBars
Nforeground
Nfunction
Nheight
Nhighlight
NhSpace
Nindex
NinitialResourcesPersistent
NinnerHeight
NinnerWidth
NinnerWindow
NinsertPosition
NinternalHeight
NinternalWidth
NjumpProc
Njustify
NknobHeight
NknobIndent
NknobPixel
NknobWidth
Nlabel
Nlength
NlowerRight
NmappedWhenManaged
NmenuEntry
Nname
Nnotify
NnumChildren
Norientation
Nparameter
Npixmap
NpopupCallback
NpopdownCallback
Nresize
NreverseVideo
Nscreen
NscrollProc
NscrollDCursor
NscrollHCursor
NscrollLCursor
NscrollRCursor
NscrollUCursor
NscrollVCursor
Nselection
NselectionArray
Nsensitive
Nshown
Nspace
Nstring
NtextOptions
NtextSink
NtextSource
Nthickness
Nthumb
NthumbProc
Ntop
Ntranslations
NunrealizeCallback
Nupdate
NuseBottom
NuseRight
Nvalue
NvSpace
Nwidth
Nwindow
Nx
Ny
CAccelerators
CBackground
CBitmap
CBoolean
CBorderColor
CBorderWidth
CCallback
CColormap
CColor
CCursor
CDepth
CEditType
CEventBindings
CFile
CFont
CForeground
CFraction
CFunction
CHeight
CHSpace
CIndex
CInitialResourcesPersistent
CInsertPosition
CInterval
CJustify
CKnobIndent
CKnobPixel
CLabel
CLength
CMappedWhenManaged
CMargin
CMenuEntry
CNotify
COrientation
CParameter
CPixmap
CPosition
CReadOnly
CResize
CReverseVideo
CScreen
CScrollProc
CScrollDCursor
CScrollHCursor
CScrollLCursor
CScrollRCursor
CScrollUCursor
CScrollVCursor
CSelection
CSensitive
CSelectionArray
CSpace
CString
CTextOptions
CTextPosition
CTextSink
CTextSource
CThickness
CThumb
CTranslations
CValue
CVSpace
CWidth
CWindow
CX
CY
RAcceleratorTable
RAtom
RBitmap
RBool
RBoolean
RCallback
RCallProc
RCardinal
RColor
RColormap
RCursor
RDimension
RDisplay
REditMode
REnum
RFile
RFloat
RFont
RFontStruct
RFunction
RGeometry
RImmediate
RInitialState
RInt
RJustify
RLongBoolean Bool
RObject
ROrientation
RPixel
RPixmap
RPointer
RPosition
RScreen
RShort
RString
RStringArray
RStringTable
RUnsignedChar
RTranslationTable
RVisual
RWidget
RWidgetClass
RWidgetList
RWindow
Eoff
Efalse
Eno
Eon
Etrue
Eyes
Evertical
Ehorizontal
EtextRead read
EtextAppend append
EtextEdit edit
Extdefaultbackground
Extdefaultforeground
Extdefaultfont
NfontSet
RFontSet
CFontSet
#table XtStringsR6
RGravity
NcreateHook
NchangeHook
NconfigureHook
NgeometryHook
NdestroyHook
Nshells
NnumShells
RCommandArgArray
RDirectoryString
REnvironmentArray
RRestartStyle
RSmcConn
Hcreate
HsetValues
HmanageChildren
HunmanageChildren
HmanageSet
HunmanageSet
HrealizeWidget
HunrealizeWidget
HaddCallback
HaddCallbacks
HremoveCallback
HremoveCallbacks
HremoveAllCallbacks
HaugmentTranslations
HoverrideTranslations
HuninstallTranslations
HsetKeyboardFocus
HsetWMColormapWindows
HsetMappedWhenManaged
HmapWidget
HunmapWidget
Hpopup
HpopupSpringLoaded
Hpopdown
Hconfigure
HpreGeometry
HpostGeometry
Hdestroy
#file Shell.h
#table XtShellStrings
#htmpl util/Shell.ht
NiconName
CIconName
NiconPixmap
CIconPixmap
NiconWindow
CIconWindow
NiconMask
CIconMask
NwindowGroup
CWindowGroup
Nvisual
CVisual
NtitleEncoding
CTitleEncoding
NsaveUnder
CSaveUnder
Ntransient
CTransient
NoverrideRedirect
COverrideRedirect
NtransientFor
CTransientFor
NiconNameEncoding
CIconNameEncoding
NallowShellResize
CAllowShellResize
NcreatePopupChildProc
CCreatePopupChildProc
Ntitle
CTitle
RAtom
Nargc
CArgc
Nargv
CArgv
NiconX
CIconX
NiconY
CIconY
Ninput
CInput
Niconic
CIconic
NinitialState
CInitialState
Ngeometry
CGeometry
NbaseWidth
CBaseWidth
NbaseHeight
CBaseHeight
NwinGravity
CWinGravity
NminWidth
CMinWidth
NminHeight
CMinHeight
NmaxWidth
CMaxWidth
NmaxHeight
CMaxHeight
NwidthInc
CWidthInc
NheightInc
CHeightInc
NminAspectY
CMinAspectY
NmaxAspectY
CMaxAspectY
NminAspectX
CMinAspectX
NmaxAspectX
CMaxAspectX
NwmTimeout
CWmTimeout
NwaitForWm waitforwm
CWaitForWm Waitforwm
#table XtShellStringsR6
Nwaitforwm
CWaitforwm
NclientLeader
CClientLeader
NwindowRole
CWindowRole
Nurgency
CUrgency
NcancelCallback
NcloneCommand
CCloneCommand
Nconnection
CConnection
NcurrentDirectory
CCurrentDirectory
NdieCallback
NdiscardCommand
CDiscardCommand
Nenvironment
CEnvironment
NinteractCallback
NjoinSession
CJoinSession
NprogramPath
CProgramPath
NresignCommand
CResignCommand
NrestartCommand
CRestartCommand
NrestartStyle
CRestartStyle
NsaveCallback
NsaveCompleteCallback
NsessionID
CSessionID
NshutdownCommand
CShutdownCommand
NerrorCallback
libXt-1.1.5/util/Shell.ht 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007132 12520610324 0015440 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XtShell_h
#define _XtShell_h
#include
#include
/***********************************************************************
*
* Shell Widget
*
***********************************************************************/
/*
* Shell-specific resources names, classes, and a representation type.
*/
#ifndef XTSTRINGDEFINES
#define _XtShell_h_Const const
#endif
<<>>
#ifndef XTSTRINGDEFINES
#undef _XtShell_h_Const
#endif
/* Class record constants */
typedef struct _ShellClassRec *ShellWidgetClass;
typedef struct _OverrideShellClassRec *OverrideShellWidgetClass;
typedef struct _WMShellClassRec *WMShellWidgetClass;
typedef struct _TransientShellClassRec *TransientShellWidgetClass;
typedef struct _TopLevelShellClassRec *TopLevelShellWidgetClass;
typedef struct _ApplicationShellClassRec *ApplicationShellWidgetClass;
typedef struct _SessionShellClassRec *SessionShellWidgetClass;
#ifndef SHELL
externalref WidgetClass shellWidgetClass;
externalref WidgetClass overrideShellWidgetClass;
externalref WidgetClass wmShellWidgetClass;
externalref WidgetClass transientShellWidgetClass;
externalref WidgetClass topLevelShellWidgetClass;
externalref WidgetClass applicationShellWidgetClass;
externalref WidgetClass sessionShellWidgetClass;
#endif
#endif /* _XtShell_h */
/* DON'T ADD STUFF AFTER THIS #endif */
EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the libXt-1.1.5/util/makestrs.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000045774 12520610324 0016047 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
Copyright (c) 1991, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
/* Constructs string definitions */
#include
#include
#include
#include
typedef struct _TableEnt {
struct _TableEnt* next;
char* left;
char* right;
int offset;
} TableEnt;
typedef struct _Table {
struct _Table* next;
TableEnt* tableent;
TableEnt* tableentcurrent;
TableEnt** tableenttail;
char* name;
int offset;
} Table;
typedef struct _File {
struct _File* next;
FILE* tmpl;
char* name;
Table* table;
Table* tablecurrent;
Table** tabletail;
} File;
static File* file = NULL;
static File* filecurrent = NULL;
static File** filetail = &file;
static char* conststr;
static char* prefixstr = NULL;
static char* featurestr = NULL;
static char* ctmplstr = NULL;
static char* fileprotstr;
static char* externrefstr;
static char* externdefstr;
#ifndef FALSE
# define FALSE 0
# define TRUE !(FALSE)
#endif
static int solaris_abi_names = FALSE;
#define X_DEFAULT_ABI 0
#define X_ARRAYPER_ABI 1
#define X_INTEL_ABI 2
#define X_INTEL_ABI_BC 3
#define X_SPARC_ABI 4
#define X_FUNCTION_ABI 5
#define X_MAGIC_STRING "<<>>"
/* Wrapper for fopen()
* Prepend filename with an includedir which can be specified on the
* commandline. Needed to separate source and build directories.
*/
static char* includedir = NULL;
static FILE *ifopen(const char *file, const char *mode)
{
#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
size_t len;
#endif
char *buffer;
FILE *ret;
if (includedir == NULL)
return fopen(file, mode);
#ifdef HAVE_ASPRINTF
if (asprintf(&buffer, "%s/%s", includedir, file) == -1)
return NULL;
#else
len = strlen(file) + strlen(includedir) + 1;
buffer = (char*)malloc(len + 1);
if (buffer == NULL)
return NULL;
snprintf(buffer, len + 1, "%s/%s", includedir, file);
#endif
ret = fopen(buffer, mode);
free(buffer);
return ret;
}
static void WriteHeaderProlog (FILE *f, File *phile)
{
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
(void) fprintf (f, "#ifdef %s\n", featurestr);
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next) {
if (strcmp (te->left, "RAtom") == 0) {
(void) fprintf (f,
"#ifndef %s%s\n#define %s%s \"%s\"\n#endif\n",
prefixstr, te->left, prefixstr, te->left, te->right);
} else {
(void) fprintf (f,
"#define %s%s \"%s\"\n",
prefixstr, te->left, te->right);
}
}
(void) fprintf (f, "%s", "#else\n");
}
static void IntelABIWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
{
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
WriteHeaderProlog (f, phile);
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next) {
(void) fprintf (f, "%s %sConst char %s[];\n",
externrefstr, conststr ? conststr : fileprotstr, t->name);
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
(void) fprintf (f,
"#ifndef %s%s\n#define %s%s ((char*)&%s[%d])\n#endif\n",
prefixstr, te->left, prefixstr, te->left, t->name, te->offset);
}
(void) fprintf (f, "#endif /* %s */\n", featurestr);
}
static void SPARCABIWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
{
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
(void) fprintf (f, "#define %s%s \"%s\"\n",
prefixstr, te->left, te->right);
}
static void FunctionWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
{
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
WriteHeaderProlog (f, phile);
(void) fprintf (f, "%s %sConst char* %s();\n",
externrefstr, conststr ? conststr : fileprotstr,
phile->table->name);
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
(void) fprintf (f,
"#ifndef %s%s\n#define %s%s (%s(%d))\n#endif\n",
prefixstr, te->left, prefixstr, te->left, phile->table->name,
te->offset);
(void) fprintf (f, "#endif /* %s */\n", featurestr);
}
static void ArrayperWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
{
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
WriteHeaderProlog (f, phile);
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
(void) fprintf (f,
"#ifndef %s%s\n%s %sConst char %s%s[];\n#endif\n",
prefixstr, te->left,
externrefstr, conststr ? conststr : fileprotstr,
prefixstr, te->left);
(void) fprintf (f, "#endif /* %s */\n", featurestr);
}
static void DefaultWriteHeader (FILE *f, File *phile)
{
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
WriteHeaderProlog (f, phile);
(void) fprintf (f, "%s %sConst char %s[];\n",
externrefstr, conststr ? conststr : fileprotstr,
phile->table->name);
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
(void) fprintf (f,
"#ifndef %s%s\n#define %s%s ((char*)&%s[%d])\n#endif\n",
prefixstr, te->left, prefixstr, te->left, phile->table->name,
te->offset);
(void) fprintf (f, "#endif /* %s */\n", featurestr);
}
static void CopyTmplProlog (FILE *tmpl, FILE *f)
{
char buf[1024];
static const char* magic_string = X_MAGIC_STRING;
int magic_string_len = strlen (magic_string);
while (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, tmpl)) {
if (strncmp (buf, magic_string, magic_string_len) == 0) {
return;
}
(void) fputs (buf, f);
}
}
static void CopyTmplEpilog (FILE *tmpl, FILE *f)
{
char buf[1024];
while (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, tmpl))
(void) fputs (buf, f);
}
static const char* abistring[] = {
"Default", "Array per string", "Intel", "Intel BC", "SPARC", "Function" };
static void WriteHeader (char *tagline, File *phile, int abi)
{
FILE* f;
char* tmp;
static void (*headerproc[])(FILE *f, File *phile) = {
DefaultWriteHeader, ArrayperWriteHeader,
IntelABIWriteHeader, IntelABIWriteHeader,
SPARCABIWriteHeader, FunctionWriteHeader };
if ((f = fopen (phile->name, "w+")) == NULL) exit (1);
if (phile->tmpl) CopyTmplProlog (phile->tmpl, f);
(void) fprintf (f,
"%s\n%s\n/* %s ABI version -- Do not edit */\n",
"/* $Xorg: makestrs.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:17 xorgcvs Exp $ */",
"/* This file is automatically generated. */",
abistring[abi]);
if (tagline) (void) fprintf (f, "/* %s */\n\n", tagline);
/* do the right thing for Motif, i.e. avoid _XmXmStrDefs_h_ */
if (strcmp (prefixstr, "Xm") == 0) {
#ifdef HAVE_ASPRINTF
if (asprintf (&fileprotstr, "_%s_", phile->name) == -1)
exit (1);
#else
if ((fileprotstr = malloc (strlen (phile->name) + 3)) == NULL)
exit (1);
(void) sprintf (fileprotstr, "_%s_", phile->name);
#endif
} else {
#ifdef HAVE_ASPRINTF
if (asprintf (&fileprotstr, "_%s%s_", prefixstr, phile->name) == -1)
exit (1);
#else
if ((fileprotstr = malloc (strlen (phile->name) + strlen (prefixstr) + 3)) == NULL)
exit (1);
(void) sprintf (fileprotstr, "_%s%s_", prefixstr, phile->name);
#endif
}
for (tmp = fileprotstr; *tmp; tmp++) if (*tmp == '.') *tmp = '_';
(*headerproc[abi])(f, phile);
if (phile->tmpl) CopyTmplEpilog (phile->tmpl, f);
(void) free (fileprotstr);
(void) fclose (phile->tmpl);
(void) fclose (f);
}
static void WriteSourceLine (TableEnt *te, int abi, int fudge)
{
char* c;
for (c = te->right; *c; c++) (void) printf ("'%c',", *c);
(void) printf ("%c", '0');
if (te->next || fudge) (void) printf ("%c", ',');
(void) printf ("%s", "\n");
}
static const char* const_string = "%s %sConst char %s[] = {\n";
static void IntelABIWriteSource (int abi)
{
File* phile;
for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next) {
(void) printf (const_string, externdefstr,
conststr ? conststr : "", t->name);
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
WriteSourceLine (te, abi, 0);
(void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
}
}
}
static void IntelABIBCWriteSource (int abi)
{
File* phile;
for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
(void) printf (const_string, externdefstr,
conststr ? conststr : "", phile->table->name);
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
WriteSourceLine (te, abi, t->next ? 1 : 0);
(void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
if (phile->table->next) {
(void) printf (const_string, externdefstr,
conststr ? conststr : "", phile->table->next->name);
for (t = phile->table->next; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
WriteSourceLine (te, abi, 0);
(void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
}
}
}
static void FunctionWriteSource (int abi)
{
File* phile;
for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
(void) printf ("static %sConst char _%s[] = {\n",
conststr ? conststr : "", phile->table->name);
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
WriteSourceLine (te, abi, t->next ? 1 : 0);
(void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
(void) printf ("%sConst char* %s(index)\n int index;\n{\n return &_%s[index];\n}\n\n",
conststr ? conststr : "",
phile->table->name, phile->table->name);
}
}
static void ArrayperWriteSource (int abi)
{
File* phile;
static int done_atom;
for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next) {
if (strcmp (te->left, "RAtom") == 0) {
if (done_atom) return;
done_atom = 1;
}
(void) printf ("%s %sConst char %s%s[] = \"%s\";\n",
externdefstr, conststr ? conststr : "",
prefixstr,
te->left, te->right);
}
}
}
static void DefaultWriteSource (int abi)
{
File* phile;
for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
(void) printf (const_string, externdefstr, conststr ? conststr : "",
phile->table->name);
for (t = phile->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next)
WriteSourceLine (te, abi, t->next ? 1 : 0);
(void) printf ("%s\n\n", "};");
}
}
static void WriteSource(char *tagline, int abi)
{
static void (*sourceproc[])(int) = {
DefaultWriteSource, ArrayperWriteSource,
IntelABIWriteSource, IntelABIBCWriteSource,
DefaultWriteSource, FunctionWriteSource };
FILE* tmpl;
if (ctmplstr) {
tmpl = ifopen (ctmplstr, "r");
if (tmpl) CopyTmplProlog (tmpl, stdout);
else {
(void) fprintf (stderr, "Expected template %s, not found\n",
ctmplstr);
exit (1);
}
} else
tmpl = NULL;
(void) printf ("%s\n%s\n/* %s ABI version -- Do not edit */\n",
"/* $Xorg: makestrs.c,v 1.6 2001/02/09 02:03:17 xorgcvs Exp $ */",
"/* This file is automatically generated. */",
abistring[abi]);
if (tagline) (void) printf ("/* %s */\n\n", tagline);
(*sourceproc[abi])(abi);
if (tmpl) CopyTmplEpilog (tmpl, stdout);
}
static void DoLine(char *buf)
{
#define X_NO_TOKEN 0
#define X_FILE_TOKEN 1
#define X_TABLE_TOKEN 2
#define X_PREFIX_TOKEN 3
#define X_FEATURE_TOKEN 4
#define X_EXTERNREF_TOKEN 5
#define X_EXTERNDEF_TOKEN 6
#define X_CTMPL_TOKEN 7
#define X_HTMPL_TOKEN 8
#define X_CONST_TOKEN 9
int token;
char lbuf[1024];
static const char* file_str = "#file";
static const char* table_str = "#table";
static const char* prefix_str = "#prefix";
static const char* feature_str = "#feature";
static const char* externref_str = "#externref";
static const char* externdef_str = "#externdef";
static const char* ctmpl_str = "#ctmpl";
static const char* htmpl_str = "#htmpl";
static const char* const_str = "#const";
if (strncmp (buf, file_str, strlen (file_str)) == 0)
token = X_FILE_TOKEN;
else if (strncmp (buf, table_str, strlen (table_str)) == 0)
token = X_TABLE_TOKEN;
else if (strncmp (buf, prefix_str, strlen (prefix_str)) == 0)
token = X_PREFIX_TOKEN;
else if (strncmp (buf, feature_str, strlen (feature_str)) == 0)
token = X_FEATURE_TOKEN;
else if (strncmp (buf, externref_str, strlen (externref_str)) == 0)
token = X_EXTERNREF_TOKEN;
else if (strncmp (buf, externdef_str, strlen (externdef_str)) == 0)
token = X_EXTERNDEF_TOKEN;
else if (strncmp (buf, ctmpl_str, strlen (ctmpl_str)) == 0)
token = X_CTMPL_TOKEN;
else if (strncmp (buf, htmpl_str, strlen (htmpl_str)) == 0)
token = X_HTMPL_TOKEN;
else if (strncmp (buf, const_str, strlen (const_str)) == 0)
token = X_CONST_TOKEN;
else
token = X_NO_TOKEN;
switch (token) {
case X_FILE_TOKEN:
{
File* phile;
if ((phile = (File*) malloc (sizeof(File))) == NULL)
exit(1);
if ((phile->name = strdup (buf + strlen (file_str) + 1)) == NULL)
exit(1);
phile->table = NULL;
phile->tablecurrent = NULL;
phile->tabletail = &phile->table;
phile->next = NULL;
phile->tmpl = NULL;
*filetail = phile;
filetail = &phile->next;
filecurrent = phile;
}
break;
case X_TABLE_TOKEN:
{
Table* table;
if ((table = (Table*) malloc (sizeof(Table))) == NULL)
exit(1);
if ((table->name = strdup (buf + strlen (table_str) + 1)) == NULL)
exit(1);
if (solaris_abi_names) {
if (strcmp(table->name, "XtStringsR6") == 0) {
strcpy(table->name, "XtR6Strings");
} else if (strcmp(table->name, "XtShellStringsR6") == 0) {
strcpy(table->name, "XtR6ShellStrings");
}
}
table->tableent = NULL;
table->tableentcurrent = NULL;
table->tableenttail = &table->tableent;
table->next = NULL;
table->offset = 0;
*filecurrent->tabletail = table;
filecurrent->tabletail = &table->next;
filecurrent->tablecurrent = table;
}
break;
case X_PREFIX_TOKEN:
if ((prefixstr = strdup (buf + strlen (prefix_str) + 1)) == NULL)
exit(1);
break;
case X_FEATURE_TOKEN:
if ((featurestr = strdup (buf + strlen (feature_str) + 1)) == NULL)
exit(1);
break;
case X_EXTERNREF_TOKEN:
if ((externrefstr = strdup (buf + strlen (externref_str) + 1)) == NULL)
exit(1);
break;
case X_EXTERNDEF_TOKEN:
if ((externdefstr = strdup (buf + strlen (externdef_str) + 1)) == NULL)
exit(1);
break;
case X_CTMPL_TOKEN:
if ((ctmplstr = strdup (buf + strlen (ctmpl_str) + 1)) == NULL)
exit(1);
break;
case X_HTMPL_TOKEN:
if ((filecurrent->tmpl = ifopen (buf + strlen (htmpl_str) + 1, "r")) == NULL) {
(void) fprintf (stderr,
"Expected template %s, not found\n", htmpl_str);
exit (1);
}
break;
case X_CONST_TOKEN:
if ((conststr = strdup (buf + strlen (const_str) + 1)) == NULL)
exit(1);
break;
default:
{
char* right;
TableEnt* tableent;
int llen;
int rlen;
int len;
if ((right = strchr(buf, ' ')))
*right++ = 0;
else
right = buf + 1;
if (buf[0] == 'H') {
snprintf (lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), "%s%s", prefixstr, right);
right = lbuf;
}
llen = len = strlen(buf) + 1;
rlen = strlen(right) + 1;
if (right != buf + 1) len += rlen;
if ((tableent = (TableEnt*)malloc(sizeof(TableEnt) + len)) == NULL)
exit(1);
tableent->left = (char *)(tableent + 1);
strcpy(tableent->left, buf);
if (llen != len) {
tableent->right = tableent->left + llen;
strcpy(tableent->right, right);
} else {
tableent->right = tableent->left + 1;
}
tableent->next = NULL;
*filecurrent->tablecurrent->tableenttail = tableent;
filecurrent->tablecurrent->tableenttail = &tableent->next;
filecurrent->tablecurrent->tableentcurrent = tableent;
}
break;
}
}
static void IntelABIIndexEntries (File *file)
{
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
for (t = file->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next) {
te->offset = t->offset;
t->offset += strlen (te->right);
t->offset++;
}
}
static void DefaultIndexEntries (File *file)
{
Table* t;
TableEnt* te;
int offset = 0;
for (t = file->table; t; t = t->next)
for (te = t->tableent; te; te = te->next) {
te->offset = offset;
offset += strlen (te->right);
offset++;
}
}
static void IndexEntries (File *file, int abi)
{
switch (abi) {
case X_SPARC_ABI:
break;
case X_INTEL_ABI:
case X_INTEL_ABI_BC:
IntelABIIndexEntries (file);
break;
default:
DefaultIndexEntries (file);
break;
}
}
static char* DoComment (char *line)
{
char* tag;
char* eol;
char* ret;
int len;
/* assume that the first line with two '$' in it is the RCS tag line */
if ((tag = strchr (line, '$')) == NULL) return NULL;
if ((eol = strchr (tag + 1, '$')) == NULL) return NULL;
len = eol - tag;
if ((ret = malloc (len)) == NULL)
exit (1);
(void) strncpy (ret, tag + 1, len - 1);
ret[len - 2] = 0;
return ret;
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
int len, i;
char* tagline = NULL;
File* phile;
FILE *f;
char buf[1024];
int abi =
#ifndef ARRAYPERSTR
X_DEFAULT_ABI;
#else
X_ARRAYPER_ABI;
#endif
f = stdin;
if (argc > 1) {
for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
if (strcmp (argv[i], "-f") == 0) {
if (++i < argc)
f = fopen (argv[i], "r");
else
return 1;
}
if (strcmp (argv[i], "-i") == 0) {
if (++i < argc)
includedir = argv[i];
else
return 1;
}
if (strcmp (argv[i], "-sparcabi") == 0)
abi = X_SPARC_ABI;
if (strcmp (argv[i], "-intelabi") == 0)
abi = X_INTEL_ABI;
if (strcmp (argv[i], "-functionabi") == 0)
abi = X_FUNCTION_ABI;
if (strcmp (argv[i], "-earlyR6bc") == 0 && abi == X_INTEL_ABI)
abi = X_INTEL_ABI_BC;
if (strcmp (argv[i], "-arrayperabi") == 0)
abi = X_ARRAYPER_ABI;
#ifdef ARRAYPERSTR
if (strcmp (argv[i], "-defaultabi") == 0)
abi = X_DEFAULT_ABI;
#endif
if (strcmp (argv[i], "-solarisabinames") == 0)
solaris_abi_names = TRUE;
}
}
if (f == NULL) return 1;
while (fgets(buf, sizeof buf, f)) {
if (!buf[0] || buf[0] == '\n')
continue;
if (buf[0] == '!') {
if (tagline) continue;
tagline = DoComment (buf);
continue;
}
if (buf[(len = strlen (buf) - 1)] == '\n') buf[len] = '\0';
DoLine(buf);
}
for (phile = file; phile; phile = phile->next) {
if (abi != X_ARRAYPER_ABI) IndexEntries (phile, abi);
WriteHeader (tagline, phile, abi);
}
WriteSource(tagline, abi);
return 0;
}
e = libXt-1.1.5/util/Makefile.in 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000045425 12520610351 0016110 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
noinst_PROGRAMS = makestrs$(EXEEXT)
subdir = util
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_define_dir.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
PROGRAMS = $(noinst_PROGRAMS)
am_makestrs_OBJECTS = makestrs.$(OBJEXT)
makestrs_OBJECTS = $(am_makestrs_OBJECTS)
makestrs_LDADD = $(LDADD)
AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_lt_0 = --silent
am__v_lt_1 =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
am__mv = mv -f
COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \
$(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
am__v_CC_1 =
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
am__v_CCLD_1 =
SOURCES = $(makestrs_SOURCES)
DIST_SOURCES = $(makestrs_SOURCES)
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
DATA = $(noinst_DATA)
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
# *not* preserved.
am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
{ items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
'
# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
# for different programs/libraries.
am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
ADMIN_MAN_DIR = @ADMIN_MAN_DIR@
ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX = @ADMIN_MAN_SUFFIX@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
APP_MAN_DIR = @APP_MAN_DIR@
APP_MAN_SUFFIX = @APP_MAN_SUFFIX@
AR = @AR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BASE_CFLAGS = @BASE_CFLAGS@
CC = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CHANGELOG_CMD = @CHANGELOG_CMD@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CWARNFLAGS = @CWARNFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DRIVER_MAN_DIR = @DRIVER_MAN_DIR@
DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX = @DRIVER_MAN_SUFFIX@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ERRORDBDIR = @ERRORDBDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE_MAN_DIR = @FILE_MAN_DIR@
FILE_MAN_SUFFIX = @FILE_MAN_SUFFIX@
FOP = @FOP@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GREP = @GREP@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_CMD = @INSTALL_CMD@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIB_MAN_DIR = @LIB_MAN_DIR@
LIB_MAN_SUFFIX = @LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @MALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MAN_SUBSTS = @MAN_SUBSTS@
MISC_MAN_DIR = @MISC_MAN_DIR@
MISC_MAN_SUFFIX = @MISC_MAN_SUFFIX@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PERL = @PERL@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
RAWCPP = @RAWCPP@
RAWCPPFLAGS = @RAWCPPFLAGS@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRICT_CFLAGS = @STRICT_CFLAGS@
STRINGSABIOPTIONS = @STRINGSABIOPTIONS@
STRIP = @STRIP@
STYLESHEET_SRCDIR = @STYLESHEET_SRCDIR@
TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS = @TRADITIONALCPPFLAGS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT = @XFILESEARCHPATHDEFAULT@
XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XMLTO = @XMLTO@
XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV = @XORG_MALLOC_DEBUG_ENV@
XORG_MAN_PAGE = @XORG_MAN_PAGE@
XORG_SGML_PATH = @XORG_SGML_PATH@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
XSL_STYLESHEET = @XSL_STYLESHEET@
XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS = @XTMALLOC_ZERO_CFLAGS@
XT_CFLAGS = @XT_CFLAGS@
XT_LIBS = @XT_LIBS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
appdefaultdir = @appdefaultdir@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
EXTRA_DIST = Shell.ht StrDefs.ct StrDefs.ht string.list $(appman_PRE)
AM_CFLAGS = $(XT_CFLAGS)
makestrs_SOURCES = makestrs.c
# Man page
appmandir = $(APP_MAN_DIR)
appman_PRE = makestrs.man
noinst_DATA = $(appman_PRE:man=@APP_MAN_SUFFIX@)
CLEANFILES = $(noinst_DATA)
SUFFIXES = .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man .c .lo .o .obj
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign util/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign util/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
clean-noinstPROGRAMS:
@list='$(noinst_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \
echo " rm -f" $$list; \
rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \
test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \
list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \
echo " rm -f" $$list; \
rm -f $$list
makestrs$(EXEEXT): $(makestrs_OBJECTS) $(makestrs_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_makestrs_DEPENDENCIES)
@rm -f makestrs$(EXEEXT)
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(makestrs_OBJECTS) $(makestrs_LDADD) $(LIBS)
mostlyclean-compile:
-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
distclean-compile:
-rm -f *.tab.c
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/makestrs.Po@am__quote@
.c.o:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
.c.obj:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
.c.lo:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
ID: $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
tags: tags-am
TAGS: tags
tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
if test $$# -gt 0; then \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
"$$@" $$unique; \
else \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
ctags: ctags-am
CTAGS: ctags
ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
cscopelist: cscopelist-am
cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
case "$(srcdir)" in \
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
*) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
esac; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then \
echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
else \
echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
fi; \
done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) $(DATA)
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstPROGRAMS \
mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
html-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-am
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am:
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-am
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am:
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
clean-libtool clean-noinstPROGRAMS cscopelist-am ctags \
ctags-am distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \
distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure
.man.$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX):
$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
libXt-1.1.5/util/Makefile.am 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000001154 12520610324 0016066 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 noinst_PROGRAMS = makestrs
CC = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD@
EXTRA_DIST = \
Shell.ht \
StrDefs.ct \
StrDefs.ht \
string.list
AM_CFLAGS = $(XT_CFLAGS)
makestrs_SOURCES = makestrs.c
# Man page
appmandir = $(APP_MAN_DIR)
appman_PRE = makestrs.man
noinst_DATA = $(appman_PRE:man=@APP_MAN_SUFFIX@)
EXTRA_DIST += $(appman_PRE)
CLEANFILES = $(noinst_DATA)
SUFFIXES = .$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX) .man
# String replacements in MAN_SUBSTS now come from xorg-macros.m4 via configure
.man.$(APP_MAN_SUFFIX):
$(AM_V_GEN)$(SED) $(MAN_SUBSTS) < $< > $@
libXt-1.1.5/util/StrDefs.ct 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000004452 12520610324 0015740 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#define Const const
<<>>
libXt-1.1.5/src/ArgList.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005503 12520610324 0015357 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include
/*
* This routine merges two arglists. It does NOT check for duplicate entries.
*/
ArgList XtMergeArgLists(
ArgList args1,
Cardinal num_args1,
ArgList args2,
Cardinal num_args2)
{
ArgList result, args;
result = (ArgList) __XtCalloc((unsigned) num_args1 + num_args2,
(unsigned) sizeof(Arg));
for (args = result; num_args1 != 0; num_args1--)
*args++ = *args1++;
for ( ; num_args2 != 0; num_args2--)
*args++ = *args2++;
return result;
}
libXt-1.1.5/src/TMstate.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000200666 12520610324 0015402 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
/* TMstate.c -- maintains the state table of actions for the translation
* manager.
*/
/*LINTLIBRARY*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#ifndef TM_NO_MATCH
#define TM_NO_MATCH (-2)
#endif /* TM_NO_MATCH */
/* forward definitions */
static StatePtr NewState(TMParseStateTree, TMShortCard, TMShortCard);
static String XtNtranslationError = "translationError";
#ifndef __EMX__
TMGlobalRec _XtGlobalTM; /* initialized to zero K&R */
#else
TMGlobalRec _XtGlobalTM = {0};
#endif
#define MatchIncomingEvent(tmEvent, typeMatch, modMatch) \
(typeMatch->eventType == tmEvent->event.eventType && \
(typeMatch->matchEvent != NULL) && \
(*typeMatch->matchEvent)(typeMatch, modMatch, tmEvent))
#define NumStateTrees(xlations) \
((translateData->isSimple) ? 1 : (TMComplexXlations(xlations))->numTrees)
static TMShortCard GetBranchHead(
TMParseStateTree parseTree,
TMShortCard typeIndex,
TMShortCard modIndex,
Boolean isDummy)
{
#define TM_BRANCH_HEAD_TBL_ALLOC 8
#define TM_BRANCH_HEAD_TBL_REALLOC 8
TMBranchHead branchHead = parseTree->branchHeadTbl;
TMShortCard newSize, i;
/*
* dummy is used as a place holder for later matching in old-style
* matching behavior. If there's already an entry we don't need
* another dummy.
*/
if (isDummy) {
for (i = 0; i < parseTree->numBranchHeads; i++, branchHead++) {
if ((branchHead->typeIndex == typeIndex) &&
(branchHead->modIndex == modIndex))
return i;
}
}
if (parseTree->numBranchHeads == parseTree->branchHeadTblSize)
{
if (parseTree->branchHeadTblSize == 0)
parseTree->branchHeadTblSize += TM_BRANCH_HEAD_TBL_ALLOC;
else
parseTree->branchHeadTblSize +=
TM_BRANCH_HEAD_TBL_REALLOC;
newSize = (parseTree->branchHeadTblSize * sizeof(TMBranchHeadRec));
if (parseTree->isStackBranchHeads) {
TMBranchHead oldBranchHeadTbl = parseTree->branchHeadTbl;
parseTree->branchHeadTbl = (TMBranchHead) __XtMalloc(newSize);
XtMemmove(parseTree->branchHeadTbl, oldBranchHeadTbl, newSize);
parseTree->isStackBranchHeads = False;
}
else {
parseTree->branchHeadTbl = (TMBranchHead)
XtRealloc((char *)parseTree->branchHeadTbl,
(parseTree->branchHeadTblSize *
sizeof(TMBranchHeadRec)));
}
}
#ifdef TRACE_TM
LOCK_PROCESS;
_XtGlobalTM.numBranchHeads++;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#endif /* TRACE_TM */
branchHead =
&parseTree->branchHeadTbl[parseTree->numBranchHeads++];
branchHead->typeIndex = typeIndex;
branchHead->modIndex = modIndex;
branchHead->more = 0;
branchHead->isSimple = True;
branchHead->hasActions = False;
branchHead->hasCycles = False;
return parseTree->numBranchHeads-1;
}
TMShortCard _XtGetQuarkIndex(
TMParseStateTree parseTree,
XrmQuark quark)
{
#define TM_QUARK_TBL_ALLOC 16
#define TM_QUARK_TBL_REALLOC 16
TMShortCard i = parseTree->numQuarks;
for (i=0; i < parseTree->numQuarks; i++)
if (parseTree->quarkTbl[i] == quark)
break;
if (i == parseTree->numQuarks)
{
if (parseTree->numQuarks == parseTree->quarkTblSize)
{
TMShortCard newSize;
if (parseTree->quarkTblSize == 0)
parseTree->quarkTblSize += TM_QUARK_TBL_ALLOC;
else
parseTree->quarkTblSize += TM_QUARK_TBL_REALLOC;
newSize = (parseTree->quarkTblSize * sizeof(XrmQuark));
if (parseTree->isStackQuarks) {
XrmQuark *oldquarkTbl = parseTree->quarkTbl;
parseTree->quarkTbl = (XrmQuark *) __XtMalloc(newSize);
XtMemmove(parseTree->quarkTbl, oldquarkTbl, newSize);
parseTree->isStackQuarks = False;
}
else {
parseTree->quarkTbl = (XrmQuark *)
XtRealloc((char *)parseTree->quarkTbl,
(parseTree->quarkTblSize *
sizeof(XrmQuark)));
}
}
parseTree->quarkTbl[parseTree->numQuarks++] = quark;
}
return i;
}
/*
* Get an entry from the parseTrees complex branchHead tbl. If there's none
* there then allocate one
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
static TMShortCard GetComplexBranchIndex(
TMParseStateTree parseTree,
TMShortCard typeIndex,
TMShortCard modIndex)
{
#define TM_COMPLEXBRANCH_HEAD_TBL_ALLOC 8
#define TM_COMPLEXBRANCH_HEAD_TBL_REALLOC 4
if (parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads == parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize) {
TMShortCard newSize;
if (parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize == 0)
parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize += TM_COMPLEXBRANCH_HEAD_TBL_ALLOC;
else
parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize += TM_COMPLEXBRANCH_HEAD_TBL_REALLOC;
newSize = (parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize * sizeof(StatePtr));
if (parseTree->isStackComplexBranchHeads) {
StatePtr *oldcomplexBranchHeadTbl
= parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl;
parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl = (StatePtr *) __XtMalloc(newSize);
XtMemmove(parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl,
oldcomplexBranchHeadTbl, newSize);
parseTree->isStackComplexBranchHeads = False;
}
else {
parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl = (StatePtr *)
XtRealloc((char *)parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl,
(parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize *
sizeof(StatePtr)));
}
}
parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads++] = NULL;
return parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads-1;
}
TMShortCard _XtGetTypeIndex(
Event *event)
{
TMShortCard i, j = TM_TYPE_SEGMENT_SIZE;
TMShortCard typeIndex = 0;
TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
TMTypeMatch segment = NULL;
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (i = 0; i < _XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatchSegments; i++) {
segment = _XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTbl[i];
for (j = 0;
typeIndex < _XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatches && j < TM_TYPE_SEGMENT_SIZE;
j++, typeIndex++)
{
typeMatch = &(segment[j]);
if (event->eventType == typeMatch->eventType &&
event->eventCode == typeMatch->eventCode &&
event->eventCodeMask == typeMatch->eventCodeMask &&
event->matchEvent == typeMatch->matchEvent) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return typeIndex;
}
}
}
if (j == TM_TYPE_SEGMENT_SIZE) {
if (_XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatchSegments == _XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTblSize) {
_XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTblSize += 4;
_XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTbl = (TMTypeMatch *)
XtRealloc((char *)_XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTbl,
(_XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTblSize * sizeof(TMTypeMatch)));
}
_XtGlobalTM.typeMatchSegmentTbl[_XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatchSegments++] =
segment = (TMTypeMatch)
__XtMalloc(TM_TYPE_SEGMENT_SIZE * sizeof(TMTypeMatchRec));
j = 0;
}
typeMatch = &segment[j];
typeMatch->eventType = event->eventType;
typeMatch->eventCode = event->eventCode;
typeMatch->eventCodeMask = event->eventCodeMask;
typeMatch->matchEvent = event->matchEvent;
_XtGlobalTM.numTypeMatches++;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return typeIndex;
}
static Boolean CompareLateModifiers(
LateBindingsPtr lateBind1P,
LateBindingsPtr lateBind2P)
{
LateBindingsPtr late1P = lateBind1P;
LateBindingsPtr late2P = lateBind2P;
if (late1P != NULL || late2P != NULL) {
int i = 0;
int j = 0;
if (late1P != NULL)
for (; late1P->keysym != NoSymbol; i++) late1P++;
if (late2P != NULL)
for (; late2P->keysym != NoSymbol; j++) late2P++;
if (i != j) return FALSE;
late1P--;
while (late1P >= lateBind1P) {
Boolean last = True;
for (late2P = lateBind2P + i - 1;
late2P >= lateBind2P;
late2P--) {
if (late1P->keysym == late2P->keysym
&& late1P->knot == late2P->knot) {
j--;
if (last) i--;
break;
}
last = False;
}
late1P--;
}
if (j != 0) return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
TMShortCard _XtGetModifierIndex(
Event *event)
{
TMShortCard i, j = TM_MOD_SEGMENT_SIZE;
TMShortCard modIndex = 0;
TMModifierMatch modMatch;
TMModifierMatch segment = NULL;
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (i = 0; i < _XtGlobalTM.numModMatchSegments; i++) {
segment = _XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl[i];
for (j = 0;
modIndex < _XtGlobalTM.numModMatches && j < TM_MOD_SEGMENT_SIZE;
j++, modIndex++) {
modMatch = &(segment[j]);
if (event->modifiers == modMatch->modifiers &&
event->modifierMask == modMatch->modifierMask &&
event->standard == modMatch->standard &&
((!event->lateModifiers && !modMatch->lateModifiers) ||
CompareLateModifiers(event->lateModifiers,
modMatch->lateModifiers))) {
/*
* if we found a match then we can free the parser's
* late modifiers. If there isn't a match we use the
* parser's copy
*/
if (event->lateModifiers &&
--event->lateModifiers->ref_count == 0) {
XtFree((char *)event->lateModifiers);
event->lateModifiers = NULL;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return modIndex;
}
}
}
if (j == TM_MOD_SEGMENT_SIZE) {
if (_XtGlobalTM.numModMatchSegments == _XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTblSize) {
_XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTblSize += 4;
_XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl = (TMModifierMatch *)
XtRealloc((char *)_XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl,
(_XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTblSize * sizeof(TMModifierMatch)));
}
_XtGlobalTM.modMatchSegmentTbl[_XtGlobalTM.numModMatchSegments++] =
segment = (TMModifierMatch)
__XtMalloc(TM_MOD_SEGMENT_SIZE * sizeof(TMModifierMatchRec));
j = 0;
}
modMatch = &segment[j];
modMatch->modifiers = event->modifiers;;
modMatch->modifierMask = event->modifierMask;
modMatch->standard = event->standard;
/*
* We use the parser's copy of the late binding array
*/
#ifdef TRACE_TM
if (event->lateModifiers)
_XtGlobalTM.numLateBindings++;
#endif /* TRACE_TM */
modMatch->lateModifiers = event->lateModifiers;
_XtGlobalTM.numModMatches++;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return modIndex;
}
/*
* This is called from the SimpleStateHandler to match a stateTree
* entry to the event coming in
*/
static int MatchBranchHead(
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
int startIndex,
TMEventPtr event)
{
TMBranchHead branchHead = &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[startIndex];
int i;
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (i = startIndex;
i < (int)stateTree->numBranchHeads;
i++, branchHead++)
{
TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
TMModifierMatch modMatch;
typeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(branchHead->typeIndex);
modMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(branchHead->modIndex);
if (MatchIncomingEvent(event, typeMatch, modMatch)) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return i;
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return (TM_NO_MATCH);
}
Boolean _XtRegularMatch(
TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
TMModifierMatch modMatch,
TMEventPtr eventSeq)
{
Modifiers computed =0;
Modifiers computedMask =0;
Boolean resolved = TRUE;
if (typeMatch->eventCode != (eventSeq->event.eventCode &
typeMatch->eventCodeMask)) return FALSE;
if (modMatch->lateModifiers != NULL)
resolved = _XtComputeLateBindings(eventSeq->xev->xany.display,
modMatch->lateModifiers,
&computed, &computedMask);
if (!resolved) return FALSE;
computed |= modMatch->modifiers;
computedMask |= modMatch->modifierMask;
return ( (computed & computedMask) ==
(eventSeq->event.modifiers & computedMask));
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
Boolean _XtMatchAtom(
TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
TMModifierMatch modMatch,
TMEventPtr eventSeq)
{
Atom atom;
atom = XInternAtom(eventSeq->xev->xany.display,
XrmQuarkToString(typeMatch->eventCode),
False);
return (atom == eventSeq->event.eventCode);
}
#define IsOn(vec,idx) ((vec)[(idx)>>3] & (1 << ((idx) & 7)))
/*
* there are certain cases where you want to ignore the event and stay
* in the same state.
*/
static Boolean Ignore(
TMEventPtr event)
{
Display *dpy;
XtPerDisplay pd;
if (event->event.eventType == MotionNotify)
return TRUE;
if (!(event->event.eventType == KeyPress ||
event->event.eventType == KeyRelease))
return FALSE;
dpy = event->xev->xany.display;
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
_InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd);
return IsOn(pd->isModifier, event->event.eventCode) ? TRUE : FALSE;
}
static void XEventToTMEvent(
XEvent *event,
TMEventPtr tmEvent)
{
tmEvent->xev = event;
tmEvent->event.eventCodeMask = 0;
tmEvent->event.modifierMask = 0;
tmEvent->event.eventType = event->type;
tmEvent->event.lateModifiers = NULL;
tmEvent->event.matchEvent = NULL;
tmEvent->event.standard = FALSE;
switch (event->type) {
case KeyPress:
case KeyRelease:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xkey.keycode;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = event->xkey.state;
break;
case ButtonPress:
case ButtonRelease:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xbutton.button;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = event->xbutton.state;
break;
case MotionNotify:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xmotion.is_hint;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = event->xmotion.state;
break;
case EnterNotify:
case LeaveNotify:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xcrossing.mode;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = event->xcrossing.state;
break;
case PropertyNotify:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xproperty.atom;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
break;
case SelectionClear:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xselectionclear.selection;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
break;
case SelectionRequest:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xselectionrequest.selection;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
break;
case SelectionNotify:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xselection.selection;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
break;
case ClientMessage:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xclient.message_type;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
break;
case MappingNotify:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xmapping.request;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
break;
case FocusIn:
case FocusOut:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = event->xfocus.mode;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
break;
default:
tmEvent->event.eventCode = 0;
tmEvent->event.modifiers = 0;
break;
}
}
static unsigned long GetTime(
XtTM tm,
XEvent *event)
{
switch (event->type) {
case KeyPress:
case KeyRelease:
return event->xkey.time;
case ButtonPress:
case ButtonRelease:
return event->xbutton.time;
default:
return tm->lastEventTime;
}
}
static void HandleActions(
Widget w,
XEvent *event,
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
Widget accelWidget,
XtActionProc *procs,
ActionRec *actions)
{
ActionHook actionHookList;
Widget bindWidget;
bindWidget = accelWidget ? accelWidget : w;
if (accelWidget && !XtIsSensitive(accelWidget) &&
(event->type == KeyPress || event->type == KeyRelease ||
event->type == ButtonPress || event->type == ButtonRelease ||
event->type == MotionNotify || event->type == EnterNotify ||
event->type == LeaveNotify || event->type == FocusIn ||
event->type == FocusOut))
return;
actionHookList = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w)->action_hook_list;
while (actions != NULL) {
/* perform any actions */
if (procs[actions->idx] != NULL) {
if (actionHookList) {
ActionHook hook;
ActionHook next_hook;
String procName =
XrmQuarkToString(stateTree->quarkTbl[actions->idx] );
for (hook = actionHookList; hook != NULL; ) {
/*
* Need to cache hook->next because the following action
* proc may free hook via XtRemoveActionHook making
* hook->next invalid upon return from the action proc.
*/
next_hook = hook->next;
(*hook->proc)(bindWidget,
hook->closure,
procName,
event,
actions->params,
&actions->num_params
);
hook = next_hook;
}
}
(*(procs[actions->idx]))
(bindWidget, event,
actions->params, &actions->num_params );
}
actions = actions->next;
}
}
typedef struct {
unsigned int isCycleStart:1;
unsigned int isCycleEnd:1;
TMShortCard typeIndex;
TMShortCard modIndex;
}MatchPairRec, *MatchPair;
typedef struct TMContextRec{
TMShortCard numMatches;
TMShortCard maxMatches;
MatchPair matches;
}TMContextRec, *TMContext;
static TMContextRec contextCache[2];
#define GetContextPtr(tm) ((TMContext *)&(tm->current_state))
#define TM_CONTEXT_MATCHES_ALLOC 4
#define TM_CONTEXT_MATCHES_REALLOC 2
static void PushContext(
TMContext *contextPtr,
StatePtr newState)
{
TMContext context = *contextPtr;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (context == NULL)
{
if (contextCache[0].numMatches == 0)
context = &contextCache[0];
else if (contextCache[1].numMatches == 0)
context = &contextCache[1];
if (!context)
{
context = XtNew(TMContextRec);
context->matches = NULL;
context->numMatches =
context->maxMatches = 0;
}
}
if (context->numMatches &&
context->matches[context->numMatches-1].isCycleEnd)
{
TMShortCard i;
for (i = 0;
i < context->numMatches &&
!(context->matches[i].isCycleStart);
i++){};
if (i < context->numMatches)
context->numMatches = i+1;
#ifdef DEBUG
else
XtWarning("pushing cycle end with no cycle start");
#endif /* DEBUG */
}
else
{
if (context->numMatches == context->maxMatches)
{
if (context->maxMatches == 0)
context->maxMatches += TM_CONTEXT_MATCHES_ALLOC;
else
context->maxMatches += TM_CONTEXT_MATCHES_REALLOC;
context->matches = (MatchPairRec *)
XtRealloc((char *)context->matches,
context->maxMatches * sizeof(MatchPairRec));
}
context->matches[context->numMatches].isCycleStart = newState->isCycleStart;
context->matches[context->numMatches].isCycleEnd = newState->isCycleEnd;
context->matches[context->numMatches].typeIndex = newState->typeIndex;
context->matches[context->numMatches++].modIndex = newState->modIndex;
*contextPtr = context;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static void FreeContext(
TMContext *contextPtr)
{
TMContext context = NULL;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (&contextCache[0] == *contextPtr)
context = &contextCache[0];
else if (&contextCache[1] == *contextPtr)
context = &contextCache[1];
if (context)
context->numMatches = 0;
else if (*contextPtr)
{
if ((*contextPtr)->matches)
XtFree ((char *) ((*contextPtr)->matches));
XtFree((char *)*contextPtr);
}
*contextPtr = NULL;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static int MatchExact(
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
int startIndex,
TMShortCard typeIndex,
TMShortCard modIndex)
{
TMBranchHead branchHead = &(stateTree->branchHeadTbl[startIndex]);
int i;
for (i = startIndex;
i < (int)stateTree->numBranchHeads;
i++, branchHead++)
{
if ((branchHead->typeIndex == typeIndex) &&
(branchHead->modIndex == modIndex))
return i;
}
return (TM_NO_MATCH);
}
static void HandleSimpleState(
Widget w,
XtTM tmRecPtr,
TMEventRec *curEventPtr)
{
XtTranslations xlations = tmRecPtr->translations;
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree;
TMContext *contextPtr = GetContextPtr(tmRecPtr);
TMShortCard i;
ActionRec *actions = NULL;
Boolean matchExact = False;
Boolean match = False;
StatePtr complexMatchState = NULL;
int currIndex;
TMShortCard typeIndex = 0, modIndex = 0;
int matchTreeIndex = TM_NO_MATCH;
LOCK_PROCESS;
stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
for (i = 0;
((!match || !complexMatchState) && (i < xlations->numStateTrees));
i++){
stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
currIndex = -1;
/*
* don't process this tree if we're only looking for a
* complexMatchState and there are no complex states
*/
while (!(match && stateTree->isSimple) &&
((!match || !complexMatchState) && (currIndex != TM_NO_MATCH))) {
currIndex++;
if (matchExact)
currIndex = MatchExact(stateTree,currIndex,typeIndex,modIndex);
else
currIndex = MatchBranchHead(stateTree,currIndex,curEventPtr);
if (currIndex != TM_NO_MATCH) {
TMBranchHead branchHead;
StatePtr currState;
branchHead = &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[currIndex];
if (branchHead->isSimple)
currState = NULL;
else
currState = ((TMComplexStateTree)stateTree)
->complexBranchHeadTbl[TMBranchMore(branchHead)];
/*
* first check for a complete match
*/
if (!match) {
if (branchHead->hasActions) {
if (branchHead->isSimple) {
static ActionRec dummyAction;
dummyAction.idx = TMBranchMore(branchHead);
actions = &dummyAction;
}
else
actions = currState->actions;
tmRecPtr->lastEventTime =
GetTime(tmRecPtr, curEventPtr->xev);
FreeContext((TMContext
*)&tmRecPtr->current_state);
match = True;
matchTreeIndex = i;
}
/*
* if it doesn't have actions and
* it's bc mode then it's a potential match node that is
* used to match later sequences.
*/
if (!TMNewMatchSemantics() && !matchExact) {
matchExact = True;
typeIndex = branchHead->typeIndex;
modIndex = branchHead->modIndex;
}
}
/*
* check for it being an event sequence which can be
* a future match
*/
if (!branchHead->isSimple &&
!branchHead->hasActions &&
!complexMatchState)
complexMatchState = currState;
}
}
}
if (match)
{
TMBindData bindData = (TMBindData) tmRecPtr->proc_table;
XtActionProc *procs;
Widget accelWidget;
if (bindData->simple.isComplex) {
TMComplexBindProcs bindProcs =
TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, matchTreeIndex);
procs = bindProcs->procs;
accelWidget = bindProcs->widget;
}
else {
TMSimpleBindProcs bindProcs =
TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, matchTreeIndex);
procs = bindProcs->procs;
accelWidget = NULL;
}
HandleActions
(w,
curEventPtr->xev,
(TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[matchTreeIndex],
accelWidget,
procs,
actions);
}
if (complexMatchState)
PushContext(contextPtr, complexMatchState);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static int MatchComplexBranch(
TMComplexStateTree stateTree,
int startIndex,
TMContext context,
StatePtr *leafStateRtn)
{
TMShortCard i;
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (i = startIndex; i < stateTree->numComplexBranchHeads; i++)
{
StatePtr candState;
TMShortCard numMatches = context->numMatches;
MatchPair statMatch = context->matches;
for (candState = stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[i];
numMatches && candState;
numMatches--, statMatch++, candState = candState->nextLevel)
{
if ((statMatch->typeIndex != candState->typeIndex) ||
(statMatch->modIndex != candState->modIndex))
break;
}
if (numMatches == 0) {
*leafStateRtn = candState;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return i;
}
}
*leafStateRtn = NULL;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return (TM_NO_MATCH);
}
static StatePtr TryCurrentTree(
TMComplexStateTree *stateTreePtr,
XtTM tmRecPtr,
TMEventRec *curEventPtr)
{
StatePtr candState = NULL, matchState = NULL;
TMContext *contextPtr = GetContextPtr(tmRecPtr);
TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
TMModifierMatch modMatch;
int currIndex = -1;
/*
* we want the first sequence that both matches and has actions.
* we keep on looking till we find both
*/
LOCK_PROCESS;
while ((currIndex =
MatchComplexBranch(*stateTreePtr,
++currIndex,
(*contextPtr),
&candState))
!= TM_NO_MATCH) {
if (candState != NULL) {
typeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(candState->typeIndex);
modMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(candState->modIndex);
/* does this state's index match? --> done */
if (MatchIncomingEvent(curEventPtr, typeMatch, modMatch))
{
if (candState->actions) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return candState;
}
else
matchState = candState;
}
/* is this an event timer? */
if (typeMatch->eventType == _XtEventTimerEventType) {
StatePtr nextState = candState->nextLevel;
/* does the succeeding state match? */
if (nextState != NULL) {
TMTypeMatch nextTypeMatch;
TMModifierMatch nextModMatch;
nextTypeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(nextState->typeIndex);
nextModMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(nextState->modIndex);
/* is it within the timeout? */
if (MatchIncomingEvent(curEventPtr,
nextTypeMatch,
nextModMatch)) {
XEvent *xev = curEventPtr->xev;
unsigned long time = GetTime(tmRecPtr, xev);
XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(xev->xany.display);
unsigned long delta = pd->multi_click_time;
if ((tmRecPtr->lastEventTime + delta) >= time) {
if (nextState->actions) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return candState;
}
else
matchState = candState;
}
}
}
}
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return matchState;
}
static void HandleComplexState(
Widget w,
XtTM tmRecPtr,
TMEventRec *curEventPtr)
{
XtTranslations xlations = tmRecPtr->translations;
TMContext *contextPtr = GetContextPtr(tmRecPtr);
TMShortCard i, matchTreeIndex = 0;
StatePtr matchState = NULL, candState;
TMComplexStateTree *stateTreePtr =
(TMComplexStateTree *)&xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (i = 0;
i < xlations->numStateTrees;
i++, stateTreePtr++) {
/*
* some compilers sign extend Boolean bit fields so test for
* false |||
*/
if (((*stateTreePtr)->isSimple == False) &&
(candState = TryCurrentTree(stateTreePtr,
tmRecPtr,
curEventPtr))) {
if (!matchState || candState->actions) {
matchTreeIndex = i;
matchState = candState;
if (candState->actions)
break;
}
}
}
if (matchState == NULL){
/* couldn't find it... */
if (!Ignore(curEventPtr))
{
FreeContext(contextPtr);
HandleSimpleState(w, tmRecPtr, curEventPtr);
}
}
else {
TMBindData bindData = (TMBindData) tmRecPtr->proc_table;
XtActionProc *procs;
Widget accelWidget;
TMTypeMatch typeMatch;
typeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(matchState->typeIndex);
PushContext(contextPtr, matchState);
if (typeMatch->eventType == _XtEventTimerEventType) {
matchState = matchState->nextLevel;
PushContext(contextPtr, matchState);
}
tmRecPtr->lastEventTime = GetTime (tmRecPtr, curEventPtr->xev);
if (bindData->simple.isComplex) {
TMComplexBindProcs bindProcs =
TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, matchTreeIndex);
procs = bindProcs->procs;
accelWidget = bindProcs->widget;
}
else {
TMSimpleBindProcs bindProcs =
TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, matchTreeIndex);
procs = bindProcs->procs;
accelWidget = NULL;
}
HandleActions(w,
curEventPtr->xev,
(TMSimpleStateTree)
xlations->stateTreeTbl[matchTreeIndex],
accelWidget,
procs,
matchState->actions);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
void _XtTranslateEvent (
Widget w,
XEvent * event)
{
XtTM tmRecPtr = &w->core.tm;
TMEventRec curEvent;
StatePtr current_state = tmRecPtr->current_state;
XEventToTMEvent (event, &curEvent);
if (! tmRecPtr->translations) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w),
XtNtranslationError,"nullTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Can't translate event through NULL table",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return ;
}
if (current_state == NULL)
HandleSimpleState(w, tmRecPtr, &curEvent);
else
HandleComplexState(w, tmRecPtr, &curEvent);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static StatePtr NewState(
TMParseStateTree stateTree,
TMShortCard typeIndex,
TMShortCard modIndex)
{
StatePtr state = XtNew(StateRec);
#ifdef TRACE_TM
LOCK_PROCESS;
_XtGlobalTM.numComplexStates++;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#endif /* TRACE_TM */
state->typeIndex = typeIndex;
state->modIndex = modIndex;
state->nextLevel = NULL;
state->actions = NULL;
state->isCycleStart = state->isCycleEnd = False;
return state;
}
/*
* This routine is an iterator for state trees. If the func returns
* true then iteration is over.
*/
void _XtTraverseStateTree(
TMStateTree tree,
_XtTraversalProc func,
XtPointer data)
{
TMComplexStateTree stateTree = (TMComplexStateTree)tree;
TMBranchHead currBH;
TMShortCard i;
StateRec dummyStateRec, *dummyState = &dummyStateRec;
ActionRec dummyActionRec, *dummyAction = &dummyActionRec;
Boolean firstSimple = True;
StatePtr currState;
/* first traverse the complex states */
if (stateTree->isSimple == False)
for (i = 0; i < stateTree->numComplexBranchHeads; i++) {
currState = stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[i];
for (; currState; currState = currState->nextLevel) {
if (func(currState, data))
return;
if (currState->isCycleEnd)
break;
}
}
/* now traverse the simple ones */
for (i = 0, currBH = stateTree->branchHeadTbl;
i < stateTree->numBranchHeads;
i++, currBH++)
{
if (currBH->isSimple && currBH->hasActions)
{
if (firstSimple)
{
XtBZero((char *) dummyState, sizeof(StateRec));
XtBZero((char *) dummyAction, sizeof(ActionRec));
dummyState->actions = dummyAction;
firstSimple = False;
}
dummyState->typeIndex = currBH->typeIndex;
dummyState->modIndex = currBH->modIndex;
dummyAction->idx = currBH->more;
if (func(dummyState, data))
return;
}
}
}
static EventMask EventToMask(
TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
TMModifierMatch modMatch)
{
EventMask returnMask;
unsigned long eventType = typeMatch->eventType;
if (eventType == MotionNotify) {
Modifiers modifierMask = modMatch->modifierMask;
Modifiers tempMask;
returnMask = 0;
if (modifierMask == 0) {
if (modMatch->modifiers == AnyButtonMask)
return ButtonMotionMask;
else
return PointerMotionMask;
}
tempMask = modifierMask &
(Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask
| Button4Mask | Button5Mask);
if (tempMask == 0)
return PointerMotionMask;
if (tempMask & Button1Mask)
returnMask |= Button1MotionMask;
if (tempMask & Button2Mask)
returnMask |= Button2MotionMask;
if (tempMask & Button3Mask)
returnMask |= Button3MotionMask;
if (tempMask & Button4Mask)
returnMask |= Button4MotionMask;
if (tempMask & Button5Mask)
returnMask |= Button5MotionMask;
return returnMask;
}
returnMask = _XtConvertTypeToMask(eventType);
if (returnMask == (StructureNotifyMask|SubstructureNotifyMask))
returnMask = StructureNotifyMask;
return returnMask;
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void DispatchMappingNotify(
Widget widget, /* will be NULL from _RefreshMapping */
XtPointer closure, /* real Widget */
XtPointer call_data) /* XEvent* */
{
_XtTranslateEvent( (Widget)closure, (XEvent*)call_data);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void RemoveFromMappingCallbacks(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure, /* target widget */
XtPointer call_data)
{
_XtRemoveCallback( &_XtGetPerDisplay(XtDisplay(widget))->mapping_callbacks,
DispatchMappingNotify,
closure
);
}
static Boolean AggregateEventMask(
StatePtr state,
XtPointer data)
{
LOCK_PROCESS;
*((EventMask *)data) |= EventToMask(TMGetTypeMatch(state->typeIndex),
TMGetModifierMatch(state->modIndex));
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return False;
}
void _XtInstallTranslations(
Widget widget)
{
XtTranslations xlations;
Cardinal i;
TMStateTree stateTree;
Boolean mappingNotifyInterest = False;
xlations = widget->core.tm.translations;
if (xlations == NULL) return;
/*
* check for somebody stuffing the translations directly into the
* instance structure. We will end up being called again out of
* ComposeTranslations but we *should* have bindings by then
*/
if (widget->core.tm.proc_table == NULL) {
_XtMergeTranslations(widget, NULL, XtTableReplace);
/*
* if we're realized then we'll be called out of
* ComposeTranslations
*/
if (XtIsRealized(widget))
return;
}
xlations->eventMask = 0;
for (i = 0;
i < xlations->numStateTrees;
i++)
{
stateTree = xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
_XtTraverseStateTree(stateTree,
AggregateEventMask,
(XtPointer)&xlations->eventMask);
mappingNotifyInterest |= stateTree->simple.mappingNotifyInterest;
}
/* double click needs to make sure that you have selected on both
button down and up. */
if (xlations->eventMask & ButtonPressMask)
xlations->eventMask |= ButtonReleaseMask;
if (xlations->eventMask & ButtonReleaseMask)
xlations->eventMask |= ButtonPressMask;
if (mappingNotifyInterest) {
XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
if (pd->mapping_callbacks)
_XtAddCallbackOnce(&(pd->mapping_callbacks),
DispatchMappingNotify,
(XtPointer)widget);
else
_XtAddCallback(&(pd->mapping_callbacks),
DispatchMappingNotify,
(XtPointer)widget);
if (widget->core.destroy_callbacks != NULL)
_XtAddCallbackOnce( (InternalCallbackList *)
&widget->core.destroy_callbacks,
RemoveFromMappingCallbacks,
(XtPointer)widget
);
else
_XtAddCallback((InternalCallbackList *)
&widget->core.destroy_callbacks,
RemoveFromMappingCallbacks,
(XtPointer)widget
);
}
_XtBindActions(widget, (XtTM)&widget->core.tm);
_XtRegisterGrabs(widget);
}
void _XtRemoveTranslations(
Widget widget)
{
Cardinal i;
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree;
Boolean mappingNotifyInterest = False;
XtTranslations xlations = widget->core.tm.translations;
if (xlations == NULL)
return;
for (i = 0;
i < xlations->numStateTrees;
i++)
{
stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
mappingNotifyInterest |= stateTree->mappingNotifyInterest;
}
if (mappingNotifyInterest)
RemoveFromMappingCallbacks(widget, (XtPointer)widget, NULL);
}
static void _XtUninstallTranslations(
Widget widget)
{
XtTranslations xlations = widget->core.tm.translations;
_XtUnbindActions(widget,
xlations,
(TMBindData)widget->core.tm.proc_table);
_XtRemoveTranslations(widget);
widget->core.tm.translations = NULL;
FreeContext((TMContext *)&widget->core.tm.current_state);
}
void _XtDestroyTMData(
Widget widget)
{
TMComplexBindData cBindData;
_XtUninstallTranslations(widget);
if ((cBindData = (TMComplexBindData)widget->core.tm.proc_table)) {
if (cBindData->isComplex) {
ATranslations aXlations, nXlations;
nXlations = (ATranslations) cBindData->accel_context;
while (nXlations){
aXlations = nXlations;
nXlations = nXlations->next;
XtFree((char *)aXlations);
}
}
XtFree((char *)cBindData);
}
}
/*** Public procedures ***/
void XtUninstallTranslations(
Widget widget)
{
EventMask oldMask;
Widget hookobj;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
if (! widget->core.tm.translations) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
oldMask = widget->core.tm.translations->eventMask;
_XtUninstallTranslations(widget);
if (XtIsRealized(widget) && oldMask)
XSelectInput(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
XtBuildEventMask(widget));
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHuninstallTranslations;
call_data.widget = widget;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
XtTranslations _XtCreateXlations(
TMStateTree *stateTrees,
TMShortCard numStateTrees,
XtTranslations first,
XtTranslations second)
{
XtTranslations xlations;
TMShortCard i;
xlations = (XtTranslations)
__XtMalloc(sizeof(TranslationData) +
(numStateTrees-1) * sizeof(TMStateTree));
#ifdef TRACE_TM
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (_XtGlobalTM.numTms == _XtGlobalTM.tmTblSize) {
_XtGlobalTM.tmTblSize += 16;
_XtGlobalTM.tmTbl = (XtTranslations *)
XtRealloc((char *)_XtGlobalTM.tmTbl,
_XtGlobalTM.tmTblSize * sizeof(XtTranslations));
}
_XtGlobalTM.tmTbl[_XtGlobalTM.numTms++] = xlations;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#endif /* TRACE_TM */
xlations->composers[0] = first;
xlations->composers[1] = second;
xlations->hasBindings = False;
xlations->operation = XtTableReplace;
for (i = 0;i < numStateTrees; i++)
{
xlations->stateTreeTbl[i] = (TMStateTree) stateTrees[i];
stateTrees[i]->simple.refCount++;
}
xlations->numStateTrees = numStateTrees;
xlations->eventMask = 0;
return xlations;
}
TMStateTree _XtParseTreeToStateTree(
TMParseStateTree parseTree)
{
TMSimpleStateTree simpleTree;
unsigned int tableSize;
if (parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads) {
TMComplexStateTree complexTree;
complexTree = XtNew(TMComplexStateTreeRec);
complexTree->isSimple = False;
tableSize = parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads * sizeof(StatePtr);
complexTree->complexBranchHeadTbl = (StatePtr *)
__XtMalloc(tableSize);
XtMemmove(complexTree->complexBranchHeadTbl,
parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl, tableSize);
complexTree->numComplexBranchHeads =
parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads;
simpleTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)complexTree;
}
else {
simpleTree = XtNew(TMSimpleStateTreeRec);
simpleTree->isSimple = True;
}
simpleTree->isAccelerator = parseTree->isAccelerator;
simpleTree->refCount = 0;
simpleTree->mappingNotifyInterest = parseTree->mappingNotifyInterest;
tableSize = parseTree->numBranchHeads * sizeof(TMBranchHeadRec);
simpleTree->branchHeadTbl = (TMBranchHead)
__XtMalloc(tableSize);
XtMemmove(simpleTree->branchHeadTbl, parseTree->branchHeadTbl, tableSize);
simpleTree->numBranchHeads = parseTree->numBranchHeads;
tableSize = parseTree->numQuarks * sizeof(XrmQuark);
simpleTree->quarkTbl = (XrmQuark *) __XtMalloc(tableSize);
XtMemmove(simpleTree->quarkTbl, parseTree->quarkTbl, tableSize);
simpleTree->numQuarks = parseTree->numQuarks;
return (TMStateTree)simpleTree;
}
static void FreeActions(
ActionPtr actions)
{
ActionPtr action;
TMShortCard i;
for (action = actions; action;) {
ActionPtr nextAction = action->next;
for (i = action->num_params; i;) {
XtFree( action->params[--i] );
}
XtFree( (char*)action->params );
XtFree((char*) action);
action = nextAction;
}
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void AmbigActions(
EventSeqPtr initialEvent,
StatePtr *state,
TMParseStateTree stateTree)
{
String params[3];
Cardinal numParams = 0;
params[numParams++] = _XtPrintEventSeq(initialEvent, NULL);
params[numParams++] = _XtPrintActions((*state)->actions,
stateTree->quarkTbl);
XtWarningMsg (XtNtranslationError,"oldActions",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Previous entry was: %s %s", params, &numParams);
XtFree((char *)params[0]);
XtFree((char *)params[1]);
numParams = 0;
params[numParams++] = _XtPrintActions(initialEvent->actions,
stateTree->quarkTbl);
XtWarningMsg (XtNtranslationError,"newActions",XtCXtToolkitError,
"New actions are:%s", params, &numParams);
XtFree((char *)params[0]);
XtWarningMsg (XtNtranslationError,"ambiguousActions",
XtCXtToolkitError,
"Overriding earlier translation manager actions.",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
FreeActions((*state)->actions);
(*state)->actions = NULL;
}
void _XtAddEventSeqToStateTree(
EventSeqPtr eventSeq,
TMParseStateTree stateTree)
{
StatePtr *state;
EventSeqPtr initialEvent = eventSeq;
TMBranchHead branchHead;
TMShortCard idx, modIndex, typeIndex;
if (eventSeq == NULL) return;
/* note that all states in the event seq passed in start out null */
/* we fill them in with the matching state as we traverse the list */
/*
* We need to free the parser data structures !!!
*/
typeIndex = _XtGetTypeIndex(&eventSeq->event);
modIndex = _XtGetModifierIndex(&eventSeq->event);
idx = GetBranchHead(stateTree, typeIndex, modIndex, False);
branchHead = &stateTree->branchHeadTbl[idx];
/*
* Need to check for pre-existing actions with same lhs |||
*/
/*
* Check for optimized case. Don't assume that the eventSeq has actions.
*/
if (!eventSeq->next &&
eventSeq->actions &&
!eventSeq->actions->next &&
!eventSeq->actions->num_params)
{
if (eventSeq->event.eventType == MappingNotify)
stateTree->mappingNotifyInterest = True;
branchHead->hasActions = True;
branchHead->more = eventSeq->actions->idx;
FreeActions(eventSeq->actions);
eventSeq->actions = NULL;
return;
}
branchHead->isSimple = False;
if (!eventSeq->next)
branchHead->hasActions = True;
branchHead->more = GetComplexBranchIndex(stateTree, typeIndex, modIndex);
state = &stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[TMBranchMore(branchHead)];
for (;;) {
*state = NewState(stateTree, typeIndex, modIndex);
if (eventSeq->event.eventType == MappingNotify)
stateTree->mappingNotifyInterest = True;
/* *state now points at state record matching event */
eventSeq->state = *state;
if (eventSeq->actions != NULL) {
if ((*state)->actions != NULL)
AmbigActions(initialEvent, state, stateTree);
(*state)->actions = eventSeq->actions;
#ifdef TRACE_TM
LOCK_PROCESS
_XtGlobalTM.numComplexActions++;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#endif /* TRACE_TM */
}
if (((eventSeq = eventSeq->next) == NULL) || (eventSeq->state))
break;
state = &(*state)->nextLevel;
typeIndex = _XtGetTypeIndex(&eventSeq->event);
modIndex = _XtGetModifierIndex(&eventSeq->event);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (!TMNewMatchSemantics()) {
/*
* force a potential empty entry into the branch head
* table in order to emulate old matching behavior
*/
(void) GetBranchHead(stateTree, typeIndex, modIndex, True);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
if (eventSeq && eventSeq->state) {
/* we've been here before... must be a cycle in the event seq. */
branchHead->hasCycles = True;
(*state)->nextLevel = eventSeq->state;
eventSeq->state->isCycleStart = True;
(*state)->isCycleEnd = TRUE;
}
}
/*
* Internal Converter for merging. Old and New must both be valid xlations
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
Boolean _XtCvtMergeTranslations(
Display *dpy,
XrmValuePtr args,
Cardinal *num_args,
XrmValuePtr from,
XrmValuePtr to,
XtPointer *closure_ret)
{
XtTranslations first, second, xlations;
TMStateTree *stateTrees, stackStateTrees[16];
TMShortCard numStateTrees, i;
if (*num_args != 0)
XtWarningMsg("invalidParameters","mergeTranslations",XtCXtToolkitError,
"MergeTM to TranslationTable needs no extra arguments",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
if (to->addr != NULL && to->size < sizeof(XtTranslations)) {
to->size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
return False;
}
first = ((TMConvertRec*)from->addr)->old;
second = ((TMConvertRec*)from->addr)->new;
numStateTrees = first->numStateTrees + second->numStateTrees;
stateTrees = (TMStateTree *)
XtStackAlloc(numStateTrees * sizeof(TMStateTree), stackStateTrees);
for (i = 0; i < first->numStateTrees; i++)
stateTrees[i] = first->stateTreeTbl[i];
for (i = 0; i < second->numStateTrees; i++)
stateTrees[i + first->numStateTrees] = second->stateTreeTbl[i];
xlations = _XtCreateXlations(stateTrees, numStateTrees, first, second);
if (to->addr != NULL) {
*(XtTranslations*)to->addr = xlations;
}
else {
static XtTranslations staticStateTable;
staticStateTable = xlations;
to->addr= (XPointer)&staticStateTable;
to->size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
}
XtStackFree((XtPointer)stateTrees, (XtPointer)stackStateTrees);
return True;
}
static XtTranslations MergeThem(
Widget dest,
XtTranslations first,
XtTranslations second)
{
XtCacheRef cache_ref;
static XrmQuark from_type = NULLQUARK, to_type;
XrmValue from, to;
TMConvertRec convert_rec;
XtTranslations newTable;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (from_type == NULLQUARK) {
from_type = XrmPermStringToQuark(_XtRStateTablePair);
to_type = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRTranslationTable);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
from.addr = (XPointer)&convert_rec;
from.size = sizeof(TMConvertRec);
to.addr = (XPointer)&newTable;
to.size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
convert_rec.old = first;
convert_rec.new = second;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (! _XtConvert(dest, from_type, &from, to_type, &to, &cache_ref)) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return NULL;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#ifndef REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS
if (cache_ref)
XtAddCallback(dest, XtNdestroyCallback,
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef, (XtPointer)cache_ref);
#endif
return newTable;
}
/*
* Unmerge will recursively traverse the xlation compose tree and
* generate a new xlation that is the result of all instances of
* xlations being removed. It currently doesn't differentiate between
* the potential that an xlation will be both an accelerator and
* normal. This is not supported by the spec anyway.
*/
static XtTranslations UnmergeTranslations(
Widget widget,
XtTranslations xlations,
XtTranslations unmergeXlations,
TMShortCard currIndex,
TMComplexBindProcs oldBindings,
TMShortCard numOldBindings,
TMComplexBindProcs newBindings,
TMShortCard *numNewBindingsRtn)
{
XtTranslations first, second, result;
if (!xlations || (xlations == unmergeXlations))
return NULL;
if (xlations->composers[0]) {
first = UnmergeTranslations(widget, xlations->composers[0],
unmergeXlations, currIndex,
oldBindings, numOldBindings,
newBindings, numNewBindingsRtn);
}
else
first = NULL;
if (xlations->composers[1]) {
second = UnmergeTranslations(widget, xlations->composers[1],
unmergeXlations,
currIndex +
xlations->composers[0]->numStateTrees,
oldBindings, numOldBindings,
newBindings, numNewBindingsRtn);
}
else
second = NULL;
if (first || second) {
if (first && second) {
if ((first != xlations->composers[0]) ||
(second != xlations->composers[1]))
result = MergeThem(widget, first, second);
else result = xlations;
}
else {
if (first)
result = first;
else
result = second;
}
} else { /* only update for leaf nodes */
if (numOldBindings) {
Cardinal i;
for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++) {
if (xlations->stateTreeTbl[i]->simple.isAccelerator)
newBindings[*numNewBindingsRtn] =
oldBindings[currIndex + i];
(*numNewBindingsRtn)++;
}
}
result = xlations;
}
return result;
}
typedef struct {
XtTranslations xlations;
TMComplexBindProcs bindings;
}MergeBindRec, *MergeBind;
static XtTranslations MergeTranslations(
Widget widget,
XtTranslations oldXlations,
XtTranslations newXlations,
_XtTranslateOp operation,
Widget source,
TMComplexBindProcs oldBindings,
TMComplexBindProcs newBindings,
TMShortCard *numNewRtn)
{
XtTranslations newTable = NULL, xlations;
TMComplexBindProcs bindings;
TMShortCard i, j;
TMStateTree *treePtr;
TMShortCard numNew = *numNewRtn;
MergeBindRec bindPair[2];
/* If the new translation has an accelerator context then pull it
* off and pass it and the real xlations in to the caching merge
* routine.
*/
if (newXlations->hasBindings) {
xlations = ((ATranslations) newXlations)->xlations;
bindings = (TMComplexBindProcs)
&((ATranslations) newXlations)->bindTbl[0];
}
else {
xlations = newXlations;
bindings = NULL;
}
switch(operation) {
case XtTableReplace:
newTable = bindPair[0].xlations = xlations;
bindPair[0].bindings = bindings;
bindPair[1].xlations = NULL;
bindPair[1].bindings = NULL;
break;
case XtTableAugment:
bindPair[0].xlations = oldXlations;
bindPair[0].bindings = oldBindings;
bindPair[1].xlations = xlations;
bindPair[1].bindings = bindings;
newTable = NULL;
break;
case XtTableOverride:
bindPair[0].xlations = xlations;
bindPair[0].bindings = bindings;
bindPair[1].xlations = oldXlations;
bindPair[1].bindings = oldBindings;
newTable = NULL;
break;
}
if (!newTable)
newTable = MergeThem(widget, bindPair[0].xlations, bindPair[1].xlations);
for (i = 0, numNew = 0; i < 2; i++) {
if (bindPair[i].xlations)
for (j = 0; j < bindPair[i].xlations->numStateTrees; j++, numNew++) {
if (bindPair[i].xlations->stateTreeTbl[j]->simple.isAccelerator) {
if (bindPair[i].bindings)
newBindings[numNew] = bindPair[i].bindings[j];
else {
newBindings[numNew].widget = source;
newBindings[numNew].aXlations =
bindPair[i].xlations;
}
}
}
}
*numNewRtn = numNew;
treePtr = &newTable->stateTreeTbl[0];
for (i = 0; i < newTable->numStateTrees; i++, treePtr++)
(*treePtr)->simple.refCount++;
return newTable;
}
static TMBindData MakeBindData(
TMComplexBindProcs bindings,
TMShortCard numBindings,
TMBindData oldBindData)
{
TMLongCard bytes;
TMShortCard i;
Boolean isComplex;
TMBindData bindData;
if (numBindings == 0)
return NULL;
for (i = 0; i < numBindings; i++)
if (bindings[i].widget)
break;
isComplex = (i < numBindings);
if (isComplex)
bytes = (sizeof(TMComplexBindDataRec) +
((numBindings - 1) *
sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec)));
else
bytes = (sizeof(TMSimpleBindDataRec) +
((numBindings - 1) *
sizeof(TMSimpleBindProcsRec)));
bindData = (TMBindData) __XtCalloc(sizeof(char), bytes);
bindData->simple.isComplex = isComplex;
if (isComplex) {
TMComplexBindData cBindData = (TMComplexBindData)bindData;
/*
* If there were any accelerator contexts in the old bindData
* then propagate them to the new one.
*/
if (oldBindData && oldBindData->simple.isComplex)
cBindData->accel_context =
((TMComplexBindData) oldBindData)->accel_context;
XtMemmove((char *)&cBindData->bindTbl[0], (char *)bindings,
numBindings * sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec));
}
return bindData;
}
/*
* This routine is the central clearinghouse for merging translations
* into a widget. It takes care of preping the action bindings for
* realize time and calling the converter or doing a straight merge if
* the destination is empty.
*/
static Boolean ComposeTranslations(
Widget dest,
_XtTranslateOp operation,
Widget source,
XtTranslations newXlations)
{
XtTranslations newTable, oldXlations;
XtTranslations accNewXlations;
EventMask oldMask = 0;
TMBindData bindData;
TMComplexBindProcs oldBindings = NULL;
TMShortCard numOldBindings = 0, numNewBindings = 0, numBytes;
TMComplexBindProcsRec stackBindings[16], *newBindings;
/*
* how should we be handling the refcount decrement for the
* replaced translation table ???
*/
if (!newXlations)
{
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(dest),
XtNtranslationError,"nullTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
"table to (un)merge must not be null",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return False;
}
accNewXlations = newXlations;
newXlations = ((newXlations->hasBindings)
? ((ATranslations)newXlations)->xlations
: newXlations);
if (!(oldXlations = dest->core.tm.translations))
operation = XtTableReplace;
/*
* try to avoid generation of duplicate state trees. If the source
* isn't simple (1 state Tree) then it's too much hassle
*/
if (((operation == XtTableAugment) ||
(operation == XtTableOverride)) &&
(newXlations->numStateTrees == 1)) {
Cardinal i;
for (i = 0; i < oldXlations->numStateTrees; i++)
if (oldXlations->stateTreeTbl[i] ==
newXlations->stateTreeTbl[0])
break;
if (i < oldXlations->numStateTrees) {
if (operation == XtTableAugment) {
/*
* we don't need to do anything since it's already
* there
*/
return True;
}
else {/* operation == XtTableOverride */
/*
* We'll get rid of the duplicate trees throughout the
* and leave it with a pruned translation table. This
* will only work if the same table has been merged
* into this table (or one of it's composers
*/
_XtUnmergeTranslations(dest, newXlations);
/*
* reset oldXlations so we're back in sync
*/
if (!(oldXlations = dest->core.tm.translations))
operation = XtTableReplace;
}
}
}
bindData = (TMBindData) dest->core.tm.proc_table;
if (bindData) {
numOldBindings = (oldXlations ? oldXlations->numStateTrees : 0);
if (bindData->simple.isComplex)
oldBindings = &((TMComplexBindData)bindData)->bindTbl[0];
else
oldBindings = (TMComplexBindProcs)
(&((TMSimpleBindData)bindData)->bindTbl[0]);
}
numBytes =(((oldXlations ? oldXlations->numStateTrees : 0)
+ newXlations->numStateTrees) * sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec));
newBindings = (TMComplexBindProcs) XtStackAlloc(numBytes, stackBindings);
XtBZero((char *)newBindings, numBytes);
if (operation == XtTableUnmerge) {
newTable = UnmergeTranslations(dest,
oldXlations,
newXlations,
0,
oldBindings, numOldBindings,
newBindings, &numNewBindings);
#ifdef DEBUG
/* check for no match for unmerge */
if (newTable == oldXlations) {
XtWarning("attempt to unmerge invalid table");
XtStackFree((char *)newBindings, (char *)stackBindings);
return(newTable != NULL);
}
#endif /* DEBUG */
}
else {
newTable = MergeTranslations(dest,
oldXlations,
accNewXlations,
operation,
source,
oldBindings,
newBindings,
&numNewBindings);
}
if (XtIsRealized(dest)) {
oldMask = 0;
if (oldXlations)
oldMask = oldXlations->eventMask;
_XtUninstallTranslations(dest);
}
dest->core.tm.proc_table =
(XtActionProc *) MakeBindData(newBindings, numNewBindings, bindData);
if (bindData) XtFree((char *)bindData);
dest->core.tm.translations = newTable;
if (XtIsRealized(dest)) {
EventMask mask = 0;
_XtInstallTranslations(dest);
if (newTable)
mask = newTable->eventMask;
if (mask != oldMask)
XSelectInput(XtDisplay(dest), XtWindow(dest),
XtBuildEventMask(dest));
}
XtStackFree((XtPointer)newBindings, (XtPointer)stackBindings);
return(newTable != NULL);
}
/*
* If a GetValues is done on a translation resource that contains
* accelerators we need to return the accelerator context in addition
* to the pure translations. Since this means returning memory that
* the client controlls but we still own, we will track the "headers"
* that we return (via a linked list pointed to from the bindData) and
* free it at destroy time.
*/
XtTranslations _XtGetTranslationValue(
Widget w)
{
XtTM tmRecPtr = (XtTM) &w->core.tm;
ATranslations *aXlationsPtr;
TMComplexBindData cBindData = (TMComplexBindData) tmRecPtr->proc_table;
XtTranslations xlations = tmRecPtr->translations;
if (!xlations || !cBindData || !cBindData->isComplex)
return xlations;
/* Walk the list looking to see if we already have generated a
* header for the currently installed translations. If we have,
* just return that header. Otherwise create a new header.
*/
for (aXlationsPtr = (ATranslations *) &cBindData->accel_context;
*aXlationsPtr && (*aXlationsPtr)->xlations != xlations;
aXlationsPtr = &(*aXlationsPtr)->next)
;
if (*aXlationsPtr)
return (XtTranslations) *aXlationsPtr;
else {
/* create a new aXlations context */
ATranslations aXlations;
Cardinal numBindings = xlations->numStateTrees;
(*aXlationsPtr) = aXlations = (ATranslations)
__XtMalloc(sizeof(ATranslationData) +
(numBindings - 1) * sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec));
aXlations->hasBindings = True;
aXlations->xlations = xlations;
aXlations->next = NULL;
XtMemmove((char *) &aXlations->bindTbl[0],
(char *) &cBindData->bindTbl[0],
numBindings * sizeof(TMComplexBindProcsRec));
return (XtTranslations) aXlations;
}
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void RemoveStateTree(
TMStateTree tree)
{
#ifdef REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS
TMComplexStateTree stateTree = (TMComplexStateTree)tree;
if (--stateTree->refCount == 0) {
/*
* should we free/refcount the match recs ?
*/
if (!stateTree->isSimple) {
StatePtr currState, nextState;
TMShortCard i;
for (i = 0; i < stateTree->numComplexBranchHeads; i++) {
currState =
nextState =
stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl[i];
for (; nextState;){
FreeActions(currState->actions);
currState->actions = NULL;
if (!currState->isCycleEnd)
nextState = currState->nextLevel;
else
nextState = NULL;
XtFree( (char*)currState );
}
}
XtFree((char*)stateTree->complexBranchHeadTbl);
}
XtFree((char*)stateTree->branchHeadTbl);
XtFree((char*)stateTree);
}
#endif /* REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS */
}
void _XtRemoveStateTreeByIndex(
XtTranslations xlations,
TMShortCard i)
{
TMStateTree *stateTrees = xlations->stateTreeTbl;
RemoveStateTree(stateTrees[i]);
xlations->numStateTrees--;
for (; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++)
{
stateTrees[i] = stateTrees[i+1];
}
}
/* ARGSUSED */
void _XtFreeTranslations(
XtAppContext app,
XrmValuePtr toVal,
XtPointer closure,
XrmValuePtr args,
Cardinal *num_args)
{
XtTranslations xlations;
int i;
if (*num_args != 0)
XtAppWarningMsg(app,
"invalidParameters","freeTranslations",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Freeing XtTranslations requires no extra arguments",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
xlations = *(XtTranslations*)toVal->addr;
for (i = 0; i < (int)xlations->numStateTrees; i++)
RemoveStateTree(xlations->stateTreeTbl[i]);
XtFree((char *)xlations);
}
/* The spec is not clear on when actions specified in accelerators are bound;
* Bind them at Realize the same as translations
*/
void XtInstallAccelerators(
Widget destination, Widget source)
{
XtTranslations aXlations;
_XtTranslateOp op;
String buf;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(destination);
/*
* test that it was parsed as an accelarator table. Even though
* there doesn't need to be a distinction it makes life easier if
* we honor the spec implication that aXlations is an accelerator
*/
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if ((!XtIsWidget(source)) ||
((aXlations = source->core.accelerators) == NULL) ||
(aXlations->stateTreeTbl[0]->simple.isAccelerator == False)) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
aXlations = source->core.accelerators;
op = aXlations->operation;
if (ComposeTranslations(destination, op, source, aXlations) &&
(XtClass(source)->core_class.display_accelerator != NULL)) {
buf = _XtPrintXlations(destination, aXlations, source, False);
(*(XtClass(source)->core_class.display_accelerator))(source,buf);
XtFree(buf);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void XtInstallAllAccelerators(
Widget destination,
Widget source)
{
Cardinal i;
CompositeWidget cw;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(destination);
/* Recurse down normal children */
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (XtIsComposite(source)) {
cw = (CompositeWidget) source;
for (i = 0; i < cw->composite.num_children; i++) {
XtInstallAllAccelerators(destination,cw->composite.children[i]);
}
}
/* Recurse down popup children */
if (XtIsWidget(source)) {
for (i = 0; i < source->core.num_popups; i++) {
XtInstallAllAccelerators(destination,source->core.popup_list[i]);
}
}
/* Finally, apply procedure to this widget */
XtInstallAccelerators(destination,source);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
#if 0 /* dead code */
static _XtTranslateOp _XtGetTMOperation(
XtTranslations xlations)
{
return ((xlations->hasBindings)
? ((ATranslations)xlations)->xlations->operation
: xlations->operation);
}
#endif
void XtAugmentTranslations(
Widget widget,
XtTranslations new)
{
Widget hookobj;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
(void)ComposeTranslations(widget, XtTableAugment, (Widget)NULL, new);
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHaugmentTranslations;
call_data.widget = widget;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void XtOverrideTranslations(
Widget widget,
XtTranslations new)
{
Widget hookobj;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
(void) ComposeTranslations(widget, XtTableOverride, (Widget)NULL, new);
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(widget));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHoverrideTranslations;
call_data.widget = widget;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void _XtMergeTranslations(
Widget widget,
XtTranslations newXlations,
_XtTranslateOp op)
{
if (!newXlations){
if (!widget->core.tm.translations)
return;
else {
newXlations = widget->core.tm.translations;
widget->core.tm.translations = NULL;
}
}
(void) ComposeTranslations(widget,
op,
(Widget)NULL,
newXlations);
}
void _XtUnmergeTranslations(
Widget widget,
XtTranslations xlations)
{
ComposeTranslations(widget, XtTableUnmerge, (Widget)NULL, xlations);
}
1)) {
Cardinal i;
for (i = 0; i < oldXlations->numStateTrees; i++)
iflibXt-1.1.5/src/SetValues.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000037253 12520610324 0015734 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
/*
* XtSetValues(), XtSetSubvalues()
*/
static void SetValues(
char* base, /* Base address to write values to */
XrmResourceList* res, /* The current resource values. */
register Cardinal num_resources, /* number of items in resources */
ArgList args, /* The resource values to set */
Cardinal num_args) /* number of items in arg list */
{
register ArgList arg;
register Cardinal i;
register XrmName argName;
register XrmResourceList* xrmres;
/* Resource lists are assumed to be in compiled form already via the
initial XtGetResources, XtGetSubresources calls */
for (arg = args ; num_args != 0; num_args--, arg++) {
argName = StringToName(arg->name);
for (xrmres = res, i = 0; i < num_resources; i++, xrmres++) {
if (argName == (*xrmres)->xrm_name) {
_XtCopyFromArg(arg->value,
base - (*xrmres)->xrm_offset - 1,
(*xrmres)->xrm_size);
break;
}
}
}
} /* SetValues */
static Boolean CallSetValues (
WidgetClass class,
Widget current,
Widget request,
Widget new,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args)
{
Boolean redisplay = FALSE;
WidgetClass superclass;
XtArgsFunc set_values_hook;
XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
LOCK_PROCESS;
superclass = class->core_class.superclass;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (superclass)
redisplay =
CallSetValues(superclass, current, request, new, args, num_args);
LOCK_PROCESS;
set_values = class->core_class.set_values;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (set_values)
redisplay |= (*set_values) (current, request, new, args, &num_args);
LOCK_PROCESS;
set_values_hook = class->core_class.set_values_hook;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (set_values_hook)
redisplay |= (*set_values_hook) (new, args, &num_args);
return (redisplay);
}
static Boolean
CallConstraintSetValues (
ConstraintWidgetClass class,
Widget current,
Widget request,
Widget new,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args)
{
Boolean redisplay = FALSE;
XtSetValuesFunc set_values;
ConstraintWidgetClass superclass;
if ((WidgetClass)class != constraintWidgetClass) {
if (class == NULL)
XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(current),
"invalidClass","constraintSetValue",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Subclass of Constraint required in CallConstraintSetValues",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
LOCK_PROCESS;
superclass = (ConstraintWidgetClass) class->core_class.superclass;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
redisplay =
CallConstraintSetValues(superclass,
current, request, new, args, num_args);
}
LOCK_PROCESS;
set_values = class->constraint_class.set_values;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (set_values)
redisplay |= (*set_values) (current, request, new, args, &num_args);
return (redisplay);
}
void XtSetSubvalues(
XtPointer base, /* Base address to write values to */
register XtResourceList resources, /* The current resource values. */
register Cardinal num_resources, /* number of items in resources */
ArgList args, /* The resource values to set */
Cardinal num_args) /* number of items in arg list */
{
register XrmResourceList* xrmres;
xrmres = _XtCreateIndirectionTable (resources, num_resources);
SetValues((char*)base,xrmres,num_resources, args, num_args);
XtFree((char *)xrmres);
}
void XtSetValues(
register Widget w,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args)
{
register Widget oldw, reqw;
/* need to use strictest alignment rules possible in next two decls. */
double oldwCache[100], reqwCache[100];
double oldcCache[20], reqcCache[20];
Cardinal widgetSize, constraintSize;
Boolean redisplay, cleared_rect_obj = False;
XtGeometryResult result;
XtWidgetGeometry geoReq, geoReply;
WidgetClass wc;
ConstraintWidgetClass cwc = NULL;
Boolean hasConstraints;
XtAlmostProc set_values_almost;
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w);
Widget hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(w));
LOCK_APP(app);
wc = XtClass(w);
if ((args == NULL) && (num_args != 0)) {
XtAppErrorMsg(app,
"invalidArgCount","xtSetValues",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Argument count > 0 on NULL argument list in XtSetValues",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
}
/* Allocate and copy current widget into old widget */
LOCK_PROCESS;
widgetSize = wc->core_class.widget_size;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
oldw = (Widget) XtStackAlloc(widgetSize, oldwCache);
reqw = (Widget) XtStackAlloc (widgetSize, reqwCache);
(void) memmove((char *) oldw, (char *) w, (int) widgetSize);
/* Set resource values */
LOCK_PROCESS;
SetValues((char*)w, (XrmResourceList *) wc->core_class.resources,
wc->core_class.num_resources, args, num_args);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
(void) memmove ((char *) reqw, (char *) w, (int) widgetSize);
hasConstraints = (XtParent(w) != NULL && !XtIsShell(w) && XtIsConstraint(XtParent(w)));
/* Some widget sets apparently do ugly things by freeing the
* constraints on some children, thus the extra test here */
if (hasConstraints) {
cwc = (ConstraintWidgetClass) XtClass(w->core.parent);
if (w->core.constraints) {
LOCK_PROCESS;
constraintSize = cwc->constraint_class.constraint_size;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
} else constraintSize = 0;
} else constraintSize = 0;
if (constraintSize) {
/* Allocate and copy current constraints into oldw */
oldw->core.constraints = XtStackAlloc(constraintSize, oldcCache);
reqw->core.constraints = XtStackAlloc(constraintSize, reqcCache);
(void) memmove((char *) oldw->core.constraints,
(char *) w->core.constraints, (int) constraintSize);
/* Set constraint values */
LOCK_PROCESS;
SetValues((char*)w->core.constraints,
(XrmResourceList *)(cwc->constraint_class.resources),
cwc->constraint_class.num_resources, args, num_args);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
(void) memmove((char *) reqw->core.constraints,
(char *) w->core.constraints, (int) constraintSize);
}
/* Inform widget of changes, then inform parent of changes */
redisplay = CallSetValues (wc, oldw, reqw, w, args, num_args);
if (hasConstraints) {
redisplay |= CallConstraintSetValues(cwc, oldw, reqw, w, args, num_args);
}
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
XtChangeHookSetValuesDataRec set_val;
set_val.old = oldw;
set_val.req = reqw;
set_val.args = args;
set_val.num_args = num_args;
call_data.type = XtHsetValues;
call_data.widget = w;
call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) &set_val;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
if (XtIsRectObj(w)) {
/* Now perform geometry request if needed */
geoReq.request_mode = 0;
if (oldw->core.x != w->core.x) {
geoReq.x = w->core.x;
w->core.x = oldw->core.x;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWX;
}
if (oldw->core.y != w->core.y) {
geoReq.y = w->core.y;
w->core.y = oldw->core.y;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWY;
}
if (oldw->core.width != w->core.width) {
geoReq.width = w->core.width;
w->core.width = oldw->core.width;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWWidth;
}
if (oldw->core.height != w->core.height) {
geoReq.height = w->core.height;
w->core.height = oldw->core.height;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWHeight;
}
if (oldw->core.border_width != w->core.border_width) {
geoReq.border_width = w->core.border_width;
w->core.border_width = oldw->core.border_width;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWBorderWidth;
}
if (geoReq.request_mode != 0) {
/* Pass on any requests for unchanged geometry values */
if (geoReq.request_mode !=
(CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight | CWBorderWidth)) {
for ( ; num_args != 0; num_args--, args++) {
if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWX) &&
strcmp(XtNx, args->name) == 0) {
geoReq.x = w->core.x;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWX;
} else if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWY) &&
strcmp(XtNy, args->name) == 0) {
geoReq.y = w->core.y;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWY;
} else if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWWidth) &&
strcmp(XtNwidth, args->name) == 0) {
geoReq.width = w->core.width;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWWidth;
} else if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWHeight) &&
strcmp(XtNheight, args->name) == 0) {
geoReq.height = w->core.height;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWHeight;
} else if (! (geoReq.request_mode & CWBorderWidth) &&
strcmp(XtNborderWidth, args->name) == 0) {
geoReq.border_width = w->core.border_width;
geoReq.request_mode |= CWBorderWidth;
}
}
}
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
"\nXtSetValues sees some geometry changes for \"%s\".\n",
XtName(w)));
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(1));
do {
XtGeometryHookDataRec call_data;
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNgeometryHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
call_data.type = XtHpreGeometry;
call_data.widget = w;
call_data.request = &geoReq;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.geometryhook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
call_data.result = result =
_XtMakeGeometryRequest(w, &geoReq, &geoReply,
&cleared_rect_obj);
call_data.type = XtHpostGeometry;
call_data.reply = &geoReply;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.geometryhook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
} else {
result = _XtMakeGeometryRequest(w, &geoReq, &geoReply,
&cleared_rect_obj);
}
if (result == XtGeometryYes || result == XtGeometryDone)
break;
/* An Almost or No reply. Call widget and let it munge
request, reply */
LOCK_PROCESS;
set_values_almost = wc->core_class.set_values_almost;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (set_values_almost == NULL) {
XtAppWarningMsg(app,
"invalidProcedure","set_values_almost",
XtCXtToolkitError,
"set_values_almost procedure shouldn't be NULL",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
break;
}
if (result == XtGeometryNo) geoReply.request_mode = 0;
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,"calling SetValuesAlmost.\n"));
(*set_values_almost) (oldw, w, &geoReq, &geoReply);
} while (geoReq.request_mode != 0);
/* call resize proc if we changed size and parent
* didn't already invoke resize */
{
XtWidgetProc resize;
LOCK_PROCESS;
resize = wc->core_class.resize;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if ((w->core.width != oldw->core.width ||
w->core.height != oldw->core.height)
&& result != XtGeometryDone
&& resize != (XtWidgetProc) NULL) {
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
"XtSetValues calls \"%s\"'s resize proc.\n",
XtName(w)));
(*resize)(w);
}
}
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTab(-1));
}
/* Redisplay if needed. No point in clearing if the window is
* about to disappear, as the Expose event will just go straight
* to the bit bucket. */
if (XtIsWidget(w)) {
/* widgets can distinguish between redisplay and resize, since
the server will cause an expose on resize */
if (redisplay && XtIsRealized(w) && !w->core.being_destroyed) {
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
"XtSetValues calls ClearArea on \"%s\".\n",
XtName(w)));
XClearArea (XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), 0, 0, 0, 0, TRUE);
}
} else { /*non-window object */
if (redisplay && ! cleared_rect_obj ) {
Widget pw = _XtWindowedAncestor(w);
if (XtIsRealized(pw) && !pw->core.being_destroyed) {
RectObj r = (RectObj)w;
int bw2 = r->rectangle.border_width << 1;
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(w,
"XtSetValues calls ClearArea on \"%s\"'s parent \"%s\".\n",
XtName(w),XtName(pw)));
XClearArea (XtDisplay (pw), XtWindow (pw),
r->rectangle.x, r->rectangle.y,
r->rectangle.width + bw2,
r->rectangle.height + bw2,TRUE);
}
}
}
}
/* Free dynamic storage */
if (constraintSize) {
XtStackFree(oldw->core.constraints, oldcCache);
XtStackFree(reqw->core.constraints, reqcCache);
}
XtStackFree((XtPointer)oldw, oldwCache);
XtStackFree((XtPointer)reqw, reqwCache);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
} /* XtSetValues */
libXt-1.1.5/src/TMkey.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000060400 12520610324 0015040 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
/***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#define XK_MISCELLANY
#define XK_LATIN1
#define XK_LATIN2
#define XK_LATIN3
#define XK_LATIN4
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include
#ifdef XKB
#include
#endif
#define FLUSHKEYCACHE(ctx) \
bzero((char *)&ctx->keycache, sizeof(TMKeyCache))
/*
* The following array reorders the modifier bits so that the most common ones
* (used by a translator) are in the top-most bits with respect to the size of
* the keycache. The array currently just reverses the bits as a good guess.
* This might be more trouble than it is worth, but it seems to help.
*/
#define FM(i) i >> (8 - TMKEYCACHELOG2)
static const unsigned char modmix[256] = {
FM(0x0f), FM(0x8f), FM(0x4f), FM(0xcf), FM(0x2f), FM(0xaf), FM(0x6f), FM(0xef),
FM(0x1f), FM(0x9f), FM(0x5f), FM(0xdf), FM(0x3f), FM(0xbf), FM(0x7f), FM(0xff),
FM(0x07), FM(0x87), FM(0x47), FM(0xc7), FM(0x27), FM(0xa7), FM(0x67), FM(0xe7),
FM(0x17), FM(0x97), FM(0x57), FM(0xd7), FM(0x37), FM(0xb7), FM(0x77), FM(0xf7),
FM(0x0b), FM(0x8b), FM(0x4b), FM(0xcb), FM(0x2b), FM(0xab), FM(0x6b), FM(0xeb),
FM(0x1b), FM(0x9b), FM(0x5b), FM(0xdb), FM(0x3b), FM(0xbb), FM(0x7b), FM(0xfb),
FM(0x03), FM(0x83), FM(0x43), FM(0xc3), FM(0x23), FM(0xa3), FM(0x63), FM(0xe3),
FM(0x13), FM(0x93), FM(0x53), FM(0xd3), FM(0x33), FM(0xb3), FM(0x73), FM(0xf3),
FM(0x0d), FM(0x8d), FM(0x4d), FM(0xcd), FM(0x2d), FM(0xad), FM(0x6d), FM(0xed),
FM(0x1d), FM(0x9d), FM(0x5d), FM(0xdd), FM(0x3d), FM(0xbd), FM(0x7d), FM(0xfd),
FM(0x05), FM(0x85), FM(0x45), FM(0xc5), FM(0x25), FM(0xa5), FM(0x65), FM(0xe5),
FM(0x15), FM(0x95), FM(0x55), FM(0xd5), FM(0x35), FM(0xb5), FM(0x75), FM(0xf5),
FM(0x09), FM(0x89), FM(0x49), FM(0xc9), FM(0x29), FM(0xa9), FM(0x69), FM(0xe9),
FM(0x19), FM(0x99), FM(0x59), FM(0xd9), FM(0x39), FM(0xb9), FM(0x79), FM(0xf9),
FM(0x01), FM(0x81), FM(0x41), FM(0xc1), FM(0x21), FM(0xa1), FM(0x61), FM(0xe1),
FM(0x11), FM(0x91), FM(0x51), FM(0xd1), FM(0x31), FM(0xb1), FM(0x71), FM(0xf1),
FM(0x00), FM(0x8e), FM(0x4e), FM(0xce), FM(0x2e), FM(0xae), FM(0x6e), FM(0xee),
FM(0x1e), FM(0x9e), FM(0x5e), FM(0xde), FM(0x3e), FM(0xbe), FM(0x7e), FM(0xfe),
FM(0x08), FM(0x88), FM(0x48), FM(0xc8), FM(0x28), FM(0xa8), FM(0x68), FM(0xe8),
FM(0x18), FM(0x98), FM(0x58), FM(0xd8), FM(0x38), FM(0xb8), FM(0x78), FM(0xf8),
FM(0x04), FM(0x84), FM(0x44), FM(0xc4), FM(0x24), FM(0xa4), FM(0x64), FM(0xe4),
FM(0x14), FM(0x94), FM(0x54), FM(0xd4), FM(0x34), FM(0xb4), FM(0x74), FM(0xf4),
FM(0x0c), FM(0x8c), FM(0x4c), FM(0xcc), FM(0x2c), FM(0xac), FM(0x6c), FM(0xec),
FM(0x1c), FM(0x9c), FM(0x5c), FM(0xdc), FM(0x3c), FM(0xbc), FM(0x7c), FM(0xfc),
FM(0x02), FM(0x82), FM(0x42), FM(0xc2), FM(0x22), FM(0xa2), FM(0x62), FM(0xe2),
FM(0x12), FM(0x92), FM(0x52), FM(0xd2), FM(0x32), FM(0xb2), FM(0x72), FM(0xf2),
FM(0x0a), FM(0x8a), FM(0x4a), FM(0xca), FM(0x2a), FM(0xaa), FM(0x6a), FM(0xea),
FM(0x1a), FM(0x9a), FM(0x5a), FM(0xda), FM(0x3a), FM(0xba), FM(0x7a), FM(0xfa),
FM(0x06), FM(0x86), FM(0x46), FM(0xc6), FM(0x26), FM(0xa6), FM(0x66), FM(0xe6),
FM(0x16), FM(0x96), FM(0x56), FM(0xd6), FM(0x36), FM(0xb6), FM(0x76), FM(0xf6),
FM(0x0e), FM(0x8e), FM(0x4e), FM(0xce), FM(0x2e), FM(0xae), FM(0x6e), FM(0xee),
FM(0x1e), FM(0x9e), FM(0x5e), FM(0xde), FM(0x3e), FM(0xbe), FM(0x7e), FM(0xfe)
};
#undef FM
#define MOD_RETURN(ctx, key) (ctx)->keycache.modifiers_return[key]
#define TRANSLATE(ctx,pd,dpy,key,mod,mod_ret,sym_ret) \
{ \
int _i_ = (((key) - (pd)->min_keycode + modmix[(mod) & 0xff]) & \
(TMKEYCACHESIZE-1)); \
if ((key) == 0) { /* Xlib XIM composed input */ \
mod_ret = 0; \
sym_ret = 0; \
} else if ( /* not Xlib XIM composed input */ \
(ctx)->keycache.keycode[_i_] == (key) && \
(ctx)->keycache.modifiers[_i_] == (mod)) { \
mod_ret = MOD_RETURN(ctx, key); \
sym_ret = (ctx)->keycache.keysym[_i_]; \
} else { \
XtTranslateKeycode(dpy, key, mod, &mod_ret, &sym_ret); \
(ctx)->keycache.keycode[_i_] = key; \
(ctx)->keycache.modifiers[_i_] = (unsigned char)(mod); \
(ctx)->keycache.keysym[_i_] = sym_ret; \
MOD_RETURN(ctx, key) = (unsigned char)mod_ret; \
} \
}
#define UPDATE_CACHE(ctx, pd, key, mod, mod_ret, sym_ret) \
{ \
int _i_ = (((key) - (pd)->min_keycode + modmix[(mod) & 0xff]) & \
(TMKEYCACHESIZE-1)); \
(ctx)->keycache.keycode[_i_] = key; \
(ctx)->keycache.modifiers[_i_] = (unsigned char)(mod); \
(ctx)->keycache.keysym[_i_] = sym_ret; \
MOD_RETURN(ctx, key) = (unsigned char)mod_ret; \
}
/* usual number of expected keycodes in XtKeysymToKeycodeList */
#define KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE 10
Boolean _XtComputeLateBindings(
Display *dpy,
LateBindingsPtr lateModifiers,
Modifiers *computed,
Modifiers *computedMask)
{
int i,j,ref;
ModToKeysymTable* temp;
XtPerDisplay perDisplay;
Boolean found;
KeySym tempKeysym = NoSymbol;
perDisplay = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
if (perDisplay == NULL) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"displayError","invalidDisplay",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Can't find display structure",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return FALSE;
}
_InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, perDisplay);
for (ref=0; lateModifiers[ref].keysym; ref++) {
found = FALSE;
for (i=0;i<8;i++) {
temp = &(perDisplay->modsToKeysyms[i]);
for (j=0;jcount;j++){
if (perDisplay->modKeysyms[temp->idx+j] ==
lateModifiers[ref].keysym) {
*computedMask = *computedMask | temp->mask;
if (!lateModifiers[ref].knot)
*computed |= temp->mask;
tempKeysym = lateModifiers[ref].keysym;
found = TRUE; break;
}
}
if (found) break;
}
if (!found && !lateModifiers[ref].knot)
if (!lateModifiers[ref].pair && (tempKeysym == NoSymbol))
return FALSE;
/* if you didn't find the modifier and the modifier must be
asserted then return FALSE. If you didn't find the modifier
and the modifier must be off, then it is OK . Don't
return FALSE if this is the first member of a pair or if
it is the second member of a pair when the first member
was bound to a modifier */
if (!lateModifiers[ref].pair) tempKeysym = NoSymbol;
}
return TRUE;
}
void _XtAllocTMContext(
XtPerDisplay pd)
{
TMKeyContext ctx;
ctx = (TMKeyContext)_XtHeapAlloc(&pd->heap,
sizeof(TMKeyContextRec));
ctx->event = NULL;
ctx->serial = 0;
ctx->keysym = NoSymbol;
ctx->modifiers = 0;
FLUSHKEYCACHE(ctx);
pd->tm_context = ctx;
}
static unsigned int num_bits(unsigned long mask)
{
register unsigned long y;
y = (mask >> 1) &033333333333;
y = mask - y - ((y >>1) & 033333333333);
return ((unsigned int) (((y + (y >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 077));
}
Boolean _XtMatchUsingDontCareMods(
TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
TMModifierMatch modMatch,
TMEventPtr eventSeq)
{
Modifiers modifiers_return;
KeySym keysym_return;
Modifiers useful_mods;
int i, num_modbits;
Modifiers computed = 0;
Modifiers computedMask = 0;
Boolean resolved = TRUE;
Display *dpy = eventSeq->xev->xany.display;
XtPerDisplay pd;
TMKeyContext tm_context;
if (modMatch->lateModifiers != NULL)
resolved = _XtComputeLateBindings(dpy, modMatch->lateModifiers,
&computed, &computedMask);
if (!resolved) return FALSE;
computed |= modMatch->modifiers;
computedMask |= modMatch->modifierMask; /* gives do-care mask */
if ( (computed & computedMask) ==
(eventSeq->event.modifiers & computedMask) ) {
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
tm_context = pd->tm_context;
TRANSLATE(tm_context, pd, dpy, (KeyCode)eventSeq->event.eventCode,
(unsigned)0, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
if ((keysym_return & typeMatch->eventCodeMask) == typeMatch->eventCode ) {
tm_context->event = eventSeq->xev;
tm_context->serial = eventSeq->xev->xany.serial;
tm_context->keysym = keysym_return;
tm_context->modifiers = (Modifiers)0;
return TRUE;
}
useful_mods = ~computedMask & modifiers_return;
if (useful_mods == 0) return FALSE;
switch (num_modbits = num_bits(useful_mods)) {
case 1:
case 8:
/*
* one modbit should never happen, in fact the implementation
* of XtTranslateKey and XmTranslateKey guarantee that it
* won't, so don't care if the loop is set up for the case
* when one modbit is set.
* The performance implications of all eight modbits being
* set is horrendous. This isn't a problem with Xt/Xaw based
* applications. We can only hope that Motif's virtual
* modifiers won't result in all eight modbits being set.
*/
for (i = useful_mods; i > 0; i--) {
TRANSLATE(tm_context, pd, dpy, eventSeq->event.eventCode,
(Modifiers)i, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
if (keysym_return ==
(typeMatch->eventCode & typeMatch->eventCodeMask)) {
tm_context->event = eventSeq->xev;
tm_context->serial = eventSeq->xev->xany.serial;
tm_context->keysym = keysym_return;
tm_context->modifiers = (Modifiers)i;
return TRUE;
}
}
break;
default: /* (2..7) */
{
/*
* Only translate using combinations of the useful modifiers.
* to minimize the chance of invalidating the cache.
*/
static char pows[] = { 0, 1, 3, 7, 15, 31, 63, 127 };
Modifiers tmod, mod_masks[8];
int j;
for (tmod = 1, i = 0; tmod <= (Mod5Mask<<1); tmod <<= 1)
if (tmod & useful_mods) mod_masks[i++] = tmod;
for (j = (int) pows[num_modbits]; j > 0; j--) {
tmod = 0;
for (i = 0; i < num_modbits; i++)
if (j & (1<event.eventCode,
tmod, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
if (keysym_return ==
(typeMatch->eventCode & typeMatch->eventCodeMask)) {
tm_context->event = eventSeq->xev;
tm_context->serial = eventSeq->xev->xany.serial;
tm_context->keysym = keysym_return;
tm_context->modifiers = (Modifiers)i;
return TRUE;
}
}
}
break;
} /* switch (num_modbits) */
}
return FALSE;
}
void XtConvertCase(
Display *dpy,
KeySym keysym,
KeySym *lower_return,
KeySym *upper_return)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
CaseConverterPtr ptr;
DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
*lower_return = *upper_return = keysym;
for (ptr=pd->case_cvt; ptr; ptr = ptr->next)
if (ptr->start <= keysym && keysym <= ptr->stop) {
(*ptr->proc)(dpy, keysym, lower_return, upper_return);
return;
}
XConvertCase(keysym, lower_return, upper_return);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
Boolean _XtMatchUsingStandardMods (
TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
TMModifierMatch modMatch,
TMEventPtr eventSeq)
{
Modifiers modifiers_return;
KeySym keysym_return;
Modifiers computed= 0;
Modifiers computedMask = 0;
Boolean resolved = TRUE;
Display *dpy = eventSeq->xev->xany.display;
XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
TMKeyContext tm_context = pd->tm_context;
Modifiers translateModifiers;
/* To maximize cache utilization, we mask off nonstandard modifiers
before cache lookup. For a given key translator, standard modifiers
are constant per KeyCode. If a key translator uses no standard
modifiers this implementation will never reference the cache.
*/
modifiers_return = MOD_RETURN(tm_context, eventSeq->event.eventCode);
if (!modifiers_return) {
XtTranslateKeycode(dpy, (KeyCode)eventSeq->event.eventCode,
eventSeq->event.modifiers, &modifiers_return,
&keysym_return);
translateModifiers = eventSeq->event.modifiers & modifiers_return;
UPDATE_CACHE(tm_context, pd, eventSeq->event.eventCode,
translateModifiers, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
} else {
translateModifiers = eventSeq->event.modifiers & modifiers_return;
TRANSLATE(tm_context, pd, dpy, (KeyCode)eventSeq->event.eventCode,
translateModifiers, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
}
if ((typeMatch->eventCode & typeMatch->eventCodeMask) ==
(keysym_return & typeMatch->eventCodeMask)) {
if (modMatch->lateModifiers != NULL)
resolved = _XtComputeLateBindings(dpy, modMatch->lateModifiers,
&computed, &computedMask);
if (!resolved) return FALSE;
computed |= modMatch->modifiers;
computedMask |= modMatch->modifierMask;
if ((computed & computedMask) ==
(eventSeq->event.modifiers & ~modifiers_return & computedMask)) {
tm_context->event = eventSeq->xev;
tm_context->serial = eventSeq->xev->xany.serial;
tm_context->keysym = keysym_return;
tm_context->modifiers = translateModifiers;
return TRUE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
void _XtBuildKeysymTables(
Display *dpy,
register XtPerDisplay pd)
{
ModToKeysymTable *table;
int maxCount,i,j,k,tempCount,idx;
KeySym keysym,tempKeysym;
XModifierKeymap* modKeymap;
KeyCode keycode;
#define KeysymTableSize 16
FLUSHKEYCACHE(pd->tm_context);
if (pd->keysyms)
XFree( (char *)pd->keysyms );
pd->keysyms_serial = NextRequest(dpy);
pd->keysyms = XGetKeyboardMapping(dpy, pd->min_keycode,
pd->max_keycode-pd->min_keycode+1,
&pd->keysyms_per_keycode);
if (pd->modKeysyms)
XtFree((char *)pd->modKeysyms);
if (pd->modsToKeysyms)
XtFree((char *)pd->modsToKeysyms);
pd->modKeysyms = (KeySym*)__XtMalloc((Cardinal)KeysymTableSize*sizeof(KeySym));
maxCount = KeysymTableSize;
tempCount = 0;
table = (ModToKeysymTable*)__XtMalloc((Cardinal)8*sizeof(ModToKeysymTable));
pd->modsToKeysyms = table;
table[0].mask = ShiftMask;
table[1].mask = LockMask;
table[2].mask = ControlMask;
table[3].mask = Mod1Mask;
table[4].mask = Mod2Mask;
table[5].mask = Mod3Mask;
table[6].mask = Mod4Mask;
table[7].mask = Mod5Mask;
tempKeysym = 0;
modKeymap = XGetModifierMapping(dpy);
for (i=0;i<32;i++)
pd->isModifier[i] = 0;
pd->mode_switch = 0;
pd->num_lock = 0;
for (i=0;i<8;i++) {
table[i].idx = tempCount;
table[i].count = 0;
for (j=0;jmax_keypermod;j++) {
keycode = modKeymap->modifiermap[i*modKeymap->max_keypermod+j];
if (keycode != 0) {
pd->isModifier[keycode>>3] |= 1 << (keycode & 7);
for (k=0; kkeysyms_per_keycode;k++) {
idx = ((keycode-pd->min_keycode)*
pd->keysyms_per_keycode)+k;
keysym = pd->keysyms[idx];
if ((keysym == XK_Mode_switch) && (i > 2))
pd->mode_switch |= 1 << i;
if ((keysym == XK_Num_Lock) && (i > 2))
pd->num_lock |= 1 << i;
if (keysym != 0 && keysym != tempKeysym ){
if (tempCount==maxCount) {
maxCount += KeysymTableSize;
pd->modKeysyms = (KeySym*)XtRealloc(
(char*)pd->modKeysyms,
(unsigned) (maxCount*sizeof(KeySym)) );
}
pd->modKeysyms[tempCount++] = keysym;
table[i].count++;
tempKeysym = keysym;
}
}
}
}
}
pd->lock_meaning = NoSymbol;
for (i = 0; i < table[1].count; i++) {
keysym = pd->modKeysyms[table[1].idx + i];
if (keysym == XK_Caps_Lock) {
pd->lock_meaning = XK_Caps_Lock;
break;
} else if (keysym == XK_Shift_Lock) {
pd->lock_meaning = XK_Shift_Lock;
}
}
XFreeModifiermap(modKeymap);
}
void XtTranslateKeycode (
Display *dpy,
_XtKeyCode keycode,
Modifiers modifiers,
Modifiers *modifiers_return,
KeySym *keysym_return)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
_InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd);
(*pd->defaultKeycodeTranslator)(
dpy,keycode,modifiers,modifiers_return,keysym_return);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
/* This code should match XTranslateKey (internal, sigh) in Xlib */
void XtTranslateKey(
register Display *dpy,
_XtKeyCode keycode,
Modifiers modifiers,
Modifiers *modifiers_return,
KeySym *keysym_return)
{
#ifndef XKB
XtPerDisplay pd;
int per;
register KeySym *syms;
KeySym sym, lsym, usym;
DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
*modifiers_return = (ShiftMask|LockMask) | pd->mode_switch | pd->num_lock;
if (((int)keycode < pd->min_keycode) || ((int)keycode > pd->max_keycode)) {
*keysym_return = NoSymbol;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
per = pd->keysyms_per_keycode;
syms = &pd->keysyms[(keycode - pd->min_keycode) * per];
while ((per > 2) && (syms[per - 1] == NoSymbol))
per--;
if ((per > 2) && (modifiers & pd->mode_switch)) {
syms += 2;
per -= 2;
}
if ((modifiers & pd->num_lock) &&
(per > 1 && (IsKeypadKey(syms[1]) || IsPrivateKeypadKey(syms[1])))) {
if ((modifiers & ShiftMask) ||
((modifiers & LockMask) && (pd->lock_meaning == XK_Shift_Lock)))
*keysym_return = syms[0];
else
*keysym_return = syms[1];
} else if (!(modifiers & ShiftMask) &&
(!(modifiers & LockMask) || (pd->lock_meaning == NoSymbol))) {
if ((per == 1) || (syms[1] == NoSymbol))
XtConvertCase(dpy, syms[0], keysym_return, &usym);
else
*keysym_return = syms[0];
} else if (!(modifiers & LockMask) ||
(pd->lock_meaning != XK_Caps_Lock)) {
if ((per == 1) || ((usym = syms[1]) == NoSymbol))
XtConvertCase(dpy, syms[0], &lsym, &usym);
*keysym_return = usym;
} else {
if ((per == 1) || ((sym = syms[1]) == NoSymbol))
sym = syms[0];
XtConvertCase(dpy, sym, &lsym, &usym);
if (!(modifiers & ShiftMask) && (sym != syms[0]) &&
((sym != usym) || (lsym == usym)))
XtConvertCase(dpy, syms[0], &lsym, &usym);
*keysym_return = usym;
}
if (*keysym_return == XK_VoidSymbol)
*keysym_return = NoSymbol;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#else
XkbLookupKeySym(dpy, keycode, modifiers, modifiers_return, keysym_return);
#endif
}
void XtSetKeyTranslator(
Display *dpy,
XtKeyProc translator)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
pd->defaultKeycodeTranslator = translator;
FLUSHKEYCACHE(pd->tm_context);
/* XXX should now redo grabs */
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void XtRegisterCaseConverter(
Display *dpy,
XtCaseProc proc,
KeySym start,
KeySym stop)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
CaseConverterPtr ptr, prev;
DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
ptr = (CaseConverterPtr) __XtMalloc(sizeof(CaseConverterRec));
ptr->start = start;
ptr->stop = stop;
ptr->proc = proc;
ptr->next = pd->case_cvt;
pd->case_cvt = ptr;
/* Remove obsolete case converters from the list */
prev = ptr;
for (ptr=ptr->next; ptr; ptr=prev->next) {
if (start <= ptr->start && stop >= ptr->stop) {
prev->next = ptr->next;
XtFree((char *)ptr);
}
else prev = ptr;
}
FLUSHKEYCACHE(pd->tm_context);
/* XXX should now redo grabs */
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
KeySym *XtGetKeysymTable(
Display *dpy,
KeyCode *min_keycode_return,
int *keysyms_per_keycode_return)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
KeySym* retval;
DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
_InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd);
*min_keycode_return = pd->min_keycode; /* %%% */
*keysyms_per_keycode_return = pd->keysyms_per_keycode;
retval = pd->keysyms;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
void XtKeysymToKeycodeList(
Display *dpy,
KeySym keysym,
KeyCode **keycodes_return,
Cardinal *keycount_return)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
unsigned keycode;
int per, match;
register KeySym *syms;
register int i, j;
KeySym lsym, usym;
unsigned maxcodes = 0;
unsigned ncodes = 0;
KeyCode *keycodes, *codeP = NULL;
DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
_InitializeKeysymTables(dpy, pd);
keycodes = NULL;
per = pd->keysyms_per_keycode;
for (syms = pd->keysyms, keycode = (unsigned) pd->min_keycode;
(int)keycode <= pd->max_keycode;
syms += per, keycode++) {
match = 0;
for (j = 0; j < per; j++) {
if (syms[j] == keysym) {
match = 1;
break;
}
}
if (!match)
for (i = 1; i < 5; i += 2) {
if ((per == i) || ((per > i) && (syms[i] == NoSymbol))) {
XtConvertCase(dpy, syms[i-1], &lsym, &usym);
if ((lsym == keysym) || (usym == keysym)) {
match = 1;
break;
}
}
}
if (match) {
if (ncodes == maxcodes) {
KeyCode *old = keycodes;
maxcodes += KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE;
keycodes = (KeyCode*)__XtMalloc(maxcodes*sizeof(KeyCode));
if (ncodes) {
(void) memmove((char *)keycodes, (char *)old,
ncodes*sizeof(KeyCode) );
XtFree((char *)old);
}
codeP = &keycodes[ncodes];
}
*codeP++ = (KeyCode) keycode;
ncodes++;
}
}
*keycodes_return = keycodes;
*keycount_return = ncodes;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
>xany.display;
XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
TMKeyContext tm_context = pd->tm_context;
Modifiers translateModifiers;
/* To maximize cache utilization, we mask off nonstandard modifiers
before cache lookup. For a given kelibXt-1.1.5/src/Selection.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000202035 12520610324 0015736 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
#include "SelectionI.h"
#include
#include
void _XtSetDefaultSelectionTimeout(
unsigned long *timeout)
{
*timeout = 5000; /* default to 5 seconds */
}
void XtSetSelectionTimeout(
unsigned long timeout)
{
XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(_XtDefaultAppContext(), timeout);
}
void XtAppSetSelectionTimeout(
XtAppContext app,
unsigned long timeout)
{
LOCK_APP(app);
app->selectionTimeout = timeout;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
unsigned long XtGetSelectionTimeout(void)
{
return XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(_XtDefaultAppContext());
}
unsigned long XtAppGetSelectionTimeout(
XtAppContext app)
{
unsigned long retval;
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = app->selectionTimeout;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
/* General utilities */
static void HandleSelectionReplies(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent *, Boolean *);
static void ReqTimedOut(XtPointer, XtIntervalId *);
static void HandlePropertyGone(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent *, Boolean *);
static void HandleGetIncrement(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent *, Boolean *);
static void HandleIncremental(Display *, Widget, Atom, CallBackInfo, unsigned long);
static XContext selectPropertyContext = 0;
static XContext paramPropertyContext = 0;
static XContext multipleContext = 0;
/* Multiple utilities */
static void AddSelectionRequests(Widget, Atom, int, Atom *, XtSelectionCallbackProc *, int, XtPointer *, Boolean *, Atom *);
static Boolean IsGatheringRequest(Widget, Atom);
#define PREALLOCED 32
/* Parameter utilities */
static void AddParamInfo(Widget, Atom, Atom);
static void RemoveParamInfo(Widget, Atom);
static Atom GetParamInfo(Widget, Atom);
static int StorageSize[3] = {1, sizeof(short), sizeof(long)};
#define BYTELENGTH(length, format) ((length) * StorageSize[(format)>>4])
#define NUMELEM(bytelength, format) ((bytelength) / StorageSize[(format)>>4])
/* Xlib and Xt are permitted to have different memory allocators, and in the
* XtSelectionCallbackProc the client is instructed to free the selection
* value with XtFree, so the selection value received from XGetWindowProperty
* should be copied to memory allocated through Xt. But copying is
* undesirable since the selection value may be large, and, under normal
* library configuration copying is unnecessary.
*/
#ifdef XTTRACEMEMORY
#define XT_COPY_SELECTION 1
#endif
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void FreePropList(
Widget w, /* unused */
XtPointer closure,
XtPointer callData) /* unused */
{
PropList sarray = (PropList)closure;
LOCK_PROCESS;
XDeleteContext(sarray->dpy, DefaultRootWindow(sarray->dpy),
selectPropertyContext);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
XtFree((char*)sarray->list);
XtFree((char*)closure);
}
static PropList GetPropList(
Display *dpy)
{
PropList sarray;
Atom atoms[4];
static char* names[] = {
"INCR",
"MULTIPLE",
"TIMESTAMP",
"_XT_SELECTION_0" };
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (selectPropertyContext == 0)
selectPropertyContext = XUniqueContext();
if (XFindContext(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), selectPropertyContext,
(XPointer *)&sarray)) {
XtPerDisplay pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
sarray = (PropList) __XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(PropListRec));
sarray->dpy = dpy;
XInternAtoms(dpy, names, 4, FALSE, atoms);
sarray->incr_atom = atoms[0];
sarray->indirect_atom = atoms[1];
sarray->timestamp_atom = atoms[2];
sarray->propCount = 1;
sarray->list =
(SelectionProp)__XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(SelectionPropRec));
sarray->list[0].prop = atoms[3];
sarray->list[0].avail = TRUE;
(void) XSaveContext(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), selectPropertyContext,
(char *) sarray);
_XtAddCallback( &pd->destroy_callbacks,
FreePropList, (XtPointer)sarray );
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return sarray;
}
static Atom GetSelectionProperty(
Display *dpy)
{
SelectionProp p;
int propCount;
char propname[80];
PropList sarray = GetPropList(dpy);
for (p = sarray->list, propCount=sarray->propCount;
propCount;
p++, propCount--) {
if (p->avail) {
p->avail = FALSE;
return(p->prop);
}
}
propCount = sarray->propCount++;
sarray->list = (SelectionProp) XtRealloc((XtPointer)sarray->list,
(unsigned)(sarray->propCount*sizeof(SelectionPropRec)));
(void) snprintf(propname, sizeof(propname), "_XT_SELECTION_%d", propCount);
sarray->list[propCount].prop = XInternAtom(dpy, propname, FALSE);
sarray->list[propCount].avail = FALSE;
return(sarray->list[propCount].prop);
}
static void FreeSelectionProperty(
Display *dpy,
Atom prop)
{
SelectionProp p;
int propCount;
PropList sarray;
if (prop == None) return;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (XFindContext(dpy, DefaultRootWindow(dpy), selectPropertyContext,
(XPointer *)&sarray))
XtAppErrorMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"noSelectionProperties", "freeSelectionProperty", XtCXtToolkitError,
"internal error: no selection property context for display",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL );
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
for (p = sarray->list, propCount=sarray->propCount;
propCount;
p++, propCount--)
if (p->prop == prop) {
p->avail = TRUE;
return;
}
}
static void FreeInfo(
CallBackInfo info)
{
XtFree((char*)info->incremental);
XtFree((char*)info->callbacks);
XtFree((char*)info->req_closure);
XtFree((char*)info->target);
XtFree((char*)info);
}
static CallBackInfo MakeInfo(
Select ctx,
XtSelectionCallbackProc *callbacks,
XtPointer *closures,
int count,
Widget widget,
Time time,
Boolean *incremental,
Atom *properties)
{
CallBackInfo info = XtNew(CallBackInfoRec);
info->ctx = ctx;
info->callbacks = (XtSelectionCallbackProc *)
__XtMalloc((unsigned) (count * sizeof(XtSelectionCallbackProc)));
(void) memmove((char*)info->callbacks, (char*)callbacks,
count * sizeof(XtSelectionCallbackProc));
info->req_closure =
(XtPointer*)__XtMalloc((unsigned) (count * sizeof(XtPointer)));
(void) memmove((char*)info->req_closure, (char*)closures,
count * sizeof(XtPointer));
if (count == 1 && properties != NULL && properties[0] != None)
info->property = properties[0];
else {
info->property = GetSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget));
XDeleteProperty(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
info->property);
}
info->proc = HandleSelectionReplies;
info->widget = widget;
info->time = time;
info->incremental = (Boolean*) __XtMalloc(count * sizeof(Boolean));
(void) memmove((char*)info->incremental, (char*) incremental,
count * sizeof(Boolean));
info->current = 0;
info->value = NULL;
return (info);
}
static void RequestSelectionValue(
CallBackInfo info,
Atom selection,
Atom target)
{
#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(info->widget);
info->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
app->selectionTimeout, ReqTimedOut, (XtPointer)info);
#endif
XtAddEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
HandleSelectionReplies, (XtPointer)info);
XConvertSelection(info->ctx->dpy, selection, target,
info->property, XtWindow(info->widget), info->time);
}
static XContext selectContext = 0;
static Select NewContext(
Display *dpy,
Atom selection)
{
/* assert(selectContext != 0) */
Select ctx = XtNew(SelectRec);
ctx->dpy = dpy;
ctx->selection = selection;
ctx->widget = NULL;
ctx->prop_list = GetPropList(dpy);
ctx->ref_count = 0;
ctx->free_when_done = FALSE;
ctx->was_disowned = FALSE;
LOCK_PROCESS;
(void)XSaveContext(dpy, (Window)selection, selectContext, (char *)ctx);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return ctx;
}
static Select FindCtx(
Display *dpy,
Atom selection)
{
Select ctx;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (selectContext == 0)
selectContext = XUniqueContext();
if (XFindContext(dpy, (Window)selection, selectContext, (XPointer *)&ctx))
ctx = NewContext(dpy, selection);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return ctx;
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void WidgetDestroyed(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure, XtPointer data)
{
Select ctx = (Select) closure;
if (ctx->widget == widget) {
if (ctx->free_when_done)
XtFree((char*)ctx);
else
ctx->widget = NULL;
}
}
/* Selection Owner code */
static void HandleSelectionEvents(Widget, XtPointer, XEvent *, Boolean *);
static Boolean LoseSelection(
Select ctx,
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Time time)
{
if ((ctx->widget == widget) &&
(ctx->selection == selection) && /* paranoia */
!ctx->was_disowned &&
((time == CurrentTime) || (time >= ctx->time)))
{
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
HandleSelectionEvents, (XtPointer)ctx);
XtRemoveCallback(widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
WidgetDestroyed, (XtPointer)ctx);
ctx->was_disowned = TRUE; /* widget officially loses ownership */
/* now inform widget */
if (ctx->loses) {
if (ctx->incremental)
(*(XtLoseSelectionIncrProc)ctx->loses)
(widget, &ctx->selection, ctx->owner_closure);
else (*ctx->loses)(widget, &ctx->selection);
}
return(TRUE);
}
else return(FALSE);
}
static XContext selectWindowContext = 0;
/* %%% Xlib.h should make this public! */
typedef int (*xErrorHandler)(Display*, XErrorEvent*);
static xErrorHandler oldErrorHandler = NULL;
static unsigned long firstProtectRequest;
static Window errorWindow;
static int LocalErrorHandler (
Display *dpy,
XErrorEvent *error)
{
int retval;
/* If BadWindow error on selection requestor, nothing to do but let
* the transfer timeout. Otherwise, invoke saved error handler. */
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (error->error_code == BadWindow && error->resourceid == errorWindow &&
error->serial >= firstProtectRequest) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return 0;
}
if (oldErrorHandler == NULL) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return 0; /* should never happen */
}
retval = (*oldErrorHandler)(dpy, error);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return retval;
}
static void StartProtectedSection(
Display *dpy,
Window window)
{
/* protect ourselves against request window being destroyed
* before completion of transfer */
LOCK_PROCESS;
oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(LocalErrorHandler);
firstProtectRequest = NextRequest(dpy);
errorWindow = window;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static void EndProtectedSection(
Display *dpy)
{
/* flush any generated errors on requestor and
* restore original error handler */
XSync(dpy, False);
LOCK_PROCESS;
XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
oldErrorHandler = NULL;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static void AddHandler(
Request req,
EventMask mask,
XtEventHandler proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
Display *dpy = req->ctx->dpy;
Window window = req->requestor;
Widget widget = XtWindowToWidget(dpy, window);
if (widget != NULL) req->widget = widget;
else widget = req->widget;
if (XtWindow(widget) == window)
XtAddEventHandler(widget, mask, False, proc, closure);
else {
RequestWindowRec *requestWindowRec;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (selectWindowContext == 0)
selectWindowContext = XUniqueContext();
if (XFindContext(dpy, window, selectWindowContext,
(XPointer *)&requestWindowRec)) {
requestWindowRec = XtNew(RequestWindowRec);
requestWindowRec->active_transfer_count = 0;
(void)XSaveContext(dpy, window, selectWindowContext,
(char *)requestWindowRec);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (requestWindowRec->active_transfer_count++ == 0) {
XtRegisterDrawable(dpy, window, widget);
XSelectInput(dpy, window, mask);
}
XtAddRawEventHandler(widget, mask, FALSE, proc, closure);
}
}
static void RemoveHandler(
Request req,
EventMask mask,
XtEventHandler proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
Display *dpy = req->ctx->dpy;
Window window = req->requestor;
Widget widget = req->widget;
if ((XtWindowToWidget(dpy, window) == widget) &&
(XtWindow(widget) != window)) {
/* we had to hang this window onto our widget; take it off */
RequestWindowRec* requestWindowRec;
XtRemoveRawEventHandler(widget, mask, TRUE, proc, closure);
LOCK_PROCESS;
(void)XFindContext(dpy, window, selectWindowContext,
(XPointer *)&requestWindowRec);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (--requestWindowRec->active_transfer_count == 0) {
XtUnregisterDrawable(dpy, window);
StartProtectedSection(dpy, window);
XSelectInput(dpy, window, 0L);
EndProtectedSection(dpy);
LOCK_PROCESS;
(void)XDeleteContext(dpy, window, selectWindowContext);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
XtFree((char*)requestWindowRec);
}
} else {
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, mask, TRUE, proc, closure);
}
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static void OwnerTimedOut(
XtPointer closure,
XtIntervalId *id)
{
Request req = (Request)closure;
Select ctx = req->ctx;
if (ctx->incremental && (ctx->owner_cancel != NULL)) {
(*ctx->owner_cancel)(ctx->widget, &ctx->selection,
&req->target, (XtRequestId*)&req,
ctx->owner_closure);
} else {
if (ctx->notify == NULL)
XtFree((char*)req->value);
else {
/* the requestor hasn't deleted the property, but
* the owner needs to free the value.
*/
if (ctx->incremental)
(*(XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)ctx->notify)
(ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target,
(XtRequestId*)&req, ctx->owner_closure);
else
(*ctx->notify)(ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target);
}
}
RemoveHandler(req, (EventMask)PropertyChangeMask,
HandlePropertyGone, closure);
XtFree((char*)req);
if (--ctx->ref_count == 0 && ctx->free_when_done)
XtFree((char*)ctx);
}
static void SendIncrement(
Request incr)
{
Display *dpy = incr->ctx->dpy;
unsigned long incrSize = MAX_SELECTION_INCR(dpy);
if (incrSize > incr->bytelength - incr->offset)
incrSize = incr->bytelength - incr->offset;
StartProtectedSection(dpy, incr->requestor);
XChangeProperty(dpy, incr->requestor, incr->property,
incr->type, incr->format, PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *)incr->value + incr->offset,
NUMELEM((int)incrSize, incr->format));
EndProtectedSection(dpy);
incr->offset += incrSize;
}
static void AllSent(
Request req)
{
Select ctx = req->ctx;
StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, req->requestor);
XChangeProperty(ctx->dpy, req->requestor,
req->property, req->type, req->format,
PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) NULL, 0);
EndProtectedSection(ctx->dpy);
req->allSent = TRUE;
if (ctx->notify == NULL) XtFree((char*)req->value);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void HandlePropertyGone(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure,
XEvent *ev,
Boolean *cont)
{
XPropertyEvent *event = (XPropertyEvent *) ev;
Request req = (Request)closure;
Select ctx = req->ctx;
if ((event->type != PropertyNotify) ||
(event->state != PropertyDelete) ||
(event->atom != req->property) ||
(event->window != req->requestor))
return;
#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
XtRemoveTimeOut(req->timeout);
#endif
if (req->allSent) {
if (ctx->notify) {
if (ctx->incremental) {
(*(XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)ctx->notify)
(ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target,
(XtRequestId*)&req, ctx->owner_closure);
}
else (*ctx->notify)(ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target);
}
RemoveHandler(req, (EventMask)PropertyChangeMask,
HandlePropertyGone, closure);
XtFree((char*)req);
if (--ctx->ref_count == 0 && ctx->free_when_done)
XtFree((char*)ctx);
} else { /* is this part of an incremental transfer? */
if (ctx->incremental) {
if (req->bytelength == 0)
AllSent(req);
else {
unsigned long size = MAX_SELECTION_INCR(ctx->dpy);
SendIncrement(req);
(*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
(ctx->widget, &ctx->selection, &req->target,
&req->type, &req->value,
&req->bytelength, &req->format,
&size, ctx->owner_closure, (XtPointer*)&req);
if (req->bytelength)
req->bytelength = BYTELENGTH(req->bytelength, req->format);
req->offset = 0;
}
} else {
if (req->offset < req->bytelength)
SendIncrement(req);
else AllSent(req);
}
#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
{
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(req->widget);
req->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
app->selectionTimeout, OwnerTimedOut, (XtPointer)req);
}
#endif
}
}
static void PrepareIncremental(
Request req,
Widget widget,
Window window,
Atom property,
Atom target,
Atom targetType,
XtPointer value,
unsigned long length,
int format)
{
req->type = targetType;
req->value = value;
req->bytelength = BYTELENGTH(length,format);
req->format = format;
req->offset = 0;
req->target = target;
req->widget = widget;
req->allSent = FALSE;
#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
{
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
req->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
app->selectionTimeout, OwnerTimedOut, (XtPointer)req);
}
#endif
AddHandler(req, (EventMask)PropertyChangeMask,
HandlePropertyGone, (XtPointer)req);
/* now send client INCR property */
XChangeProperty(req->ctx->dpy, window, req->property,
req->ctx->prop_list->incr_atom,
32, PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *)&req->bytelength, 1);
}
static Boolean GetConversion(
Select ctx, /* logical owner */
XSelectionRequestEvent* event,
Atom target,
Atom property, /* requestor's property */
Widget widget) /* physical owner (receives events) */
{
XtPointer value = NULL;
unsigned long length;
int format;
Atom targetType;
Request req = XtNew(RequestRec);
Boolean timestamp_target = (target == ctx->prop_list->timestamp_atom);
req->ctx = ctx;
req->event = *event;
req->property = property;
req->requestor = event->requestor;
if (timestamp_target) {
value = __XtMalloc(sizeof(long));
*(long*)value = ctx->time;
targetType = XA_INTEGER;
length = 1;
format = 32;
}
else {
ctx->ref_count++;
if (ctx->incremental == TRUE) {
unsigned long size = MAX_SELECTION_INCR(ctx->dpy);
if ((*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
(ctx->widget, &event->selection, &target,
&targetType, &value, &length, &format,
&size, ctx->owner_closure, (XtRequestId*)&req)
== FALSE) {
XtFree((char*)req);
ctx->ref_count--;
return(FALSE);
}
StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, event->requestor);
PrepareIncremental(req, widget, event->requestor, property,
target, targetType, value, length, format);
return(TRUE);
}
ctx->req = req;
if ((*ctx->convert)(ctx->widget, &event->selection, &target,
&targetType, &value, &length, &format) == FALSE) {
XtFree((char*)req);
ctx->req = NULL;
ctx->ref_count--;
return(FALSE);
}
ctx->req = NULL;
}
StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, event->requestor);
if (BYTELENGTH(length,format) <= (unsigned long) MAX_SELECTION_INCR(ctx->dpy)) {
if (! timestamp_target) {
if (ctx->notify != NULL) {
req->target = target;
req->widget = widget;
req->allSent = TRUE;
#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
{
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(req->widget);
req->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
app->selectionTimeout, OwnerTimedOut, (XtPointer)req);
}
#endif
AddHandler(req, (EventMask)PropertyChangeMask,
HandlePropertyGone, (XtPointer)req);
}
else ctx->ref_count--;
}
XChangeProperty(ctx->dpy, event->requestor, property,
targetType, format, PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *)value, (int)length);
/* free storage for client if no notify proc */
if (timestamp_target || ctx->notify == NULL) {
XtFree((char*)value);
XtFree((char*)req);
}
} else {
PrepareIncremental(req, widget, event->requestor, property,
target, targetType, value, length, format);
}
return(TRUE);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void HandleSelectionEvents(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure,
XEvent *event,
Boolean *cont)
{
Select ctx;
XSelectionEvent ev;
Atom target;
int count;
Boolean writeback = FALSE;
ctx = (Select) closure;
switch (event->type) {
case SelectionClear:
/* if this event is not for the selection we registered for,
* don't do anything */
if (ctx->selection != event->xselectionclear.selection ||
ctx->serial > event->xselectionclear.serial)
break;
(void) LoseSelection(ctx, widget, event->xselectionclear.selection,
event->xselectionclear.time);
break;
case SelectionRequest:
/* if this event is not for the selection we registered for,
* don't do anything */
if (ctx->selection != event->xselectionrequest.selection)
break;
ev.type = SelectionNotify;
ev.display = event->xselectionrequest.display;
ev.requestor = event->xselectionrequest.requestor;
ev.selection = event->xselectionrequest.selection;
ev.time = event->xselectionrequest.time;
ev.target = event->xselectionrequest.target;
if (event->xselectionrequest.property == None) /* obsolete requestor */
event->xselectionrequest.property = event->xselectionrequest.target;
if (ctx->widget != widget || ctx->was_disowned
|| ((event->xselectionrequest.time != CurrentTime)
&& (event->xselectionrequest.time < ctx->time))) {
ev.property = None;
StartProtectedSection(ev.display, ev.requestor);
} else {
if (ev.target == ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom) {
IndirectPair *p;
int format;
unsigned long bytesafter, length;
unsigned char *value = NULL;
ev.property = event->xselectionrequest.property;
StartProtectedSection(ev.display, ev.requestor);
if (XGetWindowProperty(ev.display, ev.requestor,
event->xselectionrequest.property, 0L, 1000000,
False,(Atom)AnyPropertyType, &target, &format, &length,
&bytesafter, &value) == Success)
count = BYTELENGTH(length, format) / sizeof(IndirectPair);
else
count = 0;
for (p = (IndirectPair *)value; count; p++, count--) {
EndProtectedSection(ctx->dpy);
if (!GetConversion(ctx, (XSelectionRequestEvent*)event,
p->target, p->property, widget)) {
p->target = None;
writeback = TRUE;
StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, ev.requestor);
}
}
if (writeback)
XChangeProperty(ev.display, ev.requestor,
event->xselectionrequest.property, target,
format, PropModeReplace, value, (int)length);
XFree((char *)value);
} else /* not multiple */ {
if (GetConversion(ctx, (XSelectionRequestEvent*)event,
event->xselectionrequest.target,
event->xselectionrequest.property,
widget))
ev.property = event->xselectionrequest.property;
else {
ev.property = None;
StartProtectedSection(ctx->dpy, ev.requestor);
}
}
}
(void) XSendEvent(ctx->dpy, ev.requestor, False, (unsigned long)NULL,
(XEvent *) &ev);
EndProtectedSection(ctx->dpy);
break;
}
}
static Boolean OwnSelection(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Time time,
XtConvertSelectionProc convert,
XtLoseSelectionProc lose,
XtSelectionDoneProc notify,
XtCancelConvertSelectionProc cancel,
XtPointer closure,
Boolean incremental)
{
Select ctx;
Select oldctx = NULL;
if (!XtIsRealized(widget)) return False;
ctx = FindCtx(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
if (ctx->widget != widget || ctx->time != time ||
ctx->ref_count || ctx->was_disowned)
{
Boolean replacement = FALSE;
Window window = XtWindow(widget);
unsigned long serial = XNextRequest(ctx->dpy);
XSetSelectionOwner(ctx->dpy, selection, window, time);
if (XGetSelectionOwner(ctx->dpy, selection) != window)
return FALSE;
if (ctx->ref_count) { /* exchange is in-progress */
#ifdef DEBUG_ACTIVE
printf( "Active exchange for widget \"%s\"; selection=0x%lx, ref_count=%d\n",
XtName(widget), (long)selection, ctx->ref_count );
#endif
if (ctx->widget != widget ||
ctx->convert != convert ||
ctx->loses != lose ||
ctx->notify != notify ||
ctx->owner_cancel != cancel ||
ctx->incremental != incremental ||
ctx->owner_closure != closure)
{
if (ctx->widget == widget) {
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
HandleSelectionEvents, (XtPointer)ctx);
XtRemoveCallback(widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
WidgetDestroyed, (XtPointer)ctx);
replacement = TRUE;
}
else if (!ctx->was_disowned) {
oldctx = ctx;
}
ctx->free_when_done = TRUE;
ctx = NewContext(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
}
else if (!ctx->was_disowned) { /* current owner is new owner */
ctx->time = time;
return TRUE;
}
}
if (ctx->widget != widget || ctx->was_disowned || replacement) {
if (ctx->widget && !ctx->was_disowned && !replacement) {
oldctx = ctx;
oldctx->free_when_done = TRUE;
ctx = NewContext(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
}
XtAddEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
HandleSelectionEvents, (XtPointer)ctx);
XtAddCallback(widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
WidgetDestroyed, (XtPointer)ctx);
}
ctx->widget = widget; /* Selection offically changes hands. */
ctx->time = time;
ctx->serial = serial;
}
ctx->convert = convert;
ctx->loses = lose;
ctx->notify = notify;
ctx->owner_cancel = cancel;
ctx->incremental = incremental;
ctx->owner_closure = closure;
ctx->was_disowned = FALSE;
/* Defer calling the previous selection owner's lose selection procedure
* until the new selection is established, to allow the previous
* selection owner to ask for the new selection to be converted in
* the lose selection procedure. The context pointer is the closure
* of the event handler and the destroy callback, so the old context
* pointer and the record contents must be preserved for LoseSelection.
*/
if (oldctx) {
(void) LoseSelection(oldctx, oldctx->widget, selection, oldctx->time);
if (!oldctx->ref_count && oldctx->free_when_done)
XtFree((char*)oldctx);
}
return TRUE;
}
Boolean XtOwnSelection(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Time time,
XtConvertSelectionProc convert,
XtLoseSelectionProc lose,
XtSelectionDoneProc notify)
{
Boolean retval;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = OwnSelection(widget, selection, time, convert, lose, notify,
(XtCancelConvertSelectionProc)NULL,
(XtPointer)NULL, FALSE);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
Boolean XtOwnSelectionIncremental(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Time time,
XtConvertSelectionIncrProc convert,
XtLoseSelectionIncrProc lose,
XtSelectionDoneIncrProc notify,
XtCancelConvertSelectionProc cancel,
XtPointer closure)
{
Boolean retval;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = OwnSelection(widget, selection, time,
(XtConvertSelectionProc)convert,
(XtLoseSelectionProc)lose,
(XtSelectionDoneProc)notify,
cancel, closure, TRUE);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
void XtDisownSelection(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Time time)
{
Select ctx;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
ctx = FindCtx(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
if (LoseSelection(ctx, widget, selection, time))
XSetSelectionOwner(XtDisplay(widget), selection, None, time);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
/* Selection Requestor code */
static Boolean IsINCRtype(
CallBackInfo info,
Window window,
Atom prop)
{
unsigned long bytesafter;
unsigned long length;
int format;
Atom type;
unsigned char *value;
if (prop == None) return False;
if (XGetWindowProperty(XtDisplay(info->widget), window, prop, 0L, 0L,
False, info->ctx->prop_list->incr_atom, &type,
&format, &length, &bytesafter, &value) != Success)
return False;
return (type == info->ctx->prop_list->incr_atom);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void ReqCleanup(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure,
XEvent *ev,
Boolean *cont)
{
CallBackInfo info = (CallBackInfo)closure;
unsigned long bytesafter, length;
int format;
Atom target;
if (ev->type == SelectionNotify) {
XSelectionEvent *event = (XSelectionEvent *) ev;
if (!MATCH_SELECT(event, info)) return; /* not really for us */
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info );
if (IsINCRtype(info, XtWindow(widget), event->property)) {
info->proc = HandleGetIncrement;
XtAddEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask,
FALSE, ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info);
} else {
if (event->property != None)
XDeleteProperty(event->display, XtWindow(widget),
event->property);
FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), info->property);
FreeInfo(info);
}
} else if ((ev->type == PropertyNotify) &&
(ev->xproperty.state == PropertyNewValue) &&
(ev->xproperty.atom == info->property)) {
XPropertyEvent *event = (XPropertyEvent *) ev;
char *value = NULL;
if (XGetWindowProperty(event->display, XtWindow(widget),
event->atom, 0L, 1000000, True, AnyPropertyType,
&target, &format, &length, &bytesafter,
(unsigned char **) &value) == Success) {
XFree(value);
if (length == 0) {
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask,
FALSE, ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info );
FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), info->property);
XtFree(info->value); /* requestor never got this, so free now */
FreeInfo(info);
}
}
}
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static void ReqTimedOut(
XtPointer closure,
XtIntervalId *id)
{
XtPointer value = NULL;
unsigned long length = 0;
int format = 8;
Atom resulttype = XT_CONVERT_FAIL;
CallBackInfo info = (CallBackInfo)closure;
unsigned long bytesafter;
unsigned long proplength;
Atom type;
XtPointer *c;
int i;
if (*info->target == info->ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom) {
IndirectPair *pairs = NULL;
if (XGetWindowProperty(XtDisplay(info->widget), XtWindow(info->widget),
info->property, 0L, 10000000, True,
AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &proplength,
&bytesafter, (unsigned char **) &pairs)
== Success) {
XFree(pairs);
for (proplength = proplength / IndirectPairWordSize, i = 0,
c = info->req_closure;
proplength; proplength--, c++, i++)
(*info->callbacks[i])(info->widget, *c, &info->ctx->selection,
&resulttype, value, &length, &format);
}
} else {
(*info->callbacks[0])(info->widget, *info->req_closure,
&info->ctx->selection, &resulttype, value, &length, &format);
}
/* change event handlers for straggler events */
if (info->proc == (XtEventHandler)HandleSelectionReplies) {
XtRemoveEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask)0,
TRUE, info->proc, (XtPointer) info);
XtAddEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info);
} else {
XtRemoveEventHandler(info->widget,(EventMask) PropertyChangeMask,
FALSE, info->proc, (XtPointer) info);
XtAddEventHandler(info->widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask,
FALSE, ReqCleanup, (XtPointer) info);
}
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void HandleGetIncrement(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure,
XEvent *ev,
Boolean *cont)
{
XPropertyEvent *event = (XPropertyEvent *) ev;
CallBackInfo info = (CallBackInfo) closure;
Select ctx = info->ctx;
char *value;
unsigned long bytesafter;
unsigned long length;
int bad;
int n = info->current;
if ((event->state != PropertyNewValue) || (event->atom != info->property))
return;
bad = XGetWindowProperty(event->display, XtWindow(widget),
event->atom, 0L,
10000000, True, AnyPropertyType, &info->type,
&info->format, &length, &bytesafter,
(unsigned char **) &value);
if (bad)
return;
#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
XtRemoveTimeOut(info->timeout);
#endif
if (length == 0) {
unsigned long u_offset = NUMELEM(info->offset, info->format);
(*info->callbacks[n])(widget, *info->req_closure, &ctx->selection,
&info->type,
(info->offset == 0 ? value : info->value),
&u_offset, &info->format);
/* assert ((info->offset != 0) == (info->incremental[n]) */
if (info->offset != 0) XFree(value);
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask, FALSE,
HandleGetIncrement, (XtPointer) info);
FreeSelectionProperty(event->display, info->property);
FreeInfo(info);
} else { /* add increment to collection */
if (info->incremental[n]) {
#ifdef XT_COPY_SELECTION
int size = BYTELENGTH(length, info->format) + 1;
char *tmp = __XtMalloc((Cardinal) size);
(void) memmove(tmp, value, size);
XFree(value);
value = tmp;
#endif
(*info->callbacks[n])(widget, *info->req_closure, &ctx->selection,
&info->type, value, &length, &info->format);
} else {
int size = BYTELENGTH(length, info->format);
if (info->offset + size > info->bytelength) {
/* allocate enough for this and the next increment */
info->bytelength = info->offset + size * 2;
info->value = XtRealloc(info->value,
(Cardinal) info->bytelength);
}
(void) memmove(&info->value[info->offset], value, size);
info->offset += size;
XFree(value);
}
/* reset timer */
#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
{
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(info->widget);
info->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
app->selectionTimeout, ReqTimedOut, (XtPointer) info);
}
#endif
}
}
static void HandleNone(
Widget widget,
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
XtPointer closure,
Atom selection)
{
unsigned long length = 0;
int format = 8;
Atom type = None;
(*callback)(widget, closure, &selection,
&type, NULL, &length, &format);
}
static long IncrPropSize(
Widget widget,
unsigned char* value,
int format,
unsigned long length)
{
unsigned long size;
if (format == 32) {
size = ((long*)value)[length-1]; /* %%% what order for longs? */
return size;
}
else {
XtAppWarningMsg( XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"badFormat","xtGetSelectionValue",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Selection owner returned type INCR property with format != 32",
(String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL );
return 0;
}
}
static
Boolean HandleNormal(
Display *dpy,
Widget widget,
Atom property,
CallBackInfo info,
XtPointer closure,
Atom selection)
{
unsigned long bytesafter;
unsigned long length;
int format;
Atom type;
unsigned char *value = NULL;
int number = info->current;
if (XGetWindowProperty(dpy, XtWindow(widget), property, 0L, 10000000,
False, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &length,
&bytesafter, &value) != Success)
return FALSE;
if (type == info->ctx->prop_list->incr_atom) {
unsigned long size = IncrPropSize(widget, value, format, length);
XFree((char *)value);
if (info->property != property) {
/* within MULTIPLE */
CallBackInfo ninfo;
ninfo = MakeInfo(info->ctx, &info->callbacks[number],
&info->req_closure[number], 1, widget,
info->time, &info->incremental[number], &property);
ninfo->target = (Atom *) __XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(Atom));
*ninfo->target = info->target[number + 1];
info = ninfo;
}
HandleIncremental(dpy, widget, property, info, size);
return FALSE;
}
XDeleteProperty(dpy, XtWindow(widget), property);
#ifdef XT_COPY_SELECTION
if (value) { /* it could have been deleted after the SelectionNotify */
int size = BYTELENGTH(length, info->format) + 1;
char *tmp = __XtMalloc((Cardinal) size);
(void) memmove(tmp, value, size);
XFree(value);
value = (unsigned char *) tmp;
}
#endif
(*info->callbacks[number])(widget, closure, &selection,
&type, (XtPointer)value, &length, &format);
if (info->incremental[number]) {
/* let requestor know the whole thing has been received */
value = (unsigned char*)__XtMalloc((unsigned)1);
length = 0;
(*info->callbacks[number])(widget, closure, &selection,
&type, (XtPointer)value, &length, &format);
}
return TRUE;
}
static void HandleIncremental(
Display *dpy,
Widget widget,
Atom property,
CallBackInfo info,
unsigned long size)
{
XtAddEventHandler(widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask, FALSE,
HandleGetIncrement, (XtPointer) info);
/* now start the transfer */
XDeleteProperty(dpy, XtWindow(widget), property);
XFlush(dpy);
info->bytelength = size;
if (info->incremental[info->current]) /* requestor wants incremental too */
info->value = NULL; /* so no need for buffer to assemble value */
else
info->value = (char *) __XtMalloc((unsigned) info->bytelength);
info->offset = 0;
/* reset the timer */
info->proc = HandleGetIncrement;
#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
{
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(info->widget);
info->timeout = XtAppAddTimeOut(app,
app->selectionTimeout, ReqTimedOut, (XtPointer) info);
}
#endif
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void HandleSelectionReplies(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure,
XEvent *ev,
Boolean *cont)
{
XSelectionEvent *event = (XSelectionEvent *) ev;
Display *dpy = event->display;
CallBackInfo info = (CallBackInfo) closure;
Select ctx = info->ctx;
unsigned long bytesafter;
unsigned long length;
int format;
Atom type;
XtPointer *c;
if (event->type != SelectionNotify) return;
if (!MATCH_SELECT(event, info)) return; /* not really for us */
#ifndef DEBUG_WO_TIMERS
XtRemoveTimeOut(info->timeout);
#endif
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (EventMask)0, TRUE,
HandleSelectionReplies, (XtPointer) info );
if (event->target == ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom) {
IndirectPair *pairs = NULL, *p;
if (XGetWindowProperty(dpy, XtWindow(widget), info->property, 0L,
10000000, True, AnyPropertyType, &type, &format,
&length, &bytesafter, (unsigned char **) &pairs)
!= Success)
length = 0;
for (length = length / IndirectPairWordSize, p = pairs,
c = info->req_closure;
length; length--, p++, c++, info->current++) {
if (event->property == None || format != 32 || p->target == None
|| /* bug compatibility */ p->property == None) {
HandleNone(widget, info->callbacks[info->current],
*c, event->selection);
if (p->property != None)
FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), p->property);
} else {
if (HandleNormal(dpy, widget, p->property, info, *c,
event->selection)) {
FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), p->property);
}
}
}
XFree((char*)pairs);
FreeSelectionProperty(dpy, info->property);
FreeInfo(info);
} else if (event->property == None) {
HandleNone(widget, info->callbacks[0], *info->req_closure, event->selection);
FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), info->property);
FreeInfo(info);
} else {
if (HandleNormal(dpy, widget, event->property, info,
*info->req_closure, event->selection)) {
FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget), info->property);
FreeInfo(info);
}
}
}
static void DoLocalTransfer(
Request req,
Atom selection,
Atom target,
Widget widget, /* The widget requesting the value. */
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
XtPointer closure, /* the closure for the callback, not the conversion */
Boolean incremental,
Atom property)
{
Select ctx = req->ctx;
XtPointer value = NULL, temp, total = NULL;
unsigned long length;
int format;
Atom resulttype;
unsigned long totallength = 0;
req->event.type = 0;
req->event.target = target;
req->event.property = req->property = property;
req->event.requestor = req->requestor = XtWindow(widget);
if (ctx->incremental) {
unsigned long size = MAX_SELECTION_INCR(ctx->dpy);
if (!(*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
(ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
&resulttype, &value, &length, &format,
&size, ctx->owner_closure, (XtRequestId*)&req)) {
HandleNone(widget, callback, closure, selection);
}
else {
if (incremental) {
Boolean allSent = FALSE;
while (!allSent) {
if (ctx->notify && (value != NULL)) {
int bytelength = BYTELENGTH(length,format);
/* both sides think they own this storage */
temp = __XtMalloc((unsigned)bytelength);
(void) memmove(temp, value, bytelength);
value = temp;
}
/* use care; older clients were never warned that
* they must return a value even if length==0
*/
if (value == NULL) value = __XtMalloc((unsigned)1);
(*callback)(widget, closure, &selection,
&resulttype, value, &length, &format);
if (length) {
/* should owner be notified on end-of-piece?
* Spec is unclear, but non-local transfers don't.
*/
(*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
(ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
&resulttype, &value, &length, &format,
&size, ctx->owner_closure,
(XtRequestId*)&req);
}
else allSent = TRUE;
}
} else {
while (length) {
int bytelength = BYTELENGTH(length, format);
total = XtRealloc(total,
(unsigned) (totallength += bytelength));
(void) memmove((char*)total + totallength - bytelength,
value,
bytelength);
(*(XtConvertSelectionIncrProc)ctx->convert)
(ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
&resulttype, &value, &length, &format,
&size, ctx->owner_closure, (XtRequestId*)&req);
}
if (total == NULL) total = __XtMalloc(1);
totallength = NUMELEM(totallength, format);
(*callback)(widget, closure, &selection, &resulttype,
total, &totallength, &format);
}
if (ctx->notify)
(*(XtSelectionDoneIncrProc)ctx->notify)
(ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
(XtRequestId*)&req, ctx->owner_closure);
else XtFree((char*)value);
}
} else { /* not incremental owner */
if (!(*ctx->convert)(ctx->widget, &selection, &target,
&resulttype, &value, &length, &format)) {
HandleNone(widget, callback, closure, selection);
} else {
if (ctx->notify && (value != NULL)) {
int bytelength = BYTELENGTH(length,format);
/* both sides think they own this storage; better copy */
temp = __XtMalloc((unsigned)bytelength);
(void) memmove(temp, value, bytelength);
value = temp;
}
if (value == NULL) value = __XtMalloc((unsigned)1);
(*callback)(widget, closure, &selection, &resulttype,
value, &length, &format);
if (ctx->notify)
(*ctx->notify)(ctx->widget, &selection, &target);
}
}
}
static void GetSelectionValue(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Atom target,
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
XtPointer closure,
Time time,
Boolean incremental,
Atom property)
{
Select ctx;
CallBackInfo info;
Atom properties[1];
properties[0] = property;
ctx = FindCtx(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
if (ctx->widget && !ctx->was_disowned) {
RequestRec req;
ctx->req = &req;
req.ctx = ctx;
req.event.time = time;
ctx->ref_count++;
DoLocalTransfer(&req, selection, target, widget,
callback, closure, incremental, property);
if (--ctx->ref_count == 0 && ctx->free_when_done)
XtFree((char*)ctx);
else
ctx->req = NULL;
}
else {
info = MakeInfo(ctx, &callback, &closure, 1, widget,
time, &incremental, properties);
info->target = (Atom *)__XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(Atom));
*(info->target) = target;
RequestSelectionValue(info, selection, target);
}
}
void XtGetSelectionValue(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Atom target,
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
XtPointer closure,
Time time)
{
Atom property;
Boolean incr = False;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
property = GetParamInfo(widget, selection);
RemoveParamInfo(widget, selection);
if (IsGatheringRequest(widget, selection)) {
AddSelectionRequests(widget, selection, 1, &target, &callback, 1,
&closure, &incr, &property);
} else {
GetSelectionValue(widget, selection, target, callback,
closure, time, FALSE, property);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void XtGetSelectionValueIncremental(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Atom target,
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
XtPointer closure,
Time time)
{
Atom property;
Boolean incr = TRUE;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
property = GetParamInfo(widget, selection);
RemoveParamInfo(widget, selection);
if (IsGatheringRequest(widget, selection)) {
AddSelectionRequests(widget, selection, 1, &target, &callback, 1,
&closure, &incr, &property);
} else {
GetSelectionValue(widget, selection, target, callback,
closure, time, TRUE, property);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
static void GetSelectionValues(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Atom *targets,
int count,
XtSelectionCallbackProc *callbacks,
int num_callbacks,
XtPointer *closures,
Time time,
Boolean *incremental,
Atom *properties)
{
Select ctx;
CallBackInfo info;
IndirectPair *pairs, *p;
Atom *t;
if (count == 0) return;
ctx = FindCtx(XtDisplay(widget), selection);
if (ctx->widget && !ctx->was_disowned) {
int j, i;
RequestRec req;
ctx->req = &req;
req.ctx = ctx;
req.event.time = time;
ctx->ref_count++;
for (i = 0, j = 0; count; count--, i++, j++ ) {
if (j >= num_callbacks) j = 0;
DoLocalTransfer(&req, selection, targets[i], widget,
callbacks[j], closures[i], incremental[i],
properties ? properties[i] : None);
}
if (--ctx->ref_count == 0 && ctx->free_when_done)
XtFree((char*)ctx);
else
ctx->req = NULL;
} else {
XtSelectionCallbackProc *passed_callbacks;
XtSelectionCallbackProc stack_cbs[32];
int i = 0, j = 0;
passed_callbacks = (XtSelectionCallbackProc *)
XtStackAlloc(sizeof(XtSelectionCallbackProc) * count, stack_cbs);
/* To deal with the old calls from XtGetSelectionValues* we
will repeat however many callbacks have been passed into
the array */
for(i = 0; i < count; i++) {
if (j >= num_callbacks) j = 0;
passed_callbacks[i] = callbacks[j];
j++;
}
info = MakeInfo(ctx, passed_callbacks, closures, count, widget,
time, incremental, properties);
XtStackFree((XtPointer) passed_callbacks, stack_cbs);
info->target = (Atom *)__XtMalloc((unsigned) ((count+1) * sizeof(Atom)));
(*info->target) = ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom;
(void) memmove((char *) info->target+sizeof(Atom), (char *) targets,
count * sizeof(Atom));
pairs = (IndirectPair*)__XtMalloc((unsigned)(count*sizeof(IndirectPair)));
for (p = &pairs[count-1], t = &targets[count-1], i = count - 1;
p >= pairs; p--, t--, i--) {
p->target = *t;
if (properties == NULL || properties[i] == None) {
p->property = GetSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(widget));
XDeleteProperty(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
p->property);
} else {
p->property = properties[i];
}
}
XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
info->property, info->property,
32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) pairs,
count * IndirectPairWordSize);
XtFree((char*)pairs);
RequestSelectionValue(info, selection, ctx->prop_list->indirect_atom);
}
}
void XtGetSelectionValues(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Atom *targets,
int count,
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
XtPointer *closures,
Time time)
{
Boolean incremental_values[32];
Boolean *incremental;
int i;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
incremental = XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Boolean), incremental_values);
for(i = 0; i < count; i++) incremental[i] = FALSE;
if (IsGatheringRequest(widget, selection)) {
AddSelectionRequests(widget, selection, count, targets, &callback,
1, closures, incremental, NULL);
} else {
GetSelectionValues(widget, selection, targets, count, &callback, 1,
closures, time, incremental, NULL);
}
XtStackFree((XtPointer) incremental, incremental_values);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Atom *targets,
int count,
XtSelectionCallbackProc callback,
XtPointer *closures,
Time time)
{
Boolean incremental_values[32];
Boolean *incremental;
int i;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
incremental = XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Boolean), incremental_values);
for(i = 0; i < count; i++) incremental[i] = TRUE;
if (IsGatheringRequest(widget, selection)) {
AddSelectionRequests(widget, selection, count, targets, &callback,
1, closures, incremental, NULL);
} else {
GetSelectionValues(widget, selection, targets, count,
&callback, 1, closures, time, incremental, NULL);
}
XtStackFree((XtPointer) incremental, incremental_values);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
static Request GetRequestRecord(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
XtRequestId id)
{
Request req = (Request)id;
Select ctx = NULL;
if ( (req == NULL
&& ((ctx = FindCtx( XtDisplay(widget), selection )) == NULL
|| ctx->req == NULL
|| ctx->selection != selection
|| ctx->widget == NULL))
|| (req != NULL
&& (req->ctx == NULL
|| req->ctx->selection != selection
|| req->ctx->widget != widget)))
{
String params = XtName(widget);
Cardinal num_params = 1;
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"notInConvertSelection", "xtGetSelectionRequest",
XtCXtToolkitError,
"XtGetSelectionRequest or XtGetSelectionParameters called for widget \"%s\" outside of ConvertSelection proc",
¶ms, &num_params
);
return NULL;
}
if (req == NULL) {
/* non-incremental owner; only one request can be
* outstanding at a time, so it's safe to keep ptr in ctx */
req = ctx->req;
}
return req;
}
XSelectionRequestEvent *XtGetSelectionRequest(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
XtRequestId id)
{
Request req = (Request)id;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
req = GetRequestRecord(widget, selection, id);
if (! req) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return (XSelectionRequestEvent*) NULL;
}
if (req->event.type == 0) {
/* owner is local; construct the remainder of the event */
req->event.type = SelectionRequest;
req->event.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(XtDisplay(widget));
req->event.send_event = True;
req->event.display = XtDisplay(widget);
req->event.owner = XtWindow(req->ctx->widget);
req->event.selection = selection;
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return &req->event;
}
/* Property atom access */
Atom XtReservePropertyAtom(
Widget w)
{
return(GetSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(w)));
}
void XtReleasePropertyAtom(
Widget w,
Atom atom)
{
FreeSelectionProperty(XtDisplay(w), atom);
}
/* Multiple utilities */
/* All requests are put in a single list per widget. It is
very unlikely anyone will be gathering multiple MULTIPLE
requests at the same time, so the loss in efficiency for
this case is acceptable */
/* Queue one or more requests to the one we're gathering */
static void AddSelectionRequests(
Widget wid,
Atom sel,
int count,
Atom *targets,
XtSelectionCallbackProc *callbacks,
int num_cb,
XtPointer *closures,
Boolean *incrementals,
Atom *properties)
{
QueuedRequestInfo qi;
Window window = XtWindow(wid);
Display *dpy = XtDisplay(wid);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
qi = NULL;
(void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &qi);
if (qi != NULL) {
QueuedRequest *req = qi->requests;
int start = qi->count;
int i = 0;
int j = 0;
qi->count += count;
req = (QueuedRequest*) XtRealloc((char*) req,
(start + count) *
sizeof(QueuedRequest));
while(i < count) {
QueuedRequest newreq = (QueuedRequest)
__XtMalloc(sizeof(QueuedRequestRec));
newreq->selection = sel;
newreq->target = targets[i];
if (properties != NULL)
newreq->param = properties[i];
else {
newreq->param = GetSelectionProperty(dpy);
XDeleteProperty(dpy, window, newreq->param);
}
newreq->callback = callbacks[j];
newreq->closure = closures[i];
newreq->incremental = incrementals[i];
req[start] = newreq;
start++;
i++;
j++;
if (j > num_cb) j = 0;
}
qi->requests = req;
} else {
/* Impossible */
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
/* Only call IsGatheringRequest when we have a lock already */
static Boolean IsGatheringRequest(
Widget wid,
Atom sel)
{
QueuedRequestInfo qi;
Window window = XtWindow(wid);
Display *dpy = XtDisplay(wid);
Boolean found = False;
int i;
if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
qi = NULL;
(void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &qi);
if (qi != NULL) {
i = 0;
while(qi->selections[i] != None) {
if (qi->selections[i] == sel) {
found = True;
break;
}
i++;
}
}
return(found);
}
/* Cleanup request scans the request queue and releases any
properties queued, and removes any requests queued */
static void CleanupRequest(
Display *dpy,
QueuedRequestInfo qi,
Atom sel)
{
int i, j, n;
i = 0;
/* Remove this selection from the list */
n = 0;
while(qi->selections[n] != sel &&
qi->selections[n] != None) n++;
if (qi->selections[n] == sel) {
while(qi->selections[n] != None) {
qi->selections[n] = qi->selections[n + 1];
n++;
}
}
while(i < qi->count) {
QueuedRequest req = qi->requests[i];
if (req->selection == sel) {
/* Match */
if (req->param != None)
FreeSelectionProperty(dpy, req->param);
qi->count--;
for(j = i; j < qi->count; j++)
qi->requests[j] = qi->requests[j + 1];
XtFree((char*) req);
} else {
i++;
}
}
}
void XtCreateSelectionRequest(
Widget widget,
Atom selection)
{
QueuedRequestInfo queueInfo;
Window window = XtWindow(widget);
Display *dpy = XtDisplay(widget);
int n;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
queueInfo = NULL;
(void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &queueInfo);
/* If there is one, then cancel it */
if (queueInfo != NULL)
CleanupRequest(dpy, queueInfo, selection);
else {
/* Create it */
queueInfo = (QueuedRequestInfo) __XtMalloc(sizeof(QueuedRequestInfoRec));
queueInfo->count = 0;
queueInfo->selections = (Atom*) __XtMalloc(sizeof(Atom) * 2);
queueInfo->selections[0] = None;
queueInfo->requests = (QueuedRequest *)
__XtMalloc(sizeof(QueuedRequest));
}
/* Append this selection to list */
n = 0;
while(queueInfo->selections[n] != None) n++;
queueInfo->selections =
(Atom*) XtRealloc((char*) queueInfo->selections,
(n + 2) * sizeof(Atom));
queueInfo->selections[n] = selection;
queueInfo->selections[n + 1] = None;
(void) XSaveContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (char*) queueInfo);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
void XtSendSelectionRequest(
Widget widget,
Atom selection,
Time time)
{
QueuedRequestInfo queueInfo;
Window window = XtWindow(widget);
Display *dpy = XtDisplay(widget);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
queueInfo = NULL;
(void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &queueInfo);
if (queueInfo != NULL) {
int count = 0;
int i;
QueuedRequest *req = queueInfo->requests;
/* Construct the requests and send it using
GetSelectionValues */
for(i = 0; i < queueInfo->count; i++)
if (req[i]->selection == selection) count++;
if (count > 0) {
if (count == 1) {
for(i = 0; i < queueInfo->count; i++)
if (req[i]->selection == selection) break;
/* special case a multiple which isn't needed */
GetSelectionValue(widget, selection, req[i]->target,
req[i]->callback, req[i]->closure, time,
req[i]->incremental, req[i]->param);
} else {
Atom *targets;
Atom t[PREALLOCED];
XtSelectionCallbackProc *cbs;
XtSelectionCallbackProc c[PREALLOCED];
XtPointer *closures;
XtPointer cs[PREALLOCED];
Boolean *incrs;
Boolean ins[PREALLOCED];
Atom *props;
Atom p[PREALLOCED];
int i = 0;
int j = 0;
/* Allocate */
targets = (Atom *) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Atom), t);
cbs = (XtSelectionCallbackProc *)
XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(XtSelectionCallbackProc), c);
closures = (XtPointer *) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(XtPointer), cs);
incrs = (Boolean *) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Boolean), ins);
props = (Atom *) XtStackAlloc(count * sizeof(Atom), p);
/* Copy */
for(i = 0; i < queueInfo->count; i++) {
if (req[i]->selection == selection) {
targets[j] = req[i]->target;
cbs[j] = req[i]->callback;
closures[j] = req[i]->closure;
incrs[j] = req[i]->incremental;
props[j] = req[i]->param;
j++;
}
}
/* Make the request */
GetSelectionValues(widget, selection, targets, count,
cbs, count, closures, time, incrs, props);
/* Free */
XtStackFree((XtPointer) targets, t);
XtStackFree((XtPointer) cbs, c);
XtStackFree((XtPointer) closures, cs);
XtStackFree((XtPointer) incrs, ins);
XtStackFree((XtPointer) props, p);
}
}
}
CleanupRequest(dpy, queueInfo, selection);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
void XtCancelSelectionRequest(
Widget widget,
Atom selection)
{
QueuedRequestInfo queueInfo;
Window window = XtWindow(widget);
Display *dpy = XtDisplay(widget);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (multipleContext == 0) multipleContext = XUniqueContext();
queueInfo = NULL;
(void) XFindContext(dpy, window, multipleContext, (XPointer*) &queueInfo);
/* If there is one, then cancel it */
if (queueInfo != NULL)
CleanupRequest(dpy, queueInfo, selection);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
/* Parameter utilities */
/* Parameters on a selection request */
/* Places data on allocated parameter atom, then records the
parameter atom data for use in the next call to one of
the XtGetSelectionValue functions. */
void XtSetSelectionParameters(
Widget requestor,
Atom selection,
Atom type,
XtPointer value,
unsigned long length,
int format)
{
Display *dpy = XtDisplay(requestor);
Window window = XtWindow(requestor);
Atom property = GetParamInfo(requestor, selection);
if (property == None) {
property = GetSelectionProperty(dpy);
AddParamInfo(requestor, selection, property);
}
XChangeProperty(dpy, window, property,
type, format, PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *) value, length);
}
/* Retrieves data passed in a parameter. Data for this is stored
on the originator's window */
void XtGetSelectionParameters(
Widget owner,
Atom selection,
XtRequestId request_id,
Atom* type_return,
XtPointer* value_return,
unsigned long* length_return,
int* format_return)
{
Request req;
Display *dpy = XtDisplay(owner);
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(owner);
*value_return = NULL;
*length_return = *format_return = 0;
*type_return = None;
LOCK_APP(app);
req = GetRequestRecord(owner, selection, request_id);
if (req && req->property) {
unsigned long bytes_after; /* unused */
StartProtectedSection(dpy, req->requestor);
XGetWindowProperty(dpy, req->requestor, req->property, 0L, 10000000,
False, AnyPropertyType, type_return, format_return,
length_return, &bytes_after,
(unsigned char**) value_return);
EndProtectedSection(dpy);
#ifdef XT_COPY_SELECTION
if (*value_return) {
int size = BYTELENGTH(*length_return, *format_return) + 1;
char *tmp = __XtMalloc((Cardinal) size);
(void) memmove(tmp, *value_return, size);
XFree(*value_return);
*value_return = tmp;
}
#endif
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
/* Parameters are temporarily stashed in an XContext. A list is used because
* there may be more than one selection request in progress. The context
* data is deleted when the list is empty. In the future, the parameter
* context could be merged with other contexts used during selections.
*/
static void AddParamInfo(
Widget w,
Atom selection,
Atom param_atom)
{
int n;
Param p;
ParamInfo pinfo;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (paramPropertyContext == 0)
paramPropertyContext = XUniqueContext();
if (XFindContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext,
(XPointer *) &pinfo)) {
pinfo = (ParamInfo) __XtMalloc(sizeof(ParamInfoRec));
pinfo->count = 1;
pinfo->paramlist = XtNew(ParamRec);
p = pinfo->paramlist;
(void) XSaveContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext,
(char *)pinfo);
}
else {
for (n = pinfo->count, p = pinfo->paramlist; n; n--, p++) {
if (p->selection == None || p->selection == selection)
break;
}
if (n == 0) {
pinfo->count++;
pinfo->paramlist = (Param)
XtRealloc((char*) pinfo->paramlist,
pinfo->count * sizeof(ParamRec));
p = &pinfo->paramlist[pinfo->count - 1];
(void) XSaveContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w),
paramPropertyContext, (char *)pinfo);
}
}
p->selection = selection;
p->param = param_atom;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static void RemoveParamInfo(
Widget w,
Atom selection)
{
int n;
Param p;
ParamInfo pinfo;
Boolean retain = False;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (paramPropertyContext
&& (XFindContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext,
(XPointer *) &pinfo) == 0)) {
/* Find and invalidate the parameter data. */
for (n = pinfo->count, p = pinfo->paramlist; n; n--, p++) {
if (p->selection != None) {
if (p->selection == selection)
p->selection = None;
else
retain = True;
}
}
/* If there's no valid data remaining, release the context entry. */
if (! retain) {
XtFree((char*) pinfo->paramlist);
XtFree((char*) pinfo);
XDeleteContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext);
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static Atom GetParamInfo(
Widget w,
Atom selection)
{
int n;
Param p;
ParamInfo pinfo;
Atom atom = None;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (paramPropertyContext
&& (XFindContext(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), paramPropertyContext,
(XPointer *) &pinfo) == 0)) {
for (n = pinfo->count, p = pinfo->paramlist; n; n--, p++)
if (p->selection == selection) {
atom = p->param;
break;
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return atom;
}
osure = closures[i];
newreq->incremental = incrementals[i];
req[start] = newreq;
start++;
i++;
j++;
if (j > num_cb) j = 0;
}
qi->requests = req;
} else {
/* Impossible */
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
/* Only call IsGatheringRequest when we have a lock already */
static Boolean IsGatheringRequest(
Widget wid,
Atom sel)
{
QueuedRequestInfo qi;
Window window = XtWindow(wid);
Display *dpy = XtDisplay(wid);
Boolean flibXt-1.1.5/src/Display.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000051224 12520610324 0015420 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
#include "ResConfigP.h"
#endif
#include
#ifdef XTHREADS
void (*_XtProcessLock)(void) = NULL;
void (*_XtProcessUnlock)(void) = NULL;
void (*_XtInitAppLock)(XtAppContext) = NULL;
#endif
static String XtNnoPerDisplay = "noPerDisplay";
ProcessContext _XtGetProcessContext(void)
{
static ProcessContextRec processContextRec = {
(XtAppContext)NULL,
(XtAppContext)NULL,
(ConverterTable)NULL,
{(XtLanguageProc)NULL, (XtPointer)NULL}
};
return &processContextRec;
}
XtAppContext _XtDefaultAppContext(void)
{
ProcessContext process = _XtGetProcessContext();
XtAppContext app;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (process->defaultAppContext == NULL) {
process->defaultAppContext = XtCreateApplicationContext();
}
app = process->defaultAppContext;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return app;
}
static void AddToAppContext(
Display *d,
XtAppContext app)
{
#define DISPLAYS_TO_ADD 4
if (app->count >= app->max) {
app->max += DISPLAYS_TO_ADD;
app->list = (Display **) XtRealloc((char *)app->list,
(unsigned) app->max * sizeof(Display *));
}
app->list[app->count++] = d;
app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
#ifndef USE_POLL
if (ConnectionNumber(d) + 1 > app->fds.nfds) {
app->fds.nfds = ConnectionNumber(d) + 1;
}
#else
app->fds.nfds++;
#endif
#undef DISPLAYS_TO_ADD
}
static void XtDeleteFromAppContext(
Display *d,
register XtAppContext app)
{
register int i;
for (i = 0; i < app->count; i++) if (app->list[i] == d) break;
if (i < app->count) {
if (i <= app->last && app->last > 0) app->last--;
for (i++; i < app->count; i++) app->list[i-1] = app->list[i];
app->count--;
}
app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
#ifndef USE_POLL
if ((ConnectionNumber(d) + 1) == app->fds.nfds)
app->fds.nfds--;
else /* Unnecessary, just to be fool-proof */
FD_CLR(ConnectionNumber(d), &app->fds.rmask);
#else
app->fds.nfds--;
#endif
}
static XtPerDisplay NewPerDisplay(
Display *dpy)
{
PerDisplayTablePtr pd;
pd = XtNew(PerDisplayTable);
LOCK_PROCESS;
pd->dpy = dpy;
pd->next = _XtperDisplayList;
_XtperDisplayList = pd;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return &(pd->perDpy);
}
static XtPerDisplay InitPerDisplay(
Display *dpy,
XtAppContext app,
_Xconst char * name,
_Xconst char * classname)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
AddToAppContext(dpy, app);
pd = NewPerDisplay(dpy);
_XtHeapInit(&pd->heap);
pd->destroy_callbacks = NULL;
pd->region = XCreateRegion();
pd->case_cvt = NULL;
pd->defaultKeycodeTranslator = XtTranslateKey;
pd->keysyms_serial = 0;
pd->keysyms = NULL;
XDisplayKeycodes(dpy, &pd->min_keycode, &pd->max_keycode);
pd->modKeysyms = NULL;
pd->modsToKeysyms = NULL;
pd->appContext = app;
pd->name = XrmStringToName(name);
pd->class = XrmStringToClass(classname);
pd->being_destroyed = False;
pd->GClist = NULL;
pd->pixmap_tab = NULL;
pd->language = NULL;
pd->rv = False;
pd->last_event.xany.serial = 0;
pd->last_timestamp = 0;
_XtAllocTMContext(pd);
pd->mapping_callbacks = NULL;
pd->pdi.grabList = NULL;
pd->pdi.trace = NULL;
pd->pdi.traceDepth = 0;
pd->pdi.traceMax = 0;
pd->pdi.focusWidget = NULL;
pd->pdi.activatingKey = 0;
pd->pdi.keyboard.grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
pd->pdi.pointer.grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
_XtAllocWWTable(pd);
pd->per_screen_db = (XrmDatabase *)__XtCalloc(ScreenCount(dpy),
sizeof(XrmDatabase));
pd->cmd_db = (XrmDatabase)NULL;
pd->server_db = (XrmDatabase)NULL;
pd->dispatcher_list = NULL;
pd->ext_select_list = NULL;
pd->ext_select_count = 0;
pd->hook_object = NULL;
#if 0
pd->hook_object = _XtCreate("hooks", "Hooks", hookObjectClass,
(Widget)NULL, (Screen*)DefaultScreenOfDisplay(dpy),
(ArgList)NULL, 0, (XtTypedArgList)NULL, 0,
(ConstraintWidgetClass)NULL);
#endif
#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
pd->rcm_init = XInternAtom (dpy, RCM_INIT, 0);
pd->rcm_data = XInternAtom (dpy, RCM_DATA, 0);
#endif
return pd;
}
Display *XtOpenDisplay(
XtAppContext app,
_Xconst char* displayName,
_Xconst char* applName,
_Xconst char* className,
XrmOptionDescRec *urlist,
Cardinal num_urs,
int *argc,
String *argv)
{
Display *d;
XrmDatabase db = NULL;
XtPerDisplay pd;
String language = NULL;
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
/* parse the command line for name, display, and/or language */
db = _XtPreparseCommandLine(urlist, num_urs, *argc, argv,
(String *)&applName,
(String *)(displayName ? NULL : &displayName),
(app->process->globalLangProcRec.proc ?
&language : NULL));
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
d = XOpenDisplay(displayName);
if (! applName && !(applName = getenv("RESOURCE_NAME"))) {
if (*argc > 0 && argv[0] && *argv[0]) {
#ifdef WIN32
char *ptr = strrchr(argv[0], '\\');
#else
char *ptr = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
#endif
if (ptr) applName = ++ptr;
else applName = argv[0];
} else
applName = "main";
}
if (d) {
pd = InitPerDisplay(d, app, applName, className);
pd->language = language;
_XtDisplayInitialize(d, pd, applName, urlist, num_urs, argc, argv);
} else {
int len;
displayName = XDisplayName(displayName);
len = strlen (displayName);
app->display_name_tried = (String) __XtMalloc (len + 1);
strncpy ((char*) app->display_name_tried, displayName, len + 1);
app->display_name_tried[len] = '\0';
}
if (db) XrmDestroyDatabase(db);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return d;
}
Display *
_XtAppInit(
XtAppContext * app_context_return,
String application_class,
XrmOptionDescRec *options,
Cardinal num_options,
int *argc_in_out,
String **argv_in_out,
String * fallback_resources)
{
String *saved_argv;
int i;
Display *dpy;
/*
* Save away argv and argc so we can set the properties later
*/
saved_argv = (String *)
__XtMalloc( (Cardinal)((*argc_in_out + 1) * sizeof(String)) );
for (i = 0 ; i < *argc_in_out ; i++) saved_argv[i] = (*argv_in_out)[i];
saved_argv[i] = NULL; /* NULL terminate that sucker. */
*app_context_return = XtCreateApplicationContext();
LOCK_APP((*app_context_return));
if (fallback_resources) /* save a procedure call */
XtAppSetFallbackResources(*app_context_return, fallback_resources);
dpy = XtOpenDisplay(*app_context_return, (String) NULL, NULL,
application_class,
options, num_options, argc_in_out, *argv_in_out);
if (!dpy) {
String param = (*app_context_return)->display_name_tried;
Cardinal param_count = 1;
XtErrorMsg("invalidDisplay","xtInitialize",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Can't open display: %s", ¶m, ¶m_count);
XtFree((char *) (*app_context_return)->display_name_tried);
}
*argv_in_out = saved_argv;
UNLOCK_APP((*app_context_return));
return dpy;
}
void
XtDisplayInitialize(
XtAppContext app,
Display *dpy,
_Xconst char* name,
_Xconst char* classname,
XrmOptionDescRec *urlist,
Cardinal num_urs,
int *argc,
String *argv
)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
XrmDatabase db = NULL;
LOCK_APP(app);
pd = InitPerDisplay(dpy, app, name, classname);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (app->process->globalLangProcRec.proc)
/* pre-parse the command line for the language resource */
db = _XtPreparseCommandLine(urlist, num_urs, *argc, argv, NULL, NULL,
&pd->language);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
_XtDisplayInitialize(dpy, pd, name, urlist, num_urs, argc, argv);
if (db) XrmDestroyDatabase(db);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext(void)
{
XtAppContext app = XtNew(XtAppStruct);
#ifdef XTHREADS
app->lock_info = NULL;
app->lock = NULL;
app->unlock = NULL;
app->yield_lock = NULL;
app->restore_lock = NULL;
app->free_lock = NULL;
#endif
INIT_APP_LOCK(app);
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
app->process = _XtGetProcessContext();
app->next = app->process->appContextList;
app->process->appContextList = app;
app->langProcRec.proc = app->process->globalLangProcRec.proc;
app->langProcRec.closure = app->process->globalLangProcRec.closure;
app->destroy_callbacks = NULL;
app->list = NULL;
app->count = app->max = app->last = 0;
app->timerQueue = NULL;
app->workQueue = NULL;
app->signalQueue = NULL;
app->input_list = NULL;
app->outstandingQueue = NULL;
app->errorDB = NULL;
_XtSetDefaultErrorHandlers(&app->errorMsgHandler,
&app->warningMsgHandler, &app->errorHandler,
&app->warningHandler);
app->action_table = NULL;
_XtSetDefaultSelectionTimeout(&app->selectionTimeout);
_XtSetDefaultConverterTable(&app->converterTable);
app->sync = app->being_destroyed = app->error_inited = FALSE;
app->in_phase2_destroy = NULL;
#ifndef USE_POLL
FD_ZERO(&app->fds.rmask);
FD_ZERO(&app->fds.wmask);
FD_ZERO(&app->fds.emask);
#endif
app->fds.nfds = 0;
app->input_count = app->input_max = 0;
_XtHeapInit(&app->heap);
app->fallback_resources = NULL;
_XtPopupInitialize(app);
app->action_hook_list = NULL;
app->block_hook_list = NULL;
app->destroy_list_size = app->destroy_count = app->dispatch_level = 0;
app->destroy_list = NULL;
#ifndef NO_IDENTIFY_WINDOWS
app->identify_windows = False;
#endif
app->free_bindings = NULL;
app->display_name_tried = NULL;
app->dpy_destroy_count = 0;
app->dpy_destroy_list = NULL;
app->exit_flag = FALSE;
app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return app;
}
void XtAppSetExitFlag (
XtAppContext app)
{
LOCK_APP(app);
app->exit_flag = TRUE;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
Boolean XtAppGetExitFlag (
XtAppContext app)
{
Boolean retval;
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = app->exit_flag;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
static void DestroyAppContext(XtAppContext app)
{
XtAppContext* prev_app;
prev_app = &app->process->appContextList;
while (app->count-- > 0) XtCloseDisplay(app->list[app->count]);
if (app->list != NULL) XtFree((char *)app->list);
_XtFreeConverterTable(app->converterTable);
_XtCacheFlushTag(app, (XtPointer)&app->heap);
_XtFreeActions(app->action_table);
if (app->destroy_callbacks != NULL) {
XtCallCallbackList((Widget) NULL,
(XtCallbackList)app->destroy_callbacks,
(XtPointer)app);
_XtRemoveAllCallbacks(&app->destroy_callbacks);
}
while (app->timerQueue) XtRemoveTimeOut((XtIntervalId)app->timerQueue);
while (app->workQueue) XtRemoveWorkProc((XtWorkProcId)app->workQueue);
while (app->signalQueue) XtRemoveSignal((XtSignalId)app->signalQueue);
if (app->input_list) _XtRemoveAllInputs(app);
XtFree((char*)app->destroy_list);
_XtHeapFree(&app->heap);
while (*prev_app != app) prev_app = &(*prev_app)->next;
*prev_app = app->next;
if (app->process->defaultAppContext == app)
app->process->defaultAppContext = NULL;
if (app->free_bindings) _XtDoFreeBindings (app);
FREE_APP_LOCK(app);
XtFree((char *)app);
}
static XtAppContext* appDestroyList = NULL;
int _XtAppDestroyCount = 0;
void XtDestroyApplicationContext(XtAppContext app)
{
LOCK_APP(app);
if (app->being_destroyed) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
if (_XtSafeToDestroy(app)) {
LOCK_PROCESS;
DestroyAppContext(app);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
} else {
app->being_destroyed = TRUE;
LOCK_PROCESS;
_XtAppDestroyCount++;
appDestroyList =
(XtAppContext *) XtRealloc((char *) appDestroyList,
(unsigned) (_XtAppDestroyCount * sizeof(XtAppContext)));
appDestroyList[_XtAppDestroyCount-1] = app;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
}
void _XtDestroyAppContexts(void)
{
int i,ii;
XtAppContext apps[8];
XtAppContext* pApps;
pApps = XtStackAlloc (sizeof (XtAppContext) * _XtAppDestroyCount, apps);
for (i = ii = 0; i < _XtAppDestroyCount; i++) {
if (_XtSafeToDestroy(appDestroyList[i]))
DestroyAppContext(appDestroyList[i]);
else
pApps[ii++] = appDestroyList[i];
}
_XtAppDestroyCount = ii;
if (_XtAppDestroyCount == 0) {
XtFree((char *) appDestroyList);
appDestroyList = NULL;
} else {
for (i = 0; i < ii; i++)
appDestroyList[i] = pApps[i];
}
XtStackFree ((XtPointer) pApps, apps);
}
XrmDatabase XtDatabase(Display *dpy)
{
XrmDatabase retval;
DPY_TO_APPCON(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = XrmGetDatabase(dpy);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
PerDisplayTablePtr _XtperDisplayList = NULL;
XtPerDisplay _XtSortPerDisplayList(Display *dpy)
{
register PerDisplayTablePtr pd, opd = NULL;
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (pd = _XtperDisplayList;
pd != NULL && pd->dpy != dpy;
pd = pd->next) {
opd = pd;
}
if (pd == NULL) {
XtErrorMsg(XtNnoPerDisplay, "getPerDisplay", XtCXtToolkitError,
"Couldn't find per display information",
(String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
}
if (pd != _XtperDisplayList) { /* move it to the front */
/* opd points to the previous one... */
opd->next = pd->next;
pd->next = _XtperDisplayList;
_XtperDisplayList = pd;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return &(pd->perDpy);
}
XtAppContext XtDisplayToApplicationContext(Display *dpy)
{
XtAppContext retval;
retval = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->appContext;
return retval;
}
static void CloseDisplay(Display *dpy)
{
register XtPerDisplay xtpd;
register PerDisplayTablePtr pd, opd = NULL;
XrmDatabase db;
int i;
XtDestroyWidget(XtHooksOfDisplay(dpy));
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (pd = _XtperDisplayList;
pd != NULL && pd->dpy != dpy;
pd = pd->next){
opd = pd;
}
if (pd == NULL) {
XtErrorMsg(XtNnoPerDisplay, "closeDisplay", XtCXtToolkitError,
"Couldn't find per display information",
(String *) NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
}
if (pd == _XtperDisplayList) _XtperDisplayList = pd->next;
else opd->next = pd->next;
xtpd = &(pd->perDpy);
if (xtpd != NULL) {
if (xtpd->destroy_callbacks != NULL) {
XtCallCallbackList((Widget) NULL,
(XtCallbackList)xtpd->destroy_callbacks,
(XtPointer)xtpd);
_XtRemoveAllCallbacks(&xtpd->destroy_callbacks);
}
if (xtpd->mapping_callbacks != NULL)
_XtRemoveAllCallbacks(&xtpd->mapping_callbacks);
XtDeleteFromAppContext(dpy, xtpd->appContext);
if (xtpd->keysyms)
XFree((char *) xtpd->keysyms);
XtFree((char *) xtpd->modKeysyms);
XtFree((char *) xtpd->modsToKeysyms);
xtpd->keysyms_per_keycode = 0;
xtpd->being_destroyed = FALSE;
xtpd->keysyms = NULL;
xtpd->modKeysyms = NULL;
xtpd->modsToKeysyms = NULL;
XDestroyRegion(xtpd->region);
_XtCacheFlushTag(xtpd->appContext, (XtPointer)&xtpd->heap);
_XtGClistFree(dpy, xtpd);
XtFree((char*)xtpd->pdi.trace);
_XtHeapFree(&xtpd->heap);
_XtFreeWWTable(xtpd);
xtpd->per_screen_db[DefaultScreen(dpy)] = (XrmDatabase)NULL;
for (i = ScreenCount(dpy); --i >= 0; ) {
db = xtpd->per_screen_db[i];
if (db)
XrmDestroyDatabase(db);
}
XtFree((char *)xtpd->per_screen_db);
if ((db = XrmGetDatabase(dpy)))
XrmDestroyDatabase(db);
if (xtpd->cmd_db)
XrmDestroyDatabase(xtpd->cmd_db);
if (xtpd->server_db)
XrmDestroyDatabase(xtpd->server_db);
XtFree(xtpd->language);
if (xtpd->dispatcher_list != NULL)
XtFree((char *) xtpd->dispatcher_list);
if (xtpd->ext_select_list != NULL)
XtFree((char *) xtpd->ext_select_list);
}
XtFree((char*)pd);
XrmSetDatabase(dpy, (XrmDatabase)NULL);
XCloseDisplay(dpy);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
void XtCloseDisplay(Display *dpy)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
XtAppContext app = XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
if (pd->being_destroyed) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
if (_XtSafeToDestroy(app)) CloseDisplay(dpy);
else {
pd->being_destroyed = TRUE;
app->dpy_destroy_count++;
app->dpy_destroy_list = (Display **)
XtRealloc((char *) app->dpy_destroy_list,
(unsigned) (app->dpy_destroy_count * sizeof(Display *)));
app->dpy_destroy_list[app->dpy_destroy_count-1] = dpy;
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void _XtCloseDisplays(XtAppContext app)
{
int i;
LOCK_APP(app);
for (i = 0; i < app->dpy_destroy_count; i++) {
CloseDisplay(app->dpy_destroy_list[i]);
}
app->dpy_destroy_count = 0;
XtFree((char *) app->dpy_destroy_list);
app->dpy_destroy_list = NULL;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
XtAppContext XtWidgetToApplicationContext(Widget w)
{
XtAppContext retval;
retval = _XtGetPerDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(w))->appContext;
return retval;
}
void XtGetApplicationNameAndClass(
Display *dpy,
String *name_return,
String *class_return)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy);
*name_return = XrmQuarkToString(pd->name);
*class_return = XrmQuarkToString(pd->class);
}
XtPerDisplay _XtGetPerDisplay (Display* display)
{
XtPerDisplay retval;
LOCK_PROCESS;
retval = ((_XtperDisplayList != NULL &&
_XtperDisplayList->dpy == display)
? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy
: _XtSortPerDisplayList(display));
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return retval;
}
XtPerDisplayInputRec* _XtGetPerDisplayInput(Display* display)
{
XtPerDisplayInputRec* retval;
LOCK_PROCESS;
retval = ((_XtperDisplayList != NULL &&
_XtperDisplayList->dpy == display)
? &_XtperDisplayList->perDpy.pdi
: &_XtSortPerDisplayList(display)->pdi);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return retval;
}
void XtGetDisplays(
XtAppContext app_context,
Display*** dpy_return,
Cardinal* num_dpy_return)
{
int ii;
LOCK_APP(app_context);
*num_dpy_return = app_context->count;
*dpy_return = (Display**)__XtMalloc(app_context->count * sizeof(Display*));
for (ii = 0; ii < app_context->count; ii++)
(*dpy_return)[ii] = app_context->list[ii];
UNLOCK_APP(app_context);
}
e, urlist, num_urs, argc, argv);
if (db) XrmDestroyDatabase(db);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
XtAppContext XtCreateApplicationContext(void)
{
XtAppContext app = XtNew(XtAppStruct);
#ifdef XTHREADS
app->lock_info = NULL;
app->lock = NULL;
app->unlock = NULL;
app->yield_lock = NULL;
app->restore_lock = NULL;
app->free_lock = NULL;
#endif
INIT_APP_LOCK(app);libXt-1.1.5/src/TMaction.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000070504 12520610324 0015533 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*LINTLIBRARY*/
/***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
/* TMaction.c -- maintains the state table of actions for the translation
* manager.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
#if defined(__STDC__) && !defined(NORCONST)
#define RConst const
#else
#define RConst /**/
#endif
static String XtNtranslationError = "translationError";
typedef struct _CompiledAction{
XrmQuark signature;
XtActionProc proc;
}CompiledAction, *CompiledActionTable;
#define GetClassActions(wc) \
((wc->core_class.actions) \
? (((TMClassCache)wc->core_class.actions)->actions) \
: NULL)
static CompiledActionTable CompileActionTable(
register RConst struct _XtActionsRec *actions,
register Cardinal count, /* may be 0 */
Boolean stat, /* if False, copy before compiling in place */
Boolean perm) /* if False, use XrmStringToQuark */
{
register CompiledActionTable cActions;
register int i;
CompiledAction hold;
CompiledActionTable cTableHold;
XrmQuark (*func)(_Xconst char*);
if (!count)
return (CompiledActionTable) NULL;
func = (perm ? XrmPermStringToQuark : XrmStringToQuark);
if (! stat) {
cTableHold = cActions = (CompiledActionTable)
__XtMalloc(count * sizeof(CompiledAction));
for (i=count; --i >= 0; cActions++, actions++) {
cActions->proc = actions->proc;
cActions->signature = (*func)(actions->string);
}
} else {
cTableHold = (CompiledActionTable) actions;
for (i=count; --i >= 0; actions++)
((CompiledActionTable) actions)->signature =
(*func)(actions->string);
}
cActions = cTableHold;
/* Insertion sort. Whatever sort is used, it must be stable. */
for (i=1; (Cardinal) i <= count - 1; i++) {
register Cardinal j;
hold = cActions[i];
j = i;
while (j && cActions[j-1].signature > hold.signature) {
cActions[j] = cActions[j-1];
j--;
}
cActions[j] = hold;
}
return cActions;
}
typedef struct _ActionListRec *ActionList;
typedef struct _ActionListRec {
ActionList next;
CompiledActionTable table;
TMShortCard count;
} ActionListRec;
static void ReportUnboundActions(
XtTranslations xlations,
TMBindData bindData)
{
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
Cardinal num_unbound = 0;
Cardinal num_params = 1;
char* message;
char messagebuf[1000];
String params[1];
register Cardinal num_chars = 0;
register Cardinal i, j;
XtActionProc *procs;
for (i=0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++) {
if (bindData->simple.isComplex)
procs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
else
procs = TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
for (j=0; j < stateTree->numQuarks; j++) {
if (procs[j] == NULL) {
String s = XrmQuarkToString(stateTree->quarkTbl[j]);
if (num_unbound != 0)
num_chars += 2;
num_chars += strlen(s);
num_unbound++;
}
}
}
if (num_unbound == 0)
return;
message = XtStackAlloc (num_chars + 1, messagebuf);
if (message != NULL) {
*message = '\0';
num_unbound = 0;
stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
for (i=0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++) {
if (bindData->simple.isComplex)
procs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
else
procs = TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, i)->procs;
stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
for (j=0; j < stateTree->numQuarks; j++) {
if (procs[j] == NULL) {
String s = XrmQuarkToString(stateTree->quarkTbl[j]);
if (num_unbound != 0)
(void) strcat(message, ", ");
(void) strcat(message, s);
num_unbound++;
}
}
}
message[num_chars] = '\0';
params[0] = message;
XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationError,"unboundActions",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Actions not found: %s",
params, &num_params);
XtStackFree (message, messagebuf);
}
}
static CompiledAction *SearchActionTable(
XrmQuark signature,
CompiledActionTable actionTable,
Cardinal numActions)
{
register int i, left, right;
left = 0;
right = numActions - 1;
while (left <= right) {
i = (left + right) >> 1;
if (signature < actionTable[i].signature)
right = i - 1;
else if (signature > actionTable[i].signature)
left = i + 1;
else {
while (i && actionTable[i - 1].signature == signature)
i--;
return &actionTable[i];
}
}
return (CompiledAction *) NULL;
}
static int BindActions(
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
XtActionProc *procs,
CompiledActionTable compiledActionTable,
TMShortCard numActions,
Cardinal *ndxP)
{
register int unbound = stateTree->numQuarks - *ndxP;
CompiledAction* action;
register Cardinal ndx;
register Boolean savedNdx = False;
for (ndx = *ndxP; ndx < stateTree->numQuarks; ndx++) {
if (procs[ndx] == NULL) {
/* attempt to bind it */
XrmQuark q = stateTree->quarkTbl[ndx];
action = SearchActionTable(q, compiledActionTable, numActions);
if (action) {
procs[ndx] = action->proc;
unbound--;
} else if (!savedNdx) {
*ndxP= ndx;
savedNdx = True;
}
} else {
/* already bound, leave it alone */
unbound--;
}
}
return unbound;
}
typedef struct _TMBindCacheStatusRec{
unsigned int boundInClass:1;
unsigned int boundInHierarchy:1;
unsigned int boundInContext:1;
unsigned int notFullyBound:1;
unsigned int refCount:28;
}TMBindCacheStatusRec, *TMBindCacheStatus;
typedef struct _TMBindCacheRec{
struct _TMBindCacheRec *next;
TMBindCacheStatusRec status;
TMStateTree stateTree;
#ifdef TRACE_TM
WidgetClass widgetClass;
#endif /* TRACE_TM */
XtActionProc procs[1]; /* variable length */
}TMBindCacheRec, *TMBindCache;
typedef struct _TMClassCacheRec {
CompiledActionTable actions;
TMBindCacheRec *bindCache;
}TMClassCacheRec, *TMClassCache;
#define IsPureClassBind(bc) \
(bc->status.boundInClass && \
!(bc->status.boundInHierarchy || \
bc->status.boundInContext || \
bc->status.notFullyBound))
#define GetClassCache(w) \
((TMClassCache)w->core.widget_class->core_class.actions)
static int BindProcs(
Widget widget,
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
XtActionProc *procs,
TMBindCacheStatus bindStatus)
{
register WidgetClass class;
register ActionList actionList;
int unbound = -1, newUnbound = -1;
Cardinal ndx = 0;
Widget w = widget;
LOCK_PROCESS;
do {
class = w->core.widget_class;
do {
if (class->core_class.actions != NULL)
unbound =
BindActions(stateTree,
procs,
GetClassActions(class),
class->core_class.num_actions,
&ndx);
class = class->core_class.superclass;
} while (unbound != 0 && class != NULL);
if (unbound < (int)stateTree->numQuarks)
bindStatus->boundInClass = True;
else
bindStatus->boundInClass = False;
if (newUnbound == -1)
newUnbound = unbound;
w = XtParent(w);
} while (unbound != 0 && w != NULL);
if (newUnbound > unbound)
bindStatus->boundInHierarchy = True;
else
bindStatus->boundInHierarchy = False;
if (unbound) {
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
newUnbound = unbound;
for (actionList = app->action_table;
unbound != 0 && actionList != NULL;
actionList = actionList->next) {
unbound = BindActions(stateTree,
procs,
actionList->table,
actionList->count,
&ndx);
}
if (newUnbound > unbound)
bindStatus->boundInContext = True;
else
bindStatus->boundInContext = False;
} else {
bindStatus->boundInContext = False;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return unbound;
}
static XtActionProc *TryBindCache(
Widget widget,
TMStateTree stateTree)
{
TMClassCache classCache;
LOCK_PROCESS;
classCache = GetClassCache(widget);
if (classCache == NULL)
{
WidgetClass wc = XtClass(widget);
wc->core_class.actions = (XtActionList)
_XtInitializeActionData(NULL, 0, True);
}
else
{
TMBindCache bindCache =
(TMBindCache)(classCache->bindCache);
for (; bindCache; bindCache = bindCache->next)
{
if (IsPureClassBind(bindCache) &&
(stateTree == bindCache->stateTree))
{
bindCache->status.refCount++;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return &bindCache->procs[0];
}
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return NULL;
}
/*
* The class record actions field will point to the bind cache header
* after this call is made out of coreClassPartInit.
*/
XtPointer _XtInitializeActionData(
register struct _XtActionsRec *actions,
register Cardinal count,
_XtBoolean inPlace)
{
TMClassCache classCache;
classCache = XtNew(TMClassCacheRec);
classCache->actions = CompileActionTable(actions, count, inPlace, True);
classCache->bindCache = NULL;
return (XtPointer)classCache;
}
#define TM_BIND_CACHE_REALLOC 2
static XtActionProc *EnterBindCache(
Widget w,
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree,
XtActionProc *procs,
TMBindCacheStatus bindStatus)
{
TMClassCache classCache;
TMBindCache* bindCachePtr;
TMShortCard procsSize;
TMBindCache bindCache;
LOCK_PROCESS;
classCache = GetClassCache(w);
bindCachePtr = &classCache->bindCache;
procsSize = stateTree->numQuarks * sizeof(XtActionProc);
for (bindCache = *bindCachePtr;
(*bindCachePtr);
bindCachePtr = &(*bindCachePtr)->next, bindCache = *bindCachePtr)
{
TMBindCacheStatus cacheStatus = &bindCache->status;
if ((bindStatus->boundInClass == cacheStatus->boundInClass) &&
(bindStatus->boundInHierarchy == cacheStatus->boundInHierarchy) &&
(bindStatus->boundInContext == cacheStatus->boundInContext) &&
(bindCache->stateTree == (TMStateTree)stateTree) &&
!XtMemcmp(&bindCache->procs[0], procs, procsSize))
{
bindCache->status.refCount++;
break;
}
}
if (*bindCachePtr == NULL)
{
*bindCachePtr =
bindCache = (TMBindCache)
__XtMalloc(sizeof(TMBindCacheRec) +
(procsSize - sizeof(XtActionProc)));
bindCache->next = NULL;
bindCache->status = *bindStatus;
bindCache->status.refCount = 1;
bindCache->stateTree = (TMStateTree)stateTree;
#ifdef TRACE_TM
bindCache->widgetClass = XtClass(w);
if (_XtGlobalTM.numBindCache == _XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTblSize)
{
_XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTblSize += 16;
_XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTbl = (TMBindCache *)
XtRealloc((char *)_XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTbl,
((_XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTblSize) *
sizeof(TMBindCache)));
}
_XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTbl[_XtGlobalTM.numBindCache++] = bindCache;
#endif /* TRACE_TM */
XtMemmove((XtPointer)&bindCache->procs[0],
(XtPointer)procs, procsSize);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return &bindCache->procs[0];
}
static void RemoveFromBindCache(
Widget w,
XtActionProc *procs)
{
TMClassCache classCache;
TMBindCache* bindCachePtr;
TMBindCache bindCache;
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext (w);
LOCK_PROCESS;
classCache = GetClassCache(w);
bindCachePtr = (TMBindCache *)&classCache->bindCache;
for (bindCache = *bindCachePtr;
*bindCachePtr;
bindCachePtr = &(*bindCachePtr)->next, bindCache = *bindCachePtr)
{
if (&bindCache->procs[0] == procs)
{
if (--bindCache->status.refCount == 0)
{
#ifdef TRACE_TM
TMShortCard j;
Boolean found = False;
TMBindCache *tbl = _XtGlobalTM.bindCacheTbl;
for (j = 0; j < _XtGlobalTM.numBindCache; j++) {
if (found)
tbl[j-1] = tbl[j];
if (tbl[j] == bindCache)
found = True;
}
if (!found)
XtWarning("where's the action ??? ");
else
_XtGlobalTM.numBindCache--;
#endif /* TRACE_TM */
*bindCachePtr = bindCache->next;
bindCache->next = app->free_bindings;
app->free_bindings = bindCache;
}
break;
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static void RemoveAccelerators(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure, XtPointer data)
{
Widget destination = (Widget)closure;
TMComplexBindProcs bindProcs;
XtTranslations stackXlations[16];
XtTranslations *xlationsList, destXlations;
TMShortCard i, numXlations = 0;
if ((destXlations = destination->core.tm.translations) == NULL) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
XtNtranslationError,"nullTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Can't remove accelerators from NULL table",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return;
}
xlationsList = (XtTranslations *)
XtStackAlloc((destXlations->numStateTrees * sizeof(XtTranslations)),
stackXlations);
for (i = 0, bindProcs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(destination->core.tm.proc_table, i);
i < destXlations->numStateTrees;
i++, bindProcs++) {
if (bindProcs->widget == widget) {
/*
* if it's being destroyed don't do all the work
*/
if (destination->core.being_destroyed) {
bindProcs->procs = NULL;
}
else
xlationsList[numXlations] = bindProcs->aXlations;
numXlations++;
}
}
if (numXlations == 0)
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
XtNtranslationError,"nullTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Tried to remove nonexistent accelerators",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
else {
if (!destination->core.being_destroyed)
for (i = 0; i < numXlations; i++)
_XtUnmergeTranslations(destination, xlationsList[i]);
}
XtStackFree((char *)xlationsList, stackXlations);
}
void _XtBindActions(
Widget widget,
XtTM tm)
{
XtTranslations xlations = tm->translations;
TMSimpleStateTree stateTree;
int globalUnbound = 0;
Cardinal i;
TMBindData bindData = (TMBindData)tm->proc_table;
TMSimpleBindProcs simpleBindProcs = NULL;
TMComplexBindProcs complexBindProcs = NULL;
XtActionProc *newProcs;
Widget bindWidget;
if ((xlations == NULL) || widget->core.being_destroyed)
return;
stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[0];
for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++)
{
stateTree = (TMSimpleStateTree)xlations->stateTreeTbl[i];
if (bindData->simple.isComplex) {
complexBindProcs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, i);
if (complexBindProcs->widget) {
bindWidget = complexBindProcs->widget;
if (bindWidget->core.destroy_callbacks != NULL)
_XtAddCallbackOnce((InternalCallbackList *)
&bindWidget->core.destroy_callbacks,
RemoveAccelerators,
(XtPointer)widget);
else
_XtAddCallback((InternalCallbackList *)
&bindWidget->core.destroy_callbacks,
RemoveAccelerators,
(XtPointer)widget);
}
else
bindWidget = widget;
}
else {
simpleBindProcs = TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData, i);
bindWidget = widget;
}
if ((newProcs =
TryBindCache(bindWidget,(TMStateTree)stateTree)) == NULL)
{
XtActionProc *procs, stackProcs[256];
int localUnbound;
TMBindCacheStatusRec bcStatusRec;
procs = (XtActionProc *)
XtStackAlloc(stateTree->numQuarks * sizeof(XtActionProc),
stackProcs);
XtBZero((XtPointer)procs,
stateTree->numQuarks * sizeof(XtActionProc));
localUnbound = BindProcs(bindWidget,
stateTree,
procs,
&bcStatusRec);
if (localUnbound)
bcStatusRec.notFullyBound = True;
else
bcStatusRec.notFullyBound = False;
newProcs =
EnterBindCache(bindWidget,
stateTree,
procs,
&bcStatusRec);
XtStackFree((XtPointer)procs, (XtPointer)stackProcs);
globalUnbound += localUnbound;
}
if (bindData->simple.isComplex)
complexBindProcs->procs = newProcs;
else
simpleBindProcs->procs = newProcs;
}
if (globalUnbound)
ReportUnboundActions(xlations,
(TMBindData)tm->proc_table);
}
void _XtUnbindActions(
Widget widget,
XtTranslations xlations,
TMBindData bindData)
{
Cardinal i;
Widget bindWidget;
XtActionProc *procs;
if ((xlations == NULL) || !XtIsRealized(widget)) return;
for (i = 0; i < xlations->numStateTrees; i++) {
if (bindData->simple.isComplex) {
TMComplexBindProcs complexBindProcs;
complexBindProcs = TMGetComplexBindEntry(bindData, i);
if (complexBindProcs->widget) {
/*
* check for this being an accelerator binding whose
* source is gone ( set by RemoveAccelerators)
*/
if (complexBindProcs->procs == NULL)
continue;
XtRemoveCallback(complexBindProcs->widget,
XtNdestroyCallback,
RemoveAccelerators,
(XtPointer)widget);
bindWidget = complexBindProcs->widget;
}
else
bindWidget = widget;
procs = complexBindProcs->procs;
complexBindProcs->procs = NULL;
}
else {
TMSimpleBindProcs simpleBindProcs;
simpleBindProcs = TMGetSimpleBindEntry(bindData,i);
procs = simpleBindProcs->procs;
simpleBindProcs->procs = NULL;
bindWidget = widget;
}
RemoveFromBindCache(bindWidget, procs);
}
}
#ifdef notdef
void _XtRemoveBindProcsByIndex(
Widget w,
TMBindData bindData,
TMShortCard ndx)
{
TMShortCard i = ndx;
TMBindProcs bindProcs = (TMBindProcs)&bindData->bindTbl[0];
RemoveFromBindCache(bindProcs->widget ? bindProcs->widget : w,
bindProcs[i].procs);
for (; i < bindData->bindTblSize; i++)
bindProcs[i] = bindProcs[i+1];
}
#endif /* notdef */
/*
* used to free all copied action tables, called from DestroyAppContext
*/
void _XtFreeActions(
ActionList actions)
{
ActionList curr, next;
for (curr = actions; curr;) {
next = curr->next;
XtFree((char *)curr->table);
XtFree((char *)curr);
curr = next;
}
}
void XtAddActions(
XtActionList actions,
Cardinal num_actions)
{
XtAppAddActions(_XtDefaultAppContext(), actions, num_actions);
}
void XtAppAddActions(
XtAppContext app,
XtActionList actions,
Cardinal num_actions)
{
register ActionList rec;
LOCK_APP(app);
rec = XtNew(ActionListRec);
rec->next = app->action_table;
app->action_table = rec;
rec->table = CompileActionTable(actions, num_actions, False, False);
rec->count = num_actions;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void XtGetActionList(
WidgetClass widget_class,
XtActionList* actions_return,
Cardinal* num_actions_return)
{
XtActionList list;
CompiledActionTable table;
int i;
*actions_return = NULL;
*num_actions_return = 0;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (! widget_class->core_class.class_inited) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return;
}
if (! (widget_class->core_class.class_inited & WidgetClassFlag)) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return;
}
*num_actions_return = widget_class->core_class.num_actions;
if (*num_actions_return) {
list = *actions_return = (XtActionList)
__XtMalloc(*num_actions_return * sizeof(XtActionsRec));
table = GetClassActions(widget_class);
if (table != NULL) {
for (i= (*num_actions_return); --i >= 0; list++, table++) {
list->string = XrmQuarkToString(table->signature);
list->proc = table->proc;
}
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
/***********************************************************************
*
* Pop-up and Grab stuff
*
***********************************************************************/
static Widget _XtFindPopup(
Widget widget,
String name)
{
register Cardinal i;
register XrmQuark q;
register Widget w;
q = XrmStringToQuark(name);
for (w=widget; w != NULL; w=w->core.parent)
for (i=0; icore.num_popups; i++)
if (w->core.popup_list[i]->core.xrm_name == q)
return w->core.popup_list[i];
return NULL;
}
void XtMenuPopupAction(
Widget widget,
XEvent *event,
String *params,
Cardinal *num_params)
{
Boolean spring_loaded;
register Widget popup_shell;
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
if (*num_params != 1) {
XtAppWarningMsg(app,
"invalidParameters","xtMenuPopupAction",XtCXtToolkitError,
"MenuPopup wants exactly one argument",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
if (event->type == ButtonPress)
spring_loaded = True;
else if (event->type == KeyPress || event->type == EnterNotify)
spring_loaded = False;
else {
XtAppWarningMsg(app,
"invalidPopup","unsupportedOperation",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Pop-up menu creation is only supported on ButtonPress, KeyPress or EnterNotify events.",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
popup_shell = _XtFindPopup(widget, params[0]);
if (popup_shell == NULL) {
XtAppWarningMsg(app,
"invalidPopup","xtMenuPopup",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Can't find popup widget \"%s\" in XtMenuPopup",
params, num_params);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
if (spring_loaded) _XtPopup(popup_shell, XtGrabExclusive, TRUE);
else _XtPopup(popup_shell, XtGrabNonexclusive, FALSE);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void _XtMenuPopdownAction(
Widget widget,
XEvent *event,
String *params,
Cardinal *num_params)
{
Widget popup_shell;
if (*num_params == 0) {
XtPopdown(widget);
} else if (*num_params == 1) {
popup_shell = _XtFindPopup(widget, params[0]);
if (popup_shell == NULL) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"invalidPopup","xtMenuPopdown",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Can't find popup widget \"%s\" in XtMenuPopdown",
params, num_params);
return;
}
XtPopdown(popup_shell);
} else {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"invalidParameters","xtMenuPopdown",XtCXtToolkitError,
"XtMenuPopdown called with num_params != 0 or 1",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
}
}
static XtActionsRec RConst tmActions[] = {
{"XtMenuPopup", XtMenuPopupAction},
{"XtMenuPopdown", _XtMenuPopdownAction},
{"MenuPopup", XtMenuPopupAction}, /* old & obsolete */
{"MenuPopdown", _XtMenuPopdownAction}, /* ditto */
#ifndef NO_MIT_HACKS
{"XtDisplayTranslations", _XtDisplayTranslations},
{"XtDisplayAccelerators", _XtDisplayAccelerators},
{"XtDisplayInstalledAccelerators", _XtDisplayInstalledAccelerators},
#endif
};
void _XtPopupInitialize(
XtAppContext app)
{
register ActionList rec;
/*
* The _XtGlobalTM.newMatchSemantics flag determines whether
* we support old or new matching
* behavior. This is mainly an issue of whether subsequent lhs will
* get pushed up in the match table if a lhs containing thier initial
* sequence has already been encountered. Currently inited to False;
*/
#ifdef NEW_TM
_XtGlobalTM.newMatchSemantics = True;
#else
_XtGlobalTM.newMatchSemantics = False;
#endif
rec = XtNew(ActionListRec);
rec->next = app->action_table;
app->action_table = rec;
LOCK_PROCESS;
rec->table = CompileActionTable(tmActions, XtNumber(tmActions), False,
True);
rec->count = XtNumber(tmActions);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
_XtGrabInitialize(app);
}
void XtCallActionProc(
Widget widget,
_Xconst char* action,
XEvent *event,
String *params,
Cardinal num_params)
{
CompiledAction* actionP;
XrmQuark q = XrmStringToQuark(action);
Widget w = widget;
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
ActionList actionList;
Cardinal i;
LOCK_APP(app);
XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass,
"XtCallActionProc first argument is not a subclass of Core");
LOCK_PROCESS;
do {
WidgetClass class = XtClass(w);
do {
if ((actionP = GetClassActions(class)) != NULL)
for (i = 0;
i < class->core_class.num_actions;
i++, actionP++) {
if (actionP->signature == q) {
ActionHook hook = app->action_hook_list;
while (hook != NULL) {
(*hook->proc)( widget,
hook->closure,
(String)action,
event,
params,
&num_params
);
hook= hook->next;
}
(*(actionP->proc))
(widget, event, params, &num_params);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
}
class = class->core_class.superclass;
} while (class != NULL);
w = XtParent(w);
} while (w != NULL);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
for (actionList = app->action_table;
actionList != NULL;
actionList = actionList->next) {
for (i = 0, actionP = actionList->table;
i < actionList->count;
i++, actionP++) {
if (actionP->signature == q) {
ActionHook hook = app->action_hook_list;
while (hook != NULL) {
(*hook->proc)( widget,
hook->closure,
(String)action,
event,
params,
&num_params
);
hook= hook->next;
}
(*(actionP->proc))
(widget, event, params, &num_params);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
}
}
{
String params[2];
Cardinal num_params = 2;
params[0] = (String)action;
params[1] = XtName(widget);
XtAppWarningMsg(app,
"noActionProc", "xtCallActionProc", XtCXtToolkitError,
"No action proc named \"%s\" is registered for widget \"%s\"",
params, &num_params
);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void _XtDoFreeBindings(
XtAppContext app)
{
TMBindCache bcp;
while (app->free_bindings) {
bcp = app->free_bindings->next;
XtFree ((char *) app->free_bindings);
app->free_bindings = bcp;
}
}
arks * sizeof(XtActionProc),
stackProcs);
XtBZero((XtPointer)procs,
stateTree->numQuarks * sizeof(XtActionProc));
localUnbound = BindProcs(bindWidget,
stateTree,
libXt-1.1.5/src/RectObj.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000015164 12520610324 0015346 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
#include "CreateI.h"
/******************************************************************
*
* Rectangle Object Resources
*
******************************************************************/
static void XtCopyAncestorSensitive(Widget, int, XrmValue *);
static XtResource resources[] = {
{XtNancestorSensitive, XtCSensitive, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.ancestor_sensitive),XtRCallProc,
(XtPointer)XtCopyAncestorSensitive},
{XtNx, XtCPosition, XtRPosition, sizeof(Position),
XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.x), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
{XtNy, XtCPosition, XtRPosition, sizeof(Position),
XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.y), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
{XtNwidth, XtCWidth, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.width), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
{XtNheight, XtCHeight, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.height), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
{XtNborderWidth, XtCBorderWidth, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.border_width), XtRImmediate,
(XtPointer)1},
{XtNsensitive, XtCSensitive, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
XtOffsetOf(RectObjRec,rectangle.sensitive), XtRImmediate,
(XtPointer)True}
};
static void RectClassPartInitialize(WidgetClass);
static void RectSetValuesAlmost(Widget, Widget, XtWidgetGeometry *, XtWidgetGeometry *);
externaldef(rectobjclassrec) RectObjClassRec rectObjClassRec = {
{
/* superclass */ (WidgetClass)&objectClassRec,
/* class_name */ "Rect",
/* widget_size */ sizeof(RectObjRec),
/* class_initialize */ NULL,
/* class_part_initialize*/ RectClassPartInitialize,
/* class_inited */ FALSE,
/* initialize */ NULL,
/* initialize_hook */ NULL,
/* realize */ NULL,
/* actions */ NULL,
/* num_actions */ 0,
/* resources */ resources,
/* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
/* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
/* compress_motion */ FALSE,
/* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
/* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
/* visible_interest */ FALSE,
/* destroy */ NULL,
/* resize */ NULL,
/* expose */ NULL,
/* set_values */ NULL,
/* set_values_hook */ NULL,
/* set_values_almost */ RectSetValuesAlmost,
/* get_values_hook */ NULL,
/* accept_focus */ NULL,
/* version */ XtVersion,
/* callback_offsets */ NULL,
/* tm_table */ NULL,
/* query_geometry */ NULL,
/* display_accelerator */ NULL,
/* extension */ NULL
}
};
externaldef(rectObjClass)
WidgetClass rectObjClass = (WidgetClass)&rectObjClassRec;
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void XtCopyAncestorSensitive(
Widget widget,
int offset,
XrmValue *value)
{
static Boolean sensitive;
Widget parent = widget->core.parent;
sensitive = (parent->core.ancestor_sensitive & parent->core.sensitive);
value->addr = (XPointer)(&sensitive);
}
/*
* Start of rectangle object methods
*/
static void RectClassPartInitialize(
register WidgetClass wc)
{
register RectObjClass roc = (RectObjClass)wc;
register RectObjClass super = ((RectObjClass)roc->rect_class.superclass);
/* We don't need to check for null super since we'll get to object
eventually, and it had better define them! */
if (roc->rect_class.resize == XtInheritResize) {
roc->rect_class.resize = super->rect_class.resize;
}
if (roc->rect_class.expose == XtInheritExpose) {
roc->rect_class.expose = super->rect_class.expose;
}
if (roc->rect_class.set_values_almost == XtInheritSetValuesAlmost) {
roc->rect_class.set_values_almost = super->rect_class.set_values_almost;
}
if (roc->rect_class.query_geometry == XtInheritQueryGeometry) {
roc->rect_class.query_geometry = super->rect_class.query_geometry;
}
}
/*
* Why there isn't an Initialize Method:
*
* Initialization of the RectObj non-Resource field is done by the
* intrinsics in _XtCreateWidget in order that the field is initialized
* for use by converters during instance resource resolution.
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void RectSetValuesAlmost(
Widget old,
Widget new,
XtWidgetGeometry *request,
XtWidgetGeometry *reply)
{
*request = *reply;
}
libXt-1.1.5/src/Functions.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000013111 12520610324 0015754 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include
#include
/*
* This file defines functional equivalents to all macros defined
* in Intrinsic.h
*
*/
#undef XtIsRectObj
Boolean XtIsRectObj(Widget object)
{
return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x02);
}
#undef XtIsWidget
Boolean XtIsWidget(Widget object)
{
return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x04);
}
#undef XtIsComposite
Boolean XtIsComposite(Widget object)
{
return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x08);
}
#undef XtIsConstraint
Boolean XtIsConstraint(Widget object)
{
return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x10);
}
#undef XtIsShell
Boolean XtIsShell(Widget object)
{
return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x20);
}
#undef XtIsOverrideShell
Boolean XtIsOverrideShell(Widget object)
{
return _XtIsSubclassOf(object, (WidgetClass)overrideShellWidgetClass,
(WidgetClass)shellWidgetClass, 0x20);
}
#undef XtIsWMShell
Boolean XtIsWMShell(Widget object)
{
return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x40);
}
#undef XtIsVendorShell
Boolean XtIsVendorShell(Widget object)
{
Boolean retval;
LOCK_PROCESS;
retval = _XtIsSubclassOf(object,
#ifdef notdef
/*
* We don't refer to vendorShell directly, because some shared libraries
* bind local references tightly.
*/
(WidgetClass)vendorShellWidgetClass,
#endif
transientShellWidgetClass->core_class.superclass,
(WidgetClass)wmShellWidgetClass, 0x40);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return retval;
}
#undef XtIsTransientShell
Boolean XtIsTransientShell(Widget object)
{
return _XtIsSubclassOf(object, (WidgetClass)transientShellWidgetClass,
(WidgetClass)wmShellWidgetClass, 0x40);
}
#undef XtIsTopLevelShell
Boolean XtIsTopLevelShell(Widget object)
{
return _XtCheckSubclassFlag(object, 0x80);
}
#undef XtIsApplicationShell
Boolean XtIsApplicationShell(Widget object)
{
return _XtIsSubclassOf(object, (WidgetClass)applicationShellWidgetClass,
(WidgetClass)topLevelShellWidgetClass, 0x80);
}
#undef XtIsSessionShell
Boolean XtIsSessionShell(Widget object)
{
return _XtIsSubclassOf(object, (WidgetClass)sessionShellWidgetClass,
(WidgetClass)topLevelShellWidgetClass, 0x80);
}
#undef XtMapWidget
void XtMapWidget(Widget w)
{
Widget hookobj;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w);
LOCK_APP(app);
XMapWindow(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w));
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(w));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHmapWidget;
call_data.widget = w;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
#undef XtUnmapWidget
void XtUnmapWidget(Widget w)
{
Widget hookobj;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(w);
LOCK_APP(app);
XUnmapWindow(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w));
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(w));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHunmapWidget;
call_data.widget = w;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
#undef XtNewString
String XtNewString(String str)
{
if (str == NULL)
return NULL;
else
return strcpy(__XtMalloc((unsigned)strlen(str) + 1), str);
}
libXt-1.1.5/src/Vendor.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012016 12520610324 0015244 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/* Make sure all wm properties can make it out of the resource manager */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
#include "Shell.h"
#include "ShellP.h"
#include "Vendor.h"
#include "VendorP.h"
#include
/***************************************************************************
*
* Vendor shell class record
*
***************************************************************************/
#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__)
/* to fix the EditRes problem because of wrong linker semantics */
extern WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass;
int __stdcall
DllMain(unsigned long mod_handle, unsigned long flag, void *routine)
{
switch (flag)
{
case 1: /* DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH - process attach */
vendorShellWidgetClass = (WidgetClass)(&vendorShellClassRec);
break;
case 0: /* DLL_PROCESS_DETACH - process detach */
break;
}
return 1;
}
#endif
externaldef(vendorshellclassrec) VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec = {
{
/* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &wmShellClassRec,
/* class_name */ "VendorShell",
/* size */ sizeof(VendorShellRec),
/* Class Initializer */ NULL,
/* class_part_initialize*/ NULL,
/* Class init'ed ? */ FALSE,
/* initialize */ NULL,
/* initialize_notify */ NULL,
/* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
/* actions */ NULL,
/* num_actions */ 0,
/* resources */ NULL,
/* resource_count */ 0,
/* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
/* compress_motion */ FALSE,
/* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
/* compress_enterleave*/ FALSE,
/* visible_interest */ FALSE,
/* destroy */ NULL,
/* resize */ XtInheritResize,
/* expose */ NULL,
/* set_values */ NULL,
/* set_values_hook */ NULL,
/* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
/* get_values_hook */ NULL,
/* accept_focus */ NULL,
/* intrinsics version */ XtVersion,
/* callback offsets */ NULL,
/* tm_table */ NULL,
/* query_geometry */ NULL,
/* display_accelerator */ NULL,
/* extension */ NULL
},{
/* geometry_manager */ XtInheritGeometryManager,
/* change_managed */ XtInheritChangeManaged,
/* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
/* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
/* extension */ NULL
},{
/* extension */ NULL
},{
/* extension */ NULL
},{
/* extension */ NULL
}
};
#if !defined(AIXSHLIB) || !defined(SHAREDCODE)
externaldef(vendorshellwidgetclass) WidgetClass vendorShellWidgetClass =
(WidgetClass) (&vendorShellClassRec);
#endif
ware.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name olibXt-1.1.5/src/PassivGrab.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000070037 12520610324 0016057 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
/********************************************************
Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989,1990 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of
Hewlett-Packard or Digital not be used in advertising or
publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
********************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
#include "PassivGraI.h"
/* typedef unsigned long Mask; */
#define BITMASK(i) (((Mask)1) << ((i) & 31))
#define MASKIDX(i) ((i) >> 5)
#define MASKWORD(buf, i) buf[MASKIDX(i)]
#define BITSET(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) |= BITMASK(i)
#define BITCLEAR(buf, i) MASKWORD(buf, i) &= ~BITMASK(i)
#define GETBIT(buf, i) (MASKWORD(buf, i) & BITMASK(i))
#define MasksPerDetailMask 8
#define pDisplay(grabPtr) (((grabPtr)->widget)->core.screen->display)
#define pWindow(grabPtr) (((grabPtr)->widget)->core.window)
/***************************************************************************/
/*********************** Internal Support Routines *************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/*
* Turn off (clear) the bit in the specified detail mask which is associated
* with the detail.
*/
static void DeleteDetailFromMask(
Mask **ppDetailMask,
unsigned short detail)
{
Mask *pDetailMask = *ppDetailMask;
if (!pDetailMask) {
int i;
pDetailMask = (Mask *)__XtMalloc(sizeof(Mask) * MasksPerDetailMask);
for (i = MasksPerDetailMask; --i >= 0; )
pDetailMask[i] = ~0;
*ppDetailMask = pDetailMask;
}
BITCLEAR((pDetailMask), detail);
}
/*
* Make an exact copy of the specified detail mask.
*/
static Mask *CopyDetailMask(
Mask *pOriginalDetailMask)
{
Mask *pTempMask;
int i;
if (!pOriginalDetailMask)
return NULL;
pTempMask = (Mask *)__XtMalloc(sizeof(Mask) * MasksPerDetailMask);
for ( i = 0; i < MasksPerDetailMask; i++)
pTempMask[i]= pOriginalDetailMask[i];
return pTempMask;
}
/*
* Allocate a new grab entry, and fill in all of the fields using the
* specified parameters.
*/
static XtServerGrabPtr CreateGrab(
Widget widget,
Boolean ownerEvents,
Modifiers modifiers,
KeyCode keybut,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Mask event_mask,
Window confine_to,
Cursor cursor,
Boolean need_ext)
{
XtServerGrabPtr grab;
if (confine_to || cursor)
need_ext = True;
grab = (XtServerGrabPtr)__XtMalloc(sizeof(XtServerGrabRec) +
(need_ext ? sizeof(XtServerGrabExtRec)
: 0));
grab->next = NULL;
grab->widget = widget;
grab->ownerEvents = ownerEvents;
grab->pointerMode = pointer_mode;
grab->keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;
grab->eventMask = event_mask;
grab->hasExt = need_ext;
grab->confineToIsWidgetWin = (XtWindow (widget) == confine_to);
grab->modifiers = modifiers;
grab->keybut = keybut;
if (need_ext) {
XtServerGrabExtPtr ext = GRABEXT(grab);
ext->pModifiersMask = NULL;
ext->pKeyButMask = NULL;
ext->confineTo = confine_to;
ext->cursor = cursor;
}
return grab;
}
/*
* Free up the space occupied by a grab entry.
*/
static void FreeGrab(
XtServerGrabPtr pGrab)
{
if (pGrab->hasExt) {
XtServerGrabExtPtr ext = GRABEXT(pGrab);
if (ext->pModifiersMask)
XtFree((char *)ext->pModifiersMask);
if (ext->pKeyButMask)
XtFree((char *)ext->pKeyButMask);
}
XtFree((char *)pGrab);
}
typedef struct _DetailRec {
unsigned short exact;
Mask *pMask;
} DetailRec, *DetailPtr;
/*
* If the first detail is set to 'exception' and the second detail
* is contained in the mask of the first, then TRUE is returned.
*/
static Bool IsInGrabMask(
register DetailPtr firstDetail,
register DetailPtr secondDetail,
unsigned short exception)
{
if (firstDetail->exact == exception) {
if (!firstDetail->pMask)
return TRUE;
/* (at present) never called with two non-null pMasks */
if (secondDetail->exact == exception)
return FALSE;
if (GETBIT(firstDetail->pMask, secondDetail->exact))
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
/*
* If neither of the details is set to 'exception', and they match
* exactly, then TRUE is returned.
*/
static Bool IdenticalExactDetails(
unsigned short firstExact,
unsigned short secondExact,
unsigned short exception)
{
if ((firstExact == exception) || (secondExact == exception))
return FALSE;
if (firstExact == secondExact)
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/*
* If the first detail is set to 'exception', and its mask has the bit
* enabled which corresponds to the second detail, OR if neither of the
* details is set to 'exception' and the details match exactly, then
* TRUE is returned.
*/
static Bool DetailSupersedesSecond(
register DetailPtr firstDetail,
register DetailPtr secondDetail,
unsigned short exception)
{
if (IsInGrabMask(firstDetail, secondDetail, exception))
return TRUE;
if (IdenticalExactDetails(firstDetail->exact, secondDetail->exact,
exception))
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/*
* If the two grab events match exactly, or if the first grab entry
* 'encompasses' the second grab entry, then TRUE is returned.
*/
static Bool GrabSupersedesSecond(
register XtServerGrabPtr pFirstGrab,
register XtServerGrabPtr pSecondGrab)
{
DetailRec first, second;
first.exact = pFirstGrab->modifiers;
if (pFirstGrab->hasExt)
first.pMask = GRABEXT(pFirstGrab)->pModifiersMask;
else
first.pMask = NULL;
second.exact = pSecondGrab->modifiers;
if (pSecondGrab->hasExt)
second.pMask = GRABEXT(pSecondGrab)->pModifiersMask;
else
second.pMask = NULL;
if (!DetailSupersedesSecond(&first, &second, (unsigned short)AnyModifier))
return FALSE;
first.exact = pFirstGrab->keybut;
if (pFirstGrab->hasExt)
first.pMask = GRABEXT(pFirstGrab)->pKeyButMask;
else
first.pMask = NULL;
second.exact = pSecondGrab->keybut;
if (pSecondGrab->hasExt)
second.pMask = GRABEXT(pSecondGrab)->pKeyButMask;
else
second.pMask = NULL;
if (DetailSupersedesSecond(&first, &second, (unsigned short)AnyKey))
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/*
* Two grabs are considered to be matching if either of the following are true:
*
* 1) The two grab entries match exactly, or the first grab entry
* encompasses the second grab entry.
* 2) The second grab entry encompasses the first grab entry.
* 3) The keycodes match exactly, and one entry's modifiers encompasses
* the others.
* 4) The keycode for one entry encompasses the other, and the detail
* for the other entry encompasses the first.
*/
static Bool GrabMatchesSecond(
register XtServerGrabPtr pFirstGrab,
register XtServerGrabPtr pSecondGrab)
{
DetailRec firstD, firstM, secondD, secondM;
if (pDisplay(pFirstGrab) != pDisplay(pSecondGrab))
return FALSE;
if (GrabSupersedesSecond(pFirstGrab, pSecondGrab))
return TRUE;
if (GrabSupersedesSecond(pSecondGrab, pFirstGrab))
return TRUE;
firstD.exact = pFirstGrab->keybut;
firstM.exact = pFirstGrab->modifiers;
if (pFirstGrab->hasExt) {
firstD.pMask = GRABEXT(pFirstGrab)->pKeyButMask;
firstM.pMask = GRABEXT(pFirstGrab)->pModifiersMask;
} else {
firstD.pMask = NULL;
firstM.pMask = NULL;
}
secondD.exact = pSecondGrab->keybut;
secondM.exact = pSecondGrab->modifiers;
if (pSecondGrab->hasExt) {
secondD.pMask = GRABEXT(pSecondGrab)->pKeyButMask;
secondM.pMask = GRABEXT(pSecondGrab)->pModifiersMask;
} else {
secondD.pMask = NULL;
secondM.pMask = NULL;
}
if (DetailSupersedesSecond(&secondD, &firstD, (unsigned short)AnyKey) &&
DetailSupersedesSecond(&firstM, &secondM, (unsigned short)AnyModifier))
return TRUE;
if (DetailSupersedesSecond(&firstD, &secondD, (unsigned short)AnyKey) &&
DetailSupersedesSecond(&secondM, &firstM, (unsigned short)AnyModifier))
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/*
* Delete a grab combination from the passive grab list. Each entry will
* be checked to see if it is affected by the grab being deleted. This
* may result in multiple entries being modified/deleted.
*/
static void DeleteServerGrabFromList(
XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr,
XtServerGrabPtr pMinuendGrab)
{
register XtServerGrabPtr *next;
register XtServerGrabPtr grab;
register XtServerGrabExtPtr ext;
for (next = passiveListPtr; (grab = *next); )
{
if (GrabMatchesSecond(grab, pMinuendGrab) &&
(pDisplay(grab) == pDisplay(pMinuendGrab)))
{
if (GrabSupersedesSecond(pMinuendGrab, grab))
{
/*
* The entry being deleted encompasses the list entry,
* so delete the list entry.
*/
*next = grab->next;
FreeGrab(grab);
continue;
}
if (!grab->hasExt) {
grab = (XtServerGrabPtr)
XtRealloc((char *)grab, (sizeof(XtServerGrabRec) +
sizeof(XtServerGrabExtRec)));
*next = grab;
grab->hasExt = True;
ext = GRABEXT(grab);
ext->pKeyButMask = NULL;
ext->pModifiersMask = NULL;
ext->confineTo = None;
ext->cursor = None;
} else
ext = GRABEXT(grab);
if ((grab->keybut == AnyKey) && (grab->modifiers != AnyModifier))
{
/*
* If the list entry has the key detail of AnyKey, and
* a modifier detail not set to AnyModifier, then we
* simply need to turn off the key detail bit in the
* list entry's key detail mask.
*/
DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pKeyButMask, pMinuendGrab->keybut);
} else if ((grab->modifiers == AnyModifier) &&
(grab->keybut != AnyKey)) {
/*
* The list entry has a specific key detail, but its
* modifier detail is set to AnyModifier; so, we only
* need to turn off the specified modifier combination
* in the list entry's modifier mask.
*/
DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pModifiersMask,
pMinuendGrab->modifiers);
} else if ((pMinuendGrab->keybut != AnyKey) &&
(pMinuendGrab->modifiers != AnyModifier)) {
/*
* The list entry has a key detail of AnyKey and a
* modifier detail of AnyModifier; the entry being
* deleted has a specific key and a specific modifier
* combination. Therefore, we need to mask off the
* keycode from the list entry, and also create a
* new entry for this keycode, which has a modifier
* mask set to AnyModifier & ~(deleted modifiers).
*/
XtServerGrabPtr pNewGrab;
DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pKeyButMask, pMinuendGrab->keybut);
pNewGrab = CreateGrab(grab->widget,
(Boolean)grab->ownerEvents,
(Modifiers)AnyModifier,
pMinuendGrab->keybut,
(int)grab->pointerMode,
(int)grab->keyboardMode,
(Mask)0, (Window)0, (Cursor)0, True);
GRABEXT(pNewGrab)->pModifiersMask =
CopyDetailMask(ext->pModifiersMask);
DeleteDetailFromMask(&GRABEXT(pNewGrab)->pModifiersMask,
pMinuendGrab->modifiers);
pNewGrab->next = *passiveListPtr;
*passiveListPtr = pNewGrab;
} else if (pMinuendGrab->keybut == AnyKey) {
/*
* The list entry has keycode AnyKey and modifier
* AnyModifier; the entry being deleted has
* keycode AnyKey and specific modifiers. So we
* simply need to mask off the specified modifier
* combination.
*/
DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pModifiersMask,
pMinuendGrab->modifiers);
} else {
/*
* The list entry has keycode AnyKey and modifier
* AnyModifier; the entry being deleted has a
* specific keycode and modifier AnyModifier. So
* we simply need to mask off the specified
* keycode.
*/
DeleteDetailFromMask(&ext->pKeyButMask, pMinuendGrab->keybut);
}
}
next = &(*next)->next;
}
}
static void DestroyPassiveList(
XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr)
{
XtServerGrabPtr next, grab;
for (next = *passiveListPtr; next; ) {
grab = next;
next = grab->next;
/* not necessary to explicitly ungrab key or button;
* window is being destroyed so server will take care of it.
*/
FreeGrab(grab);
}
}
/*
* This function is called at widget destroy time to clean up
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
void _XtDestroyServerGrabs(
Widget w,
XtPointer closure,
XtPointer call_data) /* unused */
{
XtPerWidgetInput pwi = (XtPerWidgetInput)closure;
XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
LOCK_PROCESS;
pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(w));
_XtClearAncestorCache(w);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
/* Remove the active grab, if necessary */
if ((pdi->keyboard.grabType != XtNoServerGrab) &&
(pdi->keyboard.grab.widget == w)) {
pdi->keyboard.grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
pdi->activatingKey = (KeyCode)0;
}
if ((pdi->pointer.grabType != XtNoServerGrab) &&
(pdi->pointer.grab.widget == w))
pdi->pointer.grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
DestroyPassiveList(&pwi->keyList);
DestroyPassiveList(&pwi->ptrList);
_XtFreePerWidgetInput(w, pwi);
}
/*
* If the incoming event is on the passive grab list, then activate
* the grab. The grab will remain in effect until the key is released.
*/
XtServerGrabPtr _XtCheckServerGrabsOnWidget (
XEvent *event,
Widget widget,
_XtBoolean isKeyboard)
{
register XtServerGrabPtr grab;
XtServerGrabRec tempGrab;
XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr;
XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
LOCK_PROCESS;
pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(widget, FALSE);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (!pwi)
return (XtServerGrabPtr)NULL;
if (isKeyboard)
passiveListPtr = &pwi->keyList;
else
passiveListPtr = &pwi->ptrList;
/*
* if either there is no entry in the context manager or the entry
* is empty, or the keyboard is grabed, then no work to be done
*/
if (!*passiveListPtr)
return (XtServerGrabPtr)NULL;
/* Take only the lower thirteen bits as modifier state. The X Keyboard
* Extension may be representing keyboard group state in two upper bits.
*/
tempGrab.widget = widget;
tempGrab.keybut = event->xkey.keycode; /* also xbutton.button */
tempGrab.modifiers = event->xkey.state & 0x1FFF; /*also xbutton.state*/
tempGrab.hasExt = False;
for (grab = *passiveListPtr; grab; grab = grab->next) {
if (GrabMatchesSecond(&tempGrab, grab))
return (grab);
}
return (XtServerGrabPtr)NULL;
}
/*
* This handler is needed to guarantee that we see releases on passive
* button grabs for widgets that haven't selected for button release.
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void ActiveHandler (
Widget widget,
XtPointer pdi,
XEvent *event,
Boolean *cont)
{
/* nothing */
}
/*
* MakeGrab
*/
static void MakeGrab(
XtServerGrabPtr grab,
XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr,
Boolean isKeyboard,
XtPerDisplayInput pdi,
XtPerWidgetInput pwi)
{
if (!isKeyboard && !pwi->active_handler_added) {
XtAddEventHandler(grab->widget, ButtonReleaseMask, FALSE,
ActiveHandler, (XtPointer)pdi);
pwi->active_handler_added = TRUE;
}
if (isKeyboard) {
XGrabKey(pDisplay(grab),
grab->keybut, grab->modifiers,
pWindow(grab), grab->ownerEvents,
grab->pointerMode, grab->keyboardMode);
} else {
Window confineTo = None;
Cursor cursor = None;
if (grab->hasExt) {
if (grab->confineToIsWidgetWin)
confineTo = XtWindow (grab->widget);
else
confineTo = GRABEXT(grab)->confineTo;
cursor = GRABEXT(grab)->cursor;
}
XGrabButton(pDisplay(grab),
grab->keybut, grab->modifiers,
pWindow(grab), grab->ownerEvents, grab->eventMask,
grab->pointerMode, grab->keyboardMode,
confineTo, cursor);
}
/* Add the new grab entry to the passive key grab list */
grab->next = *passiveListPtr;
*passiveListPtr = grab;
}
static void MakeGrabs(
XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr,
Boolean isKeyboard,
XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
{
XtServerGrabPtr next = *passiveListPtr;
XtServerGrabPtr grab;
XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
/*
* make MakeGrab build a new list that has had the merge
* processing done on it. Start with an empty list
* (passiveListPtr).
*/
LOCK_PROCESS;
*passiveListPtr = NULL;
while (next)
{
grab = next;
next = grab->next;
pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(grab->widget, FALSE);
MakeGrab(grab, passiveListPtr, isKeyboard, pdi, pwi);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
/*
* This function is the event handler attached to the associated widget
* when grabs need to be added, but the widget is not yet realized. When
* it is first mapped, this handler will be invoked, and it will add all
* needed grabs.
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void RealizeHandler (
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure,
XEvent *event, /* unused */
Boolean *cont) /* unused */
{
XtPerWidgetInput pwi = (XtPerWidgetInput)closure;
XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
LOCK_PROCESS;
pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
MakeGrabs(&pwi->keyList, KEYBOARD, pdi);
MakeGrabs(&pwi->ptrList, POINTER, pdi);
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True,
RealizeHandler, (XtPointer)pwi);
pwi->realize_handler_added = FALSE;
}
/***************************************************************************/
/**************************** Global Routines ******************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/*
* Routine used by an application to set up a passive grab for a key/modifier
* combination.
*/
static
void GrabKeyOrButton (
Widget widget,
KeyCode keyOrButton,
Modifiers modifiers,
Boolean owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Mask event_mask,
Window confine_to,
Cursor cursor,
Boolean isKeyboard)
{
XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr;
XtServerGrabPtr newGrab;
XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass, "in XtGrabKey or XtGrabButton");
LOCK_PROCESS;
pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(widget, TRUE);
if (isKeyboard)
passiveListPtr = &pwi->keyList;
else
passiveListPtr = &pwi->ptrList;
pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
newGrab = CreateGrab(widget, owner_events, modifiers,
keyOrButton, pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
event_mask, confine_to, cursor, False);
/*
* if the widget is realized then process the entry into the grab
* list. else if the list is empty (i.e. first time) then add the
* event handler. then add the raw entry to the list for processing
* in the handler at realize time.
*/
if (XtIsRealized(widget))
MakeGrab(newGrab, passiveListPtr, isKeyboard, pdi, pwi);
else {
if (!pwi->realize_handler_added)
{
XtAddEventHandler(widget, StructureNotifyMask, FALSE,
RealizeHandler,
(XtPointer)pwi);
pwi->realize_handler_added = TRUE;
}
while (*passiveListPtr)
passiveListPtr = &(*passiveListPtr)->next;
*passiveListPtr = newGrab;
}
}
static
void UngrabKeyOrButton (
Widget widget,
int keyOrButton,
Modifiers modifiers,
Boolean isKeyboard)
{
XtServerGrabRec tempGrab;
XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass,
"in XtUngrabKey or XtUngrabButton");
/* Build a temporary grab list entry */
tempGrab.widget = widget;
tempGrab.modifiers = modifiers;
tempGrab.keybut = keyOrButton;
tempGrab.hasExt = False;
LOCK_PROCESS;
pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(widget, FALSE);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
/*
* if there is no entry in the context manager then somethings wrong
*/
if (!pwi)
{
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"invalidGrab", "ungrabKeyOrButton", XtCXtToolkitError,
"Attempt to remove nonexistent passive grab",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return;
}
if (XtIsRealized(widget))
{
if (isKeyboard)
XUngrabKey(widget->core.screen->display,
keyOrButton, (unsigned int)modifiers,
widget->core.window);
else
XUngrabButton(widget->core.screen->display,
keyOrButton, (unsigned int)modifiers,
widget->core.window);
}
/* Delete all entries which are encompassed by the specified grab. */
DeleteServerGrabFromList(isKeyboard ? &pwi->keyList : &pwi->ptrList,
&tempGrab);
}
void XtGrabKey (
Widget widget,
_XtKeyCode keycode,
Modifiers modifiers,
_XtBoolean owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode)
{
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
GrabKeyOrButton(widget, (KeyCode)keycode, modifiers, owner_events,
pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
(Mask)0, (Window)None, (Cursor)None, KEYBOARD);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void XtGrabButton(
Widget widget,
int button,
Modifiers modifiers,
_XtBoolean owner_events,
unsigned int event_mask,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Window confine_to,
Cursor cursor)
{
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
GrabKeyOrButton(widget, (KeyCode)button, modifiers, owner_events,
pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
(Mask)event_mask, confine_to, cursor, POINTER);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
/*
* Routine used by an application to clear a passive grab for a key/modifier
* combination.
*/
void XtUngrabKey (
Widget widget,
_XtKeyCode keycode,
Modifiers modifiers)
{
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
UngrabKeyOrButton(widget, (int)keycode, modifiers, KEYBOARD);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void XtUngrabButton (
Widget widget,
unsigned int button,
Modifiers modifiers)
{
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
UngrabKeyOrButton(widget, (KeyCode)button, modifiers, POINTER);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
/*
* Active grab of Device. clear any client side grabs so we dont lock
*/
static int GrabDevice (
Widget widget,
Boolean owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Mask event_mask,
Window confine_to,
Cursor cursor,
Time time,
Boolean isKeyboard)
{
XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
int returnVal;
XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass,
"in XtGrabKeyboard or XtGrabPointer");
if (!XtIsRealized(widget))
return GrabNotViewable;
LOCK_PROCESS;
pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (!isKeyboard)
returnVal = XGrabPointer(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
owner_events, event_mask,
pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
confine_to, cursor, time);
else
returnVal = XGrabKeyboard(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
owner_events, pointer_mode,
keyboard_mode, time);
if (returnVal == GrabSuccess) {
XtDevice device;
device = isKeyboard ? &pdi->keyboard : &pdi->pointer;
/* fill in the server grab rec */
device->grab.widget = widget;
device->grab.modifiers = 0;
device->grab.keybut = 0;
device->grab.ownerEvents = owner_events;
device->grab.pointerMode = pointer_mode;
device->grab.keyboardMode = keyboard_mode;
device->grab.hasExt = False;
device->grabType = XtActiveServerGrab;
pdi->activatingKey = (KeyCode)0;
}
return returnVal;
}
static void UngrabDevice(
Widget widget,
Time time,
Boolean isKeyboard)
{
XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
XtDevice device;
LOCK_PROCESS;
pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
device = isKeyboard ? &pdi->keyboard : &pdi->pointer;
XtCheckSubclass(widget, coreWidgetClass,
"in XtUngrabKeyboard or XtUngrabPointer");
if (device->grabType != XtNoServerGrab) {
if (device->grabType != XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab
&& XtIsRealized(widget)) {
if (isKeyboard)
XUngrabKeyboard(XtDisplay(widget), time);
else
XUngrabPointer(XtDisplay(widget), time);
}
device->grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
pdi->activatingKey = (KeyCode)0;
}
}
/*
* Active grab of keyboard. clear any client side grabs so we dont lock
*/
int XtGrabKeyboard (
Widget widget,
_XtBoolean owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Time time)
{
int retval;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = GrabDevice (widget, owner_events,
pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
(Mask)0, (Window)None, (Cursor)None, time, KEYBOARD);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
/*
* Ungrab the keyboard
*/
void XtUngrabKeyboard(
Widget widget,
Time time)
{
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
UngrabDevice(widget, time, KEYBOARD);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
/*
* grab the pointer
*/
int XtGrabPointer (
Widget widget,
_XtBoolean owner_events,
unsigned int event_mask,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Window confine_to,
Cursor cursor,
Time time)
{
int retval;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = GrabDevice (widget, owner_events,
pointer_mode, keyboard_mode,
(Mask)event_mask, confine_to,
cursor, time, POINTER);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
/*
* Ungrab the pointer
*/
void XtUngrabPointer(
Widget widget,
Time time)
{
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
UngrabDevice(widget, time, POINTER);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void _XtRegisterPassiveGrabs (
Widget widget)
{
XtPerWidgetInput pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput (widget, FALSE);
if (pwi != NULL && !pwi->realize_handler_added) {
XtAddEventHandler(widget, StructureNotifyMask, FALSE,
RealizeHandler,
(XtPointer)pwi);
pwi->realize_handler_added = TRUE;
}
}
b)->cursor;
}
XGrabButton(pDisplay(grab),
grab->keybut, grab->modifiers,
pWindow(grab), grab->ownerEvents, grab->eventMask,
grab->pointerMode, grab->keyboardMode,
confineTo, cursor);
}
/* Add the new grab entry to the passive key grab list */
grab->next = *passiveListPtr;
*passiveListPtr = grab;
}
static void MakeGrabs(
XtServerGrabPtr *passiveListPtr,
Boolean isKeyboard,
XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
{
XtServerGrabPtr nextlibXt-1.1.5/src/PopupCB.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000005751 12520610324 0015327 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
/* ARGSUSED */
void XtCallbackNone(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure,
XtPointer call_data)
{
XtSetSensitive(widget, FALSE);
_XtPopup((Widget) closure, XtGrabNone, FALSE);
} /* XtCallbackNone */
/* ARGSUSED */
void XtCallbackNonexclusive(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure,
XtPointer call_data)
{
XtSetSensitive(widget, FALSE);
_XtPopup((Widget) closure, XtGrabNonexclusive, FALSE);
} /* XtCallbackNonexclusive */
/* ARGSUSED */
void XtCallbackExclusive(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure,
XtPointer call_data)
{
XtSetSensitive(widget, FALSE);
_XtPopup((Widget) closure, XtGrabExclusive, FALSE);
} /* XtCallbackExclusive */
libXt-1.1.5/src/Keyboard.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000055014 12520610324 0015554 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
/********************************************************
Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of
Hewlett-Packard or Digital not be used in advertising or
publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
********************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "PassivGraI.h"
#include "EventI.h"
#define _GetWindowedAncestor(w) (XtIsWidget(w) ? w : _XtWindowedAncestor(w))
/* InActiveSubtree cache of the current focus source and its ancestors */
static Widget *pathTrace = NULL;
static int pathTraceDepth = 0;
static int pathTraceMax = 0;
/* FindKeyDestination cache of focus destination and ancestors up to source */
static Widget *pseudoTrace = NULL;
static int pseudoTraceDepth = 0;
static int pseudoTraceMax = 0;
void _XtClearAncestorCache(Widget widget)
{
/* the caller must lock the process lock */
if (pathTraceDepth && pathTrace[0] == widget)
pathTraceDepth = 0;
}
static XtServerGrabPtr CheckServerGrabs(
XEvent *event,
Widget *trace,
Cardinal traceDepth)
{
XtServerGrabPtr grab;
Cardinal i;
for (i = traceDepth; i > 0; i--)
{
if ((grab = _XtCheckServerGrabsOnWidget(event, trace[i-1], KEYBOARD)))
return (grab);
}
return (XtServerGrabPtr)0;
}
static Boolean IsParent(Widget a, Widget b)
{
for (b = XtParent(b); b; b = XtParent(b)) {
if (b == a) return TRUE;
if (XtIsShell(b)) return FALSE;
}
return FALSE;
}
#define RelRtn(lca, type) {*relTypeRtn = type; return lca;}
static Widget CommonAncestor(
register Widget a,
register Widget b,
XtGeneology * relTypeRtn)
{
if (a == b)
{
RelRtn(a, XtMySelf)
}
else if (IsParent(a, b))
{
RelRtn(a, XtMyAncestor)
}
else if (IsParent(b, a))
{
RelRtn(b, XtMyDescendant)
}
else
for (b = XtParent(b);
b && !XtIsShell(b);
b = XtParent(b))
if (IsParent(b, a))
{
RelRtn(b, XtMyCousin)
}
RelRtn(NULL, XtUnrelated)
}
#undef RelRtn
static Widget _FindFocusWidget(
Widget widget,
Widget *trace,
int traceDepth,
Boolean activeCheck,
Boolean *isTarget)
{
int src;
Widget dst;
XtPerWidgetInput pwi = NULL;
/* For each ancestor, starting at the top, see if it's forwarded */
/* first check the trace list till done or we go to branch */
for (src = traceDepth-1, dst = widget; src > 0;)
{
if ((pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(trace[src], FALSE)))
{
if (pwi->focusKid)
{
dst = pwi->focusKid;
for (src--; src > 0 && trace[src] != dst; src--) {}
}
else dst = trace[--src];
}
else dst = trace[--src];
}
if (isTarget) {
if (pwi && pwi->focusKid == widget)
*isTarget = TRUE;
else
*isTarget = FALSE;
}
if (!activeCheck)
while (XtIsWidget(dst)
&& (pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(dst, FALSE))
&& pwi->focusKid)
dst = pwi->focusKid;
return dst;
}
static Widget FindFocusWidget(
Widget widget,
XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
{
if (pdi->focusWidget)
return pdi->focusWidget;
else
return _FindFocusWidget(widget, pdi->trace, pdi->traceDepth, FALSE, NULL);
}
Widget XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(Widget widget)
{
XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
Widget retval;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
retval = FindFocusWidget(widget, pdi);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
static Boolean IsOutside(
XKeyEvent *e,
Widget w)
{
Position left, right, top, bottom;
/*
* if the pointer is outside the shell or inside
* the window try to see if it would recieve the
* focus
*/
XtTranslateCoords(w, 0, 0, &left, &top);
/* We need to take borders into consideration */
left = left - w->core.border_width;
top = top - w->core.border_width;
right = left + w->core.width + w->core.border_width;
bottom = top + w->core.height + w->core.border_width;
if (
(e->x_root < left) || (e->y_root < top) ||
(e->x_root > right) || (e->y_root > bottom))
return TRUE;
else
return FALSE;
}
static Widget FindKeyDestination(
Widget widget,
XKeyEvent *event,
XtServerGrabPtr prevGrab,
XtServerGrabType prevGrabType,
XtServerGrabPtr devGrab,
XtServerGrabType devGrabType,
XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
{
Widget dspWidget;
Widget focusWidget;
LOCK_PROCESS;
dspWidget =
focusWidget =
pdi->focusWidget =
_GetWindowedAncestor(FindFocusWidget(widget, pdi));
/*
* If a grab is active from a previous activation then dispatch
* based on owner_events ala protocol but with focus being
* determined by XtSetKeyboardFocus.
*/
if (IsAnyGrab(prevGrabType))
{
if (prevGrab->ownerEvents)
dspWidget = focusWidget;
else
dspWidget = prevGrab->widget;
}
else
{
/*
* If the focus widget is the event widget or a descendant
* then we can avoid the rest of this. Else ugh...
*/
if (focusWidget != widget)
{
XtGeneology ewRelFw; /* relationship of event widget to
focusWidget */
Widget lca;
lca = CommonAncestor(widget, focusWidget, &ewRelFw);
/*
* if the event widget is an ancestor of focus due to the pointer
* and/or the grab being in an ancestor and it's a passive grab
* send to grab widget.
* we are also dispatching to widget if ownerEvents and the event
* is outside the client
*/
if ((ewRelFw == XtMyAncestor) &&
(devGrabType == XtPassiveServerGrab))
{
if (IsOutside(event, widget) ||
event->type ==KeyPress
)
dspWidget = devGrab->widget;
}
else
{
/*
* if the grab widget is not an ancestor of the focus
* release the grab in order to avoid locking. There
* is a possible case in that ownerEvents true will fall
* through and if synch is set and the event widget
* could turn it off we'll lock. check for it ? why not
*/
if ((ewRelFw != XtMyAncestor)
&& (devGrabType == XtPassiveServerGrab)
&& (!IsAnyGrab(prevGrabType))
)
{
XtUngrabKeyboard(devGrab->widget,
event->time);
devGrabType = XtNoServerGrab;
}
/*
* if there isn't a grab with then check
* for a logical grab that would have been activated
* if the server was using Xt focus instead of server
* focus
*/
if (
(event->type != KeyPress) ||
(event->keycode == 0) /* Xlib XIM composed input */
)
dspWidget = focusWidget;
else
{
XtServerGrabPtr grab;
if (!pseudoTraceDepth ||
!(focusWidget == pseudoTrace[0]) ||
!(lca == pseudoTrace[pseudoTraceDepth]))
{
/*
* fill ancestor list from lca
* (non-inclusive)to focusWidget by
* passing in lca as breakWidget
*/
_XtFillAncestorList(&pseudoTrace,
&pseudoTraceMax,
&pseudoTraceDepth,
focusWidget,
lca);
/* ignore lca */
pseudoTraceDepth--;
}
if ((grab = CheckServerGrabs((XEvent*)event,
pseudoTrace,
pseudoTraceDepth)))
{
XtDevice device = &pdi->keyboard;
device->grabType = XtPseudoPassiveServerGrab;
pdi->activatingKey = event->keycode;
device->grab = *grab;
if (grab
)
dspWidget = grab->widget;
else
dspWidget = focusWidget;
}
}
}
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return dspWidget;
}
Widget _XtProcessKeyboardEvent(
XKeyEvent *event,
Widget widget,
XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
{
XtDevice device = &pdi->keyboard;
XtServerGrabPtr newGrab, devGrab = &device->grab;
XtServerGrabRec prevGrabRec;
XtServerGrabType prevGrabType = device->grabType;
Widget dspWidget = NULL;
Boolean deactivateGrab = FALSE;
prevGrabRec = *devGrab;
switch (event->type)
{
case KeyPress:
{
if (event->keycode != 0 && /* Xlib XIM composed input */
!IsServerGrab(device->grabType) &&
(newGrab = CheckServerGrabs((XEvent*)event,
pdi->trace,
pdi->traceDepth)))
{
/*
* honor pseudo-grab from prior event by X
* unlocking keyboard. Not Xt Unlock !
*/
if (IsPseudoGrab(prevGrabType))
XUngrabKeyboard(XtDisplay(newGrab->widget),
event->time);
else
{
/* Activate the grab */
device->grab = *newGrab;
pdi->activatingKey = event->keycode;
device->grabType = XtPassiveServerGrab;
}
}
}
break;
case KeyRelease:
{
if (IsEitherPassiveGrab(device->grabType) &&
(event->keycode == pdi->activatingKey))
deactivateGrab = TRUE;
}
break;
}
dspWidget = FindKeyDestination(widget, event,
&prevGrabRec, prevGrabType,
devGrab, device->grabType,
pdi);
if (deactivateGrab)
{
/* Deactivate the grab */
device->grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
pdi->activatingKey = 0;
}
return dspWidget;
}
static Widget GetShell(Widget widget)
{
Widget shell;
for (shell = widget;
shell && !XtIsShell(shell);
shell = XtParent(shell)){}
return shell;
}
/*
* Check that widget really has Xt focus due to it having recieved an
* event
*/
typedef enum {NotActive = 0, IsActive, IsTarget} ActiveType;
static ActiveType InActiveSubtree(Widget widget)
{
Boolean isTarget;
ActiveType retval;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (!pathTraceDepth || widget != pathTrace[0]) {
_XtFillAncestorList(&pathTrace,
&pathTraceMax,
&pathTraceDepth,
widget,
NULL);
}
if (widget == _FindFocusWidget(widget,
pathTrace,
pathTraceDepth,
TRUE,
&isTarget))
retval = (isTarget ? IsTarget : IsActive);
else
retval = NotActive;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return retval;
}
/* ARGSUSED */
void _XtHandleFocus(
Widget widget,
XtPointer client_data, /* child who wants focus */
XEvent *event,
Boolean *cont) /* unused */
{
XtPerDisplayInput pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
XtPerWidgetInput pwi = (XtPerWidgetInput)client_data;
XtGeneology oldFocalPoint = pwi->focalPoint;
XtGeneology newFocalPoint = pwi->focalPoint;
switch( event->type ) {
case KeyPress:
case KeyRelease:
/*
* We're getting the keyevents used to guarantee propagating
* child interest ala ForwardEvent in R3
*/
return;
case EnterNotify:
case LeaveNotify:
/*
* If operating in a focus driven model, then enter and
* leave events do not affect the keyboard focus.
*/
if ((event->xcrossing.detail != NotifyInferior)
&& (event->xcrossing.focus))
{
switch (oldFocalPoint)
{
case XtMyAncestor:
if (event->type == LeaveNotify)
newFocalPoint = XtUnrelated;
break;
case XtUnrelated:
if (event->type == EnterNotify)
newFocalPoint = XtMyAncestor;
break;
case XtMySelf:
break;
case XtMyDescendant:
break;
}
}
break;
case FocusIn:
switch (event->xfocus.detail)
{
case NotifyNonlinear:
case NotifyAncestor:
case NotifyInferior:
newFocalPoint = XtMySelf;
break;
case NotifyNonlinearVirtual:
case NotifyVirtual:
newFocalPoint = XtMyDescendant;
break;
case NotifyPointer:
newFocalPoint = XtMyAncestor;
break;
}
break;
case FocusOut:
switch (event->xfocus.detail)
{
case NotifyPointer:
case NotifyNonlinear:
case NotifyAncestor:
case NotifyNonlinearVirtual:
case NotifyVirtual:
newFocalPoint = XtUnrelated;
break;
case NotifyInferior:
newFocalPoint = XtMyDescendant;
return;
break;
}
break;
}
if (newFocalPoint != oldFocalPoint)
{
Boolean add;
Widget descendant = pwi->focusKid;
pwi->focalPoint = newFocalPoint;
if ((oldFocalPoint == XtUnrelated) &&
InActiveSubtree(widget) != NotActive)
{
pdi->focusWidget = NULL; /* invalidate the cache */
pwi->haveFocus = TRUE;
add = TRUE;
}
else if (newFocalPoint == XtUnrelated)
{
pdi->focusWidget = NULL; /* invalidate the cache */
pwi->haveFocus = FALSE;
add = FALSE;
}
else
return;
if (descendant)
{
if (add)
{
_XtSendFocusEvent(descendant, FocusIn);
}
else
{
_XtSendFocusEvent(descendant, FocusOut);
}
}
}
}
static void AddFocusHandler(
Widget widget,
Widget descendant,
XtPerWidgetInput pwi,
XtPerWidgetInput psi,
XtPerDisplayInput pdi,
EventMask oldEventMask)
{
EventMask eventMask, targetEventMask;
Widget target;
/*
* widget must now select for key events if the descendant is
* interested in them.
*
* shell borders are not occluded by the child, they're occluded
* by reparenting window managers. !!!
*/
target = descendant ? _GetWindowedAncestor(descendant) : NULL;
targetEventMask = XtBuildEventMask(target);
eventMask = targetEventMask & (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask);
eventMask |= FocusChangeMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask;
if (oldEventMask) {
oldEventMask &= KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask;
oldEventMask |= FocusChangeMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask;
if (oldEventMask != eventMask)
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, (oldEventMask & ~eventMask),
False, _XtHandleFocus, (XtPointer)pwi);
}
if (oldEventMask != eventMask)
XtAddEventHandler(widget, eventMask, False,
_XtHandleFocus, (XtPointer)pwi);
/* What follows is too much grief to go through if the
* target doesn't actually care about focus change events,
* so just invalidate the focus cache & refill it when
* the next input event actually arrives.
*/
if (!(targetEventMask & FocusChangeMask)) {
pdi->focusWidget = NULL;
return;
}
if (XtIsRealized(widget) && !pwi->haveFocus) {
if (psi->haveFocus) {
Window root, child;
int root_x, root_y, win_x, win_y;
int left, right, top, bottom;
unsigned int modMask;
ActiveType act;
/*
* If the shell has the focus but the source widget
* doesn't, it may only be because the source widget
* wasn't previously tracking focus or crossing events.
* If the target wants focus events, we have to
* now determine whether the source has the focus.
*/
if ((act = InActiveSubtree(widget)) == IsTarget)
pwi->haveFocus = TRUE;
else if (act == IsActive) {
/*
* An ancestor contains the focus, so if source
* contains the pointer, then source has the focus.
*/
if (XQueryPointer(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
&root, &child,
&root_x, &root_y, &win_x, &win_y, &modMask))
{
/* We need to take borders into consideration */
left = top = -((int) widget->core.border_width);
right = (int) (widget->core.width + (widget->core.border_width << 1));
bottom = (int) (widget->core.height + (widget->core.border_width << 1));
if (win_x >= left && win_x < right &&
win_y >= top && win_y < bottom)
pwi->haveFocus = TRUE;
}
}
}
}
if (pwi->haveFocus) {
pdi->focusWidget = NULL; /* invalidate the cache */
_XtSendFocusEvent(target, FocusIn);
}
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static void QueryEventMask(
Widget widget, /* child who gets focus */
XtPointer client_data, /* ancestor giving it */
XEvent *event,
Boolean *cont) /* unused */
{
/* widget was once the target of an XtSetKeyboardFocus but
* was unrealized at the time. Make sure ancestor still wants
* focus set here then install the handler now that we know the
* complete event mask.
*/
Widget ancestor = (Widget)client_data;
XtPerWidgetInput pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(ancestor, FALSE);
if (pwi) {
Widget target = pwi->queryEventDescendant;
/* use of 'target' is non-standard hackery;
allows focus to non-widget */
if ( pwi->focusKid == target ) {
AddFocusHandler(ancestor, target, pwi,
_XtGetPerWidgetInput(GetShell(ancestor), TRUE),
_XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(ancestor)),
(EventMask)0);
}
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True,
QueryEventMask, client_data);
pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE;
}
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static void FocusDestroyCallback(
Widget widget,
XtPointer closure, /* Widget */
XtPointer call_data)
{
XtSetKeyboardFocus((Widget)closure, NULL);
}
void XtSetKeyboardFocus(
Widget widget,
Widget descendant)
{
XtPerDisplayInput pdi;
XtPerWidgetInput pwi;
Widget oldDesc, oldTarget, target, hookobj;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
pdi = _XtGetPerDisplayInput(XtDisplay(widget));
pwi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(widget, TRUE);
oldDesc = pwi->focusKid;
if (descendant == widget) descendant = (Widget)None;
target = descendant ? _GetWindowedAncestor(descendant) : NULL;
oldTarget = oldDesc ? _GetWindowedAncestor(oldDesc) : NULL;
if (descendant != oldDesc) {
/* update the forward path */
pwi->focusKid = descendant;
/* all the rest handles focus ins and focus outs and misc gunk */
if (oldDesc) {
/* invalidate FindKeyDestination's ancestor list */
if (pseudoTraceDepth && oldTarget == pseudoTrace[0])
pseudoTraceDepth = 0;
XtRemoveCallback(oldDesc, XtNdestroyCallback,
FocusDestroyCallback, (XtPointer)widget);
if (!oldTarget->core.being_destroyed) {
if (pwi->map_handler_added) {
XtRemoveEventHandler(oldTarget, XtAllEvents, True,
QueryEventMask, (XtPointer)widget);
pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE;
}
if (pwi->haveFocus) {
_XtSendFocusEvent( oldTarget, FocusOut);
}
}
else if (pwi->map_handler_added) {
pwi->map_handler_added = FALSE;
}
if (pwi->haveFocus)
pdi->focusWidget = NULL; /* invalidate cache */
/*
* If there was a forward path then remove the handler if
* the path is being set to null and it isn't a shell.
* shells always have a handler for tracking focus for the
* hierarchy.
*
* Keep the pwi record on the assumption that the client
* will continue to dynamically assign focus for this widget.
*/
if (!XtIsShell(widget) && !descendant) {
XtRemoveEventHandler(widget, XtAllEvents, True,
_XtHandleFocus, (XtPointer)pwi);
pwi->haveFocus = FALSE;
}
}
if (descendant) {
Widget shell = GetShell(widget);
XtPerWidgetInput psi = _XtGetPerWidgetInput(shell, TRUE);
XtAddCallback (descendant, XtNdestroyCallback,
FocusDestroyCallback, (XtPointer) widget);
AddFocusHandler(widget, descendant, pwi, psi, pdi,
oldTarget ? XtBuildEventMask(oldTarget) : 0);
if (widget != shell)
XtAddEventHandler(
shell,
FocusChangeMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask,
False,
_XtHandleFocus,
(XtPointer)psi
);
if (! XtIsRealized(target)) {
XtAddEventHandler(target, (EventMask)StructureNotifyMask,
False, QueryEventMask, (XtPointer)widget);
pwi->map_handler_added = TRUE;
pwi->queryEventDescendant = descendant;
}
}
}
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHsetKeyboardFocus;
call_data.widget = widget;
call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) descendant;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
if (!pathTraceDepth || widget != pathTrace[0]) {
_XtFillAncestorList(&pathTrace,
&pathTraceMax,
&pathTraceDepth,
widget,
NULL);
}
if (widget == _FindFocusWidget(widget,
pathTrace,
pathTraceDepth,
TRUE,
&isTarget))
retval = (isTarget ? IsTarget : IsActive);
else
retval = NotActive;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return retval;
}
/* ARGSUSED */
void _XtHandleFocus(
Widget widget,
XtPointer client_data, /* child who wants libXt-1.1.5/src/Pointer.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000007120 12520610324 0015427 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /********************************************************
Copyright 1988 by Hewlett-Packard Company
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission
notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the names of
Hewlett-Packard or Digital not be used in advertising or
publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
********************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "PassivGraI.h"
#define AllButtonsMask (Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask | Button4Mask | Button5Mask)
Widget _XtProcessPointerEvent(
XButtonEvent *event,
Widget widget,
XtPerDisplayInput pdi)
{
XtDevice device = &pdi->pointer;
XtServerGrabPtr newGrab = NULL, devGrab = &device->grab;
Widget dspWidget = NULL;
Boolean deactivateGrab = FALSE;
switch (event->type)
{
case ButtonPress:
{
if (!IsServerGrab(device->grabType))
{
Cardinal i;
for (i = pdi->traceDepth;
i > 0 && !newGrab;
i--)
newGrab = _XtCheckServerGrabsOnWidget((XEvent*)event,
pdi->trace[i-1],
POINTER);
}
if (newGrab)
{
/* Activate the grab */
device->grab = *newGrab;
device->grabType = XtPassiveServerGrab;
}
}
break;
case ButtonRelease:
{
if ((device->grabType == XtPassiveServerGrab) &&
!(event->state & ~(Button1Mask << (event->button - 1)) &
AllButtonsMask))
deactivateGrab = TRUE;
}
break;
}
if (IsServerGrab(device->grabType) && !(devGrab)->ownerEvents)
dspWidget = (devGrab)->widget;
else
dspWidget = widget;
if (deactivateGrab)
device->grabType = XtNoServerGrab;
return dspWidget;
}
********************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permissilibXt-1.1.5/src/SetSens.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012241 12520610324 0015373 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
/*
* XtSetSensitive()
*/
static void SetAncestorSensitive(
register Widget widget,
Boolean ancestor_sensitive)
{
Arg args[1];
register Cardinal i;
register WidgetList children;
if (widget->core.ancestor_sensitive == ancestor_sensitive) return;
XtSetArg(args[0], XtNancestorSensitive, ancestor_sensitive);
XtSetValues(widget, args, XtNumber(args));
/* If widget's sensitive is TRUE, propagate new ancestor_sensitive to
children's ancestor_sensitive; else do nothing as children's
ancestor_sensitive is already FALSE */
if (widget->core.sensitive && XtIsComposite(widget)) {
children = ((CompositeWidget) widget)->composite.children;
for (i=0; i < ((CompositeWidget)widget)->composite.num_children; i++) {
SetAncestorSensitive (children[i], ancestor_sensitive);
}
}
} /* SetAncestorSensitive */
void XtSetSensitive(
register Widget widget,
_XtBoolean sensitive)
{
Arg args[1];
register Cardinal i;
register WidgetList children;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
if (widget->core.sensitive == sensitive) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
XtSetArg(args[0], XtNsensitive, sensitive);
XtSetValues(widget, args, XtNumber(args));
/* If widget's ancestor_sensitive is TRUE, propagate new sensitive to
children's ancestor_sensitive; else do nothing as children's
ancestor_sensitive is already FALSE */
if (widget->core.ancestor_sensitive && XtIsComposite (widget)) {
children = ((CompositeWidget) widget)->composite.children;
for (i = 0; i < ((CompositeWidget)widget)->composite.num_children; i++){
SetAncestorSensitive (children[i], sensitive);
}
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
} /* XtSetSensitive */
libXt-1.1.5/src/Object.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000024357 12520610324 0015230 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
static XtResource resources[] = {
{XtNdestroyCallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback,sizeof(XtPointer),
XtOffsetOf(ObjectRec,object.destroy_callbacks),
XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL}
};
static void ObjectClassPartInitialize(WidgetClass);
static Boolean ObjectSetValues(Widget, Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
static void ObjectDestroy(Widget);
externaldef(objectclassrec) ObjectClassRec objectClassRec = {
{
/* superclass */ NULL,
/* class_name */ "Object",
/* widget_size */ sizeof(ObjectRec),
/* class_initialize */ NULL,
/* class_part_initialize*/ ObjectClassPartInitialize,
/* class_inited */ FALSE,
/* initialize */ NULL,
/* initialize_hook */ NULL,
/* pad */ NULL,
/* pad */ NULL,
/* pad */ 0,
/* resources */ resources,
/* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
/* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
/* pad */ FALSE,
/* pad */ FALSE,
/* pad */ FALSE,
/* pad */ FALSE,
/* destroy */ ObjectDestroy,
/* pad */ NULL,
/* pad */ NULL,
/* set_values */ ObjectSetValues,
/* set_values_hook */ NULL,
/* pad */ NULL,
/* get_values_hook */ NULL,
/* pad */ NULL,
/* version */ XtVersion,
/* callback_offsets */ NULL,
/* pad */ NULL,
/* pad */ NULL,
/* pad */ NULL,
/* extension */ NULL
}
};
externaldef(objectClass) WidgetClass objectClass
= (WidgetClass)&objectClassRec;
/*
* Start of object routines.
*/
static void ConstructCallbackOffsets(
WidgetClass widgetClass)
{
static XrmQuark QCallback = NULLQUARK;
register int i;
register int tableSize;
register CallbackTable newTable;
register CallbackTable superTable;
register XrmResourceList resourceList;
ObjectClass objectClass = (ObjectClass)widgetClass;
/*
This function builds an array of pointers to the resource
structures which describe the callbacks for this widget class.
This array is special in that the 0th entry is the number of
callback pointers.
*/
if (QCallback == NULLQUARK)
QCallback = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRCallback);
if (objectClass->object_class.superclass != NULL) {
superTable = (CallbackTable)
((ObjectClass) objectClass->object_class.superclass)->
object_class.callback_private;
tableSize = (int)(long) superTable[0];
} else {
superTable = (CallbackTable) NULL;
tableSize = 0;
}
/* Count the number of callbacks */
resourceList = (XrmResourceList) objectClass->object_class.resources;
for (i = objectClass->object_class.num_resources; --i >= 0; resourceList++)
if (resourceList->xrm_type == QCallback)
tableSize++;
/*
* Allocate and load the table. Make sure that the new callback
* offsets occur in the table ahead of the superclass callback
* offsets so that resource overrides work.
*/
newTable = (CallbackTable)
__XtMalloc(sizeof(XrmResource *) * (tableSize + 1));
newTable[0] = (XrmResource *)(long) tableSize;
if (superTable)
tableSize -= (int)(long) superTable[0];
resourceList = (XrmResourceList) objectClass->object_class.resources;
for (i=1; tableSize > 0; resourceList++)
if (resourceList->xrm_type == QCallback) {
newTable[i++] = resourceList;
tableSize--;
}
if (superTable)
for (tableSize = (int)(long) *superTable++;
--tableSize >= 0; superTable++)
newTable[i++] = *superTable;
objectClass->object_class.callback_private = (XtPointer) newTable;
}
static void InheritObjectExtensionMethods(
WidgetClass widget_class)
{
ObjectClass oc = (ObjectClass) widget_class;
ObjectClassExtension ext, super_ext = NULL;
ext = (ObjectClassExtension)
XtGetClassExtension(widget_class,
XtOffsetOf(ObjectClassRec, object_class.extension),
NULLQUARK, XtObjectExtensionVersion,
sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec));
if (oc->object_class.superclass)
super_ext = (ObjectClassExtension)
XtGetClassExtension(oc->object_class.superclass,
XtOffsetOf(ObjectClassRec, object_class.extension),
NULLQUARK, XtObjectExtensionVersion,
sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec));
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (ext) {
if (ext->allocate == XtInheritAllocate)
ext->allocate = (super_ext ? super_ext->allocate : NULL);
if (ext->deallocate == XtInheritDeallocate)
ext->deallocate = (super_ext ? super_ext->deallocate : NULL);
} else if (super_ext) {
/* Be careful to inherit only what is appropriate */
ext = (ObjectClassExtension)
__XtCalloc(1, sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec));
ext->next_extension = oc->object_class.extension;
ext->record_type = NULLQUARK;
ext->version = XtObjectExtensionVersion;
ext->record_size = sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec);
ext->allocate = super_ext->allocate;
ext->deallocate = super_ext->deallocate;
oc->object_class.extension = (XtPointer) ext;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static void ObjectClassPartInitialize(
register WidgetClass wc)
{
ObjectClass oc = (ObjectClass)wc;
oc->object_class.xrm_class =
XrmPermStringToQuark(oc->object_class.class_name);
if (oc->object_class.resources)
_XtCompileResourceList(oc->object_class.resources,
oc->object_class.num_resources);
ConstructCallbackOffsets(wc);
_XtResourceDependencies(wc);
InheritObjectExtensionMethods(wc);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static Boolean ObjectSetValues(
Widget old,
Widget request,
Widget widget,
ArgList args,
Cardinal * num_args)
{
register CallbackTable offsets;
register int i;
register InternalCallbackList *ol, *nl;
LOCK_PROCESS;
/* Compile any callback lists into internal form */
offsets = (CallbackTable) XtClass(widget)->core_class.callback_private;
for (i= (int)(long) *(offsets++); --i >= 0; offsets++) {
ol = (InternalCallbackList *)
((char *) old - (*offsets)->xrm_offset - 1);
nl = (InternalCallbackList *)
((char *) widget - (*offsets)->xrm_offset - 1);
if (*ol != *nl) {
if (*ol != NULL)
XtFree((char *) *ol);
if (*nl != NULL)
*nl = _XtCompileCallbackList((XtCallbackList) *nl);
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return False;
}
static void ObjectDestroy (
register Widget widget)
{
register CallbackTable offsets;
register int i;
register InternalCallbackList cl;
/* Remove all callbacks associated with widget */
LOCK_PROCESS;
offsets = (CallbackTable)
widget->core.widget_class->core_class.callback_private;
for (i = (int)(long) *(offsets++); --i >= 0; offsets++) {
cl = *(InternalCallbackList *)
((char *) widget - (*offsets)->xrm_offset - 1);
if (cl) XtFree((char *) cl);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
} /* ObjectDestroy */
libXt-1.1.5/src/Composite.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000024316 12520610324 0015757 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
static XtResource resources[] = {
{XtNchildren, XtCReadOnly, XtRWidgetList, sizeof(WidgetList),
XtOffsetOf(CompositeRec, composite.children), XtRImmediate, NULL},
{XtNnumChildren, XtCReadOnly, XtRCardinal, sizeof(Cardinal),
XtOffsetOf(CompositeRec, composite.num_children), XtRImmediate, NULL},
{XtNinsertPosition, XtCInsertPosition, XtRFunction, sizeof(XtOrderProc),
XtOffsetOf(CompositeRec, composite.insert_position), XtRImmediate, NULL},
};
static void CompositeClassPartInitialize(WidgetClass);
static void CompositeInitialize(Widget, Widget, ArgList, Cardinal *);
static void CompositeInsertChild(Widget);
static void CompositeDeleteChild(Widget);
static void CompositeDestroy(Widget);
externaldef(compositeclassrec) CompositeClassRec compositeClassRec = {
{ /******* CorePart *******/
/* superclass */ &widgetClassRec,
/* class_name */ "Composite",
/* widget_size */ sizeof(CompositeRec),
/* class_initialize */ NULL,
/* class_part_initialize*/ CompositeClassPartInitialize,
/* class_inited */ FALSE,
/* initialize */ CompositeInitialize,
/* initialize_hook */ NULL,
/* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
/* actions */ NULL,
/* num_actions */ 0,
/* resources */ resources,
/* num_resources */ XtNumber(resources),
/* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
/* compress_motion */ FALSE,
/* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
/* compress_enterleave */ FALSE,
/* visible_interest */ FALSE,
/* destroy */ CompositeDestroy,
/* resize */ NULL,
/* expose */ NULL,
/* set_values */ NULL,
/* set_values_hook */ NULL,
/* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
/* get_values_hook */ NULL,
/* accept_focus */ NULL,
/* version */ XtVersion,
/* callback_offsets */ NULL,
/* tm_table */ NULL,
/* query_geometry */ NULL,
/* display_accelerator */ NULL,
/* extension */ NULL
},
{ /**** CompositePart *****/
/* geometry_handler */ NULL,
/* change_managed */ NULL,
/* insert_child */ CompositeInsertChild,
/* delete_child */ CompositeDeleteChild,
/* extension */ NULL
}
};
externaldef(compositewidgetclass) WidgetClass compositeWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &compositeClassRec;
static void InheritAllowsChangeManagedSet(
WidgetClass widget_class)
{
CompositeWidgetClass cc = (CompositeWidgetClass) widget_class;
CompositeClassExtension ext, super_ext, new_ext;
ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
XtGetClassExtension(widget_class,
XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec, composite_class.extension),
NULLQUARK, 1L, 0);
if (ext && ext->version == XtCompositeExtensionVersion)
return;
super_ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
XtGetClassExtension(cc->core_class.superclass,
XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec, composite_class.extension),
NULLQUARK, 1L, 0);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (super_ext && super_ext->version == XtCompositeExtensionVersion &&
super_ext->record_size == sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec) &&
super_ext->allows_change_managed_set) {
new_ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
__XtCalloc(1, sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec));
/* Be careful to inherit only what is appropriate */
new_ext->next_extension = cc->composite_class.extension;
new_ext->record_type = NULLQUARK;
new_ext->version = XtCompositeExtensionVersion;
new_ext->record_size = sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec);
new_ext->accepts_objects = (ext ? ext->accepts_objects : False);
new_ext->allows_change_managed_set = True;
cc->composite_class.extension = (XtPointer) new_ext;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static void CompositeClassPartInitialize(
WidgetClass widgetClass)
{
register CompositePartPtr wcPtr;
register CompositePartPtr superPtr = NULL;
wcPtr = (CompositePartPtr)
&(((CompositeWidgetClass)widgetClass)->composite_class);
if (widgetClass != compositeWidgetClass)
/* don't compute possible bogus pointer */
superPtr = (CompositePartPtr)&(((CompositeWidgetClass)widgetClass
->core_class.superclass)->composite_class);
/* We don't need to check for null super since we'll get to composite
eventually, and it had better define them! */
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (wcPtr->geometry_manager == XtInheritGeometryManager) {
wcPtr->geometry_manager =
superPtr->geometry_manager;
}
if (wcPtr->change_managed == XtInheritChangeManaged) {
wcPtr->change_managed =
superPtr->change_managed;
InheritAllowsChangeManagedSet(widgetClass);
}
if (wcPtr->insert_child == XtInheritInsertChild) {
wcPtr->insert_child = superPtr->insert_child;
}
if (wcPtr->delete_child == XtInheritDeleteChild) {
wcPtr->delete_child = superPtr->delete_child;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static void CompositeDestroy(
Widget w)
{
register CompositeWidget cw = (CompositeWidget) w;
XtFree((char *) cw->composite.children);
}
static void CompositeInsertChild(
Widget w)
{
register Cardinal position;
register Cardinal i;
register CompositeWidget cw;
register WidgetList children;
cw = (CompositeWidget) w->core.parent;
children = cw->composite.children;
if (cw->composite.insert_position != NULL)
position = (*(cw->composite.insert_position))(w);
else
position = cw->composite.num_children;
if (cw->composite.num_children == cw->composite.num_slots) {
/* Allocate more space */
cw->composite.num_slots += (cw->composite.num_slots / 2) + 2;
cw->composite.children = children =
(WidgetList) XtRealloc((XtPointer) children,
(unsigned) (cw->composite.num_slots) * sizeof(Widget));
}
/* Ripple children up one space from "position" */
for (i = cw->composite.num_children; i > position; i--) {
children[i] = children[i-1];
}
children[position] = w;
cw->composite.num_children++;
}
static void CompositeDeleteChild(
Widget w)
{
register Cardinal position;
register Cardinal i;
register CompositeWidget cw;
cw = (CompositeWidget) w->core.parent;
for (position = 0; position < cw->composite.num_children; position++) {
if (cw->composite.children[position] == w) {
break;
}
}
if (position == cw->composite.num_children) return;
/* Ripple children down one space from "position" */
cw->composite.num_children--;
for (i = position; i < cw->composite.num_children; i++) {
cw->composite.children[i] = cw->composite.children[i+1];
}
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static void CompositeInitialize(
Widget requested_widget,
Widget new_widget,
ArgList args,
Cardinal *num_args)
{
register CompositeWidget cw;
cw = (CompositeWidget) new_widget;
cw->composite.num_children = 0;
cw->composite.children = NULL;
cw->composite.num_slots = 0;
}
libXt-1.1.5/src/NextEvent.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000117567 12520610324 0015750 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998, 2001 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include
#include
static TimerEventRec* freeTimerRecs;
static WorkProcRec* freeWorkRecs;
static SignalEventRec* freeSignalRecs;
/* Some systems running NTP daemons are known to return strange usec
* values from gettimeofday.
*/
#ifndef NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP
# if defined(sun) || defined(MOTOROLA) || (defined(__osf__) && defined(__alpha))
# define NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP 1
# else
# define NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP 0
# endif
#endif
#if NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP
#define FIXUP_TIMEVAL(t) { \
while ((t).tv_usec >= 1000000) { \
(t).tv_usec -= 1000000; \
(t).tv_sec++; \
} \
while ((t).tv_usec < 0) { \
if ((t).tv_sec > 0) { \
(t).tv_usec += 1000000; \
(t).tv_sec--; \
} else { \
(t).tv_usec = 0; \
break; \
} \
}}
#else
#define FIXUP_TIMEVAL(t)
#endif /*NEEDS_NTPD_FIXUP*/
/*
* Private routines
*/
#define ADD_TIME(dest, src1, src2) { \
if(((dest).tv_usec = (src1).tv_usec + (src2).tv_usec) >= 1000000) {\
(dest).tv_usec -= 1000000;\
(dest).tv_sec = (src1).tv_sec + (src2).tv_sec + 1 ; \
} else { (dest).tv_sec = (src1).tv_sec + (src2).tv_sec ; \
if(((dest).tv_sec >= 1) && (((dest).tv_usec <0))) { \
(dest).tv_sec --;(dest).tv_usec += 1000000; } } }
#define TIMEDELTA(dest, src1, src2) { \
if(((dest).tv_usec = (src1).tv_usec - (src2).tv_usec) < 0) {\
(dest).tv_usec += 1000000;\
(dest).tv_sec = (src1).tv_sec - (src2).tv_sec - 1;\
} else (dest).tv_sec = (src1).tv_sec - (src2).tv_sec; }
#define IS_AFTER(t1, t2) (((t2).tv_sec > (t1).tv_sec) \
|| (((t2).tv_sec == (t1).tv_sec)&& ((t2).tv_usec > (t1).tv_usec)))
#define IS_AT_OR_AFTER(t1, t2) (((t2).tv_sec > (t1).tv_sec) \
|| (((t2).tv_sec == (t1).tv_sec)&& ((t2).tv_usec >= (t1).tv_usec)))
#ifdef USE_POLL
#ifndef XT_DEFAULT_FDLIST_SIZE
#define XT_DEFAULT_FDLIST_SIZE 32
#endif
#endif
static void AdjustHowLong (
unsigned long *howlong,
struct timeval *start_time)
{
struct timeval new_time, time_spent, lstart_time;
lstart_time = *start_time;
X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&new_time);
FIXUP_TIMEVAL(new_time);
TIMEDELTA(time_spent, new_time, lstart_time);
if(*howlong <= (unsigned long)(time_spent.tv_sec*1000+time_spent.tv_usec/1000))
*howlong = (unsigned long)0; /* Timed out */
else
*howlong -= (time_spent.tv_sec*1000+time_spent.tv_usec/1000);
}
typedef struct {
struct timeval cur_time;
struct timeval start_time;
struct timeval wait_time;
struct timeval new_time;
struct timeval time_spent;
struct timeval max_wait_time;
#ifndef USE_POLL
struct timeval *wait_time_ptr;
#else
int poll_wait;
#endif
} wait_times_t, *wait_times_ptr_t;
static struct timeval zero_time = { 0 , 0};
#ifndef USE_POLL
static fd_set zero_fd;
#else
#define X_BLOCK -1
#define X_DONT_BLOCK 0
#endif
static void InitTimes (
Boolean block,
unsigned long* howlong,
wait_times_ptr_t wt)
{
if (block) {
X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&wt->cur_time);
FIXUP_TIMEVAL(wt->cur_time);
wt->start_time = wt->cur_time;
if(howlong == NULL) { /* special case for ever */
#ifndef USE_POLL
wt->wait_time_ptr = NULL;
#else
wt->poll_wait = X_BLOCK;
#endif
} else { /* block until at most */
wt->max_wait_time.tv_sec = *howlong/1000;
wt->max_wait_time.tv_usec = (*howlong %1000)*1000;
#ifndef USE_POLL
wt->wait_time_ptr = &wt->max_wait_time;
#else
wt->poll_wait = *howlong;
#endif
}
} else { /* don't block */
wt->max_wait_time = zero_time;
#ifndef USE_POLL
wt->wait_time_ptr = &wt->max_wait_time;
#else
wt->poll_wait = X_DONT_BLOCK;
#endif
}
}
typedef struct {
#ifndef USE_POLL
fd_set rmask, wmask, emask;
int nfds;
#else
struct pollfd* fdlist;
struct pollfd* stack;
int fdlistlen, num_dpys;
#endif
} wait_fds_t, *wait_fds_ptr_t;
static void InitFds (
XtAppContext app,
Boolean ignoreEvents,
Boolean ignoreInputs,
wait_fds_ptr_t wf)
{
int ii;
app->rebuild_fdlist = FALSE;
#ifndef USE_POLL
wf->nfds = app->fds.nfds;
if( !ignoreInputs ) {
wf->rmask = app->fds.rmask;
wf->wmask = app->fds.wmask;
wf->emask = app->fds.emask;
} else
wf->rmask = wf->wmask = wf->emask = zero_fd;
if (!ignoreEvents)
for (ii = 0; ii < app->count; ii++) {
FD_SET (ConnectionNumber(app->list[ii]), &wf->rmask);
}
#else
#ifndef POLLRDNORM
#define POLLRDNORM 0
#endif
#ifndef POLLRDBAND
#define POLLRDBAND 0
#endif
#ifndef POLLWRNORM
#define POLLWRNORM 0
#endif
#ifndef POLLWRBAND
#define POLLWRBAND 0
#endif
#define XPOLL_READ (POLLIN|POLLRDNORM|POLLPRI|POLLRDBAND)
#define XPOLL_WRITE (POLLOUT|POLLWRNORM|POLLWRBAND)
#define XPOLL_EXCEPT 0
if (!ignoreEvents)
wf->fdlistlen = wf->num_dpys = app->count;
else
wf->fdlistlen = wf->num_dpys = 0;
if (!ignoreInputs && app->input_list != NULL) {
int ii;
for (ii = 0; ii < (int) app->input_max; ii++)
if (app->input_list[ii] != NULL)
wf->fdlistlen++;
}
if (!wf->fdlist || wf->fdlist == wf->stack) {
wf->fdlist = (struct pollfd*)
XtStackAlloc (sizeof (struct pollfd) * wf->fdlistlen, wf->stack);
} else {
wf->fdlist = (struct pollfd*)
XtRealloc ((char*) wf->fdlist,
sizeof (struct pollfd) * wf->fdlistlen);
}
if (wf->fdlistlen) {
struct pollfd* fdlp = wf->fdlist;
InputEvent* iep;
if (!ignoreEvents)
for (ii = 0 ; ii < wf->num_dpys; ii++, fdlp++) {
fdlp->fd = ConnectionNumber (app->list[ii]);
fdlp->events = POLLIN;
}
if (!ignoreInputs && app->input_list != NULL)
for (ii = 0; ii < app->input_max; ii++)
if (app->input_list[ii] != NULL) {
iep = app->input_list[ii];
fdlp->fd = ii;
fdlp->events = 0;
for ( ; iep; iep = iep->ie_next) {
if (iep->ie_condition & XtInputReadMask)
fdlp->events |= XPOLL_READ;
if (iep->ie_condition & XtInputWriteMask)
fdlp->events |= XPOLL_WRITE;
if (iep->ie_condition & XtInputExceptMask)
fdlp->events |= XPOLL_EXCEPT;
}
fdlp++;
}
}
#endif
}
static void AdjustTimes (
XtAppContext app,
Boolean block,
unsigned long* howlong,
Boolean ignoreTimers,
wait_times_ptr_t wt)
{
if (app->timerQueue != NULL && !ignoreTimers && block) {
if (IS_AFTER (wt->cur_time, app->timerQueue->te_timer_value)) {
TIMEDELTA (wt->wait_time, app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, wt->cur_time);
if (howlong == NULL || IS_AFTER (wt->wait_time, wt->max_wait_time))
#ifndef USE_POLL
wt->wait_time_ptr = &wt->wait_time;
else
wt->wait_time_ptr = &wt->max_wait_time;
} else
wt->wait_time_ptr = &zero_time;
}
#else
wt->poll_wait = wt->wait_time.tv_sec * 1000 + wt->wait_time.tv_usec / 1000;
else
wt->poll_wait = wt->max_wait_time.tv_sec * 1000 + wt->max_wait_time.tv_usec / 1000;
} else
wt->poll_wait = X_DONT_BLOCK;
}
#endif
}
static int IoWait (
wait_times_ptr_t wt,
wait_fds_ptr_t wf)
{
#ifndef USE_POLL
return Select (wf->nfds, &wf->rmask, &wf->wmask, &wf->emask,
wt->wait_time_ptr);
#else
return poll (wf->fdlist, wf->fdlistlen, wt->poll_wait);
#endif
}
static void FindInputs (
XtAppContext app,
wait_fds_ptr_t wf,
int nfds,
Boolean ignoreEvents,
Boolean ignoreInputs,
int* dpy_no,
int* found_input)
{
XtInputMask condition;
InputEvent *ep;
int ii;
#ifndef USE_POLL /* { check ready file descriptors block */
#ifdef XTHREADS
fd_set rmask;
#endif
int dd;
*dpy_no = -1;
*found_input = False;
#ifdef XTHREADS
rmask = app->fds.rmask;
for (dd = app->count; dd-- > 0; )
FD_SET (ConnectionNumber (app->list[dd]), &rmask);
#endif
for (ii = 0; ii < wf->nfds && nfds > 0; ii++) {
condition = 0;
if (FD_ISSET (ii, &wf->rmask)
#ifdef XTHREADS
&& FD_ISSET (ii, &rmask)
#endif
) {
nfds--;
if (!ignoreEvents) {
for (dd = 0; dd < app->count; dd++) {
if (ii == ConnectionNumber (app->list[dd])) {
if (*dpy_no == -1) {
if (XEventsQueued (app->list[dd], QueuedAfterReading ))
*dpy_no = dd;
/*
* An error event could have arrived
* without any real events, or events
* could have been swallowed by Xlib,
* or the connection may be broken.
* We can't tell the difference, so
* assume Xlib will eventually discover
* a broken connection.
*/
}
goto ENDILOOP;
}
}
}
condition = XtInputReadMask;
}
if (FD_ISSET (ii, &wf->wmask)
#ifdef XTHREADS
&& FD_ISSET (ii, &app->fds.wmask)
#endif
) {
condition |= XtInputWriteMask;
nfds--;
}
if (FD_ISSET (ii, &wf->emask)
#ifdef XTHREADS
&& FD_ISSET (ii, &app->fds.emask)
#endif
) {
condition |= XtInputExceptMask;
nfds--;
}
if (condition) {
for (ep = app->input_list[ii]; ep; ep = ep->ie_next)
if (condition & ep->ie_condition) {
/* make sure this input isn't already marked outstanding */
InputEvent *oq;
for (oq = app->outstandingQueue; oq; oq = oq->ie_oq)
if (oq == ep)
break;
if (!oq)
{
ep->ie_oq = app->outstandingQueue;
app->outstandingQueue = ep;
}
}
*found_input = True;
}
ENDILOOP: ;
} /* endfor */
#else /* }{ */
struct pollfd* fdlp;
*dpy_no = -1;
*found_input = False;
if (!ignoreEvents) {
fdlp = wf->fdlist;
for (ii = 0; ii < wf->num_dpys; ii++, fdlp++) {
if (*dpy_no == -1 && fdlp->revents & (POLLIN|POLLHUP|POLLERR) &&
#ifdef XTHREADS
!(fdlp->revents & POLLNVAL) &&
#endif
XEventsQueued (app->list[ii], QueuedAfterReading)) {
*dpy_no = ii;
break;
}
}
}
if (!ignoreInputs) {
fdlp = &wf->fdlist[wf->num_dpys];
for (ii = wf->num_dpys; ii < wf->fdlistlen; ii++, fdlp++) {
condition = 0;
if (fdlp->revents) {
if (fdlp->revents & (XPOLL_READ|POLLHUP|POLLERR)
#ifdef XTHREADS
&& !(fdlp->revents & POLLNVAL)
#endif
)
condition = XtInputReadMask;
if (fdlp->revents & XPOLL_WRITE)
condition |= XtInputWriteMask;
if (fdlp->revents & XPOLL_EXCEPT)
condition |= XtInputExceptMask;
}
if (condition) {
*found_input = True;
for (ep = app->input_list[fdlp->fd]; ep; ep = ep->ie_next)
if (condition & ep->ie_condition) {
InputEvent *oq;
/* make sure this input isn't already marked outstanding */
for (oq = app->outstandingQueue; oq; oq = oq->ie_oq)
if (oq == ep)
break;
if (!oq)
{
ep->ie_oq = app->outstandingQueue;
app->outstandingQueue = ep;
}
}
}
}
}
#endif /* } */
}
/*
* Routine to block in the toolkit. This should be the only call to select.
*
* This routine returns when there is something to be done.
*
* Before calling this with ignoreInputs==False, app->outstandingQueue should
* be checked; this routine will not verify that an alternate input source
* has not already been enqueued.
*
*
* _XtWaitForSomething( appContext,
* ignoreEvent, ignoreTimers, ignoreInputs, ignoreSignals,
* block, drop_lock, howlong)
* XtAppContext app; (Displays to check wait on)
*
* Boolean ignoreEvents; (Don't return if XEvents are available
* Also implies forget XEvents exist)
*
* Boolean ignoreTimers; (Ditto for timers)
*
* Boolean ignoreInputs; (Ditto for input callbacks )
*
* Boolean ignoreSignals; (Ditto for signals)
*
* Boolean block; (Okay to block)
*
* Boolean drop_lock (drop lock before going into select/poll)
*
* TimeVal howlong; (howlong to wait for if blocking and not
* doing Timers... Null means forever.
* Maybe should mean shortest of both)
* Returns display for which input is available, if any
* and if ignoreEvents==False, else returns -1
*
* if ignoring everything && block=True && howlong=NULL, you'll have
* lots of time for coffee; better not try it! In fact, it probably
* makes little sense to do this regardless of the value of howlong
* (bottom line is, we don't bother checking here).
*
* If drop_lock is FALSE, the app->lock->mutex is not unlocked before
* entering select/poll. It is illegal for drop_lock to be FALSE if
* ignoreTimers, ignoreInputs, or ignoreSignals is FALSE.
*/
int _XtWaitForSomething(
XtAppContext app,
_XtBoolean ignoreEvents,
_XtBoolean ignoreTimers,
_XtBoolean ignoreInputs,
_XtBoolean ignoreSignals,
_XtBoolean block,
#ifdef XTHREADS
_XtBoolean drop_lock,
#endif
unsigned long *howlong)
{
wait_times_t wt;
wait_fds_t wf;
int nfds, dpy_no, found_input, dd;
#ifdef XTHREADS
Boolean push_thread = TRUE;
Boolean pushed_thread = FALSE;
int level = 0;
#endif
#ifdef USE_POLL
struct pollfd fdlist[XT_DEFAULT_FDLIST_SIZE];
#endif
#ifdef XTHREADS
/* assert ((ignoreTimers && ignoreInputs && ignoreSignals) || drop_lock); */
/* If not multi-threaded, never drop lock */
if (app->lock == (ThreadAppProc) NULL)
drop_lock = FALSE;
#endif
InitTimes (block, howlong, &wt);
#ifdef USE_POLL
wf.fdlist = NULL;
wf.stack = fdlist;
wf.fdlistlen = wf.num_dpys = 0;
#endif
WaitLoop:
app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
while (1) {
AdjustTimes (app, block, howlong, ignoreTimers, &wt);
if (block && app->block_hook_list) {
BlockHook hook;
for (hook = app->block_hook_list;
hook != NULL;
hook = hook->next)
(*hook->proc) (hook->closure);
if (!ignoreEvents)
/* see if the hook(s) generated any protocol */
for (dd = 0; dd < app->count; dd++)
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[dd], QueuedAlready)) {
#ifdef USE_POLL
XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
#endif
return dd;
}
}
if (app->rebuild_fdlist)
InitFds (app, ignoreEvents, ignoreInputs, &wf);
#ifdef XTHREADS /* { */
if (drop_lock) {
YIELD_APP_LOCK(app, &push_thread, &pushed_thread, &level);
nfds = IoWait (&wt, &wf);
RESTORE_APP_LOCK(app, level, &pushed_thread);
} else
#endif /* } */
nfds = IoWait (&wt, &wf);
if (nfds == -1) {
/*
* interrupt occured recalculate time value and wait again.
*/
if (errno == EINTR || errno == EAGAIN) {
if (errno == EAGAIN) {
errno = 0; /* errno is not self reseting */
continue;
}
errno = 0; /* errno is not self reseting */
/* was it interrupted by a signal that we care about? */
if (!ignoreSignals && app->signalQueue != NULL) {
SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
while (se_ptr != NULL) {
if (se_ptr->se_notice) {
if (block && howlong != NULL)
AdjustHowLong (howlong, &wt.start_time);
#ifdef USE_POLL
XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
#endif
return -1;
}
se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
}
}
if (!ignoreEvents)
/* get Xlib to detect a bad connection */
for (dd = 0; dd < app->count; dd++)
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[dd], QueuedAfterReading)) {
#ifdef USE_POLL
XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
#endif
return dd;
}
if (block) {
#ifndef USE_POLL
if (wt.wait_time_ptr == NULL)
#else
if (wt.poll_wait == X_BLOCK)
#endif
continue;
X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&wt.new_time);
FIXUP_TIMEVAL (wt.new_time);
TIMEDELTA (wt.time_spent, wt.new_time, wt.cur_time);
wt.cur_time = wt.new_time;
#ifndef USE_POLL
if (IS_AFTER (wt.time_spent, *wt.wait_time_ptr)) {
TIMEDELTA (wt.wait_time, *wt.wait_time_ptr, wt.time_spent);
wt.wait_time_ptr = &wt.wait_time;
continue;
} else
#else
if ((wt.time_spent.tv_sec * 1000 + wt.time_spent.tv_usec / 1000) < wt.poll_wait) {
wt.poll_wait -= (wt.time_spent.tv_sec * 1000 + wt.time_spent.tv_usec / 1000);
continue;
} else
#endif
nfds = 0;
}
} else {
char Errno[12];
String param = Errno;
Cardinal param_count = 1;
sprintf( Errno, "%d", errno);
XtAppWarningMsg(app, "communicationError","select",
XtCXtToolkitError,"Select failed; error code %s",
¶m, ¶m_count);
continue;
}
} /* timed out or input available */
break;
}
if (nfds == 0) {
/* Timed out */
if (howlong)
*howlong = (unsigned long)0;
#ifdef USE_POLL
XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
#endif
return -1;
}
if (block && howlong != NULL)
AdjustHowLong (howlong, &wt.start_time);
if (ignoreInputs && ignoreEvents) {
#ifdef USE_POLL
XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
#endif
return -1;
} else
FindInputs (app, &wf, nfds,
ignoreEvents, ignoreInputs,
&dpy_no, &found_input);
if (dpy_no >= 0 || found_input) {
#ifdef USE_POLL
XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
#endif
return dpy_no;
}
if (block)
goto WaitLoop;
else {
#ifdef USE_POLL
XtStackFree ((XtPointer) wf.fdlist, fdlist);
#endif
return -1;
}
}
#define IeCallProc(ptr) \
(*ptr->ie_proc) (ptr->ie_closure, &ptr->ie_source, (XtInputId*)&ptr);
#define TeCallProc(ptr) \
(*ptr->te_proc) (ptr->te_closure, (XtIntervalId*)&ptr);
#define SeCallProc(ptr) \
(*ptr->se_proc) (ptr->se_closure, (XtSignalId*)&ptr);
/*
* Public Routines
*/
XtIntervalId XtAddTimeOut(
unsigned long interval,
XtTimerCallbackProc proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
return XtAppAddTimeOut(_XtDefaultAppContext(),
interval, proc, closure);
}
static void QueueTimerEvent(
XtAppContext app,
TimerEventRec *ptr)
{
TimerEventRec *t,**tt;
tt = &app->timerQueue;
t = *tt;
while (t != NULL &&
IS_AFTER(t->te_timer_value, ptr->te_timer_value)) {
tt = &t->te_next;
t = *tt;
}
ptr->te_next = t;
*tt = ptr;
}
XtIntervalId XtAppAddTimeOut(
XtAppContext app,
unsigned long interval,
XtTimerCallbackProc proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
TimerEventRec *tptr;
struct timeval current_time;
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (freeTimerRecs) {
tptr = freeTimerRecs;
freeTimerRecs = tptr->te_next;
}
else tptr = XtNew(TimerEventRec);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
tptr->te_next = NULL;
tptr->te_closure = closure;
tptr->te_proc = proc;
tptr->app = app;
tptr->te_timer_value.tv_sec = interval/1000;
tptr->te_timer_value.tv_usec = (interval%1000)*1000;
X_GETTIMEOFDAY (¤t_time);
FIXUP_TIMEVAL(current_time);
ADD_TIME(tptr->te_timer_value,tptr->te_timer_value,current_time);
QueueTimerEvent(app, tptr);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return( (XtIntervalId) tptr);
}
void XtRemoveTimeOut(
XtIntervalId id)
{
TimerEventRec *t, *last, *tid = (TimerEventRec *) id;
XtAppContext app = tid->app;
/* find it */
LOCK_APP(app);
for(t = app->timerQueue, last = NULL;
t != NULL && t != tid;
t = t->te_next) last = t;
if (t == NULL) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return; /* couldn't find it */
}
if(last == NULL) { /* first one on the list */
app->timerQueue = t->te_next;
} else last->te_next = t->te_next;
LOCK_PROCESS;
t->te_next = freeTimerRecs;
freeTimerRecs = t;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
XtWorkProcId XtAddWorkProc(
XtWorkProc proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
return XtAppAddWorkProc(_XtDefaultAppContext(), proc, closure);
}
XtWorkProcId XtAppAddWorkProc(
XtAppContext app,
XtWorkProc proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
WorkProcRec *wptr;
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (freeWorkRecs) {
wptr = freeWorkRecs;
freeWorkRecs = wptr->next;
} else wptr = XtNew(WorkProcRec);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
wptr->next = app->workQueue;
wptr->closure = closure;
wptr->proc = proc;
wptr->app = app;
app->workQueue = wptr;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return (XtWorkProcId) wptr;
}
void XtRemoveWorkProc(
XtWorkProcId id)
{
WorkProcRec *wid= (WorkProcRec *) id, *w, *last;
XtAppContext app = wid->app;
LOCK_APP(app);
/* find it */
for(w = app->workQueue, last = NULL;
w != NULL && w != wid; w = w->next) last = w;
if (w == NULL) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return; /* couldn't find it */
}
if(last == NULL) app->workQueue = w->next;
else last->next = w->next;
LOCK_PROCESS;
w->next = freeWorkRecs;
freeWorkRecs = w;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
XtSignalId XtAddSignal(
XtSignalCallbackProc proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
return XtAppAddSignal(_XtDefaultAppContext(), proc, closure);
}
XtSignalId XtAppAddSignal(
XtAppContext app,
XtSignalCallbackProc proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
SignalEventRec *sptr;
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (freeSignalRecs) {
sptr = freeSignalRecs;
freeSignalRecs = sptr->se_next;
} else
sptr = XtNew(SignalEventRec);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
sptr->se_next = app->signalQueue;
sptr->se_closure = closure;
sptr->se_proc = proc;
sptr->app = app;
sptr->se_notice = FALSE;
app->signalQueue = sptr;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return (XtSignalId) sptr;
}
void XtRemoveSignal(
XtSignalId id)
{
SignalEventRec *sid = (SignalEventRec*) id, *s, *last = NULL;
XtAppContext app = sid->app;
LOCK_APP(app);
for (s = app->signalQueue; s != NULL && s != sid; s = s->se_next)
last = s;
if (s == NULL) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
if (last == NULL)
app->signalQueue = s->se_next;
else
last->se_next = s->se_next;
LOCK_PROCESS;
s->se_next = freeSignalRecs;
freeSignalRecs = s;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void XtNoticeSignal(
XtSignalId id)
{
/*
* It would be overkill to lock the app to set this flag.
* In the worst case, 2..n threads would be modifying this
* flag. The last one wins. Since signals occur asynchronously
* anyway, this can occur with or without threads.
*
* The other issue is that thread t1 sets the flag in a
* signalrec that has been deleted in thread t2. We rely
* on a detail of the implementation, i.e. free'd signalrecs
* aren't really free'd, they're just moved to a list of
* free recs, so deref'ing one won't hurt anything.
*
* Lastly, and perhaps most importantly, since POSIX threads
* says that the handling of asynchronous signals in a synchronous
* threads environment is undefined. Therefor it would be an
* error for both signals and threads to be in use in the same
* program.
*/
SignalEventRec *sid = (SignalEventRec*) id;
sid->se_notice = TRUE;
}
XtInputId XtAddInput(
int source,
XtPointer Condition,
XtInputCallbackProc proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
return XtAppAddInput(_XtDefaultAppContext(),
source, Condition, proc, closure);
}
XtInputId XtAppAddInput(
XtAppContext app,
int source,
XtPointer Condition,
XtInputCallbackProc proc,
XtPointer closure)
{
InputEvent* sptr;
XtInputMask condition = (XtInputMask) Condition;
LOCK_APP(app);
if (!condition ||
condition & ~(XtInputReadMask|XtInputWriteMask|XtInputExceptMask))
XtAppErrorMsg(app,"invalidParameter","xtAddInput",XtCXtToolkitError,
"invalid condition passed to XtAppAddInput",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
if (app->input_max <= source) {
Cardinal n = source + 1;
int ii;
app->input_list = (InputEvent**)XtRealloc((char*) app->input_list,
n * sizeof(InputEvent*));
for (ii = app->input_max; ii < (int) n; ii++)
app->input_list[ii] = (InputEvent*) NULL;
app->input_max = n;
}
sptr = XtNew(InputEvent);
sptr->ie_proc = proc;
sptr->ie_closure = closure;
sptr->app = app;
sptr->ie_oq = NULL;
sptr->ie_source = source;
sptr->ie_condition = condition;
sptr->ie_next = app->input_list[source];
app->input_list[source] = sptr;
#ifndef USE_POLL
if (condition & XtInputReadMask) FD_SET(source, &app->fds.rmask);
if (condition & XtInputWriteMask) FD_SET(source, &app->fds.wmask);
if (condition & XtInputExceptMask) FD_SET(source, &app->fds.emask);
if (app->fds.nfds < (source+1)) app->fds.nfds = source+1;
#else
if (sptr->ie_next == NULL)
app->fds.nfds++;
#endif
app->input_count++;
app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return((XtInputId)sptr);
}
void XtRemoveInput(
register XtInputId id)
{
register InputEvent *sptr, *lptr;
XtAppContext app = ((InputEvent *)id)->app;
register int source = ((InputEvent *)id)->ie_source;
Boolean found = False;
LOCK_APP(app);
sptr = app->outstandingQueue;
lptr = NULL;
for (; sptr != NULL; sptr = sptr->ie_oq) {
if (sptr == (InputEvent *)id) {
if (lptr == NULL) app->outstandingQueue = sptr->ie_oq;
else lptr->ie_oq = sptr->ie_oq;
}
lptr = sptr;
}
if(app->input_list && (sptr = app->input_list[source]) != NULL) {
for( lptr = NULL ; sptr; sptr = sptr->ie_next ){
if(sptr == (InputEvent *) id) {
#ifndef USE_POLL
XtInputMask condition = 0;
#endif
if(lptr == NULL) {
app->input_list[source] = sptr->ie_next;
} else {
lptr->ie_next = sptr->ie_next;
}
#ifndef USE_POLL
for (lptr = app->input_list[source];
lptr; lptr = lptr->ie_next)
condition |= lptr->ie_condition;
if ((sptr->ie_condition & XtInputReadMask) &&
!(condition & XtInputReadMask))
FD_CLR(source, &app->fds.rmask);
if ((sptr->ie_condition & XtInputWriteMask) &&
!(condition & XtInputWriteMask))
FD_CLR(source, &app->fds.wmask);
if ((sptr->ie_condition & XtInputExceptMask) &&
!(condition & XtInputExceptMask))
FD_CLR(source, &app->fds.emask);
#endif
XtFree((char *) sptr);
found = True;
break;
}
lptr = sptr;
}
}
if (found) {
app->input_count--;
#ifdef USE_POLL
if (app->input_list[source] == NULL)
app->fds.nfds--;
#endif
app->rebuild_fdlist = TRUE;
} else
XtAppWarningMsg(app, "invalidProcedure","inputHandler",
XtCXtToolkitError,
"XtRemoveInput: Input handler not found",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void _XtRemoveAllInputs(
XtAppContext app)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < app->input_max; i++) {
InputEvent* ep = app->input_list[i];
while (ep) {
InputEvent *next = ep->ie_next;
XtFree( (char*)ep );
ep = next;
}
}
XtFree((char *) app->input_list);
}
/* Do alternate input and timer callbacks if there are any */
static void DoOtherSources(
XtAppContext app)
{
TimerEventRec *te_ptr;
InputEvent *ie_ptr;
struct timeval cur_time;
#define DrainQueue() \
for (ie_ptr = app->outstandingQueue; ie_ptr != NULL;) { \
app->outstandingQueue = ie_ptr->ie_oq; \
ie_ptr ->ie_oq = NULL; \
IeCallProc(ie_ptr); \
ie_ptr = app->outstandingQueue; \
}
/*enddef*/
DrainQueue();
if (app->input_count > 0) {
/* Call _XtWaitForSomething to get input queued up */
(void) _XtWaitForSomething (app,
TRUE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE,
FALSE,
#ifdef XTHREADS
TRUE,
#endif
(unsigned long *)NULL);
DrainQueue();
}
if (app->timerQueue != NULL) { /* check timeout queue */
X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
while(IS_AT_OR_AFTER (app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time)) {
te_ptr = app->timerQueue;
app->timerQueue = te_ptr->te_next;
te_ptr->te_next = NULL;
if (te_ptr->te_proc != NULL)
TeCallProc(te_ptr);
LOCK_PROCESS;
te_ptr->te_next = freeTimerRecs;
freeTimerRecs = te_ptr;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (app->timerQueue == NULL) break;
}
}
if (app->signalQueue != NULL) {
SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
while (se_ptr != NULL) {
if (se_ptr->se_notice) {
se_ptr->se_notice = FALSE;
if (se_ptr->se_proc != NULL)
SeCallProc(se_ptr);
}
se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
}
}
#undef DrainQueue
}
/* If there are any work procs, call them. Return whether we did so */
static Boolean CallWorkProc(
XtAppContext app)
{
register WorkProcRec *w = app->workQueue;
Boolean delete;
if (w == NULL) return FALSE;
app->workQueue = w->next;
delete = (*(w->proc)) (w->closure);
if (delete) {
LOCK_PROCESS;
w->next = freeWorkRecs;
freeWorkRecs = w;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
else {
w->next = app->workQueue;
app->workQueue = w;
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
* XtNextEvent()
* return next event;
*/
void XtNextEvent(
XEvent *event)
{
XtAppNextEvent(_XtDefaultAppContext(), event);
}
void _XtRefreshMapping(
XEvent* event,
_XtBoolean dispatch)
{
XtPerDisplay pd;
LOCK_PROCESS;
pd = _XtGetPerDisplay(event->xmapping.display);
if (event->xmapping.request != MappingPointer &&
pd && pd->keysyms && (event->xmapping.serial >= pd->keysyms_serial))
_XtBuildKeysymTables( event->xmapping.display, pd );
XRefreshKeyboardMapping(&event->xmapping);
if (dispatch && pd && pd->mapping_callbacks)
XtCallCallbackList((Widget) NULL,
(XtCallbackList)pd->mapping_callbacks,
(XtPointer)event );
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
void XtAppNextEvent(
XtAppContext app,
XEvent *event)
{
int i, d;
LOCK_APP(app);
for (;;) {
if (app->count == 0)
DoOtherSources(app);
else {
for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
if (d == 0) DoOtherSources(app);
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterReading))
goto GotEvent;
}
for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush))
goto GotEvent;
}
}
/* We're ready to wait...if there is a work proc, call it */
if (CallWorkProc(app)) continue;
d = _XtWaitForSomething (app,
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE,
TRUE,
#ifdef XTHREADS
TRUE,
#endif
(unsigned long *) NULL);
if (d != -1) {
GotEvent:
XNextEvent (app->list[d], event);
#ifdef XTHREADS
/* assert(app->list[d] == event->xany.display); */
#endif
app->last = d;
if (event->xany.type == MappingNotify)
_XtRefreshMapping(event, False);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
} /* for */
}
void XtProcessEvent(
XtInputMask mask)
{
XtAppProcessEvent(_XtDefaultAppContext(), mask);
}
void XtAppProcessEvent(
XtAppContext app,
XtInputMask mask)
{
int i, d;
XEvent event;
struct timeval cur_time;
LOCK_APP(app);
if (mask == 0) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
for (;;) {
if (mask & XtIMSignal && app->signalQueue != NULL) {
SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
while (se_ptr != NULL) {
if (se_ptr->se_notice) {
se_ptr->se_notice = FALSE;
SeCallProc(se_ptr);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
}
}
if (mask & XtIMTimer && app->timerQueue != NULL) {
X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
if (IS_AT_OR_AFTER(app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time)){
TimerEventRec *te_ptr = app->timerQueue;
app->timerQueue = app->timerQueue->te_next;
te_ptr->te_next = NULL;
if (te_ptr->te_proc != NULL)
TeCallProc(te_ptr);
LOCK_PROCESS;
te_ptr->te_next = freeTimerRecs;
freeTimerRecs = te_ptr;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
}
if (mask & XtIMAlternateInput) {
if (app->input_count > 0 && app->outstandingQueue == NULL) {
/* Call _XtWaitForSomething to get input queued up */
(void) _XtWaitForSomething (app,
TRUE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE,
FALSE,
#ifdef XTHREADS
TRUE,
#endif
(unsigned long *)NULL);
}
if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) {
InputEvent *ie_ptr = app->outstandingQueue;
app->outstandingQueue = ie_ptr->ie_oq;
ie_ptr->ie_oq = NULL;
IeCallProc(ie_ptr);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
}
if (mask & XtIMXEvent) {
for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterReading))
goto GotEvent;
}
for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush))
goto GotEvent;
}
}
/* Nothing to do...wait for something */
if (CallWorkProc(app)) continue;
d = _XtWaitForSomething (app,
(mask & XtIMXEvent ? FALSE : TRUE),
(mask & XtIMTimer ? FALSE : TRUE),
(mask & XtIMAlternateInput ? FALSE : TRUE),
(mask & XtIMSignal ? FALSE : TRUE),
TRUE,
#ifdef XTHREADS
TRUE,
#endif
(unsigned long *) NULL);
if (mask & XtIMXEvent && d != -1) {
GotEvent:
XNextEvent(app->list[d], &event);
#ifdef XTHREADS
/* assert(app->list[d] == event.xany.display); */
#endif
app->last = d;
if (event.xany.type == MappingNotify) {
_XtRefreshMapping(&event, False);
}
XtDispatchEvent(&event);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
}
}
Boolean XtPending(void)
{
return (XtAppPending(_XtDefaultAppContext()) != 0);
}
XtInputMask XtAppPending(
XtAppContext app)
{
struct timeval cur_time;
int d;
XtInputMask ret = 0;
/*
* Check for pending X events
*/
LOCK_APP(app);
for (d = 0; d < app->count; d++) {
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterReading)) {
ret = XtIMXEvent;
break;
}
}
if (ret == 0) {
for (d = 0; d < app->count; d++) {
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush)) {
ret = XtIMXEvent;
break;
}
}
}
if (app->signalQueue != NULL) {
SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
while (se_ptr != NULL) {
if (se_ptr->se_notice) {
ret |= XtIMSignal;
break;
}
se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
}
}
/*
* Check for pending alternate input
*/
if (app->timerQueue != NULL) { /* check timeout queue */
X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
if ((IS_AT_OR_AFTER(app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time)) &&
(app->timerQueue->te_proc != NULL)) {
ret |= XtIMTimer;
}
}
if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) ret |= XtIMAlternateInput;
else {
/* This won't cause a wait, but will enqueue any input */
if(_XtWaitForSomething (app,
FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE,
FALSE,
#ifdef XTHREADS
TRUE,
#endif
(unsigned long *) NULL) != -1)
ret |= XtIMXEvent;
if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) ret |= XtIMAlternateInput;
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return ret;
}
/* Peek at alternate input and timer callbacks if there are any */
static Boolean PeekOtherSources(
XtAppContext app)
{
struct timeval cur_time;
if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) return TRUE;
if (app->signalQueue != NULL) {
SignalEventRec *se_ptr = app->signalQueue;
while (se_ptr != NULL) {
if (se_ptr->se_notice)
return TRUE;
se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
}
}
if (app->input_count > 0) {
/* Call _XtWaitForSomething to get input queued up */
(void) _XtWaitForSomething (app,
TRUE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE,
FALSE,
#ifdef XTHREADS
TRUE,
#endif
(unsigned long *)NULL);
if (app->outstandingQueue != NULL) return TRUE;
}
if (app->timerQueue != NULL) { /* check timeout queue */
X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
if (IS_AT_OR_AFTER (app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time))
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
Boolean XtPeekEvent(
XEvent *event)
{
return XtAppPeekEvent(_XtDefaultAppContext(), event);
}
Boolean XtAppPeekEvent_SkipTimer;
Boolean XtAppPeekEvent(
XtAppContext app,
XEvent *event)
{
int i, d;
Boolean foundCall = FALSE;
LOCK_APP(app);
for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
if (d == 0) foundCall = PeekOtherSources(app);
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterReading))
goto GotEvent;
}
for (i = 1; i <= app->count; i++) {
d = (i + app->last) % app->count;
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush))
goto GotEvent;
}
if (foundCall) {
event->xany.type = 0;
event->xany.display = NULL;
event->xany.window = 0;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return FALSE;
}
while (1) {
d = _XtWaitForSomething (app,
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE,
TRUE,
#ifdef XTHREADS
TRUE,
#endif
(unsigned long *) NULL);
if (d != -1) { /* event */
GotEvent:
XPeekEvent(app->list[d], event);
app->last = (d == 0 ? app->count : d) - 1;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return TRUE;
}
else { /* input or timer or signal */
/*
* Check to see why a -1 was returned, if a timer expired,
* call it and block some more
*/
if ((app->timerQueue != NULL) && ! XtAppPeekEvent_SkipTimer) { /* timer */
struct timeval cur_time;
Bool did_timer = False;
X_GETTIMEOFDAY (&cur_time);
FIXUP_TIMEVAL(cur_time);
while (IS_AT_OR_AFTER(app->timerQueue->te_timer_value, cur_time)) {
TimerEventRec *te_ptr = app->timerQueue;
app->timerQueue = app->timerQueue->te_next;
te_ptr->te_next = NULL;
if (te_ptr->te_proc != NULL) {
TeCallProc(te_ptr);
did_timer = True;
}
LOCK_PROCESS;
te_ptr->te_next = freeTimerRecs;
freeTimerRecs = te_ptr;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (app->timerQueue == NULL) break;
}
if (did_timer)
{
for (d = 0; d < app->count; d++)
/* the timer's procedure may have caused an event */
if (XEventsQueued(app->list[d], QueuedAfterFlush)) {
goto GotEvent;
}
continue; /* keep blocking */
}
}
/*
* spec is vague here; we'll assume signals also return FALSE,
* of course to determine whether a signal is pending requires
* walking the signalQueue looking for se_notice flags which
* this code doesn't do.
*/
#if 0
if (app->signalQueue != NULL) { /* signal */
event->xany.type = 0;
event->xany.display = NULL;
event->xany.window = 0;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return FALSE;
}
else
#endif
{ /* input */
event->xany.type = 0;
event->xany.display = NULL;
event->xany.window = 0;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return FALSE;
}
}
} /* end while */
}
_ptr);
}
se_ptr = se_ptr->se_next;
}
}
#undef DrainQueue
}
/* If there are any work procs, call them. Return whether we did slibXt-1.1.5/src/Threads.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000024453 12520610324 0015411 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /************************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
********************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#ifdef XTHREADS
#define xmalloc __XtMalloc
#define xfree XtFree
#include
#ifndef NDEBUG
#define NDEBUG
#endif
#include
#include
typedef struct _ThreadStack {
unsigned int size;
int sp;
struct _Tstack {
xthread_t t;
xcondition_t c;
} *st;
} ThreadStack;
typedef struct _LockRec {
xmutex_t mutex;
int level;
ThreadStack stack;
#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
xthread_t holder;
xcondition_t cond;
#endif
} LockRec;
#define STACK_INCR 16
static LockPtr process_lock = NULL;
static void
InitProcessLock(void)
{
if(!process_lock) {
process_lock = XtNew(LockRec);
process_lock->mutex = xmutex_malloc();
xmutex_init(process_lock->mutex);
process_lock->level = 0;
#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
process_lock->cond = xcondition_malloc();
xcondition_init(process_lock->cond);
xthread_clear_id(process_lock->holder);
#endif
}
}
static void
ProcessLock(void)
{
#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
xmutex_lock(process_lock->mutex);
process_lock->level++;
#else
xthread_t this_thread = xthread_self();
xmutex_lock(process_lock->mutex);
if (!xthread_have_id(process_lock->holder)) {
process_lock->holder = this_thread;
xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
return;
}
if (xthread_equal(process_lock->holder,this_thread)) {
process_lock->level++;
xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
return;
}
while(xthread_have_id(process_lock->holder))
xcondition_wait(process_lock->cond, process_lock->mutex);
process_lock->holder = this_thread;
assert(xthread_equal(process_lock->holder, this_thread));
xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
#endif
}
static void
ProcessUnlock(void)
{
#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
process_lock->level--;
xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
#else
xmutex_lock(process_lock->mutex);
assert(xthread_equal(process_lock->holder, xthread_self()));
if (process_lock->level != 0) {
process_lock->level--;
xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
return;
}
xthread_clear_id(process_lock->holder);
xcondition_signal(process_lock->cond);
xmutex_unlock(process_lock->mutex);
#endif
}
static void
AppLock(XtAppContext app)
{
LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
app_lock->level++;
#else
xthread_t self = xthread_self();
xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
if (!xthread_have_id(app_lock->holder)) {
app_lock->holder = self;
assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
return;
}
if (xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self)) {
app_lock->level++;
xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
return;
}
while(xthread_have_id(app_lock->holder)) {
xcondition_wait(app_lock->cond, app_lock->mutex);
}
app_lock->holder = self;
assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
#endif
}
static void
AppUnlock(XtAppContext app)
{
LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
app_lock->level--;
xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
#else
xthread_t self;
self = xthread_self();
xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
if (app_lock->level != 0) {
app_lock->level--;
xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
return;
}
xthread_clear_id(app_lock->holder);
xcondition_signal(app_lock->cond);
xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
#endif
}
static void
YieldAppLock(
XtAppContext app,
Boolean* push_thread,
Boolean* pushed_thread,
int* level)
{
LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
xthread_t self = xthread_self();
#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
#endif
*level = app_lock->level;
if (*push_thread) {
*push_thread = FALSE;
*pushed_thread = TRUE;
if(app_lock->stack.sp == (int)app_lock->stack.size - 1) {
unsigned ii;
app_lock->stack.st = (struct _Tstack *)
XtRealloc ((char *)app_lock->stack.st,
(app_lock->stack.size + STACK_INCR) * sizeof (struct _Tstack));
ii = app_lock->stack.size;
app_lock->stack.size += STACK_INCR;
for ( ; ii < app_lock->stack.size; ii++) {
app_lock->stack.st[ii].c = xcondition_malloc();
xcondition_init(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c);
}
}
app_lock->stack.st[++(app_lock->stack.sp)].t = self;
}
#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
while (app_lock->level > 0) {
app_lock->level--;
xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
}
#else
xcondition_signal(app_lock->cond);
app_lock->level = 0;
xthread_clear_id(app_lock->holder);
xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
#endif
}
static void
RestoreAppLock(
XtAppContext app,
int level,
Boolean* pushed_thread)
{
LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
xthread_t self = xthread_self();
xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
app_lock->level++;
#else
while(xthread_have_id(app_lock->holder)) {
xcondition_wait(app_lock->cond, app_lock->mutex);
}
#endif
if (!xthread_equal(app_lock->stack.st[app_lock->stack.sp].t, self)) {
int ii;
for (ii = app_lock->stack.sp - 1; ii >= 0; ii--) {
if (xthread_equal(app_lock->stack.st[ii].t, self)) {
xcondition_wait(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c, app_lock->mutex);
break;
}
}
#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
while(xthread_have_id(app_lock->holder)) {
xcondition_wait(app_lock->cond, app_lock->mutex);
}
#endif
}
#ifdef _XMUTEX_NESTS
while (app_lock->level < level) {
xmutex_lock(app_lock->mutex);
app_lock->level++;
}
#else
app_lock->holder = self;
app_lock->level = level;
assert(xthread_equal(app_lock->holder, self));
#endif
if (*pushed_thread) {
*pushed_thread = FALSE;
(app_lock->stack.sp)--;
if (app_lock->stack.sp >= 0) {
xcondition_signal (app_lock->stack.st[app_lock->stack.sp].c);
}
}
#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
xmutex_unlock(app_lock->mutex);
#endif
}
static void
FreeAppLock(XtAppContext app)
{
unsigned ii;
LockPtr app_lock = app->lock_info;
if(app_lock) {
xmutex_clear(app_lock->mutex);
xmutex_free(app_lock->mutex);
#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
xcondition_clear(app_lock->cond);
xcondition_free(app_lock->cond);
#endif
if(app_lock->stack.st != (struct _Tstack *)NULL) {
for (ii = 0; ii < app_lock->stack.size; ii++) {
xcondition_clear(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c);
xcondition_free(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c);
}
XtFree((char *)app_lock->stack.st);
}
XtFree((char *)app_lock);
app->lock_info = NULL;
}
}
static void
InitAppLock(XtAppContext app)
{
int ii;
LockPtr app_lock;
app->lock = AppLock;
app->unlock = AppUnlock;
app->yield_lock = YieldAppLock;
app->restore_lock = RestoreAppLock;
app->free_lock = FreeAppLock;
app_lock = app->lock_info = XtNew(LockRec);
app_lock->mutex = xmutex_malloc();
xmutex_init(app_lock->mutex);
app_lock->level = 0;
#ifndef _XMUTEX_NESTS
app_lock->cond = xcondition_malloc();
xcondition_init(app_lock->cond);
xthread_clear_id(app_lock->holder);
#endif
app_lock->stack.size = STACK_INCR;
app_lock->stack.sp = -1;
app_lock->stack.st =
(struct _Tstack *)__XtMalloc(sizeof(struct _Tstack)*STACK_INCR);
for (ii = 0; ii < STACK_INCR; ii++) {
app_lock->stack.st[ii].c = xcondition_malloc();
xcondition_init(app_lock->stack.st[ii].c);
}
}
#endif /* defined(XTHREADS) */
void XtAppLock(XtAppContext app)
{
#ifdef XTHREADS
if(app->lock)
(*app->lock)(app);
#endif
}
void XtAppUnlock(XtAppContext app)
{
#ifdef XTHREADS
if(app->unlock)
(*app->unlock)(app);
#endif
}
void XtProcessLock(void)
{
#ifdef XTHREADS
if(_XtProcessLock)
(*_XtProcessLock)();
#endif
}
void XtProcessUnlock(void)
{
#ifdef XTHREADS
if(_XtProcessUnlock)
(*_XtProcessUnlock)();
#endif
}
Boolean XtToolkitThreadInitialize(void)
{
#ifdef XTHREADS
if (_XtProcessLock == NULL) {
#ifdef xthread_init
xthread_init();
#endif
InitProcessLock();
_XtProcessLock = ProcessLock;
_XtProcessUnlock = ProcessUnlock;
_XtInitAppLock = InitAppLock;
}
return True;
#else
return False;
#endif
}
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LlibXt-1.1.5/src/TMparse.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000164343 12520610324 0015375 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
#include
#include
#ifndef NOTASCII
#define XK_LATIN1
#endif
#define XK_MISCELLANY
#include
#ifdef CACHE_TRANSLATIONS
# ifdef REFCNT_TRANSLATIONS
# define CACHED XtCacheAll | XtCacheRefCount
# else
# define CACHED XtCacheAll
# endif
#else
# define CACHED XtCacheNone
#endif
#ifndef MAX
#define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#ifndef MIN
#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
static String XtNtranslationParseError = "translationParseError";
typedef int EventType;
typedef String (*ParseProc)(
String /* str; */,
Opaque /* closure; */,
EventPtr /* event; */,
Boolean* /* error */);
typedef TMShortCard Value;
typedef void (*ModifierProc)(Value, LateBindingsPtr*, Boolean, Value*);
typedef struct _ModifierRec {
const char *name;
XrmQuark signature;
ModifierProc modifierParseProc;
Value value;
} ModifierRec, *ModifierKeys;
typedef struct _EventKey {
const char *event;
XrmQuark signature;
EventType eventType;
ParseProc parseDetail;
Opaque closure;
}EventKey, *EventKeys;
typedef struct {
const char *name;
XrmQuark signature;
Value value;
} NameValueRec, *NameValueTable;
static void ParseModImmed(Value, LateBindingsPtr*, Boolean, Value*);
static void ParseModSym(Value, LateBindingsPtr*, Boolean, Value*);
static String PanicModeRecovery(String);
static String CheckForPoundSign(String, _XtTranslateOp, _XtTranslateOp *);
static KeySym StringToKeySym(String, Boolean *);
static ModifierRec modifiers[] = {
{"Shift", 0, ParseModImmed,ShiftMask},
{"Lock", 0, ParseModImmed,LockMask},
{"Ctrl", 0, ParseModImmed,ControlMask},
{"Mod1", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod1Mask},
{"Mod2", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod2Mask},
{"Mod3", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod3Mask},
{"Mod4", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod4Mask},
{"Mod5", 0, ParseModImmed,Mod5Mask},
{"Meta", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Meta_L},
{"m", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Meta_L},
{"h", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Hyper_L},
{"su", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Super_L},
{"a", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Alt_L},
{"Hyper", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Hyper_L},
{"Super", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Super_L},
{"Alt", 0, ParseModSym, XK_Alt_L},
{"Button1", 0, ParseModImmed,Button1Mask},
{"Button2", 0, ParseModImmed,Button2Mask},
{"Button3", 0, ParseModImmed,Button3Mask},
{"Button4", 0, ParseModImmed,Button4Mask},
{"Button5", 0, ParseModImmed,Button5Mask},
{"c", 0, ParseModImmed,ControlMask},
{"s", 0, ParseModImmed,ShiftMask},
{"l", 0, ParseModImmed,LockMask},
};
static NameValueRec buttonNames[] = {
{"Button1", 0, Button1},
{"Button2", 0, Button2},
{"Button3", 0, Button3},
{"Button4", 0, Button4},
{"Button5", 0, Button5},
{NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
};
static NameValueRec motionDetails[] = {
{"Normal", 0, NotifyNormal},
{"Hint", 0, NotifyHint},
{NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
};
static NameValueRec notifyModes[] = {
{"Normal", 0, NotifyNormal},
{"Grab", 0, NotifyGrab},
{"Ungrab", 0, NotifyUngrab},
{"WhileGrabbed", 0, NotifyWhileGrabbed},
{NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
};
#if 0
static NameValueRec notifyDetail[] = {
{"Ancestor", 0, NotifyAncestor},
{"Virtual", 0, NotifyVirtual},
{"Inferior", 0, NotifyInferior},
{"Nonlinear", 0, NotifyNonlinear},
{"NonlinearVirtual", 0, NotifyNonlinearVirtual},
{"Pointer", 0, NotifyPointer},
{"PointerRoot", 0, NotifyPointerRoot},
{"DetailNone", 0, NotifyDetailNone},
{NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
};
static NameValueRec visibilityNotify[] = {
{"Unobscured", 0, VisibilityUnobscured},
{"PartiallyObscured", 0, VisibilityPartiallyObscured},
{"FullyObscured", 0, VisibilityFullyObscured},
{NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
};
static NameValueRec circulation[] = {
{"OnTop", 0, PlaceOnTop},
{"OnBottom", 0, PlaceOnBottom},
{NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
};
static NameValueRec propertyChanged[] = {
{"NewValue", 0, PropertyNewValue},
{"Delete", 0, PropertyDelete},
{NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
};
#endif /*0*/
static NameValueRec mappingNotify[] = {
{"Modifier", 0, MappingModifier},
{"Keyboard", 0, MappingKeyboard},
{"Pointer", 0, MappingPointer},
{NULL, NULLQUARK, 0},
};
static String ParseKeySym(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
static String ParseKeyAndModifiers(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
static String ParseTable(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
static String ParseImmed(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
static String ParseAddModifier(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
static String ParseNone(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
static String ParseAtom(String, Opaque, EventPtr, Boolean*);
static EventKey events[] = {
/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
{"KeyPress", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeySym, NULL},
{"Key", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeySym, NULL},
{"KeyDown", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeySym, NULL},
{"Ctrl", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeyAndModifiers,(Opaque)ControlMask},
{"Shift", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeyAndModifiers,(Opaque)ShiftMask},
{"Meta", NULLQUARK, KeyPress, ParseKeyAndModifiers,(Opaque)NULL},
{"KeyUp", NULLQUARK, KeyRelease, ParseKeySym, NULL},
{"KeyRelease", NULLQUARK, KeyRelease, ParseKeySym, NULL},
{"ButtonPress", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseTable,(Opaque)buttonNames},
{"BtnDown", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseTable,(Opaque)buttonNames},
{"Btn1Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button1},
{"Btn2Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button2},
{"Btn3Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button3},
{"Btn4Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button4},
{"Btn5Down", NULLQUARK, ButtonPress, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button5},
/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
{"ButtonRelease", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseTable,(Opaque)buttonNames},
{"BtnUp", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseTable,(Opaque)buttonNames},
{"Btn1Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button1},
{"Btn2Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button2},
{"Btn3Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button3},
{"Btn4Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button4},
{"Btn5Up", NULLQUARK, ButtonRelease, ParseImmed,(Opaque)Button5},
{"MotionNotify", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)motionDetails},
{"PtrMoved", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)motionDetails},
{"Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)motionDetails},
{"MouseMoved", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)motionDetails},
{"BtnMotion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)AnyButtonMask},
{"Btn1Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button1Mask},
{"Btn2Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button2Mask},
{"Btn3Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button3Mask},
{"Btn4Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button4Mask},
{"Btn5Motion", NULLQUARK, MotionNotify, ParseAddModifier, (Opaque)Button5Mask},
{"EnterNotify", NULLQUARK, EnterNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
{"Enter", NULLQUARK, EnterNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
{"EnterWindow", NULLQUARK, EnterNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
{"LeaveNotify", NULLQUARK, LeaveNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
{"LeaveWindow", NULLQUARK, LeaveNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
{"Leave", NULLQUARK, LeaveNotify, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
{"FocusIn", NULLQUARK, FocusIn, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
{"FocusOut", NULLQUARK, FocusOut, ParseTable,(Opaque)notifyModes},
{"KeymapNotify", NULLQUARK, KeymapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Keymap", NULLQUARK, KeymapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Expose", NULLQUARK, Expose, ParseNone, NULL},
{"GraphicsExpose", NULLQUARK, GraphicsExpose, ParseNone, NULL},
{"GrExp", NULLQUARK, GraphicsExpose, ParseNone, NULL},
{"NoExpose", NULLQUARK, NoExpose, ParseNone, NULL},
{"NoExp", NULLQUARK, NoExpose, ParseNone, NULL},
{"VisibilityNotify",NULLQUARK, VisibilityNotify,ParseNone, NULL},
{"Visible", NULLQUARK, VisibilityNotify,ParseNone, NULL},
{"CreateNotify", NULLQUARK, CreateNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Create", NULLQUARK, CreateNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
{"DestroyNotify", NULLQUARK, DestroyNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Destroy", NULLQUARK, DestroyNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"UnmapNotify", NULLQUARK, UnmapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Unmap", NULLQUARK, UnmapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"MapNotify", NULLQUARK, MapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Map", NULLQUARK, MapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"MapRequest", NULLQUARK, MapRequest, ParseNone, NULL},
{"MapReq", NULLQUARK, MapRequest, ParseNone, NULL},
{"ReparentNotify", NULLQUARK, ReparentNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Reparent", NULLQUARK, ReparentNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"ConfigureNotify", NULLQUARK, ConfigureNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Configure", NULLQUARK, ConfigureNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"ConfigureRequest",NULLQUARK, ConfigureRequest,ParseNone, NULL},
{"ConfigureReq", NULLQUARK, ConfigureRequest,ParseNone, NULL},
/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
{"GravityNotify", NULLQUARK, GravityNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Grav", NULLQUARK, GravityNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"ResizeRequest", NULLQUARK, ResizeRequest, ParseNone, NULL},
{"ResReq", NULLQUARK, ResizeRequest, ParseNone, NULL},
{"CirculateNotify", NULLQUARK, CirculateNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Circ", NULLQUARK, CirculateNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"CirculateRequest",NULLQUARK, CirculateRequest,ParseNone, NULL},
{"CircReq", NULLQUARK, CirculateRequest,ParseNone, NULL},
{"PropertyNotify", NULLQUARK, PropertyNotify, ParseAtom, NULL},
{"Prop", NULLQUARK, PropertyNotify, ParseAtom, NULL},
{"SelectionClear", NULLQUARK, SelectionClear, ParseAtom, NULL},
{"SelClr", NULLQUARK, SelectionClear, ParseAtom, NULL},
{"SelectionRequest",NULLQUARK, SelectionRequest,ParseAtom, NULL},
{"SelReq", NULLQUARK, SelectionRequest,ParseAtom, NULL},
/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
{"SelectionNotify", NULLQUARK, SelectionNotify, ParseAtom, NULL},
{"Select", NULLQUARK, SelectionNotify, ParseAtom, NULL},
{"ColormapNotify", NULLQUARK, ColormapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"Clrmap", NULLQUARK, ColormapNotify, ParseNone, NULL},
{"ClientMessage", NULLQUARK, ClientMessage, ParseAtom, NULL},
{"Message", NULLQUARK, ClientMessage, ParseAtom, NULL},
{"MappingNotify", NULLQUARK, MappingNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)mappingNotify},
{"Mapping", NULLQUARK, MappingNotify, ParseTable, (Opaque)mappingNotify},
#ifdef DEBUG
# ifdef notdef
{"Timer", NULLQUARK, _XtTimerEventType,ParseNone, NULL},
{"EventTimer", NULLQUARK, _XtEventTimerEventType,ParseNone,NULL},
# endif /* notdef */
#endif /* DEBUG */
/* Event Name, Quark, Event Type, Detail Parser, Closure */
};
#define IsNewline(str) ((str) == '\n')
#define ScanFor(str, ch) \
while ((*(str) != (ch)) && (*(str) != '\0') && !IsNewline(*(str))) (str)++
#define ScanNumeric(str) while ('0' <= *(str) && *(str) <= '9') (str)++
#define ScanAlphanumeric(str) \
while (('A' <= *(str) && *(str) <= 'Z') || \
('a' <= *(str) && *(str) <= 'z') || \
('0' <= *(str) && *(str) <= '9')) (str)++
#define ScanWhitespace(str) \
while (*(str) == ' ' || *(str) == '\t') (str)++
static Boolean initialized = FALSE;
static XrmQuark QMeta;
static XrmQuark QCtrl;
static XrmQuark QNone;
static XrmQuark QAny;
static void FreeEventSeq(
EventSeqPtr eventSeq)
{
register EventSeqPtr evs = eventSeq;
while (evs != NULL) {
evs->state = (StatePtr) evs;
if (evs->next != NULL
&& evs->next->state == (StatePtr) evs->next)
evs->next = NULL;
evs = evs->next;
}
evs = eventSeq;
while (evs != NULL) {
register EventPtr event = evs;
evs = evs->next;
if (evs == event) evs = NULL;
XtFree((char *)event);
}
}
static void CompileNameValueTable(
NameValueTable table)
{
register int i;
for (i=0; table[i].name; i++)
table[i].signature = XrmPermStringToQuark(table[i].name);
}
static int OrderEvents(_Xconst void *a, _Xconst void *b)
{
return ((((_Xconst EventKey *)a)->signature <
((_Xconst EventKey *)b)->signature) ? -1 : 1);
}
static void Compile_XtEventTable(
EventKeys table,
Cardinal count)
{
register int i;
register EventKeys entry = table;
for (i=count; --i >= 0; entry++)
entry->signature = XrmPermStringToQuark(entry->event);
qsort(table, count, sizeof(EventKey), OrderEvents);
}
static int OrderModifiers(_Xconst void *a, _Xconst void *b)
{
return ((((_Xconst ModifierRec *)a)->signature <
((_Xconst ModifierRec *)b)->signature) ? -1 : 1);
}
static void Compile_XtModifierTable(
ModifierKeys table,
Cardinal count)
{
register int i;
register ModifierKeys entry = table;
for (i=count; --i >= 0; entry++)
entry->signature = XrmPermStringToQuark(entry->name);
qsort(table, count, sizeof(ModifierRec), OrderModifiers);
}
static String PanicModeRecovery(
String str)
{
ScanFor(str,'\n');
if (*str == '\n') str++;
return str;
}
static void Syntax(
String str0,String str1)
{
Cardinal num_params = 2;
String params[2];
params[0] = str0;
params[1] = str1;
XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError,"parseError",XtCXtToolkitError,
"translation table syntax error: %s %s",params,&num_params);
}
static Cardinal LookupTMEventType(
String eventStr,
Boolean *error)
{
register int i = 0, left, right;
register XrmQuark signature;
static int previous = 0;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if ((signature = StringToQuark(eventStr)) == events[previous].signature) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return (Cardinal) previous;
}
left = 0;
right = XtNumber(events) - 1;
while (left <= right) {
i = (left + right) >> 1;
if (signature < events[i].signature)
right = i - 1;
else if (signature > events[i].signature)
left = i + 1;
else {
previous = i;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return (Cardinal) i;
}
}
Syntax("Unknown event type : ",eventStr);
*error = TRUE;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return (Cardinal) i;
}
static void StoreLateBindings(
KeySym keysymL,
Boolean notL,
KeySym keysymR,
Boolean notR,
LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings)
{
LateBindingsPtr temp;
Boolean pair = FALSE;
unsigned long count,number;
if (lateBindings != NULL){
temp = *lateBindings;
if (temp != NULL) {
for (count = 0; temp[count].keysym; count++){/*EMPTY*/}
}
else count = 0;
if (! keysymR){
number = 1;pair = FALSE;
} else{
number = 2;pair = TRUE;
}
temp = (LateBindingsPtr)XtRealloc((char *)temp,
(unsigned)((count+number+1) * sizeof(LateBindings)) );
*lateBindings = temp;
temp[count].knot = notL;
temp[count].pair = pair;
if (count == 0)
temp[count].ref_count = 1;
temp[count++].keysym = keysymL;
if (keysymR){
temp[count].knot = notR;
temp[count].pair = FALSE;
temp[count].ref_count = 0;
temp[count++].keysym = keysymR;
}
temp[count].knot = temp[count].pair = FALSE;
temp[count].ref_count = 0;
temp[count].keysym = 0;
}
}
static void _XtParseKeysymMod(
String name,
LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings,
Boolean notFlag,
Value *valueP,
Boolean *error)
{
KeySym keySym;
keySym = StringToKeySym(name, error);
*valueP = 0;
if (keySym != NoSymbol) {
StoreLateBindings(keySym,notFlag,(KeySym) NULL,FALSE,lateBindings);
}
}
static Boolean _XtLookupModifier(
XrmQuark signature,
LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings,
Boolean notFlag,
Value *valueP,
Bool constMask)
{
register int i, left, right;
static int previous = 0;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (signature == modifiers[previous].signature) {
if (constMask) *valueP = modifiers[previous].value;
else /* if (modifiers[previous].modifierParseProc) always true */
(*modifiers[previous].modifierParseProc)
(modifiers[previous].value, lateBindings, notFlag, valueP);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return TRUE;
}
left = 0;
right = XtNumber(modifiers) - 1;
while (left <= right) {
i = (left + right) >> 1;
if (signature < modifiers[i].signature)
right = i - 1;
else if (signature > modifiers[i].signature)
left = i + 1;
else {
previous = i;
if (constMask) *valueP = modifiers[i].value;
else /* if (modifiers[i].modifierParseProc) always true */
(*modifiers[i].modifierParseProc)
(modifiers[i].value, lateBindings, notFlag, valueP);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return TRUE;
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return FALSE;
}
static String ScanIdent(
register String str)
{
ScanAlphanumeric(str);
while (
('A' <= *str && *str <= 'Z')
|| ('a' <= *str && *str <= 'z')
|| ('0' <= *str && *str <= '9')
|| (*str == '-')
|| (*str == '_')
|| (*str == '$')
) str++;
return str;
}
static String FetchModifierToken(
String str,
XrmQuark *token_return)
{
String start = str;
if (*str == '$') {
*token_return = QMeta;
str++;
return str;
}
if (*str == '^') {
*token_return = QCtrl;
str++;
return str;
}
str = ScanIdent(str);
if (start != str) {
char modStrbuf[100];
char* modStr;
modStr = XtStackAlloc ((size_t)(str - start + 1), modStrbuf);
if (modStr == NULL) _XtAllocError (NULL);
(void) memmove(modStr, start, str-start);
modStr[str-start] = '\0';
*token_return = XrmStringToQuark(modStr);
XtStackFree (modStr, modStrbuf);
return str;
}
return str;
}
static String ParseModifiers(
register String str,
EventPtr event,
Boolean* error)
{
register String start;
Boolean notFlag, exclusive, keysymAsMod;
Value maskBit;
XrmQuark Qmod;
ScanWhitespace(str);
start = str;
str = FetchModifierToken(str, &Qmod);
exclusive = FALSE;
if (start != str) {
if (Qmod == QNone) {
event->event.modifierMask = ~0;
event->event.modifiers = 0;
ScanWhitespace(str);
return str;
} else if (Qmod == QAny) { /*backward compatability*/
event->event.modifierMask = 0;
event->event.modifiers = AnyModifier;
ScanWhitespace(str);
return str;
}
str = start; /*if plain modifier, reset to beginning */
}
else while (*str == '!' || *str == ':') {
if (*str == '!') {
exclusive = TRUE;
str++;
ScanWhitespace(str);
}
if (*str == ':') {
event->event.standard = TRUE;
str++;
ScanWhitespace(str);
}
}
while (*str != '<') {
if (*str == '~') {
notFlag = TRUE;
str++;
} else
notFlag = FALSE;
if (*str == '@') {
keysymAsMod = TRUE;
str++;
}
else keysymAsMod = FALSE;
start = str;
str = FetchModifierToken(str, &Qmod);
if (start == str) {
Syntax("Modifier or '<' expected","");
*error = TRUE;
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
}
if (keysymAsMod) {
_XtParseKeysymMod(XrmQuarkToString(Qmod),
&event->event.lateModifiers,
notFlag,&maskBit, error);
if (*error)
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
} else
if (!_XtLookupModifier(Qmod, &event->event.lateModifiers,
notFlag, &maskBit, FALSE)) {
Syntax("Unknown modifier name: ", XrmQuarkToString(Qmod));
*error = TRUE;
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
}
event->event.modifierMask |= maskBit;
if (notFlag) event->event.modifiers &= ~maskBit;
else event->event.modifiers |= maskBit;
ScanWhitespace(str);
}
if (exclusive) event->event.modifierMask = ~0;
return str;
}
static String ParseXtEventType(
register String str,
EventPtr event,
Cardinal *tmEventP,
Boolean* error)
{
String start = str;
char eventTypeStrbuf[100];
char* eventTypeStr;
ScanAlphanumeric(str);
eventTypeStr = XtStackAlloc ((size_t)(str - start + 1), eventTypeStrbuf);
if (eventTypeStr == NULL) _XtAllocError (NULL);
(void) memmove(eventTypeStr, start, str-start);
eventTypeStr[str-start] = '\0';
*tmEventP = LookupTMEventType(eventTypeStr,error);
XtStackFree (eventTypeStr, eventTypeStrbuf);
if (*error)
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
event->event.eventType = events[*tmEventP].eventType;
return str;
}
static unsigned long StrToHex(
String str)
{
register char c;
register unsigned long val = 0;
while ((c = *str)) {
if ('0' <= c && c <= '9') val = val*16+c-'0';
else if ('a' <= c && c <= 'z') val = val*16+c-'a'+10;
else if ('A' <= c && c <= 'Z') val = val*16+c-'A'+10;
else return 0;
str++;
}
return val;
}
static unsigned long StrToOct(
String str)
{
register char c;
register unsigned long val = 0;
while ((c = *str)) {
if ('0' <= c && c <= '7') val = val*8+c-'0'; else return 0;
str++;
}
return val;
}
static unsigned long StrToNum(
String str)
{
register char c;
register unsigned long val = 0;
if (*str == '0') {
str++;
if (*str == 'x' || *str == 'X') return StrToHex(++str);
else return StrToOct(str);
}
while ((c = *str)) {
if ('0' <= c && c <= '9') val = val*10+c-'0';
else return 0;
str++;
}
return val;
}
static KeySym StringToKeySym(
String str,
Boolean *error)
{
KeySym k;
if (str == NULL || *str == '\0') return (KeySym) 0;
#ifndef NOTASCII
/* special case single character ASCII, for speed */
if (*(str+1) == '\0') {
if (' ' <= *str && *str <= '~') return XK_space + (*str - ' ');
}
#endif
if ('0' <= *str && *str <= '9') return (KeySym) StrToNum(str);
k = XStringToKeysym(str);
if (k != NoSymbol) return k;
#ifdef NOTASCII
/* fall-back case to preserve backwards compatibility; no-one
* should be relying upon this!
*/
if (*(str+1) == '\0') return (KeySym) *str;
#endif
Syntax("Unknown keysym name: ", str);
*error = TRUE;
return NoSymbol;
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static void ParseModImmed(
Value value,
LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings,
Boolean notFlag,
Value* valueP)
{
*valueP = value;
}
/* is only valid with keysyms that have an _L and _R in their name;
* and ignores keysym lookup errors (i.e. assumes only valid keysyms)
*/
static void ParseModSym(
Value value,
LateBindingsPtr* lateBindings,
Boolean notFlag,
Value* valueP)
{
register KeySym keysymL = (KeySym)value;
register KeySym keysymR = keysymL + 1; /* valid for supported keysyms */
StoreLateBindings(keysymL,notFlag,keysymR,notFlag,lateBindings);
*valueP = 0;
}
#ifdef sparc
/*
* The stupid optimizer in SunOS 4.0.3 and below generates bogus code that
* causes the value of the most recently used variable to be returned instead
* of the value passed in.
*/
static String stupid_optimizer_kludge;
#define BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(val) stupid_optimizer_kludge = (val)
#else
#define BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(val) val
#endif
/* ARGSUSED */
static String ParseImmed(
register String str,
register Opaque closure,
register EventPtr event,
Boolean* error)
{
event->event.eventCode = (unsigned long)closure;
event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0UL;
return BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(str);
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static String ParseAddModifier(
register String str,
register Opaque closure,
register EventPtr event,
Boolean* error)
{
register unsigned long modval = (unsigned long)closure;
event->event.modifiers |= modval;
if (modval != AnyButtonMask) /* AnyButtonMask is don't-care mask */
event->event.modifierMask |= modval;
return BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(str);
}
static String ParseKeyAndModifiers(
String str,
Opaque closure,
EventPtr event,
Boolean* error)
{
str = ParseKeySym(str, closure, event,error);
if ((unsigned long) closure == 0) {
Value metaMask; /* unused */
(void) _XtLookupModifier(QMeta, &event->event.lateModifiers, FALSE,
&metaMask, FALSE);
} else {
event->event.modifiers |= (unsigned long) closure;
event->event.modifierMask |= (unsigned long) closure;
}
return str;
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static String ParseKeySym(
register String str,
Opaque closure,
EventPtr event,
Boolean* error)
{
char *start;
char keySymNamebuf[100];
char* keySymName;
ScanWhitespace(str);
if (*str == '\\') {
keySymName = keySymNamebuf;
str++;
keySymName[0] = *str;
if (*str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) str++;
keySymName[1] = '\0';
event->event.eventCode = StringToKeySym(keySymName, error);
event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0L;
} else if (*str == ',' || *str == ':' ||
/* allow leftparen to be single char symbol,
* for backwards compatibility
*/
(*str == '(' && *(str+1) >= '0' && *(str+1) <= '9')) {
keySymName = keySymNamebuf; /* just so we can stackfree it later */
/* no detail */
event->event.eventCode = 0L;
event->event.eventCodeMask = 0L;
} else {
start = str;
while (
*str != ','
&& *str != ':'
&& *str != ' '
&& *str != '\t'
&& !IsNewline(*str)
&& (*str != '(' || *(str+1) <= '0' || *(str+1) >= '9')
&& *str != '\0') str++;
keySymName = XtStackAlloc ((size_t)(str - start + 1), keySymNamebuf);
(void) memmove(keySymName, start, str-start);
keySymName[str-start] = '\0';
event->event.eventCode = StringToKeySym(keySymName, error);
event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0L;
}
if (*error) {
/* We never get here when keySymName hasn't been allocated */
if (keySymName[0] == '<') {
/* special case for common error */
XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError, "missingComma",
XtCXtToolkitError,
"... possibly due to missing ',' in event sequence.",
(String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
}
XtStackFree (keySymName, keySymNamebuf);
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
}
if (event->event.standard)
event->event.matchEvent = _XtMatchUsingStandardMods;
else
event->event.matchEvent = _XtMatchUsingDontCareMods;
XtStackFree (keySymName, keySymNamebuf);
return str;
}
static String ParseTable(
register String str,
Opaque closure,
EventPtr event,
Boolean* error)
{
register String start = str;
register XrmQuark signature;
NameValueTable table = (NameValueTable) closure;
char tableSymName[100];
event->event.eventCode = 0L;
ScanAlphanumeric(str);
if (str == start) {event->event.eventCodeMask = 0L; return str; }
if (str-start >= 99) {
Syntax("Invalid Detail Type (string is too long).", "");
*error = TRUE;
return str;
}
(void) memmove(tableSymName, start, str-start);
tableSymName[str-start] = '\0';
signature = StringToQuark(tableSymName);
for (; table->signature != NULLQUARK; table++)
if (table->signature == signature) {
event->event.eventCode = table->value;
event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0L;
return str;
}
Syntax("Unknown Detail Type: ", tableSymName);
*error = TRUE;
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static String ParseNone(
String str,
Opaque closure,
EventPtr event,
Boolean* error)
{
event->event.eventCode = 0;
event->event.eventCodeMask = 0;
return BROKEN_OPTIMIZER_HACK(str);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static String ParseAtom(
String str,
Opaque closure,
EventPtr event,
Boolean* error)
{
ScanWhitespace(str);
if (*str == ',' || *str == ':') {
/* no detail */
event->event.eventCode = 0L;
event->event.eventCodeMask = 0L;
} else {
char *start, atomName[1000];
start = str;
while (
*str != ','
&& *str != ':'
&& *str != ' '
&& *str != '\t'
&& !IsNewline(*str)
&& *str != '\0') str++;
if (str-start >= 999) {
Syntax( "Atom name must be less than 1000 characters long.", "" );
*error = TRUE;
return str;
}
(void) memmove(atomName, start, str-start);
atomName[str-start] = '\0';
event->event.eventCode = XrmStringToQuark(atomName);
event->event.matchEvent = _XtMatchAtom;
}
return str;
}
static ModifierMask buttonModifierMasks[] = {
0, Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask
};
static String ParseRepeat(String, int *, Boolean *, Boolean *);
static String ParseEvent(
register String str,
EventPtr event,
int* reps,
Boolean* plus,
Boolean* error)
{
Cardinal tmEvent;
str = ParseModifiers(str, event,error);
if (*error) return str;
if (*str != '<') {
Syntax("Missing '<' while parsing event type.","");
*error = TRUE;
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
}
else str++;
str = ParseXtEventType(str, event, &tmEvent,error);
if (*error) return str;
if (*str != '>'){
Syntax("Missing '>' while parsing event type","");
*error = TRUE;
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
}
else str++;
if (*str == '(') {
str = ParseRepeat(str, reps, plus, error);
if (*error) return str;
}
str = (*(events[tmEvent].parseDetail))(
str, events[tmEvent].closure, event,error);
if (*error) return str;
/* gross hack! ||| this kludge is related to the X11 protocol deficiency w.r.t.
* modifiers in grabs.
*/
if ((event->event.eventType == ButtonRelease)
&& (event->event.modifiers | event->event.modifierMask) /* any */
&& (event->event.modifiers != AnyModifier))
{
event->event.modifiers
|= buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
/* the button that is going up will always be in the modifiers... */
}
return str;
}
static String ParseQuotedStringEvent(
register String str,
register EventPtr event,
Boolean *error)
{
Value metaMask;
char s[2];
if (*str=='^') {
str++;
event->event.modifiers = ControlMask;
} else if (*str == '$') {
str++;
(void) _XtLookupModifier(QMeta, &event->event.lateModifiers, FALSE,
&metaMask, FALSE);
}
if (*str == '\\')
str++;
s[0] = *str;
s[1] = '\0';
if (*str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) str++;
event->event.eventType = KeyPress;
event->event.eventCode = StringToKeySym(s, error);
if (*error) return PanicModeRecovery(str);
event->event.eventCodeMask = ~0L;
event->event.matchEvent = _XtMatchUsingStandardMods;
event->event.standard = TRUE;
return str;
}
static EventSeqRec timerEventRec = {
{0, 0, NULL, _XtEventTimerEventType, 0L, 0L, NULL, False},
/* (StatePtr) -1 */ NULL,
NULL,
NULL
};
static void RepeatDown(
EventPtr *eventP,
int reps,
ActionPtr **actionsP)
{
EventRec upEventRec;
register EventPtr event, downEvent;
EventPtr upEvent = &upEventRec;
register int i;
downEvent = event = *eventP;
*upEvent = *downEvent;
upEvent->event.eventType = ((event->event.eventType == ButtonPress) ?
ButtonRelease : KeyRelease);
if ((upEvent->event.eventType == ButtonRelease)
&& (upEvent->event.modifiers != AnyModifier)
&& (upEvent->event.modifiers | upEvent->event.modifierMask))
upEvent->event.modifiers
|= buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
if (event->event.lateModifiers)
event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += (reps - 1) * 2;
for (i=1; inext = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *upEvent;
/* timer */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = timerEventRec;
/* down */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *downEvent;
}
event->next = NULL;
*eventP = event;
*actionsP = &event->actions;
}
static void RepeatDownPlus(
EventPtr *eventP,
int reps,
ActionPtr **actionsP)
{
EventRec upEventRec;
register EventPtr event, downEvent, lastDownEvent = NULL;
EventPtr upEvent = &upEventRec;
register int i;
downEvent = event = *eventP;
*upEvent = *downEvent;
upEvent->event.eventType = ((event->event.eventType == ButtonPress) ?
ButtonRelease : KeyRelease);
if ((upEvent->event.eventType == ButtonRelease)
&& (upEvent->event.modifiers != AnyModifier)
&& (upEvent->event.modifiers | upEvent->event.modifierMask))
upEvent->event.modifiers
|= buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
if (event->event.lateModifiers)
event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps * 2 - 1;
for (i=0; i 0) {
/* down */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *downEvent;
}
lastDownEvent = event;
/* up */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *upEvent;
/* timer */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = timerEventRec;
}
event->next = lastDownEvent;
*eventP = event;
*actionsP = &lastDownEvent->actions;
}
static void RepeatUp(
EventPtr *eventP,
int reps,
ActionPtr **actionsP)
{
EventRec upEventRec;
register EventPtr event, downEvent;
EventPtr upEvent = &upEventRec;
register int i;
/* the event currently sitting in *eventP is an "up" event */
/* we want to make it a "down" event followed by an "up" event, */
/* so that sequence matching on the "state" side works correctly. */
downEvent = event = *eventP;
*upEvent = *downEvent;
downEvent->event.eventType = ((event->event.eventType == ButtonRelease) ?
ButtonPress : KeyPress);
if ((downEvent->event.eventType == ButtonPress)
&& (downEvent->event.modifiers != AnyModifier)
&& (downEvent->event.modifiers | downEvent->event.modifierMask))
downEvent->event.modifiers
&= ~buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
if (event->event.lateModifiers)
event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps * 2 - 1;
/* up */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *upEvent;
for (i=1; inext = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = timerEventRec;
/* down */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *downEvent;
/* up */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *upEvent;
}
event->next = NULL;
*eventP = event;
*actionsP = &event->actions;
}
static void RepeatUpPlus(
EventPtr *eventP,
int reps,
ActionPtr **actionsP)
{
EventRec upEventRec;
register EventPtr event, downEvent, lastUpEvent = NULL;
EventPtr upEvent = &upEventRec;
register int i;
/* the event currently sitting in *eventP is an "up" event */
/* we want to make it a "down" event followed by an "up" event, */
/* so that sequence matching on the "state" side works correctly. */
downEvent = event = *eventP;
*upEvent = *downEvent;
downEvent->event.eventType = ((event->event.eventType == ButtonRelease) ?
ButtonPress : KeyPress);
if ((downEvent->event.eventType == ButtonPress)
&& (downEvent->event.modifiers != AnyModifier)
&& (downEvent->event.modifiers | downEvent->event.modifierMask))
downEvent->event.modifiers
&= ~buttonModifierMasks[event->event.eventCode];
if (event->event.lateModifiers)
event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps * 2;
for (i=0; inext = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
lastUpEvent = event = event->next;
*event = *upEvent;
/* timer */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = timerEventRec;
/* down */
event->next = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *downEvent;
}
event->next = lastUpEvent;
*eventP = event;
*actionsP = &lastUpEvent->actions;
}
static void RepeatOther(
EventPtr *eventP,
int reps,
ActionPtr **actionsP)
{
register EventPtr event, tempEvent;
register int i;
tempEvent = event = *eventP;
if (event->event.lateModifiers)
event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps - 1;
for (i=1; inext = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *tempEvent;
}
*eventP = event;
*actionsP = &event->actions;
}
static void RepeatOtherPlus(
EventPtr *eventP,
int reps,
ActionPtr **actionsP)
{
register EventPtr event, tempEvent;
register int i;
tempEvent = event = *eventP;
if (event->event.lateModifiers)
event->event.lateModifiers->ref_count += reps - 1;
for (i=1; inext = XtNew(EventSeqRec);
event = event->next;
*event = *tempEvent;
}
event->next = event;
*eventP = event;
*actionsP = &event->actions;
}
static void RepeatEvent(
EventPtr *eventP,
int reps,
Boolean plus,
ActionPtr **actionsP)
{
switch ((*eventP)->event.eventType) {
case ButtonPress:
case KeyPress:
if (plus) RepeatDownPlus(eventP, reps, actionsP);
else RepeatDown(eventP, reps, actionsP);
break;
case ButtonRelease:
case KeyRelease:
if (plus) RepeatUpPlus(eventP, reps, actionsP);
else RepeatUp(eventP, reps, actionsP);
break;
default:
if (plus) RepeatOtherPlus(eventP, reps, actionsP);
else RepeatOther(eventP, reps, actionsP);
}
}
static String ParseRepeat(
register String str,
int *reps,
Boolean *plus, Boolean *error)
{
/*** Parse the repetitions, for double click etc... ***/
if (*str != '(' || !(isdigit((unsigned char)str[1]) || str[1] == '+' || str[1] == ')'))
return str;
str++;
if (isdigit((unsigned char)*str)) {
String start = str;
char repStr[7];
size_t len;
ScanNumeric(str);
len = (str - start);
if (len < sizeof repStr) {
(void) memmove(repStr, start, len);
repStr[len] = '\0';
*reps = StrToNum(repStr);
} else {
Syntax("Repeat count too large.", "");
*error = TRUE;
return str;
}
}
if (*reps == 0) {
Syntax("Missing repeat count.","");
*error = True;
return str;
}
if (*str == '+') {
*plus = TRUE;
str++;
}
if (*str == ')')
str++;
else {
Syntax("Missing ')'.","");
*error = TRUE;
}
return str;
}
/***********************************************************************
* ParseEventSeq
* Parses the left hand side of a translation table production
* up to, and consuming the ":".
* Takes a pointer to a char* (where to start parsing) and returns an
* event seq (in a passed in variable), having updated the String
**********************************************************************/
static String ParseEventSeq(
register String str,
EventSeqPtr *eventSeqP,
ActionPtr **actionsP,
Boolean *error)
{
EventSeqPtr *nextEvent = eventSeqP;
*eventSeqP = NULL;
while ( *str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) {
static Event nullEvent =
{0, 0,NULL, 0, 0L, 0L,_XtRegularMatch,FALSE};
EventPtr event;
ScanWhitespace(str);
if (*str == '"') {
str++;
while (*str != '"' && *str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) {
event = XtNew(EventRec);
event->event = nullEvent;
event->state = /* (StatePtr) -1 */ NULL;
event->next = NULL;
event->actions = NULL;
str = ParseQuotedStringEvent(str, event,error);
if (*error) {
XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError, "nonLatin1",
XtCXtToolkitError,
"... probably due to non-Latin1 character in quoted string",
(String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
}
*nextEvent = event;
*actionsP = &event->actions;
nextEvent = &event->next;
}
if (*str != '"') {
Syntax("Missing '\"'.","");
*error = TRUE;
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
}
else str++;
} else {
int reps = 0;
Boolean plus = FALSE;
event = XtNew(EventRec);
event->event = nullEvent;
event->state = /* (StatePtr) -1 */ NULL;
event->next = NULL;
event->actions = NULL;
str = ParseEvent(str, event, &reps, &plus, error);
if (*error) return str;
*nextEvent = event;
*actionsP = &event->actions;
if (reps > 1 || plus)
RepeatEvent(&event, reps, plus, actionsP);
nextEvent = &event->next;
}
ScanWhitespace(str);
if (*str == ':') break;
else {
if (*str != ',') {
Syntax("',' or ':' expected while parsing event sequence.","");
*error = TRUE;
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
} else str++;
}
}
if (*str != ':') {
Syntax("Missing ':'after event sequence.","");
*error = TRUE;
return PanicModeRecovery(str);
} else str++;
return str;
}
static String ParseActionProc(
register String str,
XrmQuark *actionProcNameP,
Boolean *error)
{
register String start = str;
char procName[200];
str = ScanIdent(str);
if (str-start >= 199) {
Syntax("Action procedure name is longer than 199 chars","");
*error = TRUE;
return str;
}
(void) memmove(procName, start, str-start);
procName[str-start] = '\0';
*actionProcNameP = XrmStringToQuark( procName );
return str;
}
static String ParseString(
register String str,
String *strP)
{
register String start;
if (*str == '"') {
register unsigned prev_len, len;
str++;
start = str;
*strP = NULL;
prev_len = 0;
while (*str != '"' && *str != '\0') {
/* \" produces double quote embedded in a quoted parameter
* \\" produces backslash as last character of a quoted parameter
*/
if (*str == '\\' &&
(*(str+1) == '"' || (*(str+1) == '\\' && *(str+2) == '"'))) {
len = prev_len + (str-start+2);
*strP = XtRealloc(*strP, len);
(void) memmove(*strP + prev_len, start, str-start);
prev_len = len-1;
str++;
(*strP)[prev_len-1] = *str;
(*strP)[prev_len] = '\0';
start = str+1;
}
str++;
}
len = prev_len + (str-start+1);
*strP = XtRealloc(*strP, len);
(void) memmove( *strP + prev_len, start, str-start);
(*strP)[len-1] = '\0';
if (*str == '"') str++; else
XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError,"parseString",
XtCXtToolkitError,"Missing '\"'.",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
} else {
/* scan non-quoted string, stop on whitespace, ',' or ')' */
start = str;
while (*str != ' '
&& *str != '\t'
&& *str != ','
&& *str != ')'
&& !IsNewline(*str)
&& *str != '\0') str++;
*strP = __XtMalloc((unsigned)(str-start+1));
(void) memmove(*strP, start, str-start);
(*strP)[str-start] = '\0';
}
return str;
}
static String ParseParamSeq(
register String str,
String **paramSeqP,
Cardinal *paramNumP)
{
typedef struct _ParamRec *ParamPtr;
typedef struct _ParamRec {
ParamPtr next;
String param;
} ParamRec;
ParamPtr params = NULL;
register Cardinal num_params = 0;
register Cardinal i;
ScanWhitespace(str);
while (*str != ')' && *str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) {
String newStr;
str = ParseString(str, &newStr);
if (newStr != NULL) {
ParamPtr temp = (ParamRec*)
ALLOCATE_LOCAL( (unsigned)sizeof(ParamRec) );
if (temp == NULL) _XtAllocError (NULL);
num_params++;
temp->next = params;
params = temp;
temp->param = newStr;
ScanWhitespace(str);
if (*str == ',') {
str++;
ScanWhitespace(str);
}
}
}
if (num_params != 0) {
String *paramP = (String *)
__XtMalloc( (unsigned)(num_params+1) * sizeof(String) );
*paramSeqP = paramP;
*paramNumP = num_params;
paramP += num_params; /* list is LIFO right now */
*paramP-- = NULL;
for (i=0; i < num_params; i++) {
ParamPtr next = params->next;
*paramP-- = params->param;
DEALLOCATE_LOCAL( (char *)params );
params = next;
}
} else {
*paramSeqP = NULL;
*paramNumP = 0;
}
return str;
}
static String ParseAction(
String str,
ActionPtr actionP,
XrmQuark* quarkP,
Boolean* error)
{
str = ParseActionProc(str, quarkP, error);
if (*error) return str;
if (*str == '(') {
str++;
str = ParseParamSeq(str, &actionP->params, &actionP->num_params);
} else {
Syntax("Missing '(' while parsing action sequence","");
*error = TRUE;
return str;
}
if (*str == ')') str++;
else{
Syntax("Missing ')' while parsing action sequence","");
*error = TRUE;
return str;
}
return str;
}
static String ParseActionSeq(
TMParseStateTree parseTree,
String str,
ActionPtr *actionsP,
Boolean *error)
{
ActionPtr *nextActionP = actionsP;
*actionsP = NULL;
while (*str != '\0' && !IsNewline(*str)) {
register ActionPtr action;
XrmQuark quark;
action = XtNew(ActionRec);
action->params = NULL;
action->num_params = 0;
action->next = NULL;
str = ParseAction(str, action, &quark, error);
if (*error) return PanicModeRecovery(str);
action->idx = _XtGetQuarkIndex(parseTree, quark);
ScanWhitespace(str);
*nextActionP = action;
nextActionP = &action->next;
}
if (IsNewline(*str)) str++;
ScanWhitespace(str);
return str;
}
static void ShowProduction(
String currentProduction)
{
Cardinal num_params = 1;
String params[1];
size_t len;
char *eol, *production, productionbuf[500];
eol = strchr(currentProduction, '\n');
if (eol) len = eol - currentProduction;
else len = strlen (currentProduction);
production = XtStackAlloc (len + 1, productionbuf);
if (production == NULL) _XtAllocError (NULL);
(void) memmove(production, currentProduction, len);
production[len] = '\0';
params[0] = production;
XtWarningMsg(XtNtranslationParseError, "showLine", XtCXtToolkitError,
"... found while parsing '%s'", params, &num_params);
XtStackFree (production, productionbuf);
}
/***********************************************************************
* ParseTranslationTableProduction
* Parses one line of event bindings.
***********************************************************************/
static String ParseTranslationTableProduction(
TMParseStateTree parseTree,
register String str,
Boolean* error)
{
EventSeqPtr eventSeq = NULL;
ActionPtr *actionsP;
String production = str;
actionsP = NULL;
str = ParseEventSeq(str, &eventSeq, &actionsP,error);
if (*error == TRUE) {
ShowProduction(production);
FreeEventSeq(eventSeq);
return (str);
}
ScanWhitespace(str);
str = ParseActionSeq(parseTree, str, actionsP, error);
if (*error == TRUE) {
ShowProduction(production);
FreeEventSeq(eventSeq);
return (str);
}
_XtAddEventSeqToStateTree(eventSeq, parseTree);
FreeEventSeq(eventSeq);
return (str);
}
static String CheckForPoundSign(
String str,
_XtTranslateOp defaultOp,
_XtTranslateOp *actualOpRtn)
{
String start;
char operation[20];
_XtTranslateOp opType;
opType = defaultOp;
ScanWhitespace(str);
if (*str == '#') {
int len;
str++;
start = str;
str = ScanIdent(str);
len = MIN(19, str-start);
(void) memmove(operation, start, len);
operation[len] = '\0';
if (!strcmp(operation,"replace"))
opType = XtTableReplace;
else if (!strcmp(operation,"augment"))
opType = XtTableAugment;
else if (!strcmp(operation,"override"))
opType = XtTableOverride;
ScanWhitespace(str);
if (IsNewline(*str)) {
str++;
ScanWhitespace(str);
}
}
*actualOpRtn = opType;
return str;
}
static XtTranslations ParseTranslationTable(
String source,
Boolean isAccelerator,
_XtTranslateOp defaultOp,
Boolean* error)
{
XtTranslations xlations;
TMStateTree stateTrees[8];
TMParseStateTreeRec parseTreeRec, *parseTree = &parseTreeRec;
XrmQuark stackQuarks[200];
TMBranchHeadRec stackBranchHeads[200];
StatePtr stackComplexBranchHeads[200];
_XtTranslateOp actualOp;
if (source == NULL)
return (XtTranslations)NULL;
source = CheckForPoundSign(source, defaultOp, &actualOp);
if (isAccelerator && actualOp == XtTableReplace)
actualOp = defaultOp;
parseTree->isSimple = TRUE;
parseTree->mappingNotifyInterest = FALSE;
parseTree->isAccelerator = isAccelerator;
parseTree->isStackBranchHeads =
parseTree->isStackQuarks =
parseTree->isStackComplexBranchHeads = TRUE;
parseTree->numQuarks =
parseTree->numBranchHeads =
parseTree->numComplexBranchHeads = 0;
parseTree->quarkTblSize =
parseTree->branchHeadTblSize =
parseTree->complexBranchHeadTblSize = 200;
parseTree->quarkTbl = stackQuarks;
parseTree->branchHeadTbl = stackBranchHeads;
parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl = stackComplexBranchHeads;
while (source != NULL && *source != '\0') {
source = ParseTranslationTableProduction(parseTree, source, error);
if (*error == TRUE) break;
}
stateTrees[0] = _XtParseTreeToStateTree(parseTree);
if (!parseTree->isStackQuarks)
XtFree((char *)parseTree->quarkTbl);
if (!parseTree->isStackBranchHeads)
XtFree((char *)parseTree->branchHeadTbl);
if (!parseTree->isStackComplexBranchHeads)
XtFree((char *)parseTree->complexBranchHeadTbl);
xlations = _XtCreateXlations(stateTrees, 1, NULL, NULL);
xlations->operation = actualOp;
#ifdef notdef
XtFree(stateTrees);
#endif /* notdef */
return xlations;
}
/*** public procedures ***/
/*ARGSUSED*/
Boolean XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable(
Display* dpy,
XrmValuePtr args,
Cardinal *num_args,
XrmValuePtr from,
XrmValuePtr to,
XtPointer *closure)
{
String str;
Boolean error = FALSE;
if (*num_args != 0)
XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"wrongParameters","cvtStringToAcceleratorTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
"String to AcceleratorTable conversion needs no extra arguments",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
str = (String)(from->addr);
if (str == NULL) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"badParameters","cvtStringToAcceleratorTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
"String to AcceleratorTable conversion needs string",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return FALSE;
}
if (to->addr != NULL) {
if (to->size < sizeof(XtAccelerators)) {
to->size = sizeof(XtAccelerators);
return FALSE;
}
*(XtAccelerators*)to->addr =
(XtAccelerators) ParseTranslationTable(str, TRUE, XtTableAugment, &error);
}
else {
static XtAccelerators staticStateTable;
staticStateTable =
(XtAccelerators) ParseTranslationTable(str, TRUE, XtTableAugment, &error);
to->addr = (XPointer) &staticStateTable;
to->size = sizeof(XtAccelerators);
}
if (error == TRUE)
XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"parseError","cvtStringToAcceleratorTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
"String to AcceleratorTable conversion encountered errors",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return (error != TRUE);
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
Boolean
XtCvtStringToTranslationTable(
Display *dpy,
XrmValuePtr args,
Cardinal *num_args,
XrmValuePtr from,
XrmValuePtr to,
XtPointer *closure_ret)
{
String str;
Boolean error = FALSE;
if (*num_args != 0)
XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"wrongParameters","cvtStringToTranslationTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
"String to TranslationTable conversion needs no extra arguments",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
str = (String)(from->addr);
if (str == NULL) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"badParameters","cvtStringToTranslation",XtCXtToolkitError,
"String to TranslationTable conversion needs string",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return FALSE;
}
if (to->addr != NULL) {
if (to->size < sizeof(XtTranslations)) {
to->size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
return FALSE;
}
*(XtTranslations*)to->addr =
ParseTranslationTable(str, FALSE, XtTableReplace, &error);
}
else {
static XtTranslations staticStateTable;
staticStateTable =
ParseTranslationTable(str, FALSE, XtTableReplace, &error);
to->addr = (XPointer) &staticStateTable;
to->size = sizeof(XtTranslations);
}
if (error == TRUE)
XtAppWarningMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"parseError","cvtStringToTranslationTable",XtCXtToolkitError,
"String to TranslationTable conversion encountered errors",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return (error != TRUE);
}
/*
* Parses a user's or applications translation table
*/
XtAccelerators XtParseAcceleratorTable(
_Xconst char* source)
{
Boolean error = FALSE;
XtAccelerators ret =
(XtAccelerators) ParseTranslationTable ((char *)source, TRUE, XtTableAugment, &error);
if (error == TRUE)
XtWarningMsg ("parseError", "cvtStringToAcceleratorTable",
XtCXtToolkitError,
"String to AcceleratorTable conversion encountered errors",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return ret;
}
XtTranslations XtParseTranslationTable(
_Xconst char* source)
{
Boolean error = FALSE;
XtTranslations ret = ParseTranslationTable((char *)source, FALSE, XtTableReplace, &error);
if (error == TRUE)
XtWarningMsg ("parseError",
"cvtStringToTranslationTable", XtCXtToolkitError,
"String to TranslationTable conversion encountered errors",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return ret;
}
void _XtTranslateInitialize(void)
{
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (initialized) {
XtWarningMsg("translationError","xtTranslateInitialize",
XtCXtToolkitError,"Initializing Translation manager twice.",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return;
}
initialized = TRUE;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
QMeta = XrmPermStringToQuark("Meta");
QCtrl = XrmPermStringToQuark("Ctrl");
QNone = XrmPermStringToQuark("None");
QAny = XrmPermStringToQuark("Any");
Compile_XtEventTable( events, XtNumber(events) );
Compile_XtModifierTable( modifiers, XtNumber(modifiers) );
CompileNameValueTable( buttonNames );
CompileNameValueTable( notifyModes );
CompileNameValueTable( motionDetails );
#if 0
CompileNameValueTable( notifyDetail );
CompileNameValueTable( visibilityNotify );
CompileNameValueTable( circulation );
CompileNameValueTable( propertyChanged );
#endif
CompileNameValueTable( mappingNotify );
}
void _XtAddTMConverters(
ConverterTable table)
{
_XtTableAddConverter(table,
_XtQString,
XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRTranslationTable),
XtCvtStringToTranslationTable, (XtConvertArgList) NULL,
(Cardinal)0, True, CACHED, _XtFreeTranslations, True);
_XtTableAddConverter(table, _XtQString,
XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRAcceleratorTable),
XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable, (XtConvertArgList) NULL,
(Cardinal)0, True, CACHED, _XtFreeTranslations, True);
_XtTableAddConverter(table,
XrmPermStringToQuark( _XtRStateTablePair ),
XrmPermStringToQuark(XtRTranslationTable),
_XtCvtMergeTranslations, (XtConvertArgList) NULL,
(Cardinal)0, True, CACHED, _XtFreeTranslations, True);
}
pace(str);
*nextActionP = action;
nextActionP = &action->next;
}
if (IsNewline(*str)) str++;
ScanWhitespace(str);
return str;
}
static void ShowProduction(
String currentProduction)
{
Cardinal num_params = 1;
String params[1];
size_t len;
char *eolibXt-1.1.5/src/Manage.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000040474 12520610324 0015210 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
static String XtNinvalidChild = "invalidChild";
static String XtNxtUnmanageChildren = "xtUnmanageChildren";
static String XtNxtManageChildren = "xtManageChildren";
static String XtNxtChangeManagedSet = "xtChangeManagedSet";
static void UnmanageChildren(
WidgetList children,
Cardinal num_children,
Widget parent,
Cardinal* num_unique_children,
Boolean call_change_managed,
String caller_func)
{
Widget child;
Cardinal i;
XtWidgetProc change_managed = NULL;
Bool parent_realized = False;
*num_unique_children = 0;
if (XtIsComposite((Widget) parent)) {
LOCK_PROCESS;
change_managed = ((CompositeWidgetClass) parent->core.widget_class)
->composite_class.change_managed;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
parent_realized = XtIsRealized((Widget)parent);
} else {
XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
"invalidParent",caller_func, XtCXtToolkitError,
"Attempt to unmanage a child when parent is not Composite",
(String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
}
for (i = 0; i < num_children; i++) {
child = children[i];
if (child == NULL) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
XtNinvalidChild,caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
"Null child passed to XtUnmanageChildren",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return;
}
if (child->core.parent != parent) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
"ambiguousParent",caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
"Not all children have same parent in UnmanageChildren",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
} else
if (child->core.managed) {
(*num_unique_children)++;
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(child,"Child \"%s\" is marked unmanaged\n",
XtName(child)));
child->core.managed = FALSE;
if (XtIsWidget(child)
&& XtIsRealized(child)
&& child->core.mapped_when_managed)
XtUnmapWidget(child);
else
{ /* RectObj child */
Widget pw = child->core.parent;
RectObj r = (RectObj) child;
while ((pw!=NULL) && (!XtIsWidget(pw))) pw = pw->core.parent;
if ((pw!=NULL) && XtIsRealized (pw))
XClearArea (XtDisplay (pw), XtWindow (pw),
r->rectangle.x, r->rectangle.y,
r->rectangle.width + (r->rectangle.border_width << 1),
r->rectangle.height + (r->rectangle.border_width << 1),
TRUE);
}
}
}
if (call_change_managed && *num_unique_children != 0 &&
change_managed != NULL && parent_realized) {
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)parent,
"Call parent: \"%s\"[%d,%d]'s changemanaged proc\n",
XtName((Widget)parent),
parent->core.width,parent->core.height));
(*change_managed) (parent);
}
} /* UnmanageChildren */
void XtUnmanageChildren (
WidgetList children,
Cardinal num_children)
{
Widget parent, hookobj;
Cardinal ii;
#ifdef XTHREADS
XtAppContext app;
#endif
if (num_children == 0) return;
if (children[0] == NULL) {
XtWarningMsg(XtNinvalidChild,XtNxtUnmanageChildren,XtCXtToolkitError,
"Null child found in argument list to unmanage",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return;
}
#ifdef XTHREADS
app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(children[0]);
#endif
LOCK_APP(app);
parent = children[0]->core.parent;
if (parent->core.being_destroyed) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
UnmanageChildren(children, num_children, parent, &ii,
(Boolean)True, XtNxtUnmanageChildren);
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(children[0]));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHunmanageChildren;
call_data.widget = parent;
call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) children;
call_data.num_event_data = num_children;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
} /* XtUnmanageChildren */
void XtUnmanageChild(
Widget child)
{
XtUnmanageChildren(&child, (Cardinal)1);
} /* XtUnmanageChild */
static void ManageChildren(
WidgetList children,
Cardinal num_children,
Widget parent,
Boolean call_change_managed,
String caller_func)
{
#define MAXCHILDREN 100
Widget child;
Cardinal num_unique_children, i;
XtWidgetProc change_managed = NULL;
WidgetList unique_children;
Widget cache[MAXCHILDREN];
Bool parent_realized = False;
if (XtIsComposite((Widget) parent)) {
LOCK_PROCESS;
change_managed = ((CompositeWidgetClass) parent->core.widget_class)
->composite_class.change_managed;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
parent_realized = XtIsRealized((Widget)parent);
} else {
XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
"invalidParent",caller_func, XtCXtToolkitError,
"Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite",
(String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
}
/* Construct new list of children that really need to be operated upon. */
if (num_children <= MAXCHILDREN) {
unique_children = cache;
} else {
unique_children = (WidgetList) __XtMalloc(num_children * sizeof(Widget));
}
num_unique_children = 0;
for (i = 0; i < num_children; i++) {
child = children[i];
if (child == NULL) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
XtNinvalidChild,caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
"null child passed to ManageChildren",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
if (unique_children != cache) XtFree((char *) unique_children);
return;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
if (!XtIsRectObj(child)) {
String params[2];
Cardinal num_params = 2;
params[0] = XtName(child);
params[1] = child->core.widget_class->core_class.class_name;
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
"notRectObj",caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
"child \"%s\", class %s is not a RectObj",
params, &num_params);
continue;
}
#endif /*DEBUG*/
if (child->core.parent != parent) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)parent),
"ambiguousParent",caller_func,XtCXtToolkitError,
"Not all children have same parent in XtManageChildren",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
} else if (! child->core.managed && !child->core.being_destroyed) {
unique_children[num_unique_children++] = child;
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace(child,
"Child \"%s\"[%d,%d] is marked managed\n",
XtName(child),
child->core.width,child->core.height));
child->core.managed = TRUE;
}
}
if ((call_change_managed || num_unique_children != 0) && parent_realized) {
/* Compute geometry of new managed set of children. */
if (change_managed != NULL) {
CALLGEOTAT(_XtGeoTrace((Widget)parent,
"Call parent: \"%s\"[%d,%d]'s changemanaged\n",
XtName((Widget)parent),
parent->core.width,parent->core.height));
(*change_managed) ((Widget)parent);
}
/* Realize each child if necessary, then map if necessary */
for (i = 0; i < num_unique_children; i++) {
child = unique_children[i];
if (XtIsWidget(child)) {
if (! XtIsRealized(child)) XtRealizeWidget(child);
if (child->core.mapped_when_managed) XtMapWidget(child);
} else { /* RectObj child */
Widget pw = child->core.parent;
RectObj r = (RectObj) child;
while ((pw!=NULL) && (!XtIsWidget(pw)))
pw = pw->core.parent;
if (pw != NULL)
XClearArea (XtDisplay (pw), XtWindow (pw),
r->rectangle.x, r->rectangle.y,
r->rectangle.width + (r->rectangle.border_width << 1),
r->rectangle.height + (r->rectangle.border_width << 1),
TRUE);
}
}
}
if (unique_children != cache) XtFree((char *) unique_children);
} /* ManageChildren */
void XtManageChildren(
WidgetList children,
Cardinal num_children)
{
Widget parent, hookobj;
#ifdef XTHREADS
XtAppContext app;
#endif
if (num_children == 0) return;
if (children[0] == NULL) {
XtWarningMsg(XtNinvalidChild, XtNxtManageChildren, XtCXtToolkitError,
"null child passed to XtManageChildren",
(String*)NULL, (Cardinal*)NULL);
return;
}
#ifdef XTHREADS
app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(children[0]);
#endif
LOCK_APP(app);
parent = children[0]->core.parent;
if (parent->core.being_destroyed) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
ManageChildren(children, num_children, parent, (Boolean)False,
XtNxtManageChildren);
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(children[0]));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHmanageChildren;
call_data.widget = parent;
call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) children;
call_data.num_event_data = num_children;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
} /* XtManageChildren */
void XtManageChild(
Widget child)
{
XtManageChildren(&child, (Cardinal) 1);
} /* XtManageChild */
void XtSetMappedWhenManaged(
Widget widget,
_XtBoolean mapped_when_managed)
{
Widget hookobj;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
if (widget->core.mapped_when_managed == mapped_when_managed) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
widget->core.mapped_when_managed = mapped_when_managed;
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHsetMappedWhenManaged;
call_data.widget = widget;
call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) (unsigned long) mapped_when_managed;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
if (! XtIsManaged(widget)) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
if (mapped_when_managed) {
/* Didn't used to be mapped when managed. */
if (XtIsRealized(widget)) XtMapWidget(widget);
} else {
/* Used to be mapped when managed. */
if (XtIsRealized(widget)) XtUnmapWidget(widget);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
} /* XtSetMappedWhenManaged */
void XtChangeManagedSet(
WidgetList unmanage_children,
Cardinal num_unmanage,
XtDoChangeProc do_change_proc,
XtPointer client_data,
WidgetList manage_children,
Cardinal num_manage)
{
WidgetList childp;
Widget parent;
int i;
Cardinal some_unmanaged;
Boolean call_out;
CompositeClassExtension ext;
XtAppContext app;
Widget hookobj;
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
if (num_unmanage == 0 && num_manage == 0)
return;
/* specification doesn't state that library will check for NULL in list */
childp = num_unmanage ? unmanage_children : manage_children;
app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(*childp);
LOCK_APP(app);
parent = XtParent(*childp);
childp = unmanage_children;
for (i = num_unmanage; --i >= 0 && XtParent(*childp) == parent; childp++);
call_out = (i >= 0);
childp = manage_children;
for (i = num_manage; --i >= 0 && XtParent(*childp) == parent; childp++);
if (call_out || i >= 0) {
XtAppWarningMsg(app, "ambiguousParent", XtNxtChangeManagedSet,
XtCXtToolkitError, "Not all children have same parent",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
}
if (! XtIsComposite(parent)) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
XtAppErrorMsg(app, "invalidParent", XtNxtChangeManagedSet,
XtCXtToolkitError,
"Attempt to manage a child when parent is not Composite",
(String *) NULL, (Cardinal *) NULL);
}
if (parent->core.being_destroyed) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
call_out = False;
if (do_change_proc) {
ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
XtGetClassExtension(parent->core.widget_class,
XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec,
composite_class.extension),
NULLQUARK, XtCompositeExtensionVersion,
sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec));
if (!ext || !ext->allows_change_managed_set)
call_out = True;
}
UnmanageChildren(unmanage_children, num_unmanage, parent,
&some_unmanaged, call_out, XtNxtChangeManagedSet);
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(parent));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
call_data.type = XtHunmanageSet;
call_data.widget = parent;
call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) unmanage_children;
call_data.num_event_data = num_unmanage;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer) &call_data);
}
if (do_change_proc)
(*do_change_proc)(parent, unmanage_children, &num_unmanage,
manage_children, &num_manage, client_data);
call_out = (some_unmanaged && !call_out);
ManageChildren(manage_children, num_manage, parent, call_out,
XtNxtChangeManagedSet);
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
call_data.type = XtHmanageSet;
call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) manage_children;
call_data.num_event_data = num_manage;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer) &call_data);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
} /* XtChangeManagedSet */
ii,
(Boolean)True, XtNxtUnmanageChildren);
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplayOfObject(children[0]));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHolibXt-1.1.5/src/GetResList.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000016155 12520610324 0016044 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "Intrinsic.h"
/*
* XtGetResourceList(), XtGetConstraintResourceList()
*/
#define TOXRMQUARK(p) ((XrmQuark)(long)(p)) /* avoid LP64 warnings */
void XtGetResourceList(
WidgetClass widget_class,
XtResourceList *resources,
Cardinal *num_resources)
{
int size;
register Cardinal i, dest = 0;
register XtResourceList *list, dlist;
LOCK_PROCESS;
size = widget_class->core_class.num_resources * sizeof(XtResource);
*resources = (XtResourceList) __XtMalloc((unsigned) size);
if (!widget_class->core_class.class_inited) {
/* Easy case */
(void) memmove((char *) *resources,
(char *)widget_class->core_class.resources, size);
*num_resources = widget_class->core_class.num_resources;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return;
}
/* Nope, it's the hard case */
list = (XtResourceList *) widget_class->core_class.resources;
dlist = *resources;
for (i = 0; i < widget_class->core_class.num_resources; i++) {
if (list[i] != NULL) {
dlist[dest].resource_name = (String)
XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_name));
dlist[dest].resource_class = (String)
XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_class));
dlist[dest].resource_type = (String)
XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_type));
dlist[dest].resource_size = list[i]->resource_size;
/* trust that resource_offset isn't that big */
dlist[dest].resource_offset = (Cardinal)
-((int)(list[i]->resource_offset + 1));
dlist[dest].default_type = (String)
XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->default_type));
dlist[dest].default_addr = list[i]->default_addr;
dest++;
}
}
*num_resources = dest;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static Boolean ClassIsSubclassOf(WidgetClass class, WidgetClass superclass)
{
for (; class != NULL; class = class->core_class.superclass) {
if (class == superclass) return True;
}
return False;
}
void XtGetConstraintResourceList(
WidgetClass widget_class,
XtResourceList *resources,
Cardinal *num_resources)
{
int size;
register Cardinal i, dest = 0;
register XtResourceList *list, dlist;
ConstraintWidgetClass class = (ConstraintWidgetClass)widget_class;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if ( (class->core_class.class_inited &&
!(class->core_class.class_inited & ConstraintClassFlag))
|| (!class->core_class.class_inited &&
!ClassIsSubclassOf(widget_class, constraintWidgetClass))
|| class->constraint_class.num_resources == 0) {
*resources = NULL;
*num_resources = 0;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return;
}
size = class->constraint_class.num_resources * sizeof(XtResource);
*resources = (XtResourceList) __XtMalloc((unsigned) size);
if (!class->core_class.class_inited) {
/* Easy case */
(void) memmove((char *) *resources,
(char *)class->constraint_class.resources, size);
*num_resources = class->constraint_class.num_resources;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return;
}
/* Nope, it's the hard case */
list = (XtResourceList *) class->constraint_class.resources;
dlist = *resources;
for (i = 0; i < class->constraint_class.num_resources; i++) {
if (list[i] != NULL) {
dlist[dest].resource_name = (String)
XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_name));
dlist[dest].resource_class = (String)
XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_class));
dlist[dest].resource_type = (String)
XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->resource_type));
dlist[dest].resource_size = list[i]->resource_size;
/* trust that resource_offset isn't that big */
dlist[dest].resource_offset = (Cardinal)
-((int)(list[i]->resource_offset + 1));
dlist[dest].default_type = (String)
XrmQuarkToString(TOXRMQUARK(list[i]->default_type));
dlist[dest].default_addr = list[i]->default_addr;
dest++;
}
}
*num_resources = dest;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
libXt-1.1.5/src/SetWMCW.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000012463 12520610324 0015246 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
*
* Author: Chris D. Peterson, MIT X Consortium
*/
/************************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
********************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1989, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include
/* Function Name: XtSetWMColormapWindows
*
* Description: Sets the value of the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
* property on a widget's window.
*
* Arguments: widget - specifies the widget on whose window the
* - WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property will be stored.
*
* list - Specifies a list of widgets whose windows are to be
* listed in the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
* count - Specifies the number of widgets in list.
*
* Returns: none.
*/
void
XtSetWMColormapWindows(
Widget widget,
Widget *list,
Cardinal count)
{
Window *data;
Widget *checked, *top, *temp, hookobj;
Cardinal i, j, checked_count;
Boolean match;
Atom xa_wm_colormap_windows;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
if ( !XtIsRealized(widget) || (count == 0) ) {
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return;
}
top = checked = (Widget *) __XtMalloc( (Cardinal) sizeof(Widget) * count);
/*
* The specification calls for only adding the windows that have unique
* colormaps to the property to this function, so we will make a pass through
* the widget list removing all the widgets with non-unique colormaps.
*
* We will also remove any unrealized widgets from the list at this time.
*/
for (checked_count = 0, i = 0; i < count; i++) {
if (!XtIsRealized(list[i])) continue;
*checked = list[i];
match = FALSE;
/*
* Don't check first element for matching colormap since there is nothing
* to check it against.
*/
if (checked != top)
for (j = 0, temp = top; j < checked_count ; j++, temp++)
if ( (*temp)->core.colormap == (*checked)->core.colormap) {
match = TRUE;
break;
}
/*
* If no colormap was found to match then add this widget to the linked list.
*/
if (!match) {
checked++;
checked_count++;
}
}
/*
* Now that we have the list of widgets we need to convert it to a list of
* windows and set the property.
*/
data = (Window *) __XtMalloc( (Cardinal) sizeof(Window) * checked_count);
for ( i = 0 ; i < checked_count ; i++)
data[i] = XtWindow(top[i]);
xa_wm_colormap_windows = XInternAtom(XtDisplay(widget),
"WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS", FALSE);
XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(widget), XtWindow(widget),
xa_wm_colormap_windows, XA_WINDOW, 32,
PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) data, (int) i);
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay(XtDisplay(widget));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNchangeHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
XtChangeHookDataRec call_data;
call_data.type = XtHsetWMColormapWindows;
call_data.widget = widget;
call_data.event_data = (XtPointer) list;
call_data.num_event_data = count;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.changehook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
XtFree( (char *) data);
XtFree( (char *) top);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR ClibXt-1.1.5/src/Constraint.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000013240 12520610324 0016133 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
static void ConstraintPartInitialize(WidgetClass wc);
externaldef(constraintclassrec) ConstraintClassRec constraintClassRec = {
{ /******* CorePart *******/
/* superclass */ (WidgetClass) &compositeClassRec,
/* class_name */ "Constraint",
/* widget_size */ sizeof(ConstraintRec),
/* class_initialize */ NULL,
/* class_part_initialize*/ ConstraintPartInitialize,
/* class_inited */ FALSE,
/* initialize */ NULL,
/* initialize_hook */ NULL,
/* realize */ XtInheritRealize,
/* actions */ NULL,
/* num_actions */ 0,
/* resources */ NULL,
/* num_resources */ 0,
/* xrm_class */ NULLQUARK,
/* compress_motion */ FALSE,
/* compress_exposure */ TRUE,
/* compress_enterleave */ FALSE,
/* visible_interest */ FALSE,
/* destroy */ NULL,
/* resize */ NULL,
/* expose */ NULL,
/* set_values */ NULL,
/* set_values_hook */ NULL,
/* set_values_almost */ XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
/* get_values_hook */ NULL,
/* accept_focus */ NULL,
/* version */ XtVersion,
/* callback_offsets */ NULL,
/* tm_table */ NULL,
/* query_geometry */ NULL,
/* display_accelerator */ NULL,
/* extension */ NULL
},{ /**** CompositePart *****/
/* geometry_handler */ NULL,
/* change_managed */ NULL,
/* insert_child */ XtInheritInsertChild,
/* delete_child */ XtInheritDeleteChild,
/* extension */ NULL
},{ /**** ConstraintPart ****/
/* resources */ NULL,
/* num_resources */ 0,
/* constraint_size */ 0,
/* initialize */ NULL,
/* destroy */ NULL,
/* set_values */ NULL,
/* extension */ NULL
}
};
externaldef(constraintwidgetclass) WidgetClass constraintWidgetClass =
(WidgetClass) &constraintClassRec;
static void ConstraintPartInitialize(WidgetClass wc)
{
ConstraintWidgetClass cwc = (ConstraintWidgetClass)wc;
if (cwc->constraint_class.resources)
_XtCompileResourceList(cwc->constraint_class.resources,
cwc->constraint_class.num_resources);
_XtConstraintResDependencies((ConstraintWidgetClass)wc);
}
libXt-1.1.5/src/Convert.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000073033 12520610324 0015435 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
#include "Intrinsic.h"
/* Conversion procedure hash table */
#define CONVERTHASHSIZE ((unsigned)256)
#define CONVERTHASHMASK 255
#define ProcHash(from_type, to_type) (2 * (from_type) + to_type)
typedef struct _ConverterRec *ConverterPtr;
typedef struct _ConverterRec {
ConverterPtr next;
XrmRepresentation from, to;
XtTypeConverter converter;
XtDestructor destructor;
unsigned short num_args;
unsigned int do_ref_count:1;
unsigned int new_style:1;
unsigned int global:1;
char cache_type;
} ConverterRec;
#define ConvertArgs(p) ((XtConvertArgList)((p)+1))
/* used for old-style type converter cache only */
static Heap globalHeap = {NULL, NULL, 0};
void _XtSetDefaultConverterTable(
ConverterTable *table)
{
register ConverterTable globalConverterTable;
LOCK_PROCESS;
globalConverterTable = _XtGetProcessContext()->globalConverterTable;
*table = (ConverterTable)
__XtCalloc(CONVERTHASHSIZE, (unsigned)sizeof(ConverterPtr));
_XtAddDefaultConverters(*table);
if (globalConverterTable) {
ConverterPtr rec;
int i;
XtCacheType cache_type;
for (i = CONVERTHASHSIZE; --i >= 0; ) {
for (rec = *globalConverterTable++; rec; rec = rec->next) {
cache_type = rec->cache_type;
if (rec->do_ref_count)
cache_type |= XtCacheRefCount;
_XtTableAddConverter(*table, rec->from, rec->to, rec->converter,
ConvertArgs(rec), rec->num_args,
rec->new_style, cache_type,
rec->destructor, True);
}
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
void _XtFreeConverterTable(
ConverterTable table)
{
register Cardinal i;
register ConverterPtr p;
for (i = 0; i < CONVERTHASHSIZE; i++) {
for (p = table[i]; p; ) {
register ConverterPtr next = p->next;
XtFree((char*)p);
p = next;
}
}
XtFree((char*)table);
}
/* Data cache hash table */
typedef struct _CacheRec *CachePtr;
typedef struct _CacheRec {
CachePtr next;
XtPointer tag;
int hash;
XtTypeConverter converter;
unsigned short num_args;
unsigned int conversion_succeeded:1;
unsigned int has_ext:1;
unsigned int is_refcounted:1;
unsigned int must_be_freed:1;
unsigned int from_is_value:1;
unsigned int to_is_value:1;
XrmValue from;
XrmValue to;
} CacheRec;
typedef struct _CacheRecExt {
CachePtr *prev;
XtDestructor destructor;
XtPointer closure;
long ref_count;
} CacheRecExt;
#define CEXT(p) ((CacheRecExt *)((p)+1))
#define CARGS(p) ((p)->has_ext ? (XrmValue *)(CEXT(p)+1) : (XrmValue *)((p)+1))
#define CACHEHASHSIZE 256
#define CACHEHASHMASK 255
typedef CachePtr CacheHashTable[CACHEHASHSIZE];
static CacheHashTable cacheHashTable;
void _XtTableAddConverter(
ConverterTable table,
XrmRepresentation from_type,
XrmRepresentation to_type,
XtTypeConverter converter,
XtConvertArgList convert_args,
Cardinal num_args,
_XtBoolean new_style,
XtCacheType cache_type,
XtDestructor destructor,
_XtBoolean global)
{
register ConverterPtr *pp;
register ConverterPtr p;
XtConvertArgList args;
pp= &table[ProcHash(from_type, to_type) & CONVERTHASHMASK];
while ((p = *pp) && (p->from != from_type || p->to != to_type))
pp = &p->next;
if (p) {
*pp = p->next;
XtFree((char *)p);
}
p = (ConverterPtr) __XtMalloc(sizeof(ConverterRec) +
sizeof(XtConvertArgRec) * num_args);
p->next = *pp;
*pp = p;
p->from = from_type;
p->to = to_type;
p->converter = converter;
p->destructor = destructor;
p->num_args = num_args;
p->global = global;
args = ConvertArgs(p);
while (num_args--)
*args++ = *convert_args++;
p->new_style = new_style;
p->do_ref_count = False;
if (destructor || (cache_type & 0xff)) {
p->cache_type = cache_type & 0xff;
if (cache_type & XtCacheRefCount)
p->do_ref_count = True;
} else {
p->cache_type = XtCacheNone;
}
}
void XtSetTypeConverter(
register _Xconst char* from_type,
register _Xconst char* to_type,
XtTypeConverter converter,
XtConvertArgList convert_args,
Cardinal num_args,
XtCacheType cache_type,
XtDestructor destructor
)
{
ProcessContext process;
XtAppContext app;
XrmRepresentation from;
XrmRepresentation to;
LOCK_PROCESS;
process = _XtGetProcessContext();
app = process->appContextList;
from = XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type);
to = XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type);
if (!process->globalConverterTable) {
process->globalConverterTable = (ConverterTable)
__XtCalloc(CONVERTHASHSIZE, (unsigned)sizeof(ConverterPtr));
}
_XtTableAddConverter(process->globalConverterTable, from, to,
converter, convert_args,
num_args, True, cache_type, destructor, True);
while (app) {
_XtTableAddConverter(app->converterTable, from, to,
converter, convert_args,
num_args, True, cache_type, destructor, True);
app = app->next;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
void XtAppSetTypeConverter(
XtAppContext app,
register _Xconst char* from_type,
register _Xconst char* to_type,
XtTypeConverter converter,
XtConvertArgList convert_args,
Cardinal num_args,
XtCacheType cache_type,
XtDestructor destructor
)
{
LOCK_PROCESS;
_XtTableAddConverter(app->converterTable,
XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type),
XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type),
converter, convert_args, num_args,
True, cache_type, destructor, False);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
/* old interface */
void XtAddConverter(
register _Xconst char* from_type,
register _Xconst char* to_type,
XtConverter converter,
XtConvertArgList convert_args,
Cardinal num_args
)
{
ProcessContext process;
XtAppContext app;
XrmRepresentation from;
XrmRepresentation to;
LOCK_PROCESS;
process = _XtGetProcessContext();
app = process->appContextList;
from = XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type);
to = XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type);
if (!process->globalConverterTable) {
process->globalConverterTable = (ConverterTable)
__XtCalloc(CONVERTHASHSIZE, (unsigned)sizeof(ConverterPtr));
}
_XtTableAddConverter(process->globalConverterTable, from, to,
(XtTypeConverter)converter, convert_args, num_args,
False, XtCacheAll, (XtDestructor)NULL, True);
while (app) {
_XtTableAddConverter(app->converterTable, from, to,
(XtTypeConverter)converter, convert_args,
num_args, False, XtCacheAll, (XtDestructor)NULL,
True);
app = app->next;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
/* old interface */
void XtAppAddConverter(
XtAppContext app,
register _Xconst char* from_type,
register _Xconst char* to_type,
XtConverter converter,
XtConvertArgList convert_args,
Cardinal num_args
)
{
LOCK_PROCESS;
_XtTableAddConverter(app->converterTable,
XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type),
XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type),
(XtTypeConverter)converter, convert_args, num_args,
False, XtCacheAll, (XtDestructor)NULL, False);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static CachePtr
CacheEnter(
Heap* heap,
register XtTypeConverter converter,
register XrmValuePtr args,
Cardinal num_args,
XrmValuePtr from,
XrmValuePtr to,
Boolean succeeded,
register int hash,
Boolean do_ref,
Boolean do_free,
XtDestructor destructor,
XtPointer closure)
{
register CachePtr *pHashEntry;
register CachePtr p;
register Cardinal i;
LOCK_PROCESS;
pHashEntry = &cacheHashTable[hash & CACHEHASHMASK];
if ((succeeded && destructor) || do_ref) {
p = (CachePtr) _XtHeapAlloc(heap, (sizeof(CacheRec) +
sizeof(CacheRecExt) +
num_args * sizeof(XrmValue)));
CEXT(p)->prev = pHashEntry;
CEXT(p)->destructor = succeeded ? destructor : NULL;
CEXT(p)->closure = closure;
CEXT(p)->ref_count = 1;
p->has_ext = True;
}
else {
p = (CachePtr)_XtHeapAlloc(heap, (sizeof(CacheRec) +
num_args * sizeof(XrmValue)));
p->has_ext = False;
}
if (!to->addr)
succeeded = False;
p->conversion_succeeded = succeeded;
p->is_refcounted = do_ref;
p->must_be_freed = do_free;
p->next = *pHashEntry;
if (p->next && p->next->has_ext)
CEXT(p->next)->prev = &p->next;
*pHashEntry = p;
p->tag = (XtPointer)heap;
p->hash = hash;
p->converter = converter;
p->from.size = from->size;
if (from->size <= sizeof(p->from.addr)) {
p->from_is_value = True;
XtMemmove(&p->from.addr, from->addr, from->size);
} else {
p->from_is_value = False;
p->from.addr = (XPointer)_XtHeapAlloc(heap, from->size);
(void) memmove((char *)p->from.addr, (char *)from->addr, from->size);
}
p->num_args = num_args;
if (num_args) {
XrmValue *pargs = CARGS(p);
for (i = 0; i < num_args; i++) {
pargs[i].size = args[i].size;
pargs[i].addr = (XPointer)_XtHeapAlloc(heap, args[i].size);
XtMemmove(pargs[i].addr, args[i].addr, args[i].size);
}
}
p->to.size = to->size;
if (!succeeded) {
p->to_is_value = False;
p->to.addr = NULL;
} else if (to->size <= sizeof(p->to.addr)) {
p->to_is_value = True;
XtMemmove(&p->to.addr, to->addr, to->size);
} else {
p->to_is_value = False;
p->to.addr = (XPointer)_XtHeapAlloc(heap, to->size);
(void) memmove((char *)p->to.addr, (char *)to->addr, to->size);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return p;
}
static void FreeCacheRec(
XtAppContext app,
CachePtr p,
CachePtr *prev)
{
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (p->has_ext) {
if (CEXT(p)->destructor) {
Cardinal num_args = p->num_args;
XrmValue *args = NULL;
XrmValue toc;
if (num_args)
args = CARGS(p);
toc.size = p->to.size;
if (p->to_is_value)
toc.addr = (XPointer)&p->to.addr;
else
toc.addr = p->to.addr;
(*CEXT(p)->destructor) (app, &toc, CEXT(p)->closure, args,
&num_args);
}
*(CEXT(p)->prev) = p->next;
if (p->next && p->next->has_ext)
CEXT(p->next)->prev = CEXT(p)->prev;
} else {
*prev = p->next;
if (p->next && p->next->has_ext)
CEXT(p->next)->prev = prev;
}
if (p->must_be_freed) {
register int i;
if (!p->from_is_value)
XtFree(p->from.addr);
if ((i = p->num_args)) {
XrmValue *pargs = CARGS(p);
while (i--)
XtFree(pargs[i].addr);
}
if (!p->to_is_value)
XtFree(p->to.addr);
XtFree((char*)p);
}
/* else on private heap; will free entire heap later */
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
void _XtCacheFlushTag(
XtAppContext app,
XtPointer tag)
{
int i;
register CachePtr *prev;
register CachePtr rec;
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (i = CACHEHASHSIZE; --i >= 0;) {
prev = &cacheHashTable[i];
while ((rec = *prev)) {
if (rec->tag == tag)
FreeCacheRec(app, rec, prev);
else
prev = &rec->next;
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
#ifdef DEBUG
#include
void _XtConverterCacheStats(void)
{
register Cardinal i;
register CachePtr p;
register Cardinal entries;
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (i = 0; i < CACHEHASHSIZE; i++) {
p = cacheHashTable[i];
if (p) {
for (entries = 0; p; p = p->next) {
entries++;
}
(void) fprintf(stdout, "Index: %4d Entries: %d\n", i, entries);
for (p = cacheHashTable[i]; p; p = p->next) {
(void) fprintf(stdout, " Size: %3d Refs: %3d '",
p->from.size,
p->has_ext ? CEXT(p)->ref_count : 0);
(void) fprintf(stdout, "'\n");
}
(void) fprintf(stdout, "\n");
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
#endif /*DEBUG*/
static Boolean ResourceQuarkToOffset(
WidgetClass widget_class,
XrmName name,
Cardinal *offset)
{
register WidgetClass wc;
register Cardinal i;
register XrmResourceList res, *resources;
for (wc = widget_class; wc; wc = wc->core_class.superclass) {
resources = (XrmResourceList*) wc->core_class.resources;
for (i = 0; i < wc->core_class.num_resources; i++, resources++) {
res = *resources;
if (res->xrm_name == name) {
*offset = -res->xrm_offset - 1;
return True;
}
} /* for i in resources */
} /* for wc in widget classes */
(*offset) = 0;
return False;
}
static void ComputeArgs(
Widget widget,
XtConvertArgList convert_args,
Cardinal num_args,
XrmValuePtr args)
{
register Cardinal i;
Cardinal offset;
String params[1];
Cardinal num_params = 1;
Widget ancestor = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < num_args; i++) {
args[i].size = convert_args[i].size;
switch (convert_args[i].address_mode) {
case XtAddress:
args[i].addr = convert_args[i].address_id;
break;
case XtBaseOffset:
args[i].addr =
(XPointer)((char *)widget + (long)convert_args[i].address_id);
break;
case XtWidgetBaseOffset:
if (!ancestor) {
if (XtIsWidget(widget))
ancestor = widget;
else
ancestor = _XtWindowedAncestor(widget);
}
args[i].addr =
(XPointer)((char *)ancestor + (long)convert_args[i].address_id);
break;
case XtImmediate:
args[i].addr = (XPointer) &(convert_args[i].address_id);
break;
case XtProcedureArg:
(*(XtConvertArgProc)convert_args[i].address_id)
(widget, &convert_args[i].size, &args[i]);
break;
case XtResourceString:
/* Convert in place for next usage */
convert_args[i].address_mode = XtResourceQuark;
convert_args[i].address_id =
(XtPointer)(long)XrmStringToQuark((String)convert_args[i].address_id);
/* Fall through */
case XtResourceQuark:
if (! ResourceQuarkToOffset(widget->core.widget_class,
(XrmQuark)(long) convert_args[i].address_id, &offset)) {
params[0]=
XrmQuarkToString((XrmQuark)(long) convert_args[i].address_id);
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"invalidResourceName","computeArgs",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Cannot find resource name %s as argument to conversion",
params,&num_params);
offset = 0;
}
args[i].addr = (XPointer)((char *)widget + offset);
break;
default:
params[0] = XtName(widget);
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"invalidAddressMode", "computeArgs", XtCXtToolkitError,
"Conversion arguments for widget '%s' contain an unsupported address mode",
params,&num_params);
args[i].addr = NULL;
args[i].size = 0;
} /* switch */
} /* for */
} /* ComputeArgs */
void XtDirectConvert(
XtConverter converter,
XrmValuePtr args,
Cardinal num_args,
register XrmValuePtr from,
XrmValuePtr to)
{
register CachePtr p;
register int hash;
register Cardinal i;
LOCK_PROCESS;
/* Try to find cache entry for conversion */
hash = ((long) converter >> 2) + from->size + *((char *) from->addr);
if (from->size > 1) hash += ((char *) from->addr)[1];
for (p = cacheHashTable[hash & CACHEHASHMASK]; p; p = p->next) {
if ((p->hash == hash)
&& (p->converter == (XtTypeConverter)converter)
&& (p->from.size == from->size)
&& !(p->from_is_value ?
XtMemcmp(&p->from.addr, from->addr, from->size) :
memcmp((char *)p->from.addr, (char *)from->addr, from->size))
&& (p->num_args == num_args)) {
if ((i = num_args)) {
XrmValue *pargs = CARGS(p);
/* Are all args the same data ? */
while (i) {
i--; /* do not move to while test, broken compilers */
if (pargs[i].size != args[i].size ||
XtMemcmp(pargs[i].addr, args[i].addr, args[i].size)) {
i++;
break;
}
}
}
if (!i) {
/* Perfect match */
to->size = p->to.size;
if (p->to_is_value)
to->addr = (XPointer)&p->to.addr;
else
to->addr = p->to.addr;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return;
}
}
}
/* Didn't find it, call converter procedure and entry result in cache */
(*to).size = 0;
(*to).addr = NULL;
(*converter)(args, &num_args, from, to);
/* This memory can never be freed since we don't know the Display
* or app context from which to compute the persistance */
{
CacheEnter(&globalHeap, (XtTypeConverter)converter, args, num_args,
from, to, (to->addr != NULL), hash, False, False,
(XtDestructor)NULL, NULL);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static ConverterPtr GetConverterEntry(
XtAppContext app,
XtTypeConverter converter)
{
Cardinal entry;
register ConverterPtr cP;
ConverterTable converterTable;
LOCK_PROCESS;
converterTable = app->converterTable;
cP = NULL;
for (entry = 0; (entry < CONVERTHASHSIZE) && !cP; entry++) {
cP = converterTable[entry];
while (cP && (cP->converter != converter)) cP = cP->next;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return cP;
}
static Boolean
CallConverter(
Display* dpy,
XtTypeConverter converter,
XrmValuePtr args,
Cardinal num_args,
register XrmValuePtr from,
XrmValuePtr to,
XtCacheRef *cache_ref_return,
register ConverterPtr cP)
{
CachePtr p;
int hash;
Cardinal i;
Boolean retval;
if (!cP || ((cP->cache_type == XtCacheNone) && !cP->destructor)) {
XtPointer closure;
if (cache_ref_return) *cache_ref_return = NULL;
retval = (*(XtTypeConverter)converter)
(dpy, args, &num_args, from, to, &closure);
return retval;
}
LOCK_PROCESS;
/* Try to find cache entry for conversion */
hash = ((long)(converter) >> 2) + from->size + *((char *) from->addr);
if (from->size > 1) hash += ((char *) from->addr)[1];
if (cP->cache_type != XtCacheNone) {
for (p = cacheHashTable[hash & CACHEHASHMASK]; p; p = p->next){
if ((p->hash == hash)
&& (p->converter == converter)
&& (p->from.size == from->size)
&& !(p->from_is_value ?
XtMemcmp(&p->from.addr, from->addr, from->size) :
memcmp((char *)p->from.addr, (char *)from->addr, from->size))
&& (p->num_args == num_args)) {
if ((i = num_args)) {
XrmValue *pargs = CARGS(p);
/* Are all args the same data ? */
while (i) {
i--; /* do not move to while test, broken compilers */
if (pargs[i].size != args[i].size ||
XtMemcmp(pargs[i].addr, args[i].addr, args[i].size)){
i++;
break;
}
}
}
if (!i) {
/* Perfect match */
if (p->conversion_succeeded) {
if (to->addr) { /* new-style call */
if (to->size < p->to.size) {
to->size = p->to.size;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return False;
}
to->size = p->to.size;
if (p->to_is_value) {
XtMemmove(to->addr, &p->to.addr,
to->size);
} else {
(void) memmove((char *)to->addr,
(char *)p->to.addr, to->size);
}
} else { /* old-style call */
to->size = p->to.size;
if (p->to_is_value)
to->addr = (XPointer)&p->to.addr;
else
to->addr = p->to.addr;
}
}
if (p->is_refcounted) {
CEXT(p)->ref_count++;
if (cache_ref_return)
*cache_ref_return = (XtCacheRef)p;
else
p->is_refcounted = False;
}
else {
if (cache_ref_return)
*cache_ref_return = NULL;
}
retval = (p->conversion_succeeded);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return retval;
}
}
}
}
/* No cache entry, call converter procedure and enter result in cache */
{
Heap *heap;
XtPointer closure = NULL;
unsigned int supplied_size = to->size;
Boolean do_ref = cP->do_ref_count && cache_ref_return;
Boolean do_free = False;
Boolean retval =
(*(XtTypeConverter)converter)(dpy, args, &num_args, from, to, &closure);
if (retval == False && supplied_size < to->size) {
/* programmer error: caller must allocate sufficient storage */
if (cache_ref_return)
*cache_ref_return = NULL;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return False;
}
if ((cP->cache_type == XtCacheNone) || do_ref) {
heap = NULL;
do_free = True;
}
else if (cP->cache_type == XtCacheByDisplay)
heap = &_XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->heap;
else if (cP->global)
heap = &globalHeap;
else
heap = &XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy)->heap;
p = CacheEnter(heap, converter, args, num_args, from, to, retval,
hash, do_ref, do_free, cP->destructor, closure);
if (do_ref)
*cache_ref_return = (XtCacheRef)p;
else if (cache_ref_return)
*cache_ref_return = NULL;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return retval;
}
}
Boolean
XtCallConverter(
Display* dpy,
XtTypeConverter converter,
XrmValuePtr args,
Cardinal num_args,
register XrmValuePtr from,
XrmValuePtr to,
XtCacheRef *cache_ref_return)
{
ConverterPtr cP;
Boolean retval;
XtAppContext app = XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy);
LOCK_APP(app);
if ((cP = GetConverterEntry(app, converter)) == NULL) {
XtAppSetTypeConverter(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(dpy),
"_XtUnk1", "_XtUnk2",
converter, NULL, 0,
XtCacheAll, NULL);
cP = GetConverterEntry(app, converter);
}
retval = CallConverter(dpy, converter, args, num_args, from, to,
cache_ref_return, cP);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
Boolean _XtConvert(
Widget widget,
register XrmRepresentation from_type,
XrmValuePtr from,
register XrmRepresentation to_type,
register XrmValuePtr to,
XtCacheRef *cache_ref_return)
{
XtAppContext app = XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget);
register ConverterPtr p;
Cardinal num_args;
XrmValue *args;
/* Look for type converter */
LOCK_PROCESS;
p = app->converterTable[ProcHash(from_type, to_type) & CONVERTHASHMASK];
for (; p; p = p->next) {
if (from_type == p->from && to_type == p->to) {
Boolean retval = False;
/* Compute actual arguments from widget and arg descriptor */
num_args = p->num_args;
if (num_args != 0) {
args = (XrmValue*)
ALLOCATE_LOCAL( num_args * sizeof (XrmValue) );
if (!args) _XtAllocError("alloca");
ComputeArgs(widget, ConvertArgs(p), num_args, args);
} else args = NULL;
if (p->new_style) {
retval =
CallConverter(XtDisplayOfObject(widget),
p->converter, args, num_args,
from, to, cache_ref_return, p);
}
else { /* is old-style (non-display) converter */
XrmValue tempTo;
XtDirectConvert((XtConverter)p->converter, args, num_args,
from, &tempTo);
if (cache_ref_return)
*cache_ref_return = NULL;
if (tempTo.addr) {
if (to->addr) { /* new-style caller */
if (to->size >= tempTo.size) {
if (to_type == _XtQString)
*(String*)(to->addr) = tempTo.addr;
else {
XtMemmove(to->addr, tempTo.addr,
tempTo.size);
}
retval = True;
}
to->size = tempTo.size;
} else { /* old-style caller */
*to = tempTo;
retval = True;
}
}
}
if (args) DEALLOCATE_LOCAL( (XtPointer)args );
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return retval;
}
}
{
String params[2];
Cardinal num_params = 2;
params[0] = XrmRepresentationToString(from_type);
params[1] = XrmRepresentationToString(to_type);
XtAppWarningMsg(app, "typeConversionError", "noConverter", XtCXtToolkitError,
"No type converter registered for '%s' to '%s' conversion.",
params, &num_params);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return False;
}
void XtConvert(
Widget widget,
_Xconst char* from_type_str,
XrmValuePtr from,
_Xconst char* to_type_str,
XrmValuePtr to)
{
XrmQuark from_type, to_type;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
from_type = XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type_str);
to_type = XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type_str);
if (from_type != to_type) {
/* It's not safe to ref count these resources, 'cause we
don't know what older clients may have assumed about
the resource lifetimes.
XtCacheRef ref;
*/
to->addr = NULL;
to->size = 0;
_XtConvert(widget, from_type, from, to_type, to, /*&ref*/ NULL);
/*
if (ref) {
XtAddCallback( widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef, (XtPointer)ref );
}
*/
}
else
(*to) = *from;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
Boolean XtConvertAndStore(
Widget object,
_Xconst char* from_type_str,
XrmValuePtr from,
_Xconst char* to_type_str,
XrmValuePtr to)
{
XrmQuark from_type, to_type;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(object);
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
from_type = XrmStringToRepresentation(from_type_str);
to_type = XrmStringToRepresentation(to_type_str);
if (from_type != to_type) {
static XtPointer local_valueP = NULL;
static Cardinal local_valueS = 128;
XtCacheRef ref;
Boolean local = False;
do {
if (!to->addr) {
if (!local_valueP)
local_valueP = _XtHeapAlloc(&globalHeap, local_valueS);
to->addr = local_valueP;
to->size = local_valueS;
local = True;
}
if (!_XtConvert(object, from_type, from, to_type, to, &ref)) {
if (local && (to->size > local_valueS)) {
to->addr =
local_valueP = _XtHeapAlloc(&globalHeap, to->size);
local_valueS = to->size;
continue;
} else {
if (local) {
to->addr = NULL;
to->size = 0;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return False;
}
}
if (ref) {
XtAddCallback( object, XtNdestroyCallback,
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef, (XtPointer)ref );
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return True;
} while (local /* && local_valueS < to->size */);
}
if (to->addr) {
if (to->size < from->size) {
to->size = from->size;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return False;
}
(void) memmove(to->addr, from->addr, from->size );
to->size = from->size;
} else /* from_type == to_type */
*to = *from;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return True;
}
void XtAppReleaseCacheRefs(
XtAppContext app,
XtCacheRef *refs)
{
register CachePtr *r;
register CachePtr p;
LOCK_APP(app);
LOCK_PROCESS;
for (r = (CachePtr*)refs; (p = *r); r++) {
if (p->is_refcounted && --(CEXT(p)->ref_count) == 0) {
FreeCacheRec(app, p, NULL);
}
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
/* ARGSUSED */
void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList(
Widget widget, /* unused */
XtPointer closure,
XtPointer call_data) /* unused */
{
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs( XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
(XtCacheRef*)closure );
XtFree(closure);
}
/* ARGSUSED */
void XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef(
Widget widget, /* unused */
XtPointer closure,
XtPointer call_data) /* unused */
{
XtCacheRef cache_refs[2];
cache_refs[0] = (XtCacheRef)closure;
cache_refs[1] = NULL;
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs( XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget), cache_refs );
}
rTable converterTable;
LOCK_PROCESS;
converterTable = app->converterTable;
cP = NULL;
for (entry = 0; (entry < CONVERTHASHSIZE) && !cP; entry++) {
cP = converterTable[entry];
while (cP && (cP->converter != converter)) cP = cP->next;
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return cP;
}
static Boolean
CallConverter(
Display* dpy,
XtTypeConverter converter,
XrmValuePtr args,
Cardinal num_args,
register XrmValuePtr from,
XrmValuePtr tlibXt-1.1.5/src/Create.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000057637 12520610324 0015234 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1994, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "VarargsI.h"
#include "ShellP.h"
#include "CreateI.h"
#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
#include "ResConfigP.h"
#endif
#include
static String XtNxtCreateWidget = "xtCreateWidget";
static String XtNxtCreatePopupShell = "xtCreatePopupShell";
static void
CallClassPartInit(WidgetClass ancestor, WidgetClass wc)
{
if (ancestor->core_class.superclass != NULL) {
CallClassPartInit(ancestor->core_class.superclass, wc);
}
if (ancestor->core_class.class_part_initialize != NULL) {
(*(ancestor->core_class.class_part_initialize)) (wc);
}
}
void
XtInitializeWidgetClass(WidgetClass wc)
{
XtEnum inited;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (wc->core_class.class_inited) {
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
return;
}
inited = 0x01;
{
WidgetClass pc;
#define LeaveIfClass(c, d) if (pc == c) { inited = d; break; }
for (pc = wc; pc; pc = pc->core_class.superclass) {
LeaveIfClass(rectObjClass, 0x01 |
RectObjClassFlag);
LeaveIfClass(coreWidgetClass, 0x01 |
RectObjClassFlag |
WidgetClassFlag);
LeaveIfClass(compositeWidgetClass, 0x01 |
RectObjClassFlag |
WidgetClassFlag |
CompositeClassFlag);
LeaveIfClass(constraintWidgetClass, 0x01 |
RectObjClassFlag |
WidgetClassFlag |
CompositeClassFlag |
ConstraintClassFlag);
LeaveIfClass(shellWidgetClass, 0x01 |
RectObjClassFlag |
WidgetClassFlag |
CompositeClassFlag |
ShellClassFlag);
LeaveIfClass(wmShellWidgetClass, 0x01 |
RectObjClassFlag |
WidgetClassFlag |
CompositeClassFlag |
ShellClassFlag |
WMShellClassFlag);
LeaveIfClass(topLevelShellWidgetClass, 0x01 |
RectObjClassFlag |
WidgetClassFlag |
CompositeClassFlag |
ShellClassFlag |
WMShellClassFlag |
TopLevelClassFlag);
}
#undef LeaveIfClass
}
if (wc->core_class.version != XtVersion &&
wc->core_class.version != XtVersionDontCheck) {
String param[3];
String mismatch = "Widget class %s version mismatch (recompilation needed):\n widget %d vs. intrinsics %d.";
String recompile = "Widget class %s must be re-compiled.";
Cardinal num_params;
param[0] = wc->core_class.class_name;
param[1] = (String) wc->core_class.version;
param[2] = (String) XtVersion;
if (wc->core_class.version == (11 * 1000 + 5) || /* MIT X11R5 */
wc->core_class.version == (11 * 1000 + 4)) { /* MIT X11R4 */
if ((inited & WMShellClassFlag) &&
(sizeof(Boolean) != sizeof(char) ||
sizeof(Atom) != sizeof(Widget) ||
sizeof(Atom) != sizeof(String))) {
num_params=3;
XtWarningMsg("versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
mismatch, param, &num_params);
num_params=1;
XtErrorMsg("R4orR5versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
recompile, param, &num_params);
}
}
else if (wc->core_class.version == (11 * 1000 + 3)) { /* MIT X11R3 */
if (inited & ShellClassFlag) {
num_params=1;
XtWarningMsg("r3versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
"Shell Widget class %s binary compiled for R3",
param,&num_params);
XtErrorMsg("R3versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
recompile, param, &num_params);
}
}
else {
num_params=3;
XtWarningMsg("versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
mismatch, param, &num_params);
if (wc->core_class.version == (2 * 1000 + 2)) /* MIT X11R2 */ {
num_params=1;
XtErrorMsg("r2versionMismatch","widget",XtCXtToolkitError,
recompile, param, &num_params);
}
}
}
if ((wc->core_class.superclass != NULL)
&& (!(wc->core_class.superclass->core_class.class_inited)))
XtInitializeWidgetClass(wc->core_class.superclass);
if (wc->core_class.class_initialize != NULL)
(*(wc->core_class.class_initialize))();
CallClassPartInit(wc, wc);
wc->core_class.class_inited = inited;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static void
CallInitialize (
WidgetClass class,
Widget req_widget,
Widget new_widget,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args)
{
WidgetClass superclass;
XtInitProc initialize;
XtArgsProc initialize_hook;
LOCK_PROCESS;
superclass = class->core_class.superclass;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (superclass)
CallInitialize (superclass, req_widget, new_widget, args, num_args);
LOCK_PROCESS;
initialize = class->core_class.initialize;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (initialize)
(*initialize) (req_widget, new_widget, args, &num_args);
LOCK_PROCESS;
initialize_hook = class->core_class.initialize_hook;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (initialize_hook)
(*initialize_hook) (new_widget, args, &num_args);
}
static void
CallConstraintInitialize (
ConstraintWidgetClass class,
Widget req_widget,
Widget new_widget,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args)
{
WidgetClass superclass;
XtInitProc initialize;
LOCK_PROCESS;
superclass = class->core_class.superclass;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (superclass != constraintWidgetClass)
CallConstraintInitialize((ConstraintWidgetClass) superclass,
req_widget, new_widget, args, num_args);
LOCK_PROCESS;
initialize = class->constraint_class.initialize;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (initialize)
(*initialize) (req_widget, new_widget, args, &num_args);
}
static Widget
xtWidgetAlloc(
WidgetClass widget_class,
ConstraintWidgetClass parent_constraint_class,
Widget parent,
String name,
ArgList args, /* must be NULL if typed_args is non-NULL */
Cardinal num_args,
XtTypedArgList typed_args, /* must be NULL if args is non-NULL */
Cardinal num_typed_args)
{
Widget widget;
Cardinal wsize, csize = 0;
ObjectClassExtension ext;
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (! (widget_class->core_class.class_inited))
XtInitializeWidgetClass(widget_class);
ext = (ObjectClassExtension)
XtGetClassExtension(widget_class,
XtOffsetOf(ObjectClassRec, object_class.extension),
NULLQUARK, XtObjectExtensionVersion,
sizeof(ObjectClassExtensionRec));
if (parent_constraint_class)
csize = parent_constraint_class->constraint_class.constraint_size;
if (ext && ext->allocate) {
XtAllocateProc allocate;
Cardinal extra = 0;
Cardinal nargs = num_args;
Cardinal ntyped = num_typed_args;
allocate = ext->allocate;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
(*allocate)(widget_class, &csize, &extra, args, &nargs,
typed_args, &ntyped, &widget, NULL);
} else {
wsize = widget_class->core_class.widget_size;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if (csize) {
if (sizeof(struct {char a; double b;}) !=
(sizeof(struct {char a; unsigned long b;}) -
sizeof(unsigned long) + sizeof(double))) {
if (csize && !(csize & (sizeof(double) - 1)))
wsize = (wsize + sizeof(double) - 1) & ~(sizeof(double)-1);
}
}
widget = (Widget) __XtMalloc((unsigned)(wsize + csize));
bzero(widget, wsize + csize);
widget->core.constraints =
(csize ? (XtPointer)((char *)widget + wsize) : NULL);
}
widget->core.self = widget;
widget->core.parent = parent;
widget->core.widget_class = widget_class;
widget->core.xrm_name = StringToName((name != NULL) ? name : "");
widget->core.being_destroyed =
(parent != NULL ? parent->core.being_destroyed : FALSE);
return widget;
}
static void
CompileCallbacks(
Widget widget)
{
CallbackTable offsets;
InternalCallbackList* cl;
int i;
LOCK_PROCESS;
offsets = (CallbackTable)
widget->core.widget_class->core_class.callback_private;
for (i = (int)(long) *(offsets++); --i >= 0; offsets++) {
cl = (InternalCallbackList *)
((char *) widget - (*offsets)->xrm_offset - 1);
if (*cl)
*cl = _XtCompileCallbackList((XtCallbackList) *cl);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
static Widget
xtCreate(
char *name,
char *class,
WidgetClass widget_class,
Widget parent,
Screen* default_screen, /* undefined when creating a nonwidget */
ArgList args, /* must be NULL if typed_args is non-NULL */
Cardinal num_args,
XtTypedArgList typed_args, /* must be NULL if args is non-NULL */
Cardinal num_typed_args,
ConstraintWidgetClass parent_constraint_class,
/* NULL if not a subclass of Constraint or if child is popup shell */
XtWidgetProc post_proc)
{
/* need to use strictest alignment rules possible in next two decls. */
double widget_cache[100];
double constraint_cache[20];
Widget req_widget;
XtPointer req_constraints = NULL;
Cardinal wsize, csize;
Widget widget;
XtCacheRef *cache_refs;
Cardinal i;
XtCreateHookDataRec call_data;
widget = xtWidgetAlloc(widget_class, parent_constraint_class, parent,
name, args, num_args, typed_args, num_typed_args);
if (XtIsRectObj(widget)) {
widget->core.managed = FALSE;
}
if (XtIsWidget(widget)) {
widget->core.name = XrmNameToString(widget->core.xrm_name);
widget->core.screen = default_screen;
widget->core.tm.translations = NULL;
widget->core.window = (Window) 0;
widget->core.visible = TRUE;
widget->core.popup_list = NULL;
widget->core.num_popups = 0;
};
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (XtIsApplicationShell(widget)) {
ApplicationShellWidget a = (ApplicationShellWidget) widget;
if (class != NULL)
a->application.xrm_class = StringToClass(class);
else
a->application.xrm_class = widget_class->core_class.xrm_class;
a->application.class = XrmQuarkToString(a->application.xrm_class);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
/* fetch resources */
cache_refs = _XtGetResources(widget, args, num_args,
typed_args, &num_typed_args);
/* Convert typed arg list to arg list */
if (typed_args != NULL && num_typed_args > 0) {
args = (ArgList)ALLOCATE_LOCAL(sizeof(Arg) * num_typed_args);
if (args == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
for (i = 0; i < num_typed_args; i++) {
args[i].name = typed_args[i].name;
args[i].value = typed_args[i].value;
}
num_args = num_typed_args;
}
CompileCallbacks(widget);
if (cache_refs != NULL) {
XtAddCallback(widget, XtNdestroyCallback,
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList, (XtPointer)cache_refs );
}
wsize = widget_class->core_class.widget_size;
csize = 0;
req_widget = (Widget) XtStackAlloc(wsize, widget_cache);
(void) memmove ((char *) req_widget, (char *) widget, (int) wsize);
CallInitialize (XtClass(widget), req_widget, widget, args, num_args);
if (parent_constraint_class != NULL) {
csize = parent_constraint_class->constraint_class.constraint_size;
if (csize) {
req_constraints = XtStackAlloc(csize, constraint_cache);
(void) memmove((char*)req_constraints, widget->core.constraints,
(int)csize);
req_widget->core.constraints = req_constraints;
} else req_widget->core.constraints = NULL;
CallConstraintInitialize(parent_constraint_class, req_widget, widget,
args, num_args);
if (csize) {
XtStackFree(req_constraints, constraint_cache);
}
}
XtStackFree((XtPointer)req_widget, widget_cache);
if (post_proc != (XtWidgetProc) NULL) {
Widget hookobj;
(*post_proc)(widget);
hookobj = XtHooksOfDisplay((default_screen != (Screen*) NULL) ?
default_screen->display :
XtDisplayOfObject(parent));
if (XtHasCallbacks(hookobj, XtNcreateHook) == XtCallbackHasSome) {
call_data.type = XtHcreate;
call_data.widget = widget;
call_data.args = args;
call_data.num_args = num_args;
XtCallCallbackList(hookobj,
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.createhook_callbacks,
(XtPointer)&call_data);
}
}
if (typed_args != NULL) {
while (num_typed_args-- > 0) {
/* In GetResources we may have dynamically alloc'd store to hold */
/* a copy of a resource which was larger then sizeof(XtArgVal). */
/* We must free this store now in order to prevent a memory leak */
/* A typed arg that has a converted value in dynamic store has a */
/* negated size field. */
if (typed_args->type != NULL && typed_args->size < 0) {
XtFree((char*)typed_args->value);
typed_args->size = -(typed_args->size);
}
typed_args++;
}
DEALLOCATE_LOCAL((char*)args);
}
return (widget);
}
static void
widgetPostProc(Widget w)
{
XtWidgetProc insert_child;
Widget parent = XtParent(w);
String param = XtName(w);
Cardinal num_params = 1;
if (XtIsComposite(parent)) {
LOCK_PROCESS;
insert_child = ((CompositeWidgetClass) parent->core.widget_class)->
composite_class.insert_child;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
} else {
return;
}
if (insert_child == NULL) {
XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
"nullProc","insertChild",XtCXtToolkitError,
"\"%s\" parent has NULL insert_child method",
¶m, &num_params);
} else {
(*insert_child) (w);
}
}
Widget
_XtCreateWidget(
String name,
WidgetClass widget_class,
Widget parent,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args,
XtTypedArgList typed_args,
Cardinal num_typed_args)
{
register Widget widget;
ConstraintWidgetClass cwc;
Screen* default_screen;
XtEnum class_inited;
String params[3];
Cardinal num_params;
params[0] = name;
num_params = 1;
if (parent == NULL) {
XtErrorMsg("invalidParent", XtNxtCreateWidget, XtCXtToolkitError,
"XtCreateWidget \"%s\" requires non-NULL parent",
params, &num_params);
} else if (widget_class == NULL) {
XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
"invalidClass", XtNxtCreateWidget, XtCXtToolkitError,
"XtCreateWidget \"%s\" requires non-NULL widget class",
params, &num_params);
}
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (!widget_class->core_class.class_inited)
XtInitializeWidgetClass(widget_class);
class_inited = widget_class->core_class.class_inited;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
if ((class_inited & WidgetClassFlag) == 0) {
/* not a widget */
default_screen = NULL;
if (XtIsComposite(parent)) {
CompositeClassExtension ext;
ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
XtGetClassExtension(XtClass(parent),
XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec, composite_class.extension),
NULLQUARK, 1L, (Cardinal) 0);
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (ext &&
(ext->version > XtCompositeExtensionVersion ||
ext->record_size > sizeof(CompositeClassExtensionRec))) {
params[1] = XtClass(parent)->core_class.class_name;
num_params = 2;
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
"invalidExtension", XtNxtCreateWidget,
XtCXtToolkitError,
"widget \"%s\" class %s has invalid CompositeClassExtension record",
params, &num_params);
}
if (!ext || !ext->accepts_objects) {
params[1] = XtName(parent);
num_params = 2;
XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
"nonWidget", XtNxtCreateWidget,XtCXtToolkitError,
"attempt to add non-widget child \"%s\" to parent \"%s\" which supports only widgets",
params, &num_params);
}
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
}
} else {
default_screen = parent->core.screen;
}
if (XtIsConstraint(parent)) {
cwc = (ConstraintWidgetClass) parent->core.widget_class;
} else {
cwc = NULL;
}
widget = xtCreate(name, (char *)NULL, widget_class, parent,
default_screen, args, num_args,
typed_args, num_typed_args, cwc, widgetPostProc);
return (widget);
}
Widget
XtCreateWidget(
_Xconst char* name,
WidgetClass widget_class,
Widget parent,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args
)
{
Widget retval;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(parent);
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = _XtCreateWidget((String)name, widget_class, parent, args, num_args,
(XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
Widget
XtCreateManagedWidget(
_Xconst char* name,
WidgetClass widget_class,
Widget parent,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args
)
{
register Widget widget;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(parent);
LOCK_APP(app);
XtCheckSubclass(parent, compositeWidgetClass, "in XtCreateManagedWidget");
widget = _XtCreateWidget((String)name, widget_class, parent, args,
num_args, (XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal) 0);
XtManageChild(widget);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return widget;
}
static void
popupPostProc(Widget w)
{
Widget parent = XtParent(w);
parent->core.popup_list =
(WidgetList) XtRealloc((char*) parent->core.popup_list,
(unsigned) (parent->core.num_popups+1) * sizeof(Widget));
parent->core.popup_list[parent->core.num_popups++] = w;
}
Widget
_XtCreatePopupShell(
String name,
WidgetClass widget_class,
Widget parent,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args,
XtTypedArgList typed_args,
Cardinal num_typed_args)
{
register Widget widget;
Screen* default_screen;
if (parent == NULL) {
XtErrorMsg("invalidParent",XtNxtCreatePopupShell,XtCXtToolkitError,
"XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL parent",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
} else if (widget_class == NULL) {
XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(parent),
"invalidClass",XtNxtCreatePopupShell,XtCXtToolkitError,
"XtCreatePopupShell requires non-NULL widget class",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
}
XtCheckSubclass(parent, coreWidgetClass, "in XtCreatePopupShell");
default_screen = parent->core.screen;
widget = xtCreate(name, (char *)NULL, widget_class, parent,
default_screen, args, num_args, typed_args,
num_typed_args, (ConstraintWidgetClass)NULL,
popupPostProc);
#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
XtAddEventHandler (widget, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask, FALSE,
(XtEventHandler) _XtResourceConfigurationEH, NULL);
#endif
return(widget);
}
Widget
XtCreatePopupShell(
_Xconst char* name,
WidgetClass widget_class,
Widget parent,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args
)
{
Widget retval;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(parent);
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = _XtCreatePopupShell((String)name, widget_class, parent, args,
num_args, (XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
Widget
_XtAppCreateShell(
String name,
String class,
WidgetClass widget_class,
Display* display,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args,
XtTypedArgList typed_args,
Cardinal num_typed_args)
{
Widget shell;
if (widget_class == NULL) {
XtAppErrorMsg(XtDisplayToApplicationContext(display),
"invalidClass","xtAppCreateShell",XtCXtToolkitError,
"XtAppCreateShell requires non-NULL widget class",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
}
if (name == NULL)
name = XrmNameToString(_XtGetPerDisplay(display)->name);
shell = xtCreate(name, class, widget_class, (Widget)NULL,
(Screen*)DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display),
args, num_args, typed_args, num_typed_args,
(ConstraintWidgetClass) NULL, _XtAddShellToHookObj);
#ifndef X_NO_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION_MANAGEMENT
XtAddEventHandler (shell, (EventMask) PropertyChangeMask, FALSE,
(XtEventHandler) _XtResourceConfigurationEH, NULL);
#endif
return shell;
}
Widget
XtAppCreateShell(
_Xconst char* name,
_Xconst char* class,
WidgetClass widget_class,
Display *display,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args
)
{
Widget retval;
DPY_TO_APPCON(display);
LOCK_APP(app);
retval = _XtAppCreateShell((String)name, (String)class, widget_class,
display, args, num_args, (XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
/* ARGSUSED */
Widget
XtCreateApplicationShell(
_Xconst char* name, /* unused in R3 and later */
WidgetClass widget_class,
ArgList args,
Cardinal num_args
)
{
Widget retval;
Display* dpy;
XrmClass class;
XtAppContext app = _XtDefaultAppContext();
LOCK_APP(app);
dpy = app->list[0];
class = _XtGetPerDisplay(dpy)->class;
retval = _XtAppCreateShell((String)NULL, XrmQuarkToString((XrmQuark)class),
widget_class, dpy, args, num_args,
(XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
return retval;
}
Widget
_XtCreateHookObj(Screen* screen)
{
Widget req_widget;
double widget_cache[100];
Cardinal wsize = 0;
Widget hookobj = xtWidgetAlloc(hookObjectClass,
(ConstraintWidgetClass)NULL,
(Widget)NULL, "hooks",
(ArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0,
(XtTypedArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0);
((HookObject)hookobj)->hooks.screen = screen;
(void) _XtGetResources(hookobj, (ArgList)NULL, 0,
(XtTypedArgList)NULL, &wsize);
CompileCallbacks(hookobj);
wsize = hookObjectClass->core_class.widget_size;
req_widget = (Widget) XtStackAlloc(wsize, widget_cache);
(void) memmove ((char *) req_widget, (char *) hookobj, (int) wsize);
CallInitialize (hookObjectClass, req_widget, hookobj,
(ArgList)NULL, (Cardinal) 0);
XtStackFree((XtPointer)req_widget, widget_cache);
return hookobj;
}
idget->core.constraints = req_constraints;
} else req_widget->core.constraints = NULL;
CallConslibXt-1.1.5/src/Error.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000043066 12520610324 0015111 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include
#include
/* The error handlers in the application context aren't used since we can't
come up with a uniform way of using them. If you can, define
GLOBALERRORS to be FALSE (or 0). */
#ifndef GLOBALERRORS
#define GLOBALERRORS 1
#endif
static void InitErrorHandling(XrmDatabase *);
#if GLOBALERRORS
static XrmDatabase errorDB = NULL;
static Boolean error_inited = FALSE;
void _XtDefaultErrorMsg(String, String, String, String, String*, Cardinal*);
void _XtDefaultWarningMsg(String, String, String, String, String*, Cardinal*);
void _XtDefaultError(String) _X_NORETURN;
void _XtDefaultWarning(String);
static XtErrorMsgHandler errorMsgHandler = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
static XtErrorMsgHandler warningMsgHandler = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
static XtErrorHandler errorHandler = _XtDefaultError;
static XtErrorHandler warningHandler = _XtDefaultWarning;
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
XrmDatabase *XtGetErrorDatabase(void)
{
XrmDatabase* retval;
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
retval = &errorDB;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
retval = XtAppGetErrorDatabase(_XtDefaultAppContext());
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
return retval;
}
XrmDatabase *XtAppGetErrorDatabase(
XtAppContext app)
{
XrmDatabase* retval;
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
retval = &errorDB;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
retval= &app->errorDB;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
return retval;
}
void XtGetErrorDatabaseText(
register _Xconst char* name,
register _Xconst char* type,
register _Xconst char* class,
_Xconst char* defaultp,
String buffer,
int nbytes)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(NULL,
name,type,class,defaultp, buffer, nbytes, NULL);
#else
XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(_XtDefaultAppContext(),
name,type,class,defaultp, buffer, nbytes, NULL);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
void XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText(
XtAppContext app,
register _Xconst char* name,
register _Xconst char* type,
register _Xconst char* class,
_Xconst char* defaultp,
String buffer,
int nbytes,
XrmDatabase db)
{
String str_class;
String type_str;
XrmValue result;
char *str_name = NULL;
char *temp = NULL;
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (error_inited == FALSE) {
InitErrorHandling (&errorDB);
error_inited = TRUE;
}
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
if (app->error_inited == FALSE) {
InitErrorHandling (&app->errorDB);
app->error_inited = TRUE;
}
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
if (!(str_name = ALLOCATE_LOCAL(strlen(name) + strlen(type) + 2)))
_XtAllocError(NULL);
(void) sprintf(str_name, "%s.%s", name, type);
/* XrmGetResource requires the name and class to be fully qualified
* and to have the same number of components. */
str_class = (char *)class;
if (! strchr(class, '.')) {
if (!(temp = ALLOCATE_LOCAL(2 * strlen(class) + 2)))
_XtAllocError(NULL);
(void) sprintf(temp, "%s.%s", class, class);
str_class = temp;
}
if (db == NULL) {
#if GLOBALERRORS
(void) XrmGetResource(errorDB, str_name, str_class, &type_str,
&result);
#else
(void) XrmGetResource(app->errorDB, str_name, str_class, &type_str,
&result);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
} else (void) XrmGetResource(db, str_name, str_class, &type_str, &result);
if (result.addr) {
(void) strncpy (buffer, result.addr, nbytes);
if (result.size > (unsigned) nbytes) buffer[nbytes-1] = 0;
} else {
int len = strlen(defaultp);
if (len >= nbytes) len = nbytes-1;
(void) memmove(buffer, defaultp, len);
buffer[len] = '\0';
}
if (str_name)
DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(str_name);
if (temp)
DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(temp);
#if GLOBALERRORS
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif
}
static void InitErrorHandling (
XrmDatabase *db)
{
XrmDatabase errordb;
errordb = XrmGetFileDatabase(ERRORDB);
XrmMergeDatabases(errordb, db);
}
static void DefaultMsg (
String name,
String type,
String class,
String defaultp,
String* params,
Cardinal* num_params,
Bool error,
void (*fn)(_Xconst _XtString))
{
#define BIGBUF 1024
char buffer[BIGBUF];
char* message;
XtGetErrorDatabaseText(name,type,class,defaultp, buffer, BIGBUF);
/*need better solution here, perhaps use lower level printf primitives? */
if (params == NULL || num_params == NULL || *num_params == 0)
(*fn)(buffer);
#ifndef WIN32 /* and OS/2 */
else if ((getuid () != geteuid ()) || getuid() == 0) {
if ((error && errorHandler == _XtDefaultError) ||
(!error && warningHandler == _XtDefaultWarning)) {
/*
* if it's just going to go to stderr anyway, then we'll
* fprintf to stderr ourselves and skip the insecure sprintf.
*/
Cardinal i = *num_params;
String par[10];
if (i > 10) i = 10;
(void) memmove((char*)par, (char*)params, i * sizeof(String) );
bzero( &par[i], (10-i) * sizeof(String) );
(void) fprintf (stderr, "%s%s",
error ? XTERROR_PREFIX : XTWARNING_PREFIX,
error ? "Error: " : "Warning: ");
(void) fprintf (stderr, buffer,
par[0], par[1], par[2], par[3], par[4],
par[5], par[6], par[7], par[8], par[9]);
(void) fprintf (stderr, "%c", '\n');
if (i != *num_params)
(*fn) ( "Some arguments in previous message were lost" );
else if (error) exit (1);
} else {
/*
* can't tell what it might do, so we'll play it safe
*/
XtWarning ("\
This program is an suid-root program or is being run by the root user.\n\
The full text of the error or warning message cannot be safely formatted\n\
in this environment. You may get a more descriptive message by running the\n\
program as a non-root user or by removing the suid bit on the executable.");
(*fn)(buffer); /* if *fn is an ErrorHandler it should exit */
}
}
#endif
else {
/*
* If you have snprintf the worst thing that could happen is you'd
* lose some information. Without snprintf you're probably going to
* scramble your heap and perhaps SEGV -- sooner or later.
* If it hurts when you go like this then don't go like this! :-)
*/
Cardinal i = *num_params;
String par[10];
if (i > 10) i = 10;
(void) memmove((char*)par, (char*)params, i * sizeof(String) );
bzero( &par[i], (10-i) * sizeof(String) );
if (i != *num_params)
XtWarning( "Some arguments in following message were lost" );
/*
* resist any temptation you might have to make `message' a
* local buffer on the stack. Doing so is a security hole
* in programs executing as root. Error and Warning
* messages shouldn't be called frequently enough for this
* to be a performance issue.
*/
if ((message = __XtMalloc (BIGBUF))) {
(void) snprintf (message, BIGBUF, buffer,
par[0], par[1], par[2], par[3], par[4],
par[5], par[6], par[7], par[8], par[9]);
(*fn)(message);
XtFree(message);
} else {
XtWarning ("Memory allocation failed, arguments in the following message were lost");
(*fn)(buffer);
}
}
}
void _XtDefaultErrorMsg (
String name,
String type,
String class,
String defaultp,
String* params,
Cardinal* num_params)
{
DefaultMsg (name,type,class,defaultp,params,num_params,True,XtError);
}
void _XtDefaultWarningMsg (
String name,
String type,
String class,
String defaultp,
String* params,
Cardinal* num_params)
{
DefaultMsg (name,type,class,defaultp,params,num_params,False,XtWarning);
}
void XtErrorMsg(
_Xconst char* name,
_Xconst char* type,
_Xconst char* class,
_Xconst char* defaultp,
String* params,
Cardinal* num_params)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
(*errorMsgHandler)((String)name,(String)type,(String)class,
(String)defaultp,params,num_params);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
XtAppErrorMsg(_XtDefaultAppContext(),name,type,class,
defaultp,params,num_params);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
void XtAppErrorMsg(
XtAppContext app,
_Xconst char* name,
_Xconst char* type,
_Xconst char* class,
_Xconst char* defaultp,
String* params,
Cardinal* num_params)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
(*errorMsgHandler)((String)name,(String)type,(String)class,
(String)defaultp,params,num_params);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
(*app->errorMsgHandler)(name,type,class,defaultp,params,num_params);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
void XtWarningMsg(
_Xconst char* name,
_Xconst char* type,
_Xconst char* class,
_Xconst char* defaultp,
String* params,
Cardinal* num_params)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
(*warningMsgHandler)((String)name,(String)type,(String)class,
(String)defaultp,params,num_params);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
XtAppWarningMsg(_XtDefaultAppContext(),name,type,class,
defaultp,params,num_params);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
void XtAppWarningMsg(
XtAppContext app,
_Xconst char* name,
_Xconst char* type,
_Xconst char* class,
_Xconst char* defaultp,
String* params,
Cardinal* num_params)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
(*warningMsgHandler)((String)name,(String)type,(String)class,
(String)defaultp,params,num_params);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
(*app->warningMsgHandler)(name,type,class,defaultp,params,num_params);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
void XtSetErrorMsgHandler(
XtErrorMsgHandler handler)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (handler != NULL) errorMsgHandler = handler;
else errorMsgHandler = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(_XtDefaultAppContext(), handler);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler(
XtAppContext app,
XtErrorMsgHandler handler)
{
XtErrorMsgHandler old;
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
old = errorMsgHandler;
if (handler != NULL) errorMsgHandler = handler;
else errorMsgHandler = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
old = app->errorMsgHandler;
if (handler != NULL) app->errorMsgHandler = handler;
else app->errorMsgHandler = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
return old;
}
void XtSetWarningMsgHandler(
XtErrorMsgHandler handler)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (handler != NULL) warningMsgHandler = handler;
else warningMsgHandler = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(_XtDefaultAppContext(),handler);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
XtErrorMsgHandler XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler(
XtAppContext app,
XtErrorMsgHandler handler)
{
XtErrorMsgHandler old;
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
old = warningMsgHandler;
if (handler != NULL) warningMsgHandler = handler;
else warningMsgHandler = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
old = app->warningMsgHandler;
if (handler != NULL) app->warningMsgHandler = handler;
else app->warningMsgHandler = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
return old;
}
void _XtDefaultError(String message)
{
if (message && *message)
(void)fprintf(stderr, "%sError: %s\n", XTERROR_PREFIX, message);
exit(1);
}
void _XtDefaultWarning(String message)
{
if (message && *message)
(void)fprintf(stderr, "%sWarning: %s\n", XTWARNING_PREFIX, message);
return;
}
void XtError(
_Xconst char* message)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
(*errorHandler)((String)message);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
XtAppError(_XtDefaultAppContext(),message);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
void XtAppError(
XtAppContext app,
_Xconst char* message)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
(*errorHandler)((String)message);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
(*app->errorHandler)(message);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
void XtWarning(
_Xconst char* message)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
(*warningHandler)((String)message);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
XtAppWarning(_XtDefaultAppContext(),message);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
void XtAppWarning(
XtAppContext app,
_Xconst char* message)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
(*warningHandler)((String)message);
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
(*app->warningHandler)(message);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
void XtSetErrorHandler(XtErrorHandler handler)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (handler != NULL) errorHandler = handler;
else errorHandler = _XtDefaultError;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
XtAppSetErrorHandler(_XtDefaultAppContext(),handler);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
XtErrorHandler XtAppSetErrorHandler(
XtAppContext app,
XtErrorHandler handler)
{
XtErrorHandler old;
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
old = errorHandler;
if (handler != NULL) errorHandler = handler;
else errorHandler = _XtDefaultError;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
old = app->errorHandler;
if (handler != NULL) app->errorHandler = handler;
else app->errorHandler = _XtDefaultError;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
return old;
}
void XtSetWarningHandler(XtErrorHandler handler)
{
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
if (handler != NULL) warningHandler = handler;
else warningHandler = _XtDefaultWarning;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
XtAppSetWarningHandler(_XtDefaultAppContext(),handler);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
XtErrorHandler XtAppSetWarningHandler(
XtAppContext app,
XtErrorHandler handler)
{
XtErrorHandler old;
#if GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
old = warningHandler;
if (handler != NULL) warningHandler = handler;
else warningHandler = _XtDefaultWarning;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#else
LOCK_APP(app);
old = app->warningHandler;
if (handler != NULL) app->warningHandler = handler;
else app->warningHandler = _XtDefaultWarning;
UNLOCK_APP(app);
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
return old;
}
void _XtSetDefaultErrorHandlers(
XtErrorMsgHandler *errMsg,
XtErrorMsgHandler *warnMsg,
XtErrorHandler *err,
XtErrorHandler *warn)
{
#ifndef GLOBALERRORS
LOCK_PROCESS;
*errMsg = _XtDefaultErrorMsg;
*warnMsg = _XtDefaultWarningMsg;
*err = _XtDefaultError;
*warn = _XtDefaultWarning;
UNLOCK_PROCESS;
#endif /* GLOBALERRORS */
}
GetErrorDatabaseText(name,type,class,defaultp, buffer, BIGBUF);
/*need better solution here, perhaps use lower level printf primitives? */
if (params == NULL || num_params == NULL || *num_params == 0)
(*fn)(buffer);
#ifndef WIN32 /* and OS/2 */
else if ((getuid () != geteuid ()) || getuid() == 0) {
if ((error && errorHandler == _XtDefaultError) ||
(!error && warningHandler == _XtDefaultWarning)) {
/*
* if it's just going to go tlibXt-1.1.5/src/VarGet.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000021755 12520610324 0015211 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /*
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
/*
Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include "VarargsI.h"
#include "StringDefs.h"
static String XtNxtGetTypedArg = "xtGetTypedArg";
void
XtVaGetSubresources(
Widget widget,
XtPointer base,
_Xconst char* name,
_Xconst char* class,
XtResourceList resources,
Cardinal num_resources,
...)
{
va_list var;
XtTypedArgList args;
Cardinal num_args;
int total_count, typed_count;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
va_start(var, num_resources);
_XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
va_end(var);
va_start(var, num_resources);
_XtVaToTypedArgList(var, total_count, &args, &num_args);
_XtGetSubresources(widget, base, name, class, resources, num_resources,
NULL, 0, args, num_args);
if (num_args != 0) {
XtFree((XtPointer)args);
}
va_end(var);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void
XtVaGetApplicationResources(Widget widget, XtPointer base, XtResourceList resources, Cardinal num_resources, ...)
{
va_list var;
XtTypedArgList args;
Cardinal num_args;
int total_count, typed_count;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
va_start(var,num_resources);
_XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
va_end(var);
va_start(var,num_resources);
_XtVaToTypedArgList(var, total_count, &args, &num_args);
_XtGetApplicationResources(widget, base, resources, num_resources,
NULL, 0, args, num_args);
if (num_args != 0) {
XtFree((XtPointer)args);
}
va_end(var);
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
static void
GetTypedArg(
Widget widget,
XtTypedArgList typed_arg,
XtResourceList resources,
Cardinal num_resources)
{
String from_type = NULL;
Cardinal from_size = 0;
XrmValue from_val, to_val;
register Cardinal i;
Arg arg;
XtPointer value;
/* note we presume that the XtResourceList to be un-compiled */
for (i = 0; i < num_resources; i++) {
if (StringToName(typed_arg->name) == StringToName(resources[i].resource_name)) {
from_type = resources[i].resource_type;
from_size = resources[i].resource_size;
break;
}
}
if (i == num_resources) {
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"unknownType", XtNxtGetTypedArg, XtCXtToolkitError,
"Unable to find type of resource for conversion",
(String *)NULL, (Cardinal *)NULL);
return;
}
value = ALLOCATE_LOCAL(from_size);
if (value == NULL) _XtAllocError(NULL);
XtSetArg(arg, typed_arg->name, value);
XtGetValues(widget, &arg, 1);
from_val.size = from_size;
from_val.addr = (XPointer)value;
to_val.addr = (XPointer)typed_arg->value;
to_val.size = typed_arg->size;
if (!XtConvertAndStore(widget, from_type, &from_val,
typed_arg->type, &to_val)) {
if (to_val.size > (unsigned) typed_arg->size) {
String params[2];
Cardinal num_params = 2;
params[0] = typed_arg->type;
params[1] = XtName(widget);
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"insufficientSpace", XtNxtGetTypedArg, XtCXtToolkitError,
"Insufficient space for converted type '%s' in widget '%s'",
params, &num_params);
}
else {
String params[3];
Cardinal num_params = 3;
params[0] = from_type;
params[1] = typed_arg->type;
params[2] = XtName(widget);
XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(widget),
"conversionFailed", XtNxtGetTypedArg, XtCXtToolkitError,
"Type conversion (%s to %s) failed for widget '%s'",
params, &num_params);
}
}
DEALLOCATE_LOCAL(value);
}
static int
GetNestedArg(
Widget widget,
XtTypedArgList avlist,
ArgList args,
XtResourceList resources,
Cardinal num_resources)
{
int count = 0;
for (; avlist->name != NULL; avlist++) {
if (avlist->type != NULL) {
GetTypedArg(widget, avlist, resources, num_resources);
} else if(strcmp(avlist->name, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
count += GetNestedArg(widget, (XtTypedArgList)avlist->value,
args, resources, num_resources);
} else {
(args+count)->name = avlist->name;
(args+count)->value = avlist->value;
++count;
}
}
return(count);
}
void
XtVaGetValues(Widget widget, ...)
{
va_list var;
String attr;
ArgList args;
XtTypedArg typed_arg;
XtResourceList resources = (XtResourceList)NULL;
Cardinal num_resources;
int count, total_count, typed_count;
WIDGET_TO_APPCON(widget);
LOCK_APP(app);
va_start(var,widget);
_XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
if (total_count != typed_count) {
args = (ArgList)__XtMalloc((unsigned)((total_count - typed_count)
* sizeof(Arg)));
}
else args = NULL; /* for lint; really unused */
va_end(var);
va_start(var,widget);
for(attr = va_arg(var, String), count = 0 ; attr != NULL;
attr = va_arg(var, String)) {
if (strcmp(attr, XtVaTypedArg) == 0) {
typed_arg.name = va_arg(var, String);
typed_arg.type = va_arg(var, String);
typed_arg.value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
typed_arg.size = va_arg(var, int);
if (resources == NULL) {
XtGetResourceList(XtClass(widget), &resources,&num_resources);
}
GetTypedArg(widget, &typed_arg, resources, num_resources);
} else if (strcmp(attr, XtVaNestedList) == 0) {
if (resources == NULL) {
XtGetResourceList(XtClass(widget),&resources, &num_resources);
}
count += GetNestedArg(widget, va_arg(var, XtTypedArgList),
(args+count), resources, num_resources);
} else {
args[count].name = attr;
args[count].value = va_arg(var, XtArgVal);
count ++;
}
}
va_end(var);
if (resources != (XtResourceList)NULL) {
XtFree((XtPointer)resources);
}
if (total_count != typed_count) {
XtGetValues(widget, args, count);
XtFree((XtPointer)args);
}
UNLOCK_APP(app);
}
void
XtVaGetSubvalues(XtPointer base,XtResourceList resources, Cardinal num_resources, ...)
{
va_list var;
ArgList args;
Cardinal num_args;
int total_count, typed_count;
va_start(var,num_resources);
_XtCountVaList(var, &total_count, &typed_count);
if (typed_count != 0) {
XtWarning("XtVaTypedArg is an invalid argument to XtVaGetSubvalues()\n");
}
va_end(var);
va_start(var,num_resources);
_XtVaToArgList((Widget)NULL, var, total_count, &args, &num_args);
va_end(var);
XtGetSubvalues(base, resources, num_resources, args, num_args);
if (num_args != 0) {
XtFree((XtPointer)args);
}
}
ing conditions:
ThlibXt-1.1.5/src/TMprint.c 0000644 0143106 0000012 00000061205 12520610324 0015410 0 ustar 00alanc staff 0000266 0200006 /***********************************************************
Copyright (c) 1993, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/*
Copyright 1987, 1988, 1998 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
*/
/*LINTLIBRARY*/
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include
#endif
#include "IntrinsicI.h"
#include
typedef struct _TMStringBufRec{
String start;
String current;
Cardinal max;
}TMStringBufRec, *TMStringBuf;
#define STR_THRESHOLD 25
#define STR_INCAMOUNT 100
#define CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb) \
if (sb->current - sb->start > (int)sb->max - STR_THRESHOLD) \
{ String old = sb->start; \
sb->start = XtRealloc(old, (Cardinal)(sb->max += STR_INCAMOUNT)); \
sb->current = sb->current - old + sb->start; \
}
#define ExpandForChars(sb, nchars ) \
if ((unsigned)(sb->current - sb->start) > sb->max - STR_THRESHOLD - nchars) { \
String old = sb->start; \
sb->start = XtRealloc(old, \
(Cardinal)(sb->max += STR_INCAMOUNT + nchars)); \
sb->current = sb->current - old + sb->start; \
}
#define ExpandToFit(sb, more) \
{ \
size_t l = strlen(more); \
ExpandForChars(sb, l); \
}
static void PrintModifiers(
TMStringBuf sb,
unsigned long mask, unsigned long mod)
{
Boolean notfirst = False;
CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
if (mask == ~0UL && mod == 0) {
*sb->current++ = '!';
*sb->current = '\0';
return;
}
#define PRINTMOD(modmask,modstring) \
if (mask & modmask) { \
if (! (mod & modmask)) { \
*sb->current++ = '~'; \
notfirst = True; \
} \
else if (notfirst) \
*sb->current++ = ' '; \
else notfirst = True; \
strcpy(sb->current, modstring); \
sb->current += strlen(sb->current); \
}
PRINTMOD(ShiftMask, "Shift");
PRINTMOD(ControlMask, "Ctrl"); /* name is not CtrlMask... */
PRINTMOD(LockMask, "Lock");
PRINTMOD(Mod1Mask, "Mod1");
CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
PRINTMOD(Mod2Mask, "Mod2");
PRINTMOD(Mod3Mask, "Mod3");
PRINTMOD(Mod4Mask, "Mod4");
PRINTMOD(Mod5Mask, "Mod5");
CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
PRINTMOD(Button1Mask, "Button1");
PRINTMOD(Button2Mask, "Button2");
PRINTMOD(Button3Mask, "Button3");
CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
PRINTMOD(Button4Mask, "Button4");
PRINTMOD(Button5Mask, "Button5");
#undef PRINTMOD
}
static void PrintEventType(
TMStringBuf sb,
unsigned long event)
{
CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
switch (event) {
#define PRINTEVENT(event, name) case event: (void) strcpy(sb->current, name); break;
PRINTEVENT(KeyPress, "")
PRINTEVENT(KeyRelease, "")
PRINTEVENT(ButtonPress, "")
PRINTEVENT(ButtonRelease, "")
PRINTEVENT(MotionNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(EnterNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(LeaveNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(FocusIn, "")
PRINTEVENT(FocusOut, "")
PRINTEVENT(KeymapNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(Expose, "")
PRINTEVENT(GraphicsExpose, "")
PRINTEVENT(NoExpose, "")
PRINTEVENT(VisibilityNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(CreateNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(DestroyNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(UnmapNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(MapNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(MapRequest, "")
PRINTEVENT(ReparentNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(ConfigureNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(ConfigureRequest, "")
PRINTEVENT(GravityNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(ResizeRequest, "")
PRINTEVENT(CirculateNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(CirculateRequest, "")
PRINTEVENT(PropertyNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(SelectionClear, "")
PRINTEVENT(SelectionRequest, "")
PRINTEVENT(SelectionNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(ColormapNotify, "")
PRINTEVENT(ClientMessage, "")
case _XtEventTimerEventType:
(void) strcpy(sb->current,"");
break;
default:
(void) sprintf(sb->current, "<0x%x>", (int) event);
#undef PRINTEVENT
}
sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
}
static void PrintCode(
TMStringBuf sb,
unsigned long mask, unsigned long code)
{
CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
if (mask != 0) {
if (mask != ~0UL)
(void) sprintf(sb->current, "0x%lx:0x%lx", mask, code);
else (void) sprintf(sb->current, /*"0x%lx"*/ "%d", (unsigned)code);
sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
}
}
static void PrintKeysym(
TMStringBuf sb,
KeySym keysym)
{
String keysymName;
if (keysym == 0) return;
CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
keysymName = XKeysymToString(keysym);
if (keysymName == NULL)
PrintCode(sb,~0UL,(unsigned long)keysym);
else {
ExpandToFit(sb, keysymName);
strcpy(sb->current, keysymName);
sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
}
}
static void PrintAtom(
TMStringBuf sb,
Display *dpy,
Atom atom)
{
String atomName;
if (atom == 0) return;
atomName = (dpy ? XGetAtomName(dpy, atom) : NULL);
if (! atomName)
PrintCode(sb,~0UL,(unsigned long)atom);
else {
ExpandToFit( sb, atomName );
strcpy(sb->current, atomName);
sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
XFree(atomName);
}
}
static void PrintLateModifiers(
TMStringBuf sb,
LateBindingsPtr lateModifiers)
{
for (; lateModifiers->keysym; lateModifiers++) {
CHECK_STR_OVERFLOW(sb);
if (lateModifiers->knot) {
*sb->current++ = '~';
} else {
*sb->current++ = ' ';
}
strcpy(sb->current, XKeysymToString(lateModifiers->keysym));
sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
if (lateModifiers->pair) {
*(sb->current -= 2) = '\0'; /* strip "_L" */
lateModifiers++; /* skip _R keysym */
}
}
}
static void PrintEvent(
TMStringBuf sb,
register TMTypeMatch typeMatch,
register TMModifierMatch modMatch,
Display *dpy)
{
if (modMatch->standard) *sb->current++ = ':';
PrintModifiers(sb, modMatch->modifierMask, modMatch->modifiers);
if (modMatch->lateModifiers != NULL)
PrintLateModifiers(sb, modMatch->lateModifiers);
PrintEventType(sb, typeMatch->eventType);
switch (typeMatch->eventType) {
case KeyPress:
case KeyRelease:
PrintKeysym(sb, (KeySym)typeMatch->eventCode);
break;
case PropertyNotify:
case SelectionClear:
case SelectionRequest:
case SelectionNotify:
case ClientMessage:
PrintAtom(sb, dpy, (Atom)typeMatch->eventCode);
break;
default:
PrintCode(sb, typeMatch->eventCodeMask, typeMatch->eventCode);
}
}
static void PrintParams(
TMStringBuf sb,
String *params,
Cardinal num_params)
{
register Cardinal i;
for (i = 0; icurrent++ = ',';
*sb->current++ = ' ';
}
*sb->current++ = '"';
strcpy(sb->current, params[i]);
sb->current += strlen(sb->current);
*sb->current++ = '"';
}
*sb->current = '\0';
}
static void PrintActions(
TMStringBuf sb,
register ActionPtr actions,
XrmQuark *quarkTbl,
Widget accelWidget)
{
while (actions != NULL) {
String proc;
*sb->current++ = ' ';
if (accelWidget) {
/* accelerator */
String name = XtName(accelWidget);
int nameLen = strlen(name);
ExpandForChars(sb, nameLen );
XtMemmove(sb->current, name, nameLen );
sb->current += nameLen;
*sb->current++ = '`';
}
proc = XrmQuarkToString(quarkTbl[actions->idx]);
ExpandToFit( sb, proc );
strcpy(sb->current, proc);
sb->current += strlen(proc);
*sb->current++ = '(';
PrintParams(sb, actions->params, actions->num_params);
*sb->current++ = ')';
actions = actions->next;
}
*sb->current = '\0';
}
static Boolean LookAheadForCycleOrMulticlick(
register StatePtr state,
StatePtr *state_return, /* state to print, usually startState */
int *countP,
StatePtr *nextLevelP)
{
int repeatCount = 0;
StatePtr startState = state;
Boolean isCycle = startState->isCycleEnd;
TMTypeMatch sTypeMatch;
TMModifierMatch sModMatch;
LOCK_PROCESS;
sTypeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(startState->typeIndex);
sModMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(startState->modIndex);
*state_return = startState;
for (state = state->nextLevel; state != NULL; state = state->nextLevel) {
TMTypeMatch typeMatch = TMGetTypeMatch(state->typeIndex);
TMModifierMatch modMatch = TMGetModifierMatch(state->modIndex);
/* try to pick up the correct state with actions, to be printed */
/* This is to accommodate